You are on page 1of 526

INTRODUCTORY

Tesot^ent GiMiMoD
HARPE R AN D WE DN E R
I

: .-f.^
LOS ANGELES
AN INTRODUCTOKY

NEW TESTAMENT GREEK METHOD.


TOGETHER WITH

A MANUAL, CONTAINING TEXT AND VOCABULARY


OF GOSPEL OF JOHN AND LISTS OF WORDS,
AND

THE ELEMENTS OF NEW TPLSTAMENT GREEK GRAMMAR.

BY

WILLIAM RAINEY HARPER, Ph.D.,

Professor in Yale University,

\ AND

REVERE FRANKLIN WEIDNER, D.D.,

Professor of Exeytsis in Auyustana Theological Seminary, Rock Island, III.

NEW YORK:
CHARLES SCRIBNER'S SONS.
1889.
TO

BISHOP JOHN H. VINCENT, D.D., LL.D.,

WHOSE INFLUENCE AS A PROMOTER OF RIBLICAL


STUDY IS UNIVERSALLY RECOGNIZED,

2E]^i0 IJoIume

IS RESPECTFULLY DEDICATED.
pA
H^3

PREFACE

To are neces-
acquire a knowledge of a language three things
sary :
1st, A working vocabulary of the language 2d, A knowl- ;

edge of the grammatical principles of the language


and 3d, An ;

ability to use this vocabulary and to apply these principles, so as


to gain the best results, whether for a literary or au exegetical

purpose. While all agree as to the end desired, the method of


attaining this end is a question of dispute among prominent
educators.

According to the old method, the student is required first to


learn the principles as they are laid down in the grammar, and
then to apply them to selected words, or short sentences, and
after a brief preliminary training of this sort, he is plunged

headlong into the reading of some classical author, and expected


to make fast progress, and take great pleasure in the study of
the language. His vocabulary is to be learned by looking up
the words in the lexicon until tliey become familiar. Diift rent

forms of this method arc in use among teachers of the ancient

classics, but all follow practically the same order :


first, study of
grammar; second, application of grammar.
:v
Many of our ablest instructors have long felt that there nnist
be something wrong in a system which begets so little enthu-
siasm among students, and produces such meagre results, con-
sidering the time devoted to study. Tln! nictliod Iicim; presc ntid

claims to overcome both these didii iiltiis. It will amuse entliu-

siaam, encourage the student, and increase results. It is equally

41,'J554
vi PREFACE.

adapted to him who has studied classical Greek, and to him who
has not. It is the best method for one who wishes to review
his knowledge of the Greek Testament, and to lay the founda-
tion for a more thorough study.
It not supposed that the claims of this method will be
is

accepted until its merits have been tested in the class-room and
by the student but the following outline of the plan of work
;

which it advocates may, jterhaps, show the value of the prin-


ciples on which it is based.
1. A portion of the original text is jjlaced before the student.
The pronunciation and exact translation of each word are fur-
nished him. By the aid which the teacher orally gives him in
advance, and with the material given him in the book, he
thoroughly masters the words and phrases of the text assigned.
His knowledge is tested by
requiring him to recite or write
the Greek, with only the literal translation before his eye.
2. In connection with this
mastery of the words and phrases
of the lesson assigned, the student reads and
digests the contents
of the "Notes" on these words. This study accomplishes two
things,
— first, the careful examination of each remark, and its
application to the work in hand, aid in fixing more firmly in
the mind the words which are to be mastered and second, gram- ;

matical material from the very beginning being collected. is

3. The "Text" and "Notes"


having been learned, the next
step is of a more general character. Out of the material which
has thus far been mastered, those principles which are of most
importance, and which the student himself will be most likely
to recognize, are pointed out under the head of "Observations."
Tlie student may be brought to see these
points for himself
before having his attention called to them in the Lesson.
4. The grammatical material obtained in the Lesson is now
systematized and arranged, and a grammar lesson directly con-
nected with the work studied, is assigned. This not only fur-
nishes a review of what already has been learned, but also
enables the student to see the connection, as indicated in tho
PREFACE. vh

grammar, of each uew fact or principle with the otters with


which it stands related.
5. The individual words are now separated from their context

and placed in al[ihabetical order. Thus separated, they form the


liasis of additional study.
In order, first, to prevent the memorizing of the Greek
6.

text without a clear idea of the force of each word, second, to

impress more firmly on the memory the words and phrases of


the text, and, third, to drill the student in prose composition,
"Exercises," Greek into English and English into Greek, are
given. These are always founded upon the sentences which
furnish the basis of the Lesson. Prose composition, taught in
this manner, ceases to be dreaded by tlie student, and becomes,
indeed, a source of delight.
7. Once more the leading points of the entire lesson, whether
" " " Gram-
suggested in the Notes," the Observations," or the
mar Lesson," come up for consideration under the head of
"
Topics for Study." Upon each topic the student is expected
to make a statement of what he knows (not of what has been
said in the book). If his statement is not sufficiently clear
or full, it is by the class.
criticised
From this outline the idea of the method will be ajiparent. It
proposes, first, to gain an accurate and thorough knowledge of
.some of the facts of the language second, to learn from these
;

facts the principles which they illustrate, and by which they


are regulated and, third, to
; a[)i»ly these prii)ci])les in the fur-
ther progress of the work. A few words in explanation of
this statement are needed.
1. The method is an inductive one yvA, while it is for the
;

most part rigidly employed throughout the course, a slight


departurt! is made at times to allow a more comjilete treatment
of a subject, in order to elucidate some detail of wliich an

exaiuftle has not occurred.


2. The term "facts," as used, includes data from every source.
Sj)ecial emphasi.s is laid upon the collecting of facl.H from the
yiii
PREFACE.

living page of the original


text ;
but paradigms and vocabularies
are also to be used for this purpose.
3. It is not to be supposed that a long time must elapse be-
fore the beginner is ready to take hold of principles. As a
matter of taught important principles, and that, too,
fact, he is

inductively, during the first hour's work. The three processes


are all the while going on together. He is increasing the store
of facts at his command, learning from the facts thus acquired
new principles, and applying these principles to the new forms
continually coming to his notice.
4. The memorizing of the facts of a language before a

knowledge of the principles has been acquired is, indeed, a piece


of drudgery, and yet not so great as is the memorizing of
grammar without a knowledge of the facts. But it will not
long remain drudgery ;
for very soon the student begins to see

analogies, to compare one word with another, in short, to make


his own grammar.
The following work includes three parts first, the "Method;"
:

second, the " Manual " and, third, the " Elements of New
;

Testament Greek Grammar."


The Lessons in the " Method " cover the Gospel of St. John,
and include a formal study of every important part of Greek
Grammar. The references to sections are to the Grammar which
forms a part of this work. The most important principles of the
Syntax of New Testament Greek have also been developed.
The " Manual " includes, first, a critical text of the Gospel of
St. John, edited so as to present at one glance the texts of West-
cott and Ilort, Tregelles, and Tischendorf second, a literal
;

translation of the first four


chapters of St. John; third, a com-
plete vocabulary of the Gospel and Epistles of St. John ; and
fourth. Lists of Words (686 verbs, 1050 nouns), alphabetically
arranged according to their frequency of occurrence.
In the third part, the " Elements of New Testament Greek
Grammar," an attempt is made, to present in a simple and con-
cise form all the important facts and
principles necessary to an
PREFACE. ix

imderstauding of the orthography and etymology of the Greek


New Testament.
The authors are indebted to Professor Wdliam E. Waters,
Ph.D., Cinn., Ohio, and to Kev. Professor Marcus D. Puell,
D.D., of Boston University, for valuable hints in the correction
of tlie sheets.
With a faith in the Inductive Method, which grows stronger
every year, and with the hope that the time may soon come
when others shall have an equally strong faith in it, we commit
this work to its friends, with the earnest wish that it may be
the means of opening to many tiie path which leads to the
study of the New Testament in the language in which it was
written.
WILLIAM UAINEY HARPER.
REVERE ERANKLIN WEIDNER
September 1, 1888.

PREFATORY NOTE.
In the preparation of this "Method," the authors would ex-
press their great indebtedness to the classical Greek Grammars
of Hadley, Goodwin, and Jelf, and to th(! New Testament Greek
Grammars of
Winer, Euttmami, T. S. Green, and S. G. Green.
Rrudcr's "Concordantiae " and Thayer's "
Greek-Engli.sh Lexi-
"
con of the New Testament have also been constantly used.
SUGGESTIONS TO TEACHERS.

1. Use twenty minutes of every hour in explaining to the class the new
]ioiiits of tin; advance-lesson ami in no case ask a class to jireparo a lesson
;

which has not thus been explained.


2. Do not the student so to master the text that, with the
fail to reipiire

Knijlish translation his eye, he can repeat or write the ori|^inal with
hi'fore

accuracy and without hesitation and with every advance-lesson review the
;

text of the ten preceding lessons.


lict every point referred to in the
" Notes " be called
3. up in one form or
another in the class-room.
4. In teaching the "Oljservations," the words or phrases which form the
basis of the remarks should be written on the blackboard.
5. Insist upon the thoiough master}' of the "Vocabularies," Greek into
English, as well as English into Greek.
6. In the translati(»n of the English sentences into Greek, the
following
order is suggested (1) The student will write the exercise in a blank -book
:
;

(2) He will copy it


upon the blackboard (3) The
;
instructor will read and
correct the work on the board, tlie student at the same time incorporating the
corrections in his blank book (4) The instructor
;
will examine the book and
mark words which contain an error
all (5) The student will rewrite all
;

sentences in which errors have been detected in another blank book.


7. The Les.son may be founil to contain more than some classes can pre-
pare for a single recitation, although this will depend largely ujjon the
character of the class and the nuniber of recitations during a week. It is
better to divide two lessons into three, or even one lesson into two, than to
omit any |iortion.
8. The Review lessons are very
important, and should be thoroughly
mastered. Each should be made the suTiject of two or more recitations.
9. Much time can be saved and much good accomjilishcd by having the
class do a jiart of the work in concert. This is especially helpful in repro-
ducing the original text from the English translation and in translating the
Phiglish Exenases into (Jreek.
10. It is not neces.sary, in fact not advisable, to tell the .student everything
that may be.said concerning a word or form, when it first occurs. Nor is it
ne(T.s.sary, when a geneial statement is made concerning a given point, to
inilicate all the exceptions which exist.
11. Reijuire the mastery of jiaradigtns, but not merely that they may
be recited by rote. T]n: .student should be
taught to study and compare
them, with a view of a.scertaining the jirinciples in accordance with which
they are constructed. As paradigms are conunonly studied, they work more
injury than benefit.
12. Introduce conversation in Greek
upon the text as far as possible it ;

relieves the monotony of a recitation, and fixes the text more


firmly in the
mind.
TABLE OF CONTENTS.

PART I.

NEW TESTAMENT GKEEK METHOD.


Paqk
Preface v
Pkefatory Note ix

Suggestions to Teachers x
1. Lesson I. John i. 1, 2 21

John i. 3, 4 26
John i. 5, 6 31
John i. 7, 8 35
John i. 9-11 39
John i. 12, 13 42
John i. 14, 15a 46
John i. 15&-17 50
John i. 18, 19 53

Review 57
Xll TABLE OF CONTENTS.

U). Lesson XTX.


TABLE OF CONTENTS. xiii

PART II.

NEW TESTAMENT GREEK MANUAL.


Page
Prefatory Notk 229
1. Critical Text of the Gospel of St. John .... 231
2. Literal Translation of John I.-IV 315
3. Vocabulary of the Gospel and Epistles of St. John 329
4. Lists of Words 355
1. List of Verbs occurring more tlian Fifty Times . 355
TT. List of Verbs occurring Ten to Fifty Times .... 356
III. List of Verbs occurring Five to Ten Times .... 300
IV. List of Nouns occurring more than Fifty Times . 365
V. List of Nouns occurring Ten to Fifty Times . . . 368
VI. List of Nouns occurring Five to Ten Times .... 373
VJL Table of Correlative Pronouns 380
VIII. Table of Prepositions 380
IX. Table of Correlative Adverbs 381
X. Table of Conjunctions 381

PART III.

ELEMENTS OF NEW TESTAMENT GREEK GRAMMAR.

Part I. - Orthography.

Prefatory Note 385


ijl. The Alphabet 387
2. The Vowels 388
3. The Diphthongs 389
4. The Breathings 390
5. The Intkrchange of Vowels 390
0. The LENOvaENiNG of Vowels 391
xiv TABLE OF CONTENTS.
Page
§7. The Contkaction of Vowels 391

8. The Diuresis 392


9. Crasis and Elision 392
10. Movable Consonants 393
11. Additional Vowel Changes 393
12. The Consonants .... 394
13. The Euphony of Consonants 395
11. Syllables 397
15. Quantity of Syllables 398
IG. The Accents 398
17. General Rules of Accent . 399
18. Accent as affected by Contraction, Ckasis, and
Elision 100
19. The Proclitics 400
20. The Enclitics 401
21. Punctuation 402
22. Transference of Greek Words into English . . 402

Part II. — Etymology.


I. Introduction.

23. Definition of Etymology 404


24. Number and Gender 405
25. The Cases 40G

II. The Noun or Substantive.

26. The Stems of Nouns 407


27. Declension and Case-endings 408
28. The Accent of Nouns 409
29. The First Declension. — Feminines 409
30. Masculines 410
31. Terminations of the First Declension 411
32 Contract Nouns of the First Declension . . . 411
TABLE OF CONTENTS. XV
Page
New TESTAMEiNT Usage 412
The Second Declension 413
Terminations of the Second Declension , ,
. . 413
Contract Nouns of the Second Declension . . 414
New Testament Usage 415
The Third Declension 416
Formation of Cases 416
Paradigms of the Third Declension:
1. Stems ending in a Labial or Palatal Mute .... 417
2. Stems ending in a Lingual Mute 418
3. Stems ending in a Liquid 418
4. Stems ending in o- 419
5. Stems ending in i or v 419
6. Stems ending in a Diplithong 420
41. Irregular Noun.s of the Third Declension . . . 420
42. New Testament Usage 421

in. Adjectives.

43. The Declension of Adjectives 422


tl. Ad.jectives of the Firstand Second Declensions . 422
45. Contracts ok tiik First and Second Declensions 423
46. Ad.iectives ok the Third Declension 423
17. AiMEcrivKs oi TIIK First and Third Declensions . 424
48. Declension ok Participles 425
49. Irregular Ad.iecitves . 426
50. New Testament Usage 426
51. C«)MI'arison of Ad.iectives ... 427
52. Irregular Comi'AUison 428
53. Numerals 428
54. Cardinal Numbers 429
55. Compound Numhers 4.30

50. Distributives and Multu'licativf>h 43(i


xvi TABLE OF CONTENTS.

IV. Pronouns. „
Page
§57. The Personal Pronouns 431
58. The Intensive Pronoun 432
59. The Reflexive Pronouns 432
60. The Reciprocal Pronoun . 433
61. The Possessive Pkonouns 433
62. The Article 433
63. The Demonstrative Pronouns 431
64. The Relative Pronouns 434
65. The Interrogative Pronouns . 135
66. The Indefinite Pronouns 135
67. The Distributive Pronouns 436
68. The Correlation of Pronouns ........ 437

V. The Verb.
69. The Voices 438
70. The Moods 438
71. The Tenses 439
72. General View of the Tenses 440
73. Inflection, the Root, and the Vepb-Stem . . . 441
74. The Augment 442
75. The Reduplication 444
76. The Tense-Systems 445
77. The Tense-Stem 447
78. General View of the Present Stem 447
79. First Class of Verbs 448
80. Second Class of Verbs 448
81. Third Class of Verbs 448
82. Fourth Class of Verbs 449
83. Fifth Class of Verbs 450
84. Sixth Class of Verbs 450
85. Seventh Class of Verbs 450
TABLE OF CONTENTS. xvii

Page
§86. Eighth Class of Verbs 451
87. Ninth Class of Verbs 451
88. Tenth Class of Verbs 451
89. The Future Stem 452
90. The First Aorist Stem 452
91. The Second Aorist Stem 453
92. The First Perfect Stem 453
93. The Second Perfect Stem 454
94. The Perfect Middle Stem 454
9.j. The First Passive Stem 455
9*5. The Second Passive Stem 455
97. The Mood Suffixes 456
98. Personal Endings of the Indicative, Subjunctivk,
AND Optative 4.'j7

99. Use of the Endings 457


lUU. Personal Endings of the Imperative 458
101 The Infinitive Endings 459
102. The Participle 460
103. The Synopsis of the Present Tense ..... 461
104. Inflection of the Present Active 461
105. Inflection of the Present, Middle, and Passive 462
106. [nflection of the Imperfect 463
107. The Synopsis of the Future Tense, and its In-

flection lf;3

108. The Synopsis of hie Fikst Aorist, and its In-

flection 463
109. The Synopsis and Inflection of the Perfect li=5

110 The Inflection of the Pluperfect 166


111 Synopsis and Inflection ok the Second Aorist '16(1

112. Synopsis and Inflection oe Second I'khehci- and


Second I'i.upeueeci Active 467
2
xviii TABLE OF CONTENTS.
Page
§113. Synopsis of Second Aokist and Second Future
Passive 467
114. CoNTUACT Verbs 468
115. Synoptical Table of Verbs in « 470
110. Impersonal Verbs 472
117. Defective Verbs in co 473
118. Verbs in ^t 473
119. Synopsis of Present and Second Aorist Systems 474
120. Inflection of Verbs m fit 475
121. Synoi'Sis of Verbs in /lu 479
122. List of Verbs of the First Class in fii . . . 480
123. List of Verbs of the Second Class in /it . . 482
124. List of the Irregular Verbs in the New Testa-
ment ..... 484

VI. Prepositions.

125. The Use of Prepositions 504

VII. Adverbs.

126. The Formation of Adverbs 507


127. The Comparison of Adverbs 507
128. The Pronominal Adverbs 509
129. Impkoper Prepositions used as Adverbs .... 509
130. Negative Adverbs . 509

VIII. Conjunctions and other Particles.

131. The Particles 509

IX. Formation of Words.


132. Simple and Compound Words 512
133. Primitives and Denominatives , 512
134. Formation of Nouns ... 512
TABLE OF CONTENTS. xix

Page
5
135. fokmation of adjectives and adverbs .... 514
136. Formation of Verbs 515
137. Compounds 515
138. First Part of a Compound Word 516
139. Last Part of a Compound Word 517
UU. Meaning of Compound Words 517
111. Synthetic Compounds 518
142. Foreign Words Greek Testament
in 518
143. New Testament Proper Names 519
NEW TESTAMENT GREEK
BY AN

(NDUCTIYE METHOD.

LESSON I.

John i. 1, 2.

NotE. — In studying the text and notes, tlie pupil will observe the
following suggestions :

(1) Take up the words one at a time, and notice the form of each
letter, the marks of accent, the transliteration given below it, the num-
ber of syllaljles, and the translation. After reading carefully what is
said about it in the Notes,
copy it on jjaper two or three times, each time
pronouncing it aloud ;
write it from memory two or three times, compar-
ing the result with the printed form pronounce it (always aloud) until
;

it can be uttered without hesitation, and always endeavor to associate the

meaning with the sound.


(2) In no case take up a new word until the word preceding it has
hefu thoroughly mastered.
(3) Having mastered the words separately, study tlie verses as a
whole, pronouncing the (ireek rej^eatedly. Then, laying aside tlie
Greek text, from the literal English translation pronounce the Greek
text repeatedly, and from this translation write the Greek text until you
can reproduce it without error.
(1-) Understand from the beginning that every verse of the Greek
text is to be mastered. Nothing short of absolute mastery will answer
tlie
purpose.
(f)) iJe prepared to pronounce the Greek exercises in the class room.
The tran.-ilation of tin- Kiiglish i-xi-rcises into (Sreek should he written
out. This direction applies to all the exercises.
00 JNTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD.

1. TEXT.

' '^
1 'ri
TjV 6 \6-yo<;, KoX 6 Xo-yo?
En ar-che en ho lo-gos, kai ho lo-gos
In bef/inning was the Word, and the Word

y]V Trpo<;
TOV de-6v, /cat ^e-o? r^v 6 Xo-yo?.
en pros ton the-on, kai the-os en ho lo-gos
was with the God, and God was the Word.

v-To^ TjV ev 6e-6v.

Hou-tos en en pros ar-che ton th e-on.


This was in beginning with the God

2. NOTES.

1. in- e in = n ; (c) the


6v, (a) c :
p^t, always short; (l>) v
'

apostrophe ( ) over the vowel is the smooth breathing, and has


no practical value (d) iv is a prej)osition.
;

2. apxrj, in beginning : (a)


u = a in father (a is a doubtful
vowel, short in some words, long in others, but is here long by
position, because it is followed by two consonants), and = e in »/

prey; (b) two consonants, p = r, and x - ch ; (c) the mark un-


der f] is (iota)
= i in ])it, the sign of the dative sing. Here,
t

after a long vowel, this iota is written under the vowel and
called iota subscript ;
in such a case it is not pronounced ; (d) the
"
mark ( ) over fj
is called the circumflex accent, and indicates
the syllable to be accented ; (e) note the smooth breathing over
the initial vowel.

3. yv, he was :
(a) imperf. 3 pers. sing, of the irregular verb
(l-fiL (ei-mi) I am ; (h) y has the smooth breathing and the cir-
cumflex accent (see above).
LESSON I. 23

'

4. o, the : (a) o =
) placed over the
o in obey ; {h) the mark (

vowel the rough breathing, and indicates that it is to be pro-


is

nounced with a strong emission of the breath, as though the


letter h preceded, ho ; (c) 6 is the definite article, nom. sing,
niasc.

Aoyos, word : (a) o


5. = o in obey ; (b) X = I, y = gmgo,<;-s
in so; (c) in dividing a word into syllables, a single consonant
is
always connected with the following vowel (d) the mark over ;

the lirst
syllable, or penult, is the acute accent (e) the ending ;

-o? indicates the nom. sing. masc.

6. Koi, and: (a) ai,


= ui in aisle, is a diphthong; (b) the
'

mark the grave accent


( )
is ; (f) in a diphthong the accent
stands over the second vowel,
7. Trpos, with: {a)-jr=p, p = r, <;
= s ; (b) Trpo? is a preposi-
^
tion ; being immediately followed by another word,
(c) it is

written npo<?, not Trpos, cf. koI (6).


8. Tov, the :
(a) t
= t in to, v
= n ; (b) the ending -v indicates
the accu.sative sing. (c) 6, t?t,e, noin. sing., tov, the,
;
ace. sing,

masc. (d) tov, not


; tov, why ?

9. Oiov, God :
(a) 6
= th in thin ; (b) -v marks the ace. sing. ;

(c) -ov,the termination of the ace. sing. (d) Oct' not ^tov, be- ; .',

cause it is not immediately followed b}' another word.


10. $(()<;, Gitd: (a) -;, case-ending of nom. sing. masc. ; (i) -«?,
tcniiiriation of the nom. sing, masc; (c) -o- indicates that di6<;

belongs to the declension, commonly called the Second declen-


>ii)n, cf. -()t; of Xoyo<?, -ov of TOV, 6fov; (d) fiak is without the

article, and isthe predicate of the sentence; (e) 6(o<;, not Otnt:,

why ?

11. ouTo?, this :


(a) ov = on in grwfp ; (b) the rough breathing
is written ovc^r the accond vowtjl of a proper diiihthong; (c) the
<iri;umflex accent is written over the breathing, (;f. ^v ; (rf) -o?,

termination of nom. sing. nia.sc., cf. Aoyos, 6'eos ; (e) outos is a de-
monstrative j»ronoun.

any mark of
'
/. r, so closely connected in sen.ie as not to require |iunc-
tuatiuii.
24 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD.

3. OBSERVATIONS.
1. Five vowels ; c, o, always short, q, always long, a, i, doubtful,
'/. e. short in some words, long in others.

2. Three diphthongs :
ai, ov, rj.

3. Ten consonants :
y, 6, k, X, v, tt, p, ?, t, x-
*
4. There are two breathings, the smooth ( ) (not pronounced),
and the rough (' ) (= English h).
5. Every initial vowel of a word has a breathing.
6. A Greek word has as many syllables as it has separate
vowels or diphthongs.
7. In dividing a word into syllables, a single consonant is

connected with the following vowel.

8. The last syllable of a word is called the ultimate, the one


next to the last, the penult, the one before the penult, the ante-

penult.
9. There are three accents, — the acute ('), the grave ('),
'
and the circumflex ( ).

10. The marks of accent stand over the vowel of the accented
syllable.

11. The grave accent can stand only on the last syllable, and
takes the place of the acute on a word followed closely by another
word in the same sentence (koi for kui, npog for tt/jos, 6eo<; for

12. The circumflex is placed above the breathing (^j', oStos).

13. A proclitic (leaning forward) is a word which has no


accent, and is pronounced as if it were a part of the following
word (cV, 6).

14. -09 is the termination of the nom. sing, masc of the second
declension, -ov ace. sing.
LESSON I. 25

4. VOCABULARY.

1. ry dpxr], the beginning. 8. 6 Aoyos, the word.


- '^PXi?'
'^^
beginning. 9. o (m.), »} (1.), to (u.), the.

3. ciyj-i",
I am. 10. oStos, M/^s (uom. niasc).
4. €»', iw. 11. 6 Aoyos ovTo<i, this word.
4. rjv,
he was 12. oStos o Aoyos, ^Aiif word.
5. u 0e6^, the God. 13. tt/jo?, ^f'/Y/t.

7. Kat, a/w;?. 14. t6v, the (iicc. masc).

5. EXERCISES.

1. Translate : 1. Ei/xi rj 'ipxv-


2- '^ A.oyo? ^v eV u/^x??*
^' '^^''

''/'XW ^*' ^ ^€o9. 4. Kat o Aoyos ^v Oeu<;. 5. 'Ev ap^^ V^ " Aoyos
OUTOS. 6. llpuS TOl' d/'coi'
^i'.

2. Translate: 1. He was in [the] beginning. 2. And tlie

Word was G<jd. 3. This was the Word. 4. He was with God.
5. God was in [th«] beginning.

6 TOPICS FOR STUDY.

1. Consonants in this lesson. 2. Vowels. 3. Two breathinfrs.


4. Division of words into syllables. 5. The terms idtiniate, ])e-
nidt, antepennlt. 0. Three accents. 7. Use of grave accent for
the acnte. 8. The circnmflex accent. 9. The proclitics cV and n.
10 Terminations -o?, -or.
26 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD.

LESSON II.

John i. 3, 4.

1. TEXT.
^
TTOLVTa hi av-Tov i-ye-ve-To, koI ^co-pi?
di' au-tou e-ge-ne-to cho-ris
All -{things') through him became, and without

avTov eyevero ovSe ev. 6 ye-yo-vev


oude hen. Ho ge-go-nen
him became not one-(thi7ig'). That-which hath-been-

ev avTio t,(ii-r) r}V,


/cai y) ^wr) ^u to (jico^
tcou

auto zo-e phos ton


made in him life was, and the life was the light of-the

au-0pio-TT(t)v.

an-thro-pon.
(^of)-men.
2. NOTES.
1. TTavra, all-things :
(a) -u marks nom. plur. neut.
2. Si', through (a) (b) : for Sia ;
-a is cut off because next
*
word begins with a vowel, and an apostrophe ( ) marks tlie

omission ; (c) 8ia is a preposition.


3. avTov, of-him :
(a) av
= oic in ho?^se, ov = on in gxoup;

(b) -ov is the sign of gen. sing, of the or second declension of


nouns ; gen. sing. masc. of the pronoun of the third person
(c) ;

(d) proper diphthongs take the breathing, as well as the accent,


upon the second vowel.
4. eyevcTo, it became : (a) the root (fundamental part of the

word) is
yfv-; (b) e-
prefixed is the sign of j):ist time; (<) -to,
LESSOX II. 27

pers. ending of 3 pors. sing. ; (d) the verb is in the sing., because
in Greek a neuter plural regularly takes a singular verb.
5.
x<i>pU, without : (a) u)
= n in prone, always long
(b) ; origi-
nally an adverb, but here used as a prep. ; (c) why grave accent ?
6. ov^€, not: (a) negative conj., compounded of ov, not and
0€, but ; not ovSe, why
(b) ovSe, (c) breathing on second vowel
'.'

of diphthong.
7. cv, one-thing: (a) the numeral adjective, one, nom. neut. ;

{b) the accent always follows the breathing, except in the case of
the circumflex, which is written over the accent {Ijv, oSto?) ;

{c) h', not fi-; why? ((/) cts, one (masc ), /xm, one (fern.), Iv, one
(neut.).
8. o, which: (a) the relative pron., nom. sing. neut.
9. ye'yovfi', it-hath-been-made :
(a) the root is ycv-, cf.
iyivero
(4) ; {b) ye- is the
sign of completed action (c) ycyov- is the ;

tense-stem of the 2 perfect, to whicli the personal endings are


added ; (d) an e of the root yei- is
changed to o in 2 jierfect, as

-yov, (e) the -£- the pers. ending of 3 pers. sing.; (/)
of-ev is -v

of -e(v) is added because tlie next word begins with a vowel.


10. auTw, in-him :
(a) iota subscript is the sign of the dative
(see I. X. 2, c) ; (b) -w, the termination of the .second declension
in the dative sing. ; (c) avrai, pers. pron. of third per.son, dat.
sing, ma.sc, cf. avrov, gen. sing, (3).
11. (o}r), life :
(a) t,-z; (b) -rj
is the sign of the feminine, and
marks the A or First declension, cf.
ilpxr/ ; (r) ^wy/, not (torj,

why ?
12. rj,
the: (a) the article, nom. fern, sing.; (b) the form of
the article mark.s the gender, // tui,}, the the be-
life (fern.), ») npx<),
ginning (fem.), !, Aoyos, the word (masc).
13. TO, the: (a) the article, nom. sing. neut. ; (/<) not rd, but
TO, why ?

14. - ph in
light: (a) <f>
f^i»9, grajjliic (b) o) is long by na- ;

ture the circumflfx accent can stiind only over a vowel long
; (c)

by nature, or over a diphthong, '!/<xi)' V^' ovt()<;, niirov, <f>u)<i.


28 INTllODUCTOUY N. T. GREEK METHOD.

15. Toij/, of-the :


(a) -wv marks the gen. plur. ; (b) twv is the

iirtich", p;en. plur. of all genders.

16. dj'^/jwTTtov, of-men :


(a) -wv marks gen. plur. ; (b) from
av^pojTTos, ma7i,
of the second declens., like Xdyos, Oeo^
(c) avOpw- ;

Tro<i, hut the acute accent on penult, instead of antepe-


apOpuyiTiov,

nult, because ultimate is long.

3 OBSERVATIONS.

1. One new vowel, w, two new diphthongs, an, w.


Three new consonants, 8,
2. <^. t,,

3. rj and w are called improper diphthongs, because their first

vowel is long. Their second vowel, i, is written below the first,


and called iota sub.script, but is not pronounced.
is

4.Proper diphthongs take the breathing, as well as the ac-


cent, upon the second vowel, oSros, avrov, koI, ovSc.
5. The cutting off of a short final vowel when the next word
'

begins with a A^owel is called elision. An apostrophe ( )


marks
the omission, as 8i" for Std.
6. In elision, prepositions with the acute on the ultima lose

the accent with the elided vowel.


7. The circumflex can stand only on one of the last two syl-
lables, and only on the penult when the ultimate is short (oijtos).
8. The acute can stand only on one of the last three syllables,
:uid only on the antepenult when the ultima is short (eyivero,
ytyovev, <lv6pu)Tro<;, but dv^pwTrtav) .

9.-rj
nom. sing, fem., -y dat. sing. fern,
indicates of A or

First declension -o? nom. sing -ov gen. sing., -w dat.


; , sing., -ov
ace. sing., -wv gen. plur. of the or Second declension ;
-a marks
the nom. plur. neut.
10. The article in the nom. sing, of the three genders is o, r},

TO, and marks the gender of nouns ;


cf. 6 Xoyos, r) (ot-q, to (f>w^.

11. A root is the fundamental part of a word, and is properly


of one sjdlable, as ycv-.
LESSOX II. 29

12. c- prefixed to the root or stem of a verb beginning with a

consonant, indicates past time, and is called the augment. As


a new syllable is added, it is called the syllabic augment.
13. -TO and -e are personal endings of the 3 pers. sing, of
verbs.
14. All verbs of the 3 pers. sing, ending in e, annex v when
the next word begins with a vowel. This is called v movable,
which may also be added at the end of a sentence.

4. GRAMMAR LESSON.
1. § 1. 1. The Alphabet. 5. § 69. 1, 2. The Voices.
2. § 4. 1, 2. Breathings. 6. § 70. 1, 2.The Moods.
3. § 14. 1-3. Division of Syl- 7. § 71. 1. The Tenses.
lables. 8. § 72. 1-6. General View of
4. § 16. 1-6. The Accents. the Tenses.

5. VOCABULARY A.

1. a.v9p<j)Tro<;, 6, man. 9. ov8e', not.


2. avTov, ai'TO), of him, to hbu. 10. 09, ry, o, who, which.
3. avTov, him. 11. irdvTa, all tilings.
4. avrrjv, her. 12. TTai/Tcs, all {men).
5. avTo, it. 13. tCdv, of the (plur.).
6. Stti, throwjh. 14. </)a)?, to, light.
7. €ts, /xta, 1v, one. 15. xo)fHs, apart from.
a. ^wi'i, t}, life. 16. ouTos 6 avOf)U)iros, this man.

6 VOCABULARY B

PllE-SENT Mill. AND V\fiH.


30 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD.

2 Perfect Act.

yi-yov-a, I have become, been made.


yc-yov-e, he (it) has become, been made.

7 EXERCISES

1. Translate : 1. Havra iu opxV f-J^^'^To-


2. 'Ev apx\] ^1^ ovok h>.

3. 'O \dyos ^(o^ r)v. 4. 'O dvOpiovos ^t' avTuv eyeVcTO. 5. Ei' avrw
Ktti 8i avTOv ^(Drf rjv. 6. AwtoV, auT?;v, auTO. 7. Xwpis twv avOpw-
TTwv. 8. "Av^ptOTTos iyfv6p.riv, dvOpwTTos yeyovev. 9. Kai ;^<i)pis uutov

tyci/CTO oiiSe ev, o yeyovev.


10. Havre?, -rravra.

2. Translate : 1. The life was the light of men. 2. All things

were made through him. 3. The Word was life, Apart from 4.

him not one thing was made. 5 That-which hath been made
was life through him. 6. The man, of the men through him, ;

in him, without him. 7. He is made man, he was made man, he

hath been made man.

8 TOPICS FOR STUDY.

1. Place of breathings. 2. Ultimate, penult, antepenult,


3. Rules for dividing a word into syllables. 4. Grave accent.
5. The acute accent. 6. The circumflex accent. 7. -r; and -r/.

8. -OS, -ov, -u), -ov, -o)v, -tt. 9. Three forms of the article. 10. Differ-

ence between 6 and o. 11. -v movable. 12. The root. 13. The

augment. 14. The active, middle, passive. 15. The moods


1(3. The tenses.

<
LE-SSOX III. 31

LESSON III.

John i. 5, 6.

1 TEXT
^
Kat TO (f)(x)<;
iu rrj (tkotlo. (fyaCvei, /cat rj

And the light in the darkness shines, and the

"
aKoria avTo ov Ka-re-Xa-fSev. 'Eyeuero dvOpconos
darkness it not apprehended. There-ivas a man

d-TTE-dTok-ixe-vo^ napa 6eov, ovofxa avTw ^Iwdurjs-


having -heen-sent from God, name to-him John.

2. NOTES.
1. rfj,
in the :
(a) iota subscript marks dat. sing. ;
(h) >/
indi-

cates the fem, ; (o) the article, dat. sing. fem.


2. (TKOTia, in dorkne.'is :
(a) rr = s in so, at the end of a word
*
written s, elsewhere rr (§1, 2),^ cf. Aoyo?, tt/hjs, 0€O5, x^'P'^j 4*''''*'

hut o-KOTitt ; (b) iota subs., sign of dat. sing. (I. n. 2) ; (c) a (or t/)

is the sign of the A or First dfclension.


3. fftaivd, (he,she,) it shines : (a) present stem (fxur-, root
<txiv-\ {b) -€t, pers end. of 3 pers. sing. ind. act.; (r) used intran-
sitively, it shines, to </»ws <^al.vu, the light shines.
4. (m'to, it: (a) pers. pron. of 3 pers. ace. sing. neut. ;
(b) cf.
nvToi), gen. sing, masc, uvtw, dat. sing, niasc.
5. f,v, not : {(I,) ov is a proclitic (§ 19), cf. o, 17,
cV.

'
III .some OiTmfin editions of the N. T. mid of the fSreck clnssics, <j at t)ir>

finl of n word fmiiiing pnrt of a pomjtoniid is printed j ; iis, (UtXOilf.


2 Tlipsp rffcn-nccs 1o sictioiis nreto flu- •Jriiiiiiiiiir of .N'l-w Testnimiit <!nik
wliirli forms a jiart of tbis volume.
32 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD.
6. KariXafSev, (he, she,) it ajjprehefided :
(a) compounded of
the prep. Kara, doion, and tlie root Aa/3-, take; (b) Aa/i- is the

root, but the present stemis Aa/^^av- ; (c) -v movable


(§ 10, 1) ;

(d) -e
-t(i')
iu
pers. end. of 3 pers. sing. ; (e) in compound
is

verbs the augment follows the preposition (/) e in Kare'Aa^S- is ;

the augment, the sign of past time (§ 74, 1) ; {g) it takes the
place of the final a of Kara, wliich is dropi>ed ; (Ji) KareAa^S- is the
stem of 2 aor.
7. uTretrraA/AcVo?, having been sent: (a) -/xevos, ending of part,
mid. and pass. ; Qi) compounded of prep. dTrd and o-tuA-, the stem
of the perfect ; {e) the present stem is crreAA- ; (d) the prefix t
and therefore not the
in (iTreo-raA- is not tlie sign of past time,

augment, but the sign of com})leted action, and takes this form
because the root begins with two consonants (e) the final o of ;

ttTTo
dropped before prefix e, cf .
KarcAa^ev (6) ; {f) the form is the
perf. pass. part. ; {g) -os in -fi€vo<; like -os in Aoyos, ^eo?, ovto';.
8. irufju, from beside :
(a) here governing the gen. and used
with persons only.
9. Oeov, (of) God : (a) -ov is the sign of the gen. sing, of the
or Second declension.
10. ovofxa, name : (a) to ovoixa, the name (b) acute accent on ;

the .inteponult, because ultima is short (§17, 1).


11. 'J wdrr^s, John : (a) some manuscripts spell the word 'lojav-

''?'» ; (!') ending -7/?


indicates a masc. of the A or First declension,

3. OBSERVATIONS.
1. The letter s (sigma) at the end of a word has the form s,

elsewhere the form cr.

2. Improper diphthongs (a, rj, w), in which the first vowel is

long, take the accent over the first vowel, cf. ap)(^, airw.
3. The iota
subscrijyt is not pronounced, and it marks the dat.
sing., cf. o-p)(rj, avTw, ttj, (TKOTia.

4. The stem is the fundamental part of a word which is not


changed iu inflection.
LESSON III. 33

5. The inflective part, called endings, is added to the stem to

form cases, tenses, persons, and numbers.


6. Changes in the form of nouns are made by adding different
case-endings to a common stem.
7. Nouns of the A
or First declension are mostly feminine,
and end in u, u, or rf. The masculines end mostly in r/s.
8. Stems of nouns of the or Second declension end in o-, as

Aoyo-s, Oeu-v, ui'c'pwTro-?.


9. The article is conveniently used to designate also the gen-
der, as 6 Aoyos (masc), y o-kotiu (fem.), to ovo/xu (neut.).
10. The tenses do not merely distinguish time (present, past,

future) as in English, but also action, as indetinite, continued,


or completed.
'

4. GRAMMAR LESSON.
1. § 12, 1, 2. The Consonants. 5. § 27, 1, 2. Three Declen-
o
«^. a-c. Inflection. sions.
§ 23, 3,

3. § 25, 1-3. The Cases. 6. § 73, 1-4. Inflection and


4. § 24, 1, 2. Number and the Verb-stem.
Gender. 7. § 74, 1, 2. The Augment.

5. VOCABULARY A
1. 'Iwai'i/s, -ov, o, John. 6. Trapa, with gcn., from (in-
2. Xa/xfiavi)),I take, receive. dicates source).
3. KUTa-Xa/x^ai'fjj, T grasp, n,p- 1. (TKOTia, -ds, 7/,
darkness.

Ijrehend. M. (TTcA-Aw, I send, set.

4. oi/o/xtt, -Tos, TO, name. 9. uTTo-o-TtAAo), I send forth.


5. ov, no, not. 10. (fiULuo), I shine.

6 VOCABULARY B.

l'uE.s. Ind. Active.

TTiaTdf-M, J Relieve. iriirTd't-n/i.ti',


We helicvc.

7rifrT€u-ci9, thou believest. 7rifrT€i^tT€, you believe.

TTwrTci^ci, he believes. iruTriv-uvai(\>\ they believe


34 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD.

Second Aorist.

Ind. Active.
LESSON IV. 35

LESSON IV. ^

John i. 7, 8.

1. TEXT.

Ovros
'

rjXOev et? ixaprvpiav, tVa fxaprvpijarf


Thi8-one came for witness, that he-miyht-tvittiess

nepl Tov (fycDTos, li^a ndvTe<; irLCTTevaojaLV

concerning the light, that all might-helieve

I avTOv. ovK rjv e/ceii^og to (pcjs, aA\ tva

through him. Not ivas that-one the light, but that

fxapTvp-qcrr) irepl tov (f)0)T6<;.

he-might-ivitness concerning the light.

2. NOTES.
1. he came : {a) from Ipyniiai, I come, 2 aor. ^A^oi', I
rjkOiv,
came {b) inflected like tKa(iw, the 2 aor. of Xa/x/Suvoj (see Til.
;

Voc. B) (c) -V movable, because the next


;
word begins with a
vowel sound.
2. €ts, for :
(a) preposition always governing the ace. ; (b) a

proclitic.
3. fiaprvfiidv, ivitness, testimony :
(a) v
= y, like u in p?<ll ;

(h) -av denotes ace. sing, of the A or First declension ; (c) u does
not changt' into >/, because it is preceded by i (§ 29, 4).
4. ij/tt, that :
(a) a fniHl (-onjunction indicating purpose,
and
followed by the subjunctive.
5. f».ai>TVf)rj(Tr],
hf wi(/hf loifness :
(a.) sfcm imprvpt-', (h) n- \9.

^ign of 1 iifir. Hteiii (§ 90) ; ('') -c of stnii i.s


lengthcncil info t/

l)t'f')r»' (J (§ 6, 1) ; {d) ^ is the sign of subj. 3 pj'rs. sing.


36 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD.

6. TTepi, about, concerning :


{a) a prep, here governing the
gen. {b) why grave accent ?
;

7. TO?, {of) the : (a) -ov indicates gen. sing, of or Second


declension {b) the article, gen, sing. neut. ( § 62j.
;

8. (})(oToi, (of) light : (a) from c^ois, gen. sing. </)ojtos (b) of ;

the Third or Consonant declension, stem ^wr-, found by droj)-

piug -OS of gen. sing. (c) a few neuter stems in t, like </»wt-,
;

change t to cr in the nom. (§ 39, 1 a, note ; § 13, 13).


9. iriivTes, all: (a) -es, sign of nom. piur. masc. of 3d decl.

10. TTto-Teucrojo-u', they might believe : (a) stem ttio-tcu- ; (b) ct'

is sign of 1 aor. stem (c) -wcri sign of subj. 3 pers. plur. ; (d) -v

movable, why ? Such is the reading of best MSS. (§ 10, note).


11. oi'k, 7iot : (a) ov, not, becomes ovk when the next word
begins with a vowel (§ 10, 2).
12. e'K€?i'os, that-one : (a) a demons, pron.
generally referring
to the more remote subject, while oi'tos, this, generally refers to
the nearest subject.
13. a\X\ but : (o) for aXka, but, an adversative conj. {b) the ;

final a, being short, is cut off


by elision, because the next word
begins with a vowel (§ 9, 2) ; (c) compare 8t' avrov.

3. OBSERVATIONS.
oi; before a
1. consonant, but ovk before a vowel.
2. All nouns whose stems end in a or ?; belong to the A or
First declension :
rrKort-a, jxaprvpL-a dpx-iQ, C^rj-
All nouns whose stems end in o belong to the
3. or Second
declension Xoyo-?, ^to-s, ai/^/joj7ro-s.
:

4. All nouns whose stems end in a consonant belong to the


Third declension :
(^ws, gen. </)ojr-os.
5. The augment c- in KttT(e')Aay8€i/, (e)yeVcTo, is the sign of
jjast time.
6.
consisting of a preposition and a verb take the
Compounds
augme7it after the preposition; but the prejwsition, if it ends in
a vowel, loses that vowel before e, as in KariXaPev.
LESSON IV. 37

7. As the augment is the sign of past time, it belongs to the


historical tenses (imperf., aor., pluperf.), but it is found only in

tlie indicative.
8. ->;
is the sign of the subj. o pers. sing., -wcrt of 3 pers. plur.

4. GRAMMAR LESSON.

1. § 2, 1, 2. The Vowels. 4. § 17, 1-3. General Rules


2. § 3, 1, 2. The Diphthongs. of Accent.

3. § 15, 1-4. Quantity of Syl- 5. § 26, 1, 2. Stems of Nouns.


lables. G. §29,1-3. lutlectiou of n/Ary.

5. VOCABULARY A.

1. oAAa, but. 9. ovTo:;, this (near).

2. CIS, for, into, unto. lO. ttus, Trao-a, TTuv, all, every
3. iKilvo%, that one {yoxi^Qv). (sing,).
4. tf)-)(pixai,
I come. 11. Trutres, ira.(rai, vavTa, all

5. iva, that. (plur.).


6. fxaprvpia, -as, rj, witness, 12. irepi, concemhuf (gen.),

testimony. around (ace).


7. fiaprvpio), -M, I witness. 13. TritrTtt'to, 1 believe.

8. OV, OVK, not. 14. </)U)S-, </>aJTOS, TO, ^*^/i^

VOCABULARY B
1. orTus o uyOfwyiros, this iiiau. 5. ryA^tr, he Came (2 aor.).
2. UVT7/ 7/ fjaprvpia, this tesii- G. fiapTvp^iro),
T niitjht Witness

mony. (1 aor. subj.).


3. Tor/ro TO ^.7»s, <Ats %A<. 7. tniTT€\'(TM, I might believe.

4. 0UT09, avTt], TDVTi), this S. (TTurrfvint , J believed.

(near). 0. yivuHTKO),
1 know.

4i.'ir>5'i
38 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD.

1 AOR. SUBJ.

TTto-TciV-w, I might believe. iria-Tiva-mfx^v, we might believe.

TTLUTiva-ij^jthonmigJttst believe. Tna-revcr-rjTi, you might believe.

TTUTTcva-y, he might believe. TnaTf.va--w(TL{v),t]iey might believe.

6 EXERCISES.

1. Translate : 1. ''O yiyovtv ^wrj rjx: 2. Ovtos 6 av6pw7ro<; ci?

fj.o.pTvpiav rjXdev. 3. Ai avTov eTrto-reucra. 4. Hv to <f)w<; o iv rij

(TKOTLCf. <^atVci, Ktti J)


(TKOTitt ttuTo OX) KaTc'Aa/Sei'. 5. Ets Tov Kocrfinv

r]\6ov. 6. lwdi'r]<; yjXOiv cis //.aprvpiav, iva Tras apOpoiiros TrKTrtvarj

8i airrov. 7. Tivuxtkoi, yivo'xrKfi, TTi(mvop,(.v, 7ricrT€uoi'cri(i'), ylvoixai,

yivtrai, (.p\ofjiai, tp^trai. 8. EycfCTo, yeyova, y€yovf(i'), iKajiov,

rjXOov, tkal3({v), y]\0((y), ifiapTvprjaa, /xapTvpT^ar), VLcmvar], tticttcv-


(Ttjirriv.

2. Translate {a.) 1. I am made, I was made, I bave been


:

made. 2. I believe, I believed, I may believe. 3. I take, I

took. 4. I come, I came. 5. I sbine, I send forth, I apprehend,


I witness, I send.

1. In the beginning the Word was with God.


(b) 2. All

things were made through God. 3. Not one (thing) was made
without him. 4. He was the life of men. 5. The darkness
apprehended not the light. 6. John came that he might bear
witness concerning the light, and that all might believe.

7. TOPICS FOR STUDY

1. Short and long vowels. 2. Two breathings. 3. Division

of words into syllables. 4. Use of grave accent for acute. 5.

Circumflex accent. 6. Iota subscript. 7. Endings -d, -77. 8, De-


clension of 9. Three declensions. 10. The historical
Ti/u.77.

tenses. 11. The augment. 12. -v movable.


LESSOX V. 39

LESSON V.

John i. 9-11.

1 TEXT.
*
Hv TO (ftax; to akrjOivov o ^cori^ei iravTa
He-was the Unlit the true which lighteth every
^^
avOpwTTOv ip^oji^vov els Tov Kocrixov. iv tw
man comin;/ into the world. In the

Kocr/jioj rju, kol 6 Koaj-ios Si' avTOv iyeveTO,


world he-was, and the world through him became,
^^
Kol 6 KocrfMOS avTov ovK eyvct). Et9 ra tSta

and the world him not knew. Unto the his-own-

rjXOei^, KOL ol tStot avTov ov wapiXajSov.


things he-came, and the his-own him not they-received.

2. NOTES
1. aXrjOivov, true :
(a) -ov is the nom. sing. neut. ending of

adjectives of the 1 and 2 declensions ; (/;>) the adjective follows


the noun which it (jualilies {(fjuis), and the article (to) is repeated
it.
before
2. o, u'liirh :
('/) rcl. prcHi., nom. sing. neut. agreeing with its

antecrulent f/>ws in num. and g(!n. ; (h) cf. os, r;,


o (§ 64, 1).
3. (()i,)TiXn, he (it) ffives lifjht :
(n) pres. stem (/m.iti^-; (6) -ci

sign of ind. act. 3 pers. sing., cf. f^tuv-n (III. n. .3).

4. TTi'ivTii, every :
('/) stem ttui't-, but nom. sing, ttus (for 7rai'T9,

$; 39, 1, /'
;
also § 13, •'), fl), vua-a, TTui' ; (f>) ace. sing. masc. ttuvth ;

('') cf. iriivTn (11. N. 1). ('/) TTas in sing, without flic urt. often
means every.
40 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD.

3. c7);^o/i,evov, coming: (a) stem cpx""5 (^) •/"-f^'o^^ ending of

part. mid. and pass. (o) nom. sing. neut. agreeing with </)a(s,^
; cf.

u7rc(TTaA-/x,£Vos (III. N. 7).


6. Kua-fxov, tvorld :
(a) -ov ace. sing, of the O or Second de-
clension.
7. Tw, (in) the: (a) article, dat. sing. masc. (§ 62, 1).
8. ovK, not :
{a) not ov, why ?
9. eyvoj, (he, she,) it knew :
(</) stem yvo- ; {b) e- is
augment,
sign of past time (2 aor.) (o) -w marks 3 pers. sing, of stems in
;

o inflected like 2 aor. of verbs in -/xt (§ 120).


10. Tu, </ie ace. plur. neut. (§
.•
(<<) article, 62).
11. tSia, his-own-things : (a) -a is sign of neut. plur. ace.
12. oi, the: (a) article, nom. plur. masc. (§ 62).

13. iStot, his-oxvn : {a) -ot is sign of nom. plur. masc. of or


Second declension.
14. TTapi.\a(iov, they received: (a) irapa, beside, and the root
Xa/?-, take ; (b) ci. KariXaftiv (III. N. 6) ; (c) -ov, pers. end. of 2
aor. 3 pers. plur. (III. Voc. B).

3 OBSERVATIONS.
1. Adjectives are inflected as substantives, and are mainly of

the first and second declensions, ending in -os, ->/, -ov.


2. Participles ending in -09, -r], -ov, are declined like adjectives

having the same endings.


3. The relative pronoun is os, rj, o, ivho, which.
4. The neuter relative pronoun o can readily be distinguished
from the masculine article 6 because of its accent.
5. Tras, TTacra, trav, all, in the sing, without the article often
means every : irdvTa avOpumov, every man (ace. sing.).
6. The personal endings of the 2 aor. ind. act. are, in the
sing,, -ov, -cs, -^{y)i in the plur., -ofi^v, -ere, -ov, as KariXafS-^^v),

^\6-((v), irapiXafi-ov.

* Some construe it with dvBpwtrov, in the ace. sing. masc.


LESSON V. 41

4. GRAMMAR LESSON.
1. § 9, 2 a, b. Elision.
2. § 10, 1, 2. Movable Consonants.
3. § 18, 4. Accent as affected by Elision.
4. § 19, 1. The Proclitics.
5. § 29, 4. Inflection of o-kotio.
6. § 34, o. InHection of uf^'/jwTros.
7. § 62, 1. Inflection of the Article.
8. § 98, 1, 2. Personal endings of the Ind.
9. § 99, 1-3. Use of the Endings.

5. VOCABULARY A.

1. aA.?y6'ivos, -?/, -ov, true, (jen- 5. /cocr/xo?, -ov, o, world.


nine. 6. os, y, '6, who, which.
2.
yivwa-Kw, I know. 7. Trafja-Xa/j.(3ui'(jj,
I take to TniJ-

3. ipxoixevfK, -Tf, -ov, coming. self, receive.


4. rSi-os, tSt-a, Ihi-ov, one's oivn. 8. <^ujti^w, I give Uylit.

VOCABULARY B.

TO
^^''^ ^''^<^
X . /I V - \ light (attributive position).
TO

, , , n I (^'^^ Light IS true (predicate position).


TO <^s uXqvivov, )

6. EXERCISES
1. J raiislate : 1. Wv to aXqOiviiv </)o»s. 2. \\v to (/(uj? ipvofitvov
lis Toi' Koirfj.ov. '). WdvTa uvOixottov rfjuni^ii.. 4. 'Kr toI koo"/jI<i»
oi'k

r)V.
O. IlafTu Oi avTov f.yivcrti. (). 'I']i'
opXTZ " x'xff'os fyeVtTo.
7. Oi irtiot ttUTfV Trnf)(\afi(n'. 8. Tor 0o*tos, tw Knir/io), toi' Kotrfiop,
iravra uvufiiirrrov, rwv avOpiDirtDi', tj) ctkhtui. \). ViyMiTt«i>, lyi'to

t/iYfr

fiai, T)\d€v, if))^ofxivo<; KaTiX.n/ic(i'), 7ra/)c'A(x/ioi', iXafim'.
42 INTRODUCTORY X. T. GREEK METHOD.

2. Translate :
(a) Orally from the literal translation into Greek:
1. Vv. 1-3. 2. Vv. 4, 5. 3. Vv. 6-8. 4. Vv. 9, 10. 5. V. 11.
2. The true light lighteth every
{b) 1. The light
is true.

man. 3. The light came unto his own. 4. 1 do not know him.
5. He knew him and received him. 6. In the beginning the

world was made through him.

7. TOPICS FOR STUDY.


1. Diphthongs. 2. Elision. 3. Movable consonants. 4. Quan-
o. Proclitics. 6. Stems of nouns. 7. Three
tity of syllables,
declensions of nouns. 8. Endings -a, -17. 9. Endings -os, -ov, -w,
-ov, -01.
10. The article o, r),
to. 11. Personal endings of pres.
ind. act. Of participle.
12. 13. Of 2 aor. ind. act. 14. Of 2

aor. ind. mid. and pass. 15. Inflection of ti/a?/, crKortd, avdpwn-o'i.

LESSON VI.

1. TEXT.

John i. 12, 13.

2. NOTES.

1. 00-01, as-m.any-as :
(a) -01 marks nom. plur. masc. of adjec-
tives of 1 and 2 declensions (§ 44, 1) ; (b) a derivative rel. pron.
of number (§ 64. 2).
2. Sc, but ;
(a) an adversative conj., much weaker than d\Xa
(IV. N, 13), often rendered by and
always ; {b) postpositive, i.e.

put after one or more words in its sentence.


3. eSojKci', he gave : (a) c-, augment, sign of past tense (b) ;

root So-, give ; (c) -v movable; (</) -k- marks an irregular 1 aor.

(§ 90, 3) ; (e) -e(v) is ending of 3 pers. sing. ; (/') from Siriw/xi.

4. avToi?, to them: {a) -ots marks dat. plur.; {h) flic pers.

pron. of third person ;


(<•) cf. avrov, avrw, avrov, o.vt6 (§ 57. 1).
LESSON VI. 43

5. i^ovaiau, i)ower :
(p) -av, ace. sing, of First declension ;

{h) -a is not changed into 17,


because it is
preceded by (§ 29, 4). t

6. T€Ki'a, children : (a) -a marks neut. plur. of Second declen-


sion (§ 34, 4).
7. y€vea6ai, to become :
(a) root yu-, to become ; (b) -crOai

marks the mid. (here 2 aor.) (§ 111)


inf. ; ('•) -ifrOai, with accent
on penult, marks 2 aor. inf.
8. TTia-T^voviTiv, to-belitivinff-ones :
(a) -v movable (§ 10, 1 ) ;

(b) mark.s dat. plur. of Third or consonant declension (§ 27,


-cri

2, b) ('•)
root TTio-Ttr- ; {d
;
pres. part. Trio-Tet'-tov, -ovcra, -ov
)

(§ 104) ; (e) 7rto-T€u-ovcri(r) is for Tna-Tev-ovTai(i'), as t is dropped


before o- (§ 13, 4), and then v is dropped (§ 13, 5, d), and o is

lengthened into ov (§ 6, 2).


9. 01, who :
(a) rel. pron. nom. plur. (§ 64, 1) ; (b) How does
it differ from the article (nom. plur.) ?
10. ii,of, from: ('/) the prep. tV becomes i$ when the next
word begins witli a vowel (§ 10, 2) ;
(b) always governs the
gen.
11. at/xttTojv, of-f)lood.<i (^n) -wv sign of gen. plur. ; (b) stem
ai/xuT-, ending in a consonant, and so of the Third tleclension

(? 38. 1) ; (c) nom. sing, aifta, final t 'if the stem being dropped

(§ 39, 1, a).
12. (WKr'jiJMToi;, of will: (a) -09, sign of gen. sing, of Third
declension; (/v) stem OfXrjfjMT- \ {r) nom. sing. 6i\r]na\ (d) note
the change of accent.
13. <T«pK<js, of-Jtesh :
sign of gen. sing, of Third de-
(a) -os,

clension ; (b) stem rrap«-; (c) the nom. sing. (a-dp$) is formed by
;ulding o- to the stem (^ 39, 1, b) (d) <TapK<; = crdp^ (§ 13, 4). ;

14. i'iM?)i><)s, of-miin : (n) -o<;, sign of gen. sing, of 'I'hird fh-cl. ;

(//) stctn I'lytf)-, :ind irregular in its dt-rjlension (§ 40, 3, 7wte ; also

§ 13, 10).
15. ir/(vvr}Orj(Tav, tJu'Jj-^imredtetjntten :
(r/) roitt
yci/va-, bc^Pt ;

(/>) e-, augment, sign of jiast tense ; (c) Srj- is the sign »if 1 aor.

pa.ss. (§ 95. 1); ('I) -<r„.v marks .'{


pns. plur. ( ^; 108. 1); (r) a
in ytfi/a- lengthened into rj
before -Oyj- (§ 95, 2).
44 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD.

3. OBSERVATIONS.
1. Most words ending in crt annex v when the next word be-

gins with a vowel.


2. When the next word begins with a vowel, ck becomes cf,

and oi becomes ovk.

3. Before o-, palatal mute (k, y, ^) forms $, as o-apKs = crdp^.


4. Before
cr,
a lingual mute (t, 8, 0) is dropped, also v is

dropped, and the preceding vowel lengthened 7rtcrTei;-ovo-i(i') for :

TTtaTCv-ovrtri ( f) •

5. Such a lengthening of a short vowel is called compensative.


6. Nouns whose stems end in a consonant are of the Third
declension, as ai/xaT-iDv, 6eXi^iJ.aT-o<s, dv8p-ds.
7. The stem of Third declension may generally be found by
dropping the ending -os of the gen. sing., as o-apK-os, OtXrjfxuT-os.
8. Neuter nouns of the Second declension, in the nom. sing.

end in -ov, in the nom. plur. in -a tcki/ov, reKva. :

In neuter words, the nom., ace, and


9. voc. are always alike,
and in the plural end in -a.
10. Se is much weaker than aXXd.
11. -wv, -ova-a, -ov is the ending of the pres. act. part, in nom.
sing.

4. GRAMMAR LESSON.
1. § 1. Names and characters of first twelve Greek letters.
2. § 6, 1, 2. Lengthening of Vowels.

3. § 12, 2. Semivowels, Mutes, and Double Consonants.


4. § 13, 4. Mutes before a.

5. § 21. Punctuation.
6. § 28. 1-3. Accent of Nouns.
7. § 29, 1-4. Declension of Fcminines of First Declension,
8. § 34, 4. Neuters of Second Declension.
9. § 38, 1, 2. Tbird Declension.
10. § 104. The Inflection of Present Indicative Active.
LESSON VI. 46

5. VOCABULARY.
1 .
alfiu, a'/AaT-osj to, blood. 7. $iX.i]fia, 6(Xr)^aT-o<:, to, will.
2. avi'jp, di'Sp-os, 6,
ma7i. 8. oo-os, -rj, -ov, as many as.
3.
yOTfiw, -u), I beget. 9. Trio-Tcvtov, -ovaa, -or, believ-
4. 8£, ^>«^, moreover. ing.
5. SiSuifjiif
I give. 10. adp$, aapKo^, ij,^fles?i.
6. e^ovcrid, -ds, rj, power. 11. tckvoi', -ou, to, child.

6 EXERCISES.

1. Translate : 1. Ai'rrov cXaPev. 2. Auto ou KaTeXa^ei'. 3. AiV


Toj/ ou irapiXuftei'. 4. AiScu/it aura! i^ovcTiav tIkvov Oeov ytveaOui.
5. "ESw/ce Tots 7rio'Teuoi;o"ti' eis to ovop.a avTov i^ovaiav TtKva Oeov
6. E/c OeKujiimo^ (rapKu<; iyevinjOrjaai'. 7. 'E^
yeviubai. at/i.uTO)i',

€^ dvSpo?, eic
^'eXr/zAaTos, ck o^apKo:, e/c ^cov. 8. rtVo/xai, ytVeo-^ai

cyeVfTO, yertcrOai.
2. Tran.slato : 1. Thoy were begotten of God. 2. They were
begotten of (tlie) will of (the) flesh, and of (the) will of man.
3. He gave to him power to become a ehild of God. 4. In (the)

beginning was the tnith. 5. He came into the world, and the
world wa.s made through him, but the worhl received hiui not.
0. I believe on lii.s name and know him. 7. The true light,
coming into the world, ligliteth every man.

7. TOPICS FOR STUDY.

1. Movable consonant.s. 2. Mntcs. 3. Double con.sonants.


4, Eupbori}'- of mutes before a. 5. Stems ending in a conso-
nant. G. Endings d, a, or 7j.
7. d ]>receded by i. 8. -oi<r, -wv, -d.
0. Inflection of article. 10. The historical ti-naes. 11. The
augment. 12. -mv, -ovn-a, -or. 13. Per.sonal endings of 2 aor.

iud. act. 14. yivca-Out and ytvtaOui. 15. -uvtrtv for -oyru-iv.
46 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD.

LESSON VII.

1. TEXT

John i. 14, 15 a. — koX o , . .


Xeymv.

2 NOTES.

1. ia-Krivwaey, he-dwelt : (a) -v movable {Ji) -cr- sign of 1 aor. ; ;

(c) -ae sign of 3 pers. sing. 1 aor. (d) c-, augment (e) root ; ;

a-K-qvo- ; (/) a vowel or pure verb, because stem ends in a vowel

(§ 73, 4) ; {(j) 1 aor. stem (TKr]vu>a- (§ 90, 1), of.


-yevni- (VI.
N. If)).
2. iOeao-dfieOa, we-heheld :
(n) e- augment and -a--
sign of 1
aor. ; (h) -adfieOa, 1 pers. plur. ending of 1 aor. mid. (§ 108, 1),
from deponent verb (§ 69, 2) Oedoixai, I hehuld.
3. 8d^av, glory :
(a) -av, ace. sing, of First declension (§ 29,
3, h) cf. c^ovcridv.
; (6)
4. o)?, as .•
(a) an adverb of comparison.
5. /Aoj/oycvoi)?, of-an-only-hegottcn : (a) -oti?, a contraction of
-€o? (§ 46, 1), gen. sing. masc. of /i.ovoyci'-Tys -t^s -e's, an adjective
of Third declension ; (/>)
e followed by o contracts into ou (§ 7, 1) ;

(c) -COSbefore contraction had the accent on the penult, and


therefore after contraction the syllable takes the circumflex
(§ 18, 2).
6.
of-feither : (a) for Trarcpo?, a short vowel between
7raT/305,
two consonants being sometimes dropped (§11, 3; §40, 3,
Note) (i) -o?, gen. sing, of 3 declension; (c) stem 7rart/j-, end-
;

ing in a liquid (§ 12, 2, a) {d) nom. sing. Trarr/p (§ 39, 1, h). ;

7.
Tr\i]py)^, full
:
(«)- >/?, -•>;?, -e?, ending of adjectives of Third
declension, cf.
//.ovoyevv^s.
8. ;;^dptTo?, of-rjrace :
(a) -05, gen. sing, of Third declension ;

{h) stem -^piT-y ending in a lingual mute (§ 40. 2) , (c) nom.


eing. xapis (§ 39, 1, ^0-
LESSON VII. 47

9. a\'qO(.iuL<;, of-truth :
(a) -ds, gen. sing, of First declension
(§ 29, 3, /') ; (I')
nom. sing. aXyOcLu.
10. 'IwciKj;?, John :
(a) -i;?,
masc. ending of First declension

(§ 29,2; §30,1).
11. fxaprvpei, ke-bears-witness :
(a) -d, contraction for -t'-tt, with
circumflex accent, of. -cos, -ovs in fiovoyevov^ (b) stem fiaprvpi-, a
;

pure verb (§ 73, 4) ; (c) -ti in -e'ei is sign of 3 pers. sing. ind.

act., cf. (fiaiv-ei, (^wti^-ci.


12. KiKpayfv, }u-has<ried :
(r/)
stem K/jay- ; (b) Kt.-, reduplica-
tion, the sign of completed action (§ 75, 1); (c) -v movable;
{d) -I, sign of 3 pers. sing. ; (e) 3 pers. sing. perf. ind. act., used
with the meaning of the present tense ; (/) cf. yi-yov-tv.
13. Xiyiiiv, sayiiuj :
(«) -utv, sign of pres. part. act. (§ 102, 1).

3. OBSERVATIONS
1. Two successive vowels, or a vowel and diphthong, are often
contracted.
2. € followed b}--
o contracts into ov ;
followed by u, into u.
3. A contracted ultimate takes the circumflex accent if the

penult is accented, as -io<i, -ov<;\ -id, -ci.

4. A >hort vowel is sometimes lengthened in the inflection of

words. Tliis is called formative lengthening, as aKrjvo-, but 1

aor. stem arKqvMr- ytvva-, but 1 aor. pass. fytwrjOr}-.


;

5. A >hort vowel between two consonants is sometimes


dro[iped (syncope) :
iruTpik for Trarcpo?.
6. 86$a and uXi'iOaa have short a in nom., ace, and voc. sing.
7. -YJ9
is the ending of many masculines of tlie iMrst dcclen

sion.
8. The paradigms of the Third declension are arranged accord
ing to the stem-ending.
9. Some f»f these stems end in lingual mutes (t, 8, 0), as x«/"?>

gen. sing. ;^apiT-os ; Oikq/xa, hiki'ipaT-ix; J aipm, ui/xkt-os ; </>d(S, </)wt-o9;

ovop.a, dvo^ar-o?.
48 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD.

10. Some end in liquids (X, v, p), as ttutt^p, (jraTtpo^) Trarp-os ;

13, 10).
dv/jp, (rlvcpo?) flv(S)p-os (§
11. Adjectives are of three classes (§ 43).
12. Adjectives of two endings, as -t/s, -es,
are of the Third de-
clension, as fjLovoyevrj'i, Tr\y)pr]<; (§ 46).
13. In forming the 1 aor. stem, in vowel stems a short vowel
is generally lengthened :
o-ktjvo-,
1 aor. act. i-aKrjvwa- ; 6ea-, 1 aor.
mid. i-6ea(r- (§ 90, 1) yeuva-, 1 aor. pass. iyevvr)6r]-.
;

14. The augment in the 1 aor. is found only in the indicative


(§ 108, 1).
In reduplication, verbs beginning with a mute and liquid
15.

repeat the first consonant with e, as Kt-Kpay-ev.

4. GRAMMAR LESSON.
1. § 1. The Letters of the Greek Alphabet.
2. § 7, 1. Contraction of Vowels.
3. § 11, 3. Syncope.
4. § 13, 10. Epenthesis.
5. § 18, 1, 2. Accent as affected by Contraction.
6. § 29, 3, I). Inflection of dX-^Oeia and So^a.
7. § 27, 2, b. Case-endings of the Third Declension.
8. § 39, 1, b. Formation of the Nom. Sing, of Masculines
and Feminines of the Third Declension.
9. § 57, 1. Inflection of auro?.
10. § 75, 1, 2. Reduplication.

5. VOCABULARY.
1. dXyjOeia, -us, >;,
truth. 8. Kpa^w, I cry aloud.
2. 8o^a, -T^s, I'l, glory. 9. Xiyui, I say.
3. eyw, /. 10. p.oi/oyevr/s, -cs, only-begottcn.
4. T^/Act?, ?^e.
11. TTttTT/p, Trarpos, 6, father.
5. ^/Atv, ifo ^iS. 12. 7rXr;p>7?, -^'i-.full.

6. rjfiwv, of US, our. 13. o-K7;i'oa», -uJ,


I dwell.
7. Oedop.ai, I behold, look upon. 14. x'^P'?> ;^aptTo?, 7}, grace.
LESSON VII. 49

6 EXERCISES.

1. Translate : 1. Sa^^ iyevtro. 2. Ej' tw Kocrfno a-K-rivow.

3. Trjv 86^av uvtov Beuofxai. 4. Ei? ra iSta -/jkOev dTreaTaX/xevo'' irafia


'

Trarpo?, kui laKi'jvoiaev iv 'rjfuv, dXA* ol tSiot airov o^k I\u/3ov. 5. Hi'

fj.ovoy€v'ij<i irapa Oeov, TrX.i]pr]<; (fiWTo^ kol ^^apiTos. 6. lfa>uK>}; »)/\,^£i'

tVa fiapTvpi/ay irepX uvtov. 7. IIavT€s avToK ovk cAu^ov. 8. Mupru-


pei, fiaprvp.'/rii] yeyovcv, KtVpaycv ; Acywv, £p;^o/i,£vos, aTrfo-TuX^eVos.

2. Translate :
(«) from the literal translation orally into
Greek: I. Vv. 1-3. 2. Vv. 4, 5. 3. A^ 6 8. 4. Vv." 9, 10.
5. Vv. 11-13.
(b) 1.man came for a witness. 2. We beheld the ploi-y
This
of (iod. He was the only-]>egotten of the father, full of life
3.

and truth. 4. The word became man and dwelt in the world,
liut the world knew hiui not. 5. He came iii-order-that all might

bear-witness. 6. He gave to-those-believing on his name power


to become children of God.

7. TOPICS FOR STUDY.

1. Short and long vowels. 2. Contraction of -eo and -eei.

3 Fdi'iiKitlra lengthening of short vowel. 4. Trarpos for traripo^.


o. avhp6<i for avipoc. (). Mutes. 7. Licjuitls. 8. Adjectives in

-o5, -r/, -nv. ').


Adj(,'ctiv(!S in -^7?, -c?. 10. Tntlection of article.
11. The augment. 12. Reduplication. 13. Participles -odi', -oucra,

-nv. 11.
Tarticiples -o/xci/o?, -v;, -ov. 15. Personal endings of
pres. ind. act. 10. Of 2 aor. iud. act. 1
60 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD.

LESSON VIII.

1. TEXT.
John i. 15fe-17. — outo? . . .
eyepero.

2. NOTES
1. tlirutv, having said: (a) -wv
the sign of a part. (b) the
is ;

accent marks it as 2
(c) with the art. the part, is
aor. part. ;

equivalent to the relative with the finite verb: 6 dirwi- - he-u-ho-


said.
2. after : (a) adv., used in N. T. as a prep, wdth gen.,
oTTio-u),

denoting here time.


3. fiav, of-me :
(a) gen. of pers. pron. of 1 pers. eyw ; (b) an
enclitic, as it loses its own accent, and is pronounced as if a part
of the preceding word (§ 20, 1, a).

4. if)x^6fi€vo?, coming :
(a) -o^i^vo^, sign of pres. part. mid. and
pass.; (b) o
= he-who-comes (see uTzdiv above).
ipxofJLevo'i
5.
qiirpnrrOiv, before : (a) adv., used also as a pj'ep. with gen.,
as here (/>) has two accents, because, if a word which has the
;

acute on the antepenult comes before an enclitic, it also takes the


acute on the ultima (§ 20, 2, h).
6. on, because: (a) a causal conj.
7.
TTpwTik, first :
(a) -o? marks an adj. of First and Second de-
clensions; (b) an ordinal numeral adj. (§ 53, 1); (c) adds an
acute on the ultimate, because it precedes an enclitic (§20,
2, b).
8. 7rXqpu')fiaTo^, of-fullness : (a) -:,<; marks gen. sing, of Third
decl. ; (b) stem irXypwfjiaT-, ending in a lingual mute (§ 40, 2) ;

(c) to form the nom., final t of the stem is dropped, to irkripuipa.


9. x'^P^''' grace : (a) for x<^piTn, ace. sing, of \api<; (i) bari/- ;

tone stems (§ 16, 6) in it-, of the Third decl. commonly omit t


in the ace. sing., and take the case-ending -i (s- 40, 2).
LESSON VJII. 51

10. avri, for, histead-of : (a) prep, always governing the gen.
11. vo/xos, law :
(a) -os marks the Second decl., c£. \6yos, Oeos,

12. Mwvaetix;, of-Moses :


(a) the word Moses in N. T. is de-

clined in two ways (j 42, 3); (b) tla- gen. always ends in -cw5
(Third di'cl), as if from the nom. AlwucrcJ? (s 40, 0), which
never ocnirs (c) the nom. Mwv-o-r^s is written as a dissyllable
;

by Tr and WH, but T regards it a trisyllable, Mwijo-^s (on Dice-


resi-i, of. § 8).
13. i^oBrj, it-was-ffiven :
(a) e-, augment, sign of past tense ;

(h) root So-, (jive ; (c) -Br] marks the 1 aor. pass., 3 pers. sing.

(§ 95, 1; § 108, 1) ; {d) pres. ind. act. Si8w/ii, I give.


14. 'Ir/o-oi;, of-Jesus marks gen. sing, of .Second deck;
:
(a) -on
(b) nom. 'lrjauv<;, the only proper noun of this decl. ending in -ous
(§ 37, G).

15. KpicTTov, of-Christ :


(a) -ov marks gen. sing, of Second
decl.

3 OBSERVATIONS
1. The accent sometimes marks a special form, as the accent
on -I'ov in eiVwv, indicating 2 aor. j>art. act.

2. An enclitic is a word which loses its own accent, as iiov.


3. The word before an enclitic preserves its proper accent, as
OTTifru)
fiov.

4. A word which has the acute on the antei)enult (proparoxy-


tone) a<ldH an acute on the ultima, as tfiirpnaOev fiov.
5. A word which
the circumflex on the penult (properi-
lias

spomenon) adds an acute on the ultima, as n-puyro'i fiov.


6. With tlic article, the paif i(
iplc i.s
((juivalent to the relative
witli the finite verb he
: o tlnwy, tvJio said, o ip•)^/nl€vo<i, he who
comes.
7. the only ]iroper iioun of the Second
'\r)(T(ni<i, g«n. '\r}(Tov, is

decl. ending in -ov9.


52 IN rRODUCTORV N. T. GREEK METHOD.

8. Barytone stems (§ 16, 6) in -cr-, of the Third decl., com-


monly omit T in the ace. sing., and take the case-ending -v, as

Xapiy for ^dpiTa (§ 40, 2).


9. -ews marks the gen. sing, of nouns of the Third decl. ending
in -€i;s.
10. The diperesis is a double dot sometimes written over the
second of two vowels, to show that they do not form a diph-
thong.
11. M(x)v-a-rj<;,
SO Tr WH, hut T and many others write MwiJo-r}?.
12. -wv is the sign of the 2 aor. part. act.
13. -Oi'i
indicates 3 pers. sing. 1 aor. pass., -Oy^a-ai 3 pers. plur. :

Idiodrj, iyevvi'iBTjaav.

4. GRAMMAR LESSON.
1. § 8. Diaeresis.
2. § 20, 1. Enclitics.
3. § 20, 2. Accent of Words before Enclitics.
4. § 27, 2, a. Case-endings of Second Declension.
5. § 35, 1. Terminations of Second Declension.
6. § 39, 1. Formation of Cases of Third Declension.
7. § 71, 1. The Tenses.

5. VOCABULARY.
1. eLTTov, I said, 6. vofio^, b, law.
2. e'nni'iv, having said. 7. ottiotw, after.
3. ifiTrpoa-Oev, before. 8. oTi, for, because.
4. /xoi), my. 9. TrXrypw/xa, -to?, to, fullness.

5. Mwvcr^s, -£WS, Moses. 10. TrpaJTOS, -ri, -ov, first.

6. EXERCISES.

1. Translate : 1. 'O cittoji', o tp-)(Ofjiivo<;.


2. 'OTriaw aov, tfirrpo-

(xOiv fJiov, TrpwTos p.ov. 3. Ovros ev rw Kocr/iO) 7rpu>T6<; fiov rjv.


4. E/c
LESSON IX, 53

Tov trXrfpo'ifj.aTos aVTvv TrarTCS cAu/? /. O. Ek t^? ^^apiTOS avTov rjfjL(.l<;

TrdvTts iXdlSofiiv. 6. Tof vo/ixov auTOis eSw/ccj'. 7. To (^ws kui 17 ^oj^


Kttl ^ X'^P'^
'^"^ V ttA»;^£ia 8ia lrj(Tov XpiCTTOu ih66i](Tav. 8. 'EytVcTO,
tA.a/3or, KUTtAa/Jcv, TrapcAa/^ei', t}A^ci', cyio?, eycivr/^T/crav.

2. Translate : 1. God gave the law. 2. The law was given to

them. 3. We received grace.


all 4. Truth came through Jesus

Christ. 5. I see him, hut I do not know him. G. Joliu bears

witness concerning the truth. 7. He who comes after me has

been before me. 8. lie came, he was, he became, he received ;

he shines, he lighteth, lie bears witness he dwelt, we beheld, ;

we received.

7 TOPICS FOR STUDY.


1. Diphthong o)v. Contraction of -cct. 3. Dia3resis. 4. En-
2.

clitics. 5. word before enclitic. 6. Stems of nouns.


Accent of

7. Terminations of Second declension. 8. X'^P''" ^"^^ x"^^'''"-


10. Inflection of e'yw. 11. Of avros.
*J.
TTttTpos for TTaTcpos.
12. Of the article. 13. The voices. 14. The moods. 15. The
tenses. 16. -oji' and -cii/.

LESSON IX.

1. TEXT
John i. 18, 19.

2 NOTES
1. ou8ci9, no-one: (o) frum uvdi and cis ; (h) tlie numeral tU \?

inliectfd (ij 54, i), whence we have nom. sing. oilScis, ou8€/w,ia,

ouStV (§ 54, ^^JTK 1).


2. he-has-seen :
(a) an irregular |m
rf. from (ipdut :

iwpiiKiv,
vowel
(h) t- is wiA tlif augment, but the reduplication bcforr tlif

which marh.s tho


o, is h-ngthencd to u>; {c) -v movable; (r/) -c(i')

pers. end. of perf. 3 pers. sing.,


cf. yiyovtv (II. n. D).
54 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD.

3. i^yi](raTo, he-declared :
{a) compounded of Ik (before a
vowel r)yeonai, a deponent mid. verb; {b) -a- marks 1
€0 and
aor. (c)
;
-craro marks 3 pers. sing, of 1 aor. ind. mid. (§ 108, 1) ;

{d) verbs beginnixig with a vowel take the temporal augment,


i. e. the initial vowel is lengthened (§ 74, 2) (e) a long vowel ;

remains unchanged, as rjyio^ai, rfyrjaaTO.


4. avrr], this : (n) demonstrative pron ,
nom. fcm. .sing. (§ 63,
1) ,; (b) of. ovTo<;, masc. siiig.

5. ecTTti', is: (a) -v movable ;


(b) 3 pers. sing. pres. ind. from

t,>»; lam (§122, 16).


6. 'lojoi'ov, of- John : (a) -ov here marks gen. sing. masc. of
first declen. (§ 30, 1) ; {b) nom. sing. 'Iwav?;?.
7. oT€, when: (a) adverb of time.
8. dir^a-TeiXav, they-sent :
{a) compounded of airo and iTxeAAw ;

{b) root o-TtX-, cf .


aTreo-TaX/AcVos ; (c) C-, the syllabic augment, fol-

lows the preposition and takes tlie place of its final vowel ;

{d) a liquid verb, hecause stem ends in A (e) 1 aor. stem of ;

liquid verbs rejects -cr- the sign of 1 aor., and lengthens


tlip vowel

of the stem (compensative lengthening, §6, 2) in compensation


for it (§90, 2), o-rciX- for cttcXo-- ; (/) -av marks 3 pers. plur. end.
of 1 aor. ind. act. (§ 108, 4).
9. 'louSutot, Jews :
(a) -ot marks the nom. plur. masc. of Sf;c-
ond decl. ; (b) why circumflex on penult ? (§ 17, 3).

10. 'Upo(To\vfio)v, marks gen. [)lur.


of-Jerusalem :
(a) -wv ;

is found in a threefold form in N. T., but John


(b) this word

always uses it as a neut. plur. of Second decl., nom. plur. 'hpoao-


\vfia.
11. priests: (a) -ds marks ace. plur. of noun.^ in -ei's
LefHL<i, ;

{b) nom. sing, icpcils,


a noun of the Third decl., stem ending in
a diphthong (§40, 6) ; (^0 the classical Greek would have -eds,
but in N. T. the ace. plur. of nouns in -iv<; always ends in -«?,

following the contraction of the nom. (§ 42, 1).


12. AcuetVa?, Levites :
(a.) -d? marks ace plur. of First decl. ;

{b) a masc. noun, nom. sing, ending in -t^s, gen. -ov (§ 30, 1).
LESSOX IX. 55

13. epwrrjcruHTiv, theif-might-ask : (a) stem ipoyra- ; (A) -o-

inarks the siibj. (§ 97, 1, b) {r) ; -a-b)-, 1 aor. suhj. (§ 108);


(d) -o-oKTt 3 pers. plur. einling of 1 aor. in sul)]. act. (§ 108, 2) ;

(e) -V movable (f) the augment is found only in the ind.


;

(§ 108, 1) ; {(/) cf. TTio-TevVwo-ti' (IV. X. 10).


14. (TV, (a) pers. pron. of second person (§ 57, 1).
thou :

15. Tt's, ivho : (a) the intcrroju'alive pronoun (§ 65, 1);


(b) the acute never changes to the grave
in rt?.

16. €1 ; art-thou ? (a) ,


= the mark of interrogation (>; 21) ;

{b) €?; art thou? cf, thou art :


(c) el is ind. pres 2 pers. sing, of

dfii, I am (§ 122, 10) ; (d) ei/iAi,


/ am ; tt, thou art ; €crTi(i'),
he is.

3. OBSERVATIONS.
1. The acute accent sometimes marks a special word, as n?,
tlie intfrrogative pronoun.
2. Final oi has the effect of a short vowel on the accent of the

penult, as in 'louSaioi.
3. The mark of interrogation in Greek is the same as the

English semicolon.
4. Some masculines of the first declension end in -t;?, gen. rov,

as 'Iwai/T^?, AtfciTjys.
5. The nom. plur. neut. of nouns of the second declension ends
in -a.

6. The ace. plur. of nouns in -cu's ends in -tts.


7. The name Jerusalem is found in a threefokl form in the

N. T. (^ 42, :-;).

8. .n' is tlic
pers. pron. of the second person.
9. The stem which is the basis of the ])resent (frrtAA-) is often

not the same as the stem which appears in some of tlic otln r

tenses (aTri-o-TiiX-ai', 1 aor., (i7rc-«rTa\-/x£Vos, jterf.).


10. A verb whose stem ends in a li'/uid is callfd a h''/ui(f vi^rb,

as (ZTTfMrTtAAfi).

11. 'I'licre are two kinds of aiigiiirnt, tlic syllaliic and (he

temporal.
66 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD.

12. -(T- marks the 1 aor. ;


-w- the subj.
13. Ill tlie 1 not. the augment is found only in the ind.
14. -uMTL is the pers. ending of 3 pors. plur. act. -maTiv-
subj. :

awo'i(i'), eptoTJ^crwo"i(i').

4 GRAMMAR LESSON.
1. § 31, 1. Terminations of the First Declension.
2. § 57, 1. Inflection of iyw and crv.

3. § 63, 1. Inflection of outos.


4. § 65, 1. Inflection of rt's.

5. § 90, 1-3. The First Aorist Stem.


6. § 108. Inflection of 1 Aor. Ind. Act.

5. VOCABULARY.
1. el/xi, I am. 8. koXttos, -ov, 6, bosom.
2. that one, he.
cKcivos, 9. 6paw, -oi, / see.

3. c^-r;y£o/jtai, / lead out, de- 10. oTf, when.

clare. 11. ouSci's, no one.


4. e^wraw, -w, I ask. 12. TrwTTOTt, at any time.
5. liopaKiv, he has seen. 13. n's, rr'?, T^, ?t>7io.^ V)hich?
6. r)y€Ofxai, I lead. rule. 14. vlo's, -ou, 6, sori.
7. lepciis, -c'ws, 6, pi'iest, 15. wi/, being.

6 EXERCISES.
1. Translate : 1. Tov dvOpwirov oi'oets iwpaKcv. 2. 'O Xpia-ro';
p.oioya'7]<i 6eos iariv. 3. Ei's tov KoATrof tov Trarpos c/ceaos ^i'.
4. Avrr; eVrii' 5.
r/ fxaprvpta r/ dA?;^ii/»;. 'E^ 'Upoo-okv/xwv tovs tcpeis
Trpos avTov uiriaTuXar. 6. 'Eyw ovk d/xl o avOpiairos. 7. 2w rt's ei,
cru Iwui't;? £?; ovk fipi. 8. 'O ci o-v Ou»c
Trpo(f>i]Tr]<; ; Aeyct ci/Ai.
9. 'Ea-KT^vwa-tv, aTria-rtiXav
(6(u.(rdp.c0a, i$7]yi]aaTo iSuOr/, lyf.vvr]6rf
LESSON X. ^ REVIEW. 57

2. Translatf :
(a) orally into Greek from the literal trausla-
tion : 1. Vv. 1-3. 2. Vv. 4, 5. 3. Vv. 6-8. 4. Vv. 9, 10.
5. Vv. 11-13. Vv. 14, 15. 7. Vv. 16-18.
6.

(b) 1. He sent men from Jerusalem t4iat they might ask him,

Who art thou ? 2 He has seen the man. 3. The law was not
given through John. 4. This man this is the man ; this wit- ;

ness this is the witness.


;
5 Art thou the man ? 6. I am not
the njan. 7. The Jews did not receive Christ when he came
into the world. 8. He came that all might believe through him.
9. I send, I sent, he sent, they sent I come, he came, they came ; ;

he bears witness, he believes, he says.

7. TOPICS FOR STUDY


1. Compensative lengthening of vowels. 2. -v movable. 3. ov
and and i$, 4. Effect of final ot on the accent. 5.
ovK, £K l*ro-

clitics. G. -Tfi, -ov, -wv. 7. -£1)5, -£ws, -CIS for -e'as. 8. Inflection
of eyw, (TV, and uutos. Inflection of the pres. ind. act.
9. 10. Of
the 1 aor. ind. act. 11. Of the 2 aor. ind. act. 12. Augment,

sj'llabic and temporal. 13. lieduplicatiou.

LESSON X. — REVIEW.
[This le.s.son i« a review of everything that has preceded it Nothing
is .stj
neccR-stiry in th(! aci|uisitiuii of m Innt/nnL'c as ronstatit and tlionnij^h
review. One should larry forward with iiini at least nine tenths of
what he has learned The jmtrt 'liui' ]<'sson8 contain in all ii}^lity-five
dilferent Greek words (.nniftinj^' tlie seven prf>per names), to^^cther with
a l.ir^c munltiT of vraniinatii al fuinis. Many of the most important
principles of thi' lan^Mia-^e have been considered. Oflnrs mif^ht liave
been hroughl foiwanl, Imt it has been deemed wi.ne to hold Ihfni in re-
serve. It is understood that the student will in no case jinK nl to take (

up Tjcwori XI nntil this h'sson, with all that it includes, is learned


Let every word, every phra.Me, every primiple, In- mastered abHolutctly.J
58 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD.

1. TEXT.

John i. 1-19.

In the review of the text pursue the following order of work:


1. Pronounce aloud the Greek text repeatedly.
2. ^Vitll only the literal English translation before the
eye,
pronounce the Greek of each verse until this can be done rapidly
and without hesitation. After having mastered each additional
verse, always repeat from beginning.
3. With only the English translation before the eye, write out
the Greek, verse by verse compare the result with the printed
;

Greek note and correct mistakes write the Greek text of each
; ;

verse until you can reproduce it without error.


4. Write out a grammatical analysis of the material of the

text thus far studied under the following heads (1) noun-forms, :

classifying separately in both sing, and plur., (a) nom. forms,


(h) gen. forms, (c) dat. forms, (d) ace. forms (2) verb-forms, ;

classify separately (a) presents, (b) imperfects, (c) aorists, (d) per-
fects and again, (e) indicatives, (/) subjunctives, (;/) partici-
;

ples ;
as also (/?) actives, (i) middles, (/) passives.^
5. Go through the text and select those forms and phrases
which still remain unmastered. Read again the notes given
upon them. Do not leave them before these words have been
mastered.

2. GRAMMAR LESSON.

1. § 1. The alphabet. 4. § 4, 1, 2. Breathings.


2. § 2, 1, 2. The vowels. 5 § 6, 1, 2. Lengthening of
3. § 3, 1, 2. Diphthongs. vowels.

1
Tho tpfiohfr should aid the pii|iil in this work of classifyinf; his material.
Blank-books, proporlj' ruled, shonlil he used. It is of extreme importance

that, from the beginning, the pupil should be encouraged to do independent


work.
LESSON X. — REVIEW. 59

6. § 7, 1. Contraction of e 28. § 25, 1-3. Cases.


with o and ti. 29. § 26, 1, 2. Stems of nouns.
7. § 8. Diaeresis. 30. 5J 27, 1, 2. Declensions.
8. § 9, 2, a, h. Elision. 31. i^
28, 1-3. A^ccent of nouns.
9. § 10, 1, 2. Movable conso- 32. § 29, 1, 2. Stems of First

nants. declension.
10. §11,3. Syncope,
— Trarpd? 33. § 29, 3, 4. cTKOTia, «PXV' "^7"
for iTaT(.po<i. Ocia, Soia, fxapTvpLu..
11. § 12, 2. Classification of 34. § 30, 1. 'Ifuai'T;?.

consonants. 35. § 31, 1. Terminations of


12. § 12, 2, a. Semivowels. First declension.
13. § 12. 2, b. Mutes. 36. §34, 1-4. Stems of Sec-
14. § 12, 2, c. Double conso- ond declension.
nants. 37. § 34, 3. Aoyos, avOpumw;,
15. § 13, 4. A mute Vuforc o-.
Kocrynos.
16. § 13, 5, d. V (also vt) be- 38. § 34, 4. T€K1'0I'.

fore <T. 39. § 35, 1. Terminations of

17. § 13, 10. Epcnthesis,


— Second declension.
afc'^os, avpo^, dvopo?, 40. § 38, 1, 2. Stems of Third
18. § 14, 1-4. Syllables. declension.
19. § 15. 1-4. Quantity of .syl-
41. §39,1. Formation of cases
lables. of Third declension.
20. § 16, 1-6. Accent. 42. § 57, 1. Inflection of tyw,
21. §17, l-.'j. General rules (TV, avTus-
of accent. 43. § 62, 1. Inflection of arti-
22. § 18. 1 , 2, 4. Accent as af- cle.

fected by contraction and 44. § 63, 1 . 0VT09.


elision. 45. § 65, 1. Ti's.

23. !3 19. 1. Proclitics. 40. § 69, 1, 2. The voices.


24. iJ
20, 1. 2. Knditics. 47. § 70. 1. 2. The moods.
25. § 21. I'liiictuatioii. 48. § 71, 1. The tenses.
26. §23, .S,a-c. Inflection and 49. § 72, 1-6. General view of
atein-characteristic. the tens(!S.

27. § 24. 1. 2. Number and .50. §73, 1-4. Inflection anl

pcnder. verb-stem.
GO INTIlODUCTOllY N. T. GREEK METHOD.

51. § 74, 1, 2. The augment, 55. § 106, § 111. Personal end-


52 § 75. 1, 2. llediiplication. ings of imperfect and 2
63. § 90, 1-3. The first aorist aorist ind. act.
stem. 56 § 106, § 111. Of imperfect
64. § 104. Inflection of pres and 2 aorist ind. mid.
ind. act. 57. § 108. Inflection of 1 aor.
ind. act.

3. VOCABULARY.
[The pupil is expected to give the various forms which have occurred
of each of the words here given.]

Verbs.

1. dTTO-fTTeWtiJ. 7. etTTOV. 13. Kpd^o). 19. opdoif -w.


2. yevvdoi, -u>. 8.
ep^ofxat. 14. Xafi/^dvu). 20. TrtcTTCuo).

yivofiau 9. ipwrdw. 15. Kara-Kafifidvio. 21. (tktjvow, -w-

yll/WCTKO).
10. Oedop^aL. 16. TTapa-Xa/xparw. 22. <f)aivw.

8i8ti)/xt.
11. yjyiop,ai. 17. Aeyo). 23. <fiU}Tlt,(ii.

12. (.^-rjyiop.au 18. p.apTvpiw, -w.

Nouns.

1.
62 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD.

came into the world, and the world was made through him, hut
the world received him not. G. all received his witness, We
and we beheld the glory of the only-begotten Son of the Father.
7. The law was given tu them through Moses, but grace and life

came through Jesus Christ. 8. The Jews and the Levites did
not receive the witness of John, because they were born of the
will of the llesh.

LESSON XI.

1. TEXT.
John i. 20-22.

2. NOTES.
1. w/xoXoyrja-ev, he confessed : (a) from nfioXoyeut ; (b) w-
= tem-
poral augment, being lengthened into i» (§ 74, 6)
o (c) -a-, ;

sign of 1 aor. ; {d) -o-e, pers end. of 3 pers. sing. 1 aor. ind. act.
(§ 108); (e) -V movable (/) stem 6/xoAaye-, the c being length-
;

ened {formative. § 6, 1) in the formation of 1 aor. stem.


2. rjpvr^craro, he denied: {a) from npi'€ofxai, a deponent verb;

(i) rj-
= temporal augment, a being lengthened into ?; (§ 74, 6) ;

(c) -o-a-, sign of 1 aor. ; (d) -a-aro, pers. end. of 3 pers. sing. 1
aor. ind. mid. ('§ 108) ; (e) stem dpvc-, the e being lengthened
into ?;,
cf. wfioXoyrjaiv.
3. oTt (that) (a) in N. T. the conjunction on is often used
:

to introduce " direct quotation," and is not to be translated, since


"
it answers to our inverted commas ( " ).
4. r]p<!)Tr)(Tav, they-asked (a) from epwraxo :
{h) rj- = temporal ;

augment ; {c) -aav, pers. end. of 1 aor. ind. act. 3 pers. plur.
(§ 108) ; (d) stem tpwra-, a being lengthened to i/
in 1 aor.
etem.
5. Ti, what ? (a) interrogative pronoun, nom. sing. neut.
LESSON XL 63

6. uvv, then :
(a) conjunction, always postpositive.
7. 'HAeitt?, Elijah: {a) -'ii, inasc.
cniL of First declension.

8. Trpo'^T/TT/?, 2n'>JJ'ft''-t
'
(*) -V^ masc. end. of First declension
(§ 30, 1) ; (^) cf. ^lwdvr}<;, AcvetTT/e.

9. aireKpidyf, he-imsircred :
(a)compounded of airo and Kpivo-

ixai :
(b) £-, augment ; (c) -Or] marks the 1 aor. pass. 3 pers. sing.,
of. iSoOr/ (VIII. N. 13) ; (d) stem Kpii- and /cpi-.
10. ov, 110 :
{a) ov, a proclitic, takes the accent when used
absolutely.
11. dirav, theij-said: {a) -av, pers. end. of 3 pers. plur. 1 aor.
ind. act. (§ 108).
12. answer: («) stem anoKpiai-, ending in a close
(tTTOK/jtcru ,

{h) stems of nouns ending


vowel in a close vowel are
(§ 2, 2) ;

of the third declension (§ 38, 1 § 40, 5) (c) -v marks the ace. ; ;

sing. (§ 40, 5, note).


13. 8w/u.ci/, v)e-viaij-give :
(a) -/u,ev
marks pers. end. of 1 pers.
plur. ; (b) -or- iiKirk.s subj. ; (r) root So-, pres. ind. act. 8i8oj/ni, I

give :
(d) 2 aor. subj. act. 1 pers. ))lur. (§ 120).
14. to thc-ones-hovinij'Sent :
(a) -v movable; (/>)
-on
TTc'/xi/'dcrii',

marks dat. plur. of Third declension (§ 27, 2, h) ; (c) 1 aor. part,


from irifj,\pa<;,
declined like 7ras, all (§ 47, 2) ; {d) for 7r(fjLif/a(vr)(rt,

stem from nefiirw, I send ; (o) 1 aor. stem irffx-rra-


= Tre/xil/-
TTf/iTT-,

(§ 90, 1
; § 13, 4).
15. (TEttvTor, '>.f-fby-'<elf ; (a) -ov marks gen. sing, of second

declension ; (b) the reflexive pronoun of second person, geu. sing,

masc. (5 59, 1).

3 OBSERVATIONS.
1. I'uforr <T, n becomes if/,
as irefxira-, TTt/Jif/-.

2. The proclitic ov, at the end of a sentence, and when used


ub.soliifcly, taki's th(! acute ar,r<!iil.

3. M.'iscidiiu'.'^ of tbc fir.'<t declension end in d<; or t;?, as 'HAcius,

loMfT/S, AtUClVf/S", TriUnjirjTTJ'i.

4. Nouns wliosp stems end in :i rovsonant or close vowel (f, v),

are of the Third declension.


64 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD.

5. The personal pronouns are iyw, I, and av, thou. In the


ohliqiic cases, uutos, himself, serves as the personal pronoun of
the third i)erson, him, her, it.

6. The acute accent of ti's, ti, interrogative, never changes to


the grave.
7. The augment, the sign of jjast time, is found only in the

indicative of the historical tenses (imperf., aor., pluperf.).


8. The temporal augment is made by lengthening the first

syllable of verbs beginning with a vowel, cf.


d))u.oAdyi/trev, rjpvi,-

aaro, ?/pajT?/crav.
9. In cumijound verbs the augment follows the preposition,
aar(i)Kpi6r}, aiT(J.)(TTuXav, Trap{i^\.ajiov , KaT(e)Xa/3£i'.
10. In the Greek verb we distinguish ni7ie tense-systems, and
each teng>s3'stem has a separate stem, called a tense-stem.
11. The aorist ind. refers to 2>ast time, and indicates indefinite
action, he confessed, he denied, they asked, lie answered.
12. There are two aorists, the first and the second. The -second

aorist differs from the first in form, but not in meaning.

4. GRAMMAR LESSON.

1. § 2, 2. Open and close Vowels.


2. § 30, I, 2. Inflection of Masculines of the First Decl.
3. § 39, 1, c. Formation of Ace. Sing, of Third Decl.
4. § 40, 5. Stems of Third Decl. ending in i.
5. § 74, 2, 6. The Temporal Augment.
6. § 76, 3, and n. 3. The First Aorist System.
7. § 108, 1. Inflection of First Aorist Ind. in all Voices.

5. VOCABULARY A.

1. airoKpivofxai, I answer. 5. 6/u.oXoyew, I confess.


2. aTTOKpio-i?, -ew9, T],
answer. 6. irifxnw, I send.
3. dpviofiai, I deny. 7. !rpo(^rJTr}<;, -ov, o, prophet.
4. 'HAcias, -ov, o, Elijah. 8. o-cavrou, of thy.<;pJf (masc).
LESSON xr. 65

6. VOCABULARY B.

1 AoR. L\D. Act. 1 Aor. Ind. Mid.

eptord-ci), / ask. \
apveofiai, I deny.
ijpQ)Ti)-<ra, I asked. r[pvr\-u-6j^r\v, I denied
iipa)Ti]-<ras, iliou didst ask. ilpnj-<r«, thou deniedst.
T)p&)T-q-o-€, he asked. lipi^TJ-o-aTo, he denied.

TiptoTti-o-afitv, ice asked. i\i}vr\-a-6j^fSix, we denied.


r\pijiTi\-<To.Ttf ye asked. TJpi/tj o-ao-Ot, ye denied.
il/ja)Ti]-o-av, they asked. tjpi'Ti o-avxo, they denied.

1 Aor. Ind. Pass.

dnoKpivofiai I answer.
d7r€Kpt-8T]v, / answered.
dTTiKpi-Otjs, thou didst answer.

antKpi~9y\, he answered.

antKpi'9r\yAv, we answered.
u7r€Kpi-9tjT€, ye answered.
dn(Kpi-9r\a-av, they answered.

7. EXERCISES.

1. Decline « Trpo^T/T?;?, t'-yoj,


and ti?. 2. Form the 1 aor. ind.
in all voices of /xapTvpio}, bp.oXoyiu), yiwdw, aKrjvow, and ttio-tcvo),
and the 1 aor. mid. and pass, of 6'euo/xai and i^j]yiofiut.
2. Tran.slate: 1. 2v ti's ei; av MojuVt^? ei; 2.
'Eyw ovk eifju h

TrfKKf)r)Trj<i. ,j.
Hponrja-d' avTui' Ti's et ; hat diriKpiOr] 'Eyti ct/Mi
4. AuTOts dTroKptcrtf SiSij)ixi. 5. Tt
Io)ruT;9. Aeyci? Trepi (tcuutoi);
0.
LyoJ Cl/ll TO <^(7)5 TOV Ki'xTflOV. 7. AvTW UTTUKplmv lOWKCV. 8. 'II

uTTOKpuTiS avTdls ifiuOrj. *d. 'I'aiVtt, <f}WTi^ii, paprvpcl, iinlv iyiviTo.


i\a(3ov, KaTiKuftiv, nupcXnfioi, i/XOtu tVrKr/iox; tr, ('iiioXi'iyijatv, ypoi-

TTja-av i860r], dirt-KpiOq.

3. Translate: 1. Art tlinii llif


innplict '.' 2. lit-
sayH, I am
not. 3. H(! said fo liini, NVlio ;irt IIimii'.' 1. W'^hat sayeat thou
of thyself? 5. He answered, 1 ;mi nol ;i
prifst, hut I am a

pruphct. G. The law gave an aiiHWir til tiMiri. 7. .Fohn confcssiMl


b
GO INTRODUCTORY X. T. GREEK METHOD.

and denied not. 8. He came that he might witness


concerning
the Christ, who is tlie light of the world. 9. I give, he gave,
we may give, it was given.

8. TOPICS FOR STUDY.

1. Open and close vowels. 2. n hefore o-. 3. ov at the end


of a sentence. 4. Endings -us and -r/q. 5. Endings of stems of
the Third declension. 6. Inflection of iyw. 7. Inflection of ar-
ticle. 8. The acute accent on n's, tL 9. Syllabic augment.
10. 11. Augment in
Temporal augment. compound verbs.
12. Signiflcation of 1 aor. tense. 13. Of 2 aor. tense. 14. In-
flection of 1 aor. ind. act. 15. Of 2 aor. ind. act. 16, Synopsis
of 1 aor. act. 17. 7ri(7T£uo(vT)o-t)'
— TrtaTcvoDO-tv, Tr€fnj/a(vT)(nv
=

LESSON XII.

1. TEXT.
John i. 23-25.

2. NOTES
1. £0?;, he-was-saying : (a) c- = augment (b) -rj sign of imperf. ;

and 2 aor. ind. 3 pers. sing, of verbs in -rjijn (§ 120) (r) root ^a-, ;

pres. ind. act. (/»7jLtt ; (d) imperf. ind. 3 pers. sing. (§ 122. 9).
2 f3o<t)i/To<;, of-one-c7'i/)7);/ :
(a) -wv- is a contraction for -dov;

(b) fiodi't, I cry alovd, pres. part. (3odwv, gen. sing. masc. /Soaovros-,
contracted fiowvros (§ 48, 1 § 7, 1) (c) -ovtos is the ending of
; ;

gen. sing. masc. of participles in -wv.


3.
ep>;/iw, in desert :
(o) -w marks the dat. sing, of the Second
decl. ; (b) the article rfj shows it is fem. ; (c) nom. sing, tp-qixo^,
dat. sing, ipr'nxw, why change of accent ?
LESSON xn. 67

evdviare, 7nake-sfr(fii/hf : (a) -are, ending of 1 aor. imper.


4.

act.2 pers. plur. (§ 108, 4) (A) a liquid verb, because stem ;

ends in -p (c) 1 aor. stem cv&vv-, as liquid verbs reject n (§ 90, 2).
;

5. od'oi; ivaij :
(a) -v, sign of ace. sing, of Second decl. ; (6) the
article rr/v shows it is fern.

6. Kvpiov, of- Lord :


(a) -ov marks gen. sing, of Second decl. ;

(b) Kiipios, nom. sing. ; (c) why change of accent in gen. ?


7. 'Ho-at'ae, Isakili :
{a) -ds marks nom. maso. of First decl., cf.

'HActas; (6) some editors write the word "llrraius (§8).


8. aTTco-TaA/tAcVoi ^craf, they-had-been-sent :
(a) cf.
dTrco-raA/icvo?

(III. N. 7) ; (6) marks nom. masc. plur.


-oi ; (e) perf. part,
pass.; {d) Tfaav, they-xvere ; (e) -o-av marks 3 pers.
(/) pres. plur. ;

ind. dixi, I am, eJ, thou art, iari, he is ; (fj) imperf, iud. r]v, he

was, yaav, theij were (§ 122, 16); (/*) the i)erf. part. pass, with
the 3 pers. plur. of the iuiperf. of ci/xi is here used as a periphrase
of the pluperfect (cf. § 109, 5).
9. of-Pharisees : (a) -o)v marks gen. plur.
<tapt(Tat'oji', ; (b) nom.
siug. ^apicralos, a masc. noun of Second dt'cl.
10. Ti, ichy ? (a) ace. neut, of interrogative pronoun used with
the force of an adverb.
11. ^uTiTi^Eis, thou baptizest : (a) -ets, the sign of 2 pers. sing. ;

{b) pres. stem jSaTTTi^- (c) 2 pers. sing. pros. ind. act.
;

12. £(', if: (a) a conditional conjunction ; (b) a proclitic


(§ 19, 1. c).

3 OBSERVATIONS.
1. a followed V)y o contracts into id, (SodovTos
- fii>u>vTo<;.

2. l''nr a contracted peiniU tln' accent is regular, i. «. a word


with a short ultima, if accented on a lomj penult, has the circum-
llox.

There ar<- but h'w fominines of the Second declension, and


3.

thoy must be learni-d maiidy by observatiim, t/)T//Aos, 7


l)^u<;-
»'/

4. The encling of tbe pres. part. act. is -toe, -uvrra, -nv ;


of pres

-o/Aci'os, -or; of p«rf. par) pass. -/itVos, -?/,


-w.
])art. ]>.T,H»., -r;,
68 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD.

5.
Liquid verbs reject o- in the 1 aor., and lengthen the vowel
of the stem in compensation for it, as evOvr-are.
6. The mood-suffix is the
connecting vowel between the tense-
stem and the personal ending.
7. The niuod-suffix of the imperative in the 1 aor. act. is a, as

8. £1, 2 pers. sing. ind. act. of ci/ai, can readily be distinguished


from the conjunction el by the accent.

4. GRAMMAR LESSON.
1. § 34, 1-4. Inflection of Nouns of Second Declension.
2. § 44, 3. Inflection of dTrto-TaA^ei'os, -rj, -ov.

3. § 76, 1-9. The Tense-Systems.


4. § 77, 1, 2. The Tense-Stem.
5. § 78, 1. General View of the Present Stem.
6. § 122, 16. Inflection of ei/Ai,
Pres. and Imperf. Ind. Act.
7. § 1-8. Review Lesson.

5. VOCABULARY.
1. ySttTTTi'^w, I bajitize. 7. kuOws, according as.
2. /Sodo), -II),
I cr]j aloud. 8. Kupto?, -ov, 6, Lord.
3. £1, if. 9. 68ds, -ov, 7), way, road.
4. iprj/j.o';, -ov, r),
desert. 10. 4>aptcraros, -ov, 6, Pharisee.
5. ivOvvw, I make straight. 11. t^r^ixi,
I say.
6. 'Hcrat'a?, -ov, 6, Isaiah. 12. (/xov?/, -rjs, fj,
voice.

6. EXERCISES.
1. Translate: 1. "E(/)7/ 'Eyw cfywvr) ip)(OfjLevov eh tov Kocrfxoj:
2. Trjv 686v Kvpuiv uiSa. 3. ETttev ovv avrw Hcratas o 7rpo<^7/T7/s u.

av ; 4. Kat w/J,oA(>yT/o-ei'
on 'Eyoj t/'/xi <I'aptrrai09. 5. Kai rjpomjfrev
avTov Koi ilnei' nirw Ti ovv fjiapTvpiis et rrv ovk ti o Trpo(f>rjTri<; ; 6. Ev
^PXV W *''
^?/ ^PVI^^! '^"'^ ^ Kijcfios avTov OVK cyi'O).
7. O oTricro) /x,ov

ip)^6fji€vo<; ep^TrpoaOev fx.ov y^yov^v. 8. ot ip^^opnuoi i/aav Ik twv


'^apuju.Lwv.
LESSON XII r. C9

2. Translate :
(a) orally from the literal translation : 1. Vv.
lG-18. 2. Vv. 19,
Yv. 21,22. 4. Yv. 23, 24.
20. 3.

(i) 1. Whj' then does he witness


concerning him ? 2. He an-
swered them saying, This is the true light. 3. This was he
who said, I am not Elijah. 4. He makes straight the way of the

jirophet. 5. They were one has at-any-


in the desert. 6. No
time seen the prophet. 7. I am the way, the truth, and the life.
S. I am the voice
of-one-crjing in the darkness of the world.
'J. He was in the bosom of the father.

7 TOPICS FOR STUDY


1, The vowels. 2. The diphthongs. 3. The breathings.
4. Diaeresis. 5.
Lengthening of vowels. G. Tntei'change of

vowels. 7. Contraction -ao, -aw, -eei, -eo, -eio, -ow.


pro- 8. The
clitics. 9. The enclitic fiov. 10. Terminations of First declen-
sion. 11. Terminations of Second declension. 12. Adjectives
in -o?, -7],
-oy. 13. Participles in -wv, -ovan, -ov, and in -fievo<;,

-fi€yr]f -fifvov.
14. Inflection of avro?, avTrj, avro. 15. Liquid
verbs. 16. Tense stem. 17. Inflection of el/Mi.

LESSON XIII.

1. TEXT
John i. 26-28.

2 NOTES
1. v^ari, in (with) irafrr: (a) -i marks dat. sing.; (/<) stejn

iSar- ; (r) irregular neuter noun of Third d('<-l.. noni. sing, v^wp

(§ 41, 1 ; § 39. 1, ft, note) ; (d) an initial i^


always has the
rough breathing (?) 4. 3).
2. fi(<To<;. middle {midst of): (a) adjective with giMi. ; (/») -09
*
marks masc. sing.
70 INTUODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD.

3. vfiC)i>, of-you :
(a) -u)v marks gon. plur. ; (b) initial v alwaj-s
has rough breathing, cf. vSuti; (c) i:)ers. pron. of second pers.
gen. plur.
4.
a-Ti^Kei, he-stands :
(a) -ct marks 3 pers. sing. pres. ind, act.
5. i)v, whom :
(a) -u marks ace. sing. ; (b) from 6'?, rj, o, the
relative pronoun (§ 64, 1).
6. oiiK, not :
{a) ovk, not nv, why ? (§ 10, 2).
7. oiSare, ye know :
pers. plur.(a) -re
(b)
marks 2 ;
from olSa,
I hnoiv, a 2 perf. with the signilication of a jiresent an ir-
; (c)
regular verb from an obsolete present eiSw (§ 124, 04), stem i8-.

8. ov, of whom: (a) -ov, sign of gen. sing. ; (b) from os, ^, 6,
the relative pronoun ;
cf. ov, o, oi.

9.
worthy : (a) -09 marks nom. sing. masc.
diios, (b) stem ;

d^i- ending in a vowel (c) stems ending in a vowel have the :

fern, in a (§ 44, 2) nom. sing, in three genders, a|to?, d^i'd,


;

a.$LOv.

10. Xva-u), I-should-unloose : (a) -a- marks the 1 aor. ; (b) -w-
indicates the subjunctive (§ 97, 1, b).
11. Lfi.dvTa, :
(a) stem IfxavT-
thong (b) -a marks ace. sing.; ;

(c) stem ending in a consonant, must be of Third decl.


LfiavT-, ;

(d) to form nom. sing., add o- to the stem, and make needful
euphonic changes (§ 39, 1, b), i/xai/r?, but t before a is dropped
(§ 13, 4), = Ifiavi, but before or is dropped (§ 13, 5, d) and the
^'

preceding vowel is
lengthened, = i/xds, gen. sing. i/xdvT-o?.
12. v7ro8i;yxaTos, of-sandal :
(a) stem
(b) -o?, sign {jTro8rjfjiaT- ;

of gen. sing, of Third decl. has rough breathing,


; (e) initial v
cf .
vBiiTi, v/xwr, {//xas ; (d) in neuters the nom. is generally the
same as the stem, but final t is
dropped (§ 39, 1, a).
13. marks neut. nom.
Tavra, these-things :
(a) -a plur.; (b)
neut. plur. of demonstrative pronoun ovToq, avrrj, tovto, this.
14. -a marks dat. of First
Br)6avLa, in-Bethany :
(a) sing,
decl. ; (b) d does not change into 77
because preceded by i

(§ 29, 4).
15. Tripav, beyond :
(a) an adverb, used like a prep., with the
gen. «
LESSON XUI. 71

16. 'lopSavou, of-Jurdan : (a) -nv, gen. sing. masc. of First


deol ; ijb) nom. sing. 'io/j8ai'i^s, cf. 'lojai/i^^, AtvetVi/'i.

17. oTTov, where :


(a) adverb of place.
18. PaTTTiiCfov, hu^jtlziiuj :
(a) -u)v marks participle.

3. FORMS FOR SPECIAL STUDY.


SSari
72 INTRODUCTORY N. T. (iREKK METHOD.

7. § 77, 2. The Vowel of the


Varial.le Ind. and 8ubj.
8. § 97, 1, a, b. The Mood Suffixes of the Inu. and Subj.
9. § 69-73. Review Lesson.

6 VOCABULARY.
1. afio?, -a, -ov, worthy. 7. oT8a, I know.
2. B/y^ui/iu, -a:, 7j, Bethany. 8. ottou, %vhere.
3. 9. beyond.
t/xd?, i/AcivTos, o, thong. irtpav,
4. 'lopSaj/?;?, -oi;, o,
Jordan. 10. aryKU), I stand.
5. Auu, I loosen, unloose. 11. v8wp, {ISaros, to, water.
6. /AeVo?, -7/, -oj/, middle, midst. 12. viruSyjiJiu, -ros, to, sandal.

7. PRINCIPLES OP SYNTAX.
1. 'O KOO-/A05 avTov ovK tyvui (i. 10).
2. 'O vo/Aos Sill Mowo-eoj? cSo'^r; (i. 17).
3. 'hiT^KpiOr] aviToi? o 'Iwdvvjs (i. 26).

Principle 1. Tlie subject of a finite verb is in the nominative


case.

1. 'Eyd) ow/c djA 6 ^piCTTo'; (l. 20).


2. 'Ey« /JaTTT.'CoJ e'v uSaTi (i. 26).
3. 'Ek tou irhqputfiaTO'; avrnv y]fieL<i TrdvTfS eXaf3ofiev (i. 16).
4. OVK o'iSaTe (i. 26).
"^^Ov w/xeis

Principle 2. The nominatives of the pronouns of the first or


second person, though indicated by the verbal suffixes, are ex-
pressed to denote emjdiasis.

8. EXERCISES.
1. Decline :
'Eyw, av, d^ios, o?, o, auTos, oSto?, '](jidvr]<;.

2. Anal^'ze :
'A-rreKpidr], i?)60r], iyevvr/Orjcrav, olhare, iyevero, ijv.

3. Translate 1. Autw 'Ek tij? xapno<i avTuv


:
aircKpCBr] Xc'ywv

rjpcL'i TrdvTE? c'\u/3o/t€v. 2. Oi;k ci/ii d^io? u'a ixapTvpi](T(t) irtpi rrj<;

uXr/6'eia-. 3. Tov Ip^avra tCjv vTroSqfiaTOJV


avrov \vm. 4. Tlepav t^s

Bvj^avia?, nirnv o TTpncju'jTtj'i iaKrjVoxrei', ravra iyiveio. O. TijV utto-


eSwKtt.
KpuTLv -ravTTjv Tols Tre/juf/ao-iv 17/x.as
LESSON XIV. 73

4. Translate : 1. Ye do not know them, but I know them.


2. Johnbaptizes beyond the Jordan, where the prophet bears
witness. 3. I see the man of God. 4. This is he who said, He

who comes after me has been before me. 5. The prophet is wor-
thy that he should bear witness concerning the Christ. 6. A\ e

beheld the glory of-the-only-begotten of the father. 7. Art thou


a prophet ? he answered, No. 8. This man and his father came

from bej'ond Jordan. 9. The laws were given through the


prophets. 10. If thou art not a prophet, why then dost thou
bear witness concerning the light, coming into the world ?

9. TOPICS FOR STUDY.


1. Initials. 2. Mutes before o-. 3. Stem of Third declension.
4. Formation of nom. sing, of masc. and fern, nouns of Third
decl. 5. Formation of nom. sing. neut. 6. Endings -09, -rj, -ov,
and -05, -d, -ov. 7. The inflection of article. 8. Of the relative

pronoun. 9. The voices. 10. The moods. 11. Principal and


historical tense.s. 12. The root. 13. Verb-stem. 14. Simple
stem. 15. Present stem. IG. Pure, mute, liquid verbs.

LESSON XIV.
1. TEXT.
John i. 29-31.

2 NOTES.
1.
iTravpinv, on the morroiv (a) an adverb of time, compounded
:

of till'
prcji. cTTi' and adverl) ajYuov
tlic (/') the adverb is here ac-
;

compaiii('(l by thr- arti<l<' (rrj), a constnut ioii implying its use in

jilace of an a<ljective and llie omission of the noun i//i.c/i(i, dai/,


dat. sing.
2. 'Itjctoui', Jesxcs :
(a) -y marks ace. sing. (§ 37, G).
74 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD.

3. "iSf, behold : (a) an imper. 2 pers. sing, (from elBov, he saw),

here used as an interjection.


4. atpon', bearing : (a) -wr, the sign of the pres. part. (/>)
from ;

I bear ; (c) 6 aipwv


= he-who-bears, cf 6 e'nrwv, u (px6fitvo<;,
.

uipui,
t V
O UJV.

does
5. dfiaprtav, sin :
(a) stem ending a heing preceded hy t,

not change into tj (§ 29, 4) ; (b) -v marks ace. sing,

(b) no accent, hecause an


6. he is: («) -v movahle en-
£o-Ttv, ;

clitic, the accent heing thrown on the preceding word (c) but ;

in case of emphasis, tan retains accent (§ 20, 1, c, 3).


7.
v-rrlp,
about: (a) initial v has rough breathing; (6) prep.
here governing the gen.
of 3 pers. sing., pass,
8.
tpx^rai, he comes : (a) -rai, ending
and mid. 98, 1) ; {b) from epxofiai, depo-
of principal tenses (§
nent verb, 3 pers. sing. pres. mid., cf. kpxop-^vo<;.
{b) stems of the Third
9. avTjp, vian : (a) stem avep- decl. in
;

p reject the ending s of the nom. sing, and lengthen a preceding


c to I] (§ 39, 1, b) ;
the gen. sing, is avhpo'; {av(J)po'i, avpos, dvSpo?)

(§ 40, 3, wo^e; §13, 10).


and I : xai and iyili ;
10. (a) compounded of two words,
Kuyoj, '

{b) -at are contracted into one syllable ; (c) the mark ( )
and c-

over the contracted syllable is the coronis ; (d) this contraction


is caMed crasis (mingling) (§ 9, 1).
11. TjSciv, / knew: (a) -eiv marks 1 pers. sing. 2 pluperf.
an irreg. verb from an obsolete present
ciSu.
(§ 112, 2) ; (b)
(§ 124, 04) ; (e) 2 perf. o?8a / know, with signif. of a present ;

(d) 2 pluperf. r/8tiv,


/ knew, with signif. of an imperf (e) y-, the .
;

reduplication, the same as the temporal augment, the first vowel


of diphthong ci (in elBw) being lengthened into -q, and tji then be-
comes 7j (§ 74, 6 § 3, b). ;

12. KJiavtpuiOr}, he should be made m,an{fest : («) vowel stem

(b) -0- marks 1 aor. pass. (c) o of stem in 1 aor.


stem
(jiuvepo- ; ;

lengthened to w, cf. iaKr'ivoio-ev (§ 90, 1) (d) q is mood vowel of ;

the subj.; (e) form, 3 pers. sing. 1 aor. subj. pass. (§ 108. 1).
13. 'lo-payyA, Israel: (a) a masc. noun, indeclinable.
LESSON XIV. 75

14. 810, on account of : (a) prep, here governing the ace.

15. TjXOov, I came : the ending of the 1 pers. sing,


(a) -ov is
as well as the 3 pers. plur. 2 aor. ind. (§ HI, the context
1) (l,) ;

must decide the form (c) the subject tyw, being emphatic, is
;

expressed.

3. FORMS FOR SPECIAL STUDY.


dAX' Ik
76 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD.

5. GRAMMAR LESSON.
1. § 9, 1. Crasis.
2. § 11, 3 ; § 40, 3, N. Syncope.
3. § 13, 10. Epenthesis.
4. § 20, 1, c. Enclitics.
5. § 39, 1, i ;
Formation of Nom. Sing,
§ 40, 3. of Stems of

Third Declension ending in p.


6. § 75, 1-3. Reduplication.
7. § 102, 1. The
Participle.
8. § 105. Inflection of the Pres. Ind. Mid. and Pass.
9. § 9-12, 14-17. Review Lesson.

6. VOCABULARY.
1. ttipw, / take mvay, hear. 7. i^Sctv,
/ knew.
2. ufiapTid, -as, rj,
Sin. 8. t8e, behold ! see thou !
3. d^vo<?, -ov, 6, lamb. 9. Kuyw = koI iyw, and I.

4. fSXeiroi, I see. 10. v-n-ep, about, in reference to.

5. Slu, on account of . 11. <f)avep6w,-w, I make manifest.


6. i-n-avpLov, on the morrow.

7. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX.
1. AXX Xva (f>avep(i)$rj t(2 'IcrpaijX. (i. 31).
2. Kat ijp(i)Tr)crav avTov koI eTTrav avral (i. 25).
3. Kai wfioXoyrjcrev Koi ovk rjpvrja-aTo (i. 20).

Principle 3. The nominative of the third person is omitted


when it is expressed or implied in the context.
1. 'Eyoj /SaTTTi^cJ iv vSaTi (i. 26).
2. 2^ TIS €?; (i. 19).
3. Ot iSioi avTov ov TrapiXa^iji' (i. 11).

Principle 4. A finite verb agrees with its subject nominative


in number and person.
LESSON XIV. 77

8. EXERCISES.

1. Decline :
a/j.apTia, d/ii'os, ovtos, os, iyw.
2. Conjugate :
ySAeVaj, u-n-ov, tp)^ofiai, 7jS«v, yeyova.

3. Translate : 1. Tov avdpwTrov ip^ofx^vov vrpos avrovs pXiirovcnv.


2. Kat Acy€t OuK ci/Ai
6 av^p u7rto"TaAp,€'vos vrapa ^eov. 3. Ovrds
CCTTtV 6 d/XVO? TOU ^€oC. 6 OTTLfTUi fXOV ip)(OjX^V0<i E/tATTpoCT^eV p,OU
4. Ets tov Koafiov y/XOev /cdyoj ovk TjSeti/
avTov. 5. 'Epx^Tai
•yeyoi'cv.
6 7rpo<^»;T7js Xe'ycjv Ata tovto ^A^ov eV vSart ^ottti^wv. G. Epp^crat
ua TTfpi TOV <^wTos fxapTvpT^a-T),
Kal tva 6 XptcrTO? tw 'Io-par/\ <f)av€pu)9f].

7. Tt/i/ ap.upTLav Twv dvOpwirwv to ^ws tox) Koa-jjiov aipci.

4. Translate: (a) from the literal translation orally: 1. Vv^.

19, 20. 2. Vv. 21, 22. 3. Vv. 23, 24. 4. Vv. 25, 26. 5. Vv.
27, 28. 6. V. 29. 7. V. 30. 8. V. 31.
{b) 1. is the lamb of God which bcareth the sin of the
This
world. There was a man sent from God. 3. He come.s aftrr
2.

me, but he has been before me. 4. He came that he might bear
witness concerning the light, and that Christ might be mani-
fested to Israel. 5. I am not a prophet, but I know the prophet.
6. I knew this man. 7. The law was not given through John,
but through Moses.

9. TOPICS FOR STUDY

1. Iota subscript. 2. Crasis, as in Kayoj. 3 Syncope, as in


TTttTpo?, ui'(S)pos. 4. P^penthesis, as in ui/Spo?. 5. Enclitics uou
and forms of ei/xi.
6. Nom. sing, of stems of Third decl. in p.

7. liifb-ction of avTos. 8. Inflection of outos. 9. Eiglit das-ses


of verbs in -w. 10. Two chisses of verbs in -/u. 11. Kcdiiplica-
tion. 12. Inflection of the pres. ind. (act., mid., and pass.).
13. Inflection of the pres. part. Xvwv, Avoucra, Xiioy.
78 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD.

LESSON XV.
1. TEXT.
John i. 32-34
2. NOTES
1. ifiapTvprjaev, he hare ivitness :
{a) I-
augment ; (6) stem /u,ap-

TDpe-; (c) -a^ marks 1 aor. 3 pcrs. sing. ; (f?) !» aor. stem y.aprv-

pr](r- (§ 90, 1) ; (e) -V movable ; (/) a pure verb (§ 73, 4).


2. TeOeufiai, I have beheld: (a) from dedo/xai, a deponent
verb, cf. iOiaacifx^Oa ; (b) -/xat marks perf. mid. and pass. 1 pers.
sing. ; reduplication, sign of completed action (§ 75, 1)
(c) re- is ;

(d) the rough mute 6 becomes smooth in reduplication.


3. Karafialvov, descending : {a) -ov marks neut. ending of part.,

-<j)v, -ova-a, -ov ; {b) here ace. sing. neut. ; (c) Karaf^aiuwv, but

KarafSoLvov, why ? (d) from Kara, down, and /3aivoj, / r/o.


4. TTcpio-Tcpav, dove: (a) -av marks ace. sing, of First decl. ;

{h) -a does not change into rj


because preceded by p (§ 29, 4).
5. ovpavov, of-heaven : (a) -ov marks gen. sing, of Second
decl.
6. c/jtetvci/,
it-abode
(a) e-, augment (b) -v movable ; {c) -i(y)
: ;

marks 3 pers. sing. ; {d) root fxtv-,


therefore a liquid verb ; (e) c
of root is lengthened into « to form 1 aor. stem (§ 90, 2).
7. /AE,
vie: (a.) p-e is an enclitic (§ 20, 1, a) {b) ace. sing, ;

of iyu).
8. f3airTi(eiv, to baptize :
(a) -nv marks the infinitive act. ;

(b) the stem marks


the present.
9. p,oi, to-nie :
(a) fioi is an enclitic ( § 20, 1 a) ; {b) dat.

sing, of iyw.
10. iffj', uj)on : {a) eVi before a word beginning with a vowel
becomes eV, as iir aurov; {b) when the vowel of the second word
has the rough breathing, the smooth mute tt
changes into its

cognate rough mute (/> (§ 9, 2, c), as £</>'


6V.
LESSON XV. 79

11. (a) the adverb dv, in a dependent clause with the


uv.

subjunctive, is untranslatable.
12. i8j;s,
thou mayst see :
(a) -t/s marks subj. 2 pers. sing. ;

(b) from ei8op, I saiv, cf. i8e; (c) 2 aor. subj. 2 pers. sing,
(§124,64; §111,1).
13. ixivov, abiding: (a) -ov marks neut. of part, in -wv;
(b) ace. sing. neut. pres. part., stem /xci^; (c) cf. KaraPaivov.
14. TTvet'/xari, with ( in) Spirit :
(a) -i marks the dat. sing. ;

{b) stem TTViVfLar-, of the Third decl. ; (c) Trvet/xa, nom. sing,
neut., T of stem being dropped (§ 39, 1, a).
15. dyi'w, /to/y .•
(a) -(u, sign of dat. sing. ; (6) an adj. of First
and Second deck, -os, -d, -ov, stem end. in a vowel (§ 44, 2) ;

{e) dat. sing, neut., agreeing with Tn/ev/xari ; (f/) cf. a^ios, -a, -ov.
16. cojpaKa, / Aave seen: {a) -Ka marks the perf. act. 1 pers.
sing. ; (6) cf. io)po.KEv.

17. fiefjiapTvprjKn, I have bome witness :


(a) -Ka marks the
perf. act. 1 pers. sing. (§ 92, 1) ; (b) stem fxaprvpc-, a vowel

verb; (c) reduplication (§75, 1); {d) final e of stem


/xc-,

lengthened before -»ca (§ 92, 3).

18. utoc, son : (o) -o? marks Second decl. (b) vl


- hwi, diph- ;

thong with rough breathing.

3 FORMS FOR SPECIAL STUDY.


iponuw, -o)
rfpiIyTTjcrav anocTTeWd}

p.apTvpl<», -<j}
ifxapTvprjatiy) dTri(TruKav

of/nXoyii)), -u» J)//,o\oyTj(T«(v) /u-cVo)

-oj
(TKr^vnw, i(TKi)vi))<T(.{v') €fX€ivev

4 OBSERVATIONS
1. Verbs whose themes or stems cimI in a vowel are called
vowel or pure verbs.
2. Verl)s in -mo, -an, and -mn contract the litial u, €, f»r <i of (be

theme with the following vowol.


80 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD.

3. The (dopio-ros, indefinite) represents an action as


aorist

indefinite, that is, as simply brought to pass.

4. Tlie aorist indicative


represents an action simply as
brought
to pass or done at a past time, without regard to the time it oc-
cupied. The sign of past time is the augment.
5. The augment has two forms, the syllabic and the temporal.
The is made the temporal by lengthen-
syllabic by prefixing e-,
ing an initial vowel.

6. The stem of 1 aor. act. is formed by adding -era to the


theme.
7. In vowel verbs, a short vowel at the end of the theme be-

comes long before <t.


8. Liquid verbs e. verbs whose themes end in
{i. A, /i, r, p,)
reject o- in the first aorist, and lengthen the theme-vowel in
compensation.
9. The personal endings of the 1 aor. ind. are -a, -as, -£
j -a/i.tj/,

5 GRAMMAR LESSON.
1. § 12, 2, h. Mutes, smooth, middle, rough.
2. § 9, 2, c; 7. Elision before a
§ 13, Rough Breathing.
3. § 20, 1, a. The Enclitics of the Pronoun of First Person.
4. § 44, 2. Inflection of 8tKaios.
5. § 79, 1. First Class of Verbs.
6. § 92, 1-3. The First Perfect Stem.
7. § 98, 1-3. Personal Endings of the Indicative.
8. § 99, 1-3. Use of the Endings.
9. § 104. Inflection of the Subjunctive Active.
10. § 109, 2 § 99, 4.
;
Inflection of Perfect Ind. Act.

6 VOCABULARY.
1. ayio9, -d, -ov, 5. heaven.
holy. ovpu.v6<i, -ov, 6,
2. fidov, / saw. 6. Treptorepd, -as, 17, dove.
3. KaTa(3aLi'U), I descend. 7. Tn/ci/xa, -Tos, TO, spirit.
4. fxivw, I abide, remain.
LESSON XV. 81

7. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX.
1. TldvTa 8l avTov iy^vtro (i. 3).
2. TauTtt iv BrjOavia iy^vero iripav toO Inphavov (i. 28).

Principle 5. A neuter plural nominative often takes a singu-


lar verb
1. Kai ^c6s ^jv 6 Aoyos (i. 1).
2. Kai 6 Aoyos aap^ eyeVero (i. 14).
3.
Eyw OVK (IjXL 6 XpiCTTOS (i. 20).

Principle 6. After copulative


*
verbs the predicate noun is m
the same case as the subject.

8. EXERCISES.
1. Decline :
TreptoTcpa, ovpavos, irvfvfia, Aeycov.
2.
Conjugate : 1 aor. ind. act. of fiaprvpiu), /xeVw, irifnru} ;
and
perf. ind. act. of opaoj and /xaprvpeoj.

3.
Analyze :
i^Stti', t8r/s, <f>av(pui6fj, dircKpidr], (.vOvvan, tSwKev.

4. Translate : 1. To irvev/xa ws Trtpio-Tcpa cl oiupavoi) Kara^aiVet.


2. Ilepi T^s aXrjOeias ifJiapTvpr](rev 6 p,a^r;Tr/s. 3. 'Ei/ vSari (iaTTTiCtL
Kai fxapTvpei wtpi airov. 4. O
arpaiv t:^i/ dfxapTLav tov Koa-fxov eKtii/os
/xoi UTTcv Oi^Tos icTTLw o Trpo(fi^Tr]s- 5. EiSov TO TTi'cCju.a KarafSaivov
Kai /x.€Vov iv avTov. 6. 'Eoj/juKa t(V uioi/ toG ^cov. 7. KcKpayci/
Aeywi' Ouros r^i^
ov eiirov •
6 ottio-m /lov ipyofii(.vo<; ep,7rpo(r^tV /xou

yeyoj'ci'. 8. Outos cVtii/ o


p.ovnyivrj'i rios" tou ^coi'.

Translate: 1, I saw the son of man coming from heaven.


5.

2. I have beheld the Holy Spirit descending ujton him. 3. He


said to me, I baptize with water, Imt
uponwhoin fbon iiiayst see
the Holy Spirit descending, this one it is who baptizes with the

Holy Spirit. 4. He who is in the bosom of the fiitln r, this one


is the only-begotten son of God. 5. 1 knew him not, but he

^
(lid, to he, is the trui; copula, but some otlior veilw admit a similar con-
struction, as ylvo/xai, to become, \eyofMai, to be called, «tc.
82 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD.

said to mo, Art thou the prophet ? 6. No one has seen God at-
7. He who comes after me, he who is in tlie world,
any-tinie.
he who bears the sins of men, he who sent me to baptize. 8. I
have seen, I have borne witness, I have been, I have beheld.

9. TOPICS FOR STUDY.


1. Three classes of mutes. 2. Elision before rough breathing.
3. Kayw, €^, aV. 4. EncHtics fjLov, fjLoi, fjiL
5. Terminations of
First declension. 6. Terminations of Second declension. 7. In-
flection of eyw. 8. Inflection of 6'?, t/, o. 9. Contraction of vowel
verbs. 10. Syllabic and temporal augment. 11. Reduplication.
12. Use of the verbal endings. 13. Inflection of pres. ind.
14. Of pres. subj. 15. Principles of Syntax (1-4).

LESSON XVI.
1. TEXT.
John i. 35-38.

2. NOTES.
1. he was standing : {a) from io-ttjixl, I stand, a verb
IcTTi^Kd,
in -jui; -ku marks the pluperf. 3 pers. sing. (§ 92, 5)
(b) (c) the ;

stem of pluperf. is la-Tr)-, but T and Tr read ctcrTiyKct, stem cio-tt;- ;

(d) the pluperf. of this verb has the force of the imperf., cf.

yj^CiV (XIV. N. 11).


2.
havinr/ looked upon : (a) compounded of iv and
ififiXeif/a-i,

ftXiirw, V becoming /i, before fj (§ 13, 5, a) (/;) -is marks 1 aor. ;

act. part., cf. Tre'/xi/^as


(c) xf/
= tto-, rr being the sign of 1 aor. act.
;

3. dat.
TrepnraTowTi, loalkinr/ :
(a) for 7rept7raTc-ovTi, t
marking
sing. ; (b) compounded of Trepi, around, and irajtw, tread ; (c) pres.
part. Tref)LTraT(eo})v, -wr, gen. sing. -(€o)i'to9, -owtos, dat. sing, -(c'o)vti,
-ovvTL (to being contracted into ov).
LESSON XVI. 83

4. ijKova-av, they heard :


(a) -crav marks 1 aor. ind. act. 3 pers.

plur. (§ 108) ; (b) uKovd- is 1 aor. stem ; (e) temporal augment, a-

being lengthened into rj- (i 74, 6).


5. avTov, hh/i :
(a) genitive after ^Kovcrav, as verbs which sig-

nify an action of the senses govern the gen.


6. AaAovi/Tos, sjjeaking : (a) AaXe'o), / sjjeak, pres. part. AaAcW,

contr. AaAwv, gen. sing. AaA(£a)i'To<;, contr. AaAowTos, cf. nepiira-


TOL'VTi ; (h) participle agreeing with atiror'.

7. rjKoXov6r](Tnv, they followed :


(a) from aKoXnvOew, 1 aor. ind.
act. 3 pers. plur. ; (h) cf. T|Kot'<rav, r\pwTi\(Tav :
(c) with the dative,
as verbs signifying association or apjyroach govern the dative.

fTTpat^fis having turned: (a) -ci's marks the part.


8. 2 aor.

pass. (§ 113) ; {b) from arpitftw, I turn, stem a-rpeffi-, but stem of
2 aor. pass. <TTpa<p-, an c of the stem becoming a (§ 96, 2) ;

to turn one's self;


(c) this verb in the pass, has a reflexive sense,

(d) agreeing with Mt/o-ous.


9. $€a(Tdfi(i'o<;, having beheld : (a) 6edofxai, I behold, stem 1
(b) -a/ttei/os marks part.
aor. mid. ^cao- ;
1 aor. mid. (§ 108) ;

cf. iOeaadixtOa 14), Tt6i.ap.aL (i. 32).


(c) (i.

10. aKoXovOovvra';, following :


(a) for dKoX(>vO(io)i'Ta<i ; (b) -as
marks ace. plur. of Third or consonant decl. (§ 27, 2, b) ; (c) pres.

part, formed by adding -aw, -ovaa, -or, gen. sing. -oi/tos, -ouo-t;?,

(d) stem of ending -oj/t-, -ovtr-,


-oi/Tos ;
-ovt- ; (e) cf. AaAoDi/Tos,

irtpilTaTOVVTl, TTliTTtVOVaiV (i. l^)-


11. Crp-(iT(, ye seek :
(a) for ^r/T(f£)T€, ce being contracted into
«' (§ 7) ; (/>)
-£T£ marks 2 pers. jibir. pres. ind. (§ 104) ; (') cf.

Ac'yci, /:?a7rTi'^tis, p.itpTvpH.


12. 'Voftfti!, Jiahbi : (a) an initial />
is
generally written willi
the rough breathing (§ 4, 4).
13. \iy(Tfii, it is said :
(a) -crai marks pres. ind. pass. 3 pers.

sing. (§105); {b) from Aeyo>,


/ say; {c) n Xiytrat, tchich is

called., which is.

14. p.t0(ppriv(v(')fxtvoi; being interpreted: (a) -6p.ivov marks


pres. pass. part. nom. neut. agreeing
with d.
15. SiSaaKaAc, O master : (a) -f marks voc sing, of second de-
clension.
84 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD.

3. FORMS FOR SPECIAL STUDY.


dlv (SouWTOs for (Sodovros

Ae'ywv AaAoCi'TOS for AaAt'ovros

/SaTTTi^wv TTcptTraTOWTt for TrepiTraTe'ovTi

KaTa/Saivov 7rt(rTeuoucri(v) for 7ricrT€i)OVTO'i(v)

TTefxipas uKoAov^owTas for OLKoXovdeovras


ijxfSXeipas TTC/i.i/'do-tv
for 7re)u,i/'OVT<ri(v)

4. OBSERVATIONS.
1. The participle is inflected like an adjective.
2. The participle for the active forms its stem by adding -vt- to
the tense-stem (perfect -or-) (§ 102, 1).
3. The pres. part. act. nom. sing, ends in -ojv, -ovaa, -ov.
4. The 1 aor. part. act. nom,
sing, ends in -d?, -do-a, -av (§ 47, 2).
5. Vowel verbs in aw, ew, and ow are contracted in the present
and imperfect.

5. GRAMMAR LESSON.
1. § 13, 5, a. V before a Labial.
2. § 5. Interchange of Vowels.
3. § 48, 1.Declension of pres. part. act. (Ae'ywv).
4. § 47, 2. Declension of 1 aor. part. act.
(Tre/Ai/^ds).
5. § 78, 1. Verbs in fjn.

6. § 86, 1.
Eighth Class of Verbs.
7. § 87, 1. Ninth Class of Verbs.
8. § 92, 5. The First Pluperfect Active.
9. § 110, 1, 2. Inflection of the Pluperfect.

6. VOCABULARY.
1. aKoXovOiw, -w, I follow. 4. Svo, two.
2. aKovo), I hear. 5. e/t/SAcVw, / look at.
3. SiSdo-KaAos, -ov, o, teacher. 6. ^t/tcw, -w, I seek.
LESSON XVI. 85

7. larrifjii,
I cause to stand. 12. TrtptTrarew, -w, I walk.
8. XaAc'w, -w, I speak. 13. ttov, where.
9. ixaOr]Ti]<;, -ov, 6, disciple. 14. 'Pu/:J/3ci, Babhi.
10. fitOepixyvevw, I interjnxt. 15. arpeffid), I turn.
11. TrdAii', again.

7. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX.
1. 'Hi/ TO ^uJ? TO aXi]0a'Ov o </»0JTi^ei TravTa avOpomov (i. 9).
2. Kat avTr; eVrii/ 17 fxaprvpia tov 'Iwai/ou (i. 19).
3. Kai ifj.pXeifja^
tw 'Ir/crou TrepiTraTOVVTt (i. 36).

I'rinciple 7. Adjectives, pronouns, participles, as


iidjectivc
also the article, agree with their substantives in case, number,

and gender.
1. *Ji8u)/v€i/ avrois l^ovfTiav TCKva ^eoD, yivicrOai, rois irio-Ttwoucriv tis

TO ovofxa avTOv (i. 12).


2. OuTos T/i/
d tl-TTiiv 'O oTTio-w /JLov €pxo'|i,€Vos f.fi.iT pofrO iv fxov yiyovf-v

3. 'O «v CIS Toi' koAttov tov TraTpds (i. 18).


4. Ti/u aTTO/cpto-it' hCDjicv rots irtfuj/ao-iv ^/xas (i. 22).
5. olpMV TT/v dfjiapTiav tov koct/aoi; (i. 29).

Principle 8. The participle preceded by the article is best


translated by the relative with a finite verb (he who or those

who).

8 EXERCISES
1. Decline : 'O ji.a6r)Ti]<;,
6 u/ai'Os, AaAcwi', c/jt/3Aei/'as.

2. ( V)ri ciTra.
JMLjate ;
Acyoj, r/Kovrra, ^rjTid), eiTror,

3. Analy/t^ :
Tcyoi'd', tkajiov, cOfturcifitdu, dntirTeiXui', fxtixoprv-

prjKa, icifyrjfraTo.

4. Translate: 1. 'Vjf/.afnvprj(rtu o'lwiivrj^ \iyu)v on Te^e'u/xat tcW

vlov Tou Oiov KarafSaivovTa e^ oupai/ou. 2. Ouros o (IvOfmnros eis Tot/

KO(Tp.ov ^\6tv, Ktti avTOi/ to'jpaKfx, Kai TTcpi


ttUTof' /j.€fx.apTvpr]Ka. 3. O
7rpi>»^r)r7j<;, oi/ v/xeis ouk oiSttTt, t^c oSoi/ Kvpuiv (v6vv(i. 4. ToO Trpc^

(f>t]T<>v AuAoifTos i^'^outra,


kuI auroi rfKoXovOrjira.
86 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD.

5. Translate : 1. I abide, I abode ;


thou hearest, ye heard ;
he
seeks, we seek I bear witness, I bore witness, I have borne wit-
;

ness. 2. The man, whom he sent, knows the way. 3. On ac-

count of this he came, that he might be manifested to the world.


4. He said to him, I have seen this man baptizing at Bethany,
beyond the Jordan. 5. Where does he abide ? I do not know,
6. The discijjles heard him speaking, and they said, have We
beheld the glory of the only-begotten Son of the Father. 7. The
Holy Spirit descends from heaven. 8. This is the true witness,
but all do not receive his word.

9. TOPICS FOR STUDY.


1. V before a labial. 2. v and it before a. 3. Contraction of
-aw, -e'w, -00), -eo, -tet, -cc. 4. -ds in Trifnl/a.<;.
5. yiv-, y(v-, yor- ;

cTTcA-, (TTctX-, trraA.- ; fJt-f^v-, /xetj/-.


6. -wv, -ovaa, -ov ; -ds, -dcra, -dv.
7. Endings of First declension masc. 8. Endings of pres. ind.
act. 9. Endings of 2 aor. and imperf. ind. act. 10. Formation
of 1 aor. ind. in three voices. 11. Formation of perf. ind. in
three voices. 12. Principles of syntax (5-8).

LESSON XVII.
1. TEXT.

John i. 39-41.

2. NOTES.
1.
fpx^o'Of) come ye : (a) from Ip^o^jiai, I come, of the 8th or
mixed class of verbs (§ 86) {h) ;
-ecrOe marks 2 pers. plur. imper.
mid. and pass. (§ 105).
2. o\l/€<r6f, ye shall see :
(a) from oif/o/jbai, the fut. in use for
opati),
of the 8th or mixed class ; (b) -ea-Ot marks 2 pers. plur. of
fut. ind. mid. (§ 107, § 105) ; (c) from an assumed pres. ottto),
LESSON XVIL 87

T being dropped before n-


(the sign of the future), tto- then form-

ing ^p.

3. T^A^av, they came: («) the regular form of the 2 aor. ind.

3 pers. phir. of epxo/JiaL is y]\6ov, but this word, in critical texts,


also occurs with endings of 1 aor. (-a, -as, -e(i'), -a/xeu, -are, -av).
4. tiSai', thei/ saw : {a) on the ending -av instead of -ov see

^XOav and § 124, 64, I.

5. Twv aKovaavTixiv, of those ivho heard : (a) the article with

the participle, hence the above translation (b) -era- in -advTwv ;

marks 1 aor. part. (c) -a-dvTwi; the gen. plur. of 1 aor. act. part.
; ;

(fZ) from ttKOVCTUs, -dcra, -av.


6. aKo\ovdrjfTa.vT(j)v, of those who followed :
(a) the article is

understood ; (6) 1 aor. act. part. gen. plur. (cf. aKovadvrwv).


7. evpia-K€i, he finds :
(a) -ei marks 3 pers. sing. pres. ind. ;

(h) note rough breathing; (c) simple stem is evp-, but to form
the pres. ind. we add -to-Kw (§ 84) ((/)
a verb therefore of the ;

6th class (verb.s in ukw), cf. yivtiio-KO).

8. TrpujTov, first :
(a) from Trpwros, -»/, -ov, the neuter used as
adverb.
9. evpi^Kafxa/, WB have found (a) -Kop-ev marks perf. 1 pers.
:

(b) from ivpiaKta (see 7), but tu-


I)lur. (§ 109, 2) ;
does not receive
the reduplication.

3. FORMS FOR SPECIAL STUDY.


tlTTOV
88 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD.

1.
LESSON XVII. 89

1. Kai ^eos rjv 6 Adyos (i. 1).


2. ''O ycyoi'ti' ev avrw ^ojij ijv (l. 4).

3. Kai 6 Adyos cra/jt eyei ero (i. 14^.


4. OvK rjV CKCIVOS TO <^U)S (i. 8).

'Eyoj ovK
5. elfjl
o XpttTTtk (i. 20).

Principle 10. The predicate noun, in general, is without the


article. When it has the article, an essential identity with the
subject is asserted.

8. EXERCISES.
1. Decline : H rj/jicpa,
6 AvSpcas, 6 aSeX<f>6^, 6 2t)u,wv.
2. Conjugate :
'HA^oi', ^A^a, e/xeua, uKoi'crd?, evprjKa.
3. Analyze :
"Oif/iaOe, il8o.v, aKoXovSrjcrdvTwi', iwpaKa, Tre/Jixf/acnv,

i866r], iXafiofXiv.
4. Translate : 1.
h.iyu airio "Ep^ov koL oif/y.
2. Ovtos o av-

6pioTTO<i Trap at'Tois Ti}V i/fjiepav tKiivrjv l/Acivev. 3. EvprjKafKi' tuv

avOpunrov tovtov. 4. 'HKOvcra/iei/ ai'ToJv AaAoiVrwr. 5. ETSav rdi/

'Ii/o"ovv cp;^d/x€Voi' Trpos aurous.


6. Oi'tos ifrriv o a5eA<^ys rov avhpuSf

dXA' eKcuos axiTov ov yivw<jKU.


5. Translate orally from the literal translation (o) 1. Vv. 29- :

31. 2. Vv. 32-34. 3. Vv. 35, 36. 4. Vv. 37, 38^ 5. 39-41.
{h) 1. He who .says, he who said, he who comes, he who sent,
who sent. 2. He said to him, What seekest thou ? 3. He
they
answercil him, I seek Jesus, Imt I do not know where he abides.
Dost thou know where he dwells ? 4. This man first finds his
own brothers and says to them, I liave found the truth and the

life. 5. I a true answer to those who sent me.


gave

9. TOPICS FOR STUDY.


1. Prepositions suffering elision. 2. Declensinn of ils,, ai-ros,

cK£ti/o<j. 3. The forms cTttui', ctOui', IjXOav. 4. The ending -i(tB(.

5. The augment. (1.


Iledui>lication. 7. 'iVii .las.ses of verbs.

S. 1 aor. stem int. and mid. '.I. I'dsoiial i


iidings c,f [\\v pres.
ind. act. 10. Of pres. ind. mid. and pa.^s.
11. Kndings of jtres.

and 12. Inflection of jurf. ind. net.


part, act., mid., pa.ss.
90 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD.

LESSON XVIII.

1. TEXT.

John i. 42-45.

2. NOTES.
1.
rjyayiv, he brought :
(a) -e(i')
marks 3 pers. sing. ; (^»)
from
ayo), / lead, briny, temporal augment rjy- ; (c) but in the 2 aor.
this verb always has a reduplicated stem, r^yay- (§ 124, 2) ;

{d) 2 aor. ind. act. 3 pers. sing.


2. K\r]Oi](Tr],
thou shalt be called marks 2 pers. sing,
:
(a) -y
pass. ; (b) -9r]a- marks 1 fut. pass. (§ (c) from KaAe'w, -a», 1
95, 3) ;

call, stem of present, Kake-; (d) by syncopation the stem of perf.,


1 aor. pass., and fut. pass, of this verb becomes kAc- (§ 95, 2).

See General Vocabulary.


3. Krj<f)a<;, Cephas: (a) of 1 decl., gen. sing, ends in 5 (§ 33,
3,4).
4. (pfirjvfv€Tai, it is iiiterpreted :
(a) -erai marks 3 pers. sing,
of pres. ind. pass.
5. rj6iXr]a(v, he was minded: {a) from OiXw, which forms the
1 aor. r]6(\y](Ta, as if from root c^cAc- (§ 124, 96).
6. e^cA^eu', to go forth :
{a) compounded of c'k and tpxofj^ai, a
verb of 8th or mixed class ; (b) -ttv marks the 2 aor. inf. ; (c) stem
i\e-, cf. TiXeov (§ 111, 1).
7. aKoXovdti, follow thou: (a) -ci is contraction for -ce ; {b) -t

marks 2 100, 2) {c) stem aKoXovOt-.


pers. sing. pres. imp. (§ ;

8. TToAco)?, of city : (a) stem ttoAi-, which is seen in nom. sing.

iroAi-?; {b) stem ends in i, a close vowel, and therefore of the


Third decl. (§ 40, 5) (r) most i stems insert an c before i,
;

7roA(e)i-o9, then the t


drops out (§ 11, 3), ttoAc-o? {d) after c the ;

gen. sing, has -ws instead of -os (§ 40, 5, note), but the accent is
LESSON XVIII. 91

uot affected by the long vowel w,


— an exception to the general

principle,
9.
iypail/iv, he ivrote :
{a) root ypaff)-; {b) stem of 1 aor. ind.

iyfHKfta-, but (fxT


= \f/ (§ 13, 4).

3 FORMS FOR
02 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD.

6. VOCABULARY.
1. ayo>, / lead, bring. 9. Kakim, -w, I call.
2. BrjOcraL^d, r), indecl., Beth- 10. K?;<^a9, -a, 6, Cephas.
saida. 11. Na^avar/A, 6, indecl., Na-
3. FaAiAatu, -ds, 17,
Galilee. thanael.
4. ypd<j)w, I write. 12. Na^apeV, T}, indecl., Naza-
5. i^efixo/xai, I go forth. reth.
6. ipijrjvivw, I intei'pret. 13. ttoAis, -eojs, 17, city.
7. ^e'Aw, I will, have in mind. 14. $tAi7r7ros, -ou, 6, Philip).
8. ''lw(Trj(f), 6, indecl., Joseph.

7. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX.
1. 'Hv TO </)cos TO dA>;^u/av (i. 9).
2. EvpiO-K€l OVTOS TTpOiTOV TOV u8tA(/)6v TOV iSlOV (i. 41).
3. iSe 6 ujU,vos TOV ^eoO 6 aipotv t^v
afxapTLav tuv Koa-fxov (i. 29).
4. Evpr^Ka/Aci/ It^o-oCi/ utoi/ toB 'I(i)o-^<jf)
toi/ (xtto Na^apeV (i. 45).

Principle 11. An attributive may follow or precede the noun


it qualifies,but in either case the article must be placed before
the attributive.

8. EXERCISES.
1. Decline :
npoc^T/r?;?, vio?, ttoAis, eyco, avTo's.

2. Conjugate :
Evpto-Kw, ivprjKa, yyayov, eypai/'a, kpinqv(.vop.ai.
3. Analyze :
'H6'€Ai7o-€i', ^v^TctTe, AaAowTos, ir^/uf/acrtv, KiKpayer,
iytvvrjOrjrrav.

4. Translate : 1. Dap' avTois t^i/ rjiiipav Tavrrjv /acVw. 2. 'O

Trpo<f)riTr]<;
o dXr}9m)<; Trept t^? x^P'tos ifxapTvprja-fv. 3. T^i/ dA7;^etai/
cv T<5 vop.w Toi; Oeov ivpla-KOfxev, 4. Tov aScAf^ov tov tStov ov yii/'o-
a-Kfi. 5. Toi/ Aoyoi/ twi/ Trpo(f>r]T(i)V epfXTjvevei, dAA' cts to oi/ofxa tov
UlOU tow ^€oi) OV TTICTTCVCI.

5. Translate orally :
(a) 1. V. 39. 2. Vv. 40, 41. 3. Vv. 42,
43. 4. Vv. 44, 45. 5. Art thou the prophet? 6. I am not,
LESSON XIX. 93

but I know the prophet. 7. AVhat does he say ? 8. He says,

This one isthe light of the world. 9. This is the true j)roi)liet.

(h) 1. When he saw Jesus, he cried, saying, Jk^hold the lamb


of God, which taketh away the sins of the world. 2. His disci-
3. Thou art my teacher,
ples heard hira and they followed him.
but I follow this I heard them speaking.
man. 4. 5. The

brother of that man came, and he said, I have found the true

prophet. 6. He finds the man, but he does not know him.


7. The prophets were born of God, and wrote the law. 8. Look-

ing at the man walking, he says, This is my brother.

9. TOPICS FOR STUDY.


1. Open and close vowels. 2. Contraction of aoj, ew, ow, ce, co,

«, fti. 3. Elision. 4. v movable. 5. Syncope. 6. Metathesis.


10. The aug-
7. Epenthesis. 8. Recessive accent. 9. TroAtoj?.
ment. 11. The tense-stem. 12. The present stem. 13. Ten

classes of verbs. 14. The future stem. 15. The 1 aor. stem.

16. Synopsis of pres. act.

LESSON XIX.

1. TEXT
John i. 4f)-r)l.

2. NOTES.

1. SuVarai, it is ahlc : («) being before the enclitic t), we have


an acute on the ultima (§ 20, 2, h) ; {J>) -arai marks 3 pcrs. sing.
iiid. mid. of verbs in /ii (§ 120) ; (') fr')in ^iW/aui, lam
prcH.
of fu class (§ 122. 11).
able, a df-yioncnt verb
2. : fr^ nom. sing. n<-iit . of in<l.(iiiilc ])rniioun ti?
Ti, (iiiyHihitj

(§ 66, 1); {b) being an enclitic, it loses its accent.


94 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD.

3.
epxov, come thou : (a) -ov marks 2 pers. sing. pres. mid.

imper. (§ 105), c£. epx^a-Oe (i. 39).


4. iSe, see thou : (a) cf. 2 aor. eUov (§ 124, 64), subj. %s
(i. 33), imper.
iSe (i. 29), also aKoXovOei (ei for ce) (i. 43).

5.
Trpo, before
:
(a) prep, governing the gen.
6. ToD, the : (a) art., gen. sing. (b) tlie neuter art. preceding ;

the whole following clause.


7. o-c, thee : (a) an enclitic (§ 20, 1, a) (^) ace , the object ;

of (fiu)vrjcrai.

8. 4>tXi7nrov, Fhilij) :
(a) ace, because the subject of a verb in
the infinitive.
9. <fm>vrj(rai, to call :
(a) -o-ai marks 1 aor. inf. ; (b) from (f>{i)vi(i),

-w, / call J (c) stem of 1 aor. ^wvt/ct- ; (d) why circumflex on

penult ?
10. ovTo, iei/i^j' .•
(a) ace. sing. masc. of wv ; (^) w, ovros, ovn,
ovra ; (c) pres. part, of ei/xi.

11. o-vK^v, Jig-tree: (a) -rjv a contraction for -eav (§32, 1);

(&) ace. sing, of First decl. .^^^

12. ij.€it,w, greater things :


(a) for fitilova, neut. plur. of /ici'^wv,

which is an irregular comparative of /te'ya?, fieydXr], fifya, great

(§ 51, 3) ; {b) in -oi'a the v is dropped, and then oa is contracted


into CO (§ 7, 1).
13. TouTWf, these things : (a) neut. gen. plur. of oDtos ; {b) gen-
itive, because it follows the comparative degree.

14. ot/'jy,
thou shalt see :
(a) -r;
marks 2 pers. sing. pers. end.
of pres. and fut. mid. and pass. (§ 105, 1) ; (b) cf. oij/eadc (i. 39).
dfxyy, oLfi-ljv, most assuredly : (a) a.p.r)v is properly a verbal
15.

adjective, coming from the Hebrew, meaning firm, sure ; (b) St.
John always repeats the word (twenty-five times), and thus it
has the force of a superlative.
16. dvfwyoTa, opened: (a) -a marks the ace. ending of Third
decl. ; (b) -oTu, ace. sing. masc. of participles in -ws (§ 48, 5) ;

(c) -m (-oTs) marks the perf, part. act. (d) avcwy- is the stem of ;

2 from dvoi'yw (§ 124, 14), which has very irregular forms


perf., ;

(e) in 2 perf. of this verb the initial vowel of -oty- is lengthened


LESSON XIX. 95

(-(ij-y-)
and £-
prefixed for reduplication (-ewy-), whence dvc'wya, cf.

ufidu), perf. (ii)f}aKa.


17. (lyytAov?, angels: (a) uyy- - atig as iu angev (§ 12, 1).
18. ava/Saivovra^, ascending : (a) -ovra?, ace. plnr. masc. of
pres. part, in -wv ; (b) from dvd, up, and ySatVw, / (/o.

3. FORMS FOR SPECIAL STUDY.


avuiyui
96 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD.

6. VOCABULARY
1. dya^o?, -t;, -uv, good. 12. fjiCL^wv, ftci^oi/, greater.
2. dyycAo?, -ov, o, angel. 13. irnOev, ivhence.
3. dhjOw^, truhj, indeed. 14. -rrpo, before, always with
4. afL-qv, tmdy, verily. genitive.
5. ava-f^uLi'w, I go uj), ascend. 15. avKQ, -r^s, rj, Jig-tree.
G.
dvolyio, I ojien. 16. tis, Ti, any owe, anything.
7. /3a(TiX€v<;, -cojs, 6,
/tiM^. 17. V7rd, under, here with ace.
8. 18. viroKaTUi, underneatJi, with
00A09, -ou, 6, guile, deceit.
9. 2uVa/xai, I can, am able. gen.
10. 'IcrpaTjXctVijs, -ov, 6, Israelite. 19. tfuDvia), -w, / ca/^.
11. /icya?, fieydXr),
fiiya, great.

7. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX.
1. 'IWv7?5 (i. 6, 15, 32, 35, 40, 42) roZ 'Iwdvov 6 'la^a-
; (i. 19) ;

V7;s (i. 26, 28).


2. 'O 'Vov? 38)
(i. ; 'Irjaov^ (i. 47).
Principle 12. With proper names, the article may or may not
be used.
1. tov 'Jo-pa^A.
T(3'Io-par;A (i. 31) ; (i. 49) ;
tov Na^ami^A (i. 45,
47) ;
TOV 'Iwcrrjf^ (i. 45).
Principle 13. Indeclinable names in the oblique cases most
frequently have the article.

8 EXERCISES.
1. Decline: 2uk^, 'Iq(rov<;, dyyeXo<;, /lei'^wv, ipxofJievo<;, dvcwyws,
eyoj, av, oq, avafiaivijiv.

2.
Conjugate: Awa/i,ai, epx°''? '^e' yivwaKw, direKinOqv, aSov.
3.
Analyze ;
EwpaKa, di'e(i>ya, oToa, TJSeii/, evfniKafiev, (fxavya-ai.
LESSON XIX. 97

4. Translate : 1. Tov ayyekov Kara^aivovTa etScv, kui o dyye\o?

T(ij
dv6pw7ru) KOi TO) (iSeA^ai auToi) rjXdev. 2. Tors dv8pas ip^ofxtvovi
TTpos auToii? eT8av, Kat A.e'youcru' Trepl avruiv iSere oi Trpoc^rjrai tou

6'6o{i. 3. Tov viov TovTOv Tou uvOpiiiiTOv evprjKafxev. 4. ^u rts £i ;

ovop.a auroj IIcTpos. 5. Oi Trpo(f)r]TaL iv tw vopui rov Oeov tov<; Ao-


6. Toi^ uvpavov avtwyora
yows T^s C">»}? eypaif/av. oi/zj/.

Translate orally from the literal translation: {a) 1. Vv%


5.

4G, 47. 2. Vv. 48, 49. 3. V. 50. 4. V. 51. 5. Who art thou ?

6. What thou ? 7. Come thou and see 8. Come ye


sayest !

and see ! 9. What seekest thou ? 10. I know the truth.


11. Thou art the man. 12. I know thee. 13. Dost thou know
me ? 14. Where ahidest thou ?
{b) 1. I saw him under the fig-tree. 2. I saw the angel of
God descending upon this man. 3. They saw him and said
unto him, This mau is a true prophet, because he knows the
truth of God and bears witness concerning the true light. 4. The

angels came into the world, and they gave testimony to men.
5. He heard him
speaking, and answered him. 6. He remains

in the desert that day, and his two discijjles came unto him.
7. The prophet wrote the words of Moses in the law of God.

9 TOPICS FOR STUDY.

1. Contraction of ta, na. 2. Formative and com])f'Usative


lengthening. 3. Three classes of mutes. 4. y before jiulatal

mutes. 5. Inflection of
jtresent participle. 0. Inflection of

interrogative rt's. 7. Infl(;ction of oiVos. 8. .Synoj)sis of \vm,


pres. act. 9. rnflcftion of [)res. iod. ai(. 10. I'rcs. snlij. act.
II. I'res. imp. art. J2. I'^Ji-tiKition ;ni(l inlliit imi of I nnr.

ind. act. 13. Of 1 aor. ind. mid. 14. <)| I nor. iiid.
pass.
15. Synopsis of 1 aor. act. 1(». I'iiri<i|)les ol syntax (9-13).
98 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD.

LESSON XX. — REVIEW.


of constant and thor-
[We must again call attention to the necessity
review. The student is earnestly urged to review Lesson X. before
ough
he takes up this lesson. In the study of this review, which includes
follow carefully the
everything of importance in Lessons XI.-XIX.,
directions in Lesson X.
given Much that at first seemed obscure will
now clear.
appear In the first nineteen verses of the first chapter of
John, there are 85 different words (omitting the 7 proper names), in vv.
20-51 (omitting 19 proper names), we have 89 additional words, thus
words. Do not take up the study
giving a total of 174 common Greek
of the next lesson until this review, with all that it includes, vocabulary
and grammar, has been thoroughly mastered. The committing of this
vocabulary is of the greatest importance.
Of the 95 verbs and 196
times in the N. T.,
nouns, adjectives, etc., which occur more than fifty
42 verbs and 79 nouns, adjectives, etc., are found in this first chapter of
St. John.]

1. TEXT.

John i. 20-51.

[As to method of review, see directions under text of Lesson X.]

2 GRAMMAR LESSON.
1. §2, 2. Vowels, open or 8. §12,l,i. y before palatals.
close. 9. § 12, 2. Classification of

2. § 4, 4. Breathing of ini- consonants.


tial fj.
10. § 13, 4. Mutes before o-.

11. v before a la-


3. §5. Interchange of vowels. § 13, 5, a, rf.

4. § 7. Contraction of vowels. bial, v and vt before cr.

5. § 9, 1. Crasis. 12. § 13, 6. Metathesis.

6. § 9, 2, c. Elision before the 13. § 13, 7. A smooth mute be-


fore the rough breathing.
rough breathing.
7. §11, 3. Syncope,
— TroXews. 14. § 13, 10. Epenthesis.
LESSON XX. — REVIEW. 99

15. § 17, N. 3. Recessive ac- 40. § 75, 1-3. Reduplication.


cent. 41. 3 76, NN. 1, 3. Tense-sys-
16. § 20, 1, a-c. The enclitics. tems.
17. § 30, 1, 2. Declension of 42. § 77, 1, 2. The tense-sys-
Mco-crt'a? and 7rpo(/)r}r>/?.
tem.
18. § 33, 3. Masculines in -a? 43. § 78, 1. Present stem.
when not preceded by a 44. §79,1. First class of verbs.
vowel. 45. § 84, 1. Sixth class (o-koj).

19. § 34, 1-4. Stems of Second 46. §86, 1. Eighth class

declension. (mixed).
20. § 39, 1, a-c. Formation of 47. § 87, 1. First class in /xt.

cases of Third declens. 48. § 89, 1, 2. Future stem.


21. § 40, 3, note. Inflection of 49. § 90, 1-3. First aorist stem.

iruTr/p, avijp.
50. § 92, 1-5. First perf. stem,
22. § 40, 5, note. TToXis. 51. § 95, 1-3. First pass. stem.
23. § 41, 1. vStap. 52. § 97, 1, a, h. Mood suffixes.

24. § 42, 3. Proper names of 53. § 98, 1-3. Personal end-


Third declension. ings.
25. § 43, 1-3. Inflection of ad- 54. § 99, 1-4. Use of the eud-

jectives. ings.
26. § 44, 1, 2. tro<^os, ^LKain<;. 55. § 101, 1. The infinitive
27. § 44, 3. Participles in -09. endings.
28. § 47, 2. 1 aor.
part, in -d?. 56. § 102, 1, 2. The participle.
29. § 48, 1. Pres. part, in -wv. 57. § 103, 1-3. Synopsis of the
30. § 48, 5. Perf. part, in -w?. pres. act.
31. § 48, 6. Pres. part, in -uwy 58. § 104. Inrifction of ind.,
and -f(Dv.
subj., imp.
32. § 51, 3, <i.
fitit^uiv. 69. § 105. Intl. of pres. ind.
33. § 54, 1. tf?, /u.t'a,
Iv. and imp., mid. and pass.
34. § 57, 1 .
€yw, tru, auro?. 60. § 106. lull, of imperf. in
35. § 62, 1 . The article. all voices.
36. § 63, 1, 3. ouTo? and ckhvw;. (;i. § 107, 2. Infl. of fut. ind.
37. § 64, 1. 09, Tj,
o. and mid.
38. § 66. 1. Indeflnitepronfiun. 02. § 100, 1 .
Synopsis of 1
39. § 74, 1,2,0. The augment. aor. act.
100 INTllODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD.

03. §108, 1. Infl. of 1 aor. 6G. §111,1. Infl. of 2 aor. ind.


ind. in all voices. act.

04. §109,2. Infl. of perf. ind. 07. §117. Defective verbs into.

act. 08. § 118, 1-4. Verbs in fii.

05. § 110, 1, 2. Infl. of pluperf. 09. § 122, 10. Infl. of elfxi.

3. VOCABULARY.
[The student is expected to give the various forms in which the
words here given have occurred.]

Verbs.
1. dyoi. 14. ypdcfiu). 27. Xuo).
2. aipo). 15. Svva/Aat. 28. fievw.
3. oLKoXovOeu). 10. fiSov. 29. oiSa.
4. OLKOVll). 17. i^-ep^ofiai. 3U.
o/AoXoyco).
5. 18. 31.
avoiyto. €pfir]vevio. oil/ofxai.
G. 1 9. 32.
oLTro-Kpivofiai. fie$-epfir]vev(D. TrtflTTW.
7. apvlofiai. 20. €W^WU). 33. irepi-irariui.
8. dva-ySaiVo). 21. evpiaKw. 34. <TT7;/C(i>.

9. Kara-ySatVo). 22. ^rjTetit. 35. (TTpicfuo.


10. ^aTTTl^O). 23. 9i\ui. 30. <fiavep6u>.
11. /SXcVoo. 24. 37.
lO'Trj/xi, cftrjfiL.

12. ifi-^XeTTO}. 25. KaXtoj. 38. (jiuiv(.ii).

13. /Sodoj. 20. XaXeiL).

Nouns.
PROPER NOUNS.
1 Decl 2 Z>ec^. Indecl.
1. 10. ITeTpo9. 14. Biy^o-atSa.
'AvSpcus.
2. ^quavia. 11. <l•ap^oa^o?. 15. 'Icrpai^X.
3. FaXiXa/a. 12. <J>iXi7r7ros. 10. \iii<jrj<^.
4. 'HXctas. 17. Na^apeV.
5. Htrata?. 3 Z)ecZ. 18. Na^ai/aryX.
6. 'lopSavjy?. 13. ^i/i,a)i/. 19. 'Pa;8/?ci'.
7. 'i(Tpar]\€iTrj<;.

8. K>j^as.
9. Meo-o-i'as-
LESSON XX. — REVIEW. 101
102 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD.

5. EXERCISES.
1. AVitli the literal translation in your hand, translate orally:
1. John i. 1-5. 2. i. 6-11. 3. i. 12-18. 4. i. 19-28. 5. i.

29-34. 6. i. 35-42. 7. i. 43-51.


2. Translate into English : 1. The first Greek sentence of each
exercise in Lessons Xl.-XIX. 2. The second sentence. 3. The
third. 4. The fourth. 5. The fifth. 6. The next to the last.

7. The last.

3. Translate into Greek 1. The first English sentence of each


:

exercise in Lessons Xl.-XIX. 2. The second sentence. 3. The


third. 4. The fourth. 5. The fifth. 6. The next to the last.
7. The last.

4. Translate : 1. TaCra ypac^o/xci/ r/yuci? Trepi tov \6yov rr/s ^'«^s.


2. 'H ^0)^ Tj dX-qdLvr] rjv Trpos tov irarepa Kal l(j)avepw6r) rjfuv. 3. 'O

Xdyo? iffiav€p(i)6rj, Kai kwpaKafxtv avTov, Kal fxapTvpovfJi.€V irepl tov vlov
ToO 6(ov. 4. 'O •^1/
aTT dpx^^ I0f.a<jdp.f.6a. 5. 'Ei/ tw <^(i»Tt icrriu, OTt

iv T<5 ffxiiTL TTcpiTraTtt.

LESSON XXI.
1. TEXT.

John ii. 1-6.

2 NOTES.
1. £KXi]6r}, Jie-toas-called :
(a) -Oi]- mark.s 1 aor. pass. ; (b) 1 aor.

pass, stem kA.c-, pres. stem Ka\(-, cf. i. 42 XVIII. n.


(
2).

2. havin g-failed : (a) -aavros marks 1 aor. act.


{lOTcpr/cravTos,

part. gen. sing. masc. (§ 47, 2) {h) from varepu), -w, I fail ; ;

(c) joined with oivou in the gen., a word not connected with the
main construction of the sentence ; {d) the two words are said
to be in the ge7i. absolute.
LESSON XXI. 103

3.
cxoucrir, they have :
(a) -ou(n(i') marks pres. ind. act. 3 pers.
plur. ; (6) from €\(o,
I have.
4. o-ot', to thee :
{a) an enclitic, but retains the accent, because
pnipbatic ( § 20, 1, a, and 3).
5.
yiVat, woman ! (a) an irreg. noun of 3 decl., nom. sing.
yvvTf, gen. ym'ai/cds (§ 41, 1) \ {b) in the voc. sing.

6. has (is) come : (a.) -ei marks pres. ind. act. 3 pers.
^Kci, it

sing. (b);
from ^kw, / have come, am present, a present which
includes ^perfect meaning.

7. oTt, whatever, on av, whatever (possibly) = whatsoever :


(a) oTL comes from ocrrts, which is compounded of the relative

OS and the indefinite tU (§ 66, 2) {h) here in the ace. sing.


;

neut. ; (c) to distinguish it from on, because, T Tr write o n,


others write o,tij (rf) on av, cf. i. 33 (XV. n. 11).

8.
may say : (a) -rf marks pres. subj. act. 3 pers. sing.
Aty?;, he ;

(b) 33 (XV. N. 12)', <i,av€pwefj, i. 31 (XIV. n. 12), Kvaw,


cf. Kr/s, i.

i. 27 (XIII. N. 10), ipanrjauxriv, i. 19, fxapTvpija-r} and TricrTcwo-axriv,


i. 7 (IV N. 5 and 10).

9.
TroirjrraTf, do-ye :
(a) -<TaT€ marks 1 aor. imper. act. 2 pers.
plur. (§ 108, 4) ; (h) from irmu,), I make, do, stem ttoic-, a pure
or vowel-verb (§ 73, 4) ; (r) to form the aor. stem the short
vowel € of stem is lengthened into 77,
cf. p.apTvpi]irrj tyen T|^T/<rar,
(.(TKrjvVKTiv, c^r/yijfraTo, cpwrtjawo-ii', u>/i,oAoy^(7€i', T/pfTjcraTO, 7)^jojTTjfrai',

iOiaa-dfiiOa, (ftautpwOj).

10. ^rrai', they-were: (a) from ti/zf',


/ a??; .• (A) 7;i-,
/le rwas,

c7i/ai, <o be (i. 46), oV, 6ein<7 (i. 18) ; (0) cf. § 122, 16.
11. K(ip.tvai, lying, set: (n) -//cfoi marks pres. part. nom. plur.
fem. (§ 44, 3), agreeing with vdpiai; (6) from Kilfiai (§ 122,
15).
12. ;^o)poi7o-at, holdivff, containing :
(a) -nvam, contraction for
-covrrai;(b) from \iiipiiiy, pres. part, ^nuitan', x">P^^>^"^'h X"V'""'>
rontractod -:7>r, -rd'rrd, -orr Tr) -oifrai ;
mark.s pres part. nom.
plur. fern. (§ 48, 6), agreeing with vSpiai.
104 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD.

13. :
(a) prep, used with numerals in a distribtitive
dvu, ajnece
sense, governing the ace.

14. fjLerprjTiK;, 7neasurer :


(a) -is marks the ace. phir. of noun?
of First decl. ; (b) nom. sing. 6 /lict/3i^t7/s.

3. FORMS FOR SPECIAL STUDY.


W^po. padrjTai (rrvKtav) (TVKrjv
^>po- ixiTpr]Ta<i (o-iKc'as) (rvKrj'i

vSpiai 7rpo(f>r]Tr]<; iv Kavot

Mccrcrtas

4. OBSERVATIONS.
1. The a of the stem of the First declension does not
change
into if preceded by i or
rj, p.
2. Masculines of the First declension end in ds or tjs.

3. In the accusative plural -ds stands for -ors.

4. Nouns in -ed are contracted and declined like (rvKda. (§ 32, 1).
5. Many proper names that might have been declined accord-
ing to the First declension are indeclinable.

5 GRAMMAR LESSON.
1. §7, 1. Contraction of ea, 6. § 54, 1, and N. 2. Of Tpcts.
io, eoj, €ov. 7. § 53. Numerals 1-6.
2. § 32, 1, b.
Irregular Con- 8. § 66, 2. Inflection of oo-ns.
traction of First Decl. 9. § 114, 1. Contract Verbs.
3. §31, 1. Terminations of 10. §48,6. Inflection of (^t-
Fir.st Decl.
AeW) «^iA(Lv.
4. §32,1. Inflection of 11.
(o-v/ce'w) §115, 1.
Synopsis of vt-

"'^''<V' (TTcvv), Present Tense, all


5. § 41, 1. Of yvvr,. Voices.
LESSON XXL 105

6. VOCABULARY A.
1. dni, 14. fjurprjT^?, -ov,
iiji to, apiece. 6, measurer,
h
5. -^I'lfjios, -ov, u, tnarrUif/e-feast. firkin.
3. yi'vj/, yvvaiKus, y, woman. 15. fJ-rjTr/p, fJirjTpo-i, r/, mother.
4. SiuKoi-os, -Of, 6, servant. IG. wine.
otcos, -ov, 6,
5. cVet, there (adv.), 17. oo-tiv, t/tk, on, whoever,
6. e$, six. whatever.
1. t)^w, I have. 18. ov-rna, not yet.
8. rf,
or (conj.). 19. Troiew, -w, I do, make.
9. ijKUi,
I have come, am come. 20. rptis, rpia, three.
10. KaOapiapo'i, -ov, 21. t^itos, third.
6, inirijica- -r/, -ov,
tion. 22. uSptu, -ds, ^, water-Jar.
11. Kai/a, C'awa (indecl.). 23. va-repiw, -w, I fail, lack.
12. Kilpai, I lie (down). 24. \wpiw, -w, I hold, contain.
13. Ai^ii/os, -r/, -01', of stone.

7 VOCABULARY B.

1. Under List I., of verbs occurring more than fifty times in


the N. T., learn those numbered 1-15.

8. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX.
"

1 . Ov iypaif/iv MwvtTTjs tV tuJ vup.w Koi ot Trp()<f>TJTai (vprjKafxev


(i. 45).
2. Ek\jj6j} 8k Ktti o koL (A pjiOi^Toi avTov tis tov ydft-ov
I»;frov9

(ii. 2).

Principle 14. With two <.r iiir)re


subjects, the verb often
agrees with the nearest one.'

9 EXERCISES
1. JJecIine :
Wnipn, p.aOr]Tij<;, vftpia, p.tTprjTyj'i, yajLus, SiuKoi'os,

fMrp-rjp, yvvrj, v<rT(pr](Ta<;, rpf's, (^(Dptow) )((i)puty.

'
In this constnictirm tin; verb usually iirccedcH the noiniiiiitivcs, or .stands
diffictly after tbo first of thfiii.
106 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD.

2.
Conjugate : 1. 2 aor. of yi'vofiai.
2. 1 aor. ind. pass, of

KaXt'w. 3. Pres. and iniperf. ind. of d/xi. 4. Pres. subj. of Aeyu).


5. 1 aor. imp. act. of ttoicw.

3. Translate : 1. "Ira ixapTvp-qrrrj, tVa TrciVTes 7rtcrT€i;cra)(Tti/, iva

ipuiTrjaoiaiv, iva aTroKpicriv 8u)fi(i',


ii'a Avtrco, iva ^avipiuBr), av tSr/s,

av A-tyr;.
2. Ou iroioifxev Tr]v d\rj6uav, 3. 'H dX.r)OiLa ovk ecrriv eV

T^/Aii'.
'Ev TouTU) yivwaKOfiiv oTi £V avTui etr/itcV.
4. 5. 'E^af Epcoacv

T^v Sd^ai/ atiTor. 6. 'ETr^trTeutrai/ eis avrov ot fxad-qral avTov. 7. Ou-

Tos ^A^fv Trpos avTov Kai cTttci/ auTw 'Pa/8y3ci, oioa/u,cv OTt cru 6 8t8a-

aKaXos Koi 6 Trpoffjrjrrjs


ei.

4. Translate (a) orally into Greek : 1. ii. 1, 2. 2. ii. 3, 4.


3. ii. 5, 6. 4. i. 1-5. 5." i.
6, 7. 6. i.
8, 9.

(b) 1. On the third day the disciples came to the feast.

2. The mother of this man does not believe on his name. 3. He


has seen six water-jars, holding two firkins (measurers) apiece.
4. I saw him under the fig-tree, and I said to him, What have I
to do with thee, man ? 5. He sees the heaven opened and
the Son of man coming into the world. 6. I saw three water-

jars of stone set there. 7. The servants came to his mother and
said to her, Who is this man ? 8. Jesus was called, and his

mother, and his disciples.

10. TOPICS FOR STUDY.

1. Contraction of vowels. 2. Terminations of First decl.

3. Of Second decl. 4. Of Third decl. 5. Inflection of irar^p,


firjrrfp,
6. Numerals 1 to 6. 7. Inflection of os, ns, oo-tis.

8. Inflection of
(t^tXtwv) ^lAwi/. 9. Deponent verbs. 10. Sub-

junctive mood. 11. Tenses as distinguishing (a) time, (b) action.


12. Principal tenses. 13. Historical tenses. 14. Vowel, mute,
liquid verbs. 15. Root and simple stem.
LESSON XXII. 107

LESSON XXII.

1 TEXT.

John ii. 7-11.

2 NOTES
1. ye : (a) -o-arc marks 1 aor. act. 2 pers. plur.
ye/xi'a-are, fill ;

{b) as stem without augment, it must be imper. (§ 108, 1,4);


is

(c) stem ye/xi8-, a verb of the IV. class (§ 82, 1, b), 8 dropped
before o- (§ 13, 4) (d) pres. ind. act. yc/At^w (§ 82, 1, 6).
;

2. di/TXT^o-are, c??'aw ye: (f/) -craTc marks 1 aor. act. 2 pers.

plur.; {b) without augment, therefore imper. (§108, 1, 4);


{c) -if- lengthened from e
(§90,1); {d) stem avrAe-, a vowel-
verb, of I. class (§ 85, 1, a; § 79).
3. (jiifyeTf, bear ye :
(a) from (fitpw, I bear ; (b) -ere marks 2
pers. plur., pres. ind. or pres. imper. ; (c) the context decides for
the imper. ; (d) cf.
ye/i/to-aTc, avrXi^aaTe.
4. they bore: (a) -ay marks 1 aor. ind. act. 3 pers.
^vcyKai',
an irregular 1 aor. from (fiipw (§ 124, 196).
phir. (b) ;

e'yevcraTo, he tasted : (a) -a-aro marks


5. 1 aor. ind. mid. 3
pers.
sing.; (b) from ytt;o>,
I taste,
N. T. only mid. yevofiai.
in

6.
yeyivr)iJ.tvov, havinrf become
:
(a) -fiivov marks perf. part.
pass. ; {b) yc- is the redupl., sign of perf. (c) stem yei/t-, c being ;

lengthened into ?/; {d) root ycv-, cf.


tycVcro (II. N. 4), ytyovtv
(II. N. U).
7.
^€/, he knew :
(a) -ei marks pluperf. 3 pers. sing. ; (b) from
oZSa, Ikno7v, cf. i. 31 (XIV. n. 11) and § 124, 64.

8. <)[
rji'TXrjKOTf^, those ti'ho drew: (a) sfctn tivrXt- (see 2);
(b) temporal augment as rediipl. ; (r) -cs marks nom. plur. masc.
of Third decl. ; (d) -ores marks nom. |)lur. masc. of parti(-ipb'S in
iiy^ (§ 48, 5) ; (fi) -OK (-0T9), gen. -oToq, dat. -iWi, ace. -nra, marks
perf. part, act., cf.
(iTcwyora (XIX. N. 16).
108 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD.

9. TiOrja-ir, he places: (a) -v movable; (b) -m is the pers. end.


of verbs in -jxt, pres. ind. act. 3 pers. sing. (§ 99, 1) ; (c) from
TiOrjfxi,
I place (§ 120).
10. oTuv, 'Whenever :
(a) compounded of ore and dv.

11. ixt0va-0w(ri\', they become drunken : (a) -Ow(ri(v) marks 1 aor.

subj. pass. 3 pers phir. (§ 108, 4) ; (b) from fxcOva-Kw, a verb of


the VI. class (§ 84, 1).
12. iXdaaw, less, poorer : (a) contraction for iXdaaova, the v

being dropped and oa contracted into w (§ 51, 3, a) (b) ace. ;

sing. masc. from iXdo-a-iov, -ov, an adj. of Third decl. (§ 46),


declined like yuet^oji' (§ 51, 3, a) ; (c) comparative of fxiKpos, little

(§ 52).
13. T€TyprjKa<;, thou hast kept :
(a) -Kas marks perf. ind. act. 2
pers. sing. ; (b) re- is the redupl. ; (c) from Trjpeu) ; (d) cf. fxifxaf)-

TvprjKa (XV. N. 17).

3. FORMS FOR SPECIAI. STUDY.

aXyOeia (i. 17) yui/?; cf)€peTC evOvvare (i. 23)


6.Xr]6€ias (i. 14) yuratKo's t'Se
(i. 46) tTOLrjcraTf. (ii. 5)
oo^a vhwp '^PX'^^ ('• 4^) yf/AiVarc
oogaj/ rSaros fp)(€(r6i (i. 39) avrXTjo-are

4. OBSERVATIONS.
1. A few nouns of the First declension have short a in the
nom., ace ,
and voc. sing., as dAr/^cia and 86$a (§ 29, 3, b).
2. The nounsof tlie Third declension are
irregular chiefly in
the nom. (§ 41, 1).
3. In the
imperative the tenses do not of themselves designate
time.
4. The present denotes an action simply as continued.
5 The aorist denotes an action simply as brought to pass.
6. The imperative, though expressing no time, necessarily im-
plies the future.
LESSON XXII. 109

GRAMMAR LESSON.
§ 29, 3, h. Inflection of oAi^ 6. § 100, 1-3. Personal End-
ings of Imperative.
O
§ 37, 6. Of 'It;o-oCs. § 99, 1-3. Use of Ters. End-
3. § 41, 1. Of vSojp. ings.
4. § 48, 5. Of AeAuKois. 8. § 99, 1. Inflection of HaTrjfjiu

5. § 51, 3, a. Of /i-ei^wi/. 9. § 120. Of rWriiJii, Pres. Ind.


Act.

6 VOCABULARY A.

1 .
avrXeo), -w, drmv up. 10. rjveyKa, 1 aor. of (ftepoi.

2. avut, up, above. 11. KaAos, -?/, -ov, good.


3. dpri, now. 12. fxedvaKU), drink freely, am
4. apyvrpiKKivwiy -oi', 6, Tlller-of- drunk.
feast. 13. toi/jK^ios, -ou, 6, bridegroojti.
5. yt/XL^w, Jill. 14. i/vj/, wow.
0. yevo/xai, taste. 15. oTttv, whenever.
7. eArio-crojj', -oc, ^ess, worse. 16. rr/pcw, -oj, keep.
8. eojs, ?<p <o, until. 17. TiOrjixi, place, set.

18. <^epoj. ^vear, carry.

7. VOCABULARY B
1. Under List I. of verbs, learn those words numbered 16-39.

8 PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX.
1. Ot Oe ciTraf aiVrw 'Faftft^t (i. 38).
2. Oi Se i^fcyKai/ (ii. 8).

Principle 15. The article often stands without a noun ox-

jtressed, such a case, always


but, in ini[tlie8 some person or
persons previously mentioned.
J. \\v TO <;^(7>9
TO d\r)Oivov o (fxoriCn iravra avOpwiror (i. 0).
2. Has avOpiiyjvo'; -rrpwrov Tof xaAoc oTvov TiOrjmv (ii. 10).

Principle 10. IIus in the singular without the article means


every.
110 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD.

9 EXERCISES.
1. Decline :
"AvOpoyiros, v8wp, KaXo9, -»/, -6v, avTo<;, iXdacrwv, -ov.
2. Conjugate : 1. 1 aor. ind. act. of ye/xi^w, <^e'pa), ttoicco, «^ai'cpow,

TTHTTeu'w. 2. Pres. imper. act. of <f)epw, and 1 aor. imper. act. of


yifii^ui
and di'TAeo).

3. Analyze :
'Eyeva-aro, iOiaa-dfieOa, yeyevrz/xeVov, r)8(i, fiSfiaav,

t/vtXt/kotes, <f)0}vet, fi^dvaOwcriv, T€Trjpr]Kas.

4. Translate :
(a) At sight John i. 1-18.
2. cws
(b) 1. Te/xLaov t^v v^piav ravTrjv uSaro?. Fe/jii^ei air-qv

avti) Kai TW a.v6p<i)Trw f^ipii.


3. 'O dv^p ovto? to KaXov vSwp iyfixraro.
4. OTSa TTO^cv co-TiV, 6 St SiciKovos ovK oiSti'. 5. O fxa6rjTr)<; cis to

ovofxa avTOV cttio-tcvo-cv.


6. 'Ev Kava tt/v Sd^ai/ avrov 6 'It^o-oDs

ouK itftavepwcrev ovSk to. (rrjixeia iTroirjatv. 7. 'AveKpiOf] rj yvvr) kuI


eiTTCv auTois Owk c;^(i)
oivov. 8. 'O Acywv tV T<3 0wTi etiai, iv rji

(XKOTia. tcTTti/ eojs apTi.

5. Translate (a) Orally into Greek 1. John : ii. 7, 8. 2. ii. 9.

3. ii. 10. 4. ii. 11. 5. i. 1-5. 6. i. 6-10.

{b) disciples came unto him and remained


1. His with him
that day. They heard the man speaking and they followed
2.

him. 3. The bridegroom did not know the ruler-of-the-feast.


4. The servant, he who drew the water, knew the woman.

5. Hehas kept the good water until now. 6. He manifested


his glory, glory as of the only-begotten from the father, full of

grace, light, and truth. 7. The King of men speaks to me.

10 TOPICS FOR STUDY.


1. So^a. 2. -ov of 1 decl. 3. -mv of 1 decl. 4. -ds for -urs.

5. Infl. of 'Irjo-ovs. 6. vhwp and yvvr}.


7. -otos, -ots, -cis. 8. e'Ada-

(Tova, e'Xdo-aoj. 9. Infl. of ovtos. 10. Augment, syllabic and


11. The present system. 12. Ten classes of verbs.
temporal.
13. Personal endings of ind. 14. Illustration in laTTjfii, 8t8w/xi,

TiOrjfii.
15. Personal endings of pres. imper. act. 16. Of 1 aor.

imper. act.
LESSON XXIII. Ill

LESSON XXIII.

1. TEXT.

John ii. 12-16.

2 NOTES.

1. KaTe(3ri, he ivent dovn .-


(a) compounded of Kara and (iaivw,
i. 32 (XV. N. 3); (b) Ifirjf i.s2 aor. ind. act.; (c) stem ^a-;

(fl?)
in 2 aor. has the intlec. of verb in -/it; (e) of. infl. of 2 aor.

ind. of ifTTrjfxi (§ 120) ; (/) -rj


marks 3 pers. sing.
2. TToXAas, many : (a) -d? marks the ace. pliir. fem. of 1 decl. ;

(b) ace. jthir. fem. of the irreg. adj. ttoAus, -noXkrj, ttoXv, much,
many (§ 49, 1).
3. ai/if^r/,hs went up :
(a) compounded of apd and ^SaiVw, i. 51

(XIX. N. 18) ; (/.-)


cf. KaT€prj, above, also § 124, 12.
4. ivp€v, he found ; {a) -v movable; (//) -(.{i') marks 3 pers.
sing. ; (c) 2aor., stem evp-, VI. class (§ 84) (d) pres. ind. act. ;

£vpi(TKfjj ; (e) cf. €vpiaK€L and (vprJKaixii', i. 41 (XVII. nn. 7, 9)


(§ 124, 85).
5. TToAovi/Ta?, adlhifj :
{a) contr. for TrwXeoi'Ta? ; {h) -«s marks
ace. plur. of Third decl. ; (c) -ovr- is the stem of pres. part, in -uw ;

{(I) -ovras marks ace. plur. masc. of pres. part. ; (e) from irMkiw,
a vowel verb, pres. part. ttoAcW, contr. into ttwXwv (§ 48, 6).
6. ftoasjOyeu: (rt'.)
-us marks ace. plur. of Third decl. ; (/>) nom.
sing, /iovs, stem ending in a di])hthong (§ 40,6) ; (c) l3ov<i, gen.
sing., fi'xk.
7 k(i6tii).(p(iv<;, sifJinr/ :
(a) -ou? murlss ace. jilur. masc. of pres.
part, in -/accos ; {b) irom KdOrjfiai, diponent verb in -/xi (§ 122,
17) ; (c) compounded of Kara, dotrn, and rjiiai,
I sit.
8. i^ifia\(i', he cast out : (a) eoinpounrled of <'k and fidWw, I
throw, cast ; {b) ik befon; the augment becomes t^ (§ 10, 2) j
112 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD.

(c) 2 aor. stem ^aX- ; {d) -e(v) marks 3 pers. sing. ; (e) see Gr.
§ 124. 2y ; (/) IV. class of verbs, /iaA-, ^aA-i"!,-, (3a\X-<>\^-, pdXXw
82,1,0).
9.
iiexetv, he poured out: (a) compounded of ck and x^^'j
(b) i$ before the aug. ; (c) -i(v) marks 3 pers. sing. •, (d) 1 aor.
ind. act. i$ix^a, 3 pers. sing, e^ex" (§ 108, 1 § 124, 71). ;

10. aviTp€\piv, he overthrew : (a.) comp. of dm and Tp^nw,


turn ; (h) -o-€(v) marks 1 aor. ind. act. 3 pers. sing. ; (c) tto- = </' ;

{d) -t- aug., a of di'd being dropped.


11. Tois . . .
TTMXovaiv, to those who sell :
(a) -ova-tv for -eovrai^p),
dat. plur. masc. of ttwXcW (see 5).
12. dpare, take ye away : («) -are marks 1 aor. imper. 2 pers.
plur. (§ 100, 2) (Ij) dp-,
1 aor. stem
; (c) from aipw, I lift up, ;

raise (§ 124, 5 ;
also XIV. n. 4) ; (d) IV. class of verbs, dp-,
dp-t°|t-, aip-^le-, aipu) (§ 82, 1, d).
13. /x^, not :
(a) ov and /xr/ are two negative particles; {b) the

imper. always takes /xi;.

14. TTotctre, make ye : (a) contracted from Troic'-cTc ; (b) -tre


marks pres. imper. act. 2 pers. plur. (§ 100; 2) ; (c) cf. <^ep«Te,
ii. 8 (XXII. N. 3).

3. FORMS FOR SPECIAL STUDY.


'

iiiftaXev Karifi-q dverp&pev (1 aor.)


Jet/
KareAa/Se
e^excci' (1 aor.) dvtjSrj

4. OBSERVATIONS.
1. eV before a vowel becomes e^.
In composition,
2. In compound verbs the augment generally follows the
preposition.
3. Prepositions ending in a vowel lose it before the augment.
4. Primitive verbs form tense-stems directly from a root.
5. As a rule, only primitive verbs have second aorists.
6. The stem of the second aor. is the simple stem, as ^oA-,
Aa/8-, ySa-.
LESSON XXIII. 113

1.
114 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD.

8. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX.
1. IIui/Ta 8t' avTov eycVero (i. 3).
2. "Ii/a 7rai/T€s nicmvcrwcnv 8t avrov (i. 7).
3. Ek tow TrXr]p{i}fjiaTo<; avrov rjfxeis Travre? cAa/So/Mtj/ (i. 16).
4. Ilai/Tas i^i(iaXf.v Ik tov tcpoC (ii. 15).

Principle 17. The plural vravrcs generally omits the article


when the substantive is implied.
1, 'H fJy]Tr]p avTov Kal ol a.8(X(f)0i (ii. 12).
2. Kai Tas TpaTTt^us aviTpe{f/ev (ii. 15).

Principle 18. For an unemphatic possessive pronoun the arti-

cle is often employed.

9. EXERCISES.
1. Decline :
Kcp/xarto-Ti;?, TrtptcrTepa, vrpo'/SaTov, lepdv, Kcp/xa, (3ov<;,

TraSj ttoAl'?, (TrtoAewv) ttwAwv.

2. Conjugate : 1. 1 aor. ind. act. of /xcVw, iKx^w, di/aTpeVoj, dia-

arpiffyij), Trotew.
2. 2 aor. ind. act. of cupio-Kw, iKfiaWw, dvafiaivw,

Karapaivo}.
3. Analyze :
IIwXoui/Ta?, ttwAovo-iv, TroietTc, Troiijo-as, Ka$T]fx4vov^,

<j}U)V€i, ewpuKa, ei'prjKafiev.

4. Translate :
(a) At sight John i. 19-34.
{/>)
1. MfTa Tavra i]\6^v 6 Irjaov^ Kal ol d8e\(j>oi avrov €19 rov ydfiou.
2i. Kat €p,ctv€v EKCt Suo rjfJiipas, 3. Oi8a/i,€i/ oTi outos ecrTif dAr/^ais
TO ToC Koafiov. 4. Yidpra Ik tou Kui, auTots
<^o)<; lepoi) f.K(id\Xii Xe'yei
OvTOS eo-Tii' 6 oi/co? Tou 6f.ov. 5. 'O Se Trotwi/ rrjv
dXr}6uav tpx^rai
Trpos TO (ji())<;.
6. O Pcos toi^ vloy eis tov Koafiov diri(rr€iXev.
5. Translate: (a) Orally into Greek: 1. John ii. 12. 2. ii.

13, 14. 3. ii. 15. 4. ii. 16. 5. i. 11-13. 6. i. 14, 15. 7. i.

16-18.
(b) 1. After this he went up into Jerusalem. 2. He drove out
the oxen and the sheep, and those who sold doves. 3. He over-
throws their tables, and says to the money-changers, Why do you
LESSON XXIV. 115

make my father's house a house ofmerchandise ? 4. He made


whips of cords. His disciples were called to the marriage-
5.

feast. 6. Whatsoever he may say, do thou. 7. Fill thou the


water-jar with water and bear it to the teacher. 8. This water-
jar contains three (measurers) firkins.

10 TOPICS FOR STUDT.


1. -ovKraq, -ova-iv. 2. Masculines of First deck 3. Neuters of
vSecond deck 4. Neuters of Third deck 5. (Sov^. 6. ttus.

7. TToAvs. 8. The tense-stems. 9. First class of verbs. 10. Fourth


class. 11. Sixth class. 12. Eighth class. 13. Ninth class.
14. The 1 aor. system. 15. The 1 aor. stem. 16. The 2 aor.

system. 17. The 2 aor. stem. 18. Inflection of 1 aor. ind. act.,

mid., pass. 1 9. Inflection of 2 aor. ind. act.

LESSON XXIV.
1 TEXT.

John ii. 17-25.

2 NOTES.
1. ifii'rirr6r](rav, they vememhered :
(a) -Orjani' marks 1 aor. ind.

pass. 3 pers. plur. ; (ft) c-, augment; (c) simple stem /JLva-, 1 aor.
pass, stem fivrjfr- (§ 95, 2; § 13, 10) ; (d) of thc'VT. cki.ss of
verb.M, prt'K. ind. /xiixvtqctkw, I remind, with the reduplication
(S 84, !,/>).
2. y<:y()afj.fi.ti'i)v cVrtV, it is ivrittcn :
(a) -fiivov marks perf. i»art.

pass. ; {b) yc- is the redupk, the sign of the perf. or completed
action ; {c) stem ypatf)-, which becomes yf>nfi- before /< (S 13, 3) ;

(d) the perf. part, with ilvai is used here for the regular form of
the finite verb.
116 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD.

3.
KaTacfidyerai, he will eat :
(a) -erat marks 3 pers. sing. mid.
or pass., primary tenses; {b) from KaTa<^ayo/xai, Itvill eat, fut. of
KaT-ta-6io}, I eat (§ 124, 80), an irreg. verb, and therefore of the
VIII. class (§ 86, 1).
4. ^etKvueis, thou showest :
(a) -ets marks 2 pers. sing, of pres.
ind. act. ; {b) from SeiKvvw, I show.
5. Ai'trare, destroy ye :
(a) -o-arc marks 1 aor. imper. act. 2
pers.
phir. of XviD ; {b) of. ye/xto-arc, uvrXT/o-aTc (XXII. N. 1, 2).
6.
iyepw, I will raise u}? :
(a) -Ct contr. for -ew ; (b) a liquid
verb, stem ending in fj (c) liquid stems add e to simple stem
;

(iyep-) to form fut.


(e'yepc'w, -w,
I will raise up) (§ 89, 3) (d) of ;

the IV. class; pres. ind.


eyeipw (§ 82, 1, d).
(a) -o-i(i/) marks dat. plur. of Third decl.
7. cTccru/, ?/eaj's ;
;

(b) stem eVccr-, cr of the stem falling away before all case-endings ;

(c) nom. sing, eros (§ 40, 4).


8. olKo8ofXT^6r), it was built :
(a) -Bij marks 1 aor. ind. pass. 3
pers. sing. ; (&) from otKoSo/xew, the
being lengthened (c) in
-e-
;

our text without augment ; (d) some editors for oi- read o!-, with
temporal augment (§ 74, 6).
9.
eyepeis, ^/ioM w?7^ vaisB : (a) -CIS contr. for -e'cis, fut. ind. 2
pers. sing, of iyeipoi, see tycpw (6).
10. eAeycv, Ae saic?, s/?oA;6 (a) -e(v) : marks 3 pers. sing. ; (b) e-,

augment ; (c) Aty-, stem of present system (§ 78, 1) ; (d) imperf.


ind. act. 3 pers. sing. (§ 106).
11. TjyipOr), he was raised : (a) -6r] marks 1 aor. ind. pass. 3

pers. sing.; (b) 17-, temporal augment; (c) simple stem eyep-;
{d) from eyct'poj,
cf.
iytpw (6).
12. 6(.(j)povvTi<i,beholdiv(j :
(a) -owrcscontr. for-e'-ovrcs; (i) from
6aopi'», pres. act. part. O^ojpitov, -wv, inflected like (^lAwi/ (§ 48, 6).
13. i-TToUi, he iva.s doing :
(a,) -et contr. for -tc ; (b) e-, augment,
stem cVou- marks imperf. ; (c) iroiiw, being a vowel verb, is contr.
in the imperf. (§ 114, 1) 3 pers. sing.
; {d) imperf. ind. act.
(§ 106).
14. €7r('o-Tcu€v, he was trusting : (a) -t(v) marks 3 pers. sing. ;

(b) €-, augment; (c) cVio-tcu-, stem of imperf. (§ 78, 1; § 106).


LESSON XXIV. 117

15. avTui; himself: (a) contr. for iavrov (§ 59, 2).


16. Sia TO, on account of that :
(a) to is the article with the
infinitive.
17. yivdiaKtLv, to know : (a) -tiv marks the inf. act. ; (b) pres.
stem yivwcrK-°|j- ; {c) the connecting vowel e with -er, the sign of
the inf. act., is contr. into -tiv (§ 101, 1).
18. eix^Vj he was having: (a) -f(i) marks 3 pers. sing.;
(b) from e^w, which in the imperf. takes the .syllahic augment,
which with c is contracted into ct (§ 74, 7; § 124, 89).
19. eyiVojcr/cei',
was k?iouun(/ :
(a) pres. stem -yivwoTK- with the
augment marks the imperf. ; (i) -{(i) marks 3 pers. sing.

3. FORMS FOR SPECIAL STUDY.


£^ ifpoaokviKDV (i. 19) tAcycv fvrto-Teuev

CIS Ic/joo"(I/\.u/ttu (ii. 13) IttoUl lyivuxTKfv


£V Tois \epo<Jo\vfi.<jL<i (ii. 23)

4 OBSERVATIONS.
1. John everywhere uses Jerusalem as a neut. plur. of the
Second decl.

2. The imperfect expresses continued past action.


3. The imperfect is found only in the indicative, and takes
the augment.
4. It always has the same stem as the present.
5. Tt has the personal endings of the historical tenses.

5. GRAMMAR LESSON.

1. §13,3. Laliials before //.


r». §55, 1. C'ompound Num-
2. § 40, 4. Inflection of ytVos. Ikts.
.3. §42, .3. Oi 'UpofToXvua. 7. §71,1; §72,2. The Iini)or-
4. § 59. 1, 2. Of knvTov. feet Tense.

5. §61,2. OfauTov. 8. §78,1. .Stem of the Imperf.


118 INTilODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD.

9. § 98, 1-3. Personal End- 11. § 114, 1. Of Imperf. Act.

ings of the Imperfect. of Truiew.


10. § 106. Inflection of the Im- 12. § 89, 3. Future of Liquid
perfect. Verbs.

6. VOCABULARY A.

1. avTov, of himself. 10. Kararfxiyofjiai, I will eat.

2. ypa<^rj, -^?, r;, xvritbig. 11. Xvoi, loose, destroy.


3. SfiKvuo), show. 12. /ii/AVTyCTKO),
remind.
4. iyeipu), raise up. 13. vaos, -ov, 6, temple.
5. lupTT], -^?, rj, feast. 14. vcxpo?, -a, -ov, dead.
6. CTos, erous, to, year. 15. oikoSo/accd, -w, build.

7. ^^Xo?, -ou, 6, zea^. 16. aiofia, -tos, to, body.

8. Oeojpio), -S), behold. 17. Tiaa-epoLKovru, forty.

9. Kariddiiii, eat, consume. 18. XP^'"> "''5) i?>


need.

7. VOCABULARY B.

Under List I., of verbs, learn those words numbered 70-05.

8. PRINCIPLES or SYNTAX.

1. KaTfySr; . . . avTo? Kat 17 p-'fJTTjp


avrov (ii. 12).
2. AvTos Se 'ItjctoDs o^k eTricTTevev awTov avTOts (ll. 24).
3. Auto? yap iyivwcrKCV Ti T]v iv Tw avopiiiirio (ll. 25).

Principle 19. The intensive pronoun avro'?, when used in the

nominative, is always emphatic, f e. = he himself, I myself .

1. ©€ao-d/jicvo5 avToii? dKoXoii6'ovvTa? \iyei avTOis (l. 38).


2. Kat rjpwTrjaav avTov »cat ctTrav auTol (i. 25).

3. rioXXoi eTTicTTCvcrav tis to ovofia avrov (ii. 23).

Principle 20. The oblique cases of the intensive pronoun


auTos serve as the personal pronoun of the third person.
LESSON XXIV. 119

9. EXERCISES.
1. Decline :
Ma^7/r>j?, XP^'"' ^^P'^V' "rjf^tpoL
'

oTko?, vaos •

awfia,
• •
tT09 Tra?, TToXvs rpcis, eyw, auTos, caurov, Tts, os«

2. Conjugate : 1. Pres. ind. act. of BeiKvvio, iroilui ;


2. Imperf .

ind. act. of Ae'yw, Trotcw, TTicTTevu), yivwo-Kto ;


3. 1 aor. ind. pass, of

jjLilJLVijCrKO), uiroKpLvofiai, oiKOOo/itw, iydpu).


3.
Analyze :
KaTa<^uy€Tai, eiTrav, eiTrcv, Xvaarc, cyepw, imaTevarav,
iTTuUi, yivwcTKdv, fiapTvpyay, rj^.

4. Translate :
(a) At sight John i. 35-42.
{b) 1. Ev Toi^To) yLVtliCTKOjxev on iv avTw iafiev. 2. Tpdc^w v/iii',

TTarepes, on v/>ia? yivwcrKw. 3- Ovk Tycrav c^ rjfiHiV. 4. 'O ofioXoyutv

TOV ViOV KUL TOV TTaxeptt tX^'* ^* "^'^ TOiiTO 6 K6(TflO<; OV yiVOXTKil

yfiu^ on ov/c cyvw tov peov. t). Kai oioare on tKCivo? «pav(pu}ur) nu
Ta<; ufjLupria^ ^PV'< ''"' afxapria iv aiiTw ouk ecrnv.
5. Translate: («) Orally into Greek: 1. John ii. 17. 2. ii.

18, 19. 3. ii. 20, 21. 4. ii. 22. 5. ii. 23. 6. ii. 24, 25. 7. i.

19, 20. 8. i. 21-23. 9. i. 24-28.


(b) 1. They asked him, What sign does he show to them ?
2. He answered and said to them, He does many signs. 3. He
these temples.
liuilt 4. He will raise that man from the dead.

5. He
believed this disciple, but many did not believe his testi-

mony. C. When he was at the feast he saw the signs which


Jesus did. 7. Jesus himself was knowing all things and what
was in men. 8. In forty and three years this house was built,
and will lie raise that temple in six days ?

10 TOPICS FOR STUDY


1. Labials before /i. 2. Epenthesis. 3. Terminations of F'irst

decl. 4. Stems of Third dccl. ending in rr. 5. Inflection of ttus


and TToAv?. G. The intensive use of ainls. 7. avroy. 8. The
use of the impf^rfect. 9. Its stem. endings and
10. Personal
inflection of imperf. ind. act. 11. Future stem of liquid verlis.
12. Synopsis of pres. act. 13. Inflection of pres. ind. act. 14. Of

pres. subj. act. 15. Of pres. impcr. art. 10. Of pres. part. act.

17. Synopsis of 1 aor. ind. act., mid., pass.


120 INTRODUCTOliY N. T. GREEK METHOD.

LESSON XXV.
1. TEXT.

John iii. 1-10.

2. NOTES.
1.
upx^v, ruler :
(a) -wv marks pres. part. act. ; (b) from apx^>}y
I am first, ruler ; {c) used as a noun.
2. i/uKTos, by niglit :
(a) -o? marks gen. sing, of Third deck ;

(b) stem VVKT-, nom. sing. vvk{t)^, vv$, y (§ 39, 1, b).


3.
iXrjXvOa^, thoic hast come :
(a) -a? marks 2 pers. sing. ;

(b) from £p;^o/xai, perf. IX^'jXvda, I have come (§ 124, 78).


4. TToulv, to do: {a) contr. for -n-ouuv, which is contr. for Troieeev

(§ 114; § 101, 1) ; {b) pres. inf. act. of ttouw, a vowel-verb.


5. iav fir], except :
(a) idv is a contr. of el and av, usually fol-

lowed hy the subj.


6.
^, Ae may be :
(a) -tj
marks subj. 3 pers. sing. ; (b) fj
is

subj. 3 pers. sing, of elfii,


I am, subj. w, ^?, ^, plur. cjfiev, yre, wcri
(§122,16; §104).
7.
yevv-qOfj, he may be born :
(a) -6fj
marks 1 aor. subj. pass. 3

pers. sing. (§ 108, 4) ; (b) cf. (jiavtpio6fj (XIV. N. 12), ixe0va6wo-iv

(XXII. N. 11).

8. Swarat, he is able :
(a) cf. XIX. N. 1.
9. iSelv, to see: (a) -t7v (contr. for -eev) marks 2 aor. inf. act. ;

(b) from e?Sov (§ 124, 64) ; (c) cf. %? (XV. N. 12), ?8£ (XIX.
N. 4).
10. yeuvrjOTJvai, to be born : marks 1 aor. inf. pass.
(a) -Orjvai
(§ 108).
11. ela-ekOeiv, to enter in of eh and 2
:
(a) compounded eXOety,
aor. inf. act. of epxofiat (§ 124, 78) on -eh cf. ISelv
; (b) (9) ;

(c) cf. pres. imper. 'dpxov, 'ipx'^o-Oe,


2 aor. ijXOov, perf. eXriXvOa.
LESSON XXV. 121

12. yeyewTjfxivov^ having been born :


(a) -^ivov marks neut.
perf. part., cf. aTreo-TaA/AeVos (III. N. 7), yeyevqfievov (XXII. N. 6) ;
(b) yt- is redupl. sign of perf. ; (c) stem is ycii'tt-, a being length-
ened into >;.

13. Oavfida-rj^) thou mayst wonder :


{a) --ij^
marks subj. act. 2
pers. sing. ; (b) -cr- marks 1 aor. ; (t-j
stem OavfiaS-, pres. stem
davfia^-, of the IV. class of verbs, 8 uniting with i to form 4
(§ 82, l,b); (d) cf. N. 6 and 7.

14. Sci, it is necessary :


(a) an impersonal verb, used only in
3 pers. sing.; {b) pres. ind. (§ 116, 1).
15. nvei, he breathes, bloxvs : (a) contr. for tti'cci, pres. ind. 3
pers. sing, of ttvco) (§ 124, 164) ; (Jb)
of 11. class of verbs
(§ 80, 2).
16. virdyei, he goes : (a) -ei marks pres. ind. act. 3 pers. sing. ;

(b) comp. of vTTo and dyw (§ 124, 2).


17. yti'taOai, to be, become :
(a) -iu-Oai marks 2 aor. inf. mid. ;

(b) 2 aor. stem, (c) yev- is the simple stem, yiv- pres. stem, yov-
[)erf. stem (124, 44).

3. FORMS FOR SPECIAL STUDY.


TTOicts for TToic'cts ISeiv for i^e'ei'

TToicu' fitr TTotcfcv tlrreXOeir for ilacXOltv

TTvd. for 7ri/c£t


yeueaOai

4. OBSERVATIONS
1. Vowf'l verbs are contracted in the present and ini])erfect.
2. All till' vowel-verbs, save ;i few in -n.i, belong (o tin' first

class, in wlil<;b Ibr present is formed direotl} from tlic simple

stem by adding the variable vowel -"|.-.


3. In the pres. inf. of ttoicoj, we have the stem -rroi*-, the ntood
vowil f, ;mii1 the inf. ending -fi' (ttduhi; iroit€iv, TTfiuu).
4. As a general rnle tin- verb bris tbe reeessive .-iceent, but the
2 aor. inf., act.and mid., .'iceent tlie end ot tlie .stem.
122 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD.

5. GRAMMAR LESSON.
1. §40,1. Stems of Third Decl. 7. § 97, 1, a, b. Mood SuflBxes

ending in Palatal Mute. 8. §101,1. Infinitive Endings.


2. §40,2. Stems of Third Decl. 9. § 108, 1. Inflection of 1 Aor.

ending in Lingual Mute. Subj. Pass.


3. § 44, 1. Infl. of cro</)ds, -»/,
-6v. 10. § 108, 1.
Synopsis of 1 Aor
4. § 48, 1. Of tlfjxiov. in three Voices.
5. § 82, 1, b-d. Fourth Class 11. § 111, 1, 2. Synopsis of 2
of Verbs. Aor., Act. and Mid.
6. §95,1-2. First Pass. Stem.

6. VOCABWuARY A.

1. avojdevf anew, from above. 11. ikrjXvOa, perf. of €p)(op.ai.


2. ap\u)v, -ovTos, o, ruler. 12. 6avfid^u), wonder, marvel.
3. ftacnKeid, -us, tj, kingdom. 13. KoiAtd, -ds, 7/,
womb.
4.
yep(j}y, -oi'Tos,* o, old man. 14. fifTo, (with gen.), with ;
5. Set, it is necessary. (with ace), after.
6. SevTfpos, -ipd, -epov, second. 15. '^iKoBrjfio^f-ovjO, Nicodemus.
7. ^evrepov, adv., a second time. IG. vu^, vvKTos, 17, night.
8. idv, *y* 17. ouTO)?, <Aws.
(perchance).
9. iav iirjy except, unless. 18. irvc'o), breathe, blow.
10. flaip^op-ai, enter in. 19. vTTciyw, ^0 away.

7 VOCABULARY B.

Under List TV., of nouns, adjectives, etc., occurring more than

fifty times in N. T., learn those words numbered 1-29.

8 PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX.
1. Ovt6<; ccTTiv vTrep ov eya> cTttov Oiria-oi fxov (.p\€.rai avrjp os

efi.7rpo(T$iv fiov ytyovev (i. 30).


^
Only here.
LESSON XXV. 123

2. "Ov iypa^tv Mojutr^s iv T(3 vo/aw koX oi irpocfiTJTai evprjKafKv,

Irjaovv vlov tov 'lwar](f>(i. 45).

3. OuScis yap Smarai raura to. arrjfifla iroulv u crw ttoici? (iii. 2).

Principle 21. The relative


pronoun agrees with its antecedent
in gender and number, but its case is determined by the struc-
ture of its own clause.

1. Mr^ TTOICITC TOV OIKOV To2 TTttTpOS /XOll OiKOV iflTTOpiOV (u. 16).
2. Mt) 6avp.dcrrj^ on eiirov crot (iii. 7).
Princijile 22. The negative with imperative and subjunctive
forms is always fn^.

9. EXERCISES.
1. Decline :
Bao-iXcta, uvOpoyn-o^, ovofia, apxwv, vv^, yipaiv, (rdpi,

vStJp, (TW, OS, TtSs, aUTO?, OIJTOS.

2.
Conjugate 1. Pres. ind. of ttouw, aKovw, Swi^a/iai.
: 2. 2 aor.

and perf of epxofiai. 3. 1 aor. ind. pass, of a-n-oKpivopai.


, 4. 1 aor.

subj. pass, and perf. part. pass, of y^vvdut.


3.
Analyze :
*li\6evf olSafiev, i\-q\v0a<;, Svvarai, Trouly, [}, (Sciv,

yivvrjOiivai, ^v, (la(X.6tiy, 6avfj.drrrj<;j irvci, ytveauai.

4. Translate :
(a) At sight John i. 43-51.

(i) 1. Has o yiy(vvr)p.ivo<i Ik toD diov, u/xupnav ov ttoui. 2. Attc-

fTTctXcv o ^'eos TOV VLOV CIS TOV Koafiov. 3. O (5c TToioiv TTyv dXr/Wftav

ip)((Tui TTpos TO (^ois.


4. 'K^ v8aTos Kui TTVfw/xaTos iytwrjOijaav.
5. 'O yipuiv SuVaToi cts t^v ttoAiv SfUTtpov £icrcA.6'erv. C. EiSov ravra
Til
(rrffi€ia a liroUi.

5. Translate: (a) Orally into Greek : 1. John iii. 1, 2. 2. iii.

3,4. 3. iii. 5, 0. 4. iii. 7, 8. 5. iii. 0, Hh 0. i. 29-31. 7. i.

32-34 8. i. 35-37. 9. i. 38-40. 10. i. 41, 42.


{b) 1. He docs not know whence they <-ome and whither they
go. 2. The ruler of those men came to the teacher. 3. 'I'lie

signs which that pro{)het does, Iam not able to do. 4. I say
to them, except they be born again, they cannot see the king-
dom of heaven. 5. They were bf)rn of the will of iii.ui, becausH
they do not know God. 0. He liimself knows all things, and he
124 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD.

had no need that these men should hear witness concerning the
word. 7. He hears the voice of the wind, but he does not know
whither it blows.

10. TOPICS FOR STUDY.


1. Stems of the Third decl. Stems ending in palatal mute.
2.

3. In a lingual mute. 4. In a liquid. 5. In o-. 6. Int. 7. In

a diphthong. 8. First class of verbs. 9. Fourth class. 10. Sixth


class. 11. Eighth class. 12. Ninth class. 13. Present stem.
14. Synopsis of pres. act. 15. Synopsis of 1 aor. act. IG. Of 1
aor. mid. 17. Of 1 aor. pass.

LESSON XXVI.
1 TEXT.
John ill. 11-18.

2. NOTES.!
11. (a) on: "recitative" on, equal to our quotation marks,
(i) XaXrtvfiev for XaXeofiev. (c) fxapTvpov/xev for fiaprvpeofiev,

(d) Xa/ifSdv-eTe, pres. stem Xafi/Sav, from simple stem Xa/3- (§ 83,
1, c), of V. class.

12. (a) Ta iTTi-yeia, things done on earth. (l>) iuv from cl av.

(c) ciTTw :
subj. 2 aor. from cTttov, an irregular 2 aor. (§ 124, 68).
{d) TO. iir-ovpavia, the things that take place in heaven, (e) ttl-

(TTcvcreTe : -ae- marks fut., -re marks ind. act. 2 pers. plur. (§ 89).
13. (rt) ava-f3e{3r]Kev : from uva-ftalvm, perf. stem ;8a-, with redu])l.
and ending -/ca, -Kas, -/<f(v) (§ 92, 1; §109, 1, 2). {h) d fiij,

except, (c) o . . .
Kara^ds, he who descended: from Kara-fSaivut, 2
aor. ind. Karlfiriv (XXIII. N. 1), part. KaTa(^a<i (§ 124, 12).
14. (a) wi/fwo-fv, he lifted xq) : -rrcv marks 1 aor. ind. act. 3
pers. sing. ;
-ti>- the formative lengthening of o, from I'l/zow.

!
Tlie notes hereafter will be divided according to verses.
LESSON XXVI. 125

{b) 6(f)iy: stem ends in i


(§ 40, 5), gen. sing. o<^€w?. (c) vil/wdi")-

vat, be lifted up; -drjvai marks 1 aor. inf. pass. (§108).


to

(tZ) rbv vloi;


the subj. of the inf. is always in the ace.
15. (a) iva a tiual conj. denoting purpose or end, with the
:

(^) atwviov, eternal:


this adjective has usually but
subj.(tx?/)-
two terminations, -09, -os, -ov (§ 50, 2).
16.(a) rjydTrrjo-tv, he loved: -(re(>/) marks 1 aor. ind. act. 3 pars,
of final a of root dyaTra-, t;-
sing., -?;- the formative lengthening
(b) ware, so that, expressing eveiit
without
tem{)oral augment,
reference io j'urpose (ecbatio, not telic) generally with inf., but ;

here (also Gal. ii. 13) with the ind. (c) fj.ovoyivrj for /xovoyevia

(§ 46, 1). [d) aTroXrp-uL: -rjTai


marks subj. mid. 3 pers. sing.;

dnoX-, 2 aor. stem of uTroAAtyxi, I destroy (§ 123, 13; § 111, 2).


17. (a) Kf)Cvr], he may judye ; ->/
marks 3
su1>j. act. pers. sing. ;

xplv- is 1 aor. stem ;


a liquid ver^j rejecting o- and lengthening
the vowel of the stem (§ 90, 2). {b) awOfj, it may be saved:

-firj
marks 1 3 pers. sing. stem o-ojS-, final 8 of
aor. subj. pass. ;

stem before changing into o- (§ 13, 2), which is then dropped


(§ 13, 9) pres. ind. act. o-w^oj,
;
I save, IV. class (§ 82, 1, b).
18. (a) Kpii'fTui, he is jtuhjed: -trai marks pres. ind. i)ass. 3
Jie has been judyed : -rut marks
pers. sing. (§ 105). (b) KiKfurai,

pcrf. iiid. pass, 3 pers. sing. (§ 109) ; Kt-, reduplication; stem


Hf>L-, dropi)iiig V of pres. stem k^w- (§ 124, 121). (c) ixovoytvov<i
for ixovoycvev; (§ 46, 1).

3. FORMS FOR SPECIAL STUDY.


TTwrrtvcTe toipaKM/xci/ KtKpiTai
TTUTTCvatTe TrcTrtcrrcvKCi'
ava(ii(iriKtv

4 OBSERVATIONS
1. The stem of the fut. act. and mid. is forin.d by ;i(ldiiig
to the simple verb stem, which generally dilft;rs from the
-o-"],-

present stem.
126 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD.

2 The pers. endings are the same as those of the pres.


3. To form the perf. act. stem, we add -Ka to the reduplicated
eimple stem.
4. To form the perf. mid. and pass., we add -/mai.
5. A few liquid stems in -v drop v before -ku and -/xat.

5. QRAMMAR LESSON.
1. § 13, 2. A Lingual Mute be- 8. § 107, 1-2. Synopsis and
fore another Lingual. Inflection of Future.
2. § 13, 9. o- in the Inflection 9. § 92, 1-4. Stem of Perf.
of Verbs. Act.
3. § 40, 5. Inflection of TrdAts- 10. § 94, 1-4. Stem of Perf.
4. § 46, 1. Of aXrjO^s. Mid. and Pass.
5. § 50, 2. Of aiMVioS' 11. § 83, 1. Fifth Class of
6. § 89, 1-4. Future Stem. Verbs.
7. § 95, 3. Stem of 1 Fut. Pass.

6. VOCABULARY A.

1. dyairdo), -to, love. 6. ^8?7, adv., already.


2. aitifios, -OS, -Of, eternal. 7. KpLvw, judf/e.
3. aTT-oXAv/xt, destroy ; mid., 8. ot^is, -eojs, 6, serjjent.

perish. 9. (Tw^w, save.

4. €7ri-y£ios, -OS, -ov, earthly. 10. vxj/ow, -w, lift up.


5. cTT-oupai'iosj -OS, -ov, heavenly. 11. wart, so that.

7. VOCABULARY B.

Under List IV., of nouns, etc., learn those words numbered


30-69.

8. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX.
1. ITpo Tov at ^iKiTTirov <f>wvrj(TaL ovra VTrb Trjv crvKrjv etSoi/ ere

(i. 48).
LESSON XXVI. 127

2. OvK i-TTUTT^vev avTov auTots Sia to avToi' yivwaKuv Travras


(ii. 24).
3. Aci u/Aus ycfVTj^vai dvw^ci' (iii. 7).

4. OuTws v\poiOrjvai Set toi' fiov toC avdpumov (iii. 14).

Principle 23. The subject of the infinitive, when expressed,


is in the accusative case.

9. EXERCIBEB.
1. Decline :
Maprvpia, vio's, o<^t9

juovoyev?;?, cTrtycios, ttos, Kara-



/8as eyci, crv, aurds.


2. Conjugate :
OtSa, iwpaKa, TrcTrurTcvKa, KiKpifiai TTwrTtucu,
"

TTLUTtvcTii), A.a\€U) aTroAoj^at, crtoOw, KpivofiaL.

3. Analyze Maprvpoi'/ytei', irtcmiKTfTf, dva(3€(3r]Ktv,


; r)yairr)(T(i',

eSwKCV, aTToXT/rai, «;(»/, uTre'aTciAei/, xpivrj, awOjj.

4. Translate :
(a) At sight, John ii. 1-25.

(i) 1. "0 ^i'


an ap)(rj<;,
o ewpdnaficv, o WiacrdfjiiOa, Trepi tov \6yov
Trj<; ^oj^5, Xiyofj.fv vfuv. 2. 'H ^wij yj aia»i'i09 ^ti? ^i' Trpo? toi/ Trarepa

rjfjiiv iffiavtpwdr]. 3. Eai' £»'


rjj
(tkotio. Tr(pnrarwfi(v, ov iroiovfifv ttjv

dXyj6(Lav. 4. 'O Xeywi/ cf avToi fi€V€iv Sti KaOws cKtiros iripuTraTrjaiv


Kal avTOS ntpnrardv. 5. M^ tiyttTraTe
Tor Koa-fiov fir]8i ra iv rui

Kocr/AU).

5. Translate :
(a) Orally into Groek : 1. John iii. 11-13.
2. iii. 14, 15. 3. iii. 10, 17. 4. iii. 18. 5. i. 43-45. 6. i.
4(1,

47. 7. i. 48, 49. 8. i. 50, 51.


{h) 1. They received our witness because Ibey believer that we
speak the truth. 2. The Son of man ascended into heaven.
3. God
loved the world from the beginning, and he gave his

only-begotten Son, that every one who believes on him may have
eternallife. 4. He canu; that he might judge the world. 5. He

has been judged becauHi! he has not lielii-ved. 0. Tliey loved

the world, and they did not believe the teslinioii}' wliich fhe

angel gave. 7. They lifted up this serpent in this wihleriiess.


128 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD.

10. TOPICS FOR STUDY.


1. Lingual mutes before linguals. 2. Stems of Third decl.
in I. 3. Declension of /Aovoyevj/s. 4. Fifth class of verbs.
5. Formation of fut. act., mid., pass. 6. Synopsis of future

tense. 7. Formation of the perf. act., mid.,


pass. 8. Synopsis
of pres. act. 9. Synopsis of 1 aorist. 10. Personal endings of

prin. tenses, act. 11. Personal endings of hist,


tenses, act.
12. Personal endings of prin.
tenses, mid. and pass. 13. Per-
sonal endings of hist, tenses, mid. and
pass.

LESSON XXVII.
1. TEXT.

John iii. 19-36.

2. NOTES.
19. (a) iXrjXvOiv : cf. XXV. n. 3. (/>) fxaWov . . .
i], more . . .

thati. (c) TTovrjpa : -a marks nora. neut. plur. (§ 44, 1).


20. (a) </)ai)Au : -a marks ace. neut. plur. ; (b) irpdaa-uiv :
pres.
part, act., from Trpacrcrw, IV. class (§ 82, a), (c) tm lest: foil,
firj,

by subj. (d) iXeyx^jj -Gfj marks 1 aor. subj. pass. 3 pers. sing. ;

stem iXiyxM, convict (§ 124, 73) mutes of same order


; -xO-,
(§ 13, 1 ; § 12, 2).
21. c'o-Tiv a periphrase for
dpyaa-rai, they have been
:
dpyaa-fiei'a

loroufjht (§ 124, 77) ; -/xeVa marks perf. part. pass. neut. plur.,
agreeing with to.
epya ;
from e>ya^o/^ut, the temporal aug. ei- used
as redupl. iarlu is sing., because
subj. is neuter.
22. (a) yr> acc. sing, of
yr^, contr. for yea (§ 32, 1).
:

(b) Sii-
TpifSiv, haTpifioi, imperf. 3 pers. sing, (c) ilSdnriC^v: imperf.,
because it has the pres. stem (§ 78, 1).
LESSON XXVII. 129

23. (a)
napcytvovTo, therj were coming : from irapa-ytvofxai -ovto ;

marks 3 pers. plur. mid. or pass, of past tenses pres. stem yiv- ;

marks tlie irajjerf. (b) ifSa-rrTiCovTv the stem, with aug. and pers. :

end., marks imperf. pass. 3 pers. plur.


24. {a) ft^(^\.T]p.ivv<:, cast : -/xcVos marks perf part. pass. ; [ii.- is .

the redupl. ; stem ^Aa-, l»y metathesis (§ 92, 4 § 13, G) from ;

^aX-\ l)res. stem /3aAA-, IV. class (§ dpyaajxau, v. 21.


82, c) ;
of.

25. (a) eV, out of, from :


denoting source, the opposite of eis ;

Ck always governs the gen.


26. (a) jxf.Tu, loith : with the
gen. it
always has the meaning
hi association with, (b) <S, dat. sing. masc. of the relative
pron. OS-.

27. (ft) ov ot'Sec, not . .


anything : a negative followed
. . . .

hy a compound negative strengthens th« negation, but in Eng-


lish only one negative can be used, (b) fj ScSo/teVor, it may have
been given : -^tVov marks perf. part, pass.; ^ marks the subj. 3
pers. sing. (§ 109, 5) stem So-, pres. stem 8/^wyu,i (§ 122, 3).
;

29. (a) ca-TTjKws : from icrr-qfii,


I j'l^ice (§ 121) ; perf. ecrrT/Ka,
intrans. with pres. force, / stand ; perf. part. masc. cctttj/co')?,

stoMding. {b) xapa. xaipn, he rejoiceth with joy. (c) c'/a^


: cf.

§ 61, 1,2. {d) TTiirXripiinai, from TrXrjpoo), -Co; perf. ind. pass. 3
pers. sing. (§94, 2; § 109).
30. (a) iXaTTovrrOai : -ovcrOai contr. for -(>-eadai, inf. jiass. of
pres
iXaTTuo) -(7),
make less, pass., decrease.
33. (a) c(r(/>puyio-£i'
: 1 aor. ind. act. from IV. class
a-ffipayi^io,

(§ 82, b).
35. (a) dyava : -a contr. for ua (§ 114 ; § 7) ;
ind. pres. 3 i)ers.

sing, of ayaTTUii),
-tli.

36. (a) d.TrtiOC)u: -wu contr. for -iwu, pros. part. act.

3. FORMS FOR SPECIAL STUDY


i(TtIv
iipyaapU'iL (iii. 21) n-jrirrTaXp.ivD'i dpi (iii. 2<S)

7/1/ (SaTTTi^iDV (ii. 2!^; iii.


2.3) ytypapfiivov ((ttiv (ii. 17)
^v li((dXrjpti/u<; (iii. 24)
9
130 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD.

4. OBSERVATIONS.
In the N. T. we find periphrases of very common tense-
1.

forms, in which verbs are resolved into their component i)arts.


2. Only those passages can be considered here in which the
participle has no article.

3. The participles used in this periphrastic form are always


of the present or perfect tense.

5. GRAMMAR LESSON.
1. §7,1. Contraction of a, e, o, 7. § 80, 1, 2. Second Class of

with other Vowels. Verbs.


2. § 13, 1. Palatal Mutes be- 8. § 85, 1, a. Seventh Class
fore a Lingual. of Verbs
3. § 32, 1. Inflection of avKr}, 9. § 91, 1, 2. Second Aorist
yv- Stem.
4. § 40, 4. Of yeVo?, (rK6T0<;. 10. § 111, 1, 2. Synopsis and
5. § 40, 5. Of 7rdXt9, Kpims. Inflection of 2 Aor.
6. § 61, 1, 2. Possessive Pro- 11. § 109, 1-5. Synopsis and
nouns. Inflection of Perfect.

6 VOCABULARY A.

1. Aii/ojv, 7/, indecl., Aenon. 11. ipyd^ofiai, IVOrk.


2. d.\r)6rj<;, -rjs, -€9, true. 12. iq, conj., than.
3. direiOtw, -to, disobey, refuse 13. ^TjTTjms, -eojs, rj, questioning.
belief. 14. Kpio-i?, -tws, 17, judgment.
4. av$dvv), increase. 15. fidWov, adv., more,
5. yrj, y^?, rj, land, earth. 16. fiirpov, -ov, TO, measure,
6. SiaTpifSM, tarry, sojourn. 17. fiidiui, -w, hate.
7. cXttTTooj, -0), make less. 18. vvfit^Tf, -r]<;, rj,
bride.

8. iXiyxoi, reprove, convict. 19. opyr), -rjs) rj, wrath.


9. €/xos, -^, -6v, my. 20. 7rapa-ytVo/i,ai, comc near.
10. i-Trdvo), above. 21. Tr\rjp6<j), -0), fll, fulfil.
LESSON XXVIT. 131

22. irovr)p6<;, -a, -ov, evil, bad. 28. <f)avXo^, -f], -ov, evil, had.
23. Trpdaaw, 2^J'<^ctise. 29. <^iAos, -ou, o, friend.
24. prjfia, -Tos, TO, word. 30. (f>v\aKrj, -ij^, ?/, prison.
25. 2aXc(/x, TO, indecl., Salim. 31. xaipoj, rejoice.
26. o-KOTos, -ows, TO, darkness. 32. xo.pa, -as, 17, Joy-
27. a<f)payi^(j), seal. 33. x^'^Pj X^'P°5j ^' hand.

7. VOCABULARY B.

Under List IV., of nouns, etc., learn those words numbered


70-109.

8. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX.
1. AvVaTc Tov vaov ToiTor (ii. 19). OiKodopiT^Or] 6 vaos outos

(ii. 20).
2. Avtt; ow 17 X'^P^ ^ ^f'^if TTtTrXTjpwTai (iii. 29).
3. OvStis yap Bwarai TuvTa to. (T-qjxua Troitiv (iil. 2).
4. Kat Trap' avTW t/itivav rrjv rjpJpav Ikuvt/jv (l. 39).

Principle 24. Nouns defined by the demonstrative pronouns,

ovTos, this, cVeu'o?, that, near!}' always take the article, the pro-
nouns preceding the article or following the noun.

1.
TavT-qv iiroij}(T(v fipxV ''''^^
(Tr]fXU(ov 6 'It](TOV<;,
this did JeSUS
as a beginning of his signs (ii. 11).

Principle 25. 'I'bo article is regularly wanting when


the noun
is taken as a predicate, and separated from the demonstrative.

9. EXERCISES.
1. Decline :
'hXi]Bua, yq, <f)i\o<;, tpyov, vios, x^'P? ''P^'^i?. JTkotos,
ouTOS.
v8<«>p, ^»/T?/frts, prjp-a, d\r}$i]<;, ttoXv's, os, iarTr]H(!)s, eVtico?,

2. f>vva-
Conjugate :
ci/ti, (XrjXvOa, ipx"p.ai, iXtyxOw, nnptyiyo/irjv,
f>i?)WKa.
/tai, ScSoyxeVos w, fiapTvpvo, iTiiT\j]pu)p.ai, hihinpi, ayatrdw,
3. Alialyzf! :
'KXriXvOa', rjydirrjfrav, t/v, /ito-ft, iXiyxP^, hujpifitv,

TraptyivDVTO, qv PtftXrjp.lvo':, fHfiaprvprjKas, ipx^vrai, p.afrrvpiiTt, i(mf


132 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD.

/cws, TrtTr\yi}(xirai, eXaTToScr^ai, XajStLv, i(r<f)pdyi(Tev, aTrecTTCiAcv, ayuTra,


StSwcrii', oi^cTai.

4. Translate :
(a) at sight, John iii. 1-18.

{b) 1. Ti]v KpLCTiv TTucrav eSw/cev tw diw. 2. Aeyw v/Ati'


on 6 tov

Aoyov /Aor aKovwv kul inaTevwv rui irtfj.ijjuvTL [xe €^et t^^vyi' aiioi'ioi'j Kai

CIS KpicTLV OVK ip^€Tai. 3. 'HyuTTrycrav yap T^i' So^av ToJi' avOptoTKov
/u-uAAov ^ T^v Sd^av toi) ^coC. 4. Ou Swarai 6 koct/jio? /xtcrcti/ vfxas,
ipi. 8e yuKrei, on eyo) fxapTvpui irepi
avTov on ra epya auroi) rrovqpa
icTTiv. 5. El TaCra TroteSf, c^avepwcrov aeauToi/ tw Koafjuo. 6. Tavra
AeAttAi^Ka v/xii' tvu ry X'^P^ V ^t*-V
^^ ipuv r),
kol ij X^P^ vjxwv Tr\y]pwuy.

5. Translate: (a) Orally into Greek: 1. John iii. 19-21.


2. iii. 22-24. 3. iii. 25-27. 4. iii. 28-30. 5. iii. 31-34. 6. iii.

35, 36.
(f>) 1. This woman came into the city. 2. Who is this man?
3. After these things, he finds this man in the temple and said
to him, Who art thou ? 4. He gave j)ower to him to make

judgment, 5. If I bear witness concerning this truth, my wit-


ness is true. 6. I know that true is the witness which he wit-
nesses concerning him. 7. They beheld these
signs which Jesus
did. 8. I have come in the name of
my father. 9. Ye do not

wish to come unto me, that ye may have eternal life.

10. TOPICS FOR STUDY.


1. Contraction of a with vowels and diphthongs. 2. Of e.
3. Of o. 4. Classes of mutes. 5. Palatal before linguals.
C. Declension of y^, yeVos, ttoAis. 7. Possessive pronouns.
8. The tenses. 9. The tense-systems. 10. General view of the
present stem. 11. Classes 1, 2, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9. 12. Synopsis
of present in all voices. 13. Stem of the imperfect. 14. Synop-
sis and inflection of imperfect. 15, Formation of the future in
all voices. 16. Synopsis of future in all voices. 17. 2 aor. stem.
18. Synopsis of 2 aor. act. and mid.
LESSON XXVIII. 133

LESSON XXVIII.

1. TEXT.

John iv. 1-14

2. NOTES.
1.
eyvw, he knetv :
(a)
from yivwa-KiD (§ 124, 45); 2 aor.
stem inflected like the 2 aor. iiid. of verli.s in /xi
€yvwj/, yvo;
marks 3 ace. plur. masc.
(§120); -w (b) TrAetWas
:
pers. sing,
of TrAetW, comp. of ttoAv's, niiich (§ 52, 1) declined like ix^l^ojv ;

(§ 51, 3, a), both the contr. and


uncontr. forms being in use
in N. T.
2. (o,) (caiToiyf, althoufjh :
compounded of Kai, and, toi, surely,

-y€,
at least.
3. («) aif»^K€i', he went away :
compounded of utto and it^/xi

(i? 122, 2 ; § 9, 2, ^ c) ;
1 aor. a^iiiiKa, -es, -e(v).

4. ti wa.s' necessary :
imperf. of 8ei (XXV. n. 14), 3
(a) €8et,

pers. sing.
6. (a) KiKoTTiuKMs, having r/rotvn weary : -ok marks perf. part,
act. ;
from kottkIoj, -w. {b) iKaOe(€To, he was sittiny : from KaOi'Co-

fjai ;
-€Tomarks 3 pers. sing. ;
the stem, being the same as the

pres., marks the imperf. (§ 78, 1).


7.
(a) dcTAf/o-fxi: from wtX^w, 1 aor. inf. act. (§ 108), of. avrXi}-
o-aTC (XXII. N. 2), r'lVTXrjKOTt^ (XXII. N. 8). (b) Ans from OiSMfii,
:

stem 8f<-; 2 aor. imp. act. 2 pers. sing. (^120); <f. c?)(aKiv

(i. VI; iii. 10 ;


1 aor., § 90, 3), t8o<?r, (i. 17; 1 aor. pass., S 108),
Su'/icv (i. 22; 2 aor.§120), ^cSo/ttVoi' jj (iii. 27;
subj. act.;
109, f>L6o>(ny (iii. 34 ind. act. § 120).
perf, .subj. pass., §
o), ])r»'s. ;

(c) TTiiy, to drink:


-u.\' marks 2 aor. inf.; contr. for -nulvy which

is a contr. for 7ri«i', from ttiVw, I drink (§ 124, 157) simple stem ;

TTi-, the verb being of V. class (§ 83, 1, a).


134 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD.

8. (a) a-rreXrjXvOeLo-av, the;/ had gone: -eurav marks pluperf. 3

pers plur. (§ 92, 5 § 110, 1,2); compounded of utto and Ipxoixai


;

(§124, 78) J
c£. €\r]\vda^ (XXV. N. 3). (b) dyopda-oicrii; they
viiyht buy : -a)cri(i') marks subj. act. 3 pers. plur., -a-wcrt(i'),
that it

is 1 aor., from ayopa^w, a verb of IV. class (§ 82, b).

9. {a) avv^wvTai, they-have-deallngs-with : -wvTaL is a contr.


for -a-ovTat ;
-ovrai marks pres. ind. mid. 3 pers. plur. ;
from avv
^dofiuL y
some editions read o-vyx- (§ 13, 5, b).

10. (a) av ^TT/o-as, thou wouldst have asked : -eras marks 1 aor.

ind. 2 pers. sing. ; |J-


is the temporal augment ;
from airtw ; dv,
taken by cannot be adequately translated, but with the
itself,

past tenses of the ind. (§ 71) marks an action as contingent


on an unfulfilled supposition, and therefore contrary to fact.
{b) cSoj/ccv av, he would have given : the same construction as in

(a), (c) tjHiV. contr. for ^dwr, pres. part. act. of t,dw, I live.
12. {a) fji€t^wv, greater: compar. of fieyas (§ 51, 3, and a),
{b) t-jTuv, he drank : 2 aor. ind. ;
from ttiW, cf. N. v. 7, c.

13. (a) 8n/^j;cr€i, he shall thirst : from Si\{/dio,


the short vowel
of a vowel verb being lengthened in the fut. (§ 89, 1).

14. (a) dv TTLT), he may drink: -y marks subj. 3 pers. sing.;


TTi- marks simple stem, i. e. 2 aor. stem of ttiVw (cf. N. v. 7, c ; v.

12, b) ;
dv with the subj. is untranslatable, {b) Swcrw, / shall

give : root So-, pres. ind. hihwfxi (§ 121), fut. Swcrw. (c) ov ixrj :

a double negative, making the negation emphatic here used ;

with fut. ind., but in N. T. mainly with aor. subj. {d) yeviycrcTai :

fut. ind. mid. 3 pers. sing, of yiVo/Aai (§ 124, 44).

'
3. FORMS FOR SPECIAL STUDY.
SiSwfxi Swfxev (i. 22) 4'Vf^^ TiOrjfiL

hl8oxn(v) (iii. 34) 80s (iv. 7, 10) ^rj (i. 23) TiOrjcnv (ii. 10)
SoxTw (iv. 14) 8€8aiK€(i/) (iii. 35) la-rrjfii cyvw (i. 10, iv.l)
12, iii. iSdOrj (i. 7) Io-t^kci (i. 35)
e8wK((v) (i.

16, iv. 5, 10, 12) fi SeSo/ie'vov (iii. 27) co-tt/kws (iii. 29)
LESSON XXVIII. 135

4 OBSERVATIONS.
1. Tense-stems are inflected either according to the common
inflection (oj form), or the fjn form.
The peculiar inflection of verbs in /xi affects only the pres-
2.

ent and those 2 aor. systems of verbs whose tense-stem does not
end in a variable vowel.
3. The simple stem 80-, give, can be traced in each of the nine
forms in which it has appeared so far.
4. Some verbs whose stems end in a, c, and <>, reduplicate the
simple stem in the present stem (§§ 87, 122), and all these verbs

belong to the first class in fxi.

5. The final vowels of these simple stems are lengthened be-


fore the suffix fjLL (§ 87).
6. The principal parts of a verb are the 1 pers. sing. ind. of
every system which it has in use (StSw/xi, Soio-w, eSwKa, 5t6wKa,
6(.6ofj.ai, iSoOrji) .

5. GRAMMAR LESSON
1. § 13, 5, h. V before a Palatal. 7. § 120. Infl. of Pres. Ind. Act.
2. §47, 1. Inflection of o^u's, oi La-rrjfii, Ti6r]fxi, 8i8o>ni.

'da, -V. 8. § 120. Infl. of 2 Aor. Ind.


3. § 13, 8. Ti6r]iJi ffir 6i.drjiji. of yii'wfT KID.
4. § 76, N. 2. Principal Parts 9. § 120. Of 2 Aor. Subj. and
of X)'o». 2 Aor. Imp of 8i8o>/t/.

5. §87, I. Ninth Class of Verbs 10. § 120. Of Pres. Ind. Mid.


(I. Class in fjn). of lar-qfu.
6. § 118, 1-4. Verbs in fit.
1 1. § 121. Synopsis of 8i8w/ii.

6 VOCABULARY A.

1 .
rlyopa^oj, hwj. 4. ahtiii, -w, ask.
2. a'uny, -Covo^, o, aye, eternity. 5. aXkoftai, spriiuj up.

3. aioWios, -d, -01', eternal. G. avrX-qfiay -tos, to, bucket}


'
Only here.
136 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD.

7. aTr-ep^ofiai^ go away. 22. ouTc . . .


Kai, neither . . .

8. d(f)-L)jiJ.i, leave, go away. and.


9. /3a6v<i, -£tu, -V, deep. 23. TTT^yr/, -^s, ?;, fountain, well.
10. ^L-ipxop^o-i, go through. 24. TTiVw, drink.
11. Snj/dw, -w, thirst. 25. ttAciwi/, -ovos, TrA.etoi', more.
12. Siopca, -di, y, gift. 26. nXyaiov, adv., wear.
13. cKTos, -r], -ov, sixth. 27. ^ap.ap€iTrj<i) -ou, 6, a *S'aw a /-
14. ^dw, -w, am alive. tton.
15. Opi/xfjLa, -Tus, TO, flock, cat- 28. ^afjiapcLTLS, -tSos, 17,
a ^Sa-

tle.' niaritan woman.


16. 'luKw/S, 6, indecL, Jacob. 29. 2ayu,apid, -ds. 17,
Samaria.
17. 'lw(ji]<f), 6, iudecl., Josejih. 30. have
crvi')^dofjiai, -wfxai,
18. KaO-i^ofiai, sit down. dealings with.
19. 31.
KaiTOiye, although. ^i'X'^Pj ^> indecl., Sychar.
20. KOTTiao), -w, (/row weary, 32. TpoKftrj, -^s, 17, flood.
labor. 33. (^piap, -aros, to, a weZ^.
wl. bhonropid, -ds, rj, journey. 34. ^wptov, -ov, TO, field.

7. VOCABULARY B.

Under List IV., of nouns, etc., learn those words numbered


110-149.
8. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX.
1. M^ owttTat £is T^f KoiXi'av t^s fxrjTpo'i avrov hevrepov elaeXOilv
KOL ycvvrjOrjvai ; (iii. 4).
2. Mr^ (TV /xu^o)v £1 Tou TTttTpos T//i,<ov 'laKoift ;
(iv. 12).
Pri7iciple 26. question introducedA by the adverb /at;
ex-
pects a negative answer.
1. OuTOS rjKuev . . . iva fxaprvprjcrr} • •
> '•'ci Trdvre^ Tricrrcucrfcxriv
(i.
7).^
2. ATTCo-TctXai/ TTpos ttUTOv ot 'louSaiot . . . Lva ipwrycrwa-Lv avrov
2i;TiS£T; (i. 19.)
o. EiTraj/ oui/ avrw Tts fi; ii'a
aTroKptcrtv Swfxtv Tois 7r€/x.i/facrtv

7y/i,ds (i. 22).


^
Only here.
LESSON XXVIO. 137

4. Ou OVK eifxX iyib a^ios Ivoi kvcrw avTOv tov t/xavra tov ii7ro8T///,aTos

(i-27).
5. 'AAA' iva <f)av€p(i)6rj
tw
tovto rj\6ov iyw (i. 31). 'Icrpar/A Stu
6. Ov vpaav e^X^*' ^'^ ixapTVjnjari iripi tou avOpioTrov (ii. Ii5).
'•^'^

7. Ou yap aTreo-TeiAev 6 6cos toi/ tjioi' . iVa


KptVg roc Kocrfiui, . .

dAA' ij'a aoj^^ 6 Kocr/Aos (iii. 17).


8. 'EoYtrai TTpos to <^(u9, tva (ftavtpwOf] auTov ra epya (iii. 21).
9. Oi yap fiaOTjTai.
airuv direXrjXvOeicrav . . . iva Tpo(^as dyopaaoj-

o-iv
(iv. 8).

Principle 27. The final conjunction tVa is usually followed

by the subjunctive.

9. EXERCISES.
1. Decline :
Yli^yy), p.a6r)Ti'i<i, wpa, Swpcd; Ki'ptos, aioji', 7roA.i5,

Opipfxa, yvvrj, v^wp, avrXiip-a, (fiptup, (iaOvs, ttuls, ttAciwv, ^uoji' (^wi'),

oV, (<e»co7riaKa)9.

2. Conjugate :
"Eyi'wi', 'jKOvaa, iroUw, c^aTTTi^ov, tp^ofxai, tVa^e^o-

Sos, dTrcAr/Xuf^tii', (rui/xpuo/xai, aTrtKpiSrjv, OLXprjcru),


Swcrw.
yu.1/1', i^/Ji'Ji',

3. Analyze :
'Eyvw, Troiel, kfidvTi^fv, u^^kcv, tt7r^X6'€v, tSei, 8iep-

)^€(rdai, eSojKci', tVa^c'^CTO, di/rA^crai, 80s, aTrcAT^Au^eio-ai/, dyopdrrojcnj',

TTcZi', aiTCis, ovcrrjs, crvi'Xpwi'Ta/, eiTrci', i^^cis, yTrjaa.'i, ^wy, cTritr, ttiVwi',

8ti/'T/fr€i, ira/, ^oWoj, y€v»/rrcTai, uAAo/>trou.

4. Translate : At sight (a) John iii. 19-36. (//) ''O fyr


utt'

^ aKT^Koa/xti'/ o ewpaKupev tois d^Otx\p.Qi<i o iOtacrdp.tOa


"PX^M vy/xuiv,

Kdl at X^ip'^ 17P.WV iipji\d(f}rj(rav,^ Trcpi Toi) Aoyou t^9 Cw^s, koi — t/ ^w^
Koi toipd/ta/xfi' k«i jLapTvpovp.(V koX dtrayytWnp.iv vplv
c<f)ai'(pt!)Or},

rqi' Qinp' tt]v ukovlov ^tl<; rjv irpns tov irartpa


kol i(f)avepw6t] yiuv, —
o io)p(i.Kafx.€V Kai aKrjKoa/j.iv (iTrayycAAo/xcv Kai Vfxiv, tVa kui IfXih koi-

T^/xcrcpa^ /xcra toO ttut/io?



rojviai/* »ca(, Koti^oti'ia 8f
iXV"^ M*^* TZ/XfTif 7; ij

Kui /icTfx Tou utor; auToD 'Ir/frou Xpifrrou



kui raura ypafjiofiiv I'lful^

ii'a 7/ X™^'" W-*^^ ?J irf.ir\r)i)Mji.ivq (1 John l.


1-4).
^ haiidli:.
'
dKJjAoa, ficiT.
of iiKoxiui. \prj\a<l>dw, -w,
3 •
aira-ytiWw, tlcdarr. Koti'wt'ia, ?;, fclluv;shi}>.
6 (/wr.
T)lxiTipu%, -d, -o>',
138 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD.

5. Translate ;
(a) Orally into Greek : 1. John iv. 1-3. 2. iv.

4-G. 3. iv. 7-9. 4. iv. 10-12. 5. iv. 13, 14.

(b) 1. The prophet was baptizing the disciples of Jesus beyond


the Jordan. 2. It is necessary for me to go through Samaria.
3. Being wearied of their journey, the men were by the
sitting
well. 4. These men came to draw water. 5. He had departed
into the city that he might buy food. 6. Do ye ask of me water

to drink ? 7. Whence have ye this living water ? 8. Are ye

greater than God ? 9. I will give to him the water of life, and

he shall not thirst unto eternity. 10. My fellowship is with the


Father. 11. We declare unto you the testimony which we have

seen, and which we have heard. 12. These things we write unto

you, because we believe his testimony concerning the word of


life.

10. TOPICS FOR STUDY.


1. Three classes of mutes. 2. v before labials and palatals.
3. Inflection of -i'?, -ua, -i'. 4. Inflection of -m, -via, -ds. 5. Of
/M-d'C'iJi'.
6. Principal parts of Xvia, 8i8w/u,i, ttoicw, /xaprvpcw.
7. Ninth class of verbs. 8. Inflection of verbs in fxi.
9. Inflec-

tion in pres. ind. act. of la-T-qfii, riOrjfii, 8t8w/xi. 10. Inflection of

Swafiai. 11. Synopsis of pres. of ttio-tcvw in all voices. 12. Im-

perfect, in all voices. 13. Future, in all voices. 14. 1 aor., in


all voices. 15. Perfect, in all voices. 16. Pluperfect, in all

voices.
LESSON XXIX. 139

LESSON XXIX.
1. TEXT.
John iv. 15-42.

2. NOTES.
15. (a) Xva ij.r] hixpw : cf .
Principles 22 and 27. (b) avrXiiv :

pres. inf., contr. for avrKtav contr. for avrXduv (§ 101, 1).
16. viraye, ffnovrjcrw cA^e: note the personal endings of the
. . .

imperative ; iway- pres. stem, cf)0)pr]<T-


1 aor. stem, iX6- 2 aor.
stem.
17. (a) KaXw9, tvell: most adverbs end in -ws (§ 126, 1).
18. (a) ((Tx^s, thou didst have : 2 aor. of
ex."* (§ 124, 89), cf.

cr;!^€i' (XXIV. N. 18). (b) aXr}6i<;, {as) true: an adj.; the ad-
verb would be a\ri6w<i (cf. i.
47). (c) cipr/Kas, thoii hast said:
-Ktts marks perf. 2 pers. sing., used as an irreg. perf. of ctTroi'

(§ 124, 68).
20. irpoiTiKvvTjaav : 1 aor. ind. act. 3 pers. plur. from TrpocrKUfew,
-oj, jjres. inf. act. TrpocrKweir.
21. 0VT6 . . .
ovre, neither . . nor (§ 131, 2).
23. Tou>vT(iv<;, such : ace. plur. masc. of toiovto9, a demons,
pron. of fjuality (§ 63, 5).
24. Tous iTi)0(TKvvuvvTa'i, those who ivorship :
pres. part. ace.

plur. masc, subject of npoaKwdv (cf. rriiicii>k' 23).


25. acayytXci, he will declare: -d is contr. for c'ei
; u^ayytA-, a
liijuidstem; the future of liquid stems is formed by adding c in

place of fT (§ 89, 3), which then contracts.


27. cXaAtt, lie u)as speaking : -ci is contr. for n ;
c- marks aug-
ment ;
the form is
imj)erf. act. 3 pers. sing, of XaXc'o), -w.
29. ftrjTi: compounded of /xr/
and ti; an iiiterrog. particle
expecting a negative answer, generally untranslated.
140 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD.
30. -^pxaPTo, they were comintj : -ovto marks imperf. mid. 3
pers. plur. ; with temporal augment ; from ^p^oixai.
31. (a) iv Tw
fxtra^h, in the meanwhile : fjitra^v is an adv. -
between; dat. of
xP^Vw, sing, xP'^vo<;, time, is understood.
(b) rjpwTwv, they were asking : -uiv is contr. for -aov witli tem-;

poral aug., from tpwrato ;


the form is imperf. act. 3 pers. plur.
(§~114). (c) <^aye, eat thou : 2 aor. imper. act. from iaO'o)
(§ 124, 80) ;
fut </)dyo/xat, 2 aor. etjiayov (cf. Kara^ayerat, XXIV.
N. 3).
32. (fiayuv, to eat: -€m/ is contr. for and marks 2 aor. inf.,
€<.i,

from eo-^icu
(cf. preceding note).
33. (a) f^^ (cf. Principle 26). XXII.
(b) ^v^yK^v (cf. ^vcyKav,
N. 4).

34. ha iroi-qaw . . . kol TcAeiwo-o) (cf. Principle


27).
35. (a) tTT-ap-are, lift ye up: from iir-aipw, compounded of
prep. tVt and aipw (cf. XXIII. n. 12). {b) ^eao-ao-^c: -aaOe
marks 1 aor. imper. mid. 2 pers. plur. (§ 108).
36. Iva . . .
\aiprf (cf. Principle 27).
41. TToXAw TrAttous, ma?^y/ more
literally more by much ; the .•

dat. of neuter adj. noXv


(from ttoAu's, § 49, 1) is often used ad-
verbially with the comparative; nXuovs is contr. for TrAttwcs
(§ 51, 3, a).
42. dKriK6up.€i', from aKr'jKoa, perf. of aKou'co (§ 124, 8).

3. FORMS FOR SPECIAL STUDY.


-et KaAws
eVoiw, (ii. 23) 8n/'»/cret (iv. 13) (iv. 17)
cAaAct, -61
(iv. 27) npoaKvvyjaovaiv (iv. 23) dXrjOws (i. 48, iv.
42)
yp'oTaov, -wv (iv. 31, 40) dvayycAtti, -el (iv. 25) tV^dSe (iv. 15, 1(3)

4. OBSERVATIONS.
1. Vowel verbs are contracted in the imperfect as well as in
the present.
2. In the fut. of vowel stems a final short vowel is
generally
lengthened.
LESSON XXIX. 141

3.
Liquid stems add e in place of o- to form the future, and
then contract.
4. Most adverbs are formed from adjectives, and end in -w?.

5. Adverbs may also beformed by adding the suffix -8c.

5. GRAMMAR LESSON.
1. § 49, 1. Inflection of ttoAv? 7. § 107, 1, 2. Synopsis of the
2. § 51, 3, a. Of TrXftojv. Future Tense.
3. §60,1. The Keciprocal Pro 8. §114. Infl.ofPres.Ind.Act.
noun. of Contract Verbs.
4. § 63, 5. Infl. of toioi)to5. 9 § 114. Of Imperf. Ind. Act.
5. § 67, L Of aAXo9, of Contract Verbs.
6. §89, 1-4. The Future 10 §126, 1-6. Formation of
Stem. Adverbs.

6. VOCABULARY A.

1. dWi'l\<i}v, one another. 16. KoTTo?, -ov, o, labor.


2. aAAo?, -nf], -o, another. 17. XaXifi, -u?, 7/, speech.
3. av-nyyiWu), declare. 18. XfuKos, -r), -01',
white.
4. a-7rd5, -urra, -av, all. 10. /xevToi, but yet.
5. (iixlifia, -T()<;, TO, food, meat. 20. fiera^v, meanwhile.
G. (3fjw(Ti<;, -cw?, rj, food, meat. 21. /ht^Sc, awrf wo/, neither.
7. ScuTf, adv., «o?/ie /i^re. 22. nfjTi.^
8. fiftijKii,
I have said. 23. fiia-d/x;, -nv, o, reward.
0. ivOdhi, hither. 24. 0/10?, together.
10. tTT-aipo), lift up, raise. 25. opo9, -OU9 (§ 40, 4), TO,
1 1 .
€rt, 7/e/, .S/iV/. wor<?iiatw.
12. 8ef)iX<o, reap. 26. ovK-iri, no longer.
13. ^tpicr/Aoq, -or», o, harvest. 27. fiiVe . . .
oiVf, neither . . . nor.
14. /caX(7*q, WC/^. 28. <)cfiOaXn<')<;, -or, it, e»t/e.

15. KfipTTo?, -or, o, fruit. 'JO. TreVrf. //J'C.

* An interrogative, expecting a negative answer ; generally untranslataVile-


142 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD.

30. TrpocTKvviwy -u), worship. 37. tcXciow, -w, complete, aecom-


31. Trpo<TKVvr]Ty]<;, -ov, o, woT- plish.
shiper} 38. Terpdfirjvo';, -09, -ov, of four
32. aoi, (Tt'j, (Tov, thy. months.
33. airtipu), sow. 39. toioiStos, such>
34. (Tvv-a,y(i>, gather. 40. tottos, -ou, 6, place.
35. aiDTijp, -rjpo^, 6, saviour. 41. x(i>pa.f -d?, ?^, field.
36. (TdJTTjpid, -ds, ?^,
salvation.

7. VOCABULARY B.

Under List IV., of nouns, etc., learn those words numbered


150-196.

8. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX.

1. H X'^P'? 'fcii
^7 aXrjOeLa 81a. 'Irjcrov Xpia-Tov iyevero (i. 17).
2. H (TiiiTfjpia eK Toir 'lonSat'wv Icttiv (iv. 22),

Principle 28. The Greek very often uses the article with ab-
stract nouns, in which case it generally must be left untranslated
in English.

1. 'Eav p-i] y b 0fo5 fi€T avTov (iii. 2).


2. Kai e/cci
SiirpL^ev p.eT auToJv Kat i^drrTitev (iii. 22).
3. EyeVfTo ovv ^riTr)ai<; . . .
/xcra 'louSaiou (iii. 25).
4. O? ^v /[i,€Ta o-oC irlpav rov 'lophdvov (iii. 26).
5. Kai l6avp.a^ov on p,(Ta yvvaiKu<; ikdXei (iv. 27).
6. Ti XaXfis /ifr' air^s ; (iv. 27).
7. MfTci TOVTO Karifi-q ei? Kac^apvaovp. (ii. 12).
8. Mtra Taura ^X0cv 6 'Iiyo-oCs ... €15 T-qv 'Ioi;Saiaj' yrjv (iii. 22).
Principle 29. The prep, /icra, in N. T., governs two cases, the
gen. and ihe ace. with the gen. it means among, with (associa-
;

tion), together with; with the ace, after, of time or place.

^
Only here.
LESSON XXIX. 143

9. EXERCISES.

1. Decline :
llpo<fii^T]<;, a-tttrqpia, Mfcrcriag, X*^P"j /capTros, ywiQ,

avrjp, Travi'ip, I3puiai<;, opo?, ^pwpia 6, aurds, aWos, <tv, (Kelvo^, ovtos,

TToAuS, aWi'jXtDV, TOIOVTOS, (TO?, UTTO?, OvSciS (§ 54, 1, N. 1).

2. Conjugate (\6e, aTrt-


:
Aeyw, So?, Sii/'ui, Siep^w/Aai, <f)wvr)(TOv,

KpiOrjv, e(r\ov, flp.i, iriaT€v(, 7rpo(T(KvvT](ra, Trpoa-KvvTqcru), TrpoaKwio},


tp^op.ai, i\6C}, dvayycAoi, i6avp.a^ov, ikaXovv, u.<f>rJKa, rjp^^upijv,
k€ko-

TTlUKa.

3.
Analyze :
Oi8ap.ev, aK-qKoapev, TTio-TCvo/xcv, i-rricrTfvcrav, c^icivev,

^eivai, rjp(i}TU)y', p-aprvpovcrr]^, elcrtXrjXvOaTe, KtKOTriaKacrii', uTrc'o'TeiXa,

Oepi^iDV, (TTTiipwv, X^'PT?) OedaacrOe, CTraparc, TeXtiwcrw, (f>ayeiv, <^ay€,

•^p^OVTO, d77->}\^€V, ^r/Te??, cA.^^, TrpOO-KVVOVVTa?, TrpOOrKWflTC, TVpOCTKV-

4. Translate at sight (a) John iv. 1-14. :

*
(i) Kai co'Tt*' avTi] y tlyycXux j)!' aKrjKoafiev air airrov kol dvayycX-

Ao/icv ti/iii',
oTt 6 ^(o? ^a»? etTTiv koi (TKOTia ovK tariv iv avT<Z oiSc^io.

(OLV (iiruififv oTi KMvioviav e^optv fi(T auToti, (cat iv T<p o"KOT€t Trcpt-
^
TraToi/xev, \p(vS6picf)a koi ov iroiovfifv Tr]v aX-qOaav ' iav St tv to)

(^o*Ti TrfpinaTuifitv w? auro? to'Tii' cV tw <^wTt, Koivcovtav i\npifv /ler


^
dAAi^Xwv Kui TO ai/xa 'Irjcrov tou vlov KaOapi^ci 7//iu?
utto Trdai]^

u/xapria? (1 John i.
5—7).
5. Translate :
(a) Orally into Greek : 1. John iv. 15-18-
2. iv. 19-22. 3. iv. 23-20. 4. iv. 27-30. 5. iv. 31-34. G. iv.

35-38. 7. iv. 39, 40. 8. iv. 41, 42.


(h) 1. Ho comes hither to draw water, in order that he may
not thirst. 2. Do not call your wivf.s, hut come hither. 3. They
saw that he was a prophet. 4. I will worship God in tliis tem-

jih'. worshiji{)<'d the FatluT in this


5. I mountain. 0. They
will announce to them the truth. 7. He marvels that the woman

'
Message, only 1 John i. .'i
;
iii. 11.
2
fti/5o/«u, lie, speak falsely.
*
KaOaptj^w, cleanse, purify.
144 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD.

speaks with this man. 8. He has food to eat which the others

do not know. 9. They brought me food to eat, but I was not


able to eat it. 10. He who sows reaps his reward.

10. TOPICS FOR STUDY.


1. Inflection of opos, ctos. 2. Of yuvr/, vSoip. 3. Of ouSti?, aA,-

Aos. 4. Of Tras, TToXu?, irkuMv. 5. Future system. 1 passive


6.

system. 7. Principal parts of Xvm, ttuttcvw. 8. Synopsis of im-


perf. of TTio-Tcvw. 9. Synopsis of future of Trurrevui in all voices.

10. Of 1 aorist. 11. Inflection of Tt/i-aw, Sti/^uoi, cpwraw. 12. In-


flection of (fiiXew, TTpoaKvviw. 13. Inflection of SryXow, TeAetdoi.
14. Inflection of cri/Aaov, ^pwraov. 15. Inflection of icfitkeov,

tAaAeov.

LESSON XXX.
1. TEXT.

John iv. 43-54.

2 NOTES.
43. (a) fiera, after : cf. l*rin. 29. (b) iKei-Oei', thence : the
suffix -dey is often used to form adverbs (§ 126, 3), denoting
place whence, as -Se denotes place whither, cf. irOa-8e (iv. 15, 16).

(c) CISthis prep., denoting entrance into, or direction


: and limit,

always governs the ace, and is correlative with iv, in, and oppo-
site to iK, ii, out of (§ 125, 2, c).
44. h', in :
always with the dative, denoting joZace in, sphere
in, time in, instrument, power (§ 125, 2, h).
45. (a) eSe^avTo, they received : -avro marks 1 aor. mid. 3 pers.

plur., from Sex^)iiui ;


stem ^ex--, -X' of slom with era, the sign of 1

aor. mid., forming ^u (§ 13, 4). (l>) cajpaKOTcs : -koVcs marks


LESSON XXX. 145

nom. plur. masc. of perf. part. act. in -w^ (§ 48, 5). (c) ocra,
whatsoever tilings : ace. ueut. plur. after tTroLrjaev.

46. -qaOivu, he was sick :


7}-, temporal augment, -ci, contr. for

-ee, imperf. ind. act. 3 pars. sing, of aa-dtvioi, am sick, iveak.

47. (rt) eK, out of, from: always


with the gen. (opposite to
cis), denoting ^^Ztice out of, origin, material from (§ 125, 2, a).
{(>) ypwra, he was asking : -a
= contr. for -at imperf. uul. act. 3 ;

pers. sing, of cpwratu, -w. (c) Karafifj :


-(iff
marks 2 aor. subj. act.

3 pers. sing, of -/SatVw


(§ 124, /xi 120). 12), of the inflection (^

{d) he might heal : -a-qrai marks 1 aor. subj. mid. 3 pers.


liia-qrai,

sing. (§ 108) of depon. verb tdo/xai, -uiftai. (e) rjixeWei', he was


about to : the imperf. ind. of fjiiWut has two forms in the N. T.,
£/ieAAoi/ and ^yxcAAov, as here, the
augment being irregular (§74,
4). (/) aTTo-Oi'-^aKeii', marking the inf.; -dvyjcrK- is
to die: -eiv

the pres. stem, formed from the stem Ova- by adding -ctkcj (§ 84,
1), and is therefore of VI. class (cf. § 124, 100).
48. 7rio-T£wrjT€ :
-arjre marks 1 aor. subj. act. 2 pers. plur.
49 (a) KaTd(3r]di : -Ol marks 2 imper. act. of /u inflec-
aor.

tion (§ 120 ), cf. V. 47, c. (6) ano-Oaveiv, to die: 2 aor. inf. act.
of a7r(j-0yr'i(TKi,> ( V. 47, /) ;
6av- is the simple stem, $vu- the perfect
stem (-§ 124, 100).
50. (a) TTopevov : -ov marks pres. imper. mid. (>; 105). (/') ly,

he lives: -jj
is an irreg. contr. of -dei ( § 114, 1 ; § 124, DO)-
52. (a) iirv6eTo, he inquired : wvO- is the stem of 2 aor. ;
to

form the stem (-wfim-) add av°|e-, and as the vowel of irvO-
[ires,
is short, insert a (§ 83, 1, c); of the V. class; a depon. verb,
i'

iruvOilvoiiai, I inquire (§ 124, IGD). (h) tdx^v (cf. iv. 18).


54. TovTo, cf. I'rinciple 25.

3 FORMS FOR SPECIAL STUDY.


yXOiv
146 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD.

4 OBSERVATIONS.
1.
Many verbs are irregular, different parts of the verb being
derived from themes essentially different.
2. The special information needed concerning each verb may
be found by referring to the list of irregular verbs given in
§124.
5. GRAMMAR LESSON.
1. § 74, 4. Imperf. of /ac'AXo). 7. § 125, 2. The Meaning of
2 § 75, 4. Perfect of olkovu). the Prepositions.
3 § 125, 1. The Use of Prepo- 8. § 130. The Neg. Adverbs.
sitions. 9. §131,1-3. Copulative and
4. § 125, 2, a. Use of diro and tV. Disjunctive Particles.
5. § 125, 2, b. Use of eV and eh. 10. § 131, 1-3. Adversative
G. §125,2, rf.
Useof^cra. and Inferential Particles.

6 VOCABULARY A.

1. dTTo-dv-qa-KO),
die. 14. fiiWu), am about to do any-
2. aaOevtw, -w, am sick, weak. thing.
3. y3ao-iXt»coq, -TQ, -dv, royal. 15. oiKi'd, -d?, rj,
house.
4. /Jao-tXiKos, -ov, o, king's offi- 16. oXo?, --q, -ov, whole.
cer. 17. TraiSiov, -ou, to, child.
5. ^exofiai, receive.
18. Trais, TraiSds, o, child.
6. ooCXos, -ov, 6, servant. 19. Trarpi?, -iSos, ^, one's native
7. £^So/A09, -7], -OV, seventh. country.
8. fKcWev, thence. 20. TTopevofiai, go, depart.
9. tx^es, adv., yesterday.
21. TrptV, before that.
10. ^817, now, already. 22. TrvvOdvofJiai, inquire.
11. Idoftai, -w/iai, /iPa/, «<re. 23. TTvpfTos, -ov, 6, fever.
12. Ko^Lxporepov, adv., better.
24. Tfpa<;, -aT09, to, wonder.^
13. KOfjul^oTepov €^0), am bet 25. Tt/x?;, -^s, ^, honor.
ter. 26. {iTT-avTacD, -w, meet.
^
Only in i)lur. in N. T., and always joined witli (rij^eta.
LESSON XXX. 147

7. VOCABULARY B.

1. Learn the Correlative Pronouns given under List VII.


2. Learn the Prepositions given under List YIII.

8. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX.
1. "Ore ovv yyepOr] tn vtKpwv (ii. 22).
2. MfTo. Tttvra ^XOev 6 'Irjcrov^ (iii. 22).
3. 'H aurrrjfjta tK tu)v 'louSaioji/ Icttiv (iv.
22 ;
cf. iv. 9).

4. 'ESe^avTO avrov raXtXaioi, iravra cwpaKOTC? (iv. 45).


oi

5. Kai ^v Tt? /?acriXi/co5 ov u vios ycrOtveL At'yti Trpos avTov o /Su- •

criXiKo? (iv. 46, 49).


6. 'EX^uiv e« T^9 'lovSaia? cis rrjv FaXtXaiai' (iv. 54; cf. iii. 22).

Principle 30. adjective An is often used alone as a noun, the


substantive being omitted.
1. Of place, into :

1. 'E^>;^o/i€vov CIS Tov KoafJ-ov (i. 9). 2. ^HXOtv £<? TTjV TaXiXaiav

(iv. 45). 3. OvTrix) yap -qv [iifiXrfp.ivo<; eh tijv (fivXaKijv Iwcxj-t/s

(iii. 24).
2. Of motion or direction to, unto:
1. Els' rd lSlul
r/XOev (i. 11). 2. 'EkXv/^'t; Sc Kal 6 lr)<TOV<;
. . . cis

T0|/ ydfiov (ii. 2). 3. AwTot yap ^X6'oi' £is Tr;r koprrfv (iv. 45).
3. Of end or aim, w7t<o .•

1. Wrfyy] il^aros aAXo/teVow cts ^a)i7V acoVior (iv. 14).


Z. Kat crvi'-

dyfi Kitpiruv fis ^(Dr)^ atoViov (iv. 3C).


4. Of 2>urpose, re.sult, for :
1. OvTi)^ -ijXOfv CIS iiapTvpiar (i. 7).
5. Of C'tlii<:al direction, on :

1. Tots irifTTdiovaii' cis* to ovofia avrov (i. 12). 2. Kui (irKTTtvnuv


f(\- avTitv fiaOi]Tai hvtuv (ii. 11).
ot 3. '() 7rifrTfi5(i)»' fi's axnov (ill.

16, 18). 4. 'O TTKTTtviDV (Is rnv mov <;(ft ^(di^i^


aiuji'ioi' (iii. 36).
'
Ui(TTe\'itiv fCs Tira, to helicvc on run/ oni', is characteristic nf St. Jolm's
f!iir,))c.l,
niid iiH'ans more tliaii mrTrfiHiv nvi, l<> helievc (i)iif mif, niul is rcully
C(rnsirucliij i>iucijnans, i. e. it virtually contains the latter tliouglit.
148 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD.

6. Of time, denoting duration, through^ during :

1. Ov fir]Buj/yatL eh tov aiwfa (iv. 14).


7. Co?istructlo ^raegnans, a double construction, implying also
rest in, in :

1. 'O tiv CIS Tov koXttov tow Trarpos ckcivo? i^rjyrjcraTO (i. 18).

Principle 31. The preposition cis always governs the accusa-


tive.

9. EXERCISES.
1. Decline 'H/icpa,:
ti/at/, oTvo9, uios, arjixtiov, TraiSiov, Trarpis, repa?,

mu'z, ocros, tis, d/covcas, CKeivo?, oXos, Sci^repo?, iXOwv, cwpaKws.


2. 'E^X^ov,
Conjugate :
e/tapn^pv/o-a, e;(U), iStidfxrjv, ^jXTjv, yjO-Ql-

vuvv, 7)p(i}Tiov, KaTu/3a), iacra»p,tti, Kara^-qOi, Tropevov, ^dw, a(f)7]Ka,

3. 'E^^X^cv, eSe^avro, ewpaKorcs, rjaOevei, rfKU,


Analyze :
rfpuira,

Karaf^fj, uunqrai, rjp.tK\ev, i8r)Te, -TnaTevcrrjTe, Kard^-qOi, diroOavuv,

TTOpevov, t,fj, iircp€vcTo, vTr-qvTrjcrav, lirvOeTO, f-a-)(ev, acfi^Kev, enreVf

kXuMV.

4. Translate at sight :
(a) John iv. 15-42.
(b) 1. 'Eav ciTToj/Afv OTi dfiapriav ovk t)(pp.ev, €avTov<; TrXavMfxcv,

KOI Tj aXyjOeia ovk tcmv iv r]fuv. cav ofioXoyuifjLev Ta§ dyuaprias rjfiG)V,
^ ®
TTto-TOS €(TTiv Ktti 8iKaios iVa u^jj T^p-iv Tcis d/i,apTia? «:ai KaOapLO-r]

^'p,as aTTO Trdar]<; dSiicias.


eav ciTrwp.ci' on o^;;^ ly/xapTryKap-ci', {f/eva-T-qv

TTOLOVflCV aWOV KUl 6 Aoy05 ttlUTOli O^K €(TTIV tV l^p IV (1 Jolin ].


8—10).
5. Translate :
(a) Orally into Greek : 1. John iv. 43-45. 2. iv.

46, 47. 3. iv. 48-50. 4. iv. 51, 52. 5. iv. 53, 54.

(h) 1. After these things


he goes up into the mountain, and
ahides there two days. 2. He came into his own country, hut

they did not receive him. 3. He was coming unto the feast.
4. They were asking that he should come up. 5. He is not

willing to die, but he must die. 6. Come up before that my


father dies. 7. His father and he shall eat of the fruit
will live,

of his labor. 8. The men believed the word which he spoke to


1 "
TrXavdu], -tD, deceive. 1 aor. subj.
2 2 aor. act. subj. of send away, forgive.
d<plri/jLi.,
LESSON XXXI. — REVIEW. l49

them, and the father of the child in that hour believed on the
name of the Saviour of the world. 9. This did Jesus as a second
miracle.

10. TOPICS FOR STUDY.


1. Augment. 2. Reduplication. 3. Tense systems. 4. Pres-
ent stem. 5. Eighth class of verbs. 6. 2 aor. stem. 7. Con-
tract verbs. 8. Principal parts of Auw, StSw/xi, ttoicw, ttio-tciw,

Ti/taoj. 9. Use of prepositions. 10. Use of airo and tV. 11. Use
of £V. 12. Use of €ts. 13. Use of fiira. 14. -cus, -dcr, -St.

15. Use of /y.»;.


IG. Copulative conjunctions. 17. Disjunctive

conjunctions.

LESSON XXXI. — REVIEW.


[The attentioti of the .student is a^'aiii called to the necessity of a

thorniigh reviiiw. He i-s


earnestly urjijeil to review Le.'^soii XX. before
taking up this le.ssou. The vocabularies learned thus far must be abso-

lutely mastered.]
1 VOCABULARY.
Review the words given
1. in the vocabulary of Lesson X.,
covering John i. 1-19.
2. Review the words given in the vocabulary of Lesson XX.,
covering John i. 20-51.
.3. Revi(!W the vocal)ularies given in Lessons XXl.-XXIV.,
covering second chapter of John.
4. Tk(!vi«'W \]\(' vocaliularie.s given in Lessons XXV.- XXX.,
covering third and fourfb chapters of John.
5. Review List I., of 95 verbn occurring innp' than fifty tiinr.s
in N. T.. and note how many vcrb.s an' found in .Inlm i. l-iv. 54.

G. Review List IV., of 1!)G nouns, etc., occurring nion- than

fifty times in N. T., and note how many r)f these words are found
in John i. l-iv. .54.
150 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD.

7. Review List VII., table of correlative pronouns, and write


from memory the different classes.

8. Review List VIII., table of prepositions, and write from

memory a list of j^repositions, with their respective meanings,

governing (1) gen. only ; (2) dat. only ; (3) ace. only ; (4) gen.
and ace. ; (5) gen., dat., and ace.

2. TEXT.
John ii. 1-iv. 54.

1. Pronounce aloud the Greek text until it can be read

fluently.
2. With only the literal translation before the eye, pronounce
the Greek of each verse until this can be done without hesitation.
3. Then write the Greek text of each verse until it can be

reproduced without error.


4. Read aloud slowly the Greek text, and write down, in three

columns, according to their declensions, the various nouns of


Chapter IV. as they occur.*
5. Arrange in alphabetical order, according to their declen-
sions, all the nouns which occur in the second, third, and fourth
chapters of John, and tabulate the result: (1) first declen.,
(a) feminines in -a, {b) in -a, (c) in -rj, (d) masculines in -»;?,

(e) in -de, (/) contracts in -fj ; (2) second deck, (a) masc. in
-09, {b) fern, in-o?, (c) neut. in -nv (3) third deck, (a) stems ;

ending in a palatal mute, (b) in a lingual mute, (c) in a liquid,


(fZ)
in -0-, (e) in -i, (/) in a diphthong, (g) irregular.
6. Arrange in alphabetical order (1) the adjectives, (2) nu-

merals, (3) pronouns, (4) prepositions, (.5) adverbs, and (6) con-
junctions, which occur in the second, third, and fourth chapters.
7. Arrange in alphabetical order, in four classes ( (1) vowel,
(2) in V), (3) deponent, (4) in /xi ), all the verbs which occur in
these chapters of John.
1
To fulfil this and the various rp(|uiiemeiits which follow, time, accuracy,
and patience will be needed. No .student who has ever done such work will
fail to appreciate the good results which will surely follow.
LESSON XXXI. — REVIEW. 151

8. Make a list of all verb-forms occurring in the indicative,

classifying them according to voices and tenses.


9. Make a similar list of all verb-forms occurring in the

subjunctive.
10. Make a list of all verb-forms occurring in (1) the impera-
tive, (2) the infinitive.
11. Make a list of all verb-forms occurring as participles.
12. Prepare a tabular statement for future use, covering all
these topics.

3. GRAMMAR LESSON.

[Before the student begins this review, he should study the Grammar
Lesson given in the reviews of Lessons X. and XX.

1. §4,3. Breathing of initial u. 16. §41,1. Inflection of -ywij, uSwp.


2. §7,1,2. Contraction of vowels. 17. §42, 1. Gen. plur. of opos.
3. § 13, 1-13. Euphony of Con- 18. § 44, 4. Adjectives in -os, -ov.

.^niiants. 19. § 46, 1 . Inflection of dXi/^^s.


4. § 27, 1-4. Declension and 20. §47, 1, 2. o|ur, 7r5r.

ca.se-endings. 21. §48, 1, h, fi. Of jKiiticiples in


5. §31,1. Terminations of First -ojf, -cor, -awv, -«i)v, -6<i)v.

flecl. 22. §49, 1. OfTToXiry.


6. §32,1. Iriflcftioii ofo-vic^, y^. 23. §50,2. Of ai^vim.
7. §33,2. Proper names of First 24. § 51, 3, «. Of fifi(a)P, n\fiu>v.
decl. 2f). §53, 1. Numerals l-G.
8. § 35, 1 . Terminations of Sec- 26. § 54, 1 , N. 1 . IidU'Ction of ds,
riTid decl. rpds, ovdfis.
9 § 37, n. Trifliction of 'l»;(ToGf. 27. §55. f'oinpoiuul Tiunilieis.
10. §40, 1. Inflirtioii <.f
fTcipf 28. § 59. Inflection of atavTov,
11. §4'>. 2. Tiiflcction of x"P^^' InvTov.
29. §60, 1. The reciprocal pro-
12 §40, 3. Inflection nf nari,,). noun.
pi7T»7p «i/i7p.
.30. §61.1.2 Popsessivp pronouns.
13. Iiifloctinn nf rrof opof. 31. (if ToiouTor
Iiideifidii
§40,4. §63,.'")
14. §40. Ty. Inflection of miA.s, 32. §66, I. Of rij:

o<f)is, icpiats.
33 §67,1. OfnfXXos.
15. §40,6. Inflection of /SaatXei^r, .34. §72,1-6. The ten.'^e.^.
Povs. 35. §74,1-10. The augment.
152 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD.

36. § 75, 1-6. Reduplication. 63. § 109, 1-5. Synopsis of perf.


37. § 76, 1-9. The tense-systems. 64. § 109, 2-5. Inflection of Xe-
38. § 78, 1. The present stem. ,

Xu(ca, XcXvK&j, XfXvKc.XfXuKoi)?,


39. § 79, § 80. First and second XeXvfxai, XeXv/xej/oy w, XeXv-
class. fifvos.
40. § 82, § 83. Fourth and fifth 65. § 110, 1,2. Inflection of the
class. pluperf. act.
41. § 84, § 85. Sixth and seventh 66. § 111, 1, 2. Synopsis of 2 aor.
class. ol XeiTro).
42. §86, §87. Eighth and ninth 67. §111,1,2. Inflection of eXi-
class. TTof, XiTTw, XiVe, Xmoiv.
43. § 89, 1-4. Future stem. 68. §114,1. Contract verbs.
44. § 90, 1-3. 1 aorist stem. 69. §114, 1. Inflection of Tifido),
45. § 91, i, 2. 2 aorist stem. (piXeto, br/Xou).
46. § 92, 1-5, 1 perfect stem. 70. §114,1. Inflection of m/xao^
47. § 94, 1-4. Perf. middle stem. f(Pi\fOP, e'SijXooi'.
48. § 95, 1-3. 1 passive stem. 71. § 114, 1 . Inflection of rifidofiai.
49. § 97, 1, a, h Mood suffixes. 72. § 114, 1. Of Cdco.
50. § 98, 1-4. Personal endings. 73. § 115. Synopsis of nia-Ttvo)
51. §99,1-6. Use of the endings. and Tifidm, in all tenses and
52. § 100, 1-3. The imperative. voices.
53. § 101, 1. The infinitive. 74. § 116, 1.
Impersonal verbs.
54. §102,1,2. The participle. 75. § 117. Defective verbs.
55. §103, 1-3. Synopsis of the 76. § 118, 1-4. Verbs in (ii.

present of Xvw. 77 §120. Inflection of tcrTTjtxi,

56. §104. Inflection of XvQ), pres. Tidrjfii, 8l8cL>[ii.

art. ind., subj., imper., part. 78. § 120. 01 dve^rjv, tyvatv, Ka-
57. §105. Pres. mid. and pass. Ta/3a}, 8ii), KaTajirjOi, 86s-

ind., subj., imper., part. 79. §120. Oidvvafxai.


58. § 106. Imperf. act., mid., and 80. § 121. Principal parts of 8i-

pass.
59. § 107, 1, 2. Synopsis of the 81. §122, 16. Inflection of pres.
future of Xvo). and imperf. ind., pres. subj.,
60. § 107, 2. Inflection of Xvtrw, and pres. part, of et/ii.
Xvcrwi', 'Kvaoyim, Xvcrofitvos, 82. § 125, 1, 2. The use and mean-
Xvdrjaoiiai, XvOtjcrofifuoi. ing of the prepositions.
61. §108, 1-4. Synopsis of 1 aor. 83. § 126, 1-6. Formation of ad-
62. verlis.
§108,2-4. IiiflpctioriofeXvo-n,
Xvrro), Xvaov, \viTns,(Xvcrafir]v, S4. §130. Negative adverbs.
Xvrrafiai, Xvfrni, Xucrd/iei'os, 85. §131,1-3. Conjunctions con-
(Xvdrjv, \v6oi), XvdrjTl- necting co-ordinate sentences.
LESSON XXXI. — REVIEW. 153

4. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX.

1. Eeview Principles 1-13, illustrating by additional exam-


ples.
2. Illustrate Principle 14 with additional examples (of. ii. 12 ;

iii. 22).
3. Illustrate Principles 15 (cf. iv. 32) and 16 (cf. iii. 8, 15,

20; iv. 13) ]>y additional examples.


4. Principles 17 (rf. ii. 24; iii. 26, 31, 35; iv. 29, 39, 45)
and 18 (cf. iii. 16, 17).
iii. 28 iv. 42, 45) and
5. Principles 19 (cf. iv. 2, 12, 44, 53 ; ;

20 (cf. in 1-54, 16 examples of airov; 12 of avrov 1 of avr^s,


iv. ;

iv. 27 ;
2 of avrwi', iv. 38, 52 13 of ainw 3 of avrols ; 7 of ; ;

aUTTj).
6. Principles 21 (cf . iv. 5, 14, 50) and 22 (cf. iii. 16, 20 ;

iv. 15).

7. Principles 23 (cf. iii. 30 ;


iv. 14, 24), 24 (cf. iv. 13, 15, 20,

21), and 25 (cf. iv. 54).


8. Review and illustrate Principles 26-31.

5. EXERCISES,

1. Translate orally Joliii i. 1-iv. 54.

2. Translate into English orally the Greek sentences of each


exercise in Lessons XXI.-XXX.
Translate into Greek orally
3. tin; first five English sentences
in same Lessons.
4. Willi till' Kcvisf'd Vorsir)n in your hand, translate orally :

1. 1 John i. 1-4. 2. i. 5. 3. i.
0, 7. 4. i.
8, 9. 5. i. 10.
154 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD.

LESSON XXXII.
[New words will be found in the vocabulary at tbe end of the Greek
text of the Gospel of St. John. The student will prepare for himself a
list of all the new words
occurring in each lesson, and memorize the
same. This list may be kept in a small note-book and preserved for
future reference and comparison.]

1. TEXT.
John v. 1-23.

2. NOTES.
2. (a) eVt T^ Trpo(3aTtKfi, at the sheep (gate) :
ttvAt/, gate, being
understood, cf. Prin. 30. (b) iTriXeyofitv-q :
pres. pass. part, of em,-
Atyoj, name, surname.
3.
(a) KariKUTo, ivas lying down: imperf. ind. act. 3 pets,
sing, of Kard-Keifjiai (§ 122, 15). (b) dcrOevovvTwv contr. for daOe-
:

vf.6vrwv,gen. plur. of pres. act. part, of aaOevew, w, am weak, sick,


(c) Tix^XuJr, etc. adjectives without substantives expressed, cf.
:

Prin. 30.
6.
(a) KaraKeifLtvov, lying down : pres. act. part, (b) yvov<; :
2 aor. act. part, of yLvwaKoj ; stem yic- inflected like SiSous ;

(§ 48, 2).
7.
(a) rai)a-^6r\ :
-6rj marks 1 aor. subj. pass. 3 pers. sing., from
Ta.pd(T(Ti)), agitate, trouble ; stem rapay-, of the Iota (IV.) class, y

uniting with i and becoming o-rr (§ 82, 1, a) ; y before being


changed into x (§ 13? !)• (^) /3«'^?/

7/ marks subj. ; fta\-,2
aor. stem, of Iota class (§ 82, 1, c). (c) eV w, while : iv with the
neuter of the relative os forms a periphrase for a conjunction,
here in a temporal sense.
10. (a) Tt6epa7riv/j.lvo) perf. part. pass, of OepaTrtvM
: for redupl. ;

see § 75, 1.
(b) apai: 1 aor. inf. act. of aipw (§ 124, 5).
LESSON XXXII. 155

11. («) but this one: the relative pron. has the force
OS 8(,

(b) vyii}, whole: ace. sing,


here of a demonstrative, of uytr/s, -c?

(§ 46, 1). (c) TrepiTraTct


: -ti contr, for It ; pres. imper. act. 2 pers.
Bing.
13. (a) ia6ti<i : -6ets marks 1 aor. pass. part, of Ido/jLai (§ 124,
102), inflected Hke Xv^ti's (§48, 3). (b) Uivtvatv. 1 aor. of
iKvtvw, withdraw.
14. (a) a/xofnaii pres. imper. act. (b) xeipov
: neut. conip. of :

KOKos (§ 52, 1 51, 3, a), ; §


(c) yivrjiat 2 aor. subj. mid. :

16. c'SiwKoi', ivoUi both imperfects. :

17. airtHpivaro 1 aor. mid. (7 times in N. T.)


: 1 aor. pass. ;

aveKpiOr) is mainly used.


18. (a) €^7;touv : contr. imperf. act. {b) aTroKTeivai : 1 aor.
inf. act. (c) cXvc, cXtyc : both imperfects.
19. (a) ov ovStV the compound negative (ov^iv) strength-
. . . :

ens the negation, but in English only one negative is used.


(b) uv firf Ti, except what.
20. (a) htiKvvaiv. pres. ind. act. 3 pers. sing, of 8<iki'v/u,i

(§ 120). {b) htiUi : fut. ind. act. of htUvvpi (§ 121).


23. (r/) rijKMcn
:
pros. subj. act. 3 pers. pliir. contr. of Tifidwai

(§ 114). (b) Tijxa : contr. for ti/auci.

3. OBSERVATIONS.

1. V. 2. This is the third occurrence of c tti with the dat. im-


of place and once of time.
plying rest on (cf. iv, 6, 27), twice
There have been five rases of <Vi with the arc. (i. 32, 33 (twice),

52; iii. 30), three of which are com^trurtio 2)raegnans, i. e. imjily-

only motion toward.s, but resting


not on.
ing
2. V. 3. Kara in composition generally means down, as in kotu-

Kdfiai, KmajiaiVM.
3. V. G. -Dus marks the ending of the part. act. of stems in -o-

of the pi inflection, yvous (2 aor. part.), hihov'i (pres.), Sou's (2 aor.),


cf. § 119.
156 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD.

4. V. 8. There are three imperatives in this sentence, two


with the present stem, one with 1 aor. stem.
5. V. 11. The use of the relative pronoun for the demonstra-

tive is comparatively rare in the N. T.


6. Vv. 16, 18. The imperfect is regularly used to denote a
frequently repeated past action, and also often denotes an at-
tempted action.
7. Yv. 17, 19. The 1 aor. mid. of aTroKpivojxai is found only
seven times in N. T., the 1 aor. pass, being generally used.
8. V. 23. Ti/Aawcri (pres. subj.) and Ti/Aaoucri (pres. ind.) have
the same form after contraction, Ti/Awcrt.

4. GRAMMAR LESSON.
1. § 48, 2. Inflection of Movs. 6. § 88, 1. Tenth Class.
2. § 48, 3. Of Xvd^is. 7. § 114, 1. Inflection of Pres.
3. § 52, 1-3. Comparison of Subj. Act. of Contract
K«Ko?, TToAi'?, Trpo. Verbs.
4. § 68. Correlation of Pro- 8. § 120. Of Pres. Ind. Act. of
nouns. SeiKvvfjii.

5. § 82, 1, a-d. Iota Class of 9. § 125, 2, a. Meaning of Pre-


Verbs. positions in Composition.

5. VOCABULARY.
1.
Arrange in alphabetical order and learn the new words in
this lesson.
2. Learn the correlative adverbs given under List IX.
3. Learn under the List of Verbs of the First Class in -/xi

(§ 122), the verbs, with their compounds, numbered 1, 2, 3, 4,

9, 11, 15, 16, 17.

6. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX.
1. (a) Mcf'^w TOVTwv oiprj (i. 50) .
(b) Mrj (tv fici^wv el tov Trarpos
tjlJ.wv IaKu)(3 / (iv. 12) .
(c) Kal ixf.it,ova toutwv 8ei$€i avTw cpyo
(v. 20).
LESSON XXXII. 157

2. (a) ^lr](rov<s nXuova'i fxaOrjra^ ttoui rj 'Iwdvr]<; (iv. 1). {b) Kal

rjydTrr](Tav
oi dvOpoiTTOi /J.aAAoi' to trKOTOs 17 to ^uJs (iii. 19).

Princij^Ie 32. The comparative degree usually takes the ob-

ject of comparison in the ^rnitive, or it may be followed by the

comparative particle t},


the things compared generally being in
the same case.

1. Clauses with relatives :

(a) "Oti av \iyrf v/XLV TronijaaTe (ii. 5). (b) "Os S' av irir)
Ik tov
'
vSttTOs ov iyu) 8ajo"w avTw (iv. 14). ((^)
A yap av cKCtvos Troirj,

Tavra Koi o vlos o/xotw? Troiti, (v. 19).

2. Clauses with the conditional el (idv = d dr) :

(a) Hois idv eiTToj vfXLv rd i-rrovpavia 7rt(TTeweTe ; (iii. 12), (b^'Edv
fj.rj (rr)p.iia Kal repara l?)rjT€ (iv. 48).
3. Temporal clauses (orav = ot€ nv) :

(a) Kal orav fji.iOv<T$w(Tiv tov ikda-aw (oivoi/ TiOrjair) (ii. 10).
"
(b) "Orav fXOri Iku,vo%, dvayyeXu rifjuv dnavra (iv. 25). (c) kvOpo)-
TTOV OVK i\(j}
Lva — orav Tapa)^6fj to vSwp
— ftdXrj fx€ et? tt|v KoXvfifiy'i-

Opav (v. 7).

Principle 33. All relative, conditional, and temporal clauses


containing the hypothetical particle dv, are followed by the sub-
junctive.

7. EXERCISES.
1. Write the inflection of ovtos, 6, ttoAu's, vyirjs, iyw, ti?, ttS?.

2. JJedine :
Eo^tt;, crrod, n\rj6os, Ito?, totto?, Kpt'rrts, yror'?, iJ8(i)p,

iadet<;, ^€ipo)v, fiut,wv, TroiT/aa?, iraTr'jp, kavrov, ovhu'i, os.


3. Write the inflection of ivifirjv, clfxi, t^nn', KaTeKti'/xT/i', dpov.

4. (Jonjugate :
'AiriKpiO-qv, rapa)(0(7i, (idXw, ip^ofiat, lytipf, iytvn-
prjr, yiyova, ytvwfiai, i^uoKov, eVoi'eof, dTrfKpiydprjv, ipydl^ofiai, 8vva-
fiai, 8(iKvt)fu, hd^o), Ti/xdw (pres. ind.), rifidw (pre.s. subj.).

5.
Analyze :
Ac'Soj^ev, ^ounroul, iytipd, Oavfid^rjTf, fitiKi'vatv, f/jiAei,

TTOifi, TToiovvTa, Svvaraif aTroKTfivaLy e^T^Tow, ipyd^erai, dniKpivaTo,


CTToict, yivrp-ai, afidprave, i^ty(v<Tfv, ripwrrja-av.
158 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD.

6. Translate orally ^ (a) John : ii. 1-11. (b) v. 1-23.

(c) 1. TtKVia fxuv, TaSra ypd(fjui vfxlv ii'a


fii] ufidpTrjT€. 2. koi

idv Tts d/xapTr],^ irapdKXr^Tov^ l^ofxtv irpos tov Trarepa lijauiv ^piarov

SiKaiov, /cat avTos IXaa/Jios* iariv Trcpi rwv dp.apTiwv y/fxCiiv, ov Tripi twv

TZ/ACTcpaJV 8c fiQvov dAAa >cai trtpX oXov toS Kocr/xov. 3. Koi iv tovtw
^
yLvwaKOfxev oTt fyvwKafjuv avTov, idv to,? ivroXds avTov Trjpwfjuv.
4. 6 Ac'ywv oTi E-yvtoKa avToi' Kai ras eVroAas avrov fir] rrjpwv,

\p€V(TT7]<; iariv, koi iv tovtw r] dXrjBua ovk tcrriv. 5. os 8' ai'


tt;p]^

awTou TOV XdyoF, dXrjOuis iv tovtw rj dydnr} tow Oiov TtTcXeiWat.


6. cv TOVTw yivwcTKOfxei' OTt £V auTw icrfX€V. 7. 6 Xtytov cv auTw pnviiv

o</)£tAet^ Ka6'u)s tKCii/os irepuTrdTrjatv kuI avros ntpiiraTiiv (1 John


ii.
1-6).
7. Translate
1. He was lying down at the well. 2. The
:

sick man saw


the Saviour coming unto him. 3. The lame and
the blind wish to become sound. 4. The lame (man) has not any
one who may throw him 5. O men, arise, take up
into the pool.

your beds, and walk. These men took up their beds and were
6.

walking. 7. They who were healed did not know who the man
was who said to them, Behold ye have been made whole. 8. He
does not work and he shall not eat. 9. Whatsoever thing this
man may do, this thing I also will do. 10. I show him good
works, but he will show me greater works than these.

8. TOPICS FOR STUDY.


1. Participles in -ou? and -ei's. 2. Terminations of First decl.
3. Of Second decl. 4. Of Third decl. 5. Inflection of ttSs, ttoAu's.

We lay the greatest stress on intellif^ent reading at sight. We especially


*

urge the student not to u.se the English Version in reading the Epistles
of

John, selections from which are given for sight reading. The vocabulary of
the Epistles of John is included in the vocabulary at the end of the Gospel.
2 ^
2 aor. subj. with simple stem. Cowfortfr, helper,
* ^
Propitutlinn. Pert., stem 7»'o-.
* Pres. subj.
''
We have three illustrations of Prin. 33 in this section.
'
Perf. pass. ^
d<pd\o}, I owe.
LESSON XXXIII. 159

6. Iota claS;s of verbs. 7. Two classes in /xt. 8. Inflection of

pres. ind. act. of laTijfii, riOrjixi, SiOoj/mi, SctKit'/xt. 9. Usage of

litrd. 10. Of CIS. 11. eVi witli the dat. 12. cVi with the ace.
13. Constructio praegnans. 14. Kara in composition. 15. Mean-
ing of imperfect. 16. Usage of comparative. 17. Of dv with
relative clauses. 18. With conditional and temporal clauses.
19. Principles 1-10.

LESSON XXXIII.

1. TEXT.

John v. 24-47.

2. NOTES.

24. stem -/Sd-, pres. stem -/?utv- perf. ind. act.


fxeTa-ftiftrjKev :
; ;

28. /xr] Oav/xd^ert


fitrd in comp. implying change, transfer. :

of. Prin. 22. 29. -n-pd^avTes simple stem npay-, 1 aor. stem :

npa^- (y(T
- $), pres. stem npaa-cr- (§ 82, 1, a. Cf. § 124, 168).
33. aTTC-o-ToiA-KaTC :
perf. stem <rTaX-, cf. d7r£-(rTaX-/xcVos ; simple
.stem -<TT(\-, as seen in fut. (§ 124, 179) ;
1 aor. stem -crreiA-, cf.

dirt(TT€iX(v in V. 38; pres. stem o-tcXA- (§ 82. 1, r). 34. o-oj-

%£: 1 aor. suhj. pass. (XXVI. n. 17, /^ (^124, 183).


35. (a) Kuiofj.ivo'i
:
pres. part. pass. ;
we have three stems in
N. T. of this verb, simple Kav- (§82, 1, e), 2 pass, ku- {^96),

and pres. k.u- (§124, 109). {f>) yei^frare : of. XVIII. N. 5.


(r) dyaWiaOynu sonic Mss. read -(r^mi (§ 95.
: 1 aor. inf. pass. ;

2; § 13, 10) ((I) TTprk


with ace, denoting time, durhir/, for.
:

36. uuTu rd Ipyi, the very works. 37. oxni oirre, ne/- . . .

</icr nf>r disjunctives (§ 131). 39. (n)


. . . :
negative ipnif-

idrc oontr. for ipavvdiTt, 2 jM-ns. phir. jtr's. itid or pres. iin[)rr.

(§ 114) of Ipavvdo), I search. (h) ^oKcire : contr. fnr ^oKfert

(§ 114) ; simple stem 5ok-, VII. class (§ 85, 1 ; § 124, 56).


160 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD.

42. tyi'WKa :
perf ind. act.
.
;
stem yvo-, pres. stem ytvwo-K- (§ 84,
l,/>; §124, 45). 43. (a) iXy)Kv6a\ perf. ind. of tpxofj^ai

(§ 124, 78). {/)) A)//xi/'£cr^e fut. ind. mid. of Xafi^dvo)


: :
simple
stem A a/3-, pres. stem Xafjftav- (§ 124, 125). 44. ^ui'ao-6'c :

deponent verb, pres. ind. mid. 2 pers. plur. of 8vvufjiat (§ 122, 11).
45. rjXTTLKaTe, 1/6 have hoped: perf. ind. act. of iXmCw (§ 124,
75). 46. (a) tVtcrT£V€T£ :
imperf. ind. act., occurring twice ;

in the sentence, "for if ye were helievivg Moses, ye would believe

me,''' we have a supposition contrary to fact; note that in the

condition we have d with


past tense of ind., and in the conclu-
sion a past tense of ind. with av. (b) eypai/zcv 1 aor. ind. act. of :

yp6.(l>w, I tvrite y ypa(f>a-


= ypaxj/- (§ 13, 4).

3 OBSERVATIONS.
1. V. 24. There have been thus far 39 examples of ck (c^),

always governing the genitive, with the general meaning out of


(of place), /rom, of (of origin), literally /?'o?/i a position in some-
thing.
2. V. 28. Two cases of the use of /«/ with the imperative (cf.
V. 45, and Prin. 22).
3. V. 34. Four cases of Trapd with the gen. in this lesson (nine
cases in all so far, i. 6, 14, 41 ;
iv. 9, 52),always used with per-
sons, with the general meaning /raw, i.e. "beside and proceed-
ing from." With the dative (i.
40 ;
iv. 40), -n-apd means with,
" beside and
near, i. e. at," used of persons only.
4. V. 43. A conditional clause (containing a supposition) is

introduced by if (either d, v. 46, or idv = ft uv, vv. 31, 43).

5. The conditional clause is called the protasis (- condition),

the principal clause apodosis (= conclusion).


LESSON xxxrii. 161

4. GRAMMAR LESSON.
1. § 82, 1, e. Iota Class of 5. § 125, 3. Improper Prepo-
Verbs in -av. sitioiis.

2. § 85, 1. Seventh or E Class. 6. § 128, 1-3. Pronominal


3. § 114. Inflection of Pres. Adverbs.
Imper. of Contract Verbs. 7. § 131, 1-3. Subordinate
4. § 114. Of Pres. Part. Conjunctions.

5. VOCABULARY.
1. Arrange in alphabetical order and memorize the new words
in this lesson.

2. Learn the conjunctions given under List X.


3. Learn, under the List of Irregular Verbs (§ 124), the verbs,
with their compounds, numbered 1, 2, 5, 7, 8, 10, 11, 12, 14, 16,

21, 2.3, 25, 28, 29.

6. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX.
1. Particular pure supposition :
1. Et Ttt tTTiyeia iliTOv vftlv Kai ov Trio-TcreTc (iii. 12 a).
2. El Se TOis cVciVoi; yi><i.fj.fxacnv ov Tricrrei'tTC, ttws tois e/u.ots f'yf^oL-

<TLV TTKTTfVmTC ; ( V. 47 ) .

(Note in protasis d with ind., in apodosis the ind.)


2. General pure supposition :

1. 'Eaf €yo> fiapTvpi') Trtfu. ifiavTov, rj fiaprvpia finv ovk tortv

.;\r;% (v. 31).


(Note \n protasis hiv with subj., in apodosis, tin' pres. ind )

3. Su]ij)osition contrary to fact :

1. El i[i?)f.LS Ti]t' rto^itai/ ToO Okiv . . . <rv <iv j^Tijcra'; (ivTor k(u. trttoKci'

lii' (Toi vho)f) ^wv (iv. 10).


2. Et yof) cVtfrTCi'cTC MrovrrfT, tVifrTfi'fTf iii'
ifioi (v. -If)).

(Note in protasis ti with past ind., in njwdosis past ind. with


uv).
11
1(32 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD.

4. Future supj^ositlo?!, with subjective jwsslbilit)/ :

1. Ilws eav eiTTw vfxlv ra tVoupdi'ia 7riaTci»(reT€ ; (iii.


12 i).
2. 'Eav aXXos tX^J? <'' TO) oi/o/AUTi toJ iSi'w, tVeit'oi/
Ary^i/^ccr^c

(v. 43).

(Note in protasis eav with subj., in ajwdosis fut. ind.)

Principle 34. So far, we have had four forms of conditional

sentences, (1) Particular pure supposition; (2) General pure


supposition ; (3) Supposition contrary to fact ; (4) Future sup-
position with subjective possibility.

7. EXERCISES.
1. Write the inflection of a-v, avros, ^m^, ijxavrov, aXAos, cTSos.
2. Decline :
"ilpa, dXydem, (fxavrj, vids, Xv)(yos, ^pyov, dvao-Tacns,

Tre/Ai/'as, SiKoto?, a\y}6rjs, (f>o)s, (fjatvwv, Kaid/Ltcvos, eKCii/os, ttSos.

3. Write the inflection of lp\ofiai, 8vvafxai, cwpoKa, i\-Q\v6a^


4. Conjugate :
Ei/ai, dKoucrw, e;;^^, eSojKa, Oav/xa^c, ^t/tcw, -w, otSa,

d7r€<TTaAKa, crtu^oj, dK»/Koa, cpaijvat, -a, Sokco), -w, cttiVtcuov.


5. Analyze :
ire/xipavTi, fXiTafttftrjKev, ^rjaovaiv, cScjkcv, iKiropev-

(rovrai, Trpd^avrts, iroiiiv, antaTaXKaTf, p.€ixapTvpr]Kf, aojOrjre, rjOeXif-

a-art, aKrjKoaTt, itapaKare, fxivovra, dtria-rtiXev, ipavvdre, fxaprvpova-ai,

iXOtiv, t-^r^Ti, (.yvwKa, iXr/XvOa, X-^/xyj/tcrOt, hvvaa-df, SoKtiTc, r)XmKaT€,

jnanviTt, Trto-TeurreTf.

6. Translate orally :
(a) John ii. 12-25. (b) v. 24-47.
'
^
(c) 1. AyaTrrjToi, ovk ivroX-qv Kaivrjv ypd<po} vplv, aXX ivroXrjv
^
TraXaiai/ r/v €i;(€Tt
dir dpxr]^- 2. rj ivToXr] r)
iraXaid eVriv o Aoyos hv

riKovtraTe. 3. TrdAiv ivroXrjv naivrjv ypd<f>o) vfiiv, o iuriv dXrj6(.'; iv

auT(S KOI iv Li/xiv,


OTi r)
cTKOTia Trapdyirai koi to (/jw? to dXr]Vivov rjhi}

<haiv(.u 4. 6 Xiywv iv Tui <^wTi eivat Koi tov d^iXcjiov avTOV fXKritiV,
iv

Tw (TKOTia ifrrlv cws dpTi. 6. 6 dyairov rhv dh^Xcfiov avrov iv tw <^ojti

fiivfif Kal crKtti'8a\ov ci' auTw ovk itrriv. 6. o St fxiawv tov dotXtftov

airrov, iv rn (tkotlo. co-tii' koi iv rfj o-kotlo. TreptTraTci, koi ovk oi8ev ttov
^
virdyci, on rj
aKoria iritjiXuHrev tous 6(t>9aXfJLov(; avrov (1 John ii.

7-11).
2 3
1 New. Old. cf. Tv<p\6s, blind.
LESSON XXXIII. 163

7. Translate : 1. t^avcpwaov atavrov tu» Koafxw.


Ei ravra ttoicis,

2. Ei Kttt
Trarifja /xovToj/av fjSttTt. 3. Et 6 ^£09 Trar-qp
ifjii TjSctTe,

av 4. Ei aXi^Oiiav Ae'yw, 8itt Ti v/xeis ov tti-


i'fxwv TJv, rjyajraTi ifii.

CTTcvcTc /u.ot ; 5. Euv Tis Sii/'a, ip)(^E(r6(xi npos /ac kui jrii'eTw. 6. 'Eav

iariv. 7. 'Eav u^tis cV


Kpivoi 8k iyw, r] KpiVts 1} ifxr] aXijOivrj fXfLvrjTf.

Tw Xoyu) T(u c/ixw, a\i]6C)<; fiaOrjraL fxov tare.

8. Translate : 1. He who heareth the voice of the Son of God


and who believeth on his name has eternal life. 2. He who is

in the grave will hear his voice. 3. He is not able to do any-

of himself. 4. His judgment is not just, because he seeks


thing
his own will. 5. The works which I do, another is not able to

do. 6. He searches the Scriptures, because in them he thinks to

find the truth. 7. He has come in his own name, and no one
will receive him.

8 TOPICS FOR STUDY.

1. Contraction of vowels. 2. Elision of consonants. 3. In-

flection of £l8oS. 4. Of fXCL^MV. 5. Of t/X.aUTOV, o-tauTov, cauTov.

6. Of £>o9, 09, ttAAo9. 7. Ten classes of verbs. 8. Synopsis of


present. 9. Of imi)orfcct. 10. Of future. 11. Of 1 aorist.

12. Of perfect. 13. Of plii[iorfect. 14. Synopsis of Ti/u.aw in


all tenses and voices. 15. I'rinripal parts of TrtcrTti'w, fiaprvplw.
IG. Conditional sentences. 17. I'rinciples 11-20.
164 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD.

LESSON XXXIV.
1. TEXT.

John vi. l-40.i

2. NOTES.
2. rjKoXovdei, i6(o')povv, tVoici three imperfects.
: 3.
IkoBtjto :

imperf. 3 pers. sing, of KaO-q^ai, sit doivn (§ 122, 17).


5. {a) i-n-dpas: cf. eTrapare (XXIX., iv. 35). (b) ayopda-o)fiev :

1 aor. subj. act. of dyopa^w, bui/, known as the subj. of delibera-


tion, (c) (jidywcTLv 2 aor. subj. of ia6iw (§ 124, 80), after tVa
:

(Prin. 27). 6. ^/x^XXev : cf. XXX., iv. 47 ;


also § 124, 137.
7. (a) 8r]vapiwv :
gen. of price, (b) apKovcnv contr. for dpKt- :

ovcTiv (§ 124, 20). (c) (ipaxv, a little: of quantity, used ad-

verbially, neut. ace. oi /Spaxvs, -ela, -u (§ 47, 1). 9.


TraiSaptov,
oipdpia, the neut. ending -dpiov is used to form diminutives
(§ 134, 4). b, 10. {a) dvaTTf-afiv 2 aor. inf. act. of dva- :

124, 159). (b) dviirea-av 1 aor. ind. act.; stem ttco--,


TTiTTTw (§ :

pres. stem ttittt- (§ 124, 159). (c) toi/ dptOfiov. ace. of specifi-
cation. 11. r}6(.\ov imperf. ind. act. 3 pers. plur. of 6ekw
:

(§124,96). 12. : 1 aor. ind. pass.


ive-TrXrjcrdrja-ai/ ; simple
stem TrXa-, pres. stem with reduplication, nnrXr]-, of ifi-irLTrXrjfjLL,
iv-

becoming e/x- before tt (§ 122, 6). 12. (a) o-ui^-ayaycTc : 2


aor. imper. 2 pers. plur. (§ 124, 2). (6) Trepiaaevaavra : ace.

plur. neut. 1 aor. part. act. (c) uTrdAi^Tai 2 aor. subj. mid. 3 :

pers. sing, of dTroXXvfjLi ( § 123, 13) 13. /SeftpwKoatv dat. . ,

plur. perf. part. act. of fSi/^fiwa-KM (§ 124, 34). 15. dvfx^

pr](T€v, he withdrew : 1 aor. ind. act. of


dva-xoipioj, -w.
16. (a) evening: used as a noun, =
oif/ia, 6i/'ta wpa. {b) xarc-
/3j](jav: 2 aor. ind. act. with pi inflection. 17. (a) ip.f3dvTes:
1
Read at sight John vi. 28-40.
LESSON XXXIV. 165

2 aor. part. act. (b) iyeyuvei :


pluperf. 3 pers. sing., with aug-
ment, of yt'vo/xai (§ 124, 44). (c) iXrjXvdei :
pluperf. 3 pers. sing.
of tpxofiaL (§124, 78). (a) 18. y Tc: a proclitic takes
the acute accent when followed by an enclitic (§ 19, 2; §20,
2, c). (b) avefiov . . . TTviovTo^: gen. absolute (causal), (c) Su-

yeipcTo imperf. :
pass. 3 pers. sing. ;
note Sic- (so Tr WH) in-

stead of 8«^ (cf. §124, GO). 19. (a) i\r}\aK6Tc<; :


perf.

part. nom. plur. of i\avv(i} (§ 124, 72). (b) o-TaStou? ace. of :

space nom. sing. araSiov, -ov, to, plur. tu o-ruSia, here according
;

to T, and oi o-raSioi, so here Tr WH, cf. § 37, 1. (c) icf>oP^Or}(Tav :

1 aor. ind. pass, of (f>o{3eu, -to. 21. vTnjyov :


imperf. ind. act.
3 pers. plur. of wTruyw. 22. ecrTrjKm: perf. part. act. of

i(TTr)fiL (§ 121). 23. €vxapi(TTT^aavTo<; Tov Kvpiov: gen.


abso-
lute (temporal). 25. f.vp6vTf.<i
: 2 aor. pai't. of ivpiaKm
(§ 124, 85). 26. ixopTairOrjTe: 1 aor. ind. pass. 2 pers.
plur. of )(opTu.t,u).
27. (a) pn] shows that the preceding verb
is imperative (Prin. 22) ;
if it were ind., ov would be used.
(h) a.Tro\Xvp.evT]v :
pres. part. mid. of diruXXvfii (§ 123, 13 ; § 119).
(c) Toxn-ov this one : ace. sing. masc. (d) iacjipdyiaey : 1 aor. ind.

act. of cr(f)payi^<D. (e) o ^fd? : in apposition with o Trarrjp, and


therefore in the same case. 28. TroiCifiei'
:
subj. of delibera-
tion. 37. ^^a : fut. ind. act. of r/Kw (§ 124, 93).
39. (a) uTToXccroj : fut. of a7roA.\i)/xi. (f>) avu-iTTYjcrui : fut. of

av-itTT-qpii.

3 OBSERVATIONS
1. Vv. T), 28. In simple sentences, the subjunctive is used in

f|uestif)ns exj)ressive of deliberation.


2. With filXK,., (cf. iv. 47; vi. ('>)
and f)t\,.> (cf. i.
4:5; v. 35;
vi. 11, 21) two kinds of sylla1)ic augment are used.

3. Many nouns are formed \>y luMing certain elenu'uts caUed


suffixes to the root.

4.
-dpiov is a neuter ending, and is used to form diminutivef\

TTuiBtipiuv, o\pdpia, -nXoidpiov.


166 INTRODUCTOKY N. T. GREEK METHOD.

5. V. 19. A few nouns in -os are used sometimes as mascu-


line, sometimes as neuter, as the plural of o-rdSiov, cf. § 37, 1.
6. oi followed by fx.-^ regularly refers to the future, and is used
in emphatic negation.
7. oil
/jLi'i
is
mainly used with the subjunctive (iv. 48 ;
vi. 35,
37), often with the fut. ind. (iv. 14 vi. 35), with which ; it alter-
nates without the slightest difference in
meaning (vi. 35).

4. GRAMMAR LESSON.
1. §19,2; §20,2, c. Accent of 6. §74,4. Double Augment.
Proclitic before Enclitic. 7. 121.
§ Synopsis of Ind. Act.
2. § 37, 1. oraSious and ordSia. of laTTjfii.
3. § 49, 1. Inflection of /xeyas. 8. § 132. Formation of Words.
4. § 63, 5. Of Too-owTos. 9. § 133. Primitives and De-
5. § 64, 2. Of 00-09. nominatives.

5. VOCABULARY.
1. Arrange in alphabetical order all the new words in this
les.son and commit.
2. Under List II., of verbs occurring 10-50 times, learn 96-
149.
3. Under List of Irregular Verb.s (§ 124), learn the verbs,
with their compounds, numbered 38, 44, 45, 46, 47, 50,
54, 60,
64, 68, 72, 73.

6 PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX.
1. AvTo<; ri efieXXev Troitiv (vi. 6).
yap ^Sfi
2.
ITotiyo-aTC Toiis a.v6pu)irov^ dvaTr€cr€iv (vi.
10).
3. MfXXovcriv tpxefrOai kol upTrd^eiv avruv (vi. 15).
4. HOeXov ow Xa^ctv uvtov cis to ttXchov (vi. 21).
5. Aprov Ik tov ovpavov t^cDKCif aurois (f>ayt1v (vi. 31).
Principle 35. The infinitive regularly stands as the object of
verbs denoting purpose, intention, or result.
LESSON XXXIV. 167

Principle 36. The infinitive governs the same case as the


other parts of the verb.

1. Tco-o-apctKOvra koX t^ Irtaiv olKoSo/xi^Or) o vao? ovto<; (ii. 20).


2. Kai T-fj rjfi€pa t^ rpiTYj ydfio<; iytv€To iv Kavti (ii. 1).
3. 'AXXa avaaTyjaw avTO T'fj la^arrf ijfitpa (vi. 39 ;
cf. vi. 40).

Princijjle 37. The precise time at which something is, or is

(lone, is denoted by the dative.

7. EXERCISES.
1. Write the inflection of 7roA.iJs, /^ao-iXcu'?, BdXacraay ovpav6<;.
2. Decline :
Ti), ijfiepa, dpT09, -n-aiSapiov, o;^Xos, opo9, KXdcr/xa,

PpC>ai<s, cVdpa?, £15, Ti9, 00-05, y^/ous, iX.y]XaKM<;, uXAos.

3. Write the inflection of iKadi]p.yjv, iOeutpovv, aTroXw/iai, SiSw/nt.

4. Conjugate :
^dyw, apKcui, -w, voirjaov, iytfiiaa, KarijBrjVy e'ycyo-

vciv, ylyova, ipyd^ov, ipydt,ofiai, 809, Tretvdo-w, Sti/fi/o-o), KaTafif/3r]Ka.

5.
Analyze :
'Att^X^ck, r}Ko\<)vOci, iiroUi, iKdQrjTo, 6facrdp.(vo<;,

lp\iTai, ayopdawfi€v, <f)dywmv, rjf^fi, Trotfiv, Xu^t^, uvaTrecrfrv, uvtTTfcraj',

8icS<uK-fv, uvaKCi/icVoi?, r/dtkov, (VfTrkriaOrjcrav, crvvaydy€T(, dnuXryrai,

yvov9, ip.(idvT€<;, 'jp^ovTO, e\r}kvOei, BuytiptTO, eX7;XaKOT£9, (fxi^tiddf,

VTnjyoVy €vp6vTe<;, fiev(W(Tiiv, aTroXto-w, uvaoTrja-io, exr],


6. Translate orally John iii. 1-21. (h) vi. 1-21.
:
(a)
(c) 1.
Tpd(f>ti} Vfuv, TeKvia,
on uffitwvTai * vfilv ul dfiapriai Sia to
I'vofia avTov. 2. Tpd<f>o) vplv, TraTtpe<:, on iyvioKare tov utt "px%-

3. rpd<^w ii/iii', v€aviaK(>i, on vtviKi^icaTt^ tok novrjpov. 4. 'Eypai/^a

i/xr>', TraiOt'a, on iyvtoKart toj' Trarfpa. 5. Eypat/^u v/iU', 7raTcp€9,

on tok (Itt' (ipx^"^- ^- '•"^yp"'/'" V"'' yfupuTKoi, on urxvpoi


eyvf/jKUTf
cVrTf «ai 6 Xoy(i9 toD ^coC eV vpuv p.iv(t
Kui i/fUKryKUTf nV wuvrjpov

(1 John ii. 12-14).


7. TranHlat*! : 1. On the third day Jesus went up info the
mountain. 2. lift knows what he intends to do. 3. This little

* as perf. act. of d^/Tj/ut were d^^wica,


pns3. 3 jiers. plur., irixg.,
I'frf. if tLi;

*
(cf. § 122, Ii). wxdw, -w, conquer.
168 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD.

boy had five barley loaves, but he gave them to that sick man.
4. Do thou make him to sit down. 5. He distributed the bread
to those sitting 6. The fragments whieli remained tilled
down.
six baskets. They embarked in the boat and went beyond
7.

the sea into the city. 8. He wishes to take them into the boat,
but they are afraid. 9. Work thou for the meat which abideth
unto eternal life. 10. What must I do that I may work the
works of God ? 11. The father will give bread to his sons.

8. TOPICS FOR STUDY.

1. Proclitics before enclitics. 2. Terminations of First decl.

3. Inflection of y?}.
4. Of opos, (SacriXev^. 5. Of ^paxv<;, SiSoi;?,
6. General view of tenses. 7. e^eXXof, ij/jLeWof. 8. The
/Acyas.
use of the subjunctive. 9. oi /itr;.
10. -dpiov. 11. Principles
21-25.

LESSON XXXV.
1 TEXT.

John vi. 41-71.

2 NOTES. 1

41. cyo-yyu^oj/, fJiey


murmured : imperf. act. 3 pers. plur.
42.
ouxt:
=
01*, wo^,
but stronger ;
in a question, «o??r?e .^ asking

what no one denies to be true. 44. iXKva-r) : 1 aor. subj.

act. of €\ko), draw (§ 124, 74). 45. (a) hSaKToi, taught:


a pred. adj. (b) /ladMv 2 aor. part. act. of pavOavui,
:
(§ 124, ham
134). 49. airiOavov. 2 aor. ind. act. 3 pers. plur. of airoOvri-

a-KOi, die (§ 124, 100). 50. JTro^avr/ : 2 aor. subj.

at sight in the class, before being


Every lesson should always be read
1

assigned.
LESSON XXXV. 169

51. t,u)v : contr. for ^aoji-, pres. part. act. of ^dw, live.
52. (a) ifjidxovTo: imperf. mid. 3 per.s. plur. of fidxofxai, JiffJit,

quarrel, (b) SoCvut : 2 aor. inf. act. of 8t8ojyu.i.


53. (a) <^a-
yr;T£ : 2 aor. subj. act. of iaOiu), eat. (b) mijTe: 2 aor. subj. act.
of irtVoj (§ 124, 157). 54. Tpwyoji' :
pres. part. act. of rpoj-yw,
eat. 57. 8ia Toj' irarepa : with the ace. Bid denotes the ground
of an action, because of. 61. ctSws : 2 perf. part, of oTSa.

62. (a) OciiiprjTi


:
pres. subj. act. {b) -n-po-Ttpov : neut. of com-

par. of TT/jo (§ 52, 2), used adverbiall}^, before; with the art. =
the first time. 63. wi^tXci: -ci contr. for -e'ct, pres. ind. of
il)(^eXii>>,
64. (a) "HiSti: = ^8ei, cf. § 3, 2.
profit. (A) tiVc?:
interrog. pron., not tuc?, indef pron. (o) Tvapa^dio-utv fut. part, . :

act. of 7rapa-8t8w/u.i. 65. (rt) Sta witli ace., on account of. :

(b) eXpyfKa, I have said : irreg. perf. (of obsolete pita) in use as
the perfect of cittov (§ 124, G8) .
(c) ^ SeSu/xevoi', ^Y ?na?/ ie ^iVcti
him: perf. subj. pass, of BlSw/ii.
(a) 66. ck toutou, i/^jo^i
this: not siniply temporal, y/'om ^A/s time, nor simply causal, o?i
this account, (b) eis to. omcrw, unto the thinr/s that are behind:
= back. 67. fii'i
: an interrog. particle expecting the answer
no (cf. Prin. 26). 68. d7r£A.ei)cro/i.€^a : fill. iiid. I pers. plur.
of uwepxupai (§ 124, 78). 70. i${\e^dfi7jy : 1 aor. ind, mid.
of eV-Xeyo), ]ji<k out, choose. 71. (a) -i/'/xojroq
:
gen. sing.
(b) Trapadi^i'ji'ui, to betray :
pres. inf. of irapa^iBwiu (§ 119).

3 OBSERVATIONS.
1. There are two negative particles, i,\ and //;).

2. <w is used when sonu'thing is denied in plain lerms, as a


matter of fait ; /<,/,
where something is denied ;is mere matter of
thought.
3. 'J'he .same difference ajtpears in llieir (diMpounds, ovrty

ovB(i<i, p-qfit, /A7j8tK.

4. In thi.s lesson we have seven ex;ini])les i.f


I'linciple 3.'>.

Verify.
170 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD.

5. Words denoting kindred are often omitted before a posses-


sive genitive : tov 'lovBav 2i/xu>vos, the Judas (son) of Simon
(V. 71).

4. GRAMMAR LESSON.
1. § 22. Transference of Greek 5. § 52, 1-4. Irregular Corn-
Words into English. parison.
2. § 23, 1-4. Definition of Ety- 6. § 53, 1. Numerals.
mology. 7. § 59, 1-3. Eeflexive Pro-
3. §24,1,2. Number and Gen- nouns.
der. 8. § 67, 1-3. Distributive Pro-
4. § 51, 1-3. Comparison of nouns.
Adjectives.
5. VOCABULARY.
1. Arrange in alphabetical order and learn the new words in
this lesson.
2. Under List II., of verbs, learn 150-199.
3. Under List of Irregular Verbs (§ 124), learn verbs and
their compounds, numbered 74, 77-80, 85, 89-93, 95, 96, 100,
102.
6. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX
1. 'Hv Se cyyvs to Tracr^a, rj loprr] twv lovoaiwv (vi. 4).

Ae'yfi aiiTw cts Ik twi' fiaOrjTwv avTOV AvSpea?


2. 6 dScA^os ZifJLuy-

vos IleTpov (vi. 8).


3. TovTOV yap u Trarrjp iafftpdyicrev o U€0<; (vi. 27).
4.
OvT^i owTOS icTTiv Iqcrov^ o vios Iwarjcf^ (vi. 42).
Princij)le 38. A
noun explaining or describing another noun
is put by apposition in the same case.
1. 'AXAa T1/V Kpiaiv TTucrav ^eSwKtv tw vl<2 (v. 22).
2. Ila? O TTlVOiV €K ToS vSuTO? TOVTOV Sll/'I^CTtl
TTuAtl/ (iv. 13).
3. ITu? 6 aKovcra? irapa. toC Trarpo? Kal fiaOwv cp^€Tai Trpo<; e/xe

(vi. 45).
Principle 39. The adjective ttus, a^Z, ever?/, generall}' takes the

predicate position.
LESSON XXXV. 171

7. EXERCISES.
1. Wi'ite the inflection of ^mrj, vi6^, iraTrjp, crdp$, avT05, (U.
2. Decline :
MaOrjTT]^, /XTjTrjp, apros, aifxuf ttoctl^, o?, oviSci?, ttS?,

fiaOwv, ovTO<;, a\r]6Tf]<;, Tt?, cru, ouTos.


3. Write the inflection of elfii, SvVa/xai, ctro/mai, ^oi, ^Sciv.
4. Conjugate :
OtSa, dvacmjo-o), (fxiywf SeSofifvov
ip.a)^6fir]v, Trt'w,

w, TTfpteTruTovv, u7reXei'cro/iai, i^eke^dfirjv^ tfitWov.


5.
Analyze :
ITapaSi^ovai, cyvwKa/icv, rpoiyojv, aTrccrTciXfj', ^^/o-et,

eiSw?, 6eo}prJT(, ux^cXei, XeAuXT^fca, TrapaSojcrwi', eipi]Ka, KaTafStfirjKa,

yoyyi}^€T€, e\6(iv, eXKvai], (ariv yfypafifxivw, uTriOavov, Karu^a?,


Swcroj, SoDi'ai, iriyp-e.

6. Translate orally :
(a) iii. 22-36. (i) vi. 22-40.
(c) 1. M^ dyaTrare TOV KOtr/xov /xrySt ra ci' t(iI Koo-yixo). 2. 'Edv Tt?

to;/ Kocrfiov, ovk tcTTiv rj aydirrj roC TraTpo? ei/ awToi. 3. Oti
dyaTTu
TTUK TO iv T«3 Kocrfjiti), 7) tiTidvfJLia Trj<; o"ap»cos Kat i^ tTriww/it'u twv ocfidaX.-

fjLO)V
Koi 1] aXat^ovia Tou ^Siou, ouk co-tiv ck toC TroTpo?, uAAtii tK rod

KUfTfxov icTTiv. 4. Kai o KOtr/xo? irapdyeTai koi tj f.Tndvp.ia aiirov, u ok


TTiiiiLiv TO Oe\r]fia toC 6*^01'
fiivei ci5 toj/ aiuj^a (1 John ii. 15—17).
7. Translate : 1. No one is able to come into the city. 2. He
will come at the last day. 3. Has any one ever seen the Father ?
4. They ate manna in the wilderness, and died there. 5. I will

give to him eternal life. G. How is this man able to give to us


eternal life ? 7. He was teaching in the city, but no one was
believing his testimony. 8. He answered and said to them,
(Joint; and follow nu;, and 1 will give ^nu the bread of life which
conieth down from heaven, and you shall live forever.

8 TOPICS FOR STUDY


1.Euiiliony of consonants. 2. Terminations of Second decl.

3. Three, classes of adjectives. 4. Comparison of adjectives.

T). C. Correlation of pronouns. 7. The


Recij)rocal jjronouns.
tense-systems. H. The pres»;nt stem. 9. Future. 1(1. 1 Aorist.
11. 2aorist. 12. 1 l'erfe(;t. 13. Perfeet middle. 14. 1
passive.
15. Mood suflixes. 16. Principles 20-30.
172 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD.

LESSON XXXVI.
1 TEXT.

John vii. 1-36.

2. NOTES.
3. fieTci/SrjBi
: 2 aor. imper. 2 pers. sing, of fierafiaivui (§ 124,
12). 5. c-TTicTTtD-ov impei'f 3 pcrs. plur.
: . 6. irdp-eariv :

from Trap-€ifxi.
7. avTov : i. e. rov Kocrfiov. 8. uvd/^-ijre :

cf.
fjitTufiijdi,
2 aor. imper. act. of form in /xi (§ 120).
11. ili]Tow iniperf. act. 3 pers. plur.
: 12. (a) ol /xeV . . .

aA.A,oi Se, sojne indeed but others. . . .


(b) irXava contr. for :

7rA.ava£t. 13. iXdXei : contr. for iXdXee. 14. fxeaovar]<; :

pres. part. fern. gen. sing., of fiea-ow, -w, be midway ; gen. absolute
(temporal), (cf. nn. on vi. 18, 23). 15. fiefiaOqKU)^ :
perf.
17. (a) yvdycrerai
part. act. of fiavOdvu) (§ 124, 134). fut. :

3 pers. sing, of yivdya-Koi (§ 124, 45). (b) iroTepov rj,


whether . . .

. or.
. . 19. ov in an interrog. sentence expects the answer

yes. 21. TrdvT€<; Oavfidlere, ye all marvel. 23. (a)Xv-6rj:


1 aor. subj. pass, (b) ;^oXarf : contr. for )(oXdeTe. (c) oAoi' diOpu)-
TTov vyirj, a whole man sound ; vyijj
is ace. sing. masc. (§ 46, 1).
24. fir] KpivcT£ : the neg. fi-^
shows that tlie verb is imper.
(Prin. 22). 25. oi^ in an interrog. sentence expects the
answer yes. 26. (a) /xt/j ttotc in a direct question, though

expecting a neg. answer, expresses doulit, did they perchance


indeed knoiv ? (b) eyvwcrav 2 aor. ind. act. 3 pers. plur. of yivw- :

o-KOi. 27. ep)(r]Tai :


pres. subj. mid. 3 pers. sing.
28.
(a) cKpa^cv 1 aor. ind. act. 3 pers. sing,
:
(b) Kafxe: for
Kui ffxi (§ 9, 1). (c) iXr'jXvOa: perf. ind. 1 pers. sing, of £p)^op.ai.
(§ 124, 78). 29. KOLKeivo^ : for kui Ikuvos (§ 9, 1).
LESSON XXXVI. 173

30. (a) Tndarui : 1 aor. inf. act. of ttiu^oj, take, apprehend.

(/;) cVc'^aAcv : 2 aor. ind. act. of IwL-fSdXXw (§ 124, 28). (r) iXy-
XvOcl: pluperf. ind. act. of ipxa/xai (§
124, 78). 31. (n) in)

in a direct question expects a negative answer (Prin. 2G).

(b) TrAeiom wv, more than those tvhich (Prin. 32).


. . .

32. rjKovcrav this verb is always joined with the gen.


: of the

object if one hears the person or thing with his own ears.
34. (rjTijaere evpijcreTc both in fut. ind. act.
. . . :

3. OBSERVATIONS.
1. 8e
(postpositive) is adversative, but is less emphatic than
dXXd (10 cases of St, 7 of dXXd in this lesson verify). ;

2. dXXd (emphatic as contrasted with 8e) is used to denote

contrast, interruption, or abrupt transition.


3. The full form of antithesis with /xh and 8(. often occurs in
the New Testament (vii. 12).
4. Participles are either attributive or predicate.
5. When a predicate particijde adds a circumstance connected
with the action of the principal verb, it is called circumstantial.
6. The circumstantial participle may be joined to a genitive

noun not immediately dependent on any other word in the sen-

tence, and the two are then said to be in the genitive ab.solute.

7. The
genitive absolute is used to denote the relations of
cau.sc, time, manner, or circumstance.
8. ov (ovx) in direct sentence questions expects an aflirmative

answer; /*»/,
a negative one.

4 GRAMMAR LESSON
1. §13, 1-13. Euphony of Cun- f). ii
131, .^>. The Interrogative
SKiiaiits. rarticlcs.

2. §40, 1-0. Paradigms of (5. 4;


131, (i. The Intcijccl inn.s.

Third Del. 7. § 134, «. Furmation of Prim-


3. §115,1. Synf)p»iH of TTciVoi. itivc Nouns.
4. § 131, 4. The Intensive
Particles.
174 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD.

5. VOCABULARY.
1. Arrange in alphabetical order and learn the new words in
this lesson.
2. Under List II. of verbs, learn 200-249.
3. Under List of Irregular Verbs (§ 124), learn verbs and
their compounds, numbered 107, 117, 120, 121, 124, 125, 128,
129, 132, 134, 136-139, 144-147, 151, 153-155, 157.

6. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX.
1. "H re ddXaaaa dfc/Aou fxeydXov TrvtovTo<; Sicycipcro (vi. 18).
(Causal.)
2. "Oirov e<f)ayov tov dprov ev^apiaT^(TavTO<; tov Kvpiov (vi. 23).

(Temporal.)
3. "USt] Sk Trjs lopTtjs /jiC(T0ucr»/s di'e(3r] 'I?;croi5s cis to Upov (vii. 14).

(Temporal.)
Principle 40. A noun and a participle not immediately de-
pendent on any other word in the sentence may stand by them-
selves in the genitive, and the two are said to be in the genitive
absolute.

1. Avrr] ovu rj xa.pd r} e/xyj TreTrXT^pojrai (ill. 29).


2. Kat 1^ Kptcris 17 ip-r] SiKai'a iariv (v. 30).
3. 01) t,rjTu} TO 6fXi]p.a TO ip.6v (v. 30 ;
vi. 38).
4. 'O KUtpOS 6 e/AOS OWTTO) TVapHTTlV, 6 Sk KaipOS O V)U,£T£pOS TravTOTt
€0-TtV €TOl/AOS (vii. 6).

5. OvKtTL 8ia T^i' (Trjv XaXtai' 7rio"T£i'op,ev (iv. 42).

Principle 41. The possessive pronoun agreeing attributively


with a noun, invariably takes the article.

7. EXERCISES.
1. Write the inflection of p.a6r]TT]<i, Koap^os, 'upov, aXXos, tis, 6.
2. Decline ;
AiSa;^?;, S6$a, ;^pdvo?, o[f/L'i, X^'Pj 6i\r]p.a, iSios, oiiSeis.
3. Write the inflection of i^i]Tovv, fbrwv, yivMo-Kw, Svpap-ai, tlTrov.
LESSON XXXVI. 175

4. Conjugate :
(^avipwaov, avijirjv, olha, iXi]Xv6a,irtfi^a<;,
"YTTo-yc,

d7reo'T€iAa, €A7;Ai;^civ, ^vprjaw, dfii, tXOw.


5.
Analyze :
irepuirarei, r^jOfX^v, fitrafSijOi, OiwpijaovcTiv, avaPy]T€,

TTtirX-qpmrai, ir€p.\pavro<i, yvwcrcTat, cSwkcv, XvOff, xpu'crt, eyvwcrav,

€p^rp-ai, TTiacrai, inefSaXw, <^Xdr], Trtao-wcrd', tvp^aopei', SvvaaOe.


6. Translate orally (a) iv. 1-26.
:
(b) vi. 41-71.

(c) 1. riatSto, ia)^dTr] wpa tcrrtV, kol KaOw'i rjKova-aTc, on dvTL)(pL-


<rTO<; €p)(€Taif koL vvv dvTi)(pi(rToi iroXXol ycyoyaaiv.
2. ^06ev yii'o'>-

(TKOfiev OTi i<j\dTr) wpa ecrrtV. 3. 'E^ fffx.wv i^rjXOai',


dXX' ovk jjaav

e^ r/pwv. 4. El yap i$ rffxwv ^aav, ptpivrfK^Lcrav dv p-eO -fjpwv.


5. 'AXX' tva <f>avfp(i}Oo)(Tiv on ouk ticrlv Trai'Tts i$ rjp-wv. 6. Kai vp.f.L<;

)^pi(Tpa €;(CTC OTTO Toti dyiou, Kai otSart irdvTa. 7. Ouk typaipa vp.lv
OTi OVK oiSarc t^v dXi/^eiai', dAX' on oiSarc arrr^v, kui on irdv i/'£i!8o5

€K Tt)? dXTJ^tla? OVK €(TTIV (1 JollH


18—21). il.

7. Translate: 1. This man was not willing to walk there,

because the crowd was seeking to take him. 2. Come down and

go into the city, that thy brothers may behold thee. 3. My


brother did not believe his testimony. 4. The world will hate
me because I love the truth. 5. His works are evil because he
does not believe the truth. 6. He intends to go up to the feast.
7. Where is man ?
this I saw him, }»ut now I see him no
longer. 8. He who does the truth, will know concerning the

testimony, whether it is of God or of man. 9. AVho seeks to

killthee? Be not afraid, he is not able to find you. 10. No


one laid his hand upon my brother.

8 TOPICS FOR STUDY


1. General rules of accent. 2. Torrninations of the Third dccl.
3. Comparison of adjectives. 4. Possessive pn^iouns. 6. Moods.
6. General view of the tenses. 7. The tense-systems. 8. Prin-

cipal parts of Xvo), AciVo), ttio-tcvw. 0. Synopsis of Xvw in present


tense. 10. In imperfect. 11. In future. 12. In I aorist.

13. In perfect. 14. In pluperfect 15. Syrin|i»iH of Ac/tth) in

2 aorist. IH. The intensive partich's. 17. The iiiterrog.-itive

particles. 18. Principles 31-35.


ITt) INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD.

LESSON XXXVII.
1. TEXT.

John vii. 37-viii. 11.

2. NOTES.
37. (a) i(TTr]K€i (cicTTT/Kct) :
pluperf. with force of imperf., from
laTTjixi (§ 121). (b) Suj/a : contr. for 8nj/drj, pres. subj.
38. pivaovau' : fut. ind. act. of
pitxt, fiotv (§ 124, 172).

40. £K tot) o;^Aoi; the partitive genitive (the whole from


: this is

which a part is taken), rtve's, some, being omitted, the gen. taking
the place of the subject. 41. /xt; shows that a neg. answer
is expected. 42. or^ shows that an affirmative answer is

expected. 45.
^yaytre : 2 aor. ind. act. of ayoj (§ 124, 2).
47. TrevXavqaOe :
perf. ind. pass. 2 pers. plur. of TrAavaw, -w, lead
astray. 51. (a) d/covcrr; : 1 aor. subj. (b) yvw 2 aor. subj.:

of yii/wcTKco.
52. eyetperai, he arises :
pres. ind. mid. 3 pers.
sing. viii. 2. (a) 6p6pov, at daybreak : an example of a
gen. phrase in a partitive sense, used to denote a general state-
ment of time. (/>) rjp-^ero imperf. 3 pers. sing, of Ip^ofxat,:

(c) Ka6t(ra<s 1 aor. part. act. of KaOt^tj (§ 124, 108).


:

3. (a) iiri with the dat.


:
(b) KareiX-qpixivrjv perf. part. pass, :

of KaTa-XafjLfSdi'w (§ 124, 125). 4. (a) lir avTOfjoiipw, in the

very act. (b) ^ot;(cuu/xeVr/, pres. part. pass. 5. ivereiXuTo :

1 aor. ind. mid. 3 pers. sing, of ei-TeAAw (§ 124, 76).


6. (a) avTov gen. of person after Kar-qyopiw, to accuse,
:
(b) kv-
i/ftts
: 1 aor. part. act. of kvittw, stoop doivii. 7. {a) iiri/xevov :

imperf. of i-m-piw). (b) /JaAeVw : 2 aor. imper. act. 3 pers. sing,


of (3d\\M (§ 124, 28). 9. (a) tts KdO' €1?, o)ie by one: an

adv. phrase, with a distributive force (§ 56, 1) observe the nom. ;

after Kara, which is either used adverbiall_y, or else efs is indeclin-


LESSON XXXVII. 177

able, (b) dp^d/xeioL : 1 aor. part. mid. of ap^y). (c) KaT€\€i(f)6rj :

124, 129). 10.


1 aor. ind. pass, of KaTa-AciVoj (§ KariKpivev-
1 aor. ind. act.

3. OBSERVATIONS.
1. The whole fi-om which a part is taken is expressed by the
partitive genitive.
2. This genitive commonly depends upon (1) partitive adjec-
tives, (2) the indefinite and interrogative pronouns, and (3) nu'
nierals.
3. AVhen the indefinite pronoun is omitted, this genitive may

take the place of the subject of the verb (vii. 40).


4. When the subject is a collective noun, the predicate adjec-

tive is sometimes plural, as in vii. 19.

4. GRAMMAR LESSON
1. §25,1-3. Cases. 5. §134. Formation of Denom-
2. § 56, 1. Distributives. inative Nouns.
3. §114. Inflection of I'res. 6. §142. Foreign Words in

Ind., ^lul, and Pass, of N. T.


Contract Verbs.
4. § 114. Of Imperf. Mid. and
Pass.
5. VOCABULARY.
1. Arrange in alphabetical order and learn the new words in

this lesson.
2. Under T.ist II. of verbs, learn 250-200.
3. Un<lfT Tii.st of Trrfgulnr Verbs (§ 124) li'.irti verbs and
their fonipoiiiid.s, nuiiiljered 150-102, IGG-IGO, 172, 173, 170,

181, 183, 186-188.

6. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX
1. *Ev Tairrais kutc/ccito TrX.rjOos
rCjv da-OcvowTwv, TVffiKojv, ^loXwy,

^Tjpwv (v. 3).


178 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD.

2. MccTOs v/xwv (TT-qKei ov v/xcts ovK oiSare (i. 26).


3. O dvafxdpTrjTO'i VjiStv tt^wtos ctt' avrrjv /SaXeVft) At^ov (viii. 7).
4. 'EiK Tov o;!^Xov ovv aKOvaavTc; riov Xoywv tovtwv tXcyov (vii. 40).

Principle 42. The


partitive genitive may follow any nouns,
pronouns, or adjectives, which denote a part.

7. EXERCISES.
1. Write the inflection of ypae^?;, o;^A.09, opos, /u-cyas, €yw, (TV.

2. Decline :
F^, yvvr), vhmp, irvtvfia, a-^iafjia, dp;^iepevs, cIs, ttSs.

3. Write the inflection of Ae'ywf, hipdu) (subj.), tpxofjiai, ttoicw.

4. Conjugate :
Eittov, iyepo/irjv, 7rnr\dvr)fji.ai, iTrop€v6r)v, /SaXe.

5. Analyze :
icttt^kci, tKpa$(v, Sitf/a, ip\€(TOo), Trii/CTO), pevaovcnv,
£/xcAAoi', i8o$da6r}, Tndaai, If^akov, rjydytTe, TviirXdvrjcrOi, aKovar),

yi'w, tycipcTat, TrapcyevcTo, Ka^tcras, KaTfiX.r)fjifievos, KaTuXrjiTTai, evt-

TetAaro, xaTtypa^ci', iTrefxtvov, cpwrwi/Tts, dp$dfx.€voiy KartAti^^j;,

d/xapravc.

6. Translate orally :
(a) iv. 27-54. (5) vii. 1-36.
coTiv 6 ti ft^ 6 dpi'oiip.ei'os on 'It/o-ovs ovk co-tiv
(c) 1. Ti's ij/evaTrj's

6 ^(picrTOS ; 2. OuTo's t cttiv 6 dvTi;j^tfrTos, 6 apvov/xevos tov narepa kol


TOV vlov. 3. Has 6 dpvoup,cvos tov vlov ovSc toi' Trarepa cxei- 4. 'O

TOI/ vioi/ Kai tov TraTepa e^^'* ^' ^/**^''5 o rjKovaaTC dir
o/xoAoywv
6. 'Eav iv vjxiv IJ-Wj] o rxTr apxrjs r}KOV(TaT€, kol
dp)(rjs, iv vfuv /xcvctoj.

v/xiL't
iv Tw vlw KOL iv Tw TTttTpt fxivtiTC. 7. Kat avTTj iaTiv -f] inayye-
Ai'a ^v avTos eTTijyytiAaTo rjixiv, ttjv ^(utjv t^v atwviov (1 John ii.

22-25).
Translate 1. The Son of Man will come at the last day.
7. :

2. Let him come unto me and I will give him the water of life.
3. He who believeth on the name of the Saviour of the world

shall have eternal life. 4. Those who believed on him received

the Holy Spirit. 5. They heard Jesus speaking these words

unto the disciples. 6. Is this truly the Saviour? 7. Many


wished to take him, but no one laid his hand upon him. 8. Does
the law judge a woman except it first hear from her ? 9. Dost
LESSON XXXVIII. 179

thou also believe on him ? 10. Jesus bowed down and wrote on
the ground with his finger.

8. TOPICS FOR STUDY.

1. Accent as affected by contraction, elision, and crasis. 2. Ac-


cent of nouns. 3. Stem-endings of the Third decl. 4. Correhv
tion of pronouns. 5. Prepositions with genitive only. G. With
the dative only. 7. With the accusative only. 8. Copulative

conjunctions. Disjunctive conjunctions. 10. Ten classes of


9.

verbs. 11. Synopsis of present tense of ttio-tcvw. 12. Inflection

in all forms. 13. Synopsis of present active of Tifidu).


14. In-

flection.

LESSON XXXVIII.
1. TEXT
John viii. 12-59.1

2. NOTES
12. (a) ov ftrj
:
emphatic negation followed by aor. subj.
14. kolv: crasis
(h) Uti: fut. ind. act. of c^" (§ 124, 89).
for Koi idv (§ 9, 1). 16. /cptVo) pros. subj. (Prin. 34). :

17. yiypanrai thf regular form of the perfi-ct, but T adopts


:

the periphrastic form as the better authenticated reading.


21. dirodav€ia6t fut. of aTro-OvrjcrKw (•? 124, 100).
:

22. (a) interrog. expecting a neg. answer,


/irp-L : (b) dnu-
KTCvei : fut. ind. of dwoKTtivw (§ 124, 16). 25. r^v dpxr]y . . .

It is probably beat to regard thi.s diflimlt passage a.s an


iViv;
at all ;
interrogative t^v dpx^v is then to bo taken adverbially,
;

'
L^t the teacher by all means read every lesson in advance, at sight, with
the clnaa, giving orally such explanatione as may bo deeuipd nccoesnry.
180 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD.

on is the relative pronoun, neuter of oo-rts, used in a direct ques-


Ti, wherefore ?
tion for Ti or 8ia and we translate, ivherefore do I
even speak to you at all? If regarded affirmatively, it is prob-
ably best to take tt;v ap-^rfv adverbially, altogether, wholly, on as
the relative pronoun, and translate, altogether that which I even

speak to you. Compare Revised Version. 26. ets t6v Koa-fiov,

into the ivorld. 27. t6v iraripa . . .


cAeycv, he was speaking
about the father. 28. (a) inJ/wa-rjTe
: 1 aor.
subj. act.

(b) yvwd earOi : fut. of yii/wo-Kw (§ 124, 45). (c) iStSaiev: 1 aor.
ind. of SiSao-Kw (§ 124, 53). 29. (a) a^^Kcv: 1 aor. ind. of

d4)i7]ixL. (b) TO.apco-Tu, the things pleasing. 30. avTov Xa-


AowTOs absolute (causal) (Prin. 40). 31. TreTricrTcvKOTas :
:
gen.
perf .
part. act. ace. plur. masc. 33. SeSouAcvKa/x-cv :
perf.
ind. 1 pers. plur. 36. wtws, truly, indeed. 37. ov

Xwpet, has not pjlace.


38. {a) irapa : with dative, ivith, near
(in the presence of), {b) irapa: with gen., /rom. (c) Troieire :

possibly best pres. imper. as in E.. V. margin. 40. avdpwm-ov

09... XeXdXrjKa a case of aposiopesis,


: the sentence being broken
off and left incomplete. 42. ^yaTrare imperf. ind. (Prin. :

34). 44. liTTTjKfv (to-TT^KEi/)


:
pcrf. ind. act. of lo-TT/fti (§ 121).
52. ind. act. of yivwa-Kw. (b) ycva-rjraL :
(a) iyvtoKafxev perf. :

1 aor. subj. mid. of yevop-ai, taste. 54. Soidaw 1 aor. subj. :

56. : 1 aor. ind. mid. (b) ixa-PV '• 2 aor. ind.


(a) yjyaXXidaaro
pass, with act. signif. (§ 113). 59. (a) ijpav: 1 aor. ind. of
124, : 2 aor. subj. act. (c) iKpv/3j] : 2
atpio (§ 5). (b) /3dXoi(riv
aor. ind. pass, of kpvtttw (§ 124, 122 ; § 81, 1).

3. OBSERVATIONS.

1. This lesson contains three cases of ov fnq followed by aor.

subj. (XXXIV. Obs. 6, 7), (viii. 12, 51, 52).

2. It also contains the first examples of the 2 aor. pass.,

e'xapT;, tKpv(3r].

3. In Upvp-rj we have an illustration of the Tau class of verbs.


LESSON XXXVm. 181

4. There are 12 examples of iv (103 in all), always governing


the dative (§ 125, b, 1).
5. There are 6
examples of Trtpt' (31 in all), always governing
the genitive (no instance of the ace. in John; (§ 125, d, 4).
6. In some passages a nominative is found unconnected with

the grammatical structure of the sentence. This is known as a

Suspended Nominative, and denotes emphasis (cf. vii. 38 ;


viii.

40).
4. GRAMMAR LESSON.
1. § 27, 1-4. Declension and Case-endings.
2. § 43, 1-3. Declension of Adjectives.
3. § 59, 1-3. Reflexive Pronouns.
4. § 81, 1. Third Class ofVerbs.
5. § 96. 1-3. The 2 Passive Stem.
6. § 113, 1, 2. Synopsis of 2 Aor. Pass.
7. § 114, 1. Inflection of Pres. Subj. Mid. and Pass, of
Contract Verbs.
8. § 114, 1. Of Pres. Imper. and Part.

5. VOCABULARY.
1. Arrange in alphabetical order and memorize the new words
in this lesson.
2. Under List II. of verbs, learn 300-330.
3. Under List of Irregular Verbs (§ 124), learn verbs and
their compounds, numbered 189-205.

6. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX
1 . Tnv (p'^ofxtvov TTfios /U.C
oil
firj eV/idA-W t^oi (vi. 37).
2. O (iKoKovdi'iii/ fioi uv iJ.ri irifmrnTijiTyj iv rf]
(tkotki (viii. 12).
3. Rrif Ti9 T()V ifj.i)v Aoyof Tr//)j/frry
OnyuToi' uv fiy OtiDprjiTT) cis Tuy
alwva (viii. 51).
4. Ou fxrj ytvcrrjmi Oiivi'irnv tis rnv alt'yva (viii. 52).

Principle 43. A strong denial is


expressed by the 8ubjun<'.tive
aorist with ov /iij.
182 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD.

7. EXERCISES.

1. Write the inflection of o-Koria, av^pwTros, SovXo?, crap^, Kpiai^.

2. Decline :
Maprvpia, t,<DT], atwv, (nrtpfia, Tre'/At/^as, ttoAws, ttSs.

3. Write the inflection of Bvvafxai, tSw, anoKT^vw, yvw(rop.ai.

4. Conjugate :
Ttvaotfiai, aTrtOavov, So$d(TW, otSa, aTrccTTtiXa.

5. Analyze :
'YiXdXrja^v, aKoXovOdv, TnpLTraTT^a-rj, e^ei, otSarc, yt-

ypairrai, yiypafxp-ivov ecrriV, ^Seire, cAr^Xu^etj aTro^aveio-^e, a-jroKTevii,

TTurTevariTe, cyi'wa'av, v\pwarjTe, yvwatcrOe, tSiSa^cv, TrtTrio'TCUKdTas, tAcu-

Oep(t)crti, ccr/x€v, ^lyrciTC, XfAaXi^Ka, rjKOvaa, €(TTr]K€V) 6c(i)pr](rr], iyvwKa-


p.tv, eX'^pr], ^pav.
6. Translate orally :
(a) v. 1-30. (b) vii. 37-52.
(c) 1. Tavra lypa^a vpuv Trepi twv TrAai/oWTWi/ v/xa^. 2. Kai
vix€i<;, TO xpt'O'fxa b €XdfteT€ dir avTOV fiivu iv vfuv, koI ov )(puav tx^''"^

ii/a Tts BiBdcrKj) vjxas. 3. AAA ws to auToO ^p'-f^P-o- ^ihdrrKu v/tas Trepi

TrdvTwv, Koi aXrjOis Icttlv kol ovk (.(ttlv


i/'cvSos, koX KaOws iSiSa^ev vfxa'S,

/AtVtTC iv auTO). 4. Kai vw, TCKVt'a, ^.ti/eTc ei/ avrw, iva cav ^avepwdjj
^
(r)(!x)[X€v Trapprjcrtav koi fxr} ai(T)(yvO(Ji)fX€v
a.Tr avrov iv rfj irapovaia
avTov, 5. Eav ctS^r* OTt SiKaio? 60-Tiv, ytvojo-KCTc oti ttSs o ttoiwi' ttjv

8iKaio(rvvrjv ii avrov yiyivvr]Tai. (1 John ii.


26—29.)
7. Translate His witness is not true, because he bears
: 1.

witness of himself. 2. He knows whence he came and whither

he is going, but I do not know anything. 3. My judgment is


was 4. He was
just and true, because his testimony true.

speaking things, but these words he spake in the temple.


many
5. They sought to kill him, but no one took hold of him on that
day. 6. Where I go, my disciples can also go. 7. art Who
thou ? Where thy father ? What sayest thou of thyself ?
is

8. I am not able to do anything of myself. 9. If ye seek the

truth, ye shall know the truth, and the truth shall make you
free.
*
2 aor. subj. of (x<j^-
LESSON XXXIX. 183

8. TOPICS FOR STUDY.


1. Personal pronouns. 2. Reflexive pronouns. 3. Possessive
4. 2 aorist stem. 5. 2 passive stem. 6. Synopsis
pronouns.
of 2 aor. pass. 7. Prepositions with gen. and ace. 8. With
gen., dat., and ace. 9. Correlation of pronominal adverbs.
10. Adversative conjunctions. 11. Inferential conjunctions.
12. Causal. 13. Final. 14.
Comparative. 15. Conditional.
16. Temporal. 17. Principles of Syntax, 36-40.

LESSON XXXIX.
1. TEXT.
John ix. 1-41.

2. NOTES.
2. r]fjiapT€V : 2 aor ind. act. of a/xapravw (§ 124, 11).
6. (a) €irTV(Ttv : 1 aor. ind. act. of tttuo), to spit, :
(h) iirWr/Kcv
1 aor. ind. act. of iin-TiOrjfxi. (c) int^piaev, the secondary read-

ing, is also 1 aor. ind. act., of eVi-x/Jtw, to anoint. 7.


(a) vCxpai :

1 aor. imper. mid. of vltttm. (b) tis, unto: implying in (pregnant


construction). (') Ivixparo 1 aor. ind. mid. 10. in'twxf^yf
:

aav : 1 aor. ind. pass, of av-oiyw, irrog. with a threefold augmi'iit


(§124, 14). 14. (a) iv ^ rijitfiii,
on. which day, i. o. nii the

day on which, (h) avtoj^fv : 1 aor. ind. act. of diz-otyw; cf. n. 1(>.

17. rjitwid' : another form of 1 aor. ind. act. of dv-oiyw (§ 124,


14). 18. €(iJ5 oTojt, until: an advcrhial phra,sf>, otov hcing
another form for oiVn'o?, gen. neut. sing, of (Vtis (§ 66, 2, o).
21. rfvoiiiv. anotluT form f)f 1 aor. itid. act. of a\-niyi<i (§ 124,
14). 22. (a) iTvv-tTiOtivTo :
jiliipfrf. irid. mid. 3 pera. jdiir.,

with augment, of (Tvy-TiOrjin (§ 121, § 110). (6) ytvrjrai : 2 aor.


184 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD.

subj. 25. ev : ace. neut. of els, one. 31. (a) d/xaprtoAoii',

sinners, gen. plur. after aKovn. (b) tj :


subj. of dfii
33. Tjhvvaro imperf of 8vVa/Aai (§
: .
122, 11), here with both
syll. and temp, augments. 34. 2/\o5added to the verb to
:

show that the idea expressed by the verb belongs to the whole
person under consideration.

3. OBSERVATIONS.
1. Questions are of two kinds, (a) sentence and {b) word
questions.
2. A
sentence question can be answered by yes or no, but not
a word question, for the latter asks about something connected
with the action, who, what, when, etc.
3. A direct word
question is expressed by interrogative pro-
nouns or adverbs (of. ix. 2, 10, 12, 16, 17, 19, 26, 27, 36).
4. Direct sentence
questions are usually introduced by ov (ex-
pecting the answer yes) or firj (expecting the answer no) (cf. ix.
8, 19, 27, 34, 35, 40).

4. GRAMMAR LESSON.

1. §74,9. Augment.
Irregular 4. §116, 1-3. Impersonal
2. §93, 1-3. The2Perf.Stem. Verbs.
3. §112,1,2. Synopsis and In- 5. §120. Inflection of Pres.
flection of 2 Perf. and 2 and Imperf. Ind., Mid.
Pluperf Act.
. and Pass., of Verbs in /xt.

5. VOCABULARY.
1. Arrange in alphabetical order and memorize the new words
in this lesson.
2. Under List II. of verbs, learn numbers 340-379.
3. Review List VIIL, of Prepositions.
LESSON XXXIX. 185

6. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX.

1. Iltos Swarai avOpwTro<; djuaprwAos Toiaura CTT/yuteta Trottiv ; (ix.


16).
2. Kai yap 6 Trar^p rotovTous C^Ttt tous TrpocrKwouvra? avrov

(iv. 23).

Principle 44. The pronoun toiovtos joined to a noun without


an article has a general reference, a???/ such ; with the article, it

particularizes or characterizes, of such.


1. The imperfect with av.

1. Ei e/A€ ii)8ttTe, Kai tov Trarepa /u,ou av ^Setrc (viii. 19) (j)luperf.
used as imperf.).
J. Jilt o t/€Os Traryjp v/judv rjv rjyairare av €fi€ (Till. iJ).
3. El TV(^Xol ^Te, OLK av eix^^^ d/xuprtav (ix. 41).
2. T/te aorist tvith av.
1. Et ^Stis TTjv Sojpcav Tov PcoO ... cru av yn^aas avrov koI cScjkcv
av rrni vSwp ^oiv (iv. 10).
3. Omission of dv, with imperf. in apodosis.
1. Et fiT] rfv ovTO<i irapa. vtov, ovk rjSvvaro Troittv ovSev.

Principle 45. (a) In a conditional sentence, when the suppo-


sition is contrary to fact, the past ind. is used in both clauses,
with the particle d in the protasis, and dv in the apodosis. (b) The
inii)C'rf. with dv
in the apodosis points to j^resent time, the aorist

with ttv to past time. Sometimes av is omitted. Cf. Principle


34,3.

7. EXERCISES.
1. Write ohe inflection of yovcus, vv^, aihrds, ovtos, oirScis, ti's.

2. Dfcline :
/xa^7^TT/s, Ifjyov, cVcivos, oAos, nlji^aSf Acyd/xevo?.
3. Write the inflection of yevvrfOwf dnfupiOrfVy T/fxapTOV, ?)vvafxai.

4. Conjugate :
VLipai, -l^voL^a, dviw$n, Tjvtw^a, (TWiTtOti/i-qv.
5. Analyze :
Eo'tpa»ta9, <</)r/, /JAtTroxrir, y€i'<i>iTfi(, ^rt, ct;(CT€, wv,

Tjvni^cv, yevcV^ai, AcAttAi^Kcv, yKOvaOr), Tyvc'tu^tv, yiycvvr/fiivoVf T/StVuTO,


186 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD.

TToulv, iytvyrjOf]';, e^e'/JaXov, r]vew\Or](Tai'f av€w$€v, iTrcpwrrjaaTf, iiriur]-

Ktv, i7r€)(pL(rtVf ivifpdfjirjVf d7r£(7TaA/xcvos, dvafiX.t\l/avTo<;, l^o^ovvTO,


6fjioXoyr]ar]f 805, evpow.

6. Translate orally 1. v. 31-47. : 2. vi. 1-21. 3. viii. 12-20.


4. viii. 21-30. 5. viii. 31-45. 6. viii. 46-59.
7. Translate : 1. Who sinned, this woman or her parents ?
2. He went and washed in the pool, and came seeing. 3. My
eyes were opened because I believed on the name of the Saviour
of the world. 4. This man was born blind from his birth.

5. The parents of the blind man feared the Jews. 6. What did
the unto you ? 7. We know that this man is a sinner,
man do
and that he cannot do this sign of himself. 8. I believe his
testimony, but I cannot do the works which he is doing. 9. Who
is this man who does such signs, that we may believe on his

name. 10. I came that you might believe the truth.

8. TOPICS FOR STUDY.


Future.
1. Synopsis of \v<a in the pres. 2. Imperfect. 3.

4. Synopsis of ma-Tevo} in 1 aor. 5. Perfect. 6. Pluperfect.


7. Tense-systems. 8. First class of verbs. 9. Second class.

10. Third class. 11. Fourth class. 12. Fifth class. 13. Sixth

class. 14. Seventh class. 15. Eighth class. 16. Ninth class.

17. Tenth class. 18. Principles of Syntax, 40-45.

LESSON XL. — REVIEW.


f'Thorough review is the secret of all true progress. Do not begin the
next lesson until this is fully mastered.]

1. VOCABULARY.
1. Review the words given in the vocabulary of Lesson X.
2. Review the words given in Lesson XX.
3. Review the vocabularies given in Lessons XXI.-XXX.
LESSON XL. — REVIEW. 187

4. Review List I., of 95 verbs.


5. Review List II., of verbs numbered 96-379.
6. Review List IV., of 196 nouns, etc.
7. Review List VII., of correlative pronouns.
8. Review List VIIL, of prepositions.
9. Review List IX., of correlative adverbs.
10. Review List X., of conjunctions.

2 TEXT.

1. Pronounce aloud the Greek text (v. 1-ix. 41), verse by


verse, and translate.
2. Translate rapidly at sight the first nine chapters of John.
3. With only the Revised Version of the sixth chapter before
the eye, pronounce the Greek of each verse, until it can be done
without hesitation.
4. Then write the Greek text of each verse until you can re-

produce it without error.

5. Read aloud slowly the Greek text of chapters V. to IX.,


inclusive, an<l write down for closer study all forms with which
you are not perfectly familiar.
6. Examine all the verbs given for analysis in Les.sons

XXXII.-XXXIX., classifying them according to voices, moods,


and tenses.
3. GRAMMAR LESSON.
1. Review the whoh; of Orthograi)hy (§§ 1-22), with the
illustrations at the head of each section.
2. Review the Intr(»duction to Etymology (§§ 23-25), with
the illustrations.
3. Review the Suh.staiitivf" (5^ 26 42), with the illustration.s.
4. Select nouns from the text of fji)liii, <<• illustrate every pos-
sible form of indei-lion occurring in the three; dcclonBionH, and
'

write their inflection.


'
Except coatracUi of the First decl. ia -aa aud contractu of tho Second
decl.
188 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD.

5. Review the Adjective (§§ 43-56), with the illustrations.


6. Review the Pronoun (§§ 57-68j, with the illustrations.
7. Review the theory of the Verb (§§ 69-102).
8. Review the Synopsis and Inflection of each Tense (§§ 103-
113).
9. Review Contract Verbs (§ 114).

4. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX.

1. Illustrate principles 1-6, by examples taken from John v.

1-ix. 41.
2. Illustrate principles 7-13 from the same text.
3. Review principles 14-20, compare the illustrations given
in Lesson XXXI., and add illustrations.
4. Review principles 21-25, and add illustrations.
5. Review principles 26-31, and add illustrations.
6. Review principles 32-34, and add illustrations.
7. Review principles 35-39, and add illustrations.
8. Review principles 40-45.

5. EXERCISES.

1. Translate 1 John i. 1-10.


2. Translate 1 John ii. 1-29.
With the Revised Version in your hand, translate orally
3. :

1. 1 John ii. 1-6. 2. 1 John ii. 7-11. 3. 1 John ii. 12-17. 4. 1

John ii. 18-21. 5. 1 John ii. 22-25. 6. 1 John ii. 26-29.


4. Translate orally into Greek the first three English sen-
tences of each exercise in Lessons XXXII.-XXXIX.
5. The last three English sentences in the same lessons.
LESSON XLI. 189

LESSON XLI.
1. TEXT.
John x. 1-42.

2. NOTES.
4. Ta rSia TravTa, all his own: ace. plur. neut. 5. <j>ojiov
rai : fut. (mid.) of (fxvyu) (§ 124, 197). 9. (a) cio-cXcvcrcTat :

fut. ind. of ela-ipx'^fiaL (§ 124, 78). (b) t^vprjau : fut. ind. of

124, 85). 10. kXci/zt;, Ovarrj, airoXeay : 1 aor. sub-


ivpiaKt,} (§

junctives of KAeTTTO), $V(D (§ 124, lUl), aTToXXvfll (§ 123, 13).


16. KuKeha for kuI cVcZm. : 18. Oeivai 2 : iiur. inf. act. of

TiOrjfii (§ 119). 21. (Ivoifai : 1 aor. inf. act. of avoiyut.


Tu ivKuivia, the feast of dedication : Jewish names of fes-
22.
tivalshave the plural form, according to Greek u.sage.
24. iKVKXoHj-av 1 aor. ind. act. of kukA.oo>; the reading in the
:

margin is from kukXciiw. 28. aTroXwvrai 2 aor. subj. mid. :

29. o, ^//«/ ichich. 31. tjiaiTTaaav from ^Wru^o), Ai^tio-w-

o-iv from XiOdCu}. 32. (a) cSci^a : 1 aor. ind. act. of SctKi'u/ni

account of ivhat kind. 35. (a) «i


(§ 121). (i) Ota TToioi', 07i

iK€ivov<; . . .
6l€oiJ?, «/" 7ie sa/t/ (called) thevi r/ods. (li) Au^iymi, ^o be

loosed, broken. 37. /u.i/


TnaTtvert :
pres. imper.
38. (a) Tois tpyots TTicTTf t'cTc :
pres. im]ier. (// )
yiwrt, yivdW/fT^Te :

2 aor. and of ym'oaKi.) (§ 124, 15) tlic tonsos


Hul)j. jtres. subj. ;

distinguish bit\vei.-n tho act as an event (aor.) und the jpcrniiincnl


state (pres.), that ye may attain knowledye, and know (perma-
nently;.
3. OBSERVATIONS.
1. The constructions of the verb ttuttivm ^n- various: (1) al>-

solutely, to believe, to have faith (i. 50; iv. 42, 48, 5.'}; v. 44;
vi. .30, 04 ;
ix. 38 ;
x. 25, 20) :
(2) wilb tb.' daliv ol lb.- p.-rsun

(iv. 21 ;
V. 24, 38, 40 ;
viii. 31, 40 j
x. 37, 38; ; (.''.) by metonymy
190 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD.
an abstract is substituted in the dative 22 iv. 50 v. 47
(ii. ; ; ;

X. 38) ; (4) with ei? and the ace. of the person (ii.
11 ;
iii.
16, 18,
3G iv. 39 vi. 29, 35, 40 vii. 5, 39, 48 viii, 30 ix. 36 x.
; ; ; ; ; 35, ;

42) (5) with


J £ts, and, by metonymy, with the ace. of an abstract
(i.
12 ii. 23 ; iii.
18) (6) possibly iv with the a very rare
; ; dat.,
construction 15), only one undisputed
(iii.
example iu N. T.
(Mark i. 15). (Verify.)
2. The verb ukovw is also variously construed:
(1) with the
genitive of the person or thing immediately heard (of the person,
i.
37; iii. 29; vi. 60 (?) vii. 32; ix. 31; x. 20; of the thing,;

the sound or speech heard, v. 25, 28 vi. 00 vii. 40 x. 3, 8,


(?) ; ; ;

16; 27) (2) the thing, if not immediately heard of the speaker,
;

is in the ace.
(v. 24, 37 viii. 47 ix. 40) (3) the thing heard
; ; ;

is in the
ace, the person from whom heard in the gen., but with
a preposition viii.
intervening (Trapu, 26, 38, 40). (Verify.)

4. GRAMMAR LESSON.
1. §115. Synopsis of TTEi'^oj. 4. §135,1. Formation of Prim-
2. § 121. Synopsis of the Ind. itive Adjectives.
of Xar-qfii. 5. § 76, N. 2. Principal parts
3. § 119. Synopsis of Pres, and of a Verb.
2 Aor. Systems of ia-Ti]fii.

5. VOCABULARY.
1. Arrange in alpliabetical order and memorize the new words
in this lesson.
2. Under
List V., of nouns, adjectives, etc., learn 197-249.
3. Under
List of Irregular Verbs, learn those numbered
1-25,
with their different forms.

6. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX.
1. OvT€ ovTO? yjfiapTev, ovre ol yovct? avrov (ix. 3).
2. OuTos o wlos i/xajv, ov
u/xcis Xeyere on rvcfyXoi iyivvnOn
ia-Tiv •

(ix. 19).
LESSON XLI. 191

3. TuuTi^v r^v irapoifxiav cittcv airois 6 'It^ctoCs (x. 6).


4. Kal ciTrav avrul IIov eo-Tiv c/ccivo?; Ac'yci OiJk oiSa (ix. 12).
5. Kal ciirov avrot? ckcivoi Aia ti ovk r/yaycTC avTov ; (vii. 45).
6. 'Ekcivoi St ovK tyvwaav Tiva ijv
a cAaXei auroi? (x. 6).

Princijile 46. The demonstrative outos, this, refers to some-


tliiug near or present. eVcivo?, that, refers to something more

remote, but may refer to the nearer, when used emphatically.


1. Ta Trpufiara to. ifiu Trj<; (fiwvi]<; fiov uKovovaiv (x. 27).
2. Oi fir] yivtrrp-ai
Oavdrov cis tov alZva (viii. 52).
3. 'Q? Sc iycvaaTO 6 dp^iTpiK\ivo<; to vBwp otvov y(yfvr]p.fvov

(ii. 9). (Exception.)


Fi'lnciple 47. The genitive is used after many verbs which

signify an action of the senses or of the mind.


1. Kui (irLaT(va€V avros /cat r/ uIkiu uvtov oXt] (iv. oS),
2. 'Afipuap. direOavev ical oi irptxjiijTai, koI <rv At'ycis . . .
(viii. 52).
3. 'Eyoj Kul 6 Trarqp fv t(rp.ey (x. 30).

Principle 48. The verb often agrees with the nearest subject

(Prin. 14), but if the nominatives are of different persons, the


first person is preferred to the second and the third, the second
to the third.

7. EXERCISES.
1. Write the inflection of Bvpa, avXi], Trpo/Sarov, ckcIvo?, KXt7rr>;?,

TTitLpqv, ovTo<;, 1810?, (ji'ci/jia, avTo?, 7ra?, 6, rt'?, 09, iyui, ocro?, T19, KaXos
2. Of A/ycj, dviiliaiviiiv, tlpi, c^ojrt'w, -cu, eV/iuAw, jropeviipai, uioa,
uTTov, €yvu)v, iXdXovv, ao}Oiiaop.ui (1 fut. pass., § 95, 3 ; § 107, 2).
3.
Analyze and translate :
'AkhXuuOii, tl>ii,iovTai, claiXOiJ, cicr-

(\(V(T(Tai, ilpi'iau, KA€t/'7/, ^wctt;, Ix'^mtiv, TiOrjcriv, di^irjariv, ayayeu',

yci'T/frovTaj, dyuiru, \ufiui, ypty, Ofivui, Xaftitv, /xatVcrai, dvoi^m, vtpi-

€-iruTti, (KVKXuMruy, at/jci?, dTruXinvTui, npirdati, rttrtuiKfi', tfiiuTTaaav,

XiBd(T(D(Tiy, ?S«i^a, Cfrrii'


yiypdppivov, XvOiivui, ijyiaaiv, naJTivi^Tt,
Tri(TT(i>(T(, yvCtTf, yiyuxTKr/Tt, (Ci/Tuiiv, Tnu(rai, ip.€y(v.

4. Write principal parts c)f Ai'w, Xti-KM, Trifrrcwoj, Tifido), irciOti).

5. Translate and commit the principal jiarta of the following


verbs :
192 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD.

1. uyyeAXo), dyyfXo), •^yyfiXa, rfyytXKa, rfyyeXfiai, rjyyiXOrjv.


2. ayw, d$w, 1 aor. ri$a, 2 aoi".
T^yayov, ^X"^} Vyi'^^h ^"xPW'
3. alpiD, dpWf rjpa, jjpKa, ripjxai, rjpOrjv.
4. ttKOuo), d/covcroyutut and uKovauj, yjKOvaa, 2 pf. aKT^Koa, rjKovaOrjv.
5. dXeicfxaf^ aActi//oj, ^keiipa, dA.r;Xt(^a, dXyXififjLai, ijXeicfidrjv.
6. aXXdcrcra), aWd^cu, i^XXa^a, •^AXai^a, ^AAay/xat, 2 aor. p. rjWdyrjv.
7.
dvotyw, dvoL$(D) dvew^a, dvctu^a, 2 pf. dvtwya, dvcwy/Aui, dvew^^r^i'.
V I * P " J fl
SiruTTTU),
.
1

ai^o), i)i/'a, rfp-fiaL, rjcfitfrjv.

9. d/jx^j ap^Wj ^P^tt) WX") Wy/*"' (mid.), ^pxOrjv.


10. aw^-uvoj, ai^jjcrw, rjv^rjaa, r]v$7]Ka, rjo^ijpai, rjv^rjOrjv.

6. Translate orally : 1. "ISctc irorairiiv


dyd-m^v SeSw/ctv i^/iiv o

TraTyp tVa tckvu ^eoD KXijOwfiey, Kai icrpei'. 2. Aia toSto o koct/xos oiu
^

yivdxTKeL r)/Aas on ouk eyvw avroj'. 3. A.yairrjToi, vvv Tf.Kva Oiov

iafiiv, KOI ovTTO) icfiuvepiudrj


ri iao/xtOa. 4.
Ol'Sa/xcv on tav cjiavepwOrj

op-OiOL awVo) iaop-eOa, on o^Oji^da avrov Ka6it)<; co-nv. 5. Kat ttus

6 tXTTtSa ravTi^i' ctt avTu) dyvt^et iavTOv KaOw'; iK€li'0<;


ex'"'' ''"^*' dyvo?
IcTTiv. 6. Has o TTOioJv T'^i' dpapTtav Kat rrjv avop.iav tvolu, koX rj ufiap-
n'a iariv rj dvop.ia. 7. Kai oiSare on eKftvos €<^ai'epi!)0ij iva ras dp.up-

n'as dpj;, ^ai d/xapria tj/ avra> oi;/c c<jtiv. 8. Tla? o ev ai^rw p.ep(Dv ov^

dfiapTavd. 9. nS? 6 dp-apTayoiv ou^ ewpaKCp avTOv oijSe


eyvcoKev
avTov. 10. TcKVia, /utT^Sei? TrXamTto v/xds. 11. O Trotcoi'
rr/v StKaio-

cvvT^v SiVaios icTTiv, Ka6w<; e/ccti'os SiKaids co-nv. 12. 'O ttoioh/ rryv

dp.apTiav CK tow Sia(36Xov ccrriv,


on atr dpxrj^ o SidySoXos d/xaprdvei.
13. Et5 toDto €<pai>€pii)67] 6 vlo? ToC ^eoD iVa Xi'o">j ra epya tov 8ia-

^oXou. (1 John iii. 1-8).


7. Translate : 1. They who do not enter in through the door
into the house are thieves and rohbers. 2. These sheep follow

this man because they hear his voice. 3.The good shepherds
lay down their lives for the sheep. 4. The hirelings see the
wolves coming and leave their sheep and fly into the city.
6. What does he say ? Why do je hear him ? Will ye also
believe on his name ? 6. He who hears me speaking will follow

me. 7. You and I will go into the city. 8. The Jews were
1 Anoint.
LESSON XLII. 193

seeking to lay hold of Jesus. 9. He was doing many good


works there, but they did not believe on him. 10. Many be-
lieved on him because they saw him doing these signs.

8. TOPICS FOR STUDY.


1. Terminations of First decl. 2. Of Second decl. 3. Of
Third decl. 4. The tense-systems. 5. Principal parts of Ailw.

6. TncT€va). 7. Ti/xaoj. 8. TTtt^w. 9. Acitto). 10. LcrTrjfii. 11. 8t-

8a)/ii.
12. Endings of primitive nouns denoting agent. 13. Ac-
tion. 14. Result. 15. Qual'ittj. 16. Instnivient. 17. Usaga
of Stu. 18. Of cTTi. 19. Prepositions with the gen. only.

LESSON XLII.

1 TEXT
John xi. 1-57.

2. NOTES.
I.
(a) (iKfiif/an-a : 1 uur. iud. act. j)art. nom. fern, of d\ei(f)w.

(fj) eK-fjid^aa-a : from eK-fxdcrau), vnpe off. (c) Opt.^iv : dat. plur. of

&l)ii, g(tii. TfHx<'><; (^ W- !) 5.


vyyuTTu
:
imperf. 3 pers. sing.
II. perf. ind. pass, of Koifjiuo. e^xmvia-M : 1
(a) K€K(>ift.qT<a
:
(/>)

aor. Hubj. 13. (a) dinjutL :


pluperf. in usi- of the irrog. iiinti'

C§ 124, OS), (h) Iho^av 1 aor. ind. act. of 8o<c£w (§


: 124, r)()).

15. imperf. 1
pers. fling, of
: horta-
(a) 7//i(yi'
:
ti/xi. (J>) aywfiti'
tive subj., the 1 pers. being used to express a request or proposal.
20. 1 aor. ind. .uf. of i-n--(ivT(i<i>.
^(h) (khOc1^(to
:
(a) vTri'ivrqircy
:

imperf. mid. 21. 7;<; imperf. 2 pers. :


sing, of dfii, instead
of rirrflii,
a form occurring three times in John (also xi. 32; .vxi.
1 aor. subj. mid.
18), in all six times in N. T.
22. a/Tj/fn; :

2 pers. sing. 23. dvarrTrjn-eTm : fut. mid. of dr-CuTrjfii (§ 121).


13
194 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD.

29. : 1 aor. pass, of eyeipw (§ 124, 60). 31. (a) dv


rjyepdr]

e'crr*/:
2 aor. ind. of uv-taTrjfii (§ 121). (^) KKava-rj: 1 aor. subj,

of KXaiw (§ 124, 114). 32. cTTco-cv : 2 aor. ind. act. of TrtVTw

(§ 124, 159). 33. (a) fuef^pifi-qaaro : 1 aor. mid. of tfi-f^pi-

1 aor. ind. act. of Tupdaau). 34. re-


paop.au (b) erdpa^ev :

'

deiKart :
perf. ind. act. of TLd-qp.i (§ 121). 37. cSvvaro

imperf. of ^\)vap.ai, with regular augment (cf. r^hvvaro, ix. 33).


38. (a) ep.-fipip.dip.ei'o';
:
pres. part. (i) cttckcito :
imperf,
ind. of cVi-Kci/xai (§ 122, 15). 39. TcrcAcvrT^KOTos :
perf part-.

42.
gen, sing. masc. of Tekevrdw, -w. Trepita-TiOTa :
perf. part,
ace. sing. masc. of Trepi-ta-T-qpi ',
for inflection see § 48, 7.

44. (a) TedvTjKU)^ :


perf. part. act. of ^vi^o-ko) (§ 124, 100).
perf. pass. part, of Sew, bind, plu-
:

(b) SeSe/iiVos :
(c) Trcpi-cScSeTo

perf. pass.3 pers. sing., with augment, of irepi-Beoi. (d) d</>€Tf : 2


aor. imper. 2 pers. plur. of d^ir]p.L ; a</)€s
inflected like ^c's

(§ 120). 47. cn^j'^yayov


: 2 aor. ind. act. of avv-dyui.

48. (a) ac^oi/xev : 2 aor. subj. of a<^i'r;/xi. (Z*) a/jovcrtv


: fut. ind.

act. of alpui (§ 124, 5). 52. Toi 8i€(rKopTri(rp.eva :


perf. part,

pass. 53, (a) i^ovXevaavTo : 1 aor. ind. mid. {b) aVoKxet'-


vwo-iv : 1 aor. subj. act. 55. dyvio-wcriv
: 1 aor. subj. act.

of dyvi'^tu.
56. caTr)K6Te<; perf. part. act. nom. plur. masc.
:

of 'iar-qp-i.
57. (a) 8e8d}Kei(rap pluperf. ind. act. without the
:

augment, {b) p.i]vvar) : 1 aor. subj. of p.r}ww.

3. OBSERVATIONS.
1. The active voice represents the subject as acting.

2. The middle voice represents the subject as acting upon

himself, or as affected by his own action; and we can distinguish


between (1) the direct, (2) the indirect, and (3) the subjective
middle.
3. The direct middle represents the subject as acting on him-

self, and iscomparatively rare, reflexive pronouns being employed


22.
usually with the active, as in viii.
LESSON XLII. 195

4. Theindirect middle represents the subject as acting for

himself, or with reference to himself (xi. 11, *24, 25, 38, 45).
5. The subjective middle expresses the interest of the subject

in the result, and yet implies a direct agency (ix. 22 xi. 53). ;

6. Deponent verbs show the same uses of the middle voice,


and differ only from other verbs in having no active (xi. 19, 20,

38, 50).
7. The passive voice represents the subject as acted upon (xi.
4, 11, 12, 44).

4. GRAMMAR LESSON.
1. § 115. Synopsis of plttto).

2. § 121. Of Ind. of and SeiKWfii.


Ti6r]fii, SiSwfjLL,

3. § 119. Of Pres. and 2 Aor. Systems of same Verbs.


4. § 135, 1. Formation of Denominative Adjectives.
5. § 136. Denominative Verbs.

5 VOCABULARY
1. Arrange in alphabetical order and learn the new words of

this lesson.
2. Under List V., of nouns, adjectives, etc., learn 250-299.
3. Under List of Irregular Verbs, learn those numbered 20-

49, with their forms.

6 PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX
a. 1. 'Ayu)fifv tl<i TTjv luvBaiav TrdXiv (xi. 7).
2. *AAAa uyuj^fi' TTpo?
uvTi')v (xi. 15).
3. "Ayoj/xev Kul ///xcis
iva uTToOdvwfKv fitr' avTov (xi. 10).

b. Mt; OuvfM(icni<i on iTttov croi Act t'/xu? yiwrjOijyiu uvwOtf (ill.


(
)•

c. Ti TTOuiifitv r^a ffry(t^u)fi.(6a rii </'y« Tov 0(ov ; (vi. 28).

Principle 49. In simple sentences the subjunctive has three


common uses: (a) The first person (generall}' plural) is used in
exhortations ; (b) the subjunctive aorist, in the second and third
19(3 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD.

persons, is used with fxy]


in prohibitions, instead of the impera-
tive ; (c) the
person is used in questions
first
expressive of
deliberation or doubt (cf. XXXIV. Obs. 1).

1. M'^ TTOiciTe Toi' oTkov Toi) Trarpo? fj.ov olkov


efnropLov (ii. 16).
2. M^ SoKciTe on eyw Karrjyoprja-oi vfiiov tt/sos tov irarepa (v. 45).
3. M^ ^au/i,a^CT€ toDto (v. 28). 4. 'Eyw fi/tt, /xt) (fio^ela-Oe (vi.20).
5. M^ yoyyvl,€T€ fifT dAXryAwv (vi. 43). 6. Mry Kpivcre Kar' oij/iv
7. M^ davfJid(Tr]<; on cittov croi (iii. 7). [(^ii- 24).

Pnnciple 50. Negative commands are expressed by p.rf


with
the present imperative or the aorist subjunctive.

a. Present.
1. Kul Aeyct avroi 6 'Iijcjovs 'AKoXov^et /Aot (i. 44).
2. M-^ Kpivere kut oi^tv, dAAa t^v SiKuiav Kpicriv Kpivere (vii. 24).

^^. Aorist.
1. Aeyei avroi? o It^o-oCs Fe/AicraTC ras {iSpias ^'Saros (ii. 7).

2. 'Epavi'T^croi/ Kai t8e on e/c


t^s FaAtXatas TrpocfajTrj';
ovk iyeLperai

(vii. 52).
3. "Apare tov Xt^o»' (xi. 39).

4. Aware at^Tov Kai a(fieTe aurov vTrayciv (xi. 44).

c. Contrasted in same 2icissa(/e.


1. AvrXijcraTe vvv koI (fttpeTc t<5 ap^irpiKXivo) (ii. 8).
2. Apov TOV KpdfSaTTov aov kuI TrcptTrdrei (v. 8, 11)-
3. "Epxov KOI i8e (i. 4C xi. 34). ;

Principle 51. The present imperative denotes the present


continuance or repetition of an action; the aorist imperative
expresses a command more forcibly, or denotes that the action
is single and instantaneous.

7. EXERCISES.
1. Write the inflection of ?>6^a, X'-V"? xvpio^,
apxupev<;, l$vo<i,

OpLt, vv^y TTOvs, oi^i?, ttAftt^a?, /X€ya9, ttoAw?, cts, wv.

2. Of qydiTbiv, il,y]Tow, KeKOifjLrjp.ai, yip-rfv, i\r)\v6eiv, iKaOe^6fi7)i',

av€(rTr]v, riOeiKU, ep^ov, eTreKeifir/v, vepiea-Tm, TrepieScSe/xTjr, Xxxrov.


LESSON XLII. 197

3. Analyze and translate :


'EKjU,afaa-a, i]<j6ivf.L, Xiyovaai, So^a-
aOiii efJL€Lvev, ayw/xev, Xiddaai, TrepiTruTTj, €.lprjKU, Iho^av, aTrtOavd',

evnev, TrupafivOrjrrwvTai, vTrr'jVTqaci', dvaaTi]creTai, ^r/crtrai, eiTracra,

fjy^pOr], rjpxeTo, KXavcrr], £7rccr€i', irupa^cv, Trot^crai, ^pai; ScSe/xeVo?,

(i^ETC, dffiwfxev, eXevdoVTai, OLpoiKTii', airoXrjTai, Avt/3i](TaVy co-tt/kotcs,


TTldadXTll'.

4. Write principal parts of ayw, aipw, aKovw, uA.£i'</)oj, (faXito,

reXcirraw, Sew, ttoic'oj.


KOi/u.ttw, piTTTw, Tidy^pi, SiSoifii, ^eiKVVfJii, <f)(j)vio),

5. Translate orally :
(a) John x. 1-42.

(^) nixs 6 yeyei/VT^/AcVus €K tou ^eoO dfJiapTtav ov ttouI, otl (nripp.a


1.

avTOV iv auTw fievu, Kal ov Sirarai dju.apTai'cii/, on ck tov ^coS ycytV-

vr/rai. 2. 'Ev tovtw (fiavepd iaTLV to. rcKva toO ^toi) kol to. TCKia toC

8ta/3oAov. 3. Has 6 /x^ SiKatocrvvT/v ouk ccttiv £k tov Oeov,


ttoiuii/

Koi 6 fxi] dyawuiv toi/ ddtXtfiov auTOV. 4. 'On avrrj iarly ij dyyeAia 7)1/

^Kovaare drr dp)(rj<;,


iva dya7roj/7.ei/ oAXj/Xous. 5. Ov Kadios Kati/ t»c

Tou irovTjpov rjv Kal €<7(fia$€v tou d8cA<^ov aurov. 6. Kat xdpiv nVo?
e<T<f)a$iv auTOJ' ; on tu epya avToi) Troir/pd iji',
rd 8c tov ddeA^ov avTov
diKuia. 7. Mr/ Oav/xdi^CTe, d8tXcf)0i, ct fxiafx i'p.d'i
6 Koap-o^. 8. 'H/^tis

otSa^ci/ on fj.€TaftiftiiKap.€v Ik toC ^avdrou cis tt/v ^wt/j/, on dyanwp.tv


Tovs dScAf^ov's. 9. 'O /x^ dyaTToJi' fjLtvti
iv no uavdrw. 10. Hds 6 /ni-

cruiv TOV d8cA</>oi/ aurou di'^pojTroKToi'os eanV, Kai oioare on Trds (U'P/h/j-
TTOKTOvos ovK !;)(« ^oi^v uioVioi/ cV ttUTw pcvovaav. (1 John iii. 9-15.)
6. Translate Mary, the sister of Lazarus, anointed the
: 1.

Saviour w itli ointment and wiped his feet with her hair. 2. Jesus
hears that Lazarus is sick, and after two days he says (o his dis-
Let us go to
th(r village of Lethaiiy. 3. He who walks
ciples,
in the day able to see
is the light, but he who walks in the night

will stumble in the darkness. 4. Many of the Jews caini' unto

the two sisters that they might console them. f). WIh-ii .lesus
came to the village, Martha met him. 6. Come and see where
they have laid him. 7. That man was not abh^ to open tin- eyes
of the blind. 8. He who came to the tomb of Lazarus is able to

do greater signs than these.


198 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD.

8. TOPICS FOR STUDY.


1. of Third decl.
Paradigms 2. co-tws. 3. Reciprocal pro-

nouns. Reflexive pronouns.


4. 5. Correlation of pronouns.
6. General view of the tenses. 7. Prepositions with dative only.
8. With ace. only. 9. With gen. and ace. 10. With gen., dat.,
and ace. 11. Formation of adverbs. 12. Correlation of ad-
verbs. 13. Final conjunctions. 14. Endings of denominative
nouns denoting agent. 15. Quality. 16. Diminutives.

LESSON XLIII.

1. TEXT.
John xii. 1-50.

2. NOTES.
2. Sir/KoVei :
irreg. imperf. of StaKovt'w, as if the verb were com-

pounded of hid. and aKoviiji. 5. i-n-padr) : 1 aor. ind. pass,


of Trnrpda-KU) (§ 124, 158). 7. a^es : 2 aor. imper. 2 pers.
sing, of dff)Lr]iJ.t (cf. 6t<;, §120). 15. iixv^crOrja-av : 1 aor.
ind. pass, of fiifivqcrKU) (§ 124, 139). wcfttXetTe :
pres. ind.
act. of ox^cXt'w. 24. (a) Trctrwv : 2 aor. part. act. of ttiVtw

(§ 124, 159). (b) dTTo^avr; : 2 aor. subj. act. of aTro-6v^a-K,o (§


124,
100). 25. aTToXAuct : from dnoWiiM (only here and Rom.
xiv. 15), instead of dvoWvfju. 27. TerdpaKTai :
perf. ind.

pass, of rapacrcraJ (§ 124, 184). 31. iK(3X.r]6i](T€Tai : 1 fut.

ind. pass, of iK/3dXXo) (§ 124, 28). 37. avrov . . .


ttcttoit/ko-

Tos :
gen. absolute (concessive), cf. Prin. 40. 38. dTrcKoXv-

(fiOr]
: 1 aor. ind. pass of diroKaXviTTw. 40. (a) itn^^pwcrev 1 :

aor. ind. act. of iroypoou {b) voiqaoKnv : 1 aor. subj. act. of voc<o.

(c) aTpa(f>waiv ;
2 aor. subj. pass, of crrpicfuo (§ 124, 181).
(d) Ido-ofiai : fut. ind. of idopfu (§ 124, 102). 48. dOerihv :

pres. part. act. of a^erew, reject.


LESSON XLIII. 199

3. OBSERVATIONS.
1. Adverbs are used to qualify verbs, adjectives, or other ad-
verbs (xii. 8, 16, 26, 31 ;
viii. 48; viii. 31 ;
vii. 40).

2. The personal pronouns, when they are in the nominative,


are emphatic (xii, 26, 46, 47, 49, 50; xii. 34 xi. 27, 42; etc.). ;

3. The person addressed is put in the vocative case (xii. 21,

38 ;
xi. 3, 12, 21, 27, 32, 34, 39).

4. avTt (with the genitive only) occurs only once in John


(i. 16).
5. 8ia with the genitive means through (x. 1, 2, 9 xi. 4 i. 3, ; ;

7, 10, 17) ;
with the accusative, on account of (xii. 9, 11, 18, 27,
30, 39, 42).
6. The distinction between the tenses of the infinitive is simi-
lar to that between the tenses of the imperative and subjunctive,
— the present marks continuitij (xii. 4, 21, 39), the aorist, a

sinyle act (xii. 34), the perfect, a completed act (xii. 18, 29).

4 GRAMMAR LESSON.

1. § 115. Synopsis of (ftaivo).

2. §§ 119, 120. Synopsis and Inflection of Pres. Act. of Verbs


in fu.
3. §§ 119, 120. Of Imperfect and 2 Aorist Act.
4. § 137. Compound Words.
5. § 138, 1-4. First Part of a Compound Word.

5. VOCABULARY.
1. Arrange in alphabetical order and learn the new words in

thi.s lesBori.

2. Under List V., of nouns, etc., loarn 300-349.

3. Under Tiist of Irregular V'erbs, learn those numbered 50-74,


with their forms.
200 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD.

6 PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX. t

1. "A(f>e<; avTi^v, iva cis rrjv Tjfxipav tov tvTa</>ia(r/u-oi) /u,ou Ti/pi/crn
avTo (xii. i).
2. Kai rjXOav ov Sia tov ^Irjaovv /xdvov dW iva Kai Toi/ Ad^apov
lSwctlv (xii. 9).

3. EySouAci'cravTO Sc ot dp^tcpeis tva Kai tov Ad^apov diroKTiivwaiv


(xii. 10). See also xii. 20, 23, 36, 38, 47.
4. AcSioKCiCTttv hk oi dp^iepeis Kai, ot ^^apto-aioi evToAas iia cdv Tts

yvw TTov £(rTtv firjvvcrrj, ottws 7rido-<uo-tv aurdi'


(xi. 57). The only
example of oVtos in John.
5. IlepiTraTetTC ws to <^ti)S fX^Te, iVa ^•^ crKoria v/xds KaTaXd/Srf
(xii. 35).
6. Iva pi] iSucriv tois 6(f)daXp,oi<; Kai voT/crwcriv t^ KapSia Kai <TTpa-

^wcrtv (xii. 40). See also xii. 42, 46.

Principle 52. In final clauses, the two particles of design, tva,


tothe end that, otto)?, m order that, negatively Iva iixj^
are nearly

always followed by the subjunctive (cf. Prin. 27).

7 EXERCISES.
1. Write the inflection of r)/A€pa, y^, tttw^^osj Ovydrrjp, warT^p, 6.

2. Of r}p(i)T(i)V, iXr]Xv()a, 7reo"wv, o-wtroi/, vif/oydw, iKpv(3rjv, XaXw.


3.
Analyze and translate :
"Hyeipei', Sir^Kovti, rjv, Xafiovaa, •^Xet-

i//€v, i$€fjiaicv, iTrX7]p<!)0rj, iirpdOrj, iSoOr], €p,eA,ev, cyvo), ifiovXevaavTo,


vTTrjyov, iXa^ov, i^XOov, €vXoyT)p,€VO<;, €vpu)v, (f)o^ov, tyvwcrav, i8o$d-
(tOt}, ipvyjadrjaav, virrjvrqfT^v, ircTroirjKivai, ^ewpeiTc, iSetv, iXijXvOev,
diroOdvr), ff)vXd^ei, SiaKovfj, aKoXovOeirw, co-Tai, rcTapaKrai, cittw, ycyo-
vevai, eKf3Xr]9i](T€Tai, vif/w6C), ^/xcXXei/, vif/inOrjvai, ytvr]cr6e, ttcttoit^kotos,

•^SwavTO, tcti;<^X(jok€I', <TTpa(f)w(Ta', yeVcuvTai.

4. Write the principal parts of cftaivu), ttou'w, dXcitfyw, irXrjpow,

Tj-apaM^wpi, T7]p€U), ypdfpu), paprvpio), XaXeco, TricTTevw.


5. Translate and commit the principal parts of the following
verlis :
LESSON XLIII. 201

1. (ialvw, firjTOfj.ai, 2 aor. £/^?;i', /S^fSijKa, ^>//3a/xai, i/3d$r]v.


2. iSdXXw, ySa/Vw, 2 aor. tfiaXov, (ii(i\rjKa, /3i(3\i]fjLai, i^Xr'jOrjv.

3. /3ouAo/Aai, (iovXrjfTOfxai, (3i(3ov\r][jiai, iftovXrjOrjv.


4. ya/x^M, yafxw, eyrjfj.a, y€ya/x»/Ka, yeyd/xyixai, iyafJiT]6r]v.
5. ytVo/xat, yevT/o-o/i,ai, 2 aor. iyivo^rjv, ye'yoia, y^yivq^iai,
kyivriOrjv.
G. yiVMCTKWf yi'ujcro/xai,
2 aor. cyi/oji', eycwKa, (.yvwafxai,
iyvioaOrji'.
7. yi)d(f)w, ypdij/o), eypaif/u, yiyf)a<^a, yeypafjifjiai, 2 aor. iypd(f>riv.
8. di\()fJ.ai, Se'^o/iAai, ioi^dfj.rjv, oeheyfj-ai, iSt^Orjv.
9. SiOdcTKO), SiSd^w, iSiSa^a, 8e8t8a;^a, 8e8t8ayyu.at, iSLSd^Orjv.
10. StW/xai, Svvrjaofiaif SiSvi'TJixaif rjdvvqdrjv and rjSwdaOrjv.

6. Translate orally :
(a) John xi. 1-57.

(6) 1. 'El/ TouTU) eyvwKUfiev rrjv dydirrfv, on ckcii/os vTrep ly/xwv t^v
\^v)(ijv avTOV i6r]K(v: 2. Kai rjfiei^ o</)eiXo/xcv vTrep Twv dSeXt^wi' ra?

i/'i;;(ds
Oiuau 3. 'Os 8 ui/
e;(7;
tov /?iov toC koctixov Kai deojpfj tov

ao(.\(^)V avTov ^^ptiav e^ovra Kai kA,€io"?; tu rrTrXdy^fa avTOV utt avTov,
TTiJus 17
dydirr)
ToD ^eoi; /AcVet €1/ auTw ; 4. TtKua, /it^ uyaTrCificv Aoyw
/7,7^0£ T^ yXtiHT(rr] oAAo. ci'
tpyw Kai aXrjBua. 5. 'Ei/ tovtcu yfwaofx^Oa

OTi CK T^9 (i\rjfJ€ia<; hrfitv, kui IfxirpocrOiv aiiTou ir^urofitv Ttjv Kap8tai/

ijixii)^
OTi edi' KiiTayivdycTHrj rjjJLwv ij Kap()M, on /xei^wi' tcrrti' 6 ^€os r^s

Kap8tas Tjfiwu Kai yiViiKTKU irdvTa. 6. AyaTTT^Toi, tctv r) Kap8ta /xt;

KarayiroMTKY/, Tvappqmav t-^opxv Trpos toj/ 6'coi', kuI o ai/


aiTo)ficv XapfSd-
vojxiv 'Itt auTor, on tus ifToXds uvtov Tr}pt>vp.iv Kill to. dpto-rd tVwTTioi'
auToO TTOioi'/xci'.
7. Kai ttur;/ 1(TTlv y ivToXij uvtov, ii'a
TricrTCvrrw/xcc
Tw ovufi-OiTL
Tot; vtou avTOv Jt/ctod XpicTToi; Kat dya7ro)p,£i/ dXAryAous, Ka-

6w9 eS'oKei' ct'ToAr^i/ Ty/xii'.


8. Kai 6 Ttjpwv rd? ei/ToAus auTOU ci/ avToi
//.tVti
Kai auTOS ef ayrw. 9. Kat cV toi'toj yii/ojrrKo/xcv on /xei'ti tV
rfpXv, Ik
tou Tri'ci'/xaTo? ou ry/xti/
cOojkci'
(1 rJ(jllli iii. 10—24).

7. 'IVaiLslatc! : 1.
'I'licy .•inointcil llic feet of llio
di.sciplos.
2. I'lify <'Hmc ill (inliT (liat tlic^y nii^lit son the; man wlioiii -losus

rai.'^od from llic. dca«l. 3. Tin's man took tlif l)ranclu's of the

jtalm-trce in his hand, and was rryinp, l>cliold tho Kinj^of tho
.Ji'W.s. 4. Tho
<li.scii)lf'S rcmcnihcrcd
thoy did thcso thinj^s tliat

unto him. 5. The Gretjks came up nnio the feast, that they
might see Jesus. G. He who loves the Saviour will follow liim.
202 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD.

7. When the Son of Man will come in his power, he will cast
out the ruler of this world. 8. Walk in the light in order that

you may become sons of light.

8. TOPICS FOR STUDY.


1. The euphony of consonants. 2. General rules of accent.
3. Enclitics. Personal pronouns. 5. Ten classes of verbs.
4.

6. The infinitive endings. 7. Causal conjunctions. 8. Final


conjunctions. 9. Compound words. 10. Principles of syntax,
46-48.

LESSON XLIV.
1 TEXT
John xiii. 1-38.

2. NOTES.
1.
perf. part, of olSa (§ 124, 64).
ciSws : 2. (a) SeiWov
yivnijiivovgen. abs. (temporal).
:
{b) Iva TrapaSoi, that Judas
Iscariot shall betray : irapa^oi is not the optative, but 2 aor.

subj. 3 pers. sing, instead of TrapaSw (§ 120), arising by regular


contraction as if from rrupaSiSoo), -w (§ 114). 4. {a,) iytipe-
Tttt : a case of the direct middle (cf. XLII. Obs. 3). (b) Ste'^oxrci/ :

1 aor. ind. act. of 8iaC<j')vvvfjii (§ 123, 7). 5. (a) T^piaro : 1


aor. mid. of dpxoi. (b) Sic^ojct/acVos :
perf part. pass.
7.
yi/ojcTT/,
f ut. ind. 2 pers. sing, of yivo'ta-KM. 8. vii/'t/s
: see
Prin. 43. 10. vi\pa<TBai : 1 aor. inf. mid. 13. 6 8i8a-
cr>caXos the predicative term with verbs of
:
naming sometimes
stands in the nom. so also o Kvpios. 18.
; ($f\e$dfjir)v : 1 aor.
ind. mid. of eV-Xe'yo^ (§124, 128). Trpo 19. tov ytria-Qai (cf.
i.
48), before it come to pass. 38. ews ov : with the gen. of
the neut. rel. pron. cws has the force of a conjunction, until (cf.
ix. 18).
LESSON XLIV. 203

3. OBSERVATIONS.
1. Connected sentences are said to be co-ordinate, when they
are mutually independent.

2. A compound sentence consists of a principal and a subor-


dinate clause or sentence.
3. A subordinate clause which prepares the way for its princi-

pal clause is called a protasis, and the principal clause is called


the apodosis.
4. Subordinate sentences or clauses are (1) final, (2) condi-
tional, (3) relative, (4) causal, or (5) of indirect discourse.
5. Final clauses express purpose, design, or motive, and are
introduced by the final conjunctions (Prin. 27 and 52).
6. Aconditional clause contains a supposition, and is intro-
duced by €1 or eac (Prin. 34).
7. Relative clauses (including temporal) are introduced by
relative pronouns or the temporal conjunctions of time, place, or
manner.
8. Causal clauses express cause or reason, and are introduced
by the causal particles on, 8t6Tt, tVei, eVti^r/, and ws.

9. In a clause of indirect discourse {oratio obliqtia) the sub-


stance of the quotation is given in the form of a dependent
sentence.

4. GRAMMAR LESSON.

1. §§ 119, 120. Synopsis and Inflection of Pres. Mid. and


Pass, of Vrrbw in in.

2. §§ 119, 120. Of Imperfect and 2 Aorist.


3. § 139, 1-3. Last Part of aCompound Word.
4. § 140, 1-3. Meaning of Compoiind Words.
6. § 141, 1-3. Synthetic Compounds.
204 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD.

5. VOCABULARY.
1. Arrange in alphabetical order and learn the new words in
this lesson.

2. Under List V., of nouns, etc., learn 350-399.


3. Under
List of Irregular Verbs, learn those numbered 75-
99, with their forms.

6. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX.
1. With imjjerfect indicative.
1. El yap e7rt(7T€u€T€ Mwvaei, €7rtcrT€veT£ av ifxoL (v, 46).
2. Et 6 ^eoi narrjp ifxCyv rjv i^yaTrarc av i/xe (viii. 42).
3. El TU^Aoi rjre, ovk av 6i;^€T€ d/xapriav (ix. 41).
2. With the aorist indicative.
1. El ^5eis T^v Swpeav Tov 6(.ov . . . crv av yTr)(ra<i avrov kol cSwkcv
av croi v8wp ^wv (iv. 10).
2. Kvpu, €1
TJ<:
aiSe OVK av fxov airiOav^v 6 u.hi\(l>6'i (xi. 32 ;
cf.

xi. 21).

3. El rjyairaTe /u.€ kxapyjTi av, if ye were loving me, ye would have


rejoiced (xiv. 28).

Principle 53. After conditional clauses with ei we have av


in the apodosis, either (1) with the
imperf. ind. (pointing to
present time), or (2) with the aor, ind. (pointing to past time).
Sometimes av is omitted in the apodosis (ix. 33). (See Prin.
34.)
1. With
aorist subjunctive.
1. 'E(/) ov
ai'
t8>;? TO Trfci'/jia Karafialvov Ka\ fiivov ctt' avrov (i. 33).

2. 'Os S av TTir/ €K TOV {'Saros ov


iyw SoScru) avrw (iv. 14).
3. Kat vvv oT8a on ocra av
aiTrja-y tov 6e6v 8(oaei croi 6 ^eos (xi. 22).

2. With present subjunctive.


1. "Oti av X^yrj vpiiv 7rot7)craT€ (ii. 5).
2. 'A yap av cKCivos ttoi^, TauTa Kai 6 vios
o/xoitos ttoici (v. 19).
Principle 64. In relative clauses after os, oo-tis, oo-os, av is used
mainly with (1) the aorist subjunctive (future time) or (2) with
the present subjunctive (continuous action).
LESSON XLIV. 205

7. EXERCISES.
1. Write the inflection of KapSia, Kvpios, (tt^OoS} KaOapos, ttSs.

2. Of ei'Sois, /jL€TafSw, kafBwv, yvtliaofx.ai, TrtTTOLrjKa, up-i, fl)(OV.

3. Analyze and translate :


BeySAr/Koros, vrapaSoi, eiSws, i$rj\6€v,

(yfiperai, TiO'qrnv, 8i€C,wcrtv, rjp^aro, 8ie^a)0"/xeVo9, yvMcrrj,' viipr]';,


\eXov-

jxivos, 7rupaSi8dvTa, av(.iTf.(T(.v, (fuDveiTe, eSojKa, i$e\€^dfx,r]v, TrXypwOfj,

€Trrjp€V, yev^crOai, yevrjTai, irapd^Oq, diropovfjievoi, dp'ttKci/xevos, dvaire-

(T<i)v, e^oKOvv, eiX^' ? ^*?> OiTacr^e, l^qT^, aKoXovBrjcrai, 6r]<r(.i%, dpvr'farrf.

4. Write the principal parts of /SatVw, ^dWo), yivofxai, yivuxTKw,

ypd(}>w, Svvafiai, SiStDfii, wyw, alpw, aKovo), dp)((j}, dvoLyw.


5. Translate and commit the princij^al parts of the following
verbs :

1.
iycipu), iyepw, ^yctpn, iyr/ytpfiai, rjyipOrjV.
2. iXavviu, iXw, rjXaao., eAr/AaKa, iXij\.aixai, rjXdBrjV.
3. tAeyp^o), iXey^o), rjXeyta, iXi'jXeypai, i]\iy)(6r}v.
4. Ip^ojxai, iXevaopai, 2 aor. r)XOov, 2 perf. iXi]Xv6a.
5. (vpiCTKU), evprjau), evprjaa,
2 aor. tvpnr, el'prjKa, (vprjfJLai, tvprjurji'.

7. ^aw, Cv^^) a.Tlil


t,y<TO/iai, ct,rj<Ta, t^rfKa.

8. ^oWd/x/, ^wrro), c^wrra, tQuicrfxai.

9. rjyiojiai., Jiyrjrropai., ifyrjrrdjj.riv, i'jyrjp.ai.


10. ddrrTu), 6dil/o), (.Ompa, TiOapfiat, 2 aor. cTd(f)r]V.

6. Translate orally :
(a) John xii. 1-50.

(6) 1. 'AyaTrrjToi, fx-rj


navTi irvevfiaTL TricmvtTe, dAAa BoKifxd^fTf to.

TTvevfiara el ck tow Pcov icTiv, on ttoAAoi {f/ev8oTrp()<f)rJTai i^fXyjXvOamv


eis Tov Kocr/xov. 2. 'Ei/ toi'tw yiviofrKfTe to 7rv€v//,a toO u€Ov. 3. Ilai/

TH'Ciyxa o o/xoAoyci TT^rroTJC Xpicrroi' ev aapni iXrjXvudTa 6/c tou ^cuf;


tCTTiV, Kai TTai' irvtvpu. o fxr] op.oXoyti tov \y}(rovv €k toD ^cou ouk efrTii^.
4. Kai TOUTo cfTTii' TO TOV dv'Tt;(pifrTou,
o fl/cr/xoaTC OTt ep^erat, Kat vvv

iv rtS KOirfjio)
ifTTiv r^hrj.
5. 'Yp.tts tV tou Peor fVrTc, Tcxi/ia, /cai vcj^i-

KTjKaTt. avTov<;, oti fieii^ioy


icttIv o tv u)U.t^' ^ o ti' t<3 Korrfxu). 6. AuTot
€/< TOV KOfTfiov iimv. 7. Ala toTto ck roi) Koap.ov XaXovcriv Kai o
'

KoiT^os auTtiif (xKovei. 8. If/xcis tV toO Ocov icrfxiv 6 ytvwcTKwv tuv


206 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD.

Oeov OLKovei os ovk Icttiv Ik tov 6(.ov ovk aKOvei rjfiwv. 9. Ek


rj^iwv,

TovTov yivw(TK()ji€v TO TTi/tu/xa T^s dXr;^tias koX to 7rvcv/u,a t^s 7rAav7;s

(1 John iv. 1-6).


7. Translate : 1. from supper and put on their
They rise

garments. 2. They begin wash the hands of the children


to

who came to see them. 3. He washed not only the hands, but

also the feet of his disciples. 4. They did not know what he

had done to them, because they did not comprehend the truth.
5. The disciple is not greater than his teacher, nor is the servant
greater than his master. 6. He gave us a new commandment,

that we should love one another. 7. Where art thou going ?

Are you able to follow me where I am going ?

8. TOPICS FOR STUDY.


1. First declension. 2. Declension of participles. 3. Numer-
als. 4. Correlation of pronouns. 5. The tense-systems. 6. 1
aor. synopsis of ttio-tci'w. 7. 2 aor. sjmopsis of Xdirw. 8. Synop-
sis of Xvm. 9. Prepositions with gen., dat., and ace. 10. With
gen. and ace. 11. Improper prepositions. 12. Conditional con-

junctions. 13. Principles of syntax, 1-10. 14. Meaning of

compound words. 15. Principles of Syntax, 49-61.


LESSON XLV. 207

LESSON XLV.
1. TEXT.

John xiv. 1-xv. 27.

2. NOTES.
1. rapacra-ia-Ow :
pres. imper. pass. 2.
croi/xao-ai : 1 aor.

inf. act. of kroifjACoi. 3.


TrapaAr^/Ai^o/j-ai
: fut. ind. of ivapa-

Xafx^dvui (§ 124, 125). 7. €yi/(0K£iT€ :


pluperf. ind. act. of
ytvuHjKui.
8. hu^ov : from ^iUvvfit (§ 121). 13. on:
ace. sing. neut. of oo-ti?. 26. viroprrja-n from :
vTro-ixifivrjaKw

(§ 124, 139). 27. StiXiaTw ; pres. imper. act. 3 pers. sing,


of ^eiAioEoj. 31. iyf.Lpf.a6f.
:
pres. imper. mid. 2 pers. plur.
3v. 4. fxuiarf : 1 aor. imper. act. of /xcVcj. 6. i^pavOrj :

1 aor. ind. pass, of tqpaLvw (§ 124, 142). 7.


ahria-aa-Oc : 1

aor. imper. mid. 2 pers. plur. 13. 6jj : 2 aor. subj. act. 3
pers. sing.
15. eipT/Ka :
perf. in use of cTnov (§ 124, 6S).
16. Sw 2 aor. subj. act. of 8t8aj/xi.
: 20. tou Adyou ovi :

verbs of remembrance govern the gen. (Prin. 47) the relative ;

ov, which ought to be in the ace, is attracted into the genitive


by its genitive antecedent. 22. £i;^ocrai/ iniperf. act. 3 :

pers. plur. of tx'^ (^ 124, 89), an irreg. form for (.l\uv.

3 OBSERVATIONS
1. A
periphrastic future is .sometimes formed by the auxiliary
future verb //f'AAo) and the pres. inf. (iv. 47 vi. 6, 15, 71 vii. ; ;

35, 39; xi. 51 xii. 4, .33; xiv. 22).


;
It calls attention to the

certainty of the c;vent.


2. In the N. T., rjuotation is generally direct, and is intro-

ducc<l either without the intervention of a conjunctive particle

(i. 16, 21, 23,


29 iv. 17, 31, 32 v. 12 vii. 31; x. 36 ; xiv. 6,
; ; ;
208 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD.

6, 8, 9, 22, 23), or by means of the particle on, which is then


redundant (i. 20, 32 iv. 17, 39, 42, 51
;
vi. 42 viii. 33 ix. 9, ; ; ;

23, 41 ;
X. 36 xiii. 33 xvi. 17 xviii. 9).
; ; ;

4. QRAMMAR LESSON.
1. § 33, 1-5. First Decl. in N. T.
2. § 37, 1-6. Second Decl. in N. T.
3. § 42, 1-3. Third Decl. in N. T.
4. § 50, 1-3. Adjectives of 1 and 3 Decl.

5. VOCABULARY.
1. Arrange in alphabetical order and learn the new words of

this lesson.
2. Under List V., of nouns, etc., learn 400-449.
3. Under List of Irregular Verbs, learn those numbered 100-
124, with their forms.

6. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX.
1. *0s 8' av TTLT]
€KTou uSuTos ov iyw Swcroj avru) (iv. 14).
2. ToiVro 8e etTrci'
nepi tov Trvei'/u-aros ov efieXXov Xafi/jdveiv ol tti-

crTcv(ravT€S tt? avrov (vii. 39).


3. Mvr}fjLovev€T€ TOV \6yov ov iyw cTttoi/ Vfiiv (xv. 20).

Principle 55. The relative is often attracted into the case of


its antecedent, especiallj' from the accusative to the genitive.

7. EXERCISES.
1. Write the inflection of ttoXi's, ifxavrov, cKeivo?, ovtos, KXrjp.a.

2. Of Tu parranv, w, k<))paK<')<;, hil^ov, dyaTraoj, rfyaTrwi', dffyirjfjLi.

3. Analj'ze, inflect, and translate :


ITia-TeutTe, eiVtV, eToifida-ni,

TrapaXr/zxi/'o/Aai, ^tc, iyi'd)K€iT€, ^^Sctre, kwpaKaTi, dpK€i, Tropf.vop.ai, alTrj-

(rr/TC, ho^atrdrj, Ti^pTycrcrc, Swa-ti, r], kafSuv, dtjirjcrw, t,rj(T€Te, dyuTrrjOrjae-

Tai, yeyovcv, ifj.tf)avi(X(j), eXcvcrd/AC^a, XfXdXrjKo, viropivrjau, SciXtaru),


LESSON XLV. 209

fYdprjTff clpriKaf yevrjTUL, eSioKey, eyeipccr^e, ayw/xtv, (f^ipy^ finrare,

fxevqre, ifSk^Orj, i^rjpdi'Orjy Orj, iroujTe, iyvwpia^a, c^cAe^ao'6'c, VTrdyrjTf,

i8iw$uv, fxcjxurrjKacnv, papTvpeiTe.


4. Write the principal parts of h^Uwixi, 8i8ao-Kw, iyeipw, ep^ofiai,

^X*"' ^^^> TTOico), \a\(.u>, oLKovw, aipoj, StSto/xt.


5. Translate and commit the principal parts of the following
verbs :

1. 6vrj(rK0}f 6avovp.ai, 2 aor. e^aj/oi', rWvrjKa.


2. 6v<ji, 6v(T0), l6v(Ta, rWvKa, Ti6vp.ai, ervdrjv.
3. KaSaipw, KauapCi, iKauapa, xeKaOapjiai, iKaOdpOrjv.
4. KaOL^w, KaOtawy iKauLcra, KiKaOiKa.
5. KaLw, Kavcrw, cKavao., KtKavKa, KiKavp^ai, inavOrjV.
6. KaXeti), KaXiCTW, c/cuAeo-a, kckAi^ko, KiK\r]p.ai, iKXrjdrjv,
1 . KaAvTTTw, KaXvipw, eKaKvij/a, KCKaAv/ix/jiai, iKaXv(fi6r]v,

8. kX(.iw, kXu<tu), iKXeicra, KiKXeia/iai, ckAcict^t/v.

9. KpivW, KpiVW, iKplva, KfKplKa, K€KpLp.ai, iKpi$r]i>.

10. Xap.lid.vu), Xrjp.xl/ofxai,


2. aor. tXaftov, dXr)<))a, €tAT//x/xat,
iXi^p.(f)6r]v.

6. Translate orally :
{a) 1 John xiii. 1-38.

(6) 1. Ayairrp-oi, dyaTrwp.ev dXXyjXois, on r] dydirr] Ik tov Oeov

cCTtV, Ktti Tra? 6 dyanuiV €k tou Beov yiyivvryrai Kai yivwcTKei tov 6a')V.

, O pLT) ayaTTojv ovk eyvv) tov ueov, on o c/£os ayairr] ea-Tiv. o. tiv

TOVTiai i<f)av€po')6T] T/ dyinrr] toC ^eoC iv rjfuv, on tov vlov ai'nov tov

fiovoyivrj diriaTaXKfv o ^cos eis Toi/ Koafiov iJ^a t,T]awp.tv 8l' avroi).

4. 'Ef TOVTw tcTTti/ 17 (lyaTT?;, ou^ OTi yp.€L<i riyaTrr]Kap.cv toj/ ^eoj/,
dAA'
OTt auTo? Tjydirrjmv r//xu? Kai aTrctrTCiAti/ toi' viof aurov iAa(r/j(.ov Trt/it

T(7»i'
dp.apTiwv rip.wv. 5. 'Aya7rr;TOi', €1 ovTO)9 o ^C09 rjynTnjO-fV ijpLu<;,

K<u iiji.tl'i orfitiXopAv dXXrjXov; dyttTrai'. 6. f^€ov orScis TrojTrrjTe re^ea-

TUi •
eav dyaTTw/ACc rlAAT/AoDS, 6 6^eos ci'
^/Aif /u.£i'€i xai 17 dyd-rrq avTOV

T€TtXiiv)p.(.vrf iv jfplv i<TTiv. 7. Ev TOVTU) ytv<iirrKo/*€i'


oTt cf mVw
p.€vop.cv Kai. auTos eV rjixiv, on €K toi" 7ri/£i'/x,aTOs a^Tov f5eo(iJK€i'
i/fiiv.

8. Kat ry/xcis Tt0fdp.€6a Kai jtapTvpovji^v OTt o iraTrjp dire(rTaXK€V Toi'

vioi/ (Tonrfpa toi; Koap.ov. 9. 'Os tai/ ofjioXirytjiTij on Iz/O'Oi's Xpirrro?


i(TTiv o 1U09 TOW f?€ov, o ^€o? tV ttUToj /i.ti'ci
Kill ui'to? cV TOJ ^CO).

10. Kai r]fX(7.'; lyvwKap.fv Kai Tr{iri<rT€VKaf/.tv Tip' dydrrrfv i/v f.x.^L 6 Oio^
iv Tjixiv. (1 John iv. 7-16 a.)
14
210 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD.

7. Translate : 1. Let not your hearts be troubled. 2. He goes


to prepare a mansion for those who believe on his name. 3. No

one is able to come unto the Father, unless through the Son.
4. Show us the way,, and we will follow thee. 5. He will not

leave thee an orphan, but will come again unto thee. 6. He who

loves me will keep commandments, because I abide in him.


my
7. The world does not love the Son of God, but hates him.

8. TOPICS FOR STUDY.


1. Second declension. 2. Three classes of adjectives. 3. Ten
kinds of pronouns. 4. The augment. Syn- 5. Reduplication. 6.

opsis of TTotew. 7. Causal conjunctions.


Correlative adverbs. 8.

9. Final conjunctions. 10. Interrogative particles. 11. Prin-

ciples of Syntax, 11-20. 12. Denominatives. 13. Parathetic

compounds. 14. Synthetic compounds. 15. Foreign words.

LESSON XLVI.
1. TEXT.

John xvi. 1-xvii. 26.

2. NOTES.
2. 86$r) : 1 aor. subj. of Sokc'w (§ 124, 56). 3.
cyvojo-av
:

2 aor. ind. act. of yivwa-KO) (§ 124, 45). 11. KCKpirat :


perf.
ind. pass, of Kpivw (§ 124, 121). 13. di/ayycAci : fut. ind.

act. (§ 124, 1). 16. oxj/fadt : fut. ind. in use of opdw (§ 124,
147). 17. €K Twv fiadi/Twi' : of. notes on vii. 40.

20. (a) K\ava€Tt : fut. ind. act. of KXatw (§ 124, 114). (b) x^-
: fut. ind. of ;(aipoj (§
124, 203). xvll. 1. cVapas :
pT/crcToi
1 aor. part. act. of tV-aipoj (§ 124, 5). 7.
lyiwKav for iyvtiy:

Kam (§ 124, 45). 12. aTTwAcTo: 2 aor. ind. mid. of diroWrfii

(§ 123, 13).
LESSON XLVI. 211

3. OBSERVATIONS.
1. The infinitive mood in all its tenses may be used as an in-
declinable neuter substantive, and is then qualified by the neuter
article.

2. Its different cases are used just like the cases of substan-
tives.

3. The oblique cases may depend on prepositions (i.


48 ;
ii. 24 ;

xiii. 19; xvii. 5).

4. The infinitive may form the subject of a sentence (xviii.

14), or the object (iv. 7 ;


xvi. 2).
5. The infinitive may be used to denote the purpose of an
action, or the result (iv. 15; xvi. 12).

4. GRAMMAR LESSON.
1. § 76, 1-9. The Tense-systems.
2. §§ 78-88. Ten Classes of Verbs.
3. § 115, 1, 2. Synopsis of five Verbs in w.

5. VOCABULARY.
1. Arrange in alphabetical order and learn the new words of
this lesson.
2. Under List V., of nouns, etc., learn 450-499
3 Under Tvist of Irregular Verbs, learn those numbered 125-
149, with tlieir forms.

6. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX.
J. Krt) vvi' ?>(Karrov rrv, iraTip, iraph. crcauTo) rjf S6$r) . . .
jj.c j] tl^ov
nnfta rrni Cxvii. 5).
2. Ti/ifqrrni' fii*Tf)iN fV Tw nvn/iaTi iroi) w rtc'rtroKfis //n/ (xvii. 11, 12).

Privriph, 56. The rrlntivo also often attracted into the case
i.'^

of its dative antecedent (cf. I'rin. 55).


212 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD.

1- O ^picrros orav tXur) fxr] ttX^lovu crjy/xcia ironjo'eL wv outos inotq-


o-ei/; (vii. 31).
2. Ov Trept Tov Koa-fjLov ipwrw dXXa. irepl wv Se'Sojicas ftoi (xvii. 9).

Principle 57. When tlie antecedent would be a demonstrative


pronoun, it is often omitted, being implied in the relative.

7. EXERCISES.
1. Inflect ovTOS, wpa, ttSs, diroKTeLvas, ^eos, iraryp, iyw, (rv, auTos,
ovoets, Kapoia, ekcivo?, Kpicn<;, dp^wv, ttoAvs, vrvevfxa, ocros.

2.
Analyze, inflect, and translate :
SKai/SaAio-^^Tc, ttoit/o-ouo-u',
00^2^, eyvwcrav, cA^r;, p.vrjfj.ovevyTe, y]P-f]^'j ipwra, Tr^irXypojKev, d-jreXOoj,

TTOpfvOw, cAe'y^ei, 6'eojpetTf, KeKpirai, Si'i'acr^c, oSrjy^aei, ip-)(6pL(.va, Sofa-


crct, Xy^fxij/iTai, dvayyeAet, oxpicrOt, ydeXov, cpwrav, KAautrcre, ^ap^aeTai,
Xv7rr]6i']aecrd€, yevrjcreTai, tikti], yewtjar), TjTT^craTe, ^ TrtirXr)p<jip.ivq,

TTicfiiXrjKaTe, iXrjXvOa, (TKopTrLcrOT)T€, d.<})rJTe, €\^^^> ^(^pO'itTe, veriKijKa,


iTrdpas, So^acrov, cSwKas, yivwo"Koj(n, rcAetwcras, eyvwKav, ScSd^atr/xat,

Trjprjdov, i<f>vXaia, ifXLO-riaiv, Oewpuiaiv, cyvwf, eyvoipicra, ^.

3. Write the principal parts of laTrjpA, rWrjpA, OvrjUKis), KaOaipw,


KauiC,(j), Kaiw, KaAe'oj, KaAuTTToi, kAcioj, Kpcvw, Aap.y3avw, f^w, AaAew, <^t-

Aeoj, TTio-TEuw, yivofxai, yivwo-KW, 8e;(op,ai, Si'^a/xai, ep^ofxai.


4. Translate and commit the principal parts of the following
verbs :

1. Aeyoj, Ae'^oj, e'Ae^a, (^e'iprjKa), AcAey/mat, iXv)(6r]v.


2. ActTTW, Xfixf/oj,
2 aor. eAiTrov, 2 pf. Ae'AoiTra, XeXei p./xaij iXii(f}6rjv.
3. fxavOdvu), p.a6r](Top.ai, 2 aor. (.[laOov, fji€ixd6rjKa.
4. p,eVa>, p-evw, c/Aciva, p.iixivrfKa.
5.
piip.vrj(TKU), fivrjaWf tp^vqcra, /tc'/xvr^/xat, ifxvi](rOr)v.

6. aTT-oAAu^i, aTToAecra) and dtTroAai, aTrojAecra, 2 aor. d7rajAop,7/v,


ttTToAwAa.

7. opdo), (oi^o/xat),
(2 aor. etSoi/), hopaKU and iopaKa, kwpdfxai, m<^0-qv.
8. Tre/iTro), Tre/xi^w, errepiipa, 7r£7royx(/)a, TrcTrc/x/xai, iTrifi<f)Or]P.

0. irip.irXrjp.i, ttAt^ctoj, tirXrjaa, TreirXrjKa, -iriirXrja-fx.ai, iirXrjaOriv.


10. TTiVoj, TTio/xai, 2 aor. f.inov, TrcTrwxa, irinop.aL, liroO'qv.
LESSON XLVI. 213

5. Translate orally :
(a) 1. John xiv. 1-31. 2. xv. 1-27.

{Jb)
1. yJ feos ayairrj eaTiv, Kai o ^eviov tv tjj ayairy ey to) t/cw

fiivei Koi b P€os ev aura) fjL€V€L.


2. 'Ev tot;t(i) TeTeXtioirai •^ aydirrj

fied' r^fiijiv,
Iva Trapprjaiav e^wfjiev cv rrj rjiiipa t?)s Kfnaeu}<;, ort Ka^w?

CKCIJ'OS tCTTlV Kai 7)/i.CtS 60"/XeV €V TtU KOtT/XO) TOiJt(iJ. 3. <J'o/3oS OUK tCTTLV

iv T7J dyuTn], aAA ?}


rcAcia uyaTn^ Ifw fSdWei toi' (fiofSov, on b (fio/3u%

KoXacTiv ^X^h ^ ^^ (f>ul3ovfievo<; ov TCTcAeicuTut ci'


t^ ayaTr?;. 4. H/j,€t?

d.yaTrwfi€V, awro? Trptoros y^yaTr-qcriv


otl ly/xa?. 5. Eav ti? c'^T/
oti

Ayairu) rbv dtov, /cat tov ilScA^ov avTov p-iafj, ipev(TTr)<; iariv. 6. O
yap /i^ ayaTToiv tov aS€A.</)Ov airoS ov ewpuKev, tuv 6eov bv oi^ eiopiiKev
ov ^wvarai dyaTrav. 7. Kai ravT^v Tryv eVroAryi/ c^o/xev (Itt* aiuTOv, iva

6 dyaTrdiv tov 6'€ov dyaTrd Kai tov dSeA^ov aiTou. (1 John iv. 16 a—
21.)
6. Translate : 1. I say these things unto you, because you know
the truth. 2. In that day sorrow willyour hearts, because
till

you have not peace. 3. I will send the Comforter unto you, who
will lead you into all truth. 4. You see me now, but a little

while and you see me no longer, because I go unto him who


sent me. 5. I have lome into the world, but I will leave the

world. 6. I will do the work which thou hast given me to do.

8. TOPICS FOR STUDY.


1. Third declension. 2. Synopsis of future tense. 3. Syn-

opsis of 1 aorist. 4. C/'ontract verbs. 5. Impersonal verbs.


V).
Prepositions with the gen. only. 7. With the dative only.

8. With the ace. only. 9. Governing two cases. 10. (Governing


three cases. 11. Nouns in -r;//), -toj/j, -ttj?, -cw?. 12. Nouns in

-Tic, -(TLSf -CTia, -fir], -tut, -/xoq. 13. Nouns in -/xu, -osj -rpoy, -tuv,

-avo?, -0V17. 14. Principles of syntax, 21-30.


214 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD.

LESSON XLVII.
1. TEXT.
John xviii. 1-40.

2 NOTES.
2.
crvv^x^V • ^ ^^^- ^^^- P^ss. of (Tvv-dyw. 6. circaav from :

TriWtu. 10. (a) e'iXKvcTtv 1 aor. ind. act. of cXkw (§ 124, 74).
:

(i) tTvaiacv : from ttuiw. (c) aTreKOij/ev : from utto-kotttui.

12. eSr]aav : 1 aor. ind. act. of Sew. 15. yvwcTTo? a verbal


:

adj. from yti-wo-Kw (§ 102, 3 ; § 135, o, 3). 28. fiiapdwaiv :

1 aor. subj. pass, of fiiaivw. 30. 7rape8aj»ca/u.£v : from -n-apa-

St'Sw/Ai.
36. rjyijJVL^ovTo :
imperf. of dywu'^o/xat.

3. OBSERVATIONS.
1. The accusative primarily denotes the direct object of a verb,
as opposed to the indirect object denoted by the dative.
2. When the accusative is connected with the verb in signifi-
cation, it is known as the cognate accusative (vii. 24; cf. also
V. 32; xvii. 26).

3. When
the accusative is joined with a verb, adjective, or
noun, to specify the part, property, or sphere to which it applies,
it is known as the accusative of specification (vi. 10 ; xiv. 26 ;

xix. 2).
4. Certain relations of space and time are often denoted by
the accusative (i. 39; ii. 12; iv. v. 5; vi. 19; xi. 6).
52;
5. Some transitive verbs may take two object accusatives, es-

pecially verbs signifying to teach (xiv. 26), to ask (xvi. 23), to


clothe (xix. 2).
6. Verbs signifying to make, and the like, may take a predi-
cate accusative besides the object accusative (v. 11 ;
x. 33 ;
xix.

7, 12).
LESSON XLVII. 215

4. GRAMMAR LSSSON.

1. §§ 118-121. Synopsis and Inflection of Verbs in /xi.

2. § 122. Verbs of the First Class in /xi.

3. § 123. Verbs of the Second Class in /«.

5. VOCABULARY.
1. Arrange in alpliabetical order and learn the new words in
this lesson.
2. UnderList V. of nouns, etc., learn 500-549.
3. UnderList of Irregular Verbs, learn those numbered 150-
174, with their forms.

6. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX
1. O t,Tj\o<: ToC oiKOv crov KaTac^a-yerat fie (ii. 17).
2. AAAu iyvwKa u/ius on r-qv uyaTnjv toD &tuv ovk i\fT€ iv taurois

(v.42).^ , ,
3. OvSci? fifVTOi Trappr)(Tia cXdXci Trtpi airov 8iu tok «^o/?ov rdv
'JonSaiwv (vii. 13; cf. xx. 19).
4. Ku^ujs i8u>Ka<; a\jTw i^ovdiav Ku.crq'i <raf)Ku<; (xvii. 2).

Principle 58. A genitive, after a noun, showing the object of


a feeling or action, is called the objective genitive.

1. Oi Tu ilyaOa 7roir/(TU»'Tt? cts uvu.(TTa(Tiv ^u)^"», ol ra <fiav\a Trpti-


^ai'Tfs cts uvaaTua-iv xpiVfw? (v. 29).
2. Kal i(TovTai TrdvTcq 8t8uKTOi 6(ov (vi. 45).
3. M^ CI? T^j* ^KWTTOfiav tQiv 'KWi/vwv /xtAAci TTopfvtcrSai ; (vii. 35).
4. Eyoi (Ifii ij Oiifta Ttuv 7rpo/3uTun' (x. 7).
5. ill^XiVTfS TO ^IKTVOV tQ)V l)(Ov'iiV (xxi. 8).

J'rinciplc 59. \\ hen a more general relation is signified, the


genitive is called the genitive of relation, and is variously trans-
lated, the context showing the kind of relation intended.
216 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD.

7. EXERCISES.
1. Inflect o?, 6, (TTretpa (§ 33, 1), ap^upev^, <^ai'os, \afnrd<;, ottXoi',
'loiiOUS (§ 33, 4), I/yO-OUS (§ 37, 0), {iTTr/pCTIJ?, £IS.

2. Analyze, inflect, and translate :


Eittwv, ^v, »)8ei, a-w-^x'^V* '^^"

^oji', IcrTiy/cei, TrapaStSow?, d.Tr'^A^ai/, CTrecrav, iirrip<j)Tq(Te.v, a(f)€T€^ ScScjKas,

d7roL)A.E(Ta, et'AKUcrei', (Sake, (.Srjcrav, i^yayov, yjKoXovuei^ yj/ojcTTO?, imroiq-


K6Te<;, iOepixuLvovTO, uKrjKoorai;, TrapeaTTjKw^, SeBefxevov, r)pv7^a"aT0, p-iav-
Owariy, <^dywcrii', Kpij/uTe, Trapa8oOw, yeyevvrjixai, (iovXicrdf..

3. Write the principal parts of Trei^w, dyycAXw, Jyto, atpw, d/couo),

apx^u), ySatvci), ySdAAoj, y3oi;Ao/xat, SiSdcTKO), cyeipo), evpiaKU), l^oj, yyyiop.ai.

4. Translate and commit the principal parts of the following


verbs :

1. TTiTTpaiTKit), TreVpu/ca, Trewpajxai, lirpau-qv.


2. TTiTTTM, Treaovfjiai, 2 aor. eirecroi', TrevrTcuKa.

3. Trpaaao), irpd^tD, tTrpa^a, TrcTrpd^a, TreTrpuyfiai, eTrpdxOrjv,


4. TTwOdi'Oixai, Trevcrop-ai, 2 aor. (.TrvOop-qv.) Treirvcrfiai.

5. oreAAw, (TTeAo), ccrTetAa, tcTTttA/ca, ecrraAp-at, 2 aor. icrrdXrjv.

6. aTpicfiw, crTpci/'w, Ecrrpet/'a, ccrTpo^a, earpafifiai, 2 aor. iaTpd<f>r]V.

1 .
<jd>t,ui, crajcrw, ecrwcra, aeawKa, crecrwo'p.at, iawOi^v.

8. Tapdcrarw, rapd^oj, irdpa^a, Tfrdpayp-ai, iTapd^Orji/.


9. teAcw, TcAeo-o), ereAcfra, TtreAtKa, rereXecrfiai, iTeXeaOrju.
10. <fiip(i), otcro), -^reyKa, ei'T^i'oi^a, evr^i'eyyLtat, yjvixdrjv.

5. Translate orally :
(a) 1. John xvi. 1-33. 2. xvii. 1-26.

(/;)
1. lids o 7rto"T€t'(iJV ori Iz/crors ecrrtv o i^picrros ck too ^eoJ) yf-

kol ttu? 6 dyaTrwv Tov ycvvi)(ra»'Ta dyaTra tov yeyevvqpevov i$


yevvrfTai,
avTOv. 2. Ev TovT(i) yivwcTKO/tev on uymraifiev to. TCKva toB ^eov, orav
TOV ^Eov dya7rd»p,fv kui rds EVToAd? avTOv Troiwfiev. 3. Avttj ydp icrriv

rj dydTTi^
toD ^eoi) tVa rds evToAd? avTOv r'qpwjxcv, koX ax IvToXal avTOV

/Sapetai owk elatv, on Trdi' to yeyevvrjfxivov Ik tov Oeov vikS. tov Koa-fiov.
4. Kat avTT^ icTTiv 7] viKrj rj VLKrjcraaa tov Kocrfiov, rj ttlcttis r]p.CiV.

5. Tt? eCTTlV 8c O VIKWV TOl/ KOCTflOV cl jirj b TTLCTTeVUn' OTl \rjCTOV<; eCTTlV

6 utos TOW deov ; 6. Owro? iaTiv b IXOw' St uSaTos /cai at/xaTO?, Ii;-

crotis XptCTTOS

oi/c Iv Tw uSaTi jjLOVOV dXX ev t<3 vSaTi /cat ev t<2 at/xaTi.
LESSON XLVII. 217

7. Kat TO TTvevixd Icttlv to fj-aprvpuvv, on to iri'evfxd ecrriv y akyjOua.


8. "Oti Tptts dcriv oi fJiapTvpovvre^, to iryevfia kol to vSwp koI to alpa,
KOL oi Tpet'i €h to €v ctcriv. (1 John v. 1—8.)
6. Translate They went out with him unto the place,
: 1.

where was a garden. 2. Simon Peter drew his sword and cut
otf the right ear of the high-priest's servant. 3. The priests

asked the disciples concerning Jesus and his teaching. 4. He


spoke plainly to the high-priest, but he did not believe what he
said. 5. The answered and said, His kingdom is not
disciples
of this world. Art thou a king ? 7. Art thou one of his
6.

disciples 8. The servant of the high-priest said, I saw this


i*

man in the garden witli Jesus 1 know he is one of his disciples.


;

8. TOPICS FOR STUDY.


Decleuslon of adjectives.
1. 2. Of particii)les. o. Compari-

son of adjectives. 4. Personal endings of the verb. 5. Mood

suffixes. 0. Synopsis of ])erfi'(t. 7. Synopsis of verbs in fii.

8. Formation of adverbs. 9. (/orrehitive adverbs. 10. Adversa-

tivaconjiinctioiis. 11. Diminutives. 12. Parathetic coin|)ounds.


13. Synthetic compounds. 14. Foreign words. 15. Prijiciples
of syntax, iU-40.
218 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD

LESSON XLVIII.

1. TEXT.

John xix. 1-42.

2. NOTES.
2 TrXe^avTC? : 1 aor. part. act. of ttXc'kw. 6. aravpwa-ov : 1
aor. imper. act. of a-ravpow. 10. airoXvaai : 1 aor. inf. act. of
uTTo-Xvu). 24. (a) axto-b}fifp : 1 aor. subj. act. (cf. Prin. 49).

(b) Xd)((j)fi.ev
: 2 aor. subj. act. of Aay^ava) (§ 124, 123). (c) Sif/xf-

picravro : 1 aor. ind. mid. of Sia/Acpi^w. 29. (a) ckcito :


imperf.
iud. of Ketp-uL (§ 122, 15). (b) vaawTrw, upon hysso2). (c) iztpiOiv-
Tf? : 2 aor. part. act. of Tr€piTi6r}p.i. (d) Trpofr-r/veyKav
: from
7rpoa-(f>ep(D.
31. (a) Karca-yoJcnv : 2 aor. subj. pass.* 3 pers.
plur. of KaT-dyvvp.L (§ 123, 10). (b) apB^aiv : 1 aor. subj. pass,
of aipm (§ 124, 5). 33. TtOvTQKora :
perf. part. act. of Ov^ctkcj
(§ 124, 100). 34. h'v^ev: 1 aor. ind. act. of v^craw (§ 124,
141). 36. (TVVTpifirjafTai : 2 fut. ind. pass, of avp-rpil^w.

37. l^eKevrrjcrav : 1 aor. ind. act. of iK-KfVTttn. 38. KtKpvp-


/A£vo9 :
perf. part. pass, of KpvTTTio.

3. OBSERVATIONS.
1. Words denoting kindred are often omitted before a genitive
of relation.ship (vi. 71 ;
xix. 25; xxi. 2, 15).
2.
Adjectives and verbs signifying plenty, fulness, and the
like, are construed with the genitive of the thing (i. 14; ii. 7;
vi. 13 ;
xix. 29 ;
xxi. 11).
3. When the nominative is used for the vocative in direct
address, the article is prefixed (xix. 3 xx. 28). ;

4. The superlative TrpwTf)?, first, may be used where but two

things are compared (i. 15, 30 ;


xv. 18 ;
xix. 32).
LESSON XLVIII. 219

4. GRAMMAR LESSON.

1. § 32, 1. Contract Nouns of First Decl.


2. § 36, 1, 2. Contract Nouns of Second Decl.
3. § 41, 1. Irregular Nouns of Third Decl.
4. § 45, 1. Contracts of Adjectives of the First and Second
Declensions.

5 VOCABULARY.
1. Arrange in alphabetical order and learn the new words of

this lesson.
2. Under List V., of nouns, etc., learn 550-612.
3. Under List of Irregular Verbs, learn those numbered 175-
205, with their forms.

6 PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX.

1. Kai ioL^ucrav uvtw paTrurfiura (xix. o).


2. To 7roTr//jioK o ^eSioKey fxui u 7raTy]p ov fi-tj
Tri'u) avTO ; (xvui. 11)-
3- 'Eyoi Si^MKu aurois tov \6yov (rov (xvii. 14).
4.
Ae'yfi ow auTW 6 IleiXriTO? 'Efioi nv XaAet? ; (xi.\. 10).
5. 'liilv Tt5 ifiiil OiuKovfj TifJ.r'i(T€i avTov u TraTr'ip (xii. 26).
Principle 60. The dative is used to denote that to which
an^'thing is or is done {Dative of Indirect Object).
l( £^oi Kill crui,
yi'vaL ; ovvm i/Kei ij wpa fiov (11. 4^.
2. ''O? Tiv fKTu <Tiw Triftav rou lopSaVow, u) rrv
fiefiapTvprjKas, iO£
ouTos (iainiQii (iii. 2G).
Princijth 61. The dative is used to denote that for whi(;li

something is or is done {Dative of Interest).


1 . WkoKovOh Si Tw M/yo-ou ^ifxwv ll€T^)0<; k(u uAAo9 fia6qTyj<i (xviii.

2. "AXXot tXfyoi' 0'))(i, rIAXu ufjLDioi; auTw iirriv (ix. 0).

Principle 62. The dative is used with all words implying


association and resemblance, and their opposites.
220 INTliODUCTUKY N. T. GREEK METHOD.

1.
x^P§- X^^P^'- ^'•"'
''^^^ <fi(jyvr]v tou vvfi<jiLov (iii. 29).
2. OI Se aXXui jJLaOrjTol tw vrAotapiw ^A^ov (xxi. 8).
Princijjle 63. The manner and the instrument of an action
are expressed by the dative.

7. EXERCISES.

1. Inflect (TTpaTLWTr]<;, Tropcjiupeos (§ 45, 1), /SacrtXews, oij8et?, Tra-

paSoi;?, jxeit^wv, €K£U'09, t/xarior, TCfrcra/jes, /xepos (§ 40, 4), ^iTwi',


TrapecTTcijs, yvi'^/, CTKeiJos, o'^os, /i-eya?, ctkcAos, dAr^^r/?, ooroSi/.

2.
Analyze, inflect, and translate :
"EAa/^ev, iixaaTiywa-ev, ttAe-
^avTCS, iTviOrjKav, ^p^^ovTO, -^aLpe, tSuSoaav, etr/XOiv, yvwre, cjiopmv,

cISoi', eKpavyaauv, aTavpwaov, Ad/?tT€, airodavtiv, TqKovcrev, ifjiofStjOr],

e?i(DK€v, (TTavpwcraL, rjv SfSo/xci/o]/, u7roAi;crr^5, apov, (TTavpioOfj, aveyvwaav,

ypac^ie, (tx'.<t<»ii€v, Aa^o)p,€v, Stip-epicravTo, 'Ifiakov, la-Ty'jKeLcrav, ryyixTra,

etSo')?, T€T£'AecrT(x(, TeXeiMOfj, Ikuto, Tr€piOivTe<;, Trpoa-qveyKav, KaTeaywcrir,

dpO())aiv, KUTea^av, (jvva-Tavpo)6tvTO<;, TedvrjKOTa, awTpifSriaeTai, e^eKtv-

Trj(Tav, K€Kpvp,pei'o<;, a.pr), CTrcrpfi/'ei', eSrjcTav, Tt^ct/xeVo?, WrjKav.


3. Write the principal parts of Xap.jiu.vw, TiOrjpi. tp^op-ai, Si'So^ti,

yii/o')0"/c(i), 6vrf(TKM, olkovm, aipu), yiHicfuo, ySuAAo), LaTrjp.1, reXeu), cf>€po),

TTiTTTu), TrpiirrfTOi, crreXXot, (rrpci^d), cru)t,o), Acittco, p.ev(i}, opao), aTToAAupt.


4. Translate and commit the principal parts of the following
verhs :

1.
<fi€vy<i)f (ji€v^op.ai,
2 aor. €<fivyov. Trecftevya.

2. xP-ipM, x^iprjcro/xaL, Kexap'fJKa, Kexfiprjpai, e^^upv^F.


3. KaTdyvvp.1, Kareu^d), Kurta^a, 2 pf. Kariaya, 2 aor. p. Karenyqv.
4. KpVTTTOi, Kpvlj/(J)^ €KpV\pa, K€KpVp.fiaL, 2 aOr. (.KpVpqV.

5. Translate orally (a) 1. John xviii. 1-27.


: 2. xviii. 28-40.

(&) 1. Et Tr]v fiapTvptav Ttov dv^pojTrojv Xap(3u.i'op.ev, ry paprvpta tov

dcov p.€i^(j)v efTTiV,


on ai'ri^ co^Ttv ?} p.apTvpLa tov deov on p.ep.apTvpr]Kcv

Trepi ToD inow avrou. 2. 'O Trtrrrcuajv ei? tov iitoi' tou pcou ei^ei rryv

paprvpiav iv avTw. 3. 'O yx^ Tno-rei'wi/ tw ^fw \pev(TTy)v Tr(Troir]Kiv

avTov, OTL ov ireTTiijTevKfv fh tyjv finpTvplav i)v p.cpapTvpr]K£v o unjs

Trepl TOV VLOV airov.


4. Kai avrrj eVriv y paprvpta, on ^co^v altuviov
LESSON XLVIIT. £21

ISwKCi' 6 Otu'i ij/MV, Koi avTi] 7/ ^0)7/ iv Tui uiw uvtuv ccttiV. 5. 'O c^wv
roi' vlou €p^€i T7yi' ^iji)7yi'

6 jj.i] €;:^oji'
toi' uiov tou 6(ov Tr]v ^ojr/i/ ouk ej^et.

6. TauTU ty/jat^tt v/xti/ iVa etoiyre ort ^w»;[' ex'^^ aiaii/toi', tois 7rto"T£uou-
crij' eis to oi'vfxa tov vlov tuv 6eov. 7. Kai avTrj icrrlv i] napprjcria rjv

e^o/xci/ TTpo'i uuTOV, oTi toil/ ri utTw/Z-e^a kuto. to 6iXy](ia avTov aKoi'et

r)/u.u)i/.
8. Kai €ai/ otSa/xei/ oTi dicouct rjfiCjv o iav aiTWfiicOa, ol()aj)xv

OTL t^ofity Tu. aiTtjfxaTa a 7yT»yKayu.ci/


(/.tt avTov. (1 John V. 9—15.)
6. "J'ranslate : 1. The soldier placed crowns upon of thorns
their heads. 2. They clothed them with purple garments. 3. 1
am not ahle to find any fault in this man. 4. The chief
priests
of theJews wished to crucify the Saviour of the world. 5. Je-
sus himself hore his cross unto the place where they were about
to crucify him. G. Dv not write, The King of the Jews, but

write, The King of all men, and the Lord of heaven and earth.

8 TOPICS FOR STUDY.


1. Contracts of First decl. 2. Contracts of Second decl.
3. Stems ending in rr. 4. Contracts of adjectives of the First
and Second declensions. 5. Numerals. 0. Distributives and

multiplicatives. 7. Correlation of pronouns. 8. I'ersonal end-

ings of the iin[»erative. \). Infinitive endings. 10. Frei)ositionH


with the genitive only. 11. With the dative only. 12. With
tjie accusative only. 13. With the genitive and accusative.
14. With the gen., dat., and ace. Principles of syntax, 41-50.
222 INTRODUCTOUY N. T. GREEK METHOD.

LESSON XLIX.
1. TEXT.
John xx. 1-xxi. 25.

2. NOTES.
rjfjepa being understood
I.
Ilia : in expressing the day of the ;

•week CIS is always used for Trpwros (§ 56, the exact time
note) ;

when a thing is done is put in the dative. 4.


-Kpo-idpafjuv :

2 aor. ind. act. of irpo-rpi.x'^ (§ 124, 192). 7. iv-TtrvXiy/xt-


vov : perf. jiass. of ev-ruXtWw. 14. : 2 aor. pass, of
iaTpd^ftyj

crTp€4><j) (§ 124, 181). 16. <TTpa(f)(i(Ta : 2 aor. part. pass.


(§ 113). 18. Koi ravra tiTrev a^TTj : absence of grammatical
connection (awacoZw^Aon). 19. /ccKXcKr/AeVwv: from kAciw (§ 124,
116). 22. iv€<f)vcrr]aev 1 aor. ind. act. of (fx-'^vadw.
:

23. {a) dv : for idv ; so also in xii. 32 xvi. 23. (b) di^^rc ;
:

2 aor. subj. of d(f}-ir}p.i. (c) d(fiewvTaL :


perf. pass. 3 pers. plur.,
instead of d<f)uvTai. xxi. 7. Stc^waaTo : 1 aor. ind. mid. of

ha-^oivvv/u (§ 7). 10. eVcyKare


123, from </>€pw. :

II. 1 aor. ind. pass, of crxt^w.


ia-xitrOr)
: 12. (a) eroA/xa :

imperf. 3 pers. sing, of roA/xaro. (/>) i^erda-oA 1 aor. inf. of £^- ;

erd^w. 18. (a) ^9, instead of rjaOa :


imperf. of c(/x.i,
2 pers.
sing, (also in xi. 21, 32). {b) tKTtvcts : fut. of Ik-tuvw. (c) ^wo-ei:
fut. of. ^oWu/xi (§ 123, 7). {d) olau : fut. of c^e>a, (§ 124, 196).
20. (a) iiTLCTTpaffieLs : 2 aor. part. pass. ((?»)
oi'^ircaei/ 2 aor.
:

ind. act. of di/a-TriTrrw (§ 124, 159). 25. (a) Kf,(9' eV : used


distributively, everij one (§ 56, 1). {b) ^wpT/crcii/ : fut. inf. act.
of ^^wpeoj.

3. OBSERVATIONS.
1. We have several examples of the genitive absolute in this
lesson (xx. 1, 19, 26 j
xxi. 4, 11).
LESSON XLIX. 223

2. The cardinal tU, besides its ordinary use, is sometimes em-


ployed :
(1) for the correlatives, one . the other (xx. 12)
. .
(2) in- ;

stead of the ordinal irpwros (xx. 1, lU).


3. The omitted subject of the 3 pers. plur. is often to be un-
derstood in a general way (xv. 6 xx. 2). ;

4. The present is sometimes used to express certain futurity


(dva/5atVcj, XX. 17 ; aTro6i/i](TK(i, xxi. 23).

4. VOCABULARY.
1. Arrange in alphabetical order and learn the new words of
this lesson.
2. Review List I. of 95 verbs.
3. Review List IV. of 196 nouns, etc.

5. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX.

1. Review principles 50-63.

6 EXERCISES.

1. Inflect :
Ei?, fivrj^uun'y dAAo9, awfia, yvv?7, tywj ovtos, X^'P> ^*"
<rT09, TrXrjOo'i, /xtyas, frr, ttus, irapaSi8ovs, iSwVj dXijO-rji;, ttoXvs-

2. Analyze, inflect, and translate :


Ovo-r/s, ifpjiAvov, WrjKav, -rrpo-

(.hpnit-iv, K(ifj.(vn^ (VTiTvXiyfjLivov, j)6(i.(Tav, avafTTrjvai, 'uTTijKd, KXaiiivaa,

nnpiKvif/tv, txciTO, ^pav, oT8a, ((TTpa(f>r]y to-Twra, apo), (TTpn<f)€i(ra, utttov,

avafaftrjKn, trnpivov, KtKX(.i(Tji.i.vu)v, rfirav, t?iti$(t', i^ijfnjaai',


dirnTTaX-

K(v, iv(<fivrrT]rrtv, drfirfTf, n<l)(.(0VT(ii, KpaTtjTt, KiKpdTrjvTai, uttpiiKtiitir,

((TTiv yiypnpp.wa, ytypa-


Ifiiii, ftdXu), IfTTTj, <fiti)f, yirov, TTCTr/fTTtVKas,
TTTaif t)(r]rf, ipX'>pif^<i, ivifhjfrav, iiriafrav, fvpy](T(T(, iXKvnai, ^ul^wiTinOf

(V'tyKaTf, tVidrraTf, ciAKTrrcr, i(T\urOr^, upuTTi^naTf^ irnXf/.a, t^CTuaai,

(y(p0€i\, iXvm^Or), t^oVwcs, yr/pdcrj/?, ^oxTti, di'tTrcacr, ^ydrra, ypdfftrjTat,


.

\<i>prjfrtiy
224 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD.

3. Write the principal i>arts of aipw, jCOrjixi, la-r-qfii, a-Tfjeffiw,

uTTTw, paiVU), 0(.LKVVfKi, ^uLpw, CTTeAAwj ySaAAw, (fjejjw, ytVo/xat, TrtcrTCu'oj,

ypdfjui), £^w, cpi^ojLtai, ivpicrKW, iyetpw, ttitttw.

4. Write the synopsis of Tno-Tevo), TLjxaw, TreWw, ptTrrw, </)aiVw.

5. Translate orally :
(a) 1. John xix. 1-22. 2. xix. 23-42.

(b^ 1. Eav Tis iSy TOi' dScA^ov a{iToD afxaprdvovra u.fxapTio.v


/xh

Trpos Odvarov, auTrja-ei, kol Swcrei auToJ ^wt/i', rots d/^apTavoutrtv /xr/ Trpos
^dvarov. djxapTta Rpo<; Odvarov ov

2. Ecrxii/ iva
Trept cKctV?;? Aeyw
ipwrrjcryj.
o. Ilacra u()iKia dixapria ecrrtv, Kai ecTTH' dfxapTM ov
Trpos
Odvarov. 4. on ttus 6 ycyei/vry/xeVos €/c toG ^coC oi;;^ u/xapTd-
OiSa/Acv
dAA' 6 ck tou ^eoD Trjp^l avTOv, kol 6
V€i, y€^'^'1y^eis irovqpo'i ov^ dTTTeraL
avTov. 5. Ot8ap,ev ort €k tow 6^£o{i iafxtv, kol 6 Koo-p-os oAus ei/ rw

7^o^'7;pa) kcitui. 6. OiSajxev 8e on 6 Dtos roi) 6^601'


ryKtt, Kai ^eScoKev

r)ptv Sidvotav tVa yivwcrKop,ev tov uAt^^ii/oi/. 7. Kai ia-fxev iv tw dA?;-

^ivw, £V Tw uto) avTOV 'Irjcrov Xpto-xw. 8. Outos icmv o dXrj9ivo'i ^eos


Kai t,wi] alwvLoS' 9. Te/ci'ia, ^uAd^are eauTo, aTTO twj' ci8ojAoji/.
(1 John
V. 16-21.)
6. Translate : 1. After this lie manifested himself also to the
other disciples. 2. The disciples did not know Jesus. 3. Peter
drew the net unto the land. 4. Lovest thou thy friend ? 5. I
know that thou lovest thy father and mother. 6. John wrote

this book. 7. He did not write all the things which Jesus did.

8. The witness, which he witnessed, is true.

7. TOPICS FOR STUDY.


1. Table of correlative pronouns. 2. Of correlative adverbs.

3. Table of prepositions. 4. Of conjunctions, 5. Synopsis of

the verb.
LESSON L— REVIEW. 225

LESSON L. — REVIEW.
1. VOCABULARY.
1. Review the words given in tlie complete Vocabuhiry of
Jolm.i
2. Review Li.st I., of 95 verbs.
.'j. Review List II. ,
of verbs numbered 96-379.
i. Revi(!W List IV., of 196 nouns, etc.
."). Review List V., of nouns, etc., numbered 197-612.
0. Review List VIL, of correlative pronouns.
7. Review List VITI , of i)repositions.
8. Review List IX., of correlative adverbs.
9. Review List X., of conjunctions.

2 TEXT
1. Translate tlie first seven cliaj)tcrs of John (i.
1-vii. 52).'"

2. Translate the second seven chapters (viii. 1-xiv. 31).


3. Translate the third seven chapters (xv. 1-xxi. 25).
4. Tran.slate carefully the lirst Epistle of John as given in
Les.son.sXXVllI.-XLlX.
5. With the Revised Version in your hand, translate into
(Ireek Ihi' lii-st three verses of imcIi (•ha[)ter of tlie Gospel of
John.

3 GRAMMAR LESSON.
1. K'cview the graiiiiu.ii- lesson given in last review (Lesson

2. § 115. Synoptical Talili' nf \'crl)S in o).

'
Tlio VDciihiiliuy of tho (1()s]h;1 ;iiiiI
Kpistlcs dI" John consists of 1120 words,
of wlii<;h 117, iiiarkcd by an a.stcrisk, an; jioculiar to .John.
'^
\V«! liiivc ilividoil till' liDok into tliieo parts, of .seven chapters caeb, and
each part can be read in oni' to two iionrs.

16
226 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD.

3. §§ 116, 117. Impersonal and Defective Verbs.


4. §§ 118-123. Verbs in /xt.
5. § 124. List of Irregular Verbs.
6. § 125. Prepositions.
7. § 126-130. Adverbs.
8. § 131. Conjunctions and other Particles.
9. § 132-141. Formation of Words.
10. § 142. Foreign Words in N. T.

4. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX.
1. Translate all the sentences from which
Principles 1-63
have been deduced, and apply each principle.
A NEW TESTAMENT GREEK MANUAL.

I. A Critical Text of the Gospel of St. John.

II. A Literal Translation of John i.-iv.

III. A Vocabulary of the Gospel and Epistles of

St. John.
*

IV. Lists of Words occurring most frequently.


PREFATORY NOTE.

I. The critical tuxt of the Gosi'EL of Bt. John here edited


i-s that wliich is prefi'rred by Westcott and Ilort, and printed in

the body of their text. The


bhick lino underscoring a paii icidar
word or words denotes thai Iktc there is a divergence of read-
ings between tlu' tlircc must inijjortant critical texts of the Greek
New Testament, and in foot notes tire given the secondary read-
ings of Westcott and Hort (WH), the text preferred by Tregelles
(Tr). both primary and secondary, and that adopted by Tisclien-
dorf (T), and in many cases the reading of the Revisers (RV)
is also indicated. The student can thus at a glance see the
remarkable consensus of the three great critical texts, as well
as their divergences. The greatest pains have bt;en taken to be
exact, even to indicate plainly the injportance of. the secondary
readings of \Vesteot< ;iiid Hort; and ;is we desire to have a
I'anltie.N.s edition, we will be very grateful tor the detection of

any errors.
II. The literal tran.slation of the liist four eliapters of St.
fohii i.-> not iiitendid to serve as a help iii the ii'iHlei-jn^ of he I

original. Instead o| this it is to he used hy the student in his


studies, and by the teacher in the class-room,
loi-
translating the;
I'higlish into (Jreek. With translation iiefore his eye, the
this
student is to wril(^ the (Jreek text verse by verse, iilways com-

paring his work with the original, until he <aii reproduce the
original '!reel< without einu-. I^'roui it he is also to
pronoumre
the Greek re|peat((lly, until he has obtained a [)erfect mastery of
230 PREFATORY NOTE.

each verse, lesson, and chapter. Three kind? of type are used :

first, black type, to denote the first occurrenee of words second, ;

italic, a new form of a known word; and third, Roman, known


words. Words joined by a hyphen or hyi)hens are to be ren-
dered by one word in Greek.
III. The Vocabulary covers the Gospel and the Epistles of St.

John, and has been compiled expressly for this work. In its pre-
j)aration three works have been constantly used first, Bruder's :

" Concordantite "


second, Thayer's "Greek-English Lexicon of
;

the New Testament " and, third, the Complete Vocabulary of


;

the New Testament to Green's " Handbook to the


appended
Grammar of the When words are peculiar
Greek Testament."
to St. John, indicated
it is by an asterisk (*). The Vocabu-
lary aims to cover the critical texts as well as the Textus Re-
ceptus. The orthography of Westcott and Hort, however, has

generally been followed. The references to sections are to the


Grammar of New Testament Greek which forms a part of this

volume.
IV. In the Lists of Words are given in alphabetical order,
according to their frequency, all Greek words occurring more
than four times in the New Testament (1736 out of 5594). A
knowledge of this Vocabulary will be of great aid in reading
at sight.
KATA mANHN'

I. Ef o.p'^fi rjp
6 Xoyos, Koi 6 \6yo<; rjv npo^ toi^

U€OP, Kai ueos -qv


o Koyo'^. OfTO? iqv eu o^pXV
"^

TTpos Tou Oeou. TToiuTa St' avTov iyevero, kol X'^P^'^


avTov eyeueTo ovoe eu. o yeyov^i' ev avT(o (^ait] rju,

Kol Tf C,(t)r) r'ju


TO cfio)*;
twu avOpomoiv koX to <^ws eV

TT) (TKOTia (fyaivet, koi rj


CTKOTia avTO ov KaTeXa^ev.

^'EyeVero av6pomo<; aTretrraX/xeVo? napa 6eov, ouo/xa


^
avTco lwa^'r;9•* ovTo<i rjXOev cl<;
jxapTvpiau, Cva fxapTV-
prjC-Tj ncpl Tov fpojTOS, iva nduTes TnaTevaoxriv hi

avTov. ovK rju iKelvos to (j)0)^, dW


Xva fxapTvpijcrrf

Trepl
/
TOV
nauTa avupojTTou
"
(f)on6<;.
n
"^'Wu to
>'
cp^OfJ^^i^ou
</)ajs
5\/
ets
to aX-qOivov o <f)aiTt(,€L
Tof Koafxop.
10 ''^
eutm
Koa-fJia) Tfu, Koi 6 Koafxos St' avTov iyeueTo, /cat 6 Koo-po^;
avToi^ OVK eyuo). bt? ra tota r]Xucu, Kat ot totot avToif
ov napiXafiov. ^^oaroc Se eXa(3()i>^ ixvtov, iScoKeu auTOt?
i^ovcriau T€Kua 0(.ov yeueaOat, rot? TTLcrTevovcriu et9 to
^
KvnyytXiou Krirh '\oi('ivrfii Tr, Karii 'laxiri'fji' T.
3 Sf) also Tr RV mrny., ivityiyovtv.
*
(v T WH mnrcf. RV.
3 8o RV, ("oTti/ T Tr iiKinj. "WH 7/)/////. (lo iiidicalc kxl of
'
Western'
(locumciits).
< »
'loaw^f T. tKa^av Tr.
232 KATA IfiANHN. i. 13.

ovo(xa avTOV, ol ovk eg acfxaTajv ovoe eK t7eAr)jLtaTO?

aapKO'^ ovSe eK OekrifxaTos duSpo'i aXX' Ik Oeov iyevvq-


^*
Orjcrau. Kal 6 \6yos crap^ eyevero /cat
icTKyjpcocreu evtjjxlp,
koI iOeaaafxeOa ttju Sogau avTOv,
So^av w? jxovoyevov'; irapa Trarpo';, TrXijpr)^ ^dpiTO'i kol
dXyjOeia^' ^^['icodprj's'^ fxapTvpel irepl avTov kol KeKpa-

yev Xeycju
— ovtos r}v 6 eiTratu — 'O OTTtcroi /xov
e/3)(djue-
vos epiirpooroev [xov yeyovev, ort vpcoTOS p-ov rjv •) otl
tK Tov TrXrjpojpaTos avTov rjpels Tra^re? eka^opev, Kai
^'
^dpLP dpTL ^dpLTos' OTL 6 uopos Sttt Mojvcrews iSodrj,

'] )(dpi<^ KoX r) dXijOeia


ocd ^lr](Tov Xptcrrou iyepero.
^^ ^
Oeop oySets icopaKep Tr(o7roTe popoyeprj'^ 0eos 6 oip •

ei? TOP KoXnop tov naTpo^ eKtlpos e^rjyrjcraTo.


^
Kal avTT) e<JTiP 17 papTvpux tov ^loydpov ore ane-
aTeiXap npo^ avTOP^ ol 'louSatot e^ ^^'lepoaoXvpoyu
lepers Kal AcuetVa? cpa epoiTiqcroifTiP avTOP Xv Ttg et;
"
Kal MpoXoyrjcrep Kal ovk rjpp7](TaTO, kol wpoXoyrjcrep
^^
OTL 'Eyoj OVK elpl 6 ^(^pLcrTO'?. Kal rjpojTrjcrap avTOP
It ovp ; (TV HActas et ; Kat Aeyet Ovk ei/xt.
O
TTpofprjTT]^ et cru; K-at aneKpiUrf Uu. eiirap ovp avTOj

Tt9 et ; tVa aTToKpiCTLP Su)pep rot? ncpxjjaaLP r]iJid<;
Tt
^^ ''
Xe'yet9 Trept creavTov
€.p
; efjjff 'Eya> (pajprj /Socoptos

^ So R.V •
o Outos ov
marr/., Xeywi' OiItov ^v oi' 617701/ o?'
Xt-ycoi' j;!/
fiTToi'

O WH iiuirf/., \iy(Miv ovTw rjv ov tinov •


6 T RV.
' So Tr RV mi ///.,
6 fjLoi/uyeurjs vios T RV WH mart/, (text of certain
'Western' documents).
8 'Icoai/fov T. 8 So Tr RV, omit T. ^a
'i^p.
t Tr.
^° Omit (TV in
secondary reading WH, ovv av ; 'HXei'us WH marg.,
wv ; ail 'HXi'ay Tr, ovv ; 'HKtias T.
" Omit T.
I. 34. KATA IfiANHN. 233

TTj iprjixoj EvOvvare Ttju oSbu KvpCov," Ka6cu<i ttircv


^^ "^
licrata? 6 TTpo(l)TJTr)<i.
Kal cxTrecrraX/xeVot rjaai^ eK
"'
Tiou ^apicraioiv. /cat
r}pcoTr)(jav avTou koX einav
a.vT(o Ti vvv ^aiTTiC^eL^ el crv ovk el 6 ^ptcrro? ouSe
^^'
'iJXeiaq^'^ ovSe 6 7rpo(f)rJT7]'s ; aireKpiOq avTol^ 6
\ojdi'rj<; Xeyoju 'Eya> ySaTTTt^o* eu uSart" /j.ccro9 vixwv
' -^
~Z 13 ^
a cv c
V5
)
27 ' '
14 ' '

(TT7]i<i^i ov vjxei^i OVK otoaTe, ottlctco fxov epyo-


^^
pevo'^, ov OVK eljxl iyco d^Lo^ tVa kvcnx) avTov tou
LpavTa Tov v7TooripaTO<;. laura eu \5rjvavia eyevero
Trepav tov 'lopbdpov, ottov i)v 6 'lojctr'j^s^* (3aTTTil,oju.

Tji eiravpuju /SAeVtt top '\iqarovi> epy^opeuov irpo'^


avTov, Kal keyec iSe o dpubq tov Oeov o alpcop tiju

a/.ta/'jTtaZ''
tov KOcrpov. otros eaTLU virep ov eyoj
elTTop Ovrtcroj pov ep^eTai dvr]p 69 eprrpoaOev pov
"^

ykyovev, otl irpojTO^ pov riw /cdya> ovk rjheiv avTov,


aAA.' Lva <f)auepo)0y toj ^\(rpay]\ ota tovto r^XOou eyo)
eV uSart Kal ipapTvprjcreu 'Io;a;^r;s*
ftaiTTL^^cop.
'^'^

Xeyojp OTL 'VeOcapai to irvevpa KarajSalpop w^ Trepi-


'^''

aTepdv e^ ovpauov, Kal epeiuev iir^ avTov


Kayo)
OVK jjOeLU o.vToi', dkhJ 6 nepxpas pe ^airTil^eiv ev uSart
t/cetw<j poL elneu 'l<^</>'
bu ap toxys to vvtvpa /cara-

ftalpou Kal pevov eV avTOP, ovt6<; ecTTiv 6 ySttTrrt^wf


"^
eu Kayu) IcopaKa, Kal pepapTvpyjKa

TTvevpaTi dyioj
OTL OVTO<i eiTTLV O VLO^ TOf UeOV. Y
'-^
llrr,,,',,? T Tr. '^
'HA(V(i Tr 'llAttaj T,
^"^ '

iorrjKtv Tr iiiti
If/.
^^ o
uTiiVoj T Tr, Idil, Tr oiiiils 6 in sccoikIiiiv reading.
^ Sii T, liiit WH Tr 'iinil in sccondarv nadini,'.
*"
<kAcktii£ WH «/tf/y/. (text of ccrlaiu
'
VVustcrn
'

docunicnls).
234 KATA inANHN. I. 36.

* ^^
koI Ik tcju
Trj iiravpiov ttoXiv IcrT^Kti 'Joydurj^
^^
IxaOrjTwv avTov hvo, kol ifxf:ikexjfa<s tco 'irjcrov Trepnra-
TovvTL Aeyet loe o afxvo^ tov ueov. /cat rjKovcrav
^^
ol ^vo fxaOrjTal avTov \aXovuTo<s /cat rjKoXovOrjaav
rw
^ 8e
^^
6 'lr)crov<; koL 0eacrdixeuo<»
'lr)(Tov. aTpa(f)el<i
avTOv^ dKo\ovdovuTa<; Xe'yei avrot? Tt ^r^reiTe ; ol

8e elnau avTO) 'Pa/8/8ei,^^ (o Xe'yerai fxedepfXTfuevo-


^^ ^^
[xeuov AtSacr/caXe,) ttou /xeVet? ;
Xeyet aurot? *Ep-
^ecrOe /cat
oxpecrde. r^Kdav ovv
juteVet, /cat etSai' ttou

Kat Trap' avrw efxeivav ttjv rjixepau eKeiurju wpa rju &>?

heKOLTr). ^^^U^v 'AvSp€a<; 6 d8eX^09 St/xwvos IleTpov

et9 e/c Twi/aKovcrdvTwv napd 'lodvov ® Kat


Suo rail'
**"
aKoXovurjcravTcou avTa> evptaKei ovto<s npwTov tov

dheX^ov TOV thiov ^ifiojua /cat Xeyet avT(o l^vprJKafxeu


TOV Mecrcrtai/ (o e'crrtv ixeOepjxrjvevoixevov XptcrTos).
*^
T7yayei' avTov 7rpo<i
tov 'irjcrovv. ejU,;SXe'i|/a5
auTW o
Ii7crou9 etTret' 2,u et ^^cfxcov o vtos Iwat'ov, cru /cAry-
^
^170-17 Krj(f)d<; (o epfxrjveveTaL HeTpos)' ^V
inavpLov rjOeXtfaev i^eXOeiv et9 7171^ raXtXatav. /cat

€vpL(TK€L (^iXnnrov /cat Xeyet aural 6 'It^ctoiJ? 'Ako-


Xou^et
^ he 6 <t>iXt7r7ros aTro e/c
p-ot. rjv Br^^aatSa,^^*
*^
T^S TToXew? 'AvSpeov /cat Ilerpoi;. euptV/cet ^tXtTTTro?
rof NaOavarjX /cat Xeyet auTw Oi' eypaxpev Mo)V(r7}<i

ey TQj fo/MO) /cat ot irpocp-qTaL evprjKajxev, irjcrovv vlov


70V 'lojarj<f)
TOV anb Na^aper. ^Kat^® etTrei^ avTw Na-

'^' ^® Omit T.
•itTTijffei 6 'loxzi'i'r;? T, ftrrr^Kei 'la)dw;$' Tr.
1^
So T, airov /ial^vrai Tr nnny/. WH /««/y.
20 Qj^Jt T.

"1 22 T. 23 T.
'Pa/3^t Tr. ^itfjirjvfvofifvov ^^^^j
"* rij/ vtoj* Tr, but omits tov 111
secondary reading
23 a ,„•,-. t Tr.
II. 6. KATA IQANHN. 235
t/

OavarfK 'E/c Na^a/aer hvvaTai rt ayadov eti'at / Xeyet


^^ *^
auToj 6 •l^tXtTTTTo? *E/3;^ov KoX tSc. etSci^ 'It^ctovs

Tov NaOauarjX tp\6ixevou npo<; avTou /cat Xtyet Tre/at

atiroO *l8€ dXy]Oa}<i ^laparfXtinq's Iv w S0X09 ovk ecTTiv.


*^
Xeyet aurw NaOauaijX UoOei^ /xe yLuaxTKei*; ; dire-

Kpidt] 'Ir^crov? Kat eXnev


avrw T\po tov tre ^tXiTTTrof
,
~ V r v v '•
TO '
49 '
'/J
(poji/rjaai oura vno ttju crvKrjv etoov ere. aireKpLUi)
avTco NadavayjX 'l'a/3/8et,^^ cri) el 6 vlo<; tov 0eov,
^"^
av ^acrtXei'9 el tov laparjX. dneKpidr] 'Ir^crou?
Koi elnev avTO) "Otl elnou aoc otl eloou ere vno-
koltcj Trjs avKrj'i Trtcrrevets ; /xet^w tovtcou oxJjt).
^^
/cat Xeyet aurw ^Afxrju dfxr]u Xeyco u/xtf, oxjjeaOe
Tou ovpavou dueMyoTa koL Tov<i ayyekovs tov Oeov
di>afiaivouTa^ Koi KaTa^aivovTa^ evrt toj/ vlov tov

dvOp(i)TTOV.

II. ^\\al Trj rjixepa Trj TpiTij^ ydfjio^ eyeueTo kv

Kcxvd^ Trj<i TaXtXatas, koI -qu t; fJiyJTTjp


tov '[rjcrov eKel-
^
kKXrjOr) Se koi n 'Ir^o^oOs' Kat
ol p.a6rjTal avTov et? toi^
^ ^
ydfxoi/.
/cat vaT€prj(TaPTo<; ou'ov Xeyet 17 f^^JTrjp tov
^\rj(ro?J TTpo<;
avTov Olvou ovk cyoixTtt^
.'^ /cat
Xtyet
Tt ovno) rjKei
auT^ 6 '\r)(rov^ e/xol /cal crot, yut-at ;

avTov rots StaKOJ/ot? Ort


17 wpa /xou. ''Xeyet 17 [J^TJTrjp

ai^
*'

T^crar^
8e e'/cet XiOumL vSpiat
Xeyry u/ai/^ TrotT^'rrare.

ei KaTOL TOV KaOapurfJiW toju ''\ovhaioJU /cet/xer'at, x.^-

1
TpiT.r/ ^/i/p7
Tr WH niarr/
^
K-iw T Tr
"
rtti'oj' oiKf flx""^ ''''' f^fj'fTfXf'rr^;; o oivoi Tou ya/iou. ciTd T WH ///rtry
'

(U'xt of rcrlain Wcslcrn' dociiinciits)


» Omit T.
236 KATA K2ANHN. li. 7.

povcrat dua ixerprjTds duo 7^ rpel'^.


'

Xeyet, avTot? 6

'lrj(Tov<i Fe/AtcraTe Td<; vdpia'i u8aro9 kol eye/xtcrai^


*

avTOLs eiw? ducj. /cat


keyeL avTol<; 'AvThija-are vvv
KoX (fiepere
tm ijueyKau.
dpy^LTpiK\iv(t) a>9 Se

ot Se
"^

eyevcraro 6 dp^(^iT piKXivo'^


to vocjp olvov yeyeprjjxii^ov,
/cat ovK Tji'Set TToOcu ecrrtV, ot oe otot/co^'ot i^Setcrap' ot

•j^t'TX/^/cdre? to vhcop, (fxxJueL


tov vvjxi^lov 6 dp^iTpiKXi-
vo^ ^'^Kat Aeyet aura! Has dvOpwnos irpwTov top Ka-
Xop olvop TiOrjcriv, /cat OTav jxeOvisOonriv tov^ eX-dcrcroj'
^^
(TV TeTTjprjKas top koXop oIpop liws dpTL. TavTrjp
eTToiqcep dp^y]P tcop cn^/xetcof 6 lrj(Tov<; cp Kapd^ ttJ?
IVXtXttta? Kat t(f)apepojcrep ttjp So^up avTov, /cat eiri-
(TTevaap et? avTOP ol ixaBrjTai avTov.
^^
Mero, Touro KaTe/Sr] et? KafPappaovjx avTO<; /cat 17

jjirjTrip
avTov /cat ot dStXr/jot^ Kat ot fiaOiqTal avTOV,
Kat e/cet efxeupap ov vroXXa? rjjxepa^.
^^
Kat to Tracr^a ro/t' 'lou8ata»i', Kat ape^r/
eyyi)? 17/^
^*
eis ^^']^pocr6\vixa 6 'irjcrov^. Kat evpep ip rw te^w
Tou? TTojXov^'ra? /3oa9 Kat npofiaTa Kat TrepLcrTepds /cat
^
rou9 Kepp.aTLCTTa'i Ka0rjpepov<i, Kat Trotr/cra? ff)payeX-
Xlop 6k g-)(olplu}p irdpTa'i e^e/SaXep Ik toO lepov Ta re

np6/3aTa kol tov<; ^oas, Kat Twt' koXXv^lcttmp e^e^eet'


-^^
rri,
KepfxaTa^ kol Ta^ Tpairit/x^ dpETpe^ep,^ Kat rots
Ta*? TTepKTTepds ttojXovo'lp elirep Apare ravra ei'-

revOev, jxr)
TTotetre roi^ oIkop tov iraTpo^; ixov oIkop

efXTTOpLOV.
"
Torf roi/ Tr, Ijiit oinits Tore in .sccoiulary reading.
7
aSfX^oi niroO T 7^
'Itp- T Tr. «
TO Ke>/ia T.
''
dpt(TTpf\l^(v
T Tr WH w*^//-//.
HI. 3. KATA IfiANHN. 237
N
\'

ol jxaOrjTal avTov on yeypaixixevov


^'
'EfJLi^yjaBrjcrap
'•
ea-TLU 'O {rjAo? tov olkov crov KaTaffidyeTai fxe.
ol lovSaioL kol elTrav avTco Tt
^^\\Tr€KpiOr](Tav ovi>
a-qfxeiov oet/c/^uet<? y]ixlv,
on ravTa Trotei? ; aneKptur)
'lr)(Tov<;
Kal eXnev aurot? Avcrare tov vabv tovtov kol
eirrav ovv ol lov-
eu TpidLV eyepco avTov.
r)/xe/3at?
^^
Satot Tecro-epoLKouTa koI e^ eTecnv olKohojxiqBri 6

i/ao9 ovTo^;, kol crv Iv Tpicriv rjp,epai^ kyepei<i avTov ;

"^
e/ceu'o? Se eXeyev irepl tov vaov tov acofxaToq avTOv.

^'Ore ovu rjyepOt) eK veKpa)U, ejXPTJcrOrjcrav


ol fiaOrj-

Toi avTov oTi TovTo ekeyev, kol enicTTcvaau tt) ypa(f)yj


KOL Tco Xoyu) ov eiirep o li^croi;?.
^^
'il? he TIP ip roK '^^lepoa-oXvjxoL'^ iv
Tracr^a tco
^^
ip TYJ eopTrj, TToXXoL eiricTTevcrap ei? to opofxa av-
"
Tov, Oco)povPTe<; avTov aiqpcla a eTToUf
to. avToq
8e 'ly^croi)? ovk inLCTTevcv avTov^^ awroi? ota to avTov
"'
yLVoxTKecv TravTa^ Kal on ov ^peiav ei^et^ LVa tl^

papTvpyjcrrj Trepl tov dvOpomov, avTo<; ycip iyipcoa-Kep

TL T^jP
Ip tco apOponci).

III. '"^11/' 8e fLpOpo}Tro<;


ck to)p c]HcpL(rauov, Ni/co-
'

upoficL avTco, T(op lovOcxuiiP ovro<;


S«/xo<? cipyciiP

r^XOcp TTpo^ cxvTop PVKTo<; KOL cTttcp avTco 'l'a/9/SeiV

rnhcxjxp on fivro fkox) cXyXvlfn^ SiSa(r/caXo<;* ouSets^

yrxo hvpriTai TctvTfL Ta crr]iic7a noLew a (tv 7roi£t«;,

tap o 0(o<i fxcT avTcjv.


'"'

ctTrcKpifh) 'Ir^nrovq kul


fir} rj

'" WH anil Tr (iiiiil in ^ecoiidarv icailiii^.


^'
iiJkoiVi/k';^^/
Tr.
^^ Tr limits in secoui].ir\ ri-adiiiL'
^^
uvt6i' T Tr.
*
'l'r</i/it Tr.
238 KATA lOANHN. ill. 4.

elirep avTw ^Ajxtju ohitjv Xeyco crot, iau fXT] Tt? yeu-

vrjOyj avayBev, ov hvvaraL


ISecu ttjv /^acnXeiap tov Oeov.
^
'^

Xcyet TToo? avrov 6 Ni/coSt^/xo? Hois Swarat du-

tif)(oTTO<s yevvrjOrjvai yepoiv o)v ; fxr)


Sup'arat et? Tr)p
KOLkLap Trj^ ixr)Tpo<;
avrov Sevrepop ela-eXOeip Kal
^
ycPPrjOrjpaL ;
direKpiOr] 6^ 'l7)crov<; ^AfxrjP dp-qp
Xeyo) crot, idp prj tl<; yepprjOfj i^ uSaro? /cat TTPevparo^,
ov Svparat, elaeXOeLP et? ttjp /BaatXeiap tov Oeov."^
^
TO yeyepprjpepop Ik Trj<; crapKoq crdp^ ecxTip, /cat
TO yeyepp-qpipop ck tov rrpevpaTo<s TTPevpd icTTiP.
'

p.y) Bavpdar)'; otl cIttop aot Aet vpd'^ yepprjSrjpai


^
dpcodep. TO TTPevpa onov OeXec ttpcl, /cat ttjp (jicopr^p
^
avTov dKou€t9, dXX' ovK otSa? iroOep ep^erat /cat

TTov vTrdyet- ovTojq iarlp tto,? 6 yeyepprjpepoq Ik ^


"^
TOV TTPevpaTo<;. direKpLBr) NtKoSr^/xo? /cat einep
avTco ria»? Swarat raura yepecrdaL ; dTreKpiOrj
'l7)a-ov<; /cat cTirep avTO) Si) et 6 StSctcr/caXoq tov
^^
']apar)X Kal TavTa ov yLPCocTKet^ ; dprjp dprjp Xeyoj
(TOi OTL o oiSapep XaXovpep koI o ecopaKapep papTV-
"
povpep, /cat Tr)P papTvpiap rjpatp ov XapfidpeTe. el

Ta eTTtyeta clttop vp'ip /cat ov TriaTevcTe, ttw? idp


diTTO)
vplp Ta liTovpdpia TTLorTevcreTe ; /cat ouoet?

dpa^e/3rjKep ei? top ovpapop et pr) 6 e/c tov ovpapov


^^
/cara/Sct?, 6 Dto? tow dpOpotTrov.^ /ca^ KaOoi^ Mojv- J
^ Tr omits, and WH in secondary reading.
^ T omits, and WH ;ind Tr in secondary reading.
* TuiV ^
ovpavcop T. dWa Tr.
^
Cfitaiii 'Western' doenments add tov v^citos koI in WH mar/jf.
' T Tr RV add 6 oji/ sV tw ovpapu>, WH //^(</y/. (text of certain
'
West-
era
'

documents), omit RV mar^.


III. 24. KATA lOANIlN. 239

(rrj'i v\jj(oaeu tou 6(})lv


kv Tjj eptjixco, ovtco<; vxpojOrjuac
et Tov VLOu TOf avupojTTov, Lva Tra? o inaTevojp ev
^^
avTUi exj) Cwr)i^ aloiviov. Ourtu? yap -qyd-

TTTjcreu
6 deo<; rov Koap-ov wcrre tov vlov^ top povo-

yevrj eSojKev, Iva ttci? 6 iTLCTTevoiv et? avTov pi) OLTroXrjTai


dXXa ® e)(r} [,aj-qv
alcovLOP.
^'
ov yap aTreVretXci^ 6 ^eo?

TOP VLOP ei<? TOP Koapop LPa Kpipr) top Koapop, aAA.
ti/a o koo"/xo? ot at»rov. o Tncrrefofi' et? av-
criouT)
Tot' ov KptpeTai' 6^^ pr) TncTTevcop rjSr) /ccK-pirai, oVt

/x^ TreTTiorTevKep eU to opopa tov popoyepov<i vlov tov


^"^
Oeov. y] Kpidi^
avTY) ort ro (^oi? eXryXt»^e^'
Se ecrTip

€19 Tot*
Kocrpop Ka\ y)yd7Tr]crap ot apOpaiiTOL paWop to
(Tk6to<; Tj TO (ficjq, y)p yap avTutp TTOPiqpd to. epya.

TTtt? yap o (pavAa irpacraiop picreL to (pw? /cat ovk


epx^Tai TT/ao?
ro </)cij?, iVa /xr) e\ey)(0fj tol epya avTov-
"^
6 8e TTOLOiP TTjp d\rj0eLap ep^erat Trpo? ro (f)(o<;, tVa

<f)apepo)df]
avTov rd epya ort ci' ^eoj ccrrtj/ elpya-

arpepa.

^ Mcra raGra 6 kul ot


-qXOep *]rj(TOv<; paOrjTal
avTov 6t<j rir)!'
'lovSaiai' yyjp, Kal e/C€t
SuTpL/Bep peT^
auroii/ /cat epanTLi^ep. tjp oe kul o \(oaj'r)<;

^aTTTiQiiP ep \lpoiP eyyvf; tov }laXei/x, ort vbaTa


TToWd rjp CKc7, KOL TrapeytPOPTo kol eftainilpPTo

^ ovTTd) eU 14
yap rp> f^efi\r)pepo<^ ttjp (jwXaKiqp 'latdpr)^.

**
v'lov (ivTov Tr. aXX T.
1° v'tov iivTiiv omits avrov in spcoiulary nadiiip.
Tr, liiit

11
6 8< Tr, but omits Hi in soroiulary readiii^r
12 Omit T Tr aixl WH in .sfcondaiy reading,'.
^^
'loxii/ff^c T.
1* 6 T.
'luavrjs Tr, but omits o in accondaiy rnuding, 'Iomjii'ijs
240 KATA lOANHN. ill. 25.

"^ ^^
'Eyeuero ovv QqTTjai'^ ck tmv ixaOrjTcou ^lojdvov
'louSatou ^® irepl KaOapLcrfxov.
^ ^^'
//.era kol rjXBav
^^
7rpo<5 rov 'l(odvr}P^^ kol elncxv avTCo 'Pa/S^ei,^^
O'i rjv fJieTOL aov irepav tov 'lopSdvov, w cru pefxaprv-
pqKa^, iSe outo^ /3a7rrt{et /cat 7ToivTe<; €p)(0VTai irpot;
avTOV. aTTeKpiUTj icoavr^^ /cat einep (Jv ovparai

dp0pa)iroq KafxlSdveLV ovSeu i.dv prj fj SeSofiei'ov avTw


e/< TOV ovpavov. avToi f/xetg //ot paprvpecTe on
enrol' eycn Ovk
o ^ptcrro?, aAA ort Atte-
ei/xt eyoj
(TTakpevo<i eipt epTTpocruev eKeivov. o ey^cov ttjv

pvp(j)-qv vvp(f)ioq ecTTiV' 6 Se (fjiXaq tov pvpcf)Lov, 6

eaTrfKcoq /cat aKOVoiv


XOLpd ^atpet 8ta ttjv
avTOV,
(ficopi]P
TOV pvpcfiLov. avTTj ovp rj X^P^ V ^H^V T^'fTrXi^'-
''^

ponat. eKeipop Set av^dpeip, ipe Se ekaTTovcrOai.


^^
O dvoiOev epxdpepo<^ endpo) irdpToiv icTTip, 6 a>v
eK TYj^ yrj';
e/c
r-^? yrj(;
eaTw kol Ik Trj<; yrj^ XaXet*
^
o e/c Toi»
ovpavov ep)(op€PO<; enapo) TraPTotv eaTiv
o €(opaKep /cat rjKOvcrev tovto /cat rr^y
papTvpei,
^^
papTvpuLP avTov ouoet? Xap/Bdi'et. 6 \a/3cop avTOv

TTjv papTvpiav iacfipdyia-ev ort 6 /9eo9 dkrjOyjq icTTLP.


OP yap avecrTeiKep o ueo<; to. prjpaTa tov ueov
"^
akei, ov yap e/c peTpov oiooxtlp to nvevpa. o

TraTrjp dyaira top vlop, /cat irdpTa SeScoKep eV ttj X^'-R^


j'^36'o
auTou. TTLCTTevoiv
' '
et?
^
Toz^
t\v
vtoi^
5*^ ''
aioiVLov
e^et C,o)'qp

1^
'iwdi'WiD T. 16
'ioi,S,„'o)i' \VH w^//;r/.
" ri\dov T.
18 T. 19
(Innv T. 20 Tr.
'louawr^i' '^ati'^i
21 So Tr RV, oniit T WH man/. RV marg.
22 So Tr, omit T WH marg.
"^ 6 Tr
Oeoi TO in primary reading.
IV. 10. KATA IfiANHN. 241

o oe anetuctiv tm vlco ovk oxfjeTaL CjOjtjv,


aAA rj opyr)
Tov 6eov jxeueL iif avTov. j
IV. 'ili; ovv eyvoi o Kvpioq^ on rfKovcrav ol

^UapLcraloL otl 'It^ctov? TrXeiova^; /Ma^r^ra? TTotet Kcii

PciTTTL^eL ^la)dpr)<;
— "
KaiToiye 'It^ctou? avTo^ ovk
T)

efidnTLt^ep dXX' ot ixaOrjTai avTOV,


— ^
d(f)YJK€i^ rrjv
'lou-
*
oaCav KoX oLTrrjkOeu ttoXlv et? Tr]v Vakikaiav. liSet
^
ok avrov ocep^eaOaL Sta rrj^ Sa/xapta?.* ep^erat
OL»f et? TToXtv Tr}? Ea/xapt'as Xeyofxevrjv '^vvdp TrXrj-
^
aiov TOV ^(O)p'iov
o eho)K€P 'la/ca>y8 To> ^ 'lojcrryc^ rr3
^
inoj ai3rou •

7}r'
8e ck-ci
Tn^yr) tou 'la/coj^. 6 oil//'

Ir^trof 5 KeKomaKCDq ck T179 ohonropia^ eKaOei^ero ovToq


em TT] TTrjyrj

atpa rjp a>9 e/cri^.


'

epy^erat yvur) eK
Tr}<; ^cijLapuL';^ dpTXyjcrat vScjp. \eyei avTrj 6 'ir^crovg
Ad? poL TTf-lp- ot yap paOrjTai avTov dneXrjXv-
''
OcLcrap ci<? ttoXlv, iVa Tpo(f)d<; dyopdcroj(TLP.
7171^ Xeyet
ovp avTO) Tj yvPTj rj ^apapclrL^;^ Ofjj? crij 'louSato?
(OP ttclp alreif;
Trap ipov yvpaLKO<; Sa/xa/^etriSo?^
ov(Trj<; ; ov ydp (rvpy^xlwrai 'ifji'^ruoi
'^afiapeiTaLf;.^'^

iiTTeKpiOr] 'Xrfcrov^ Kai elncp avTrj El rJSei? ttjp


dCjpedp T(J?) OtOV KOL TL<; icTTLP 6 XcyCtiP (TOL Ad<?
»4 f)inil
T.
^
'iqaoiis T Tr marrf.
" .So
T, l)iit oii.il Tr H/f/iv/. WH '
in scodiidarv rradintr. WH lliiiik this
'

/rsf vorsf r-otifaiiis sorrir |irimit,iv(; orror, wliicli raiiiiot \n- rcctilicd willi-
oiif. I lie aid (if
conjecture.
^
'lomvuriv T.
"^

Sa/iri/jft'dv Tr. '^


<w Tr mar//.
* Uiiiil T Tr and WH in sccondarv rwidiiif,'.
' OnnI T. 8 8
v„^„^,j^,j, T. 2a/ifi/>m5of T.
^° (Jniit T and WH in sccoiidary nadin^'. (iTvyxi)o)i'riii Tr).
k;
242 KATA inANHN. iv. 11.

jxoi TTeiv, (TV av riTrfcra^ avTov /cat eooiKev av croi


" avTco^^ ovre
vScjp i,(t)P. Xeyet Kvpue, dvT\y)fia
e^et? Kol TO (f)p€ap iarlu /BaOv- iroOev ovv'^ ^X^''^
^^
TO vScjp TO [,a)p ; /xr)
av pieit^oiv el tov Trar/ao?
qfxiov ^laKO)^, o? eScoKeu rjjXLU to (f)peap kol avro?
i^ avTOv eniev /cat ol viol avTov /cat ra OpefifiaTa
^^
avTov direKpCOr) 'It^ctov? /cat elnep avTrj
; Tld<s 6
^*
TTLVoiV e/c TOV vSaro? tovtov oLxfjijcreL
Trakiv o? 8*
ai^ 77117
e/c TOV voaTo<; ov iyo) Scuao) avT(o, ov p.rj

LxfjriareL
aAAa to vocop o
et? tov ooj(rco avTco
atcut'a,

yevrjaeTaL ev avTut iriqyri ySaro? dWofxevov et? {wi^i^


^
aliopLOP. Xeyet vrpo? avTov rj yvviq Kupte, 8dg
/xot TovTo TO voojp, Lva fXTj OLxpo) fiTjoe OiefyvojjxaL
^^
evBaZe dvT\elv. Xeyet avrxj^^ "Tnaye <^(ji)uiqar6v
^^ ^^
(TOV TOP dvSpa /cat i\0€ iuOdSe. dTreKpidr) rj
'

ywn] /cat etTTCf avT(o Uv/c e;^cu avopa .


Keyei
AvOpa ovk

at»Ti7 o iiq(Tov<i KaAa>9 etTre? ort e^a>


ireuTe ycip
auopa<; ecr^c?, /cat i^vt* oz^
e^et? ot»/c eaTiv
(TOV aurjp '
TOVTO aKr]ue<; etpi^/ca?. Aeyet avTco ij yvviq
u/3tf, uedipco OTL TTpo(pr)Ty)<;
et (TU. ot Trarepe? t)/^^!'

cV Toi opet rovTOJ TrpocreKvvricrav •


/cat v/xet? Xeyere
ort eV ^^'lepocroXu/LLOt? e'crrii' 6 TOTToq orrov TrpocTKVveiv
^^
ocL.
Xeyet avTjj 6 'irjaov^; IlicrTeve p.01, yvvai,
^^ " aiTw Tj yvvT) T Tr WH mrnr/. RV. 12 g
^-^^
t
^^
So T, fp)(o^m Tr, but fitepx^^Ma* ri''
f/JX"/^"" '^'^
OTft?"^.

awT^^ [6 'l/jcroOs'] Tr.


" So Tr ?;/^/;-^.,
Toi/
livBpa aov T, Tr /^.r^

Omit T Tr WH in
secondary reading.
" So Tr HuSpa owk ex« T.
^^
J^^f 1,.
19
'If,j- T Tr.
IV. 35. KATA inANHN. 243

OTt epverat otpa ore ovre iu t(o opec tovtoj ovtc ep


^® t(o
"^^

'lenocroXv/xoc? TTpocTKvvrjaeTe Trarpi vp,ei^

TTpO(TKW€XTe O OVK OlSttTe, T^/XCt? TTpoaKVVOVfJLei^


O OiSa-
"
[xev, OTt 7) aroiTiqpia
ck roiv 'louoaioir' ecrrtV aXXa •

ip^erat atpa kol vvv icrriu, ore ol oXtjOlvoI Trpocr-

KUPrjTal TrpocTKvuij trover LP tco Trarpt ep irpevfiaTL


Kal akrjdeLa, kol yap 6 TraTrjp tolovtov<; C^rel tov^
^*
rrpocTKVPovpTa^ avTOP •

TTPevjxa 6 0e6<;, /cat tov<s

TrpocTKVPOvpTa^ avToi''^ ip Trpevixari kol akrjOcia Set

TrpocTKVPeLP. KeyeL avroi ry yvprj CJtoa ort Alecr-


*
crta? eya^erat, o Xeyo/te/^o? Xptfrro? orai^ eX^ry eKetpoq,

at^ayyeXet 17/^111^ airaPTa. Keyec avTj) o irjcrov^ t.yo)


^'
et/xt,
o \a\o)P (TOi. Kal inl tovto) r)X6ap
ol p.a0Y}Tal kol tOavpatpp on ixeTa yvpaiKo^;
avTov,
cXaXcf ovSctq jxepToi eiirev Tt tprjTei^ i)
Tt XaXei? ;

~^
peT avTrj<; ; d(})rJKep ovp Tr/p v'^piap avxrj? t) yvpr)
Kal arrrjkdep Kal Xeyet rot? dpOpconoL^;
el<; ttjp ttoXlp
20
Aeure toerc apupomop o? etTre /xot irapTa a erroL-

prjTi outo? ecttlp o ^picrTo^ ;


y)(Ta egrjKuop e/c rryq


TToXeoi? Kttt
f'jp)^OPTO 7r/D09
avTov.
'

'Rl^ TW
fxeTa^v -qpMTOiP avTOP ol paOrfTal \€yoPT€<; *PayS/3et,
"^^

(fidye.
o Se elnep aurot? 'l*2ya» ^poicrip cyoj (ftayeip

t)/^ vp,CL<;
OVK otoare. eXeyot' oui/ ot pauTfTai npo'^
^
dXXryXoLKj Mry Tt<j
^5^'ey/<e^'
aurw (fyayetp ;
Xeyet
ai»Tot9 o iT^crouq I'./xov ppotpa earcp ipa Trotrycroj

TO OeX-qpa Tov 7re/xi//ar^To'q /ixe


/cat TeXetwcrw auToG to
^'
epyop. ou;^ u/xet? Xeyere otl ^Etl TeTpajirjPof; eaTw
^° T. "^ offo Tr but not
TTpofTKvi'cci' 8ft /«<//•_</.

22
•|'„;i/i,' Tr.
244 KATA IfiANHN. iv. 36.

Kot 6 Oepiafxo'i
; iSou Xeyoj vfjuv, iirdpaTe
ep^eraL
Tov<; 6(f)0a\fxov<; vfxiov koI dedcracrde ra? ^copa? oVt
^^ ^*
XevKUL elcTLu 7rpo<; depicxixov -qSr)
6 Oepitfiiv

/cat et? alo)-


fiLcrOou Xajx^duei avudyet Kapnbu ^(orjp

VLOV, tVa^^ 6 cnreLpojv o/aou X^^PV Oepil^oiv.


'^'^^ ^
^
iv ydp TOVTO) 6 Xoyo^ icrrlp dXrjOLvo^ on aXXo?
eaTLv o (TTTeLpcjv
Kai aAAo? o oepiLfxiV eya aire-
(TTeiXa^^ v/xa? depit,€.iv
6 ov^ v/xet? KeKOTTidKare-
aXXoL KEKOTTidKacriV, /cat U/A€t<? €t9 TOI^ KOTTOV aVTOiV
^^
elaeXrjXvOaTe. 'E/c Se tt)? TroXeo)? iK€ivr)<;
'
ot avrov roiv z^ap.apeiTOiv
eTrKxreucrav et<?ota
TOP Xoyop Trj<; yui^at/co? jxapTvpovcrri<; ort Elnev fxoL
TTUPTa a '^ enoirjcra. a)<? Oft' tjXuop
npo^; avTov
Ot
Ziajxapei/rai rjpojTOiv avrov fxeivat irap av rot? •
/cat
*^
efxetvev eKel 2>{>o
r)iJLepa<;.
/cat ttoXXw TrXetot"; eVt-
*^
crrevaav Sia roi' Xoyoi' avrov, rrj re yvi^atKt eXeyov
ort Uu/cert oia ri]\> rrrjv KaXiav TTi(jrevop.ev' avroi

ydp aKrjKoajxev, Kal oiSajxev ort ovrd? icrnv dXr)0a)^


o (T(t)Tr]p
rov Koaixov.

^
Mera Se ra? ova y)fjL€pa<; i^rjXOev eKeWev et?

rrfv 1 aAtXatai' •
auro? yap It^ctov? efxaprvprjo'ev
ort TTpoffiTJrrjf;
iv rfj
lSlo,
TrarptSt rLfirjv ovk ex^'*
"
ore"^^ ouf rjXOev ei9 ri^i^ FaXtXata?^, iSe^avro avrov
Ot 1 aAtAatoi, rravra aopaKore^ ocra eiroLrjcreu ev

24 So Tr w^//y., but text fitpiaiiov /jBr)


'O Sep.
25 A, 26
1(1 KM T. aTreWaXKa T.
2' 27 a 2o-a Tr 28 Tr
-^apiapiTav T. w^/r^. ,^x^oi/ ovv wfl-r^;.
2^
2afiap'iTai T. ^° WH omit in secondary veadiiif^.
31
XuXiai/ (70U WH Mco-f/. Tr /?/«yy.
32 ^^ t 33 ^ t.
IV. 54. KATA IHANHN. 245

iv eopTrj, Kat avTOL yap rjXOov


^^'lepoaoXvixoLS rrj
*^
et? T-qv iopTrjV.
'WXOev ovv ttoXiv

ets 7171^
Kai^a'^"^''* Trj'i Vakikaia^, oirov eTToiiqcrev to

vocjp oivov. Kat ryt* rt? pacrtkiKO'^''^ ov o vlo^


^'
rjadevEL eV Ka(f)api'aoujX' ovro? aKovcra? oTt 'ir^trovs

i^KCt eK rrJ? 'lovSata? et? tt)j/


TaXiXaiau dnrjXOcu irpo^
avTOv Kol rjpojTa iva KaTa/^rj Kai la<rrjTai avTov Tov
*^
vlov, rifxeXXev yoLp aTroOvrjorKeiv. elnep ovv 6 'li^croO?

7rno9 avTOP 'Eaf jxr) crrjfJLeLa


kol repara ISrjTe, ov prj

TTLaTevarjre. Xeyec 7rpo<; avTov o pacrtAtKo?


^'^

Ku^te, Kardfi-qdi irplv dirodavelv


to irai^iov fxov. Ae-

6 vl6<; aov i^jj. eni-


yet avTM 6 'irjcrov^ Uopevov
(TTtvaeu^^ o dvOpMTTo<; toj Xoyoi ov elnep avTco 6 Irycrou?
^^
Koi iiTopeveTo. 17817
Se avTov KaTa/3aii'OPTo<; ol 8ov-

XoL avTOv vTT-qpTrjcrav avTio Keyopres


otl o vrat?
^^
auToG {tJ.
invOeTo ovu ttjp copap nap' avTWP iv
avTut on 'E^^e?
fj KoixijjoTepop ecrxep- ehropovp^^
^^
o)pap e^hoixTjP drfyrJKep avTov 6 nvpeTO^. eypo) ovu
6 narijp ort*^ eKeiprj Trj o)pa iv rj
elnep avno 6 'ir^crov?

'O vtds aov 1,7],


Kal enicnevaev avTo<; Koi rj
ot/cia
^*
avTov 0X17. TovTO Se"*^ ndXiv ^evrepov (jr]fjitlov

33 » Kai/a T Tr. 34 go Tr ,
^\\v fie T WH marr/.
^^ Some " " WH.
Western docuirients substitiilc /SaatXt'aKov
'* TTUfTf
i^(T7Te ;
WH w/ffry.
3' So TTr ill secondary rcadiiif?, km enlarfvafi' Tr |iriinary reading.
38 Omit. T.
*' So Tr Koi
sceondary reading, kui dnriyytiXai' Xiyoirrts primary ;

rjyydXdi' T.
"^ tiVoi/ (wif T Tr, >cat fiTroi/ Tr )/i<tr>/.

*' Tr adds cV in primary nadiiig.


" Omit T and WH secondary reading, Tr mar//, secondary reading.
246 KATA IfiANHN. v. 1.

FaXtXatai'.

^ ^
V. Mtra Taura i}!^ eoprrj rtou *lovoai(ov, KaL
^"FjCTTiv 8e eV rots
due/Sri *l7](J0V^ ets ^*'lepocrdXu/xa.

^*'lepo(ToXu/xot9 eVl Trj Trpo^aTLKrj KoXvji^TJOpa^ rjiinr


^ ^*
Xeyofxei'T] 'E/S/aaicrrt, BrjOCaOd ,'^ neure arods e^ov-
' ^
ara cv raurats Kare'/cetro ttXtjOo^ to)v daOevovvTcji^,
^
rv^\oiv, ^oiko)v, ^rjpcou. rjv 8e ns au0p(o7ro<; iKel

TpiaKovTa Kol^ OKTO) CTT) e^cDV ev TTj dadeveta avrov'


^
TovTou Ihwi^ 6 'ir/croD? KaTaKeifxevou, KaL ypovs otl
TToXvv 7]Sr] XP^^^^ ^X^^' Xeyet avrw ©eXets vyiy)<i

yevecrdaL ;
"*

dTreKpiOr) avTw 6 dcrdcvcou Kvpte, avOpui-


TTOv ovK €.^0}
Iva oTav Tapax^ji to vScop jSdkr) fx€

ei9 KoXvfJL^TJOpaw iu 8e epxop-di' iy<^ aXXos


(o
Tr)u
^
npo ifxov KaTafiaivei. Xeyeu avT(p 6 'irjcrovs Eyeipte
^ ^
koX
dpov Tov Kpd^aTTOv aov koX 7re/3t7raret.
€v0€o)<i

iyepero vyLr]<; 6 dvOpomos, koX rjpe tov KpafiaTTOv


'avTov Kol TrepteTTarei. ^Hp Se ad^^arop ip
^^
iKeiprf rrj rjjxepa. iXeyop ovp ol 'lov8atot rw reOepa-
'td/Sfiarop Icttlp, koI'^ ovk e^earip
croi dpai
Trevfxepai
^^
TOP Kpd/SaTTOP. o<? 8e^ dneKpLOr] avTol<; 'O TTOirjcra<^

fxe vyiij e/cetj^os /xot


elnep '^Apop top Kpd^aTTOP aov Kai

irepnrdTeL. ^^rjpwTrjaap ovtop^ Tis ioTTLP 6 dpOpojiros

1
.J (oprr, T RV marff.
^ ^
'Up- T Tr.
® to
Tr Xtyopevov T.
2
Ko\vpl3fjdpa 7narff.
3 a
(jipdiinX T Tr. *
Bj^^eo-Sd Tr iBrjdaaidd WH mar//.
5 Omit Tr in primary reading, WH in socomlary.
^ Omit T. ' Omit Tr iu secondary reading.
^ ovv avTov Tr primary reading.
V. 22. KATA IfiANHN. 247

-'' 9 '5'* 13 '^^'i3^ ^10


ouk
' '
o CLTTcov crotApov Kai TreptTraret ; o oe tac'et's
r;8et Tts IcTiv, 6 yap ^Irjcrovs i^evevaeu 6^\ov 6vto<; eV
^*
T(x) TOTToj. Mera ravra evpiaKet avTou o^^ 'Ir^crou?
eV Tw tepo) Kal elneu avrio "iSe vytrj^ yeyova'^'

p.TjKeTi afxapraue, Lva [x-q ^^elpou croi ri yevrjT ai.


"*
arnqkuev o avupojTTO^ Kai etTrei/ Tot9 lovoatot? oTt

li7crovs ecrrtt' o Troir^cra? auTOi/ vyir). Kat oia tovto


ibiojKov ol 'lovhaloL tov 'irjcrovv drt ravra eVotet eV
^'
cra/S^ctTOi. 6 Se^*^ dneKpCvaTO avTot? 'O 7To.Trjp jjlov

€cu9 aprt epyaC^eTaL, Kayo) epya(^op.ai. oca tovto


ovu^'^fxaXXou i^T]TOvu avTou ol 'louSatot anoKT^ivaL
OTL ov p.6vov eXve to a(i(3(3aTou dXXa /cat naTepa

t^LOv eXeye tov deov, Icrov iavTou ttolmv rw ^toj.


19 »* ' T''t "15 "^
Kai^*\ 16'""
AneKpivaTO ovv o \y](Tov<; eXeyev aurois
Ap,y)v dfirju Xeyw vp.iv, ov hvvaTai 6 uto? noielv

d(f)' iavTov ovhev av^^ pij tl /SXenrj tov naTepa


TTOLOvvTa' a yap av eKeivo<; ttolj),
TavTa Kat o
vlo<i TTOtet.^^
^ 6 tov vlov
6poL0J<; ydp naTrjp (puXel
Kal ndvTa SeLKvvcnv avrw a avTos ttoleI, Kal /xei^ora
TovTojv oei^et avTO) epya, iva vpelq Oavpdl^rjTe.'^'^
^'
(oamp yap 6 TraTrjp iyeCpeL tov*; veKpuv*; Kal

C,(oonouL, ovToj<; Kal 6 vlo<; ou? OeXet ^woTrotet.


ovoe yap 6 TTaTT^p Kpiv(.i ouSeVa, dWa ttjv Kpiijiv

* Tr ndds tov icimfiaTTou (mv in |)rimarv n-adinp.


^^ wrdfuatu T. 11 WH oinil in sctiondnrv rrndiiifj.
^^
(wrjyyd^tv Tr WH sccondai V k adin*;.
^^ Tr
add.s ^Itjaovt.
" Oinil T. 16 Q„,i(^ WH ill scrotidary reading.
*^ finfu Tr i' Tr.
primary roadini,'. cVn'
*^ '"
niiiit Tr in secondary reading. mnd onoi<i.s T.
20
^aujiuCrrf T,
'
248 KATA mANHN. v. 23.

TTacrav oeowKeu toj vuo, lpo, vrai^re? ri/xaxrt top


vlov Ka0(jj<i TLjxcocrt top iraTcpa. 6 fxij Ttfxojp top
VLOP OV TLfJia TOP TTUTepa top TT€IX\\faPTa aVTOP. AfJLTjP

ajxrjp Xeyw vfjup otl 6 top Xoyop fxov olkovcop koI


TTLCTTevcop TO) nejjixpaPTi [xe e)(€t l^corjp alcopiop, kol ei?

Kpicrip ovK ep^erat dA.Xa /aeraySe/^r/Kev ck tov dapuTov


"''
€t? Trjp otl
^(jjrjp. OLfx-qp ap.7)p keyoj v/xti/ €p^€Tai
cjpa Kai pvp idTip oTe ol peKpol OLKovcrovaLP Trjs
TOV vlov TOV Oeov kol ol d/covcravres tricrovaip.
(fiojprj^
26'' y ^f\ V \
wcnrep yap o TraTrjp e^et C^ojrjp €P eavT(o, ovto)^ Kai
\v i t /^

roj vKu eoMK^p l^corjp e^eip ep eavTw


'
Kai egovatap
ebojK^p avrw KpCcnp otl vtos dpdpcorrov
28'^Z}
fXT]
'y
oavfxaL,eTe tovto,
'^
iroielp,
o*ep^eTaL
otl wpa
V ,
ep fj
f
i(TTLP.
f
napTe^
OL ep TOLS fxpr}fjLeLOL<i oLKOvaovcTLP T^s (f)a)prj<;
avTov
29
KaL ol ret
eKiropevoroPTaL dyada iroLijcraPTe^ et?
at-acrracrti^ 4^^'?» ot'^'' ra (pavKa npa^apTes et9 ai/a-
CTTacTLP KpLae(D<5. Ov
ovpajxaL eyo) noLeLP air efxav-
Tov ovoep •
Ka0(i><; aKovco Kpipw, kol rj KpL<jL<; tj ijxr)
OLKaCa ecTTLP, otl ov i,'r)T(x)
to Oekrjpia to ifxop dkXd
^^
TO deXrjfjia tov 7^e/x^//a^'rd9 jxe. 'Fidp iyut
fxapTvpco TrepL ijxavTov, r) fxapTvpCa fxov ovk ccttlp
' ^ dWo<? eaTLp 6 jxapTvpwp wepl ijxov, koX
d\rjOri<;
'''5 23
" " ' \ /3 ' ' ' / t\ />
OLoa OTL aKrjurjq ecTTLP i] {xapTvpLa 7)p fxapTvpeL
TTepL ejjLOv. v/!xet9 aTrecrTaA/care Trpo? lojaprjp,
KaL fxeixapTvprjKe tt) a\r]ueLa' eyoj oe ov irapa
dpupcoTTOv TTfp fxapTvpCap Xa[x(3dp(o, d\Xd TavTa Xeyai

^^ Tw Tr marg
(8coKf Kai vi(o .

22 WH add hk in Tr
i>iuj-f/.,
iii
j)riinary reading.
23 24 T.
o'i^Tf T. 'itati^^^^
V. 46. KATA IQANHN. 249

''

tVa u/aet? crcjdrJTe. iK€luo<i i)v 6 \v^vo^ 6 KaLOjxepos


Kol ^aivoiv, u/xei? 8e rjOeXTJaaTe dyaWtaOrjuaL^'^''^ Trpos
*^
(^pav iv Tco (fiajTL avTov '

iyu) 6i e)(aj rrju [xap-


Tvpiav ix€lL^o)
tov io)auov, ra yap epya a de-
So)K€u jxoi 6 iraTrjp Iva TeXetwcra) avrd, avrd rd epya
d TTOLU), fxapTVpel nepl ifxov oVt 6 Trarrjp pe dnecTTak-
'
Keu, Kat o TTepxfjas pe Tranqp eKeivo<i pepaprvprjKev
nepL ipov. ovre (fyoivrjv avTov TTcoiroTe dKrjKoare ovre
€too9 avTov ecjpaKare, Kat tov koyou avrov ovk
°
e^ere ei/
v/xtf fxepovra, on ov anecTTeLAep eKcti^og
"^
TovTO) uyxet'i ou TTLCTTeveTe. ipavvdre ra? ypa(f)dq,
OTL u/xet? ooKctre eV avral? ^(orju alcliviov e)(eLv' /cat
'
CKtivai etcrtf at paprvpovaai irepi epov Kat, ov
'^^
OeXere i\0elv TTp6<; pt tVa {ojii)i/ e)(r}Te. Ao^au
TTapd dv9 poyiTCiiv ov kapftdvoj,
"^^
aXXa iyuojKa vpds
OTt 7171^ ayaTTTjv tov ficov ovK eyere tf eal;rots^
" tw
tyoj ikrjkvOa ot^d/aart rov Trar^d? jitov Kat
eV
ou kap(3dueTe pe' idv akko<? ikOrj Iv to) ovopaTi tw
**
toioj, iKelpov kyjpxffeade. vrw? ^vvaaOe vpel<; inaTev-
crat, od^af nap* dkkrjko)!^ kap(3dvouTe<;, Kat T^7^' Sd^at*
Tr)v TTapa TOV povov tfeov ov QrjTetTe; p"q ooKCLTe
'
uTL eyo) KaTr]yopr}(T(o vpCw TTpo<^ tou iraTepa eaTLP
6 KaT7iyopo)p vpuiv Mc/jfcTTy?, tt? dV vpcl^ ifkniKaTf..
tt
yap cTrtcrrtutrt Mojvcret, eTrtarevert a/^ e/xot, vrtpt

^^ Tr
"rryuXAtdf/fl^wu nidn/.
^^ Tr. 28 •,^,;y„„y T.
UtiCtov
'" Tr 28 Tr
avTos i/nnv/. ^^jVotru tV v/ii»/ iiianj.
'* oiiK
f'x"^' ^'/'' fi>"''''7*' ToC ^foC T.
*° So T RV WH ill
|iiiiii,irv icailin',' ;
omit WII in bccoiidiiiy rtiad-

inj;,
RV martj. Tr w</ry. sccoiidarv rcadiuy.
250 KATA inANHN. v. 47.

'

yap ijxov eKeluo*? eypaxfjeu. el oe toI<; eKetvov

-ypdfjLiJiacnu ov TncrTeveTe, ttojs rots e/xot? prjfxacrLP


^^
TTicrreucrere ;

*
VI. Mero, raura aTTrj\6ev 6 'It/ctov? nepav T17S
^
daXdcrcrrjs Trj<; FaXtXaia? t^9 Tt/SejOtctSo?. ^KoXou^tt
Se avTw 0^X09 TToXi;?, ort idewpovv^ rd arjixela a
^
inoiei eVt
d(T^e^'0WTw^' durjXOeu 8e et? to
rail' .

0^09 'li7cro{}9, Kal CKel eKdOrjTo^ fxerd rwv fxaOrjTMu


avTOv. yu 8e eyyu9 to Tracrva,"* 17 ioprr) twv \ov-
^
SaL(i)u. eVapa9 out' tol'9 6(/)6'aXju,ou9
o It70'ou9 Kctt

Oeacrdpevos otl 7roXu9 0^X09 ep^cTat 7Tpo9 avTov Xeyet


77/909 ^JiXtTTTrot' Il60€v dyopd(To)fxev apTovs Lva (f)a-
^
ycoauu ovtol ;
touto 8e eXeyti' treipdl^MV avTov,
'
auT09 yap 17861 Tt e/xeXXei^ Troteti'. aTreKpiOr] avTco
®
<J>tXi7r7ro9 AtaKoaLMv h-qvapiojv dprou ovk dpKovaiv
^
auTot9 iva e/cacrT09 ^pa^v^ Xd^rj. Xeyet avTw ct9

t'/c Twv ixa67]Tci)u avTov, 'AvSpeas 6 0,86X^09 ^ijxcDVO^

llerpov ^"FjaTLv Traihdpiov cS8e 09 ^^ei nevre aprov%

KpiOivov; Kal hvo oxjjdpia' dXXa TauTa ri icTTiv et9


ToaovTov; ;
emeu o lrj(rov<i tovs avupot-
lioLrja-aTe
7rou9 duaTrecrelu. 8e ^opTO^ ttoXvs iu to* tottw.
rjv
cLueTrecrau ovv ot^ dvhpe'i dpiBpJbv W9 Tret'Ta-
top
^^
Ktcr^^tXtot. eka^ev ovv tov<; dprovs o Irjaovs /cat
^^
TTiffTfufre or niaTfvarjTf Tr ?«r/;-i7 ; niarfiifTf WH marg,
^
(aypuv T. (Kadt^fTo T.
^
Probably some "primitive" error WH.
*
anoKplverat T. ^6 ^tXiTTTror T.
°
(ipaxv Ti T, /3/jaxt'^"j Tr marg.
' Omit WH wtf/y.
vr. 22. KATA IfiANHN. 251

evvofnarrjcras ^uSwKeu^ TOi<i duaK€LfX€i>OL<?, o^ioioi^ Kai


""
e'/c Twv oxjjapiaju ocrou rjOeXou. wg oe ivenXrjcrOrjcrau
Xe'yet toI<? /u-a^r/rat? avTov SvuaydyeTe rd Treptcrcreu-
^^
(Tavra KXaafxara, iva fMij tl aTrdXr^rat. avvriyayov
ovu, Kal eyifxicrav ScuSe^a KotfjLPOvs KkacTfJidTaju e'/c
T(ou aproiu toju KpiOiviov d iTrepicrcrevcrau rot?
TreVre
^*
/Se^pcoKoaLP. Ot ovt' dvOpcoiToi IhovTe^
d inoLr](T€u crrjixeia^ eXeyou on Ourd? ianv dkr]du)<i
tov koctixop ^^
^^
6 Trpo(f)rJTr)s 6 ip}(op.evo^ 'li^crou? et*; .

ovv yvov<; otl p^eWovcriv ep)(€crOaL koI dpndi^cLi' avTov


Lua TTOirjcroicnv /SacrtXea dve^oiprjcrev^^ irdXiv et? to

0/309 auro9 jxovof;. lis oe oif/ta eyei^ero


^^
KaT€.ft-r](rav ot fiaOrjTal avTov eVl tt^i^ BdXacrcrav, /cat

ifx(3di'Te<; elq nXolop rjp)(^ovTO nepau Trj<g 6a\d(Tcrr]<; ei?


^^
Kaffiapvaovp,. /cat cr/corta 17817 eycyd/^et Kat ovnco
^"^
iXrjkv0€L 7rpo9 avTov<; 6 'ir/froug, ^^7776 ddXaacra
^^
dpefxov fxeydXov ttu€ovto<; Steyetpero.^* eXr/Xa/cdre?
oui^ tiJg o-raStof?^^ eiKoai ttcute 77 TpidKovra Oeojpovcnv
Tou '\r](rovu nepLnaTOvuTa eVt r'?79 daXdcray]'; /cat iyyvq
Toi) TrXotou yLvojxevou, Kal i(f)ol3TJdr]crau.
^ 6 8e
Xeyet
^^
auTOts 'Kycj et/xt, /x']^ (^iof^eiorOe. yjOeXou ovv Xa-

jBelu avTov et? to TrXotot*, Kat ev6eo}<; iyeuero to nXolou


tTTt 7179 €19
yT79 17^* VTTTjyOV.
"^^

Tr) inavpLov 6 0^X09 o ecrTiqKCJS irlpav Trj<; OaXdcr-

^ Km thuiKfv T.
fv\apl(TTT)cr(v
® So Tr wttrr/. RV rnarf/ ,
l)iil o (noiijatv cnjuuov T WH marg. RV.
^^ o €iv to;/ T. ^^
T.
K(')(T\iuv ti))(f'>fii(i>ni (ptvytl
'^ f)i avrnvK (tkotIu T.
KartKiififV r)

^''
'Ir;fro0v TT/wi avTous T WH marg. ^^
fiirj-yfiptro T.
*^ ^^
(TTudia T. T^i/ y^i/ T.
252 KATA IfiANHN. vi. 23.

(71^9
elSov^^ oTi nXoidpLOu akXo ovk t)v eVet ei
yirj ep,

Koi OTL ov crvvei(Trj\Oev toI<; jxadyjTaL'^ avTOV o Ir^crov?

et? TO nkolov dkXaavTov dirrjkOov'


(mouol ol ixadr]Tal
^^
dXkd^^ rjXOep^^ vXola^^ eV Ti/3epict8o9 eyyu? tov
TOTTOV OTTOV ^(^ayOV TOV CpTOV tV^a pi(TTri(TaVTO<i TOV

KVptOV. OT€ OVV eiOeP O O^AO? OTL It^CTOV? ovk €(TTiP


e/cet ovSe ol fxaOrjTal avTov, ip€(3r](Tap avTOi et? ra ttXol-

dpta Koi yjXOop Katpappaovpi C,7]TovPTes top Irjcrovp.


tt?

Kat evpoPT€<i avTOP nepap Trj<; uaAacra-r)'; ecnop avTco


Pappei, TTore code aTreKpiur} aurot? o
yeyoi^a? ;

'b^trou? /<at etTrej/ 'Ajxrjp dpirjP Xeyoj vjjup, l,r]TeiT€ jxe

ovx OTL etSere crrjixela dXX' otl i(fidy€Te e'/c twp apTwp
"'
Kal i)(opTd(T0r]Te- ipydt^ecrSe /xt) Ty)v ^putaip ttjv

dTroXXvp.€prjp dXXd
ttjp ^pojatp Tr]P fxepovcrap et? C^^rjp
>/ t^tcv '-'/3'' "^
tovtop
t^o/ 23
aiWPLOP, rjp o VLOS tov apupcoirov vpup oojcret,
'^^

yap 6 TraTTjp icrfftpdyLcrep 6 0e6<i. elnop ovv Trpo<;


avTOP Tt TTOLMfjiep LPa ipya^aifxeOa ra epya tov deov ;

aneKpLUT] It^ctov? /cat eiTret' avrot? louro ecrrti'


TO epyop TOV 0eov lvol 7ncrT€vr]T€ et? op dTricTTeiXev
c/ceti/09. etTTot* ovv avT(t) 1 1 ouv TTOtet? cru cnqfjieiop,

Iva iSojixep KOI TncTTevcrMixep crot ;


rt ipyatprj ;
ot

Trarepe? rjjjicjp to jxdppa ifpayop ip Tjj ipiJixM, KaBo)^


"
icTTLP yeypafJi[X€POP ApTop €k tov ovpapov eScoKev
^^
avTols (fiayelv.' elirev ovv avrot? 6 It^ctov? A[xr)v

ajXTfv Xeyoi vjxlp, ov MajvcrT^g eow/cei/ v/xtt' xoi^ apTOP


" tSi)./ WH »wr^. 18 »xXa T Tr
18
^A^oi/ T. 20 So Tr marr/., irKouipia T Tr.
21
^i,p^'^y

WH
5^f w./yy.
22
'pa^^i Tr.
23 T. 24 Omit T.
6,'5a>o-»' v/ili/
25 Se'SwKei/ T WH wa/y.
VI. 43. KATA IfiANHN. 253

CK Tov ovpavov, dW' 6 Trarijp fxov oiowctlu vjxlv rov


o yap apro?
apTov eK TOV ovpavov rov ak-quivov
TOV ueov ecTTLv o KaTapaLvojv eK tov ovpavov Kai
Tw ^ elirov ovv avTov Kvpue,
(,ojr]v 8t8ov9 KocrfMco. TTpo<;
iravTOT^ oo<; rjpLV rov apTov tovtov. evwev ' avTOL<;
"

6 'Irycroi)? 'Eycj et/xt 6 dpro^ Trjs {w^? 6 ip^^^ofievo^

Trpo? €p€'^° ov pr) TTCivacrrj, Kai o marTevajv et? cfxe


OV TrwTTore. aAA. eiTTOi' otl Kai
t
prj
/

€ojpo.KaT€ pe
otv//>^crei.
/ Of) \
/cat ou
>
TTicrreueTe.
'37 T I
llai^
v/x(,^'
"
o
'*
S 'S
OLOcocnv
'

poL 6 TraTrjp npo^ ipe rj^ei, Kal tov ep^opevov Trp6<;


^^
pe^^ ov pi) eV/3aA.a> e^w, KaTa^e/BrjKa dno tov
ort

ovpavov ovY ti'a ttoiW'^ to u€A.rjpa to eju-oi/ aAAa to


^ tovto 8e ecTTti/ to •

Oekrjpa tov Trep\jjavT6<; pe OeXrjpa


tov Tr€pxpavT6<; pe iva ndv 6 hehoiKev pot prj dnoXecrai
eg avTov ak\a avacrTrjcro} avTO ttj ^a^aTrj -qpepa.

TOVTO yap icTTLv TO 0eXr)pa tov -rraTpos pov Lva Tra?
6 Oeoypoiv TOV vlov Kal nLcrrevajv ei? avTov e^r; (,(or]v
atoji/toi/, /cat avao-Trjcroj avTov eyw tt] €cr)(aTr) -qpepa.
*^
'hlyoyyvl^ov ovv ol 'lou8atot nepc avTov otl elirev

'Eycj dpi o dpTo<; 6 /cara^a? e'/c tov ovpavov, /cat

cXeyov Ou^l'^'* ourog iamv '{ri(Tov<i 6 vlo<; Iwarjcfy,

ov Tjpfi^ olhapev tov irarepa /cat rrjv p7)T€pa ; ttws


^^
dne-
I'vv"^^
keycL oTL^^ 'K/c tou ovpavov KaTa(3e^r]Ka ;
^"^
KpiOr] '\r](Tov<; Kal el-rrev avTol<; Mi] yoyyv^eTe per
^0 O T.
^"^
*«VfI/ OUI/ T.
T,W
^^ Tr
'^^
Tipos ixt Tr wwry. navimfi war*/.
''^
Omit T WH in secondary reading.
®^
ivphi ('ni T.
82 T.
3=*
*V r^ T.
nnif,aoy

man/. WH
^^ ouf Tr
^*
Oi-x T Tr ///^/ry. mart;.
3« oCror 5ri T. "7 Tr.
^„^,
254 KATA IQANHN. vi. 44.

**
dWfjkcou. ovSet? hvvarai i\6eiv Trpd? /ute"^®
eav fir)

6 TTarrjo 6 Tre/xi/ia? fxe tkKvcrrf avTov, Kayui avacTTrjcru)


*^
avTov iv Trj icrx^^Trf -qjxepa. icmv y^y pafxfievov iv
"
Tols TT po<j)'iJT ais Kat iaovrai ttolvte^ StSaKrot deov'"
TTcis 6 aKoucras Trapa tov narpos Kai p.ad(ov ep^erai

7rpo9 efxe. ov^ otl tov narepa ecopaKev rt? ei

/xr)
o oju napa tov ueov, ovto<; ecopaKev tov iraTepa.

keyo) vp,LV, o TncTTevcov


«(,&>-
a/MT)i/ afji^v e^et 4<^t?^
vLov. ey(o ei/xt o apTo^ 7179 (,o)r)s ol vrare/je?

e(f)ayov iv Trj ipyjfiM to p.dvva


vp,(x)v
Kat aTredavov
0UT09 ecTTiv o apro? o ck tov ovpavov KaTapaivcov
Lva Tts eg avTOv (pOLyy Kat fxif airouavrf eyw
€t/xt dpTos 6 t,oiv 6
6 i.K TOV ovpavov KaTaftds' idv
°
Tt9 (pot-yy
€K TouTou TOV apTOV QrjCTei CIS TOJ/ atwz^a,

/cat o oe 01^ oojcro) ecTTiv


apTo<; eyw i) (rapg fJiov

VTrep TTy? TOV Koa-fxov 4^179. thp^a^^ovTo ovv

dXXi7Xov9 01 'lovSaiot*'^ keyovTe^ ITcu? SwaTai


7r/)09
"
ovTO's rffjLiv oovvat, Trjv crapKa avrov (payav ;
^^
elirev ovv avTOt? 6*° 'li7a-ovs 'Afjcrjv dfxrjv Xeyw
v/iAti/,
eai/ jXTj (fidyrjTe Trjv adpKa tov vlov tov dvdpat-
TTOv /cat TTtT/Te avTov TO at^a, ovk cx^'''^ C^^^ iv

eavTOt?. o Tporyoiv jxov ttjv crapKa /cat ttlvojv fxov

TO alfxa aldtvLov, Kdyw dvacTTTfcra) avTov


e^et ^aji7t'

^^
irpos f'/x*
Tr WH ;«flry., Trpds fit
Tr warrj'.
*^
Trpos /if Tr 2»ar^. *" Omit WH in secondary reading
*^ 6(6v *^ Add Tr in
T. etr (fif primary reading
*^
anodvffCTKr] Tr wffr^'.
WH marff.
** rot)
e'/ioO T.
" (fj(T(Tai Tr. 46 T transfers to end of verse.
*' oJ 'louSaiot
Trpos oAXijXovr
Tr mar^.
'*^
17/iif ovroj T.
*» Omit T inWH secondary reading Tr text, [avrod] Tr marff.
v'l. 67. KATA mANHN. 255

" '^ '

TTj i(T)(dTr)r) yap crdp^ jxov dXyjOrj^ icTTL


rjfiepa
'^

/Spwcrt?, Kol TO alixd fxov dX.-qOt)<; eVrt Trdcrt?. 6

rpdryoju fxuv ttjv vapKa Kat nivoju fxov to alfxa eV


^*
ifxol fxeueL Kayoi iu avTU). KaO(i)<; direaTtikdv [xe
6 ^wv TTarrjp Kayoj ^w 8ta top naTepa, Kal 6 Tpot-
yoiv fie KaKCLUos Lprjcrei ol cfxe. ovto^ ccttlv o apTO<;
6 i^ ovpavov KaTa/3d<;, ov KaOws €(f)ayov ol Trarepeg
KaL dnedauou '
6 Tpuryoiv tovtov top dpTov tprjcrei ei9
Tov atojj/a. lavra ctTrei/ €v avvaycoyr) oLoaaKOJV eu
^ YloWol ovv aKoucrai/re? e'/c
KaffyapuaovfjL.^^
T<x)p fjiaOrjTMu avTov elnap^^ %K\r]p6<i icTTLV 6 k6yo<;
ovTos TLs ovpaTat avTov aKovetp ; etdw? oe o

lrj(Tov<; €p eavTM ort yoyyvC,ovcnp nepi tovtov ol


fxaOrjTai avTov elnep avTol^ Touro v/xa? cr/cat'SaXt^et ;
"
eap ovp ueojpyJTe top vIop tov dpO poyirov dpa/3aiPOPTa
onov rjp TO npoTepop ; to irpevfJLa (.ottip to L,ctiO-

TTOLOVP, Tj a-dp^ ovK ojr^eXet ovSeV


"

Ta pijfxaTa a iyat
dXXa^^ ^
keXaXrjKa vplp npevfxd ^cttip /cat t^wrj idTCP'
ti<TLp i^ vfjiwp TLP€<; ot ov TTLCTTevovaLP. *Ht8et ydp
eg ap)(rj^ 6 'It/ctou? rtVe? elalp ol fxrj niaTevopTes
/cat rt9 CfTTLP Ata
6 TrapaSojcrojp avTOP.
Kal ekeyep ^
TovTO (.iprjKa vfXLP ort ovSet? hvpaTac ekdelp
npo^ /xe^^
eai^ ixrj tj
Ot0op.€pop avToj e/c tov naTpos- E/c
*
ToxjTnv TToXXot tK^^ Twp p.aOrjTOip avTov dnyjkOop
et9 Ta oTTiooi Kal ou/ce'rt /act' auroG TrcpundTovp.
Etnep OVP 6 rots SojScKa Kal uyxets
l-qaov^; Mrj
" "
•5"
Soriin Wi'slcrii documfnls add rra/S^dro,
'
WH.
•""•i
dVor T Tr. 02 jIaA' T. £-3
7rf,6i €>< T.
''^
TovTou uui> T. tiO
Omit T.
256 KATA IfiANHN. vi. 68.

^^
BiXere viroiyeLu ; aircKpidy) avT(o XCfxojp llerpo?
KvpLe, 7rpb<i riVa aTreXeucrd/xe^a ;
ptJixaTa C,o)rj<;
al(o-

VLOv €)(eLS,
/cat rjixeLS TrenLCTTevKapep /cat eyvtoKa-
''^

p,€v OTL cri) ei 6 dyios tov Oeov- aTreKpidr} avrotg


6 'lrjcrov<i OvK eyio vpaq tovs hwbeKa i^eXe^dprjv ;
^^
/cat e'^ vpwv els §ta/8oXd? iariv. ekeyeu Se top
'
'lovhap XCpwpos '](TKapL(oTov ouro? yap epeWep
TTopaStSdi^at aurdt',^^ cts^^ e/c t(op ScoheKa.

^
VII. Kat^ perd raOra TrepteTrctret
6^ 'iTycrou? eV

ttJ raXtXatct, ov ydp rjdeXep ip Trj 'lovoata TrepiiraTeip,


OTL il^yJTOvp avTOP ol 'lou8atot aTTO/creti'at. rjp Se
^
iyyvs Tj eopTT) tcop ^lovhaioiP r) crKrjPOTrr}yLa. e'lTrop

ovp npo<; avTOP ol dSeX^ot avTov Merct^T/^t ipT€v6ep


/cat
vnaye eis ttjp 'louSatai', LPa Kal ol paOrjTai aov
*
Oecopijaovcnp aov tol epya d Trotetg "^ "

ovSet? ydp
TL ip KpvTTT^ TTOtet /Cat ^i^Tct auTo? * ei'
irapprfdia.
eti'at

et ravra 7rotet9, (f)ap€pco(TOP creavTOP rw Kocrpo).
ovo€ ydp ol a8eX(^ot avroC iiriaTevop ets ovtop.
^
Xeyet oSt'^ avTols o 'irjaovs O /catpo? 6 e/xd? ovnco
rrapeaTLP, 6 8e /catpd? 6 vp€Tepo<; irdpTOTe iaTLP erot-
^
/xo?. ov Swi^arat 6 Koapos picrelp vpd<?, ipe oe
picreLy ort eyw piapTvpco nepi avTov otl ra epya avrov
^ '

nopyjpd iaTLP. vpeZ<i dpd^iqTe et? ri^i' eopTtjp iyco


ovTTct)^
dpa^aCpco et? tt^i' iopT^p TavTrjp, otl 6 ipos

56 ^' fir T.
ai/Toi' wa,paSifiwat T. &>«'

^
Omit T. 2 Omit in secondary reading Tr WH.
^
TO f'pya (TOV T Tr WH ?Harf/., ra tpya "WH in secondary reading.
* avTo Tr
marg. WH tuanj. RV mcirq.
*
Uuiit T. 6
ov« T Tr WH w^/v/. RV marg.
vn. 21. KATA inANHN. 257

'^

Kaipo^ ovTToj TrenkijpcjTai,. raOra Se'^ clircou aurots:^


^'^
cfieLpev iu rrj Vakikaia. 'ils 8e due^rjcrap
ol aScA^ol avTov els ttju ioprrju, Tore /cat auros dveftr],
^^
ov <f)apep(o<i dXXa® w?^ ip KpvnTM. ol ovp 'lovSatot
e^TjTovp avTOP ip rrj koprrj koI ekeyop Uov icrrlp
eKetPO^; ; Kai yoyyvap.o<; nepi avrov -qp iroKv^;^^ cp
^^
ekeyop otl 'Aya^os iartp, ol
-

TOL<; oy^XoLs jxep


dkkoL ekeyop he ^^
Ov, dkkd nkapa top 6)(kop.
ovoet? pePTOL TTapprjcria ekakeu nepl avTov 8ia top

(f)6Pop Tcop ^lovSaicDP.


^

HSt^ Se TTJs eopTrj<; pecrovcrrjs dpe/Sir] 'It^o-ou?


^^
eis TO lepop KoX iSiSacTKep. eOavpatpp ovp ol
louoatot keyoPTe<; Ilw? ovTO<i ypafxpaTa oTSep pi]
^''

pepaOrjKa)<; direKpidiq ovp auTot? 'Iiycroi;? koI elnep


;

*H ip,r) hiSa)(r) ovk ecTTiP eprj akkd tov TrepijiaPTos


pe-
'

eap rt? Oekjj to Bekrjpa avTov TroieZp, ypo)-


^
crerat irepi Tr]<i OLOay^ri<; noTepop eK tov Oeov ecTTLP
rj eycj an epavTov AaKoj. o a<p eavTov kakojp
TTjp So^ap TTjp Ihiup l,rjTel'
6 8e IpqTwp ttjp So^up
TOV TrepxjjaPTO^; avTOP ovto^ dkrjOy'j'; ecTTip Koi dSiKia
eSojKep ^^
^''*
ip avTO) OVK ecTTLP. ov
vpip Mwucrry?
TOP popop ; ovSet9 i^ vpojp Trotet top popop.
K(ii tl
'^"
pe QrfTelTe airoKTeipai dneKpiHrj 6 0^X09
; Aat-
'^^
pLOPLOP t^et9* T19 (Te
{r^TCt diroKTeipai. ;
dneKpiOr)
Irjcrovs Kttt elnep aurots lip epyop inoirjera koi

'
Otnil T Tr. »
riirrur T Tr iiui,;/.
WH iiiarij.
® dAX' T. ^° noXvi T. ^^
tco o;^Xo) T.
rjv Tttpi ax/Tiiv
1'-*
Oiiiil WH T III
sicoiidary midiiig, [fit |
Tr marr/.
^^ dtbwKfv T WH matfj.
17
258 KATA IfiANHN. vii. 22.

^ Stct tovto ^*
heScDKev
ndi^res Oavixd^erc. Mcuvcrrj^
vfxiv ry)u TrepLTOjXTJu,
— ov)( otl e'/c tov Mwucrew?
iarlu dXX' ck tcou narepcou,
— koI iu ^^ cra^^aTM
^ tl
Treptre/xi^eTe dvOpojuou. nepLTOfxrju Xafx/Bdvei
^^ ^^
o dv0pcjTro<5 iu cra/8y8aTa> Iva fir) Xv6r) 6 v6p.o^
Mojuo'ewg, lp.o\ ^oXaTe ort oKov avOpconou vyLjj
^*
i-rroirjcra
eV crayS/SciTw ; /at) Kpiuere kut o^lu, dXXd
SiKaiau
^ ovv
Tr]v Kpiaiv Kpiver^}^ "EXe-yof
'
^^
TLU€^ e/c Tcof lepoao\vix€iT(O P O^X o^^'o^ Icttiv ov
^^
^r]Tov(TLU dnoKTelvai, ; Koi tSe rrapprjaia XaXet kol
ovOeu avT(p Xeyovoriv- p,T] nore dXrfdct)<; eyvoxrav ol

ap^ovTe% OTL ovTO'i eariv o p^picrros ; akka tovtov


otSa/xcf TToOev earriv 6 Se XP^^'^^'^ ^Vai' ep^-qrai
"^
ovSels yif wcTKet irodev e'crrtV. "EKpa^ep ovv iu tco
^^
lepw StSctcTKajv 6 'It/ctoOs Kat Xeycou Kdfxe otSare
/cat otSare nodeu elfxi' /cat aTr' ifxavTOv ovk iXirjXvOa,
aXX' €(TTiu dXr)dLvo<; 6 7re/xi|;a9 /u.e,
oi^
uyxets ou/c otSare*

eycu otoa avrou, otl nap avTOv et/^t /ca/ceti^o? /x€

aTT-ecTTetXet'. Jbi^'^Toui'
GUI' avrou TTiacrai, /cat

ouSets erre/SaXei^ eV avrou rr)u ^elpa, on ovnoi


'
^^
iXr}XvOeL^^ Tj (opa avrov. Rk tov o^Xov §e ttoX-

Xot eina-reva-au ets avrou, Kai eXeyou U ;^/3tcrro9

1^ o
T, davfidCfTf Sea tovto Tr (exf, RV wotr^/.
^^ WH omit in secondary rcadint^.

Omit in secondary reading WH Tr marff.
" Add 6 T.

Kpii;

T, 'Upoa-oXvfJLiTcjv
Tr.
'ifpotToXw/xftTwi'
^*' T.
dne'o'TaXACti'
21
fX77Xi;^ej' Tr ww/y/.
22 lloXXoi fie (niOTfvaav (k tov o^Xov T.
VII. 39. KATA IfiANHN. 259

orau eX6r) fxr)


nXeiova arjiJiela Trotr/'crtt
wu outos inoir}-
(Tiv ;^^ ^"^"WKOvaav ol <t>a/)tcratot
roO o^ov
anecTTeLKav
yoyyvLpvTO^ nepc avTov ravra, /cat ot

/cat ot vTrrjpeTas Lva Trtacrco-


ap^iepei^ <l>aptcratot
(Tti' avTov.
^ etTrei/ ow 6 'lT7croi'9 *Ert XP^^^^ l^^~

Kpov ixe0' vp.oiu eljjil


kol vnaycj 71/309
tou neix^avTa
"^
/cat Kat ottou
/Lte. L,r)Ty}cr€.Te pie o^x ^vpr^creTe /xe,

ou Svi^aaOe i\Oelv. elnou ovu ot


etyutt
5,C>-^
lofoatot
eyoj

77/309
vceafrou9'n'^'f
v/xet?
Hov outo9 fueWei
'\\27
nopev-
'

'^°
eauaL otl rjpeis ov)( evpr]cropeu
avTou ; pi] ei9 7171/

CLaa-TTopav tcji/
'EXXtJvcju peXXet TTopeveaOai
koI oiod-
Tt9 icTTLv 6 Xdyo9 ouro9 ov
'^''
aK^Lu Tovs "EXXT]ua<i ;
ottou
eiTTC Ar)T7](TeT€ pe Kat ovx evprjaere /xe /cat

€t/xt eyw v/xet9 ov Sui'acr^e iXOeu^ ;

^'
'Ez^ 8e TTj iaxoLTT) rjpepa r// peydXy T179 iopTrj<;
L(TTT]K€i^^ 6 '\r)aov<;, kol €Kpa^eu^^ Xeyoju ]^au rt9

oti//a €px€(ruo) 7r/309 /xc Kat irivero}. o nLcrrevwv


et9 e/x€, Ka6oj<; eirreu 17 ypa(f)y], noTapoL e/c
Ti}9 KOtXta?
avTOu pevaovaip voaTo^ L^oiVToS' lovro eiireu oe

nepL Tov TTuevpaTo^ ov^^ e/xeXXot'^* Xap/^dueuu


ol

7rto-TeufTai'Te9 et9 avTOv ovttcj yap rju nfevpa,

^T 7rot«r T.
^''
Omil, ill srcondary rrndiiit^ Tr ?)iarff.
^i"'
viTTji)fTn? aflcr (iTrtfrTftXni/ T. ^o f ),„it T Tr not marff.
^7 28 T.
fitnti nlrm T. ( ,,„j|

20 Omit T Tr not
mar(/.
»<»
darijitft T Tr.
31
cVC'i'T.
«=*
OmitT.
3'^
o Tr w.y;y/. WH marff.
^*
7>fAXoi/ T.
3''
TTIfri-f V'll/Tf V T.
''^
Tr ucl(l''Ayioi' 111
i)riiiiai,y rciidiuf,',
RV marr/. udd^Aytoi/ fitbofUmv.
260 KATA inANHN. Vii. 40.


oTt 'Ir^crovs ovno)^'^ iSo^da-drj. 'Ek tov ox^ov ovi>
aKovaavTes toju koyiov tovtcju ekcyov otl"° Uvto^
" dXXot
icTTiv dk-qOm 6 npo(f)T]Ty]<;' eXeyov Ouros
iaTLV 6 ^^picrTO?-
ol he^^ eXeyov Mrj yap e'/c
T179
*^ *°
TaXtXatas 6 ^picrro^ epx^rai; clneu
ol^ r; ypa(f)r]
"

OTt €K "toO cnrepixaTo% AauetS, Kat "aTTo Bry^Xee/x


*'

TT^S
OTTOV -QU AaU€t8,
KWjJLTJ'i €p\^Tai'' 6 )(/3t,0-T09 /^^
(T\iarfxa
ovu eyevero evo^Aoj ot auroi^. toj rt^^e9
*^
8e yjOeXop i$ avTcou iridcrai avTov, aXX' ouSet? efiakeu
eV avTOv rd^ ^elpa^. '^'"''HXOou ovv ol vttt)-

pirai Trpo'i tovs dp^tepeLS koI <i>api(raiovs,


/cat elirov

avTOt? e/cett'oi Atari ovk -qyayere avTOv ; aire-

Kptdrjcrav ol vinqperat OvSeVore eXdXrjcrev ovtcos


^^
dvOpoiTTo^.'^ direKptOrjaav ovv^^ avrot?*^ ol ^apu-
*^
roif
cratot M17 Kat u/xet? TrenXdurjO-de ; /at; rts e/c

dp)^6uTo)P iTTLO-Tevo-eu et?


avTov 17
e/c twi^ ^apicraioiv ;

aXXa o o^^Xos ouro? o /xt) yt/.'cocr/cwi'


roi^ vopuov evra-
^ iXOow
paroi d(Tiv. Xe'yet Nt/co'Si^/xo? Trpo? avTovq, 6

7rpo9 avTOi^ et9 wi' eg avTOJV


TTpoTepov, M17 o
vopio^ rjiXMV Kpivei tov avOpoiiroi^ iav [xrf aKOvarj irpco-

TOV Trap avTov /cat yi'w rt Trotet aTreKpiU7]crav Kat ;

elirav avT(o Mrj Kat cru eV rrjs FaXtXatas et ; ipav-

^^ ov8fir<o T.
^^ Omit,
T, omit in secondary reading Tr mrtrr/.
WH.
39 n'AAoi T. *°
o^x' T.
^^ 6 T. ^^ T.
xP'fTos f'pxfTai firtfidkfv
43 8ia7i T.
*4 Add 0)5- DITTOS XaXft 6
<iv6puinos T, in primary reading
Tr add <bj

OVTOi 6 I'ivdpWTSOi.
*^ Omit in
secondary reading Tr WH. ^° Omit T.
VIII. 9. KATA IfiANHN. 261

^^
VTjdov /cat tSe ort e/c ttJ§ FaXtXata? 7rpo(f)i]Tr)<;
otiR-

e'yeiy3erat.

[53
Kat 48 eTTopevuTjaav
Tx V 'zl »
eKacTTo^
*> jvT
et<; ror ot/coz^
j'N
avrou,

^
VIII. 'Ii7cro{>? Se iiropevdr) ei? to "Opo? rwt'
^ ^
'EAat&ji/. ^Opdpov Se ttoXlv TrapeyeucTo eh to
lepop, /cat TTa? o Xao ^ r)p^eT O rpo^ avTov, /cat Kad i-
T

cra<? eStSacr/c6v avTOu?.^ ^^Ayovcrti^ 8e ot y/aa/x/xarei?


/cat ot fl^aptcratot 'yv^'a
t/ca iirlpoLveta KaTeikr^fxyie-
*
VTjv,
KoX crTrjcravTe<i avTTjv ev fxeao) Xey oxiaiv avTco
^ ^
ALSdcTKaXe, avTTj r) yvvy] /caret Xi^Trrat Itt
avTO(f)ojpM
^
poL^evoixeuY)' iu Se tco pofico rjplv^ Majuo"r}<f eveTei-
®
Xaro ra? rotavra? Xeyet? ; \i6at^eiv av ovv^ tl
^
TovTo Se ekeyou 7r€Lpd(,oPTe<; avTou, Ipaevcoau^ Karr)-
avTov.^ 6 Se 'It^ctou? /carw Kui/za? toj Sa-
yopelu
'
KTvko) KaT€ypa(l)€P^ eU Tr}u yrju. a>9 Se iirefievov
^
eponaiVTc; avTou,^ dueKvipeu /cat elnep aurot? 'O

(ii>ap.a.pTr)To^ Vjxcov irpcoToq in avrrju f^aXera) kidov^^


* ^^ ^
/cat TTcikLP /caraKUi/za? eypacfieu et? ri^t' yi^*^- ot

^^ tV Ti)s FaXtXatay T.
7r/)of/)ijrr;j
*^ Most of tlic aiKuciit aiitliurities omit JcjIiii vii. 5.S-viii. 1 as do also
1,

all inodf;rii critical editors. The text itseU" varies much in tlic several
documents which contain it. We edit this sectiou according to the texts
of Trci^'clhs, of Wcslcott and llort, and of tlie Revised Version.
^
ri'Kflft'
WH Mi/iy.
^ Omit in
secondaiy readini,' WH.
^
f'ni A^<n)ri(i
yiva'iKa WH manj. "^
tlixov WH marij.
^
So RV, ftXrfnTui WH marff,
®
tnavTo(pd>p(o Tr.
' ti WH f/it/ri/.
^ Ailil TTfpJ avTJjt RV WH niarff.
"
('yjiiifj)fu
WH iiutnj.
"^
Xi'^oi/ in u\>;i\v ^oKtTU) Tl', (V (wtijv Jtoi'] Xt'^oi^ /rJaXtVo) WH marg.
''
KurCD Kl>\/'UV Tr, KUT-iU KU>//llt Tcji
5uiCTI;Xa> WH iiiunj.
RV.
262 KATA lOANHN. viii. 10.

^^
Se aKOvcraPTeq ^^iqp^ovTo ei? KaO" elq ap^dixevoL
ano 70)1^
TTpea^vTepiov,^^ koX KarekeicpOrj /xoi^o?,^* kol ~ '

' ^ ' ' >


10 '
'I ?^ ^ ~i ^ 15
7) yvvYj ev fxecrip
ovora. avaKV\\ia^ oe o ir)aovq
""""""""
T
tLTTep avTT]
•>
'"'
T^
I
'
u/^a^, ttov
'^16 ''17
etcriu ;
' '^^
ouoet? ere /care-
'

Kpivev ; Tj
oe enrev Uwoei?, Kvpie. evnev oe o

'It^o-qi)? Ouoe eyw


KaTaKpipoj' ar€
TTopevov, dno tov
•^18
vvp
/ e / -1

jxiqKeTi ajxapTave.j
^^
UdXiv ovv avTOt? iXak-qcrev 6 ^^ 'lr)(Tov<i \tyo}p
'Eya> elfxt to <f)a)q
tov Koa-p-ov 6 aKoXovOaiU pot^^
ov py} TrepLTTaTTQcrr) iv Tjj CTKOTia, dXX' e^et to (f)(o<;
^^
Trj<i C^y^'s- eliTOP
^PapLaaioL Sv irepl
ovv avTO) ot

creavTov papTvpelf; r) papTvpia (rov ovk



ecniv dXr)-
^*
Otj's. ajreKpiOr) ^lr)(Tov<; kol eTirev avTol<; Kav iyo)
papTvpco TTcpi ipavTov, akrjdrjf; Icttlv tj papTvpia
pov, otoa TTouev ijkoov Kcu TTOV vnayo)
OTL •

v/j,ei?

e OVK oioare ttouev ep^opai i) ttov vnayco. vp^i^


Kara ttjv crapKa KpiveTc, eyoi ov Kptvo) ovoeva. kul
idv Kpivu) he eyo), r) Kpiai^ rj ipr) uXyjOivij earTiv,

oTi povo^ OVK etpL, aKK eyut /cat o 7T€p\jja<^ pe TTCiTrm


Kai €P T(i)
vopo) oe rat vpeTepu) yeypaiTTai on ovo

13
KoBeli Tr.
1^
Add ea)f Tcop ((TxoTcov RV, so in primary reading Tr.
1* Add 6 'l;;o-o£? Tr WH nirnr/. RV.
1^
Add Ka) ^r^htva Bfavdfifvoi irkfjv ttjs yvvaiKos Tr in primary reading
1^
Ti) yvuinKi TTOV WH t>/rnr/.
1'
Add (Kflvoi o'l
KaTr/yopoi aov Tr in primary reading.
1^
(cal Tr. 1^
Omit in secondary reading Tr WH.
20
6>o/ T.
^1
ij /luijTVjHa fxov uKr]6rji icmv Tr mui'ij.
WH marg.
23 Umit T. 23
(j,„jt_ T ^jj -^ secondary reading.
"
ytypafifievov tarlu T.
VTii. 28. KATA If2ANHN. 263

^^
av6p(i}TT(iiV 7) fxapTvpCa oKr^Oiq^ e<JTiv. lydi ei/xt
6 fxapTvpuiu Trepl ep.avTov /cat
fxaprvpel rrepl ifxov 6
nepxfia^ p.e TraTrjp. ekeyov ovv avTO) ilov ecrriv
6 Trarijp aov ;
aTreKpidr) ^Irjaov^; Otire e/xe otSare
oure Tov Trarepa pov el ipe jjSecTe, koL rov Trarepa
pov av rjoeLTe. lavra ra p-qpara ekakrjcrev ev to)

yal,o(f)vXaKL(t) oiSdaKCJU iu T(p lepco



/cat ovSet? iniaareu
avTQv, OTt ovTTOi IkrfKvdei tj copa avTov.
Klrreu ovv ttoKlv aurot? 'Eyw v-rrdyoi /cat tpqTTj-
crere pe, kul ev
apapTia. vpoiv aTTodavexaOe
ttj ottov •

ey(ii VTrayo) u/xet9 ov ovvaaue ektfeiv.


ekeyov ovv
oi 'louSatot Mr^rt aTroKrevei lavrov ort Xeyet "Ottov
ov SvvaaOe ikOelv ^ /cat
eyoj virdyoj vpel<; ;
ekeyev
avTOL<; T^fi9 e/c T&ii^ kolto) icTTe, cyo) ck tcov dvo)

ci/xf vp€L<; 6/c rourov row Koapov ecrre, eycj ovk


*
elpl e/c ToT/ Kocrpov tovtov. etTTOt' out' u/xit' ort
aTroOavclrrOe Iv to1<^ dpapTLaL<; vpcov

idv ydp prj

TrL(TT€vcrr)T€ ort iyo) elpi,^^ diroOavelaOe tv rat? dpap-


Ttat? vpo)v. ekeyov ovv avrat z,v rt? et ; enrev
'
auTots' o iT^crou? 117^' ap^tfv ort /cat AaAoj

}tpLV ; TTokka e^w Tre^t vpotv kakecv kul Kpivctv •

dkk o TTi.p\\ia<^ pe akr]Oij<; iwTLV, Kayot a rjKOvcra Trap'


avTov TfivTa kakoj et? tov Kocrpov. ovk iyvojcrav
ort TOV TTUTepa atirot? ekeyev. eLirev ovv o Irj-

crov<; Otuv vxjfojcrrjTe tov vlov tov dvOpdmiw, rore


^* TOV
KwTfinv TOVTOV T.
^^
('yo) fi'^l
WH mary.
*' Omit In .scc(>iii];iiv
iciuliii^'
Tr WH
28 So RV manj ,
J r. T Tr RV.
9» So RV munj., Ifili-
T Tr WH M,tn/. RV.
"*• Add Tr
Lwi'Totrj mk/i/.
264 KATA I12ANHN. viii. 29.

yi>a)cre(T0e on eyci) el/xL,


kol o-tt'
iixavTov ttolu) ovSev,
dWa /xe 6 Trarrjp ravra XaXoj.
KaOo)^ eStSa^eV
^^
/cat

6 Treixxfja^ jxe jxer efxov icTTiv ovk d(f)yJK€i> /xe jxovov,


"^'
OTL iyco rd dpeard avTut ttolcj TrdvTOTC. Taura avTov
^^
XaXovPTo<i TToWol iiricTTevaav eiq avTov. '£\e-

yev ovv 6 'It^ctou? tt^o? tov<; Trema-TevKOTas avT(o


'louSatOK? 'Eaj/ v/xet? fxelviqTe ev rat \6yai rw ifxco,
^^
dXrj0(oq fxaOr^rai jxov icrre, kol ypcocrecrde tyju dXtj-
Oeiav, /cat
^
7) dXyjOeca iXevdepaxrei vfxd<;. dneKpi-
Orjcrav 7rpo<; avTov Sirepfia 'A/3paa/x iafxev /cat ovhevl

Xeyet? ort

oeoovXevKafieu vrajTrore ttco^ crv 'EXev-


^ "^^
OepoL yevTjcrecrOe
direKpidiq ;
'It^ctov? aurot? 6

Xeyo) vplv ort Tra? 6 ttolcop r-qv djxapTLau


AfjLTju afirju

SovXoq iaTLv Trj<; d/xaprtag "^^ ^'^6 Se SouXo? ou /xeVet •

eV TrJ
oi/cta et<> ro// alcjva' 6 vto? /xeVet et? roi^ alaipa.
eaz^ oui^ o vto? vjita? optoj^
eXevuepojcrr), eXevuepoi
^'
eaecrOe. otSa ort
airepp-a ^A^padp. iare' dXXd
^r)TeLTe pe diroKTelvaL, otl 6 Xoyo? 6 e/xo? ov Ywoet
ef K/xt/^.
a eyo) ecupuKa rrapa tco Trarpt XaXco

/cat u/xet9 oui^ a i^/covcrare irapd rov 7raTpo<; rrotetre.


aTTeKpiuiqcrav /cat enrav avToj O Trarrjp rjpcov
"^^
'Xfipadp iaTLv. Xeyei avrolq 6 'Ii^crov? Ei reKva
Tov \\^padp iare, rd epya rov \\l3padp TroLeLTe-^"^

vuu oe LjjTeiTe pe aTroKTetpat, avupoiTTov o? Tr]v aXxj-


Oeiav vpw XeXdXrjKa rju yJKOvaa irapd tov 6eov' tovto
"^^

\fipadp OVK iiTOLTja-ep. u/xet? Troieire ra epya tov

^° Omit in secondary readinc- TrWH.


^^ Omit in secondary readint;- WH. ^2
^'^^ ^ -pj.
y;;^^;.y_
S3 So RV mtr^., enouiTf T Tr WH Mur^.
VIII. 52. KATA mANHN. 265

Trarpos vixcop. eLvav^'^ aural 'Hyu.et? e/c


Tropueiaq ovk
*^
iyepvrjdrjfjiev'^^ eua irarepa i^^ofxeu tov Oeov. elireu

aurofs o Ir^fTou? bjL o c/eo? Trarrjp vfxcjv rjp rfyairaTe

at* e/xe, eyw ya/> f'<^ tou ueov egrjKtfop kul yjKco- ovoe

yoLp o-tt'
ifjiavTov iktjkvOa, aXX' e/cett'd? /xe aTrecrreiXei'.

Ota Tt rr^i^
AaAtav tt]!' e/xi^i'
ou yivojcTKeTe ; otl
ov hvvacrOe aKoveiv rov \6yov tou epov. ^
vpelq e/c
TOV TTaTpO<i TOV Sia/36XoV €(TT€ KoL TttS kTTi9vpia<i TOV

TTarpoq vpcop Oe\eTe iroieiv. e/ceti^o? av0p(oTroKT6uo<;


i)v air ap^i^9, Kat ev ttj aArjueLa ovk earrjKep,
'
on
OVK ecTTLV dkrjOeta ev avToi. orai' XaXi^ to i/zeuSo?,
eK Tcop lSlcop XaXet, otl ij/evcrTYj^;
ecTTLP kol 6 7raTr]p
*"
avTOv. eyo) 8e otl ttjp akrjOeLap Xeyo), ov ULaTeveTe
**'

poL. Tt? €^ vpwp eX€y)(€L pe Trepl a/xapria? ; et

aXijdeLap Xeycu, Sta tl^^


vpel^ poL ; ov -maTeveTe
*'
6 oiP e/c TOV Oeov prjpaTa tov Oeov d/couet* Sta
to.

TOVTo vpeZ<i OVK OLKOveTe OTL Ik tov Oeov ovk ecrTe.


^^
aTTeKpiO-qcrap ol 'louSatot /cat el-rrap avTOi Ov /caXa>9

Keyopep ripeL<i otl ia/xapetr?^? et cru /cat oaLpoPLOP


'*'*

e^et? ;
aTreKpiOrj ^\y](TOvq 'Eyoj Sat/xoVtoi/ ou/c e^w,
aXXa Tt/xw TOt' TTUTepa pov, kol u/xetq aTtpaljeTe pe.

kyo) oe ov ecTTLP 6 QrjTWP /car


t;qT(7) ttjp oo^rxp pov


^'

KpipoiP. \\pr)P dprjP Xcyo) vptv, lap tl<^ top epop

Xoyop Trfprjrrr],
OdpaTOP ov prj Oeo)py](Tr) et? top auopa.
eiTTap avTO) ol louoatot Nvp eyPMKapep otl Oat-

poPLop CY€t9. \\/^padp aneOapep kol ol irpocjjrJTaL,

^'^
urin- Tr. 36 „^
yfyfvvi^ftffia
T WH miirfj.
3"
;^.n7-,' T. 3' So RVoi'»c itjTrjKfv T Tr RV w^r^.
^^ 30 ,;^„^ Tr.
2(i,u,,,lTr){ T.
266 KATA IfiANHN. viii. 53.

Kttt crt»
Xeyet9 Edu Tt9 tou Xoyov fxav TTjpTJay), ov
^^
/MT) yevcriQTaL Oaudrov et<? tou aicui/a* /X17 (tv fiei^cDu

el Tov TTarpog rjixaiu 'A^padfi, ocrrt? aTridavev ; kol


ol 7rpo(f)rJTaL aTridavov riua creavTov ttolel^ ; ^^ dne-

Kpidiq ^liqcTOv^ 'Eai^ eyoj So^cccrw efjcavrop, rj So^a


fiov ovSev ecTTLV ecTTiv 6 TTariqp pov 6 So^di,(t)p pe,
OV vp^ecs Keyere otl tfcoq vpoiv^^ earcu, kul ovk

kyvciiKare avTov, eyot Se oiSa avTov kolv eiTTO) otl


ovk olSa avTov, earopai opoLO<i vplp^^ xljev(rTr)<; dWd •

^^
olSa avTov koI tov \6yov avTOv Tiqpo). 'A/Spadp
o TTaTTQp vpcDV rfyaKKiacTaTo it'a 1617 tyjv yjpepau ttqv

epirjv, /cat etoev /cat e-^ap-q. enrav ovv 01 lovoatoi

TTyao? avTov nevTiJKOvTa eTrj oviro) e)(€L^ kol ^A/Spadp,

eo)paKa<; ; enrev avrots li^crovs Ap^rjv aprjv keyo)


u/Ati^, 7^pl^' Appaap yeveauai tyco ei/xi. iqpav ovv
XlOovs Lva l3d\a)(TLv en avTOv 'lr)(T0v<s Se iKpvfiy)
Kol e^rjXOev Ik tov lepov.'^^

^
IX. Kai irapdyoiv ei^ev dvOpoiiTov TvcfiXov Ik yeve-
^
TrJ?. KOL rjponiqaav avTov ol pa07)Tal avTOv XeyovTe^i
^
*Pa/3/3et, Tt9 rjpapTev, ovto^; ^ ot yot'etg auroi), tVa
^
TV(f)Xoq yei^vr)6y ;
aTTeKpWr) "it^crovf; OvTe o5ro5
rjpapTev ovTe ol yovet^ avTov, dXX iva (ftavepcoOrj
ra e^ya tov oeov ev avTio. r)paq oet
epyaC,eauai.

*o So Tr Mar//., TjfiStv
T Tr WH marff.
^^
{./xwi/
T Tr mar/ji.
^^
f('S_77
T. ''^
(w/ja/cff Tr mftr/jf., taipaKev at WH w.'T/-/;.

^^ RV mnrg. adds »cai SuX^w;' Sta neaov avTotv tnoptiifTO, koi Tiaprjyfp

OVTOtS.
^
^
'Pa/3/3i Tr. «>« Tr mart/.
IX. 15. KATA IfiANHN. 267

iaTtf epx^"
TO.
epya tov Tre/xi/zat'To? jxe^ ewq* r^fMepa
"
rat pv^ ore owSetq Swarat epydt^ea-Qai. orau iv
^
Tcu Kocriicii Si, (f)co<; et/xt tov Kocrfiov. ravra enroiv

iuTvaeu koL iiroLrjaeu TrrjXou eK tov TTTv<TfiaTo<;,


^^afxal
Koi irriOrjKev^ avTov^^ tov tttjXou enl Toix; o^^aX/xou?,
^
Koi eiirev avTio 'Tnaye vixjjaL et? Trju KoXvfji/BrjOpav
TOV StXoidfi (o IpfjirjveveTaL ^ATTecrTakfxevo^). oLTrrjXOeu
^
ovv Kol kvi\\iaTo, KoX TjXdev /^Xenoiu. Ot ovu

y€iTOU€<; /cat ot 6eajpovi'T€<;


avTou to irpoTepov ort
7rpo<TaLTr]<; ^v eXeyov Ovx owrds ecttlv 6 KaOijiiepoq
^
/cat TTpocraiTUiv ; dXXoi eXeyov ort 05ro9 icrTLv
"
dXXoL eXeyop Ov^t. aXXa "^

o/xoto«? avT(o ecrrtV.

EKeipoq eXeyep ort Eyoj et/xt. eXeyop ovp avTio


llwq (wp^ r)P€(i))(^0r)(rdp
(TOV ol 6(l>9aXp.ol ;
dTrfKptdr)
eKelpo<; 'O 6 Xeyo/xei/o? ^\r)aov^ jrrjXop
dp0p(i)Tro<;

enoLrj(T€P /cat kTre^piarlp p-ov Tov<i 6(f)0aXpov<; /cat elirep

/xot ort eiq roi^ StXo>a/x /cat



diTeXOoiP
'Tnaye pixfjat
"
OVP /cat PL\\iapevo^ auepXexfja. Kai enrap avTO)

ilov ecTTLP e/cetj^oq ;


Xeyet Uvk otoa. Ayou-
o-tj^ avTop Trpoq tov<; <l>apto-atou<?
rw TTore TV(f)Xop.
" top TrrjXop enoLrjcrep
i^t'
Se ad^ftrxTOP Ip fj r)pfp(i.
'

o '\r)fTOv<; /cat dpeco^cp avTov tov^; 6(jj0aXpov<;. ira-

Xlp out' avTop /cat ot <I>aptcraiot vtof; ape-


TjpioTdiP

/iXe\fjep. 6 Se etTrei^ awrots llrjXop eneOrjKep pov

^
fffias T. '^
oii Tr mn/i/. WH mar//.
» So Tr /«^/r/7., f'n€xpi<r(v
T Tr WH wj^r^jr.
'^"
[airroOJ Tr raar^.
8 ' Tr
Add fit oTi Tr OTffr^.
dXX' (not wjary.).
" Oiiill Tr WH in scrondjiiv ifading.
^^ Tr
» Omit T Tr in socondary reading. Add [ojcj OTarjr.
268 KATA IfiANHN. ix. 16.

^*'
TOV9 o^OakyiOV^, /cat epLxjjdfirjp,
€7rt /cat ^kenoi. eXe~

yov Qvv c/c roH^ ^apicraiiov rti^e? Ovk ecrriv ovto^


napa Oeov 6 duOpo) 7ro<;,^^ on to croi/BfiaToi^ ov rrjpei.
^^
dXkoi 8e eXcyop 11 w? Su^'aTat dv6po)Tro<i dfxapTOj-
Ao9 Totaura cyrjp^eia TToieiv ; /cat
cr^icrixa -qv iv avrot?.
^' ^^
keyovcriv ovv rco TV(f)kco irdkiv Tt crv Xeyet? irepX
avrov, ort rjpecogev aov tov<; o(ptfak[xov<; ; o oe et-
TTev oTt U po(f)iJTr)'; ecrrtV.
^^
Ou/c kiricTTevcrav ovv ol
'louSatot irepX avrov ort -^p tu(^Xo?"^* /cat dpe^kexpep,
ecu? OTOv i(f)(itvr)(rap tov<; yoj/et? avroi) tov dpa/Bke-
^^
^//a^'To? Kat rjpoiTTjaap avTov^ keyopre^ Ourd? ccttlp
o vto9 vjxwp, OP v/ACt? keyere ort tv(^Xo? iyepprjOrj ;
TTw? ODt* pKeiret apn ; aTreKpiu-qcrav ovp ot yot'et?

avToG /cat elnap Oioafxep ort ovrd? icmp 6 vto?


' ^^
r^fJiOip
/cat ort TV(f)ko<; iyepprjOrj ttox; 8e i^C/^
/SXe-
Tret ov/c oiSafjiep, 77 Tt<? rjpoi^ep avrov rov<; 6(f>0akjjiov<;
ovk ouSajxep
rjjieif;
'
avrov ipcoryjcrare, rjkiKiap e^ec,
5\ \t -^16
avro9 Trept eavrov
XX' 22'^
ravra
"y
enrav
17'
ot
«

kaKrja-et.

yovei^ avrov on i(f)o/3ovpro rovq 'louSatou?, yjSr] ydp


cTvp€reP<:Lpro ol avrop ofioko-
'lovSatot tVa idp rt?
^^
yy](Tyj Xptcrrop, aTrocrvpdyojyof; yeprjrai. 8ta rovro
ot yot'ct? avrov elirap on HXt/ctat" e^et, avrov ine-
^*
poirrjcrare.^^ 'Kcficopyjcrav ovp rov dvOpconov Ik hev-

ripov 09 rjp rvfpko^ /cat elvrap avrco A09 Sd^'at' rco

^^
OJtos o uv0pa>Troi niiK (<ttiv napa 6eov Tr marg.
^^
Omit T Tr WH in secondary reading, but [Se] Tr marg.
J^2
o-i T( T Tr marg.
^^
^yot^/i- T.
^* Tr ^^
Tv^Xoy ^1/ »?rtr7. Omit Tr.

ahroi Tr »/r//Y/.
^'
617701/ T Tr.

€pa>TijaaTf Tr WH war^.
IX. 35. KATA inANHN. 269

^'^
Tw\6<i icTTLu. dneKpCdr) ovv iKtCi/os Kt dfJLapT(i)X6<i
icTTLU ovK olSa' eV olSa otl TV(f)Xos mv^^ dpri /SXeVcK.

€LTrai> ovv avTco It eTroirjcrcv crot ; ttms rjuotgeu


'^^
aov T0U9 6(f)dakfJiov<; FjIttov vpuu
;
dTT€Kpi0r] avTol<;
tJSt) Kal OVK rjKovaaTe' tl^^ TrdXiv OeXere dKovetv ;

p,rj
Kal v^tt9 OeXere avTov fxa07]Tal yeveaSai ; ^^ /cat ^^

ikoLOoprjcrap avTov koI etTrat'^* ^v p.a0r]Tr)f; et e/cet-


'^^
vov, rfp^els 8e rov Mwucreicos iorp^kv fJLaOrjTaC' r}[xeL<i

otSafMeu OTL Mojucret XeXdX-qKeu 6 0e6<i, tovtov he ovk


^^
OLoapL^v TTodev idTLv.dneKpLOr) 6 dv0pa)7ro<; kol
elnev aurotg Eu tovto) yap to OavpacTou IdTLv otl
v/x€ts OVK otSare ttoOcu Icttlv, koX rjuoL^ev pov Tov<i
"^
ofpOaXpov^;. olSapeu otl 6 Oeoq dpapTcoXojv^^ ovk
aKovEL, aXX' idu rt? deodej^r)^ t)
Kal to OeXrjpa avTov

TTOLTf TOVTOV aKOV€L. CAC TOV tttWI/O? OVK ifKOVCUiq


OTL -qviw^ev'^^ tl<; 6(f)9aXpov<; tv(})Xov yeyevui]p4vov'
et
p-)q Tju ovTO<; napa tfeov, ovk ijOvvaTo ttolelv ovoev.

aiTf.KpLUr](Tav /cat eLirau avTO) Ev apapTLaL<; av


iyeppr]Or]<; o\o?, Kat av 8tSacr/ctt? 17 /xa? ; Kat e'^e-

ftaXov avTou e^cj. "^"UKovaeu 'It^ctoi)?^^ otl


''"
cgcpaAof avTou ego), Kat evpcov avTou enrcv ii>

^^
6 iivSptoTT'ii ovToi T Tr (iiol iiuiri/.)
2° Tr 21
7/:tr;i/
k^hI
wr//y/. ^JJ [ttuAii']
Tr y//tf/y,
22 Alld
0^1/ WH W,//Y/.
28 Oinit, T ;
olbi Tr but *cai [Tr ///rtry.].
34 ,7,
flTTOV Tr. 26
(ipipTwXwj/ 6 Otoi T.
2" T.
^Vn^«V
2' o Tr in
'lr;f7(M'v ]»iiiiiary nailing'.
2^ Aild ui/Tw Tr ill
jiriiiiaiy rtadiiij^
270 KATA I12ANHN. ix. 36.

"
TOP VLOV Tov'^'/3' 29 36'
' ' •>
'Q
TTLCTTeveLS CIS apupconov ;
aneKpLUi]
eKeiPO<; Kai enrep Kai rt5 ecmp,^ Kvpie, Lpa iri-
^'
ar^vacj els avTOP ; elnep avrio 6 'Ir^crou? Kat
icopaKa<;^^ avTOP Kat 6 XaXwp jxera crov iKelpos iarip.
^6 8e €(^17 ntcrreuoj, Kvptf kol npoaeKVPiqa-ep avTw.
^^
KoX elnep 6 ^Irjcrovs Ets Kpifxa eyo) els top k6-

(TfJiOP TOVTOP
rjkOop, fJLT) /SXenopTes (BXenojcnp Lpa ol
^^
Kol ol (SXe-jTOPTes TV(f)Xol yepoiPTai. WKOvaap eK
TO)p ^apiaaioiv toajtol 01 fxeT avTOv oPTes, Kat
emap avTO) Mr] Kat rjjxeLS TvcpKoi ecrjxep ; emep
avTOLs o irjcrovs tiL
TVfpKoi iqTe, ovk up et^ere
' '
pvp he XeyeTe otl
ajxapTiap
' '^
'36
Bkenofjiep afxapTta
.^^—
7} .^.—— —
vjxoip fxepei.

X. 'AfjiTjp dfXTfP Xeyo) vplp, 6 fjcr) elcrep^ojxepos


Sta Trjs Ovpas els ttjp avXrjp tcop irpo/BaTcop dXXa
dpaj^aipuiP dXXa\69ev eKeipos KXenTTjs ecrTlp kol
^
XrjaTTJs elaep^op^epos Sta ttjs Ovpas ttolixtJp
6 Se
^
eoTTLP tcop TTpo^aToiP. TOVTW 6 6vpo)pos dpolyeL,
KOL ret 7rpo/3ara Trjs (^(uprjs avTov d-Kovet, Kat tol tSta
*
TTp6(3aTa (fiojpel Kar' opofxa Kat e^dyei avrd. orap^
TO. t8ta irdpTa eK^dXy, efXTrpocrOep avTcop Tro/jeuerat,

29
()fov Tr RV (not mar//.).
^° 60 T ;
omit koI emei* Tr iiiar^. WH secoudary reading; omit WH
^^ Add ((f)r}
Tr mar//. WH marff.
^^
foapuKas Tr.
33 Omit T. 3* flnop Tr.
3^ Otr)it ill secondary rcadint,' WH.
3^ al Tr
ifiapriai vp-wv p.€vovaiv marg.
^
[»cat] orav Tr marg.
X. 16. KATA IfiANTIN. 271

/cat TO.
Trpo/SaTa avroj aKoXovOel, on otbacriu TTfv
' ^
(j)0)vrjv avToi) dWoTpLco 8e ov
jxr) aKoXovByjcrovcrLu
aWa (f)ev^ouTaL an avTov, otl ovk otSacTL twu dXXo-
^
TpuDV TTju (fiojvTJi'. TavTr)v Trjv napoifJLLap elnev
auTOt? 6 'iT^croO? IkcIvoi 8e ovk eyvcoarav Tiva yjv^
d eXaXet aurot?. '

Wnrev ovv ttoKij^^ o* 'Ii^crovg


^
A/L1171' dfjiiju Xeyw vjxlv, iyw eljXL 17 6vpa twu npo-
^
/BaToju. TTavTe'i ocroL -qkOov npo ifxav^ KXeVrat elalv
Kat \rj(TTaL' dXX' ovk yJKOvaau avTiov tol Trpo^ara.

iy(o eljXL rj 0vpa' 8t' ifxov idv rt? eltrekOy (tojOtJ-


crerat Kat etcreXeucrerat /cat e^eXeucrerat Kat poixi]u

avpr)cr€L. o KKenTT)*; ovk ep^erat et


fjcrj
Lfa KAei/zTy
Kat Ovcrrf Kat dTToXecrj)' iyw rjXdov Iva (.corju €)(o}-
aiv KoX irepicrcrov e^wcrt//. 'Eycu et/xt 6 ttolixtju
o KaXo9 6 TroLfXTju 6 KaXo9 tt)i^ xlfv)(rfv
avTov tl-

OrjCTLU vnep toju Trpo/Bdroju' ^^6 fXLcrOoiTo^i'^ Kat ovk


(Dv TTOLfJiTJu, OV OVK icTTiu TO. 7r/5o/3ara tSta, Oecopel
Tou XvKou lp^6p.cvov Kat d(j)ir](jLP rd irpo^ara koX
ffiCvycL,
— Kat dpTrd^et avrd Kat (TKopvL^CL,
6 XvKo<i
^

— OTL p.Krdono'; icmu Kat ov juteXei avra» Trepl twv

TTpo^drow. iy(ii eifXL 6 ttoi/xt)!/


6 KaXds. Kat yLvut-
^^
(TKu) TO, lp.d Kill
yivoHTKoviri^ jxe Ta ifid, KaOojq

yiv(ji(TK(.i fxe o TTaTrjp KdyM yivctnTKCi)


tov naTepa, Kat
*''

TTjU XpV)(TJl/ fJiOV TlOiqfU Virlp TO)U TTpo^dTOiU. Kat

2 Tr 8
V Oiiiil, T, TrciAn; avrvli Tr.
"*
Oriiil ill
secondary reading WH. ^ on tyu>
T.
« Omit. T
' Add di Tr ill Tr
|iriinarv n^iidinj;, liiif ffif ] /KfrflujTov mary.
^ Add Tr
[t("j npojinra. o fit
fii(T0u>rui (ptvyn] i/iitrf/.
^ Tr
yivwiTKovniv
272 KATA lOANHN. x. 17.

aXXa Trp6/3aTa e^w ct ovk eariv e/c T179 avXrjs ravxT/?


*

KOLKelva 0€L fxe ayayelu, Kai rrjq (ftojvrjf; jxov olkov-


"
(Tovcriv, KoX yevrjorovT ai^^ jxia TToiixvy), ets iroLfJLTJp.^^
^'
Sea TOVTO jxe 6 iraTrfp dyava ort iyo) TidrjfXL rrju
^^ ^^
\Ijv)(7Ju jxov, Iva TTokiv Kd/Boi avTiqv. ouSet? rjpev

avTrju an ip-ov, dX\ eyto TiOrjjxi avTTjv a,7r'


ifxavrov.
i^ovaiau e;^w delvai avT7]u, Kal i^ovcrCau e^w irdXiv

XajSelu avTiju' TavTr)u ttjv ivToXrju eXa/Bou vapd tov


^^
TTttT/ads jLtou. Sxicrixa Trdkiv lyev^TO Iv rol^
^'^
'louSaiot? 8itt Tov<^ \6yov% tovtovs- eXeyov 8e^^
TToXXol i^ avToJu AaLfjiovLou ej(€t
Kal jaatVeraf tl
^^
avTov d/covere ; dXXot eXeyov Tavra ret prjpiaTa
OVK ecTTLu oaip.ovit,opi€vov
'

p.rf oaifJioi'Loi/ ovparaL tu-


(fiXoJu 0(l)6 aXp^ovs dvol^ai ;

22 't7i
'
'13 ^"^
ra
^
14 > ' ' ^ 15 16 »T
hiyeveTO Tore evKatvia €v tois lepo-
^ Kal irepieTraTei 6^^ ^liqcrov^
croXvfxoL'i' ^etju-wf '^p,

ev TO) i^poi ev ttj crroa tov ZiOkop.o)vo<^. eKVKKoi-


aav^^ ouu avTov ol 'louSacot Kal eXeyou avT(o Ecu^
TTore TTju xjjvx'^u rjfxcou atpet? ; et cri) et 6 ^picTTo^,
'
617701^^°" Ty/xtt' TTappiqana. aTreKpior) avrot?^*' o

epya a iyoj
*

'irjaovs ^Inop vplv koI ov 7rtcrrev€T€ to,

TTOiC) iv Tw 6v6p.aTi TOV Trar/jo? fxov ravra fxapTvpeZ

^^ T.
"yfi'r/crfrai
" So RV nH/rff.,
T Tr RV WH marr/.
aipfi
^^ oiv T.
13 So Tr ?//r//V7. RV munj., Se T Tr RV. 1*
ey- ^r.
15 Omit T. i«
'lep- T Tr.
1' Tr WH omit in secondary reading.
1^ eKvK\evaav Tr ?/i«r^.
WH ///«ry.
18a ,,Ve Tr.
X 37. KATA lOANHN. 273

nepl cfxov
" ^^
dWa Ujitets ov TncTTeveTe, on ovk ^^ eVre
' " n ' "^ ' '^
20 27 ^ '
J
I
^
e/c Tuiv niJopaToju tojv efjiMu- ra Trpopara ra
e/xa ri^s (jjiovrj'^ {xov aKovovaiv, Kayoj yivcLXiKoj avra,
^^
Koi u.KoXovSovariv /xot, /cdyw StSw/utt avroi? t,(t)r^v
atoji^toi^, Kai ou /xt^
aiToKoiVTai ets Tot' aLcoua, Kai
""^

ov^ dpTToicreL rt? aura eV r^s ^eipos fxov. 6 TraTijp

/xov o oeocoKep jxol TravTojv fxeLL^ov ecmv, Kai


ouoet? ovvo.rai apTraL^^iv eK 7179 )(eLpo<^ tov Trarpo?.
30 ^' ' \ / '^
31 't:' O ' 25 ^
irakiv
5

eyco Kttt o TraTTjp ev eap.ev. bj^aaTacrap


'^"
Xidov^ ot 'lov3atot tVa XiOdcroidiv avTov. dTreKpiOr)
avTols 6 'irjcrov'; noXXa ipya eSet^a u/t>ttj/
fcaXa
efc TOW iTaTpo<; '

ota ttolou avrcov epyov ejtxe


Kioa-
^ Kakov
^exe ,
dneKpiOyjaau amco ol 'lovSaiot Ilepl

cpyov ov \iddQopi4v ere dXXd nepl (3kaa(f)r)p.La<^, Kai


oTt (TV avupojTTOs ow TTotet? creavTov tfeou. aTre/c/atr/T/

avTOi<; o \r)aov<; Ovk ccttlu yeypafxpeuov eu vopo) t(o

vfxoju oTi Eyw etTra Weot eo'TC ; ei eKecuov? enreu


U(Lov<^ -npo^ ou? o A.oyo9 row ueov eyeuero Kai ov ,

vvaTai kvuy]uai rj ypa<py), ou o iraTyjp rjyiacrep Kai


aTreVretXei/ et? top KoafJiOP vpei^ Keyere on BXacrc/jr;-
Tto? tou
'

/xei9i OTt eiTTov c7eou eifxi ; ei ov ttoioj

^' ou Tr
yri/) mirrq.
^^ Add 1
K(td(t)<i (iTTou viilu] Tr wr//;-/.
^'
f<ijr)«'
aloivioi- fiidwui riuToiv Tr iihirij.
22 2s WH ///^//v/. RV (not W(//v/ ),
2'
fi(i(<i)v uTJiv WH marfj.
2''
Tr iidds /loi/ iti
piiiiiary reading.
^^ Tr adds oZv in pritjiary rcadiiip.
^^ >caXa
tftya (bfi^ti ii/«j) Tr e/jya K«Xa tdfi^n vfxiv
T WH marij.
20 Tj. WH
Diiiil, ill .sccoiiclarv
rcadiii;^.

IH
274 KATA inANHN. X. 38.

Ta
\V '^ / •
// 38'
epya tov narpo^ [xov, fxrj Trtcrrevere fxoL et

oe TTOiCJ, Kau e/txoi fxr] -ma-TevTjTe tols epyoi^ in~

(jTevere, tVa ypwra Kat yti/wcTKi^re ort cV e'^aoi


o TTaTrjp

Kayo) €u T(o TTarpi. hiLprirovv ovv avTou tto^Klv

TTidcraf Kal i^rjkOeu e/c Trj<; ^etpog avTwu.


*^
Kat dnrjkdeu irakiv iripav tov lophdvov et? tou
' '' "J- »T ' 30 '^
/^ 'y "^ '^

TOTTOV OTTOV "qV XOiaVT)'; TO irpOiTOV paTTTLL.OJP, Kat

efxtvev e/cet. Kat iroKKoi yjkuov irpos avTov Kat

eKeyov ort Jojat'rys /w,ei^ (rrjixetov eTTOirjaev ovoep,


TTavTa 0€ oaa enrev iMaur)<;^ irepL tovtov aKrjtfTj 'qv.
*^
Kat TToXXot i7TL<JTevcrau ets avTou eKct.

^
XI. 'Hi^ 8e Tt9 daOevwv, Ad^apos dno Br/^afta? eK
T^? K(oix7j<i MapCa^^ Kal Mdp0a^ T179 dhe\(f)T]<i avTrj<i.
^
rju Ma/3ta/x^ r) dXeLxftacra tov Kvpiov fxvpo) Kat
8e

eKjxd^aaa tov? TrdSa? aurov rats: Opi^lp avTrj';, 17? 6


^
a.8eX(^o? Aa^a/305 rjcrOevet. direaTeikav ovv at dSeX-

<^at 7r/305 avrov Xeyovcrat Kvpte, tSe 01/


(^tXet? daOe-
*
vel. aKOvcras 8e 6 'It^ctous etTrei/
Auri^ rj
dcrOeveLa
ovK icTTtv 7rpo<? SdvaTov dXX' virep T179 80^179 tov Oeov
Lva oogaaurj o vlos tov oeov ot avTr}<;. rjyaiTa oe o
'li7crov9 TT^t* Mdp0av Kal ttjv dSeX<pr)v avr^9 Kat rof
^
Kdl^apov. tu9 oui/ rjKovcxev ort dcrOevel, t6t€ fxev
^
ifieLvev iv w T^f tottm hvo rjfxepa^
'
eTreira /xerd
TovTo Xeyet rots fxadrjTals "Ayaifxev eis T171/ 'lovSatai^

28 TTKrTe^frf T.
2^ Omit TraXei/ T, noKw avrov Tr, [TraXii;] avroi/
WH marr/.
^'^
'loidvinji T. 31 So Tr OTff/-^., f/iftffj/
T Tr WH marff.
1 ^
Tjjs Mapias T. Mapia T.
XI. 20. KATA mANHN. 275

^ ^
TrdKiv. \4yov(Tiv avTw ol ixaOrjTai 'Pa^/8et, vvv

iCjJTovu ae XiOdaai ol 'louOatot, /cat irdKiv virdyei^


"
e'/cet ;dntKpCdri 'It^ctov? O^X^ SaiScKa (hpaC elcnv tt]S
rjfjiepa';;
idu Tiq TrepLTraTrj iv rrj Tjjxepa, ov irpocTKonTeL,
ort TO (pw9 Tov KocTfxov TovTov pAeTTet eav oe rt?
TTepLTrarrj iv rjj vvktl, npocTKOTTTei,, otl to (f)a><s
ovk
^^
eaTLU iv auroJ. raura elnev, /cat /xera tovto Xe'yet av-
rots Aa^a/309 6 (^tXo9 r^xoiv KeKOLfxrjTaL, dXXd nopev-
^^
ofjLai ii^a i^vTTvCcro} avTOv. elirav'^ ovu ol fxadrjToi
^^
avTM^ Kvpue, el KeKOLjxrjTaL aroiOrjcreTai. elp-rJKeL
8e 6 'It7O"o0s Trepl tov davdTov avTOv. iKelvoL 8e

eSo^av OTL TTipl Trjs KOLjXTJaeojs tov vttvov Xeyet.


^*
Tore ovv elnev avTols 6
napprjcrLa
'Irycrou? Aa^a-
*^
/50S dniOavev, Kal ^atpoj 8t' vp.d';, iva TnaTevcrrjTe,
OTt ouK 7)ixr)v €K€t aAAtt ayojixev npo^ avTOv. enrev
^
ovv S(i)p,d<? 6 Xey6fievo<; AiSv/xos T0I9 crvvjxa8riTaL<i

Aywfxev koi 7]ixel<;


Iva dnoddvcjfJLev p.€T avTov.
VjKuojv '
ovv o Irjaov^ evpev avTov T€<raapa<;
17617 rjixepa<; €)(ovTa ev toj ixvyjixeuo. rjv oe ^"
^^
]lr)0avCa iyyv<; toji'
'lepoo'oXv/MO)^' ojs ciTro (jTahioiV
^^
Se/caTreVre. ttoXXoi 8e ck twi/ 'louOatwj/ i\rj\v8ei-
aav jrpof; Tr)v^^ MdpOav Kai MapLUfx tva napapv-
^
BTJdcjvTaL avTtt? TTtpl TOV d8eXf/)Ov. rj
ovv MdpOa

cJs yJKovatv otl 'Irycrou? €p)(^eTaL VTnjvTrjaev avTio

»
Pfi3/9/ Tr. "*
(Innu T Tr.
* « Tr,
nvra ol /ia^r;Ta.' T. avfi-
' ^ Kai Tr
^HX^f:/ Tr man/. tvi)tt> marff.
» Tr i" Add Tr.
Omit ^fir; T, r/^€>«r 71^7 ;/w/-//. »}

" T Tr. " Tay T.


'I«^ Trf//.
276 KATA mANHN. xr. 21.

^^
MapLafx^^ 8e iu tw olkw CKa^e^ero. elneu ovu -q

et a>8e ov/c at'


MdpOa TTOo?-"^* 'Irjaovif Kvpte/^ 7^5

a-rriOavev^^ aSeXc^d? jutou" ^^Kal^'^ wt' oiSa ort


6
^
trot 6 ^ed?.
ocra ai' aiTTJcry rov Oeov Scoaret Aeyet
^
avTT^ 6 'It^ctovs 'Aj'tta'Tifcrerat 6 dSeXr^ds crou. Xeyet
auTw 17 Mdpda Ol8a drt duaaTyjcreTai iu rrj dva-
^^
(TTacreL iv t-q ia^aTri rjixepa. elTrep avrfj 6 'lr](rov<;
'

'Eycu eljXL -q
dvaoTTacn^ Koi 17 t^wrj 6 TncTTevcuv et?

Koti'
^ Kal ttcis 6 koL ttl-
e/xe aTToOavrj ^TJaeraL, i,(t)u

(TTeviou et? ifxe ov fxr) dnodavr] ets tou alojva' TrtcTTevet?


^'
rouro ;
Xeyec avTw Nat, Kvpie
"

e'yoj
TreTTtcrreuKa

ort cru et 6 ^/atcrros 6 utd? rou ^eov 6 et? rot' Kocrfxov

ep^oixepo<;. /cat rouro enrovcra a7Tr]Ku€v Kat e^co-


^^
PTjorev Maptctjut ri^f dSe\(f)rji> avTrj<; \dOpa eiTracra^^
^^
*0 8t8ao"KaXos TvdpedTiv koX (ficjpel ae. iKeiuj] 8e^®
o>s rjKovaev iyyepuy) ra^v /cat r^p^ero Trpo<; avToV
^ ovTTOi 8e e\y)\v0ei 6 et? dXX'
'ir^croCg ^71^ Kwfjirjv,

771^
eri^° cV Tw TOTTO) OTTOV virrjvTiqcrev avrco r] Mdpda.
ot ovf lovoatot ot ovTes fxer avrrjs €v ttj olklo,

Kol TrapafjLvdovixeuoL avTrju, tSd^re? ttjv Mapidfx otl

ra^e'o)? dvecrrrj koI e^rjXOev, rjKoXovOrjcrav avTrj S6-


^auTe<; otl vrrdyei et? rd p,vrjfxeiov tt'a Kkavcrrf e'/cet.

Tj
ovv
mapiapj w? ifkuev oirov iqv irjaovs toovcra
avTov eVreo'ei' avrou vrpd? rou? 7rd8a?, Keyovcra avTu
13
Ma/ji'a T Tr WH marff.
1* Tr
npos TOP iu })riinary reading.
" Omit WH /Kflr^r. [Tr marr/.'].
^^
irfdvrjKei Tr wary.
" [aXAa] (cat Tr marff.
is
^a^pa T Tr.
19
etVoCo-a T. 20 (j|„i( t [Tr /«tf/y.].
21 ^^ T.
iyupfrai T. (px^erai
XI. 44. KATA IDANHN. 277

Kvpue, el cuSe ovk dv /xoud-nidavev 6 dSeXi^ds.


33'r
IrjcroVi
'^T'T^J
ovv
rjs
eioep <u9
>\ \' V

avTi)v Kkaiovcrav Kat Tovi


V

(TvuekOouTas avTij 'louSatov? K\aiovTa<i ive/SptfJt'ijcraTO


Tuj TTvevjxaTL Kat erapageu eavTou, kul enreu iiov
TeOetKare avTov ; Xeyovcnu avT(o Ku^ote, ep^ov Kat
toe. eoaKpvaep o it](Tov<;- tkeyov ovv ol lot»-
^'
Satot "iSe 7rw9 e(^tA.et avTOv. rti^es 8e e^ av-
T(ov elnav^^ Ovk iSvparo ovtos 6 duoi^a<i Tov<i

6<f)6aKfxov'i Tov TV(f)kov noLrjaaL tVa Kat ovto'; fxif


^*^ ^*
dnodavrj ; 'irycrov? ovu ttolXiv ip(3pipcop€vo<; eV

ep^eTai els to
'

iavToj ixurj fxelou yu 8e (nnjkaLou,


Kat Kluos eireKeiTO en avTOi. keyet o irjaovs
Apare tov kiOov. keyei avTO) r] dhek(f)r) tov rere-

kevTTQKOTOf; MdpOa Kvpte, rJSry o^et, rerapTatos yap


*'
ierTiv. keyei amy 6 '\r]crovs Ovk elnov crot ort
^'
cai/ TTKTTevarj'i unffrj ttjv So^ai^ roi) 6'eov ;
ypav ovv
TOV kiOov. 6 he 'Ir^crou? Ty/'jei/
tovs 6(f)0akpovs dvoj
Kat elnev llaTep, ev^apKTTOj crot ort r/Kovo'ctg /xou,

eyo) Oe rjoeiv otl iravTOTe pov aKovets


'
aAAa ota
TOV o)(kov TOV TTepLtfTToJTa eiTiov Lva TntrTevwcjcTLV otl
av pe dTTecTTeikas- ^'^ Kat raGra el-rrojv (Ijcovy peydkr)
**
eKpavyatrev Aal^ape, e^rjkOev 6 re-
Sevpo e^w.
OvTjKO)<; 8eSe/xeVos' tou? 7roSa9 Kat ra? \elpas Ket/3tat9,
Kat t) oi//t<;
aJroO (TovSapuo vrepteSeSero. keyet 6
iT^o-ov? aiTot? AvaaTe avTov Kat a(/>er£ ttiToi/"^'

"•*
Omit Tr in socoiid.'iry reading,'.
^^ Omit 6 in secondary n-adin^ WH Tr mar</., ui/ToU 6 'irjaviis T Tr
^^ Tr oiiiils iu sccoudary reading.
278 KATA IfiANHN. xi. 45.

*^
vndyeiv. TIoA-Xol ovv e'/c twu lovdaia)i>,

ol ikdovres Trpos ttjv MapLajx koI deacrdfxevoL 6^^

eiTovr^crev, eTnuTevcrau et? avTov Tives oe eg


avTwu dnyjXdou Trpo? tovs ^a/atcratov? /cat elnav^^
aurot? a eiroirjorev \j](TOV^. ZiVvrjyayov
ovv ol dp)(Lepelq KaX ol 4>a/3tcratot avvehpiov, koX
ekeyov Tt noiovixeu otl ovto<? 6 ap0pwTTO<i TToXXa
*^
TTOtet crrjfxela ; eo-f d(f)(t)fxep
avTOv ovt(o<;, TrdvTe<s

tncTTevaovcrLV ci? avTOU, /cat cXevcroirat ot Pw/Aatot


*:at apovcTLu rjixojv Kat rot' tottov Kai to euvo^. ets

^e Tt9 e^ avTwv Kaia^a?,**^ dp^tcpeu? oii^ tou ei^taurou


^/ceti^ov, etTTCt' avTot? T/xets ov/c otoare ovo€f, ovoe

Xoyt^ecr^e ort avp>(f)ep€i vpuv^^ Iva ets dvOpwiro^ airo-


OdvT) vnep tov \aov /cat /xi^
oXov to e6vo% dirokr^Tai.
" Tovro 8e d(^' eaurov ov/c enrev, dWd dp^iepev's (dv
rov eviavTOv eKeivov inpocfy'qTeva'ei' ort e/acXXev^^ 'Irj-
rrovs aTTOuvrjCTKeiv vnep tov euvovs, /cat
oi;^ vnep
rov edvovs fJLOvov, dXX' ti'a /cat rd TeKva tov 6eov
Ta OL€(TKopTncrix€va arvvayayrj ets ei^. Att cKewTjs
nvu T7]^ rffxepas i^ovXevaavTo^^ Iva dnoKTeLvcjcnu
nvTov.
°^
O ot»i^
Irja-ov; ovkctl irapprfaia TrepteTraret
«cV rots 'lovSatots, dWd dnrjXdeu eKeiOev ets Tr)v
ets
\o)pau eyyus tt^S eprfixov, bcppatft Aeyoixevrjv
/cd/cet TOiv fxadrjTcjv.
^ Hu Se
rrokiv, e/xeivev^'^ fxerd
28 a T Tr wary. WH »i«ry. RV »«ary. ^9 j»r„^ Tj.

so 6 Tr wary. ^^
Kaia0aj T Tr.
32 Tr OTO-ry.
.j/iili;
^^
.7/xfXXeiy T Tr.
** Tr ^^ ovu T.
<Tvvf^ov\fv(TavTo »tory. 'ir/frovr
88
*E</)pat/i
Tr. ^'
hierpi^tv T Tr »i«ry.
xii. 6. KATA inANHN. 279

iyyijs TO TroLcr)(a rwv ^lovSaioju, kol avif^iqcrav ttoWoX


ets lepocroAv/xa e/c
tt;? yoipo.% npo tov iracr^a tua
^
ayvicroi(Tiu cavTovs. iQrjTOvv ovv tov 'irjcrovu Kai

eXeyov^^ fxeT dXXtjXcou iu rw te/aw icrTrjK6Te<5 Tt


ooKct Uju,tf ; on ov jxr) eXurj et? tt^i^ eopTrjV ; oeoco-

Ketaav 8e ol dp^iepel'S koI ol ^apicraioL ipToXdq'^^


iva lav Tts yv^ ttov icrTlv jx-quvay, oncos TTLoicrcoaLu
avTou.

XU. O ovy Ir^crou? Trpo eg rffxepojutov Tracr^a

rjXOev ets HrjdavCav, ottov y)v KaC,apo<;,^ ov rjyeipev


^
CK veKpuyv 'ir^fTov?.^ iTToCrjcrav ovv avTM heLTTvov
iKEL, KOL rj MdpOa hfqKOveL, 6 Se Aa^apo? et? r)i/

Ik^ T(ov dvaKELfxevajv crvv avT(o' ^ rj


ovv Maptdix^
Xa(3ovaa jxvpov vdphov ttkttiktj^ ttoXvtIixov
X'lTpav
TJXeLxjjev Tous TrdSa? tov^ ^irjcrov Koi i^Cfia^ev rats

Opi^lv avTrjq TOv<i TToSa? avTov •

-q
Se ot/cia inXr)-
^ ^
po)Or) e/c
T7^9 ocTfxrjs tov pvpov. Xe'yet 8e^ 'lovSa?
o 'Icr/captojri^s ets Twt'® jxaOr^TOiv avTov, 6 peXXcuv
avTov vapaoLOovaL ata rt tovto to pvpov ovk
ewpaOr) TpLaKOtrioiv orjvapLO)v koI ihoOrj tttw^oi? ;
eiTrei^ 8e tovto ov-^ otl ncpl twv iTToi)(o)v epeXcv
avTco aXX otl kXctttt]'; r)v Kai to yXoicrcroKOixov

38
'Up- T Tr. 39
HXfyav T.
*° Tr
firroXrjv mnrq.
^ ^
Add o TfdvrjKwf Tr in prini.irv reading;. o 'l^Tory Tr.
3 Omit Tr b\il, (Tr mf/n/. "*
T.
|. M<i(.t'.i
' Omit in secondary reading,' Tr WH, ^
(ir\f^iTOrj Tr marg.
' Omit in secondary reading WH, ovv Tr *^
Tr marf/,
liyuuvof
» »V ri./ T. 10
^,„^/ T.
280 KATA IfiANHN. xii. 7.

^
€)(Oiv
ra ySaXA.ojaei'a i^daTa^eu. elireu ovu 6 *lyj-
(Tovs A<^e9 avTrfV, iva^^ et? ttjv rjfjiepau tov ivra-
^
cfyiaafxav fxov Trjprjay avTo •
tov^ tttw^ou? yap
navTOTe e)(eTe fxeff eavTcou, ifxe Se ov Trdi>TOT€ €)(^eT€.

E-ypo) ovv 6^ 6)(ko<^ TToXvs ck twu 'lovSaCcju OTt


eKCt ecrrti', Kat -qkuav^ ov ota toi' irjaovu p^ovou
aXX ii'a /cat tw Adl^apou ihwcriv ov yjyeipev e/c
^^
v€Kpoiv. if^ovKevcravTO 8e ot dp)(Lepei<s Iva /cat
^^
TOi'
Ad^apov aTTOKTeivMCTLV, otl ttoXXoI Sl avTov
VTTTJyov Twv lovhaioiu /cat eTricTTevou els tov 'Irycrow.

T^ inavpLov 6^^ 0^X09 ttoXv? 6 iXOwv els ttjv


eopTijv, aKovcravTes otl ep^eTai *lrj(Tovs els ^"^'lepo-
crdXv/xa, eXa/3ov Ta /3aia tcov (fyoLVLKcov /cat e^rfXdov
€t9 VTravTTjcriv avTOJ, Kat eKpavyalpv
^^
'ilcravvd,
"
evXoyqfxevos 6 ip^ofxevos iv ovofxaTL Kvpiov,"
Kol^^ 6 /3a(TiXevs TOV 'IcrpaijX.

evpcov oe o Irjaovs ovapiov eKauiaev en avTo,


KadciiS eaTLv yeypafxjxevov
"
^'^

M17 (f)o^ov, dvydT-qp ^iwv


loov 6 ySatrtXeu? crov ep^eTai,

KaOrjjxevos eVt ttwXov ovov."


VavTa ovK eyvoycrav avTov ot paurjTat '
to irpoiTov,
dXX' oTe eSo^d(r0r) 'irjcrovs ToTe epvrjaOr^crav otl
TavTa Tjv en avT(o yeypapLfxeva /cat raura inoLTjaav

11
avTTjp Xva RV, avTr]v

tva RV piar^. ^^
rfKOov T Tr.
13
Si> RV marg. [6J Tr marg., but omit T Tr RV.
1^
'Up- T Tr. 16
'fl- T.
^' Tr ^' ol
[fcaij marg. fta^i^rm auroD Tr.
XII. 27. KATA IfiANHN. 281

^^
avT(o. ^EfxapTvpet ovv 6 0^X09 6 wv jxer avTov
ore^^ TOP Aa^apof i(f)a)i^r)o-eu
e/c tov fxur^fxeLov kol

rjyeipev avTov e/c


veKpwv. oia tovto kcxl
VTrr^v-

TTjcreu avTOj 6 o;^Xo9 otl rjKovcrav tovto avTOu ne-


TTOLiqKevai to arjixeiov. 01 ovv *\^api(Taioi eTnav

77/309 iavTovs Heoj/aetre otl ovk (hffjeXetTe ovSeV •

toe o Kocrfjio<; ottlcto) avTov arrrjAueu.


^'Haav 8e ''EXXT^j^e'9 rtfe9 e'/c toij^ ava^aivovTiov
^^
Iva TrpocTKwrjcrcocrLp''^^
iu Trj iopTy
'
ovtoi ovv

npocrrjkOau^^ ^lXlttttm T(o (xtto JirjOcrau)a^'^ Trj<i Ta-


XtXaia9, Kol rjpojTcop avTov \eyovTes Kvpte, Oekofxev
^^
TOV ^\r](Tovv Ih^lv. ep^ETat 6^* <t>tXt7r7ro9 /cat
Xe'yei
TO)
^AvSpeci' epyeroL^^ 'sKvSpea'i koI ^lXlttttos koI^^
'

Aeyovo'ti' Toj Ir^crou. o oe Jr^(TOU9 anoKpiveTaL


avroi9 Xeyojv 'EXrjXvOev r) wpa iva ho^acrOrj 6 vto9
TOV avOpo'mov. afxrjv dixifv Xe'yoj vplv, iav fxr)
6

KOKKO^ TOV crcTov TTeaojv €19 TTjv yrjv aTToOdvrf, auro9


/X0V09 p.cv€L' idv oe diToOdvrj, ttoXvv Kapnov (f)€peL.
^6 <j)iK(j)v Tijv x^v^rfv avTov dTToWvet^^ avTrjv, kol 6

fXLcrojv Tijv ^jv)(r]v avTov iv Tco /cocr/xoj rourw et9 C^trjv


'^'
alojvLov <f)vkd^(.t avTijv. idv ijxoi Tt9 Sta/coi^^ e/xot
d/coXou^ttVctj, Kttt oVou et/xl e'yw e'/cet koI 6 oidKovo<i 6

e/ixo9 CiTTUi' idv Tt9 t'/xut OiaKovr) rt/xT/cret avTov 6


~'
TraTr'ip.
vvv "17 ^^^XV /^"^ TeTdpaKTat, kol tl

18 .'Irt T Tr wr/;Y/.
18 Q,n[t but [koi] Tr wmry.
Tr
^° A'lil Tr ^1
(oXov] marg. nixxTKvi'rirrovaiv Tr.
"2
np'XTfiXOou T Tr. aa
i(,;{),7ui,'),~,
T Tr.
" Omit T. 2D ^yj ^jjXti/ Tr >/i,rrr/.
'^ 2'
Omit Tr mrrr//. u7rt»cptVaTO Tr ffiflr^.
2° uTToAcVtt Tr mar//.
282 KATA IfiANHN. xii. 28.

V
etn-cu ;
Trarep,
/
acocrou
^ ,

fxe
,^r/
eK ttj^ (opas
/

TavTr)s.
op

dWa 8ta TOVTO rjXOou eis 7171^ wpav TovTiqv. noLTep,


"^^
So^aaov (Tov to 6vop.a. rj\0ev ovv (f)Mvrj
e/c tov
Kai kol ttoXlv
^ o
ovpavov eSo^acra ho^dcro).
ovp^^ 6)(\o^ 6 ecrrw? /cat*^^ d/covtras eXeyev /Spourrjv

yeyovevai aXXot eXeyou AyyeXo<; avrco XeXaXrj-


/cei^.
aneKpLUT] /cat etTret" Ir^crovs Uu ot e/xe

r] (pwuT) avTT) yeyovev aKXa ov u/xa?. uvv xptcrt?


icrrlv tov koctixov tovtov, vvv 6 ap^wv tov Koa/xov
^^
TovTov eK/SX-rjOijcreTai e^w Kayo) av^^ vxjjioOo) Ik

TrjS yrj'i, iTavTa<; eXKV<j(o irpos efiavTOv. tovto


he eXeyev crrjixaivoiv ttolo) OavaTco rj^ieXXeu dnoOuij-
^*
(TKtLV. dneKptdr) ovv^^ avTw 6 6)(Xo<i *H/xet9

TjKovcrafJiev eK tov uofxov ort 6 )(picrTos fxevet els

TOV atcut'a, /cai ttoj? Aeyetg cru on oet vxpcDUTjvaL


TOP vlov TOV dvOpOilTOV ; Tt9 eCTTlV OVTOS O VIOS TOV
etirev ovv avTois o Irjcrovs i^rt /txt-
autfpwTTOv ;
/c/aoi' ^povov TO (f>(t)';
iv vplv ecTTiv. TrepnraTelTe
a»s TO (f)a)s c^tre, tVa /u-17
cr/corta u/xd? KaTaXa/Sr),
Kol 6 irepinaTfov iv Trj (tkotlo. ovk olhev ttov vwd-

yet. ws TO (pojs ^X^'''^' fTiCTTeveTe ets to (pwg, t^^a

vtot (f)(oTO<i yevrfaOe. TauTa eXaXiqaev Irj-

crou9, Kat aneXuojv eKpvpr) an avTMv. locravTa


8e avToO arjfxela tt err
olt] kotos efiirpoaOev avTUiv ovk
29
TaCrt^i ;
Tr RV marg.
^0 Omit in secondary reading Tr WH. ^^ Omit, T.
32 So Tr marg., 'irfuovi Ka\ tlntv T Tr. ^^ ei^ T Tr.
^^ '
Western' documents substitute ndvTa WH.
35 Omit Tr but Tr
[ovv'] w^/ry.
3^ (TV Xt-yfif Tr »/<//y.
XII. 48. KATA lOANHN. 283

>'
€nL(TTevou €15
» »'
avTou,
38"
Lua
«\'
o
'tt
Hcraiou*^'
' 37
tov
'^

Aoyo9
iTf)0(f)7JTov irXrjpojOrf
bu elnep
"
KvpLe, Tt9 inicrTevcreu rfj aKofj rjfjicju ;
/cat 6 ^pa^ioiv Kvpiov tlul direKaXvcpdrj ;

^ Sia TovTo ovK rjSvuavTo Tnarevevv on ttoXiv elnev


^^
'Hcrata?
*^ "
TeTV(f)X(j}Kev avTwv tovs 6(j)6aK[Jiovs kol iirco-

pcjcreu avT(ou Ty]v Kaphiav,


Iva fXT)
lSo)(Tli> Tots 6(f)0a\iJLols koI uorjcrwcTLi' ttj

KapSia Kol (rTpa(f)a)(TLV,


Kol laaofxaL afrous.
TavTa emev Hcratas ort '
etoet' 7171/ oogat' aurou,
/cat iXaXiqaeu irepl avTov. ^'Ofxojq fxevTOi koI e'/c
Tcut'
ap\6vT0iv TToXXot inLCTTevcrau ei9 avTov, aXXa
§ta T0U9 <l^a^t(Tatous ou^^ w/xoXdyout' ti'a p-rf
atro-
' ' 43'*' '^ ^
^ '
t
avvayatyoi yeuwvTaL, rjyanrjcrau yap ttju oogau
TMV avOp(i)TT(ov pLoXkov yjiTcp'^^ Ty}V Sd^ai/ tov 0eov.

^^'Ii^croOs he eKpa^eu kol ecneu O TrLarevoju ets

e'/xe
ov mareveL €t9 e'/xe
dXXa clq tov nepxfjavTa pe,
/cat o (7eo)poju e/xe ueajpec tov nepxffauTa pe. eyo)

f/>w9 ets Tof Kinrpou eXrjkvOa, Lva nas o TTLcrTivoiu


*'
et? e/xe eV tt; aKOTia prj peiurj. /cat e'ct/^ Tts pov
OLKOVcrr} tmu prjpaTCJv Kal pr) (jwkd^r), iy oj ov Kpii'w
avTOV, ov yap -qkOov iva Kpivu) tov Kocrpov aXX
tt^a (T(ocTO) TOV Kocrpov. o aueTojvepe prj /cat

Xap^dvo)v TO. prjpaTa pov e)(eL


tov KpivovTa avTOV '

6 Xdyrj9 ov eXctXiycra e'/ceti^os Kpivel avTov cV Tjj


=^7
'Hfrfii- T Tr. ^a -„ Tr mar^.
vnip WH
^^
marff.
284 KATA IflANHN. xii. 49.

*''
ort eyoj e^ ifxavTov ovk iXdXrjaa,

ia-)(O.Tr) Tjfxepa
aXX o 7Tefjixfja<i fxe naTTjp avTos ^xoi iuToXiju SeSojKCU
TL ttTTco Kai Tt KaA.r)(TCO. /cat otoa OTt i^ evTohrj
avTov C,o}ri alwvios icrnu. a ovv e'yoi XaXw, KaOo)<;

etprjKep fxoL 6 TraTrjp, ovtojs XaXw.

^
XIII. Upo Se T^s eopTrj<; rod Tracr^^a etScog
o It^ctous ort 7)\0eu avTov r) lopa Iva fxeTafirj e/c
^
Tov Kocrixov TovTov 7Tpo<i
TOP
TTaTepa dya7nj(Ta<;
Tovs totov9 Tov<; Iv TO) KocTfXM €19 Teko^ rjydTTrjaep
^ ^
avTov^. Kat SetVfov yivop^evov, tov StaySoXov 1787^

/SefiXrjKOTO'; ets Tr)i' Kap^iau iva irapaSol avTOP 'lou-


^
oas Xifxcjuos 'l(TKapi(oTy]<^, elSojs otl irdvTa eScoKev
avT(o o et9 ras /cat ort aTTO ^eoO
TTaTTjp ^ei^as,
*
i^rjXBeu koI irpos top 6eop virdyeL, eyetperat e'/c
Tou oetVt'OK Kat Ti6iq(Tiv tol t/xarta, Kat Xa/3wf XeV-
^
Ttoi' Ste^wcret' cavrdt" etra /3aXXet vScop ets toi/
PLTTTrjpa, Kat rjp^aTO PiiTTeLv tov% 7rdSa9 tcuv fxaOr^-
TO)P Kat eKjxdcTfTeiP T(o XePTLO) a>
t^i' Ste^wcryxeVo?-
^
e^^erat GUI' ai^ro;
7r/309 '^Cfjuopa UeTpop. Xeyet
^
Kupte, cru /uLou vlttt^ls tovs 7rd8a9 ;
direKpiOr) 'It^-

crov9 Kat elirep aural 'O eya» ttoiw cru ouk ot8a9
^
a^rt, ypoxTT) Se /xera ravra. Xeyet aurw ner^o9
Ov /U.17 vi^rj^ jJiov Tov'i 7rdSa9 et9 rdi^ alwpa. dne-

KpiBrf \ri(TOV<^ avTOi Edp prq i^ti//w (xe, ouk e^et9 /xe-
^
/309 /xer' ifJLOv. Xeyet avrw Sifjiojp UcTpo^^ Kvpte,
fJiYf TOU9 7rdSa9 ftov jxopop dXXd Kat ra9 ^eipas kol
^
naripa,
— dyanfiaas . .
aiiTovs,
— Koi WH mary.
^ ^ Tr
Add [iKflvos] Tr. IleT/xjj St/xwj' //;«/-y.
XIII. 20. KATA IQANHN. 285


Tr)v Xeyet avT(o 'ir^crov?* 'O XeXov/xeVo?
KecfiaXijv.
ovK evet ^peiav el fxt] tov<; 7r66a«s^ vixpaadaL, dk)C
ecTTiv Ka6apo<; 6\oq' /cat ti/xei? Kadapoi icrre, aW
" aurw*
ou;^t Travre?. l}^^^ 7^/^ '''o^
Tra/aaStSovra
Sta TovTo elirev otl Ov)(l rrdvTes Kadapoi icrre.

^^^Ot€ ovu euLxjjep Tovq vrdSas avTojp kol^ eXa/^ep


TOL IfjidTLa avTov Kal dveTrecrev, irdkip" etTreu avrot?
^
TLvaicTKeTe tl TTe-rroL-qKa vfilp ; u/aci? (f)(ou€iTe /xe

'O SiSacTK'aXos KUL O Kvpio^, /cat /caXojs Xeyere,


ei/xt yap. ei ou^'
eyw eptxpa vp.oiP rov^ TTOoa? o

Kvpi,o<;
/cat o StSacr/caXo?, /cat u/xet? o^etXere aXXi^-
^^
Xwt' p'nrreiv tov^ TroSa?* uTToSety/xa yap eooi/ca^

v/xtf tVa Ka0o)^ iyo) eVoiT^cra v/xti^ /cat ujLtet? 7rot>JT€.


^'^

dfir)P dfXTjP Xe'y&j u/xti/,


ov/c ecmv ^ov\o^ p-eitjuiP

rov Kvptov avTov ouSe d-TTocrroXo? peit,(MP tov Trep.-


^'
xfjaPTo^ avTOP. el raura otoarc, paKdpioi icrre iap

TTnirjTe aura. oi;


Trept irapTcop vpcop Aeyw eyco
otSa TLPa<;^ e$eXe^dpr)P

dXX' tVa 17 ypacjiXj ttXt)-

pojIJr)
(>
Tpoyop pov top aprop einqpep en
epe TTjP TTTeppap avTov. air aprt Keyoi vpip
irpo TOV yepeaftai, tVa Trtfrrei^Tyre^** orar yeprjTai otl
ey(i) eLfit ap-qp apip' Keyui vpcp, o kappaPOiP

* Tr.
[o\ *I;jfroGp
''
Oiiiil T WH in secondary reading.
^
\k(i\\
Tr miirr/.
'
uv'fTTtatv iriiKiv, WH i,i<ir(/.

o hihoiKd T RV. n
ous- Tr marf/.
'"
/ifT* f'^ou T Tr marff. RV /«rtr^.
^'
inripKfv T.

dnufjTt T.
''"*

'^
TTHTTfvfrriTt T, hut onif yfvrjrm ni(TT(v(TriTt Tr mnrg.
^''
f'ya> fi'/ii
WH mury.
286 KATA inANHN. xiii. 21.

ap TLua nefxilfu) e/xe Xafx/Bduei, 6 8e e/x€ Xafxfidpojv


^^
Xa/xySctj^et TOP TrefxxjfaPTd jxe. Tavra elircop

ly)(Tov^ Irapa^drf rw Trpevixari /cat


ifiapTvprjaep /cat

elnep ^Afxr^p djxrjp Xeyco vfitp ort et? i^ vfiiop Trapa-


Sojo-et
^ eU ^^ ol
/i,e. e^XeiTOP dXkqXov^ p.a6rjTaX
airopovfjiepoL irepi rtj/o? Aeyet. r^t* apaKeip.epo^ ei?
e/c Ttut'
ixa07)Ta)P avTov ip tw koXtt&j tov 'It^ctou, ov
»' '16 't
o^"
'^
24' f ' %:^' T-r'
rjyaTra li^crov?- I'euet ovi^ rourw z,ipoiP lie-

rpo? Kat XeyeL avrai EtTre rt? icnip Trepl ov Xeyet.


'
apaTrecrwp e/cetfo? outoj? eirt to
crrrjuo<; rov

y-qaov Keyei auroi Ku^te, rt? ecrrtt' ;


airoKpive-
^ 20 '21
Tai ot>i^ o^ 't ^ 'ri'^'
b/ceti'o?
>
earip
T»>r»'i
co
liycrov? eyo) paxpo)
TO xpoifjiLOP
/cat 8oJcra> avrw •

/^dxpa^; ovp to ^^ xpcofxtop

XapfidpeL Koi^^ SlScoctlp 'louSa Xiyioipo^ ^IcrKapLU)-


'^'
Tov. /cat fxeTOL to xfjcufxiop tote elcrrjXdep eU iKelpop
o %aTapd<;. Xeyet ovp avTco ^Irjcrovq "^O Trotet? ttol-
if)(TOP
'
Toveiov.
23 28'^ ?^*16'?^1'
TovTO oe ovbeL<; eypo) to)p apa-
^>
"'^

K€Lfjiepa)P 7rpo<i
tl elirep avTco •
tlp€<; yap cBokovp,
CTTCt TO yXcocraoKOfJiop elx^p 'lovSa?, oTt Xeyet avTco
ojp
ir)(Tov^ Ayopaaop -^petap e^^Ofiep et? Trjp

eopTYjP, rj Tots TTToj^^ot? ti^a Tt 06J. XapoiP ovp


TO xfj(i)fjiLOP eKelpo^ i^rjXOep evOv^ •

-^p Se I'u^.

^^"OTe OVP i^YjX0ep Xeyet 'Irycroi)? Nw iSo^dcrOrj

1^
[oSc] fif Tr.

Omit in secondary reading WH. i'
fTrtTreo-wi' T.
^^
GUI' eKfiws T, [ouv] Tr marr/.
^^ Omit ^o Tr
in secondary reading Tr. Qmit T, [ovv] mar^.
^^
Omit in secondary reading Tr WH.
22
[Xan^dvfi Kai']
Tr »i«/y.
23
T-ri^^joj/
T Tr.
24 Tr.
[6] 'lr](xovs
XIV. 3. KATA IfiANHN. 287

6 vt05 Tov avSpoiTTOV, Kol 6 6eos iSo^dcr0r) Iv avT(o'


/cat o {7609 oo^acrei avrov ev avTco, /cat eur7u5

ogacrei avTov. leKPta, en fiLKpov fxetf vficju eifii'

tpqrrjcreTe fxe,
/cat Kado)<; elirov rots 'louSatotg ort
"Ottou eyoj virdya) vfiel^ ov SvvacrOe ekOeiv, /cat vyxii'
"^
Xe'yoj dpTi. evToXrjv KaLurjp StSto/xt v/xti'
tVa aya-
rrare aXXi^Xof?, Ka^wg -qyaTrrjcra u/xa? tVa /cat u/xet'j
"^^

aXXr^Xou?. eV rouro) Trai^re?


dyaTTare yp'cijcro^'rai
ort e/xot fxaOrjTai iare, idp aydrriqv e^^rjre
Iv dXXi^-
^^
Xot9. Aeyet auroj Xtficov lleVpos Kv^ie,
TTou uTrdyet? ; aTreKpldr) 'It^ctov? Ottou^^ vndyo) ov
hvuaaai /xot i^Ci'
aKokovdrjcraL, d/coXoi»^ryo'ets Se {((rre-
^' ^®
poi/. Xe'yet
auTw o^^ IleT/aoq Ki^pte, 8td Tt^°
ou hvuafiai crot d/coXoL»6'ert''*^ dpri ; tt^i^ xIiv)(tJp p.ov
'^^

virep orov Orjcroj. aTTOKpiveTai Ii^croCs Tr)z^ i/zu-

^qv orov virep ifiov 6y]creL<; ; afirju dpirjv Xeyco crot,

ou fxr) dXeKTOjp (fiojp-qarj eo)<; ov dpvrjcrji fxe rpU.

XIV. ^
Mt) rapaacreaOoi vp.oiv KapSia' infTTeveTe
-q
'^

tt9^ TOP Oeop, /cat 619 e/xe TrtcrTcuere. eV rj^ ot/cta toO

TTdTpo^ pov popal TToXXat cicrti/" et Se /X17,


elirop av

vpZp, ort TTopevopaL iToipdaai tottop vpip' /cat fdi'

TTopevOo) KOL^ eTOLpdaoj tottop vplv,^ ndXtp ep^opai


Kai v/xds
TTapa\y]p\fj()fiaL ipavTOP, ipa ottov elpt tt^jo?
^^ ft o flfoi f?)i>^(i(Tf)q fv (ivTM KiH T Tf ill
priiiiarv readinp.
^7 ^,|,i

avT^ T Tr UV, l.iil tavTw Tr w^//y/. ^-^^ x.
''^
Omit T Tr WH iii
sfcoudary reading.

Omit WH marg
'0 biuri T. ^^ T.
a»c«X<)i/flr}<T«t
^
TTKTTfvfTf, tis WH war^ ^
[*"»J Tr ///^//y.
* Tr
i/^Iv TOTToi' marg.
288 KATA IfiANHN. xiv. 4.

*
iyoi Kai vfjielf; 'qre. ottov iycu virdyo) otSare^
/cat
^
oSou.^
Trju Aeyet avToi ©oj/xa? Kvpie, ovk
^
otSa/xet" TTOv UTrayet?' Trcoq'^ oiSa/u-ci^ Tr}u oSop ;^ Xe-

yet avTw 'li^crous^ 'Eyw et/Ai 17 6S69 /cat 17 aXi^^fia


/cat Tj t^oiTf ovhel^ ep^erai Trpo? top Traripa el fxr)
I
efjLov. et
eyvo)K€iT€ fxe, kul top irarepa p.ov
av r)oeLT€- air apTt yiPcocTKeTe avTOP /cat
ecopa-
^"^ ^
Kare. Aeyet aOrw <I>tXt7r7ro9 Kvyate, Set-
^
gop rfpip TOP iraTepa, /cat
dpKel -qfitp. \eyei avTM
6 'It^ctoG? ToaovTOP ^popop^^ p.eO' vjxcop elfil /cat

OVK eyp(OKa<; fxe, <I>t\t7r7r€ ; o ewpa/cw? e/xe ecopaKep


Toi^ "
TTaTepa' ttoj? cru Aeyet? Aet^oi^ i^/xti^
to//

TTaTepa ; ov TTtcrreuet? ort eyo) ep tio


iraTpL /cat

o TraTr]p ep epoi ecTTLP ; tol prJixaTa a eyo) \eyo)^^


vuLP air efxavTov ov kakoi- o be rraTi^p ep efiOL
^^
pepdip TTOtet Ta epya avTov. mcTTeveTe pot otl

eyco ep tco TraTpi /cat 6 TraTrjp ep e'/xot* et 8e pyj,


ta Ta epya avTa "
Trta-revere. Apr)p apiqp Aeyco
vpip, o TTicTTevctiP et<? epe tol
epya d eyoi ttolco kol-
/ceti^o? TTOiTjcrei, /cat peitppa tovtojp TToirjcreL, otl eyco

•*
[e'yu]
Tr w^//y/.
^ Add [Kat] Tr w/^//y/. RV ma/'//.
^ Add [oi5((r«] Tr nutrr/. RV marg. '
koI Trwr T.
® Tr ®
Tr.
8vvdfji(6a Trjv 686v fiSei/at marg. 6 'ijjcroiif
10 T. ^^ Tr RV.
iyvonKaTf efx€ yvatafoBf T, ai" f/Seirt

^^ <cai
arrapTi T [/col] ott dpT^ Tr mnrq.
^^
Add aiiroj' T Tr in primary rcadiii£^ WH in secondary reading.
^* Omit in secondary reading WH.
^^
Too-ouro) xpoi'V T Tr »/«;y. WH w«r_i7.
^^ Tr. 1' \aKu> Tr
i
Km] TTtof wr/r^.
^^
6 iv T Tr in primary reading.
^^
airoi) WH M</;-y.
^® Add /Aot
Tr in primary reading WH marg.
XIV. 23. KATA IfiANHN. 289

V V / ' 21 13 ^ ''
22 * ' '

7rpo<s TOP TTarepa nopevofjiaL' /cat otl av aiTrj-


eu tco ovoixaTL p.ov rovro TToirjaco, ti^a
crr^Te
t \>
o TraTrjp ev tco vtoj*
^ t ^ 14 >/
eav tl
5/ /
oogacrurj
94. J ^
ev rot
atTrjcrrjTe fxe
'^

ovofxaTL fjLOv TovTo TTOLTjcro). \hav ayairare


^'^

jxe, Ta<; iuToXa<; Ta^; €/u,a9 rrjpijcreTe'^^ Kayoj ipco-


Tfjaco TOP TTUTepa /cat dXXop TrapaKXr^Tou Sojcret Vfjup
tVa fj jjced^ vfjLOiv tov alcjua, ^^
ei?
'

to TTvevpa Trj<;

aXrideia^, o 6 koct^o^ ov Svparai Xa/3eu', on ov

tfecopei
avTo ovoe yipcoaKef vfxec^ yupoxTKeTe avTo,
ort nap vfXiP pepei /cat e^* vp.ip ecmp. (Jvk a(f)r)-
^^
(T(o vfioLf;
ep^o^iai Trpo? vpaq.
6p(f)aPov<;, en pcKpop
/cat 6 /cdcr/xo? /xe ou/ceTt"^^
OecDpel, u^ei? Se 6eojpeLT€ pe,
OTt eyoj 4^^ Kat vpei^; C,y](T€T€, cp eKetpr) ttj rjpepa

vp€L^ yiuoaeaOe^^ on
ip tm iraTpi pov /cat vpei<; iyco
^^
ip ipol Kayo) eV vplp. 6 e^cop ra? eVroXctq pov /cat

rrfpuiP avTa<; eVett'oq icrnp 6 dya7T(op pc 6 Se dyairoiP

pe dyaTTiqOrjaercu vtto tov Trarpo? pov, /cayoj aya-


TTTJcroi avTop Kol ipfl)aPi(T(o avTO) ipavTOP.

Aeyet avT(o loLioa<?, ov)( o \(TKapi(oTrj<;^ iwpie,


Tl
ycyovep otl y)plp peXXet^; ipffiapi^eiP (xeavTop
"
KciL TO) /cat elirep
ofyt Kocrpoi ;
dTreKptflrj 'It^ctov?

^*
7ropfuo/i(u, WH w^//y/.
2- o rt T Tr.
^^
uiTTiTf Tr ?//^//;(/.
WH ;/////
,7.
^^
Omit in .st;con(larv icadint;- WH RV Mfor/., (/x«j Tr mi/r//.
26 So Tr nutrr/. RV, (y<),
T Tr WH «/^//y/.
^''
TrffniiTdTfTr niirni .

2' Sf) Tr RV, /if^' .'./,(:.,/ r)


fiV Toi' f.(V:)i'r. T. hiif 1}
after aiJiw WH
111(1
fff.
28 Add «iTf> T Tr. 29 ,\,i,i g^> Tr in piiniarv loadiug.
3« €<rT<.t T WH maui. ^i „^^ j-^, ^r.
yi'a}(TKrOf ii/ifls T. <«( r/ T.
I'J
290 RATA I12ANI1N. xiv. 24.

avTCi) Eap rt? top Xoyop fxov TrjotjcreL,


dyana /xe
/cat 6
TTaTiqp fxov ayairrjaet avTou, kol Trpo^ avTov
^*
iXevaofxeOa kol ixourju nap aurw TroLTjaofxeOa. 6

fXT)dyancop /xe row? Xoyov; fxov ov Trjpei' /cat <5

\6yoq OP a/covere ou/c ecrTLP e/xo? dXXa toG Trefixpap-


^^
TO? /xe 73-aT/309. Tavra
XeXctXi^/ca v/xti^ Trap
o oe TrapaKKrjToq, to
vfJLLP jxepcjp' TTPevjxa to ayiov
b 7re/Ltr//et 6 ip ra» opofiaTi fiov, eKeipo^
naTrjp vfidq
StSa^et irdpTa /cat
vTrofiPTJcrei vp.dq ndpTa a clttov

v/xti^ £2^- tuLprjprjP acpurjfXL vfXLP, eiprjpyjp tyjp


ifjLy)p 8t8a)/xt Vjjup- ov Kadojq 6 Kocrfiof; SlScdctlp iyw
StSco/u-t vfiLP. jXTj Tapaaaeardo) vfjLWP -q /capSta firjS^
etAiarw. rjKovaaTe oxt eyco enrop vfitp TiTayoi
/cat et
ep^ofjLai Trpoq u/xa?. -QyanaTe /xe i)(dpr)Te
ap, oTL TTopevop-ai Trpoq top Trarepa, ort 6 iraTrjp
fxov
[xeLi^cop ecTTLP. /cat I'uj^
'/)''/
tpa oTap
pecrtfai,
/

yeprjTai
eiprjKa
/

TTLcrTevcrrjTe.
vjxip
30
irpip
'
ov/cert
/
ye-
t;
°

TToXXa XaXi^cro) fj.eff' v/jlcop, ip^eTUL yctp 6 tov /cd-


^^
CTjiov ap^oiP' KOL ip e/xot ovk e^et ovSep, aXX'
tVa o KO(TfJio<;
ypco otl dyanco top naTepa, /cat /ca-

f&j? epTOkrjP eoci)K€P fxoL o iraT-qp ovTcoq iroiui.

Ryetpecrde, aycop^p ipTevdep.

XV. 'Eyco elfXL r) a/xTTcXo? rj d\r)0Lpy], /cat 6 iraTjjp


fjLov
6 yeoipyo^ iaTLP' Trap KXrjfia ip e/xot firj
(ftepop

KapTTOP atpet avTO, kul nap to /ca- Kapnop (f)€pop


^
Oaipei avTO tVa Kapnop nXeiopa (ftepr). rjSr) u/xeis
3* Omit T Tr. 36 ^^^ ^^^ Tr.
3*'
ivfTf'ikaTo T.
XV. 13. KATA IfiANHN. 291

KadapoL iare 8ta


KekdXr)Ka vfuu tov \6yov ov •

*
yxetVare eV ifxoi, Kaycj eV vfilu. KaOoi^ to KXrjfia
ov Sui^arat Kapnop (^ipeiv a<^' eavTov iau /xt) fJieur) ^
iu TTj dfJiTreXa), ovtco<; ovoe i5/Ltet? idi^ fir) iu ifiol
^ "
fieuy)Te. i-yco elp.L -q a/x7reXo9, v/xetg tol KXrj^aTa,
6 fxepojp iv ifxoX Kayoi iu avrco ouro? (jiepei Kapirov
TTo\-vv, OTi X^^P'-^ ijxov ov ovvacrOe Troietu ouSeV.
®
idv fjcq TL<; p-iur} eV e'/xot, i/3Xijdr) e^oj 6)<? to /cX>J/xa
KOL i^rjpdvOr), Kol avvdyovaLu avTo.^ /cat et? to
^
^
TTvp fidWovcTLV KOL KULeTat. Edu jxeivr^Te iu ifiol
KOL rd py]fj.aTd p.ov iu vfxlu fxeLuj),
o eai^ OekrjTe
^
acTiQaacrBe kol yeuijcreTaL vplv
*
iu tovt(o iSo^daOr}
^
6 naTrjp p.ov iua
Kapnou ttoXvu (f)epr)Te
/cat
yeu rjcrOe
^
ifxol fjLaOrjTaL. Ka0oj<; r)yd7Tr)a€u fie 6 TraTfjp, Kdyco

f/xa? qyaiTiqaa, /xeti/are ef rrj ayarrr) ttj ep-j). eau


TOL? iuToXd<; pov nqprjcnqTC, pceueiTe iu Trj dydrrr) p.ov,
^
KaBoi^ iyoi tov Trarpoq raq eVroXa?^ TeTy]prji<a /cat
^^
peuoj avTov iu TXf dydnrj. TaCra XeXdXrjKa vpiv
Lua V ^^ /cat
Tj X'^R^'- ^H-V vplu r) rj X^P^ vputu
'"
TrXr)p(o07J. avTYj icntu ry iuToXr) tj ipi) lua dya-
^^
iraTe dXXy]Xov<; KaOoi<i rjydnr)aa vp.d^

pellpua
TavTr)(; dydiTr]u ot»Set<j ix^*-'
'^'''^ tis^ tyju i/zu^ryi^
av-

^
fit itn) Tr.
2
fi(t>fj
Tr ?H(irff.
3 nin,\ T Tr marff.
* So RV y//^//Y/., ytVT](Tf(r6f T WH wr//Y/, RV.
rfytmrfan Vfiuv T, i/iat ijyun\)aa WH man/.
®
Kuyo) T
'
So Tr viarr/., toC rrarpoi fitw tiu- tWoXaf T WH marg, rat fWoXas
ToO TTorpok- /iou Tr.
8 Umit T
292 KATA IQANHN. XV. 14.

^*
Tov 0fj virep TUiv (^iKoiV avTov. u/xet? (f)Ckot fiov
^^
iare lav TTOLrJTe o^ iyo) evTeWofiai vjjllu. ovKen
Xeyo) v/Att? 8ou\ov9, ort 6 SoGXoq ovk olSeu tl ttolel

avTov 6 KvpLoq- u/ia? Se eLprjKa (fyiXov^;, otl Travra


a y^Kovaa napa tov Trarpd? jxov iyvcopLtra vplv.
^^
ov^ vfiei^ jxe i^eXe^acrOe, dXX' iyco i^eXe^dfxrju
vpa^, /cat e0r)Ka vpa<; iVa vpel*; virdyrjTe /cat
Kap-
TTou (peprjTC /cat o Kapnoq vpcov p€urj, iva ort

av aLTr)(rr)Te tov TraTepa ev T(p ovopaTi pov o(p


^^
vplv. TavTa ivTeXXopat vplv Iva dyanaTe
aXXrjXovg. Et o Koapo<^ vpa<; piaei, yLvoxTKeTe
</ >\ '^
«'^13 ' 19'' <^/
ei e/c tov ko-
OTL e/xe rrpcoTOv vpojv peptcrrjKev.
K6apo<i av to lolov e<^iXei
6 otl oe e/c •

orpov rJTe,

TOV Kocrpov OVK iaT€, dXX' iyot i^eXe^dprjv u/xa? ck


TOV Kocrpov, Ota tovto ptcrei vpa<i o Kocrpo<i. f^^V
poveveTe tov Xoyov ov iyo) elnov vplv Ovk ecttiv
^ovXo'; peitfjiv tov Kvpiov avTOv
'
el ipe iotcogav,
Kal vpa^; Slco^ovotlv el tov Xoyov pov CTijpyjaav, /cat
ve/
TOV vpeTepov T-qpiqaovcriv.
21 '\\^'* / '
aAAa ravra iravTa ttoltj-
'

(TovcTiv eU vpd<; 8ta to ovopd pov, otl ovk olBao-Lv


^^
TOV TrepxjjavTa pe. Et pr) yjXOov Kal iXdXr^cra avTol<;,

dpapTLav OVK el^oaav vvv 8e TrpofftacTLV ovk e^ov-


(TLV TTepL TT]^ a/xapTttt? avTcDV. o epe pLcrcjv /cat

TOV TTaTepa pov pLcreL. et ra epya pr) eiroLrjcra


ev avTOL's a owSet? aXXo? eTroLTjcrev, dpapTLav ovk

el^ocrav

vvv Se /cat
ecopaKacTLV /cat pepLcrrJKacrLV

» So Tr mirr/., ti T Tr WH mar//. RV.


1° oTiT Tr. 11
aiTiJTe Tr »z«r^. WH »iar^.
12 13
Si,; Tr. wff/v7. Omit T.
XVI. 9. KATA IfiANHN. 293

K(Xi efxe Kai rov rrarepa /u,ov. aAA tfa TrArjpcjtfrj


"
6 Xoyo? 6 if TO) vofxo) avTCJU yeypa/XjOteVos ort Efxi-

arjcrdu /xe Sajpeai/." ^^'Orat'^* ^^^V ^ TrapoLKXrjTo^


Of eyw Trefx^oj vfXLU Trapa tov Trarpos, to TTvevjxa

Trjs dkr]0eia<;
6 napd tov iraTpos iKTropeverai, iKeluos
IxapTvprjaet irepi e/xov

/cat v/xet? oe jxapTvpeLTC,
oTi an a.pXT]'^ /^^r' ipov icne.^^

^
XVI. TaGra XeXdXrjKa vplv iva fxr) aKavSaXi-
"
crOrJTe. dnoawaya)yov<; iToirjaovaiv v/xct? dXX' ep- •

6 dnoKTeLua'^ vpd<i^ Sofi^


^erat w/3a iva 7rd<;
XaTpeiau
7rpo<j(ji€peLu
TM Beio. Ka\ raura iroiiqcrovaiv ort ov/c

eyvojaau tov uardpa ovoe ifxe. dXXd TavTa


XeXaXry/ca
VfXLV Lva oTav €.Xdrj lopa axnoiv^ pvqfxovevriTe avTwv^
rj

ort iyoi elnov vjxlv ravra Se vjxlv i^ dp)(rjs ovk


^
etTTOv, oTL fxeO' vixoiu TJfxrjv.
vvv Se vnayo) nph^
TOV Trejj.^avTa fxe kol ouoets i^ vfxcov ipojTa fxe Uov
uTTCtyet? ;
^'
aXX' ort TavTa XeXdXrjKa Vjxlv rj Xvnrf
^
TrenXT]pojKev vfxojv ttjv KapSiav. dXX' eyw ttjv dXr]-
Otiav Xe'yoj vfxlv, (Tu/xc/)e^ei vpiv lva iycj dneXOcj.
lav ydp fXT] dneXOoj, o TTapaKXr)To<; ov prj eXfh)'^

npo^ v/xas

idv oe iropevOo), 7re/xi/>oj avTov 7Tpo<;
^
u/xa?. Kfxt^ iXOojv iKeluo<; iXey^et tov Kocrpov irepl

tt/xaprta<j Kal nepl SiKaLO(rvvTj<; Kal Trepl Kpiaeoif;'


"
irepX dpapTia^ pcv, otl ov TTiaTevovcriv ets e/xe

" Add IdeJTr. if^


eWf Tr.
^
C)iiiit in secondary roaditif; WH. ^
Oimt, t.
•''
Omit ill
srcoiid;iry rradiiiL': Tr.
*
So Tr, OVK rKtCatTui T Tr marf/.
'''
kui WH mar^.
294 KATA IfiANHN. xvi. 10.

^"
irepl SLKaLOcrvi^yj'i 8e, otl 7Tph<; tov narepa virdyoj
^^
Kol OVK€TL^ 0ea)p€LT€. /X€

TTCpl 8e KptCreW9, OTl


^
6 dpycju TOV Kocrpov tovtov /ceVptrat. 'Ert ttoXXo,
^
evw v/xu^ Xe'yet/',
dXX' ou out'acr^e ^acrTct^etj/ apri'
^^
orat' Se ^^^]? iKtli^os, to irutvp^a T179 dXyjOeia'?,

oSrjyqcreL u/xa? et9 Ti7t' dXyjOeiau Trdcrai',^ ov yap


Xakijcrei d((j eavTov, dkX! ocra a/covet^ kaXyjcreL, koI
*
ra ip^opeva dvayyeXel vplv. eKelpo^ e^e 8o^acret,
OTL e'/c Tou e/xou XijpifjeTai kol duayyeXel vplv.
^^
rrdvTa ocra e;^et
6 TraTrjp ipd idTw Slot touto
elnou OTl e'/c rov e/xou Xapfidueu Kal auayyeXel vplu.
^^
MiKpou /catovKeTc^ OeojpelTe /xe, Kal TrdXiv
^^
/cat EtTrar'-^*^ oSt' e/c T(ou pa-
piKpov oxpecrOe /xe.

6r]T0Ju avTou TTpo<; dXXT]Xov<; Tt iartu tovto 6 Xeyeu

rjplu MiKpou /cat ov OecupelTe pe, Kal ndXiu piKpou


Kal oxjfecrde /xe ; Kat 'Ort vnayco 7rpo<; tov naTepa ;
18 *\ T
ovv It
' m » ^ 11 \ ' 12 '
eaTiv tovto '^ o Aeyet piKpov r" ovk
•-' '

eXeyou
^'^

olSapev TL XaXet.^"^ eyuco 'Ir^crou? ort rjHeXov avTOV


epoiTau, /cat etTret' auTots ne/9t tovtov (pfjTtLTe peT
dXXijXatp OTL eiTTOv MiKpou kol ov OewpeiTe pe, Kat
^^
ndXiP p^LKpou Kal 6\fjea0e pe ; dprju dprju Xeyco vp,iv
OTl KXavaeTe Kal OprjuijaeTe vpei's,
6 oe Kocr/xos

)(aprj(reTai' v/xet? XwrjOrjcreade, aXX'-^* rj Xvmr] vpojv


^^
els \apdv yevijaeTai. r) yvvr] OTau TiKTr) Xvtttjv

e)(ei,
OTl TjXOev tj copa avTrjs' oTav 8e yevurjarf to
® OVK (Ti Tr. '
Xeyeti' v^iiv
Tr marff.
^
iv TJ) a\r)fl(ia ndaj] T WH m/ir//.
» a(cowo-fi Tr WH i,i,ny/. RV. 10
Eirrot; T Tr.
^^
Tovto n cWic T Tr mar//.
^^ to /xtxpoi/ ;
T.
13 Oiiiil ill
secondary reading WH. i'*
oAAa Tr.
XVI. 32. KATA IfiANHN. 295

oTL eyevvrjOTj auup(i)7T0<; eis tou Koafxou. kul


\apav
ovu vvv [xeu \vtt7)v ex^^^
'
^^tXti^ oe oi/zo/xat
u/xets
"
v/u,a9,
Kttl ^aprja-eTat vfXMV rj KapSta," /cal ri^i^
ouoetg apet acp Kai eu ^k^lvt^
)(apau vfxcju vp.oiv.
•"•"
T7; rjfjiepa ejxc ovk €p(OTr](TeTe
ovoei-> a/xr;!/ ap.r^i'

Xeyw u/xtt', alTTJcrrjTe top narepa Swcret u/xti/


ai' rt
"*
eV TO) ovofJiaTL fiov. ew9 aprt ovk rjTT]craTe ovh^u
iu Tw 6v6p.aTi p.ov atTetre /cat XT][xxjjeaOe, Lua r)
^'
^apo. vp.oit' T^ neTrkrjpcofxeprj.
Taura eV

epx^Tac copa ore ovkcti^


'

7rapotju,tats XeXaXr^/ca vplv


iu 7rapot/xiat<? kaXrjcra} vp.iv dXXa napprjcna irepi
TOU iraTpos anayyekoj vpiv. ev eKeivr) Trf rjpepa
iv T(o oi^o/xaxL pov alTijaeade, kol ov Xeyoj vplu on
'

eyoi ipojTTJaoj tou Trarepa nepl vpwu •


avTos yap
6 TTaT-qp (jiika, vpas, otl vpas ipe nefpikTJKaTe /cat

77 en L(TT€VK are otl iyoj napa tov Trarpo^^^ i^rjXOou.


^
i^rjXdou Ik tov vrarpo? /cat iXijXvOa et? tou Koapow
ttolXlu d(jjLr)pL TOU Kocrpou Koi nopevopai Trpos tou
"^
Trarepa. Aeyovaiu ot paOrjTal avTov "jSe uvu

iu TTapprpjia XaXets, /cat TrapoLpiau ovhepiav XeycL^.


UVU oioapeu OTL oLoas nauTa /cat ov )(peLau eye'-?
tVa Tt<; rre
ipojTo iu tovtw irLo-Tevopeu otl drrb
'^^
Otov i$r}X0€<=;. dntKpiOrj aurots '\if]<jov<i Aprt
*^
nL(TTtV€T€ ; Ihov ip)((.TaL (opa kol iXrjXvOtu Lua

(TKopnLa-OrjTe iKaiXTos tU tol tSta Kapc pouou d^i^Tf


Kal OVK elpl pouo^, otl 6 iraTTjp pxT epov idTLU.
"'
mpti T Tr »i,ir>r WH marg. ^^ ovbiv T Tr WH moif).
^'
Qtoi) T Tr mury.
29G KATA lOANHN. xvi. 33.

TavTa AekaATjKa vfjup ti'a €f e/xoi eiprjvrjv e)(rjTe'


^^
iv TM Koajxo) OkixjjLU ^X^^^' ^^^^ dapaelre, iyco

^
XVII. ^
Taura ikdkrjcreu 'liycrov?, /cat
indpas Tov<i

6cl)6aXixov<i avTov ets ro^' ovpavov eiirev


YVaTep,
So^acrou crov tov vlov, tVa 6 vtos

ikrjXvdev tj a>pa
^
oo^dcrrj ce, KaOojs eSw/<a9 avrw i^ovaiap Trctcrr^g

crapKo^i, iva irdv o oeocoKas avTw Scocrec^ amol^


^
^(OTjp ai(x)i>Lov.
avTTf] Se icTTLV 17 al(opLO<i ^corj Iva

yivcocTKOicri^ ere rov {xovov aXyjOtvou 0eov /cat ov


*
a.TTe(TTcika^ ^Irjcrovv lUpKTTov. ere iSo^acra evrl
eycu
ttJ? yT]9, TO epyov TeXeiMaa'i'^ o SeSw/cas /u.01 tVa
''

TTOLTjCrco

KOI VVl> OO^aCToV //-€ (TV, TTOiTep, TTapd
(reavTM rrj So^y fj^ el^ou npo tov tov Koafxnv
^
elvai TTapd aoL -Etifyavepcoord aov to ovopa
7019 dvdpojTTOi'^ ovs eSajKct? jjlol
e/c tov koctixov. crol

i)crav Kafxol^ avTov<s eSwKra?,


"^
/cai tov \6yov crou
'

TeTXiprfKav. vvv eyvcoKav^ otl irdvTa ocra eSai/ca?^


/u,ot TTapa crov etcnv •
ort ra prjjjiaTa
a eooKas
fjLOi oeocoKa avTol^, koX avTol eXaftov /cat
iyvojcrav
aXrjOois OTi TTapd arov i^rjXdov, /cai iTTLcrTevaav otl

18
0X7r(,iv Tr.
1
6 "lijiToOs Tr. 2
c^,, Tr /,/ar//., Sdyo-rj
T Tr.
^ So Tr mrtrr/., yiviaoKovaiv T Tr. * fVeXfiwtra Tr w/(//v/.
5
;}i.
WH »i«;v/.
6 ^„j
^"^oi T.
'
hibu)Kas Tr man/.
8
eyvcoKa Tr /j/ar//., fyvav in certain 'Western' documcuts WH.
^ Sn Tr ?;<«ry., SeSw/ctiy
T Tr WH mair/.

e8(0Kfs Tr mar(/., Se^wKui WH w/r/ry.
XVII. 21. KATA IQANHN. 297

^
(TV fJLe 'Eyw irepl avTcov ipojTO)
aTre'cTTetXa?. ov •

nepl Tov Kocrjxov ipo)T(o dkXa irepl (tiv oeooiKas ju,ot,

QTi (TOL ei<jiv, Kai Ta e/xa navra era ecTTiv /cat Ta era
Kai oeoogacr/xat ei' avTot?. Kat oiwert* et/xt
e/xa,
^^
eV Tw KoafJio), Kol avTol eV roi Koa^xM dariv, Kayc^)

ere naTep ayie, Trjp7](TOP avTov<s iu


TTpoq ep)(oixai.
rcu ouofiaTL crov o) oeowKa? /ixot, ti^a oiatv eu Kaucos

7}/xets.
^•^"Ot€ 17/xr^f /xer' avrwu iycj irrjpovu avTovs
iu T(o ovofxaTL (TOV (o SeSojKoiq fxoL, KOL i(f)vXa^a,
Koi ovoeU i$ avTwu dnwkeTo el ixr)
6 vlo'i Trjs dnw-
\eta9, tVa 17 ypa.<fjr) nkrjpojOrj.
^^
vw Se TTpo^ ere

e^^o/xat, /cat raOra XaXw iv rw koct/xw ti^a


e^^wcrti/
iu iavTOLS- Eyw
717^ ^apdv Tr)v e'/xrp TTenXrjpojfxeuyji'
Se'Soj/caavTols tov Xoyou crov, kol 6 K6(Tp.o<; eixLcrrjaeu
avTovf;, ort ou/c elalv iK tov Kocrpiov Ka6oi<; eya>
^^
ovK elfxl iK TOV Koafxov. ovk ipcoTO) Iva oLprj^

avTov<; iK tov Kocrixov dXX' tVa Tr]pif](Tr)<i


avTovq iK
« ^ If. ) « / J J \
/J _ ^

TOW TTOUTJpOV. CK TOf KO(TIXOV OVK €LCriU KaUW^


^^
OVK ek tov Koafxov. avTov<; cu
iyoi eljxl dyiaaou
Trj dkrjOeia

o \6yo^ 6 dXrjOeid k(TTiu. /ca-
(T09

Oois e/xe aTre'crretXa? ets roi^ Koajxou, Kdyo) direcrTethx


^'' ^"^
avTov<; et9 rof Kocrfxou- kol virkp avTwv eyo)
tu
dyta^w ifxavTou, iua w(tlu koI (ivtol rfyiacrfxeuoL

dXr^Oeifx.
''^
Ov ncpl rovTcov Se epono) fxouou,
dXXd Kat Trept Twt- TrurTcvouTiou 8td toD Xoyou
^'
avT0)u €t9 e/xe, tVa 7rduT€<; eu utaiu, kuOco^ av,
tu kfxoX kv trot, tVa Kat avToi iu
ncxTTip, Kciyo)
" OVK tri Tr. " yo T, ovrm Tr wr//7/. WH
^^ A(M »cal Tr. " Omil T WH
in sccomhirv read ii if;.
298 KATA lOANHN. xvii. 22.

ri^xxv uidiv, Lva o Kocrjxo'i TrtcTTevrj


^"^
on crv /ac
^"^ ^^
a7recrretXa9. Kayo) ttjv Sd^at' rju heScoKO.^ fiot
Se'SojKa avTol<i, iva wcriv eu Ka6d}<i i^/aets eV,

eyw ef aurot? /cat av ei>


e/xot, ti^a wtrtt' rereAetw-

[xeuoL ets eV, tVa ytuaxTKr) 6 Koa-jjios otl crv [xe


aTre'cTTeiXa? /cat
i^ya7r7](ra<^ avTOvs Ka6o)^ ifie rjyd-
^^
TTYjcra^. llaTijp, o^^ SeSw/cag fxoi, deXco lva ottov •

elfxl eyoj kolkcIuol w(tlv fxer^ ejxov, lva OempMcriv ttjv

oq<xv TTju efxr^v rjv oeocoKas fxoL, otl r)yaTT7](ra^


^^
fie Kara/3oX^9 Koafxov.
TTf)o HaTrjp 8t/cate, /cat

o Kocr/JLo^ ere ovk eyvco, tyo) 8e ere /cat ovtoi


eyvo)v,
" '' / ' ' \ 2fi V ' ' '

cypcoaau otl ctv fxe aneaTeiKas, /cat eyvoypiaa av-


Tot9 TO ovofxd (Tov /Cat
yuojpiao), lva rj dyaTrr) rjv

r)yd7rr](rd<; fxe iv aurot? 17 Kay 00 kv avTOt?.

XVIII. TaGra enrcov 'It^ctov^ e^rjXOev crvv rot?

lxaOyjTal<g avTov irepav tov ^Xeifxdppov tow Ke'Spcov^


OTTOv rjV KrJTTOf;, els ov el(rrj\0ev avTos /cat ol fxa-
"
OrjTai avTov. ^JSet Se /cat 'louSa? 6 TrapaStSou?
aVTOV TOV TOTTOV, OTL TToXXct/Ct? (TVVlj^Orj 'ItjCTOVS C/Cft
/xera rwr fxadiqTojv avTov.^ ^6 ovv 'lovSas XajScov
TTJV crnelpav /cat e/c tojv dp-^iepewv /cat e/c* r&iv

^aptaanov vTTiqpeTas ep^erat e'/cet


/xera (pavMv /cat

^^
niarfvarj Tr f«fl;y.
16 ^'i^aj^f,? Tr w^ff;-,/.
1'
ovs Tr OT^/z-r/. RV mar//. ^^
(dcoKus Tr w^/z-y.
WH mar//.
^
X T Tr.
^
roO
'
Kefiptoi'
Tr
'
r)iarg., rov Ktdpov T WH marg, as the reading of
certain Western documents.
^
fifra TOiu fiadijTwv avrov fVei WH marg.
* Omit Tr RV WH in secondary reading.
xvm. 15. KATA K2ANHN. 299

XafJinddcju kol ottXcju. 'Ir/croi)? ovv^ €t8a»s 'jrdvTa


TO. kp)(6ixeva in' avTOv e^yjXdeu, Kal Xe'yet avTols
dneKpiOrjaau avrw
'^
Tii^a [,rjTeLT€ ;
^Irjcrovu tou No.-
Qopaiov. Aeyet hj-yo) eifjur avTOL<i LcrT7)KeL be
^
KOL 'louoa? 6 TTapaoLhov<i avTov p.eT uvtoji'. dis

ovv elneu avTOLS 'Eycu elfxt, dnrjXOau eh to, ottlctoj


"^
Kai eireaav )^ajxai. ttoXlv ovu e-rrrjpcoTrjaep aurous®

TtVa ^TjTeLTe he elnau ;
^l7)(Tow top Na^wpatot^.
ol

aneKpLur} Irjcrovs tiLirou vp.iv otl eyoj et/xt* et


^
ovu €/x.e tjjTelre, d(f)€Te tovtovs virdyeiv Iva TrXr)-

pojOy o \6yo<i 6v eiirev otl Ov? Se8a»cas poi ovk


^'^
aTTotkeaa i^ amujv ouSeVa. 'Xlpcou ovu Herpos
€)(0}U pd-^aipau eikKvaev avrrju kol enaiaeu top tov

dp)(^Lepe(x}<;
BovXou kol dneKoxpev avTov to wTdpiou
^^
TO oe^LOu. rju he ouopa rw hovXo) MdX^o<;. elneu
ovu 6 lr)(Tov<i T<o TleTpo) BctXe ttju pd^aipav ets

Ti)u Or]Kr)U' to TTOTijpiov 6 hehojKeu p,oi 6 TraTrjp


ov prj TTLO) avTO ;

'H ovu anelpa koI 6 ^t\ia/3^09 Kal ol VTTrjpe-


Tai T(t)u 'lovhaioju crvueXaf^ov tou ^Irjaovu koI ehy-jcrav
auToi' Koi rjyayou Trpo<;
"Auuau^^ npajTOU' -rju yap
^^
TTeudepo'i TOV Katar/ja, o<> r)u dp'^iepev^ tov eVtau-
Tou eKCLuov " ^^
he KaLd(j)a<; o (Tvp/SuvXevcras tols

r'ju

'louoatot*? oTt (Tvp(f>epei. eua duOpojTTou dnoOauelu vnep


^^^
TOV Xaov. 'HKoXovOeL he rw ^Irjcrov "^Lfxcjp

» Tr «
6i (not marff.). Add 'Irjaiws- T.
'
Add 'irjiTnvi WH wr/ry.
^
(laTrjKft T Tr.
® avToiii
iTTTjpojTritrfi' T. ^^ dnoi/ T Tr.
" 'Akcuj/ T Tr. " Kaiu- T Tr.
300 KATA IfiANHN. xviil. 16.

YleTpos Koi^^ dXXo<; fMadTjTyjs- 6 8e ixad7]Tr)<i i.Keivo^


^*
rju y/'ojtrros rw ap^iepei, koX avuenrrjKOeu T(o 'It;-
^^
crov els ttju avXrjV tov dp^LCpecos, 6 8e Uerpos
^^
L(TTrJK€L npos rfj Ovpa i^oj. i^rjkdev oivv 6 p,a6r)-

Trjs 6 dXXos o yvojcTTos tov dpy;iep4o}S Kol elnev


^^
Trj dvpojpM Koi elcnjya'yeu tov \eyei
Uerpoi'.
ovv TM UeTpoj rj naiSCcrKT] rj Bvpcopos Mt7 koI crv

e/c TMV ixa07]T(ou el tov dvOpojTTOv tovtov ;


Xeyet
€KeLVos iJvK eiiJLi. KTTrjKeKxav oe ot oovKol /cat

ol vTTTjpeTai dvOpaKidu ireTTonqKOTes, otl xI)v\os rjv,

/cat
eOepixaivovTO

rju 8e kol 6 IleVpos /xer' avTcDU


ecTTojs /cat
uepixaivoixeuos- O ovu ap^iepevs
rjpwTrjcreu tov 'irjcrovv nepl tojv fxaurjTMV avTov Kai
\^^^/-,
TTepi OLoa^(Y)S
Tr]<i
>'<
avTov.
20' 'n »'^'t
aneKpLurj avTio iiqcrovs
'^

'Eyw TTappiqaria XeXdXrjKa t(o KOtrixw


iyoj navTOTe
iSiSa^a ev crvuaycjyrj /cat iv rw lep(o,
ottov ndvTes
ol 'lovSatot crvvep^ovTaL, /cat iv KpvTTTOJ iXaXrjcra
ovoev '
TL
jxe epcoras epojTiqaov aKrjKOOTas ; tovs
TL iXdXrjcraavTols tSe ovtol otSacrcv d elirov iyoJ.
'

TavTo. oe avTov enrovTOS et? TrapecrTrjKMS tojv viriq-

peTOiv eoojKev paTnafxa tm Irjaov enroiv Uvtms


> / ^ i " 2."? ' '/I > '^ 5
I r\

aTTOKpLVTj T(p ap^iepEL ;


aireKpiurj avTco irjcrovs
Et /ca/cws iXdXrjo'a, [xapTvprjaov irepi tov /ca/coG •

^* ^^
et 8e KaXws, rt /xe Sepets ; 'ATrecrretXei' oi!i^ au-
^^
roi^ 6 "Ai^i'as^^ heheixevov irpos Katdrl)av tov dp-

13 Tr adds [6].
^^
ypoxrTos rjv
WH marj.
15
fia-T^Kd. T Tr. ^^
flaTTjKfiaau T Tr.

^^
Omit in secondary reading Tr.
^o
"^was T Tr.
XVIII. 35. KATA IfiANHN. 301

^lepea. Wv be z,ifX(ou llerpos ecrrws /cat

depfxaivoixevo^. exirov ovv avrw Mi^ /cat av e/c Toiv

lxa6r)T0iV avTov ei ;
rjpurjcTaTO iK€ivo<i
Kai elireu Ovk
elpC.
"''

\eyeL el? e/c tcov SovXcou tov ap^i^tepew?,

cTvyyePTj^; ojv ov direKoxpei^ Uerpo^ to ojtlou Ovk


'

iyo) ere. elSov eV rw /ct^Voj /xer' avTov ; naktu ovv

rjpuija-aTo 11
er/309

Kat evdeo)^ dkeKTojp i(f)a)ur]aev.
-^^
^"AyovcTLu ovu tou '[tjctovv dno to G Kaia(/>a
eh TO
npaLTojpLou 171^
8e irpwi /cat avTol ovk
• •

elarjXdou els to irpauMpiov, tVa pr) piavOiocriv dXka


^^ '^''^

(f)dy(jjcrLU
to TTdcry(a. i^rjkdeu ovv 6 IletXaros'
i^o) npos avTovs Kai (fyrjaiv TtVa KaTrjyopiav (fiepere
'~
9'^ ' /I ' ' 30 '
'zJ \ ?
TOV avupcunov tovtov ;
aireKpiurjcrav Kai eiirav

avTio Et py] rjv ovto^ KaKOV ttolwv, ovk av o"ot


"^ ^"^
Trapeho')Kapev avTov. elnev ovv aurots IfetXaro^^^
Aa/Sere avTov v/xet9, /cat Kara tov vopov vpcov Kpi-
vaTe avTov. eiirov avTco ol lovoatot npuv ovk
egecTTLv anoKTeivaL ovoeva
-
Lva o Aoyog tov Irjaov

TrkrjpojOfj ov elnev cry]paLV(ov ttoim Oavarw -qpekkev


*^
diro0vyj<TKeLv. Elcrrjkdev ovv -ndkiv et? to

TTpatTfopLov^^ o lletXaroq^^ Kat iffxjjvrjcrev tov ^irfirovv


/cat ecTTcv avTO) ^v el 6 (3aerikev<; tmv \ovoai.(i)v ;

aireKpiuyj Ir/rrofg Atto rreaurou '


(ju tovto Aeyet?
akKoi eiTTOv (Tol
° o llet-
-q ircpt tpov ; aTre/c/atf/r;

XttTO?^^ MryVt cya* 'louSatd? etjutt ; to eOvos to trot'

21 22 ^„^i ^g- Tr.


ntXdroj Tr.
23 T adds 6 34 o,„it T.
^''
Add ovv T. 3^ tiv T<< 7rdA«i' T.
TTiiatTayfHov
^' iw'TOv T.
'Af^'
302 KATA lOANHN. xviii. 36.

KOL ol d^^tepet? TTapihoiKav ere i^oC' ri i.TToir]cra<i ;


^^
dneKpidy] 'ir^croO? 'H (SaaiXeia 17 ifxr) ovk icmv
e'/c Tov Koayiov tovtov
'
el e/c tov koo-^xov tovtov
rjv /3acrtXeta ol VTrrfperai ol
7) 7) e^LTj, e'/Ltot rjyojpCl^ovTO
dv,^^ Lua fXTj napahoOo) toIs 'louSatots' i^vu Se rj

pacrtAeta rj efxr) ovk ecrnv evrevuev. eiireu ovv


avT(o 6 TTetXaro?^-'^ Ovkovv jSaaiXev^ el crv ; drre-

Kpidi] 6^° 'l-qaov^; %v Xeyets ort /SacrtXev? eljXL.^^

iyd) et5 tovto yeyevvqp.ai koX ets tovto iXijkvda


eis TOV KocTfJiou Lva fJiapTvpTjaoj rrj dXrfOeia' ttci? 6
^^
oiv e/c T179 d\r]0eLa<; d/covet /u,ou riy? (fiwurjs. Xeyei
avTM 6 rietXdro?^^ Tt icTTLv dXrjOeia ;

Kat TOVTO elTTUJu ndXiv i^rjXdev TTpo<; tov'; 'Iou-

8atou9, Kat Xeyet avTot? 'Eyw ovhefXiau evpidKOi iv


avTOi aiTLau ecrnv oe crvvrjtfeta vfjuu Lua eva
dTToXvaai vplv ev ^^ tm Trdcr^a ^ovXecrde ovv
'
diro-
Xvaoi vjxlv TOV /BaariXea tmv 'lovha[o)v ; ^^ eKpavya-
crav ovv irdXtv ^^ XeyovTe^ Mr) tovtov dXXd, tov
BapafSftdv. rjv Se 6 Bapaftfids XtjctttJs-

XIX. ^
ToTe ovv eXa^ev 6 rieiXciTo?^ tov 'l-q-
^
<jovv KoX efxacTTiyuiarev. kol ol (iTpaTiwTai TrXe-

^avTe^ (TTe(f)avov i^ dKav0(i)v eTreOrjKav avTOv Tjj

Ke(f)aXfj,
Kol IfxaTLov 7rop(f)vpovv irepie/SaXov avTov,

"" av 01 1 .
(fjLOi rjyatviQovTo
^° Omit in secondary reading WH.
^^
«i/ii ; WH marff. Add [iyat]
Tr marff.
^2 Omit in
secondary reading WH. ^^ ^j(j
navra Tr.
^
ntXoTos Tr.
XIX. 11. KATA IfiANHN. 303

^
Koi ^p^ovTO TTpos avTou Kol eXeyov Xatpe 6 /8a-
crtXei'? T(ji>u 'iovSaLoju' koi iSibocrav avT(o paniafxaTa.
*
Kat^ e^rfXO^v ttoXlv e^oi 6 nttXaro?"^ /cat
Xe'yet
avTols *l8e ayo) i;/xti/ avTov efw, iVa yvciiTe otl

ovoejxiav aiTcau €vpLcri<a) eu avTco. ^qrjKuev ovu


6^ 'It/ctou? e^^J, (fiopoju tov aKavOivov crreifiauov kol
TO Trop<f)vpovv IfxaTiov. koi Xeyet avrot? 'iSou 6 aV-
^
OpoiTTO';. 6t€ ovv etSot'^ avTov ot ap^iepels Kai ol
'
VTrrfpcTat iKpavyacrau \^yovT€^ Sravpcocrou crrau-
pcjaov.^ Xeyet aurot? 6 lletXaros-^ Aa/^ere avrov
Vfji€l<;
/cat (TTavpaxraTe, iyw yap ou^ evpicTKo) iv
^ ^
avTw air lav. aTreKpiOrjcrav avTco ol 'louSatot

H/jtet<; uofxau e)(oiJL€u,


/cat /cara rot' uofxov Of^etXet
^
OLTToOaueiv, ort vtot* ^eoO iavrov inoirjcrev. Ore
ouf y^Kovweu 6 YleukaTo^^ tovtov tov \6yov, paWov
/cat elarjkOeu els to
i(l)o/3'rj0y), trpaiTMpiov ttoXlv /cat
Xeyet rw Ji^crov Ild^e/'' et (Tu ; 6 Se 'Irycrous atvoKpi-
aiv ovK eooo/cet/ avTO).
Keyeu ovu' avTco o lleLkaTos
KfxoL ov XaXets ,• ovk otSa? ort i^ovcriav i^M ann-
^^
Xutrat crt /cat e^ovdiav e^w (XTavpfocrai^ ere ; dne-

KpiOt] avTO)'^ 'iT/froug Ou/c elve?^'^ e^ovcriav KaT


ifxov ovoepiav el fxrj rju 8e8w/xeVof crot dvatOev
^^
Ota TOVTo 6 7Tapah()v<; p-e (Tol peiC,ova dpapTiav
a
Omit T WH nuin/.
8 So Tr hut niXfirof, T WH mary. 6 lUiKaroi e^w.
alriav ovx (vinrrKu) T.
•*
Omit ill
s(;c;omlary reading Tr WH.
« iSoi/ T. ' Omit T.
° ' Tr
Add [avTw] Tr i/ifir//. Kxcliaiif^o places nufr^.

€x*tr T. " So Tr wr/;//., Ijiil
7r<ipa8t6oi'r
Tr (r.rf.
304 KATA IfiANHN. xix. 12.

e^et. €K TovTov 6 ITetXaTo?^ e'C^rei aTToXuo'at au-


8e ^^
roi/* ot 'lovSaiot, iKpavyaarav \eyovTe<i 'Eaf
Tovroi/ aTToXucrr/?, ovk et
(f)iko<i tov Kaicrapos' ttol^

avTcXeyei tw
o jSacrikea eavTov ttolcov
KatVapi.
O GUI' aKovcra? t(i)v X6yo)v tovtwv
netXaro*;^

r]yay€u e^cj tov 'It/ctovi', kol iKaOiaeu eVt /Sif/Aarog


^^
et9 TOTTOf XeydjLtef oi' Ai06crTpcDTOi>, 'EfipaicrTl 8e
^* ^*
Va/3/3a0d. ^t* 8e TrapacTKevrj rod 77ao"^a, copa
171^ W9 e/CTT/. Kol Xeyet rot? 'lovSatot? "iSe 6 ^Sa-
criXev? vpLMv.
^
eKpavyaaau ow eKeluoL
*

Kpov dpou,
(JTavpuiaov avTOP. Xeyet avrot? 6 HeiXdro^^ Top
jSacrtXea vp,o)v cTTavpcocro) ;
direKpiOiqaav 01 dp^ce-

pet9 OvK €)(oixeu /SacrtXea
KaCcrapa. et
/X17
rdre
out' TrapeSojKep avTov avTols tua (XTavpcodrj.
^^
Hapekafiov ovu top ^Irjaovp kol ^acrrdt^oiv
'

^^
avT(o TOP (TTavpop i^rjXdep ets top keyofxepop Kpa-
PLOv ToTTOp}^ o Xeyerat ^^'E/S/aatcrrt TokyoOd,^"^ ^^ onov
avTOP dcTTavpcocrap, kol jxeT* avTov aXXous Swo ipTevBcp
^^
Kttt ipTEvOep, jxecrop 8e top 'Itjo-ovp. eypaxpep 8e
Kai TLTkop 6 JTetXaro?-'^ kol WrjKep cttI tov CTavpov'
^p 8e yeypaixfxdpop IHSOTS O NAZHPAIOS O
BASIAETS THN lOTAAIXlN. ^^
to^top ovp top
Tvrkop TTokkoL dpeypcocrap tcjp 'lovSaiojp, otl iyyvs
o TOTTO<; TTJs "

Tjp TToXeco? OTTOV idTavpoiOrj 6 'ir/o'oG?


-^^
Kat ^p yeypajxp^epop 'E/3/3atcrTt, 'Pwixa'CcrTL, 'EXXi^-

eKpa^a(ov T T
^2 Tr ^3 'E-
marff. Tr.
14 16 eav7-«
ral^^ada T. T, avTw Tr.
" 707701/ T Tr.
1'
ToAyo^a T, roXyo^ WH marf/.
XIX. 28. KATA IfiANHN. 305

V "^
\ ' 18
lletAaroj °
'^
' 21 *\ TT ' '
vicTTL. eKcyou ovu tco ot ap^tepei*,
Toiv 'lot»8ata>i/ Mt7 ypdcfte 'O /SacrtXev? twu 'lov-
Saiov, d\X' OTL cKeti^o? elTreu Bao'iXev? rwi^ 'louSaiojt'
^^ "^"^ ^
et/ai. a-TT^Kpidr) 6 rietXaro? ''O
yeypaffya yi-
ypa(f)a.
^^
Ot oSi^ crrpaTLMTaL ore iaravpojaau tov ^\y)(jovv
eXa^ou TO. t/xarta avTov koI eTTOirjcrau recrcrepa ixcpr],
eKoiaTa) orTpaTionrj p.€po<g, /cat tou ^irwva. rji/
8e
6 ^LTWv apa(fjos, iK tCju avoiOev v^avTO^ hC oXoV
eiTTat' ouf 77"/3os aKkrjkov^ mi) crater ojju.ei' avrov,
dXXa Xa^ojpeu irepi avTov rivos ecrrat tt^a t^
ypa(f)rf
'

^^
TT\r]poiOrj
"
A te/xeptVaf TO ret IfjidTLd fxov eavrot?
Kat eVt roi' t/xartcr/xoi^ /xow e/Sakou KXrjpop."
Ot ovi' ravra ^
/txei^ OTTpaTiCJTai iTToirjcrav' lo'T't)-

K€L(Tav oe TTapa rw crTavpco tov ir)<jov rj prjrrjp


avrov /cat t) aoeAf/ny T7/9 p.y]Tpo<i avrov, Ma/Jta t)

TOV KXojTra /cat


^
Mapta^*^ 17 MaySaXr/i^Ty. 'li70"ov9
out' tSoji^
TT^f pr]T€pa Kat to// pa07]Tr)i> irapecrTona
6v y^ydira Xeyei rfj /xi^rpt VvuaL, the 6 vlos crov
'

^ 6tra
Xeyet rw padrjTij *l8t t^ fXTJryjp crov. kol
rxTr'
(.Kf.ii>y]<i Tr)<i ojpa.*; €.Xa^ev 6 paOr)Tr)<; avrrju^^
et9 Ta tota.

McTa Tovro etoo)«? o Ir^rrov? ort 1707/ travra


" "

rcTeXecTTat tVa TtX^iojOy r] ypafjij) Xeyei Ati//a>.

'^ ^®
IliAciTb) Tr. f(/it Toij/ *I(n/fi(iito)i/ T.
20 fiVoK Tr. 21 ^\,|,i ij )^^yoy„a Tr.
22 fi,nii>
(Inrrix T Tr. 23
m„^„;,^^ T.
2*
avTffv 6 fidOriTtji T. 20
'i^,|-„iiy fi/5a>4' WH mfirij .

2U
yOG KATA TQANHN. xix. 29.

^'^
(TK€vos eKeuo 6^ov<? fxearoy
"

cmoyyov ovu fxe(TTou


Tov ogovs vcrcrcx)7T(t)
n^piuevTe'^ tt
poar^veyKav avTov
TO) (TTOfxaTL. ore ovv e\apeu to ogos o irjorov^ '
elneu TereXecrrat, Kat KXtVa? ttju Ke(f)a\rju irapi-
wKci' TO TTvevfxa. yJi ovu iovoaioi, enei

Trapa(rK€vrj rju, Lua fxr] fxeiurj eVt tov (TTavpov to.

cratfjiaTa iu T(o cra/8/3aT&j, 'qu yap fxeyaKr] r) rjfjiepa


eKeCuov^^ TOV cra/8/3aTov, -qpuiTiqaav tov TleikaTov^^
wa KaTeaywaiu avTMv Ta (TKekr) koI dpOwaiv.
i)KUOV OVV OL CTTpaTLWTaL, Kai TOV fxev TTpCDTOV
KaTea^av to. crKeXr] kol tov aXXou tov (TvucTTavpco-
OepTos avTM
• ^ eVl 8e tov 'irjcrovu iXdovTes, cJ?

elSou rjSr) avTov^^ TeOvrjKOTa, ov KaTea^av avTov


^ dXX' twv
TOL (TKeXr), et? cTTpaTLcoTcov Xoy^y avTOv
TTjp nXevpav iuv^eu, kol i^rjXOev ev0v<;^^ alfxa /cat

vodjp. Kat o €0)paK(x}<; fjLefxapTvprjKev, Kai akr)uivi]


avTov ecTTiv i] fJcapTvpia, Kai €Kclvo<; oioev otl
^"^
aXrjurj Xeyet, Lva Kat vfxeLS incrTevrjTe. eyeuETO
"
yap TavTa Iva rj ypa(f)r) TTXr)poj0rj 'OaTovu ov
^^
(TvuTpi^yjcreTai kol ttoXlv eTepa
aurov." ypa(f)r)
"
Xe'yet "OxpovTaL ei9 ov i^eKevT-qcrav.^'
^ Mera 8e raura
-qpioT-qcrev tov WeiXaTov^^ 'Joj(Tr)(f)
^^'
ciTTo^* KpLp^aOaias, mv p^aOriTr)^ tov^^ 'It^ctou ke-

38 Omit, T.
3' Omit T, omit 6 lu secondary readitig Tr WH.
38
iKdvrj WH marg. 20 Ui'harov Tr.
^° aurof Tr ^^ tvOvs Tr marg.
^'6y marg. i^rjKQiv
33 KOKfii/os T. 33
ni(TTfV(Tr]Tt Tr, not wzary.
34 6 clTri T. 35 >A_ T Tr.

secondary reading WH
38 Omit in
XX. 6. RATA inANHN. 307

Kpvinx4vo<; Se Sia tov (f)6fiou tmv 'lovSatcui', Iva dprf


^
TO crw/xa TOV 'ir^crov
"

kol inerpexliev 6 TleiXaros-


"'^

rjXBev ovv koX ypeu to (Toifxa avTov.^^ rjKOeu ok


Koi NiKo^rjixo^;, 6 ik6(j}i/ irpo^ avTou^^ vvkto<; to

TTpwToi^, (()€poji' tktypa'^^ (TiJiupurj<;


kol d\67]<; ws
*"
Xtrpa? eKaTou. ikafSou
'It^ctoD ovv to crw/na tov
KOX eSrjaav avTO oOovioi'i jxeto. tmu dpoip^aTon', KaOu)^
*^
Wos idTiv Tol<; 'lou8aiot9 eVrac^ta^eti/. yu 8e eV
TOTTCO OTTOV iaTaVpOjOrj KyJTTO^, KaL Iv TOt KrjTTO}
T(p

puTjfxeLOu
/5T55'
Kavpou, eu ovoenoj o)
'S^"?
ovoei?
/3
tju Teua.pevo<i
'
.40

*^
eK€t ovv 8ta napacTKevrjv tmv 'lovoaicov,
Ty]v otl

iyyv^ yjv to pviqpelov, eOrjKav tov Irjcrovv.

XX. ^
T^ Se /xta rait' aa^^aTojv Mapi'a^ 17 May-
Sak-qvyj ep)(€TaL irpoA cTKoria? ert ovwrj^ elq to pvrj-
e'/c tov
fxelov, KOL jSk^neL tov XlOov rjpfxevov pvrifx^iov.
^
Tp€)(€L ovv Kai €p)(CTaL TTpos "^Ipowa WeTpov KaL
Trpos TOV akkov ixa0rjTr]v 6v i(f)ikeL 6 Ii^crou?, Kai

keyet avToZ<i 'Upav tov Kvpiov Ik tov pvr)peiov,


^
Kttt ovK oi^tt/xei/ TTov cOrjKav avTov. ^E^rjkOev
ovv o WcTpo^ KOL 6 aX\o9 jxa6if]Trj^, koX rjp^ovTo
' '

ei9 TO pviipclov. eV^je^of 5e ol Svo Ojxov kol


6 ctXXos' irpoc^pafxtv Tovetov'^ tov UeTpov
p.aOirjTrj<i
'
/cat rjkOcv TTpo)TO<; ct9 to pvyjiitLOV, KaL napaKv\pa<i
^
ftkencL Ktipava to. dOovLa, ov jxevTOL €L(j7jkHf.v. ^PX^~
Tat ovv Kal"^ '^Ljxow \\cTpo<; (XKokovOcJv avTO), Kai
^"^
«vv K(t\ ffptiv (ivToi) T. '^ Toi» 'if/froCi* Tr
rj/KQuv marg.

/ily^u T, /ii'y^u Tr WH marg. ^°
iriOr) T Tr.
M«/H('i/x
T ^
''f'X'
3 Omit T, Tr
|»cr,i] nmrg.
308 KATA IfiANHN. xx. 7.

Oewpel ra
'

elcrrjXdev et? to fjivrjixexou Kai oOovia

Ket[Ji€ua,
'

Koi to crovSdpiou, o rji/


inl rrjs K€r/)aX^?
avTov, ov /xero. twu oBovimv Keifxevou d\ka X^P'-'^
' ^
iuTeTvXiyfiei'ov et? epa tottou t6t€^ ovu tlcrrjkdei>
KOi 6 dWos jxadr}Tr}'i 6 i\0(x)i^
Trp(OTo^ et? to fivrj-
' ^
[xelov, Koi c'Sev koI eTricTTevcrev ouSeTTw yap yj^^i'-

aav TTjv ypa(f)rfu avTov eK veKpoiv di/a(rTrjuai.


otl oel
^'^

aTrrjXBoi^ ovu ttoKlv TTpo? avrou?* ol jxadrjTaC.


^^
Ma/ata-'^ Se IcrTTJKei^ Tr/aos
tw jxprjixeio) c^co Kkai-
ovcra. W5 ovu CKkaieu TrapeKvxjjeu el<i to puTjfxelou,
^^
0e(opeL hvo dyye'Xous iu XevKot5 /ca6*e{o/xeVov9,
/cat

eua 7rpo9 Trj Ke(f)aXrj kol eua TTpo<; roi? noaiu, onov
eK€iTO TO (Tcofxa Tov irjaov. Kat Aeyovcnu avTrj
eKeiuoi Tvvai, rt KXaiets ;
Xeyet aurots otl 'Upau^
Tou KvpLou fxov, Kol ovK oloa TTOv WrjKau aVTOU.
^*
TavTa elTTovcra icTTpdfprj ets tol onicrco, kol Oecjpel
TOU 'lr](jovu icTTcjTa, kol ovk JjoeL otl 'ir^croOs icTTLU.
^'^

XeyeL avTjj 'li^crou? VvuaL, tl AcXatet? ; TLua ^T^rei? ;

iKeCuTj hoKovcra otl 6 Kr^novpos icrTLU Xeyet avT(o Kv-


pte, el (TV i/SdcTTacras avTou, elrre poL ttov €0y]Ka<? av-
^
Tov, Kdyoi avTov dpo). XeyeL avTTj ^Irjcrov^ Maptdp.
<TTpacf)eL(ja iKeiuyj XeyeL avTio ^'E/SpaCaTL 'Pa/S-
^^
/Sovuei^ (o Xeyerat AtSctcr/caXe). XeyeL avry 'Iiy-

(Tov'i M17 pov aTTTov,^^ ovTTOj ydp dua(3efirjKa Trpo<;


TOU TTUTepa'^^ TTopevov Se Trpo? tov<; dSeXcjiOvs pov
^ avTovs T Tr. ^
fi^rfjKd T Tr
« Omit T. 7
^pau T Tr WH w«r^.
8 'E- T Tr. 9
'Pa/3i3ouw' T Tr.
^° aTTTov
fiou Tr OT^r^. WH marff.
^^
Add [/lioi^]
Tr i/ufrff.
XX. 25. KATA IfiANHN. 309

^
Koi elne avrot? Kva^aivu) Trpo? rov irarepa [xov
Kac narepa vfxojv /cat tfeou fjiov /cat tfeov vfjiojv. ep-

^erat Mapta/u, 17 MaySaXi^i^ dyyeXXovcra rot? ixaOrj-


Tat? ort hjOjpaKa rov Kvptov /cat ravra etTret'

aurrj.

Ova-T)^ ovv oi//ia? T17 rjixepa eKCivrf Trj jjna crap-


^OLTOiv, /cat Toi^'
Ovpoiv KeKkeicrpevoiv ottov rjcrav ol

Sta rot' roiv 'IoL'Sata>^', rjXOev 6


fxa6r)Tal <f)6ftov

'[qaov'^ /cat e(TTT7 et? to fiecrou, /cai


Xe'yet avrot?

JLiprjvri vjXLv. /cat touto enroiv eoei^eu /cat ra?


/cat 717^' TrXevpau awrot?. i)(apr}(Tav ovv ot
-)(eLpa<;
^^
tSofTC? Tot* etTrei' ouj/ avTot? 6
liaO-qTOL Kvptov.
'ir^croCs'^'*
ttoKlv YAprjvri vfxlv' Ka0oj<; aTreVraX/ceV
^^
/xe
6 TraTrjp, Kayo) ireixTro)^^ vfxa<;. /cat toCto etTToJt'

iveffjvcrrjcrev /cat Xe'yet aurot? Kd^ere TTvevfxa ayiov


av TLvoiv a(prjT€ ra? afxapTiaq a(peoji>rai aurots*
cit' Tt/'f/j/^^^
Kparrjre KeKpdT7)UTaL.
^ elq eV roi/^ 8f/jSe/ca, o Xcyd/xei^o? AtSf-
Wco/xaq Se
fio<:,
ovK r^v /xcT avTOiv ore rjKUev irjaovi. eKeyov
ovv avTO) ol d'XXot naOrjTai \\(i)paKa[iev tov Kvpcov.
6 8e elwev avTOL<; ^Edv fxr) l^o) iv rat? ^epaXv av-

TOV TOV TVTTOV TOW T^XoiI' /Cat fidXoj TOV OClKTvXoP

fJiOV^^ «t9 TOV TVTTOV^^^ TOW irJXoj;'


KUL [idXoi jJiOV TTjV

€t<;
TrXevpdv avTov, ov TndTevaoi.
^€ipa TT^t* [ir]

^^
(bipoKt Tr Dinrff.
'^ Omll T, lint Tr nifirr/ [avrois] xtu Tin x''/"'*
""^ '^'l" ^^^^P^" avTiw
^*
Oniil T Tr. WH in secondary ic;iiliii<,'.

>'
a»rofTT*XXa) Tr wfirr/.
i" rivot WH wr/r//
^^
uffnofTni
WH w/'/ri/.

/iou tup 5d»fTuXoi'
T.
^® Ton-oi/ T Tr //iftrff.
310 KATA mANHN. xx. 26.

^^
Kat jxeO^ yj^epaf; oktco ttoXlv rjaou^ iarco ol fxa-

OyfToi avTOv Kat @&j/xa? /ler' avroiv. ep^erat 6

'It^ctou? TOiv
Ovpuiv KeKkeLCTfievajv, ecrrr) /cat 6t5 to

fjiecrov /cat
einep FALpTJvrj vpuv. etra Xeyet rw Bw/ta
^epe Toi^ Sa/crfXo/^ crov wSe Kat tSe to,*; ^eipd<^ jxov,

Koi (f)£p€ TYju X^^P^ ^^^ '^"^^ ySaXe et? T171' TrXevpdv
^^
pov, Kol /iTr) yivov dmcrToq dXkd 7rto"To?. avre-

KpiOrf (^oj/xa? Kat elneu


avTco KvpLO<; pov Kat O
o c7eo9 /xou. KeycL avTO) o^" It^ctov? Urt eoopuKa^
/xe
,
TreTTL(TTevKa<; ;
21
paKapioi
'~
ol
'^'?'
loovre^
pt) Kat
^

TTioTeucrai/re?.
so
IloXXa pev ovu kol aXXa a'qpeia eTTOirjcev 6

^lr)(TOV<; iutoTTLOv rtov padrjTcou,^^ a ovk eaTtv ye-


ypappeva iv rw ^tySXtw tovtco' ravra Se yeypa-
TTTat ti'a Tn(TTevr)Te ort irjaov<i ecrriu o ^ptcrro?
6 vto? Tou ^eoi), Kat tVa TrKxrevoi^TC? ^wt^i^ ^XV^^
iv TO) opopan avTov.

^
XXI. Mera ravra i(f)auep(t)(T€v
eavTov ttoXlv 'I>^-

(TOV<i rot? paOrjTcu<i iirl Trj<i 0a\dcr(Tr)(; T>^q Tt^e^ia-

icjiapepocrep oe ourw?. 'Herat' opov %ipoiv



80?

Ilerpo? Kat So)pa<; 6 Xeyopevoq AtSv/AO? Kat Na-


Oavarjk o oltto Kat'o,^ rrys FaXtXata? Kat ol tov^

Ze^eSatov Kat aXXot ck roir^ paOr^Tcov avTOv Svo.


^
Tnayco aXieveiv

Xe-
XeycL avTolq Sipcov Tle.Tpo<;

^° Omit in secondary reading Tr WH.


2^ So RV mftiY/., nenicTTtvKas •
T Tr.
22 Add avTov WH //larff.
^^
nicTTtvar^Te Tr but not marg.
1
Kava T Tr. ^
uloi Tr marg.
XXI. 11. KATA lOANHN. 311

/cai crvu crot. i^rj^-


yovcTiu avTip 'Rp)^6fxeda T^/xet?
6av^ /cat iue/3r)aap et? to ttXoIou, kol iv eKeivrj rfj
*
pvktI iTTtaaav ovSeu. irpuita^
Se 1781^ yLvoyiiviq^

earrj 'ir^croG? ei?^ top alyiaXov ov /xeVrot rj^eLorav


^
ol fiadY)Tal oTL ^Irja-ovs earTiv. Xe'yei
ovv avTolq

'irjaov's'^ ITatSia, fxtj tl Trpocr(f)dyLOu e^ere ; aTre-


^
KpiOyjO-av avTio Ov. 6 Se etTrei^^ avrot? BaXere
ei? TO, Se^to, fJiipy) tov ttXolov to Slktvov, kol evpyj-
creTe, e^akov ovv, kol ovKeTc^ avTo eXKVcrai^^ caxvou
Xcyet ovv 6 ixaOrjTT)^
'
OLTTOTOV ttXtjOov^ Tuiv l^Ovoju.
eKelvoq ov rjydTra 6 'irycroO? toj Ilerpw 'O Kvpi6<;
iaTLV. %'ip.oiv ovv IleTpo<;, a/coucra? otl 6 Kvpto*;
iaTLVf TOV iTT€vBvTr)v Ste^cocraro,^v ya.p yvp-vo^;, /cat
^
e/Bakev kavTOv €t? Trfv OdXacraav ol Se ctWot ^a-

OrjToi TUi nXoLapico rjXOov, ov yo-p riaav p.aKpdv dno

T179 yrj<;
dXXd o)<; dno TTrj)((ov Sta/cocrtoji^, crvpovTe<;
^
TO ^tKTVov TU)V ovv diri^iqaav ets T-qv
l)i^9v(i)V.
'li?

yrjv /BXenovaiv dvOpaKidv Keiptvrjv


koI oxpapiov iin-

KeLfxevov /cat apTOv. Key el avTOL^ o i7)aov<; Vjvey-


KaT€ diro Tojv oxpapicov S)V iindcraTC vvv. dve/^r)
ovv^'^ WeTpo^i
^ifuiiv /cat eiXKvaev to Slktvov et? Trjv
^^
yrjV {leaTov l)( Ov(ov peydXutv Ikutov TrevTrJKOvTa

TpLCJV Kul TOaoVTCjJV 6vT(x)V OVK C(T)(^L(T6r)


TO OLKTVOV.

•'
T Tr. * Tr mar//.
(^t)'KOi>v yfvofifvys
''
(ttI T Tr mtt/y. WH y/icirr/.
°
lyvi^auv Tr mar//.
''
\6\ 'ivfToOf Tr. 8
Xt'yfi
T
" 10 Tr.
uIk (Ti Tr. t'X/cO.rai
^'
(Jmil ill
secondary rcadiiiLf
Tr WH.
'=^
Omit T, \ovi>\ Tr „iitr//.
^'
fifyuXoiv l)^6v(tiv
Tr mufy.
812 KATA lOANHN. xxi. 12.

^^
Xeyet avTOL<; 6^^ 'Ir^crou? AeGre apicrTiqaare. ov-

Sei9^* iToXfxa tojv ixaOrjToju i^eTacrai avTOu Xv tl<;


^^
el; etSdre? otl 6 /cvpto? ecmv. ep^erai 'li^croO?
Kat Xafji/Bdvei top aprov koX oihoioriv avTol<i, Kol to
^^
oyjidpiov ofjiouuq.
Touro 1781^ Tp'nov icpavepatOr) 'It^-

<Tou? Tot9 ixaOrjTol^ iyepOel'i e/c


veKpoiv.
^^
'Ore oui^ rjpicrTrjcrav Xeyet t6> St/xwvt Uerpo) 6
'ir^croO? Siixoiv ^loidvov^^ ayaTia? /xe irKeov rov-
Tdiv ;
keyei avTO) Nat, Kvpie, av otSa? ort (^tXoi
ere.
Aeyet auroi Bocr/ce ra apvia jxov. Aeyet av-
Toi TrdXiu Sevrepop Slixojv ^Icjduov,^^ dyaTra? /xe ;

Xeyet awrw Nat, Kvpie, crv ot8a<? ort (^tXoi ere.


Xeyet
auroi llot/xati^e ra TrpopaTta'-" fjiov. Aeyet aurw
TO %Lfi(op ^lojdvov,^^ <^tXet9 /xe ; ekvirrjOiq 6
rp'iTov

TTeV/jo? ort eiTreZ'' aurw to rpiTOP <I>tXet9 {xe ; /cat

elirep^^ avTO) Kvpte, irdpTa crv olSaq, crv yLP(ocrK€i<;


OTL (^tXoj ere.
Xeyet avTco ^Irjcrovq^^ Bocr/ce to. irpo-

paTta /xou. a/XT^i' a/xi)!^ Aeyt/j trot, oTe 7)9 i^ew-

T€po<;, i^(t)ppve<; aeavTOP /cat TreptcTTctTet? ottou yjOeXe*;'

oTav Se yr)pdcrr)<;, i.KTepex<i Tct? y^€ipd<i aov, /cat aXXo?


Qmctel ere /cat oteret ottov ou f7eAet?. touto oe
elirep crrjjxaipcop ttolm OapdTut oo^dcrei top Oeop. /cat

TovTo elircop Xeyet avTw 'A/coXou^et /xot.


^^
'ETTtcTT/oac^et? o IleT/ao? /SXeVet toj^ jxaOyjTrjp ov
eV
rjydrra 6 'li^eroi)? 6?
d/coXoi^^oG/'Ta, /cat ai^eVeerei^

" All, I a? T, [Se] Tr. IS


'Itoawov T.
^"
rrpoliiiTu
Tr (not marff.) WH »/ff>-y.
" Xeyet T Tr w/a/y. ^^ Omit T, {"irjaovs] Tr.

npo^ard WH T Tr
i» 2° ere
»/a/-y. (ooaei M^r^.
XXI. 25. RATA lOANHN. 318

TO) oeLTTVo) inl to orryjOof; avTov Koi elrr^v Kvpte, tl^


"
icTTLV o TTapaoioov's ere tovtov ovv locov 6
;
neVpo?
'^^

\eyeL toj ^Irjo-ov Kvpie, ovto^ Se tl ;


Xeyet avTM
o lr}(Tov<; 'I'^.o,/-" avrov OeXoi fxeveiv eco<;
ep^o/JLai, tl

7rpo<; ere; crv jjlol aKoKo-vOei. ^'E^rjX.^et' ovv ovto<;


6 Xoyoq et? rot"? dSeXfjyov'^ on o paOrfTrj^; iKeivo<^
OVK riTToOvrjCTKei. ovk elnev Se^^ avTO) 6 'It^ctou?
oTt OVK aTTo0urj(TKeL, aX\' 'Ra?^ avTov OeXco p-eveiv
eoj? ep^^ofxac, tl Trf)()<;
ere ;

Uuro? ecTTw o pal>r)Tr)q o paprvpcov Ttepi tov-


Tojz^ /cat o ypa\\fa^ ravTa, /cat oioapev ort aKr)ni]<;
avTov rj fiapTvpia icrriu.

hcrrt?^ oe /cat aKKa nokKa a eTToirjcrev o iT^trou'?,


aTLva lav ypar/^ryrat /ca^i cj^, ouo' avTov olpac tov
^^ ^^
to.
KocTfxov y(opi'j(reLV ypacjiopeva ^t^Xta.

21 K«} oiV flTTfv T Tr /wr_^.


22 Omil T
23 A. Id /fal WHw,in/.
24 (),„j, ^ T,
[6] ,fal WH w/^v/.
25 Oiiiils llic uliolc VClSf T.
2^ Tr adds
subscriplioii Kara 'itoai/i^i/.
A LITERAL TRANSLATION OF JOHN I.-IV;

CHAPTER I.

1. In (the) -beginning was the Word, and the Word was


with [the] God, and God was the Word.
2. This-foiio) was in (thcj-bet^innint::; witli [tlie] God.
3. All-things through him w^ere-made, and w^ithout him was-
madc not one-thing.
That-which has-heen-made
4 in him life was, and the life

was the light of-the men.


5. And tlie light in tlie darkness shines, and the darkness it

not apprehended.
C. 'rh(,-rt'-wa.s (i\)-iiinn having been-sent from God, name to-

him John.
7. Tliis-(on(') came for witness, that he-might-bear witness

concerning t/ie lit/ht, that all might-believe through him.


8. Not was that-(iiii(') the light, but that he iiiight-hoar-
witnoss concerning the light.
9. TTfe-was the light the true which lighteth every vian com-

ing into the •world.


10. In thi; irorld he-was, and the iiuivid through him was-
made, ,'ind tlio world him not knew.


Black tyjio ilnnotcs tlip first oncnnvrirc of words ; ilalir, r\ new form of
;i known uoul ; ]ioni:in, known wonls. W'oiiIh joined liy ii
hi/plini or /ii/}>/ints
am to bo ronderfil l>y one wonl in (!nik. /'urailhcscs ( ) onclo.so words for
wliidi tlif-rf^ is noci|niv!ilcnt in the (Irrck. 'I'lii- nstcrisk •) stands for worils
(

wliiih nri' nntransl.it.itilr- in Kn^lisli. Hrftchis \ ]


enclose wonls wliirh arc in
the fJreck, Imt are not to l>e rendered into Kn^li.sli. Tlie order of the Greek
words is stiictly followed in this translation.
316 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD.

11. Unto the his-own-things he-came, and the Ms-own liim


not received,
12. As-many-as moreover received him, he-gave to - them
power children of-God to-become, fo-those believing on the name
oi liim,

13. Who not from bloods nor from (the) -will of-flesh nor
from (tlie)-will of-man but from God w^ere-begotten.
14. And the Word flesh was-made and he-tabernacled among
us, and we-beheld the glory of-liim, glory as of- (tlie) -only-
begotten from (the)-Father, full of-grace and of-truth.
15. Jolin bears-witness concerning him and he-has-cried
(cries) saying, This-(one) was the-(one) having-said, The-(oiK')
after me coming before me has-been, because first of-me
(before
me) he-was.
16. Because from the fulness of-him we all receioed, and
grace instead of-grace.
17. Because the law^ througli Moses w^as-given,
[the] grace
and [the] truth through Jesus Christ came (was).
18. God no-one has-seen at-any-time ; {i:\\(i)-only-begotten
God being in the bosom of-the
tlie-(one) Father, that-(one)
declared.
19. And this is the vnfness of-[the] John when sent unto him
the Jew^s from Jerusalem priests and Levites that they-might-
ask him, Thou who art-thou ?
20. And he-confessed and not he-denied, and he-confessed,
^ " I not am
[that] the Christ."
21. And they-asked him, What then ? Thou Elijah art ?
And he-says, Not I-ara. The prophet art thou ? And he-

answered. No.
22. They-said therefore to-hira, Who art-thou '.' that answer
we-may-give to-the-(ones) having-sent (to-those who-sent) us.
What sayest-thou concerning thyself ?
23. He-was-saying, I voice of-(one) -crying in the w^ilder-

1
OTL recitative, equal to our quotation marks (" ").
LITERAL TRANSLATION. 317

ness, Make-straight the way of-the-Lord, as said Isaiah the

prophet.
24. And they-had-been-sent from the Pharisees.
25. And they-asked him and said to-him, Why then baptiz-
est-thou if thou not art the Christ nor Ehjah nor the prophet ?
2(3. Answered to-them [the] John, saying. I baptize in

(with) virater : midst of-ijou he-stands whom you not know,


27. After me coming, oj-ivJcom not am I w^orthy that I-
should-unloose of-him the thong of-the sandal.
28. These-things in Bethany were beyond tlie Jordan, where
was [the] John bajJtizlny.
29. ()n-thc morrow he-sees [the] Jesus coming unto liim,
and says, Behold, tlie
of-[the]Lamb God the- (one) bearing

(he who bears) the sin of-the world.


30. This-(one) it-is about whom I said, After me comes
{a,)-num who before me has-been, because first of-me (before me)
}ie-was.
31. And-I not kiiein liim, but that he-should-be manifested

to-[tlie] Israel, on-account-of this came I in (with) water bap-


tizing.
32. And "
bii.rc-irif.iirss dolm, saying, I-Jtavc-bcJudd, the Spirit

descending as (a)-dove Inmi heaven, and it-abode uj)on him.


33. And-I not knew liiiiK but [\\v-{in\iS) havhig-sent (he who

sent) me to-baptize in (wilhi watrr (liat-(oue) to-nie said, Upon


wliom soever thou-mayst-sec tlie Spirit descending nnd abiding
Ufion liiin, this-(oiie) i.s
ihe-(one) baptizing (he who baj)tizes) in

(wifli) the) Spirit Holy.


I

34. And-1 havc-sccii and 1-have-bornc-ivitness that this-(one)


is the Son of-fthe] God."
35. Oii-liif niorr<»w again w^as-standing John and from tbo
disciples (it-liiiu tw^o.

3(). And having-looked-at [tin;] Jesus w^alking, he-says, Be-


hold the Lamb of-[fln' (jlod. ]

37. And heard tin; two d,iscipl,cs him speaking mik! they-
foUowed [tin; J Jesue.
318 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK ME IHOD.

•38. Having-turned moreover [the] Jeaus and having-beheld


them folhwiuf) he-says to-them, What seek-ye ? The-(ones)
moreover said to-him, Rabbi, which is-said being-interpreted,

Teacher, where ahidest-thou ?


39. He-says to-them, Come-ye and ye-shall-see. They-came
therefore and saw where and with him they-ahode the
lie-abides,

day that (that day) (the)-hour was about (the) tenth.


;

40. It-was Andrew the brother of-Simon Peter one from the
two of-the-(ones) havlmi-heard (of those who heard) from John
and having -foUoived (who-followed) liim.
41. Finds this-(one)^rs^ tlie brother the his-own Simon, and

lie-says to-him, We-have-foicnd the Messiah, which is, being-


interpreted, Christ.
42. He-led him unto [the] Jesus. Having-looked-at him
[the] Jesus said, Thou art Simon the son of John, thou shalt-
be-called Cephas, which is-iuterpreted Peter.
43. On-the morrow he-willed to-go-forth into [the] Galilee.
And he-finds Philip and says to-him [the] Jesus, Follow-thoii me.
44. Was moreover [the] Philip from Bethsaida, out-of the
city of-Andrew and of-Peter.
45. Finds Philip [the] Nathanael and says to-him, of-whom

(him of whom) wrote Moses in the lato, and the j^^^ophets, we-
liave-found, Jesus, (the)-sow of-[the] Joseph, the-(one) from Naz-
areth.
46. And said to-him Nathanael, Out-of Nazareth is-able

any good-thing to-be ? Says to-him [the] Philip, Gome-thou,


and see.
47. Saw Jesus [the] Nathanael coming unto him and says
concerning him, Behold, truly [an] Israelite in whom guile
not is.
48. Says to-him Nathanael, "Whence me knovjest-thon? An-
swered Jesus and said to-him. Before of-the (that) thee Philip
to-call (called), beiiuj under the fig-tree I-saw thee.
49. Answered to-him Nathanael, Kabbi, thou art the Son of-

[the] God thou King art of-[tlie] Israel.


;
LITERAL TRANSLATION. 310

50. Answered Jesus and said to-hini, Because I-said to thee


" I-saw thee underneath the "
Jig-tree believest-thou ? Greater-
thiugs-than these thou-shalt-see.
51. And
he-says to-him, Verily, verily I-say unto-you, ye-
shall-see[the] heaven opened, and the angels of-[tlie] God
ascending and descending upon the Son of- [the] man.

CHAPTER II.

1. And on-the day tlie third (a)-marriage was in Cana of-

[the] Galilee, and was the mother of-[the] Jesus there.


2. Was-called moreover also [the] Jesus and the disciples
of-him to the marriage..
3. And having-failed vrine, says the mother of-[the] Jesus
unto him, Wine not they-have.
4. And says to-her [the] Jesus, What to-in.e and to-thee,
vroman ? not-yet is-come tlie hour of-me.
5. Says the mother of-him to-the servants, What soever he-

may-say to-you, do-ye.


6. There-V)ere moreover there of-stone water-jars six accord-

ing-to the purifying of-the Jews lying, containing apiece meas-


urers (firkins) two or three.
7. Says to-them
[the] Jesus, Fill-ye (he water-jars with-
water. And they-filled them up-to aJ>ove (up to the brim).
H. And he-says to-them, Draw-ye-out now^, and bear-ye to-
tlii' ruler-of-feast. The-(oiies) (they) moreover Imre.
9. Whi'H moreover tasted the ruler-of-(the)-feast the w;iler
wine havivg-herome, and iiof knev* whciu-e i(-is, the moreover
servantH knew, the-(oneH) havivg-ilrawn (those who drew) the
water, (-alls the bridegroom the ruler-of-(th(')-fea8t,
10. And he-sayH to-him. Every man first the good wine
placRH, ;ind \vhenever they-become-drunken th(! worse; tlion
hast-kept the ^ood wine until now.
11. This did {iw)-beg inning of-the signs [the] Jesus in Cana
320 INTRODUCTORY N. .
T. GREEK METHOD.

of-[tlie'] Galilee, and manifested the glory of-him, and believed


on him the disei|ile.s of-liim.

12. After this he-'woit-duwn to Capernaum, himself and the


mother uf-him and the (his) brothers ;ind the discij^les of-hini,
and there they-abode not many days.
13. And near was the passover of-the Jews, and
went-uj) to
Jerusalem [the] Jesus.
14. And hefound in the temple the-(ones) selling (those
who sold) oxeu and sheep and doves and the mouey-chaugers
sitting,
15. And having-made (a)-scourge out-of cords all he-cast-
out from the temple, the both sheep and the oxen, and of-the
money-changers he-poured-out the money and tlie (their) ta-
bles he-overtIire\w,
16. And to-the-ones the doves selling (to those who sell the
doves) he-said, Taherije these-things hence, not nuikcrye tlie

house of-the Father of-me (a)-]iouse of -merchandise.


17. Remembered the disciples of-hira that it-has-been-ivritten,
The zeal of-the house of-thee shall-eat-up me.
18. Answered therefore the Jews and said to-him, What sig7i
showest-thou to-us, because these-things thou-doest ?
19. Answered Jesus and said to-them. Destroy -ye the tem-
ple this and in three daj^s I-will-raise him (it).
20. Said therL'fore the Jews, Forty and six years was-built
the tem])le this, and thou in three days lailt-raise-iq} him (it) ?
21. That-(one) (He) moreover was-saying (spoke) concerning
the temple of-the body of-him (his).
22. When therefore he-was-raised from (the)-dead, reiiitiu-

bered the disciples of-liiuT that this he-was-saying, and they-


believed the writing (scripture) and the word which said [the]
Jesus.
23. AVlien moreover he-was in [the] Jerusalem in (at) the

passover in (at) the feast, many believed on the name of-him,


beholding of-him the signs which he-w as-doing.
L'l. Ile-himself moreover Jesus not tvas-believing (trusting)
LITERAL TUANSLATION. 321

himself to-them on-account-of the him to-know (ou account of

that he knew) all-men,


25. And because not need he-was-havinf/ that any should-
bear-witness concerning [tht.j man, lie-liimsclf for was-knowlng
what was in [the] man.

CHAPTER III.

the Pharisees, Nico-


1. (There) -was moreover (a)-man out-of
demus name to-him, (a)-ruler of-the Jews.
2.This-(one) came unto him by-uight
and said to-him, Rabbi,
weknow that from God thou-kast-come (a)-teacher no-one for ;

is-able these tlie signs to-do whicli thou doest, if not (except)
he [the] God witli liim.

3. Answered Jesua and said to-him, Verily, verily, I-say to-


thec, if not (except) any-one b&^orn anew, not he-is-able to-see
the kingdom ot-[thi'] (Jod.
4. Says unto him [the] Nicodemus, How is-ablc (n)-man
to-be-born old beiugV Ls-he-able into the womb of-the mother

of-him a-second-time to-enter ami to-be-born ?


5. Answered [the] Jesus, Verily, verily I-say to-thee, if not

(except) any-one be-born of water and of-(the)-Spirit,


not is-he-
ablo to-enter into tlie kingdom of-[the] God.
6. Th(;-(thing) haviufi-Iteen-hnrn (that which has been born)

of the flesh, <h;sh is, aiitl the-(thiiig) having-been-born of the


is.
Spirit, spirit
7. N(;t marvel-thou because I-said to-thee, It-is-uecesaary for-

yoii to-be lioni anew.


H. The wind wIuto it-ivUleth blows, and tlie sound of-it thov-

hearest, but not thou-knowest whence it-comes and whitlur


it-goea thus is the-(on<') ]iavimj-l>ecv-honi of tin-
; evtTy-ont!
Spirit.
\). Answered Nicodemus and said to-him, How is-able (aru

able) these-things to-be ?


21
022 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD.

10. Answered Jesus and said to-hiiii, Thou art the teacher
of-(the) Israel and tliese-tliings
not tltouknowest ?
" That-which we-know we-
11. Verily, veril3% I say to-thee,

sjieak and that-whicli we-have-seen we-hear-vvituess,


and the
witness o£-us not ye-receive.
12. If the earthly-things I-said to-you and not ye-believe, how
if-perchance I-say to-you the-heavenly-things shalL-ije-heUeve ?
13. And no-one hath-ascended into the heaven if not (except)

the-(one) out of-the heaven havliKj-descended (he who descended),


the Son of-[the] man.
14. And as Muses lif ted-up the serpent in the wilderness,
thus to-he-llftcd-uj) it-is-necessary-for the Son of-[the] man,
15. That every-one the-(one) believing (who believes) in him
may-have life eternal.
16. Thus for loved [the] God the world so-that tlie Son
the only-begotten he-gave, that every-(onc) the-(one) believing

(who believes) on him not should-periah but should-have life


eternal.
17. Not for sent [the] God the (his) Son into the world that
he-should judge the world, but that should-be-saved the world
through him.
18. The-(one) believing (he who believes) on him not is-
judged ; the-(one) not believing already hotJt-heen-judged be-
cause not he-has-believed on the name of-the only-begotten Son
of-[the] God.
19. This moreover is the judgment, that the light has-come
into the world and loved [the] men rather the darkness than
the light ;
was (were) for of-them evil the -works (for their
works were evil).
20. Every-one for the-(one) ill practising (w'ho prartiseth ill)
hates the light and not comes unto the light, that not be-con-
victed the works of-him.
21. The-(one) moreover doing the truth comes unto the light,
that may-be-manifested of-him the works, because in God it-has-

been-wrought (they-have-been- wrought).


LITERAL TRANSLATION. 323

22. After these-things came [the] Jesus and the disciples


of-him into the Judcuan land, and there he-was-tarryiug with
them and ivas-baptiz'mg.
23. ^Vas moreover also [the] John baptizing in ^non near
to-[the] Salim, because loaters many was (were) there, and
they-were-commg and wei'e-bei7i (/-baptized.

24. Not-yet for had-heen-cast jnto the prison John.


25. There-was therefore (a)-que3tiouing from the disciples
of- John with (a)- Jew concerning
purifying.
26. And they-came unto [tlie] John and said to-him, Eabbi,

(he)-who was with thee beyond the Jordan, to-whom tliou Itast-
borne^witness, behold this-(one) baptizes and all-(men) come unto
him.
27. Answered John and said, Not is-able (a)-man to-receive
nothing (anytliing) if-perchance not it-have-been-given to-him
from [the] heaven.
28. Yonrsdres ye to-me bear-tvit7iess that said I, Not am I
the Christ, but that I-hacc-been-sent before t]iat-{onc) (him).
29. The-(one) having the bride (the)-bridegroom is the ;

moreover friend of-the bridegroom, the-(one) having-stood and


hearing him, •with-joy rejoices on-account-of the voice of-the
bridegroom. This therefore i\ie joy the mine has-been-fulfilled.
30. (For)-tliat-(one) it-is-necessary to-increase, (for)-me more-
over to-decrease.
31. Tlie-(oii(!) from-al)ove coming above all is; the-(oiu') lie-

ing from the earth from the eartli is, and from the earth he-
speak.s the-(one) from [th((] heaven coming above all is.
;

32. That-wliich he-has-secm and heard, of-tliis he-bears-witness,


an<l the witness of-him no-one receives.
33. having-received of-him (his) the witness aet-
TlM'-(oni')
his-aeal tliat[thn] (iod true is.
31. Whom for sent [the] God tin; words of-[
the] (Jod he-
speaks, not for from measure gives-he the Spirit.
35. Th(; Fatlier loves the Sou, and all-tliings he-has-given in
llie hand of-him.
324 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD.

3G. The-(one) believing on the Son has hfe eternal


; the-(one)
moreover disbelieving tlie Son not shall-see life, hut tlie wrath
of- [the] God abides on him.

CHAPTER IV.

1. When therefore knew


the Lord that lioard the Pharisees
that Jesus more disciples makes and baptizes than John,
2. Although Jesus himself not was baptizing but the disci-
ples of-him,
3. He-left [the] Judaea and departed again into [the]
Galilee.
4. It- w as-necessary moreover (for)-him to-go through [the]
Samaria.
5. He-comes therefore to {w^-city
of-[the] Samaria, called
Sychar, near the field which gave Jacob to Joseph the son
of-him.
6. There-was moreover there (the)-well of-[the] Jacob.
[The] therefore Jesus having - become - wearied from the
journey was-sitting thus by the ivdl. (The)-hour was about
(the) -sixth.
7. There-comes (?i)-woman from [the] Samaria to-draw water.
Says to-her [the] Jesus, Give me to-drink.
8. The for disciples of-him had-departcd into the
city, that
food they-might-buy.
9. Says therefore to-him the woman the
Samaritan, How
thou (a)-Jew being from me to-drink askest (a)-woman Samar-
itan being ? Not for have-dealings Jews with-Samaritans.
10. Answered Jesus and said to-her, If thou-knewest the
gift of-[tlie] God and who it-is the-(one) saying to-thcc, Give
me to-drink, thou * wouldst-have-asked him and he-would-have-
* to-thee water living.
given
11. She-says to-him, Lord (Sir), not (a)-bucket thou-hast
and the well is deep from-whence then hast-thou the water the
;

living ?
LITERAL TRANSLATION. 325

12. * Thou greater art-thou (than) the father of-us Jacob,


who gave to-us the well, and himself of it drank and the sons
of-him and the cattle of-him ?
13. Answered Jesus and said to-her, Every-one the-(one)
drinking (whu drinks) of the water this shall-thirst again;
11. Who moreover soever drinketh of the water which I
* shall-he-thirst unto the age (forever),
shall-give to-him, not
but the water which I-shall-give to-him shall-hecome in him (a)-
well of-water spriuging-up unto life eternal.
15. Sa3s unto him the woman, Lord (Sir), give to-me this
the water, that not I-inaij-thirst, neither come-the-way hither
to-drmo.
IG. He-says to-her. Go, call of-thee the liushand, and come
hither.
17. Answered the woman and said to-him, Not I-have (a)-
husband. Says to-her [the] Jesus, Well saidst-thou, * "Hus-
Itand not I-have."
18. Five for husbands thou-didat-have, and now whom thou-
luist not is of-thee (a)-hiisband this frui', thou-hast-spoken.
;

19. Says to-him the woman, Lord (Sir), l-be]iold that prophet
art thou.
20. 'lihi- fathers of-us in the mountain this worshipped and ;

ye say, that in dt-rusalem is the place where to-u'orship it-is-


necessary.
21. Says to-her [the] Jesus, Believe me, woman, that cometh
(tho)-hour when ntiitlu-r in the nKninfuiii this nor in Jerusalem
ije-shall-ivorshij) the I'atlier.
-2. Y(! that-which not ye-know, we vorshlp that-
irors/iij/
\slii< li
we-kiiow, because [the| salvation from the Jews is.
2.'». I Jut cuiiictli
(the)-hoiir arid now is, wlnn tlir trui- wor-
shippers shall-worshlj) the Father in spirit and truth, and for
the Father such seeks the-(ones) worshij'jniit/ him.
24. Spirit (is) [the] CJod ;
and th(-(ories) worship[ting him in

.spirit and truth it-is-necessary lo-worship.


25. Says to-him th(i woman, l-kn<»w that Messiah comes, the-
326 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD.

(one) called Christ; whenever may-come that-(one), he-will-


announce to-us all-things.
20. Says to-her [the] Jesus, I am (he), the-(one) speaking
to-thee.
27. And upon this came the disciples of-him, and they-were-
marvelli?! ;/ ihiit with (a)-vvoman he-tvas-speaklng ; no-one howr-
ever said, What seekest-thou ? or, AVhy speakest-thou with
her?
28. Left therefore the water-jar of-her the woman and de-

parted into the city and says to-the men,


29. Come, see-ye (a)-mau, who said to-me all-things which
I-did? * This-one is-lie the Christ ?
30. They-went-out from the city and came unto him.
31. In the mean-while were-askiny him the disciples saying,

Rabbi, eat.
32. The-(one) moreover said to-them, I food have to-eat which

you not know.


*
33. Were-saying therefore the disciples unto one-another,
Any-one brought to-him to-eat ?
34. Says to-them [the] Jesus, My meat is that I-may-do the
will of-the-(one) having-sent me and (that) I-may-accomplish
of-him the work.
35. Not ye * ''
Yet four-months it-is and the harvest
say,
"
comes ? Behold, I-say to-you, Lift-up the eyes of-you and be-
hold the fields that w^hite are-they unto harvest
36. Already the-(one) reaping reward receives and gathers
fruit unto life eternal, that tlie-(one) sowing together may-
rejoice and the-(one) reaping.
In for this the word * " Another
37. is true, is
the-(one) sow-
ittg and another the-(one) reaping."
.38. I sent you to-reap (on)-which not ye-have-labored oth- ;

ers have-labored^ and ye into the labor of-them have-come-in.


39. From moreover the city that many believed on him of-the
Samaritans on-account-of the word of-the woman hearing-witness,
* " He-said to-me
all-things which I-did."
LITERAL TRANSLATION. 327

40. When came unto him the Samaritans, they-were-


therefore

asking him them; and he-abode there two days.


to-ahide with
41. And much more believed on-accouut-of the word of-him ;

woman * "
42. To-the also the^^-were-saying, No-longer on-
account-of the thy speaking we-believe ourselves for we-have-
;

heard and we-know that this is truly the tSaviour of-the world."
43. After moreover the two days he-went-forth from-thence
into [the] Galilee.
44. Himself for Jesus bore-witness that (a)-prophet in the
Jtls-own country honor not has.
45. When therefore he-came into [the] Galilee received him
the Galilceans, all-things haviitfj-seen as-many-as he-did in Je-
rusalem in (at) the feast ;
and themselves for came unto the

46. He-came therefore again unto [the] Cana of-[the] Galilee,


where he-did (made) the water wine. iVnd there-was (a)-certain
king's-officer of-whom the son was-sick in Capernaum.
47. 'J'his-(one) having-heard that Jesus is-come out-of [the]
Judiea into [the] Galilee departed unto him and was-asklng
that he-would-descend and would-heal of-hira the son, he-was-
about for to -die.
48. Said therefore [the] Jesus unto him, If perchance not
(except) signs and wonders ye-should-see, not in-any-wise would-
ye-believe.
Says unto him (he king's-officer, Lord
49. (Sir), descend
(come-down) before to-die the cliild of-me.
50. Says to-him [the] Jc^sus, Go-thy-way ;
the son of-thee
lives, lielieved the man (he word wliich said to-him the [Jesus],
ami lhc-W(is-ijoln.ii-h'is-iC(iy.

51. Now moreover of-liim dcscendlvg (when he is descending)


the servants of-him met him saying that the child of-him
lives,

52. He-inquired iherofore the hour from thom in which better


*
he-had- libv self (w:\^). They-said therefore In him, "Yesterday
(
the)-honr seventh left him the fever."
328 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD.

53. Knew (it was) at-that


therefore the father that the hour
in which to-him [the] Jesus, The son of-thee lives ; and he-
.said

believed himself and the house of-him whole.


54. This moreover again (the)-second sign did [the] Jesus,
having-come out-of [the] Judaia into [the] Galilee.
VOCABULARY.

'APpad|x, o (Ilcb.), Ahrahain. d-0«T£a», -w, -riiToo (Of- as in riOrifxi), lo

d-ya96s, -t), -ov, (/ood ; used oi both sel at miuf/ht, i. e.


persons, to dcsjiise,

persons ami things. reject, xii. 48.

dfyaXXidoixai., In rcjoici: ; 1 iior. iiiiil.


aiYiaXos, -ov, 6, the shore, beach,
riyaWiaad/xT}!', f(jllo\veil l>y 'iva xxi. 4.

(sul)j.), viii. 5() ;


1 aor. inf. pass. aiifia, -Tos, to, blonil.
with a mid. signif., with tV (dat.), Alvwv, 7/ (llel).), ^Kiion, iii. 23.*
V. oO. ailpw, (l) to iiiki'
ufi, lift, v. 8-12 ;
hcnee
d-yairdw, -co, -^o-oi, lo Inn., (jr. § 114. (with ^vxhi') lo keep in sus/ietise,
dYa-TTT], -T/s, ri, low. X. 24; (2) to remove by death, imp.

dy-yeXia, -as, tj, message, 1 .Jolni i


.5, o/pe, apou, ,lwai/ with ! i.e. to exe-
ill. 11.* cution; (3) tu take away s\n, of tlie

d-yY*^^"") 1 i""". ^7'7fiAa, iv. 51 (T), redeeming work of Christ, 1. 2U;


/-;
(iiiiiDiime, XX. LS. (jr. § 124, ]* i .John iii. 5. Gr. § 124, r,.

HyytXci, -ov, 6, messcni/rr ; s|)i't'.


of aiitu>, -ft), 11(701, 1 aor. j'/Tjjau, pf. j/ttj-
Ciod's messengers to Mien, r/ze/'/ ica, lo with two aces.,
(is/i, /"'"'/;

ayt-oX^ui, -(Tw, to
si-l
iipait from couunuii or aec. of thing, and av6 or Trapa
iiM' ;
III
i)itii/i/, mntfli/i/. (gen.) of person; mid. lu ask Jnr
dyios, -a, -ov, s< I
iijiiiil fri)m iniiiiii'iii one's self. Gr. 124, 7.

iisi, Itiil
11 ; irvdifia ayiov, lln: JJ"/'/ ciiT^a, -as. ri, cimai for wliieli one is

S/>>nl. worthy of piniisliinent, rrime, xviii.


ayvit^u), (Tw, III
cleanse, purij}/, xi. 55. 'M, xix. I, (}.

UYopdl^w, (TW, III


inii'liii.se, liui). attov, -wvus, o, rimtiimiiHs duration, iii/n ;

dyu, -i^w, 'I aor. ^yayoi/, trans., Inliml , lliiu iiiihiiiiled, the in/i' n/ eteriilli/, —
biiiiij; with irpov (ac<;.), e/s, of des- ('/) past,as ix. ;i2; (A) future, vi. 51,

tination; used intrans. in siihj., especially in tiie following phrase:


arfitifxtv,
li-l IIS i/o! (Jr. f{ 124, 2. lis rhi/ alwixx, for ever, with nega-
d-ywyl^oiiai inipf i]yijivi(^i'iixT)v, xviii. live adv. never.
ijlj ; a (h|i. ndd. verh; In iimUnil aluvios, -inv, jier/iclual, of unlimited
witii an adversary, y<V//i/. dur.'ilion, elenial,everlaslinii. Jolm
d8(X<t>T|, -^j, ^, sislir. nst'S it 17 times in (Jospel, jiiid .al-

d8(X<|>6s, III', '5, liriillii'f.


ways with (|a)T), ilirnid life.

dSiKCa, -OS, ^, irniiii/ { towards man or dKuvOa, -j/s, 7/, Ihiirn, xix. 2.

(Jod), iiini'ilih 'iiisiii \s, vii 18. UKdvOivos, of, iiitidi o/ ihnnis, .\ix. 5.
gLko^ 330 avaoTcuris

dKO^, -rjs, v {cLKovo)), hearing, the thing in the phrase d(pievai rets afiaprias,
heard, a report, xii. 38. to forgive sins, xx. 23.
impf. r\Ko\o6dow,
OLKoXovOib), -u, --qaw, d)iapTa>X(S$, -6v, (1) sinful, espec.
1 aor. r)Ko\ovQr\<ia, to accompany, habitually and notoriously; (2)
follow, with dat., especially of the substantively, a sinner.
disciples of Christ, viii. 12 ; so, d|if|v, Amen, a Hebrew adjective,
met., to imitate, xii. 26, xxi. 22. true, faithful, used as an adverb at
UKOvw, -era) or -a-Q/jiai, pf. aKtiKoa the beginning of a sentence, verilj/,
(Gr. §124, 8); (1) without object, trull/. John uses the word 25 times,
i.
40, xii. 34; (2) with object (ace. repeating it each time.
or gen.), iii. 8, x. 3; to hear, under- dfjLvos, -ov, 6, a lamb ; figur. of Christ,
stand. i. 29, 30.
dXal^ovla, -as, rj, boasting, vain-glori], d|J.-ir€Xos, -ou, fi, a vine, figur. as
1 John ii. 16. XV. 1, 4, 5.

d\Et<{>o>, -^w, 1 aor. ^Atti|/a, to anoint, dv, a particle, expressing possibility


xi. 2, xii. 3. or condition.
dX€KT(i>p, -opos, 6, a cock, xiii. 38, dv, contr. from idy, if,
xii. 32, xiii. 20,
xviii. 27. xvi. 23, XX. 23.*

dX.TJ6(i.a, -as, v, truth. Jesus is called dvd, prep., lit. upwith numerals
;

the Truth, xiv. 6. used distrihutively, dvh fifrprjras


dXi]6T|s, -€S (d, Ao9- in KavQdvw, un- 5vo fj TpcFs, two or three measures
concealed), true, truthful. apiece, ii. 6.

i.\i]9iv6s, -T), -6v, real, true, genuine, dva-Pa(vo>, -fiTjcrofxai, 2 aor. dvf^r\p
contrasted with the fictitious, as (Gr. §124, 12), to ascend, espec. to
i. 9 ; with the typical, as vi. 32. Jerusalem, on board ship (xxi. 3),

dXiiOws, adv., trull/, in truth.


to heaven.

dXiEvo), -tvaai, tojish, xxi. 3.* dva-pX^TTw, to recover sight, ix. 11,

dXXd, hut, an adversative particle. 15, 18.

a\\ax<i9<v, adv., from elsewhere, x. 1.* dv-av-yeXXw (Gr. § 124, 1), to tell, to

iXXf|Xa»v, reciprocal pron,, gen. plur. declare openly.

(Gr. § 60), one another, each other. dva-Yivcio-Kw, to know again ; to read,
4LXXo)j.ai (dep.), to leap up, hubhk up, xix. 20.
as water, iv. 14. Gr. 124, 10 dvd-K£i|xai., dep., to recline at a meal,
-o, other, another oi &K\oi, to sit at meat; 6 dyaKiifievos, one
dXXos, -11, ;

the others, the rest. who reclines at table, a guest,


aXXorpios, -ia, -lov, belonging to an- vi. 11, xii. 2, xiii. 23, 28.

other, X. 5. dva-KVTTTU), /() raise one's self from a

v, the aloe, xix. 39.* sloopiiiij jiosliire, viii. 7, 10.


dXoT], -Tjs,

afxapravto, -ri]<Tw, 2 aor. ifiixaprov, pf. dv-a(JidpTT]Tos, -Of, ivithout blame,fault-


to mi.'is a mark, to sin ; less, viii. 7.*
i]/j.dprriKa,
with cogn. ace. afiapriav, to sin a dva-irCirTw, 1 aor. dyetrfcra (Gr. §124,
sin, 1 John v. 16. see irivTu), to sit down, vi. 10; to
rrrlinr at table, xiii. 12; to lean
afiapTCa, -as, ^, (1) dn, as a quality
of actions or a principle of human bark, xiii. 2.5, xxi. 20.
nature ; (2) a sin, sing., as 1 John dvd-o-Tao-is, -eois, r/, ri.'iing. as from
iii. 4, John viii. 34, 46 ; plur., spec. death or the grave, irsurredion.
dva<rTp«(}Ki) 331 d-irwXcta

dva-crTpc<{>w, to turn up, overturn, d-n--cpxo|iak (Gr. § 124, 78, see tpxo-
ii. 15. /j-ai), to I/O aicai/, depart.
to withdraw, d-iTi(rTos, -Of, not believing, faithless,
dva-xwpt'wf -Hi, depart,
vi. 15. XX. 27.
'AvSptas, -ov, 6, Andrew. dird, prep. gen. ,yrom. See Gr. § 125 ;

dvejios, -ov, 6, the wind, vi. 18. and for the force of the prep, in

dv-tpxofxai., 2 aor. dvrjKdoi', to (jo up, composition, § 125.


vi. ii. Gr. § 124, 78. ttiTo-Paivw (for j3oiW, Gr. § 124, 12,

dvT|p, avhpos, 6, (1) II man; (2) a hus- flit. -firiffo/jLai) ,


to
ijo or come out of
Ixmd ; (o) a person generally. as from a shij), xxi. 9.

dv6pttKi.d, -as, V, a heap of live coals-* d-rro-BvTurKu) (dird, intensive, the sim-

dvOpwTTO-KTovos, -ov, 6, a murderer.* ple dvijffKw is rare), (Gr. § 124,

dvOpuiiros, -ov, 6, a man. 100), to die (1) of natural death;


dv-i<rTT)jj.i (Gr. § 121, see Xar-riixi), to (2) of spiritual death.
raise up from deatli, vi. 39, 40, 14, dTro-KttXvTTTw, to uncover, bring to light,
54 ;
to rise a(jain from tlie dead, reveal, xii. 38.
xi. 23, 24, XX. 'J ;
to rise, stand up, diro-KOirTw, 1 aor. airiKo^a, to smite or
xi. ;5i. cut ujf, xviii. 10, 26.

"Avvas, Annas, xviii. 13, 24. dTro-Kpivo(iai, 1 aor. nud. 3 pers.


-a, 6, sing.
dvoi-yw, -|(B (Gr. § 124, 14), to open ; airiKpivaro, v. 17, 19, xii. 23; 1 aor.
ititrans. in 2 pf. dvfwya, to be open. pass. d.TrtKpidriv, to answer ; to begin

dvrC, prep., gen., instead of, for, to speak, ii. 18, v. 17.
i. 16. diro-Kpio-is, -tws, 7), an answer, reply,
dvTi-Xt'Yco, to sptak against, oppose, i. 22, xix. 9.
>i.\. 12. diro-KTtCvw, -fvS>, to put to death, kill.

'Avri-xpio-Tos, -ov, m., opposer <f d-ir-oXXviii ((ir. § 123, 13), to destroi/,
Chnsi, Auliihrisi, 1 .John ii. 18, 22, lo bring to nought, to put to death ; to

iv. :j, 2 Joiiii 7.* lose; mid., pass, (and 2 perf.), to

dvrXtu), -ci, 1 aor. ^vrXrjaa, J)f .


fivr\T\- perish, die ; to be lost.
Ka, to draw frcjni a vessel, ii. S, 'J, diro-Xv«, to release, let
go, to send
iv. 7, 16.* awaij.
dyrXiiiitt, -Toy, to, a hucht, iv. 11.* d-TTOptw, -w (irSpos, resource), only
dvu, adv. (at/a), up; iws &v<ti, up to mid. in N. T., to be in doubt, to be

the. brim, ii. 7 upwards, xi. 41


; ;
perplexed, xiii. 22.
TO (lvw, hiaren, as viii. 'I'-'t. d-iro-o-TeXXo) ((Jr. § 124, under o-TfA-

dvwOtv, adv. (6,vw) of place, ./''-"/' Aai), tijsend Jbrth, send, as a mes-
altfwe, as iii. 31, xix. 11 with prep. ; senger, etc., spoken of prophets.
iK, from the lop, ah .xi.x. 2;) ;
in iii. It ache rs, and other messengers.

4, 7, ar/ain, or perhaps liere also, diro-o-ToXos, -ov, 6, a mes.<ieni/er, xiii.


from aliove. 10.

&^-ios, -I'a, -tov, adj., worth ji, dcsermini diro-o-vvd-ywYOS, -ov, excluded from the
if; with 'Iva,, i. 27. si/niiij"i/iii ,
I reiiminunicati il, ix. 22,
dir-a'Y7<^Xcu, to report, make knoum, xii. 42, xvi. 2.*
die/nre, xvi. 2.'".. ((Jr. § 124, 1.) dtfTio, mid., toiiiurh, XX. 17.
OTr-dYto, lo leail or lake awai/. dirciXtia, -as, 17 {air6\\ufii), destruc-

d-TTciOcii), -a), to refuse belief, iii. 36. tion, of persons ; perdition, xvii. 12.
aptCTTOS 332 ^ao'ra.ffi*

dpeo-TOs, -ii, -6v, acceptable, pleasing to, ovTOS, fi, o, pron., he, she, it ; in noni.
viii. 29. always emphatic. Properly de-
dpi.0|Ji6s, -ov, 6,
a number, vi. 10. monstrative, self very joined with ;

'Api|ia0€ta, -as, v, Arimathaa, xix. 38. each of the persons of the verb,
-^irai, to take the mornimj with or without a pers. pron., J my-
dpitTTdw, -w,
meal, xxi. 12, 15. self thou thyself; with the article,
dpK€(o, -w,
to be sufficient for, vi. 7, the same.
xiv. 8. aiiTov, -TJs, -ov, pron. reflex, (contr.

1 aor. for eaurof'), of himself, herself, etc.


dpv€0|J.ai, -ovfxai, fut. dpvr}(Toij.ai,
Tjpz/Tjtra/UTji/,
/o (/«?!//, disclaim, disown. T and Tr exclude these forms
dpviov, -ou, TO, a /iV?/e lamb, xxi. 15. from the N. T., everywhere read-
ipird^w, -a(ra>, 1 aor. ripiracra, to snatch, ing avTov, aiir^, etc. but ;
WH
take by force, vi. 15, x. 12, 28, 29. have introduced the aspirated
dptt<}>os, -ov, not seamed or sewn, xix. form " nearly twenty times." In
23.* John it is found ii. 24, xiii. 32,
xix. 17, XX. 10.
dpTi, adv. of time, now; with other
particles, as ews dpn, till now ; avTO-cfxdpos, -01/ (<pwp, a thief), in the

air'
&pTi, from now or henceforward. very act, viii. 4, neut. dat. with eirj.*

dpTos, -ov, 6, bread, loaf, food. d<{>-(T)|xi (see Gr. § 122, 2), to send
a beginning. Adverljial away; (1) to forgive (dat. pers.),
dpxTJ, -rjs, f.,

piirascs, air' dpxvs, from the begin- XX. 23; (2) to permit, concede, witii
ev beginning ; in the inf.,as xi. 44, xviii. 8, or S,va, subj.,
ning ; dpxfi,
e| dpxv^- from the beginning or from xii. 7 ; (3) to leave, depart from.
the first ; rr\v dpxh^, altogether, viii.

25.
B.
dpx-irCpcvs, -4a>s, 6, (1) the high priest ;

(2) a chiefpriest, i. e. tiie head priest PaOvs, -€70, -V, deep, iv. 11.
in his class. Patov, -ov, TO, branch, xii. 13.*

dpxi-TpiK\ivos, -ov, 6, a president of a pdXXo), fiaAw, ^f^\-r)Ka, i^aKov (Or.


fast, ii. 8, 9.* § 28), to throw, cast, put (wilh
124,
dpx.w, mid., to begin, often with infill., more or less force, as modified by
xiii. 5 ; dp^anivos dir6, beginning the context) of liquids, to pour,
;

from, viii. U. xiii. 5.

&p)(wv, -ofTos, 6, prop, part., ruler, PairTtto), -o-&>, of the Christian ordi-

prince. nance, to baptize, to immerse.


xix. 40. to dip, xiii. 26.
dpa)|j.a, -ros, to, spicerg, Pdirrw, ;8ai|/&),

and aOivos, Burabbas, xviii. 40.


dcrOe'veia, -as, i] {d priv. Pap-appds, -a, 6,

slrewjUi), bodily infrmili/, sickness, Pao-iXcta, -as, v,


« kingdom.
V. 5, xi. 4. Pao-iXcvs, -^ois, &, a king.
ricrdevovv, to be sick.
to a
utrBtvt'co, -u), impf. Pao-iXi,K6s, -v, -ov, adj., belonging
aTifid^u), (TO), <o dishonor, viii. 49. kinq, roi/al ; nobleman, iv. 46, 49.
1 aor. t^daracra, to
avXr|, -^s, ^, 'HI o/^»en space, court or Pao-Td^w, -daw,
/uz// of a liouse, as x viii. 15 ;
a sheep- lif, lift n/i; thus, (1) carry, a
lo

fold, X. 1, 16. burden, as xix. 17 ;


{2) to take (m

intrans., to increase, one's self xvi. 12 (3) to take away,


au^dvoi, grow, ;

iii. 30. xii. 6.


BcO-av(a 333 yiviaa-Ka

"
B<0-av(a, as, i], Bethany, liouse of FoXiXaioSi -aia, -a'iov, of or belonging
dates." There were two places of to Galilee, iv. 45.

tlie name: (1) xi., etc.; (2) on the ydfios, -ov,6, a marriage fast ii. 1, 2. ,

"
Jordan, i. 28. ydp, truly then," a causal particle
"
PT|6-5a0d, -as, T], Bethesda, house of or conjunction, yor, introducing a
compassion," v. 2.* reason for the thing previously
" house of said. It is post-positive.
Pt)0-X€<(i, t], Bethlehem,
bread," vii. 42. ^i, an enclitic particle, post-positive,
"
Pti8-crai8d, ij, Bethsalda, lioiise of indicating emphasis, at least, in-
"
hunting or " fishing." deed ; Kairoiyf, though indeed, iv. 2.
Pii|ia, -T09, t6 (j3a- in 0a'tvct>), ihione, •^tlruv, -ovos, 6, r), a neighbor, ix. 8.
jiKlf/iiieut-seat, xix. 13. -yc)i({(i), -(TO), lofll,
with ace. and gen.,
PipXCov, -ov, TO, lioof:, volume, xx. 30, ii. 7, vi. 13.
xxi. 20. y€V€TTJ, -^$, 7), birth, ix. 1.*

PiPpuo-Ku, (/3po-), pcrf. $e$puKa, to 'ycvvdcd, -co, -{)ac», to be(jet ; pass., to be

tat, vi. l;J.* begotten, burn (often, in John, of


pCos, -ov, 6, (1) life, 1 John ii. IG ; renewal).
si>iritual
(2) i/oods or priijiertij, 1 John iii. 17. 'Y^puv, -ovTos,It, an
old man, iii. 4.*

lihisjiheine, x. 36. •ytvw, only mid. in N. T., to taste, ii.


to 9,
pXa<r4)T]fita>, -a>,
p\aa-<|>Ti(i{a, -as, r}, hUispheiitff, x. 33. viii. 52.

pXc'iTu, -^<t>,
to see, to have the jmwer of -ycup-yds, -ov, 6, a husbandman, a vine-
seeiwj, to look at. dresser, XV. 1.

Podu, -u, to /mhtitih openly, to cry aloud, Y^ii 7^s. V, contr. for yta or ya7a,
i. 23. land or earth, as (1) land, as op-
pooTKO), -ficTO),
to lend, to
feed, xxi. 15, 17. posed to sea (2) earth, as opposed ;

PouXcvh), (TO), to adrise, N. T. mid. to heaven ; (3) region or territory.


oidy ;
wilii ha, xi. Ti;!, xii. 10.
yr^pdcrKii), or yrjpdui, -d(ru), to become
PoiiXop.ai, to he willintj, xviii. 3'J. old, xxi. 18.

Pous, 0u/ti, 6, ri, (III or, a cow, ii. 14, 15. 'Y(vo|iai, See Or. § 124.
for ylyvofxai.

fipa.\(,<iiv, -ovos, 6, the arm ; met., y(vi](Toixai, and iyivi]6r)v,


tyfyoftt}!'

jiower, 8tren(/th, xii. 38. yeyova (with pres. force) and 7?-
Ppa\uSi -<<"<», -v, fliort, little; fipaxv t(, yivri^iai, to become, as (1) to begin to
vi. 7, of «iuantity, a little. be, used of persons, to be lioni,

PpovT^, -r)s, 7}, thunder, xii. 29. viii. 58 ;


of tlie works of creation,
ppufia, -Tos, r6 (see 0ifip(u(TK(i>). food, to be made, i. .3, 10 ;
to be changed
iv :'.!. into, ii. '.)
; (2) tohap/iin, frequently
ppuais, -fo.?. 7), fiioil, meal. in the phrase koI ^yfi'tro, and it

came to pass.

^ivuo-K(i), for yiyvilxTHdi (see (ir.

§ 124), yvtiiTofjiai, 2 aor. tyvdiv (im-


raPPaOtt, 7/ (Mil), f'hald. form), J)er. yvwOt), perf. tyvoiKa, (1) /» be-

(i'iiIiIiiiIIki elerated fihice or In-


: (lu ciniie iiuiueof to perceice, with ace ;

liiitidl, xix. ]"•* (2) to Icnow, perceive, understand,


Ya^o-4»vXdKiov, -ov, t6, (I Ireasiin/, a with a<'<;. or 8ti, or ace. and intin.,
|i;irt
of the tirnpic so (called, viii. 20. or Ti interrog.; (3) specially /o/xomi
TaXiXata, as, r) (fromHeb.), (Jalilee. God, Christ, and divine things.
^Xu>O-O'6-K0|l,0V 334 8ia-8(8(i>fii

-yXbxro-o-Ko^ov, -ov, to, a little box oi' Z(, an adversative particle, post-
case for money, xii. 6, xiii. 29.* positive, but, now, moreover.
'yvup^tM, -iffoj, to make known, to de- Sci, impcrs. (see Gr. § 116), // needs,
XV. 15, xvii. 26.
clare, one must,ought, witli in fin.
it

yvwo-Tos, -i), -ov, verb, adj., known, 8cCKvup.i. and 8(iKviiw (see Gr. § 123),
xviii. 15, 16. to present to sight, to show, to teach

yoYYutw, -vaoi, to murmur in a low (ace. and dat.).


voice. SciXidco, -to, to .shrink for foar, to be

yo-yY^o-nos, -ov, 6, mutterinr/, vii. 12. afraid, xiv. 27.*


roXYoOd (Heb., Chald. iform), Gol- Stiirvov, -ov, TO, the chief or evening
" "
ticlha, the place of a skull meal, supper.
(probably from its shape) ;
Cal- 8€Ka-ir€VT€, Jifteen.
40.
vary, xix. 17. 8eKaTos, -Tj, -ov, ordinal, tenth, i.

Yovtus, -f'ois, 6, (yfv- in yivofxai), a pa- 8t^ids, -£», -ov, the right.
rent ; only in plural, ol yovth. Sepb), to scourqe, to smite,
so jvs to flay

'ypd|tp.a, -Tos, to (ypd.<p(t>), (1) « nrit- off the skin, xviii. 23.

ing, such as the Scriptures, v. 47 ; 8£vpo, adv., used only as an impera-


(2) plur., literature, learning gener- tive, come hither ; SeiJpo e|w, come
xi. 43.
ally, vii. 15. forth,
a scribe, viii. 3. SfvTt, adv., as if plur. of Sevpo (or
-ypafifiaTCtis, -60)9, it,

•ypa(j)T|, -7)j, v, (1) a writing ; (2) spec, contr. from SeCp' ire), come, come
^ ypuKp'fi or a( ypa(\>ai, tlie Scri/i- hither, iv. 29, xxi. 12.

turcs, writings of the O. T. SevTcpos, -a, -ov, ordinal, second in

'Ypdi{>oi, -)|/a), yeypafpa, to grave, unite, number, Sevrepov, adver-


iv. 54.

inscribe. iypa.<p7\, yeypainat, or ye- bially, the second time, iii. 4, xxi. 16.
ypanfifvov iari, a formula of quo So iK Sevrepov, ix. 24.
to take,
tation. It is written. 8€xo[iai, 1 aor. iSe^dfit)", dep.,
'Y^ixvos, -^, -Of, naked, having only an receive, iv. 45.
inner r/arment, xxi. 7. H(o, to want. See SeT.

a woman. aor. fSrjo-a, perf SeSeKo, pass.


yuvTi, Yui'aiKos, voc. yvvai, r), Sid), 1 .

The voc, as a form of address, is 5fSf/ia«, to swathe dead bodies for


often used in reverence and honor. burial, as xi. 44, xix. 40 ;
to bind
xviii. 12, 24.
Compare ii. 4 and xix. 26. persons in bondage,
ATj(iT|Tpi,os, -ov, 6, Demetrius, 3 John
12.

8T]vdpiov, -101/, TO, properly a Latin


word, denarius.
8ai|xov(to|jLai, to be possessed by a 8id, prep., through; (1) with gen.,
demon, x. 21. through, during, by means of; (2)
with

8ai(ioviov, -lov, rS (orig. adj ),


a ace, through, on account of for the
demon or fit"//
spirit. Satix6i>iov I
sake of
to have a demon or to be a I

8idpoXos, -ov, o, an accuser, a slan-


fX«»*'i
demoniac. derer. 6 Sta^uAoi, the accuser, the
* to the Hebrew
SaKpviw, -(TO), to weep, xi. 35 devd, equivalent
BaKTiiXos, -ov, 6, a finger.
Satan.
42 to distribute, divide, vi. 11.
AavetS, 6 (Heb.), David, vii. 8ia-8C8a>p.i,
8ia-(wvvv|ii 335 'EPpaio-TC

to xiii. 8(ktuov, a Jishing-net, xxi.


Sia-^(dVW|Li, to ijircl, gird up, -ov, t6,

4, 5, xxi. 7* 6, 8, 11.

SiaKovcw, -w, to serve or wait upon, Aio-Tp€<J>T|s, -ovs, 6, Diotrephes, 3 John


especially at table, to minister, 9.*
xii. 2 serve, xii. 26. -w, -fiffw, to thirst for, to desire
; 8i4/oLb>,

8idKovos, -ov, 6, a sercant, ii. 5, 9 ;


one earnesdij, acc. ;
or abs., to thirst.

in (loil'd service, xii. 26. 8iwKo), -|ai, to persecute, v. 10, xv. 20.
SiaK^o-wi, -at, -a, card, num., two 8oK€u, -w, h6^w, (1) to think, acc. and
ImndreiL inf.; (2) Soks?, impers., it seems.
to reason, to 47.
Zia.-Xo-^LXp^o.i, ilep. mid.,
i.
SoXos, -ov, 6, deceit, guile,

ponder, to reflect, xi. 50. 86|a, -rjr, t], from SoKfu, ( 1 honor, re- )

8ia-|icp(^(d, to divide, to distribute, nown, V. 41, 44 and very fre-


;

xix. 24. the mauijestation

Zia-a-KOpvllu, to scatter, disperse,


quently (2)
irhich calls forth praise,
— so(fthat
espe-
xi. 52. cially in the frequent phrase r; 5o'|a

8ia-o-Tropd, -ay, ri, dispersion. Used of TOO &€uv, glory.


the Jews as scattered among llie
So^d^o), -au), to ascribe glory to, to honor,
Gentil(,s, vii. 35. glorify.
8ia-T£ or 8id ti ; ( WH) wherefore ? SovXeva), -(TO), to be a slave, in bondage,

iia-Tpl^ot, to spend {xp^fov


or rjfifpas), viii. 33.

to tarn/ ; abs., to sojourn, iii. 22, 8ovXos, -ov, 6, a seriHint (opp. to


xi. 54 (T). Kvpies).
8iSaKT(5s, -<}, -<$»', taufjht, instructed, 8vvaHiai, dep. (see Gr. § 122, 11), to
vi. 45. he able, abs., or with inf. or acc. ;

8i8aa-KaXo9, -ou, b, a teacher; often to hare power to do.

in voc. as a title of address to 8uo, numeral, indecl., except dat ,

Clirist, Master, I'eacher. Svffi, two.


flit. to teach, to he 8w8«Ka, num., indecl., tweliw. oi Sw-
8i8da-Kw, SfScf^o),
a teacher, abs.; toleaih, witli ace. SfKa, the tuelue, i. e. the Apostles.

of pers., generally also aec. of Scoped, -(ir, r},


a free gift.

tiling. Supcdv, acc. of preceding, as an adv.,


8i8axT|, -^s, V, doctrine, teachimj, vii. without cause, xv. 25.
10, 17, xviii. I'J.

Al8u|ios, -7j, ov, double, or twin ; a sur-


name of 7 /((/m«s the apostle, xi I'i, E.
XX. 21, xxi. 2.*

8t8<op,i, tof/ire (Gr. § 121), (aeo, and tdv or 4v, conj. (for 6* &v), if; usually
dat ).
Tlie purpose of a gift may coiistruc(l with verb in subjunctive.
be cxprc-si'd i)y inf., iv. 7. tavTou, pi'iiM., reflex.,
I'd pcrs., n/dne'i

Zi-tydpO), loirrite, as the 8ca by the self; used also in 1st (lilur.) and

wind, vi. IK. 2d persons. (See Gr. § 59, 1, 2.)


8i-^pX,OH'<^>'i
I"
/"">'' throui/li, with Sid Genitive often for possess, pron.
ord. numb., seventh,
(g.-n.), iv. 4. K|38o|U>9, -r), -itv,

SUaio;, -aid, -oc, just, ritjht, rii/liteous. iv. 52

SiKaioo-iivi), -7)S, V. riijhleousness. Jus- 'EPpaio-Tt (WFl 'E), adv in ,


the

tice, xvi. H, 10. Hebrew or Aramwan language.


ifyvs 336 cXavivco

t'yyus, adv., near ; used of both place €l<r-e'p)(^ojJiai,


2 aor. eiV^Aflo;/, to come
and time. in, to enter, (ir. § 124, 78.

iyiipio, iyepu), pass. perf. iyiiyepnai, lira, adv., tlien, afterwards.


to rtiisf up, as a saviour; to end, €K, or, before Ji vowel, ey, :i
prep.
as a l)uilding; mid., to rise up, as governing gen., from, mil of (the
from sleep, or from a recumbent interior).
posture, as at table. Applied to ^Kacrros, -•>?, -ov, each, every one (witli

raisiuij the dead. partitive gen.).


e-yK-.In words beginning tiius, T and eKUTOv, card num., a hnndred.
VVH generally write ivK-. 6K-pdXXio ((Jr. § 124, 28), to cast out,
(yKdlvia, -iwv, rd, a dedication, X. 22.*
send oat ; to send awai), dismiss,
pers. pron., / ; plur. itfj-fh, we. reject.
6-yw,
See Gr. § 57. €K€i, adv., there, thither.
cOcXo). See fltXai. eK€i0£v, adv. ,y)ow that place, thence.
t9viK(is, -h, -^v, niitiomd, of Gentile tKeivos, -7), -o, ju-on., demonst., that
race, heathen, 3 John, •?. one, that une there.

?9vos, -ovs, t6, a nation, r^ tQv-r), the tK-Ktvrioi, -a), to pierce throui/h, to trans-
nations, the heathen world, the Gen- ft, xix. 37.

tiles. 6KK\T|crta, ds, ?j, the assembly of he-

Mos, -ovs, t6, a usar/e, custom, xix. 40. li(


Vers, the Church.

€1, a conditional conjunction, //; eK-Xe-yw, mid. in N.T., 1 aor. e|tAe|a

since, thouijh. ei fii), unless, e.ccept. fiT)!/, to choose out for one's sell',
ti Si fi'f], hut if not, otherwise, xiv. to elect. Gr. § 124, 128.
2,11. €K-[Ad<To-a), -^60,
to wipe, to wipe dry,
ftSov, to see. See olSa also xi. 2, xii 3. xiii. 5.
hpatii, ;

Gr. § 124, 64. «K-v£to (lit. swim out), or *Kveua) (lit.

elSos, -ovs, t6, outward appearance, turn by a side motion), 1 aor.

form, aspect, v. 37. f^ivevaa, to withdraw, v. 13.*

€)!koo-i,num., indecl., twenti/, vi. 19. eK-iropeiJoiAai., dep., to go out, to pro-

ti\kl (Gr. § 122, 16), a verb of exist-


ceed from, V. 20, XV. 26.
ence, used (1) as a predicate, to he, fK-relvb), fut. fKTci'w, 1 aor. e^^retva,
to exist, to hdjipen, to come to pa.'ts ; to stretch out tiie hand, xxi. 18.

(2) as the copula of subject and ^KTos, -7j, -01', ord. numb., sixth, iv. fi,

predicate, simply to he. xix. 14.

itjii,
to I/O, in sonie MSS. for f}/.u, in €K-x€<o, 1 aor. i^exea (Gr. § 124, 71).
vii. 34, 36 (not critical editions). to pour out, as money, ii. 15.

iltrov (Gr. §124, 68), (WH. fUa), sXafa, -ds, ?;, an olire tree; ri) opos toov

from obs. iirai or flVa), to saij ; in fKatwv, the Mount of Olives, viii. 1.

reply, to answer; in narration, «\d<rora>v, -ov, compar. of eXaxt's for


to tell, to call one or sti/le one, x. 35, fjLiKp6s,
in quality iiwse, ii. 10
less;
XV. 15. (ace, contracted for ova).
-o)

€ipifjvTi, -T)s, ri, peace. tXaxToro, -a), to make louder or inferior ;


eis, prep, governing ace., into, to, unto. pass., to decrease, iii. 30.

tls, /xi'o, eV, a card, num.,


une. tXaiivo) (tenses from fAaoi), 4\d<rw,

eicr-d'ya), 2 aor. dffiiyayov, to bring tn, fXT]\aKa, to drive a ship, to row,


xviii. 16. vi. 19. (Gr. §124, 72.)
ikata 337 «ir-aY'Y«XCa

IXdo). See iXaivta. Iv, prep. gov. dat., in, generally as


*^*YX'*) "l'^« '" convict, reprove. (Gr. being or resting in; within, (tmong
§ 124.) (see Gr. § 125). iv- in composition
?X€os, -ovs, t6, intern/, 2 John 3. has the force of in, ujion, into.
cXcuOcpos, -d, -oy, free, viii. 33, 36. ev-Od-Se, adv., hither, iv. 15, 16.
to set free, viii. 32, 36. tviavTOs, a xi.
(XcuOcpou, -w, -oil, 6, i/ear, 49, 51,
^1-yp.a, -ros, to, (/ roll, xix. 39 (WH, xviii. 13.

text).* (VKalvia., -Iwv, TO, a dedication, x. 22.*

cXkvci), -<ra», to drmj, to draw, a net, tv-raefud^ti), lo prepare for Imriid,


xxi. 6, 11 ;
a sword, xviii. 10; to xix. 40.
draw over, to persuade, vi. 44, xii. 32. €v-Ta<|>iao-(i.6s, -ov, 6, the preparation of
"EXXt^v, -rjvos, a (Jreeh, as distin- a corpse for huriid, xii. 7.
guislied from 'Iou5a?os, Jew, as €V-T€XXop.ai, dep. mid., fut. mid. iine-
vii. 35. Used for Greek proselytes \ovfxai, 1 aor. ivireiKd.fJiit)v, to charge,
to .Tmlaisni, xii. 20. to coiimunid.
'

EXXTjvKTTi, adv., in the Greek lan- ivnvQiv, adv., hence ; repeated xix. 18,
guage, xix. 20. on this side and that.

iXiril^w, Att. fut. eAirial, 1 aor. ^Air(flra, €VtoXtj, -rjs, 7], a charge, command-
J)f. ^KiriKa, to iliriit /ut/ie towards ment.
acc), V. 45.
(e»s, eVt, iv-Tv\i(r<ro), pf. pass. part. fVTfTv-
€fiavTov, -Tjs, -ov, (>fiiii/.-<tlf, a rofle.xive Kiyfievos, to irrap up, roll up, xx. 7.
I)ron., found oid) in the f^on., dat., tvuTTiov, prep., with gen., he/ore, in
and acc. cases, dir' tfiavrov, from
sight or presence of, xx. 30.
mysflf. *?) prep. See iit.

i[i-^a.Lv(a, 2 aor. *V-fj8»ji/, jiart. e/x-fias, ?^, caril. numb.,-s?'.r.

logo Ufion, into (eh), always of enter- ii-dyo), to lead out, x. 3. (Gr. § 124, 2.)
ing a sliip. (Gr. § 124." 12.) ^^-Cl|ll {ftfxi). See f^eCTTl-
ffi-PaTrTu), to dip into, xiii. 26 (not in i^-(p\o\iai (Gr. § 124, 78), to go or to
critical editions). (Gr. § 124, .'^(t.) come out of (with eV, dtru, irapd] ;

If look tin i.
36, 42. to fnrth of a I'luuor,
i\i.-^\iiT<ji, dlfi, go awai/, go ;

<p.-ppip.do)iai, -bijuai, dep., lo moved


lie lo 1)*'
spread ahroad.
with indii/naliiin, xi. 33, 38 (li.V. tiforri (inipers., from t^fi/xi), it is law-
niar<:.) ful, v. 10, xviii. 31.

^fios, -17, -/tv. mine. l^-(Ta.X,u),


lo inquire, to ask, xxi. 12.

i\j.-TTi-n\r]\ii
and -irKaw, ffni\ri(Tu), ivt- t^-Tj'ytofj.ai, -oi'/iai, di'p. mid.,/(if/rc/rnv',
Tf\r\na. In /ill
ii/i,
lo nali.s/'i/, as with erfiiiuiid, as a teacher, i. IK.

food, vi. 12. -as, v (e^fffTi), (1) pnwi r,


l^-oxicrta,
{^-Trdpiov, -ov, Tii, enijioriuni, a /tiari' uliilili/, as xix. II ; (2) lili(rli/, right,
/iir Iradini), ii. Ki.* as X. 18 ; (3) anllnoili/, as v. 27.
Jffi.-Trpoo-6(v, adv., Iw/ore ; as prip. ii^-virvllot, 1 aor. suhj. -au, to wake
(y^cn.), Iit/iiir, in iirf'scncc of, x. 1 ; /'nun slrrp, xi. 11.*
liffiiif. in dignity, i. 1.^, .'!(>,
li,fa, adv., ahs ,
or as prc|> with f;en.,
^^^.-<^av^t,<i^, iiTu, lo make tnanifesl (acc. withiml, outside.
.ind <!,it.), \iv.21, 22. a siilrmn f asl or fcstirnl.
topTT), TJT, r/,

{p.-(|>u<rdbi, -i, 1 aor. dvKftvarfaa, lo


iir-ayytkla, dj, i),
n message, 1 John
hreallii u/iun, acc, XX. 22 * i.
6, ii. 25.
eir-a-yY*'^^w 338 €v-o86(i)

iiT-ayyiKKoi, mid., to promise, with ?iru. See e/7roi' and Gr. § 124,
cognate ace, 1 John ii. 25. (Gr. 68.

§ 124, 1.) epavvdci), -w, -fia-w, to search diliqentl ij ,

fv-aCpta (Gr. § 124, 5), to lijl up, as V. 39, vii. 52.

the eyes, the heel against. cp-yd^Ofiai., -crofiai, dcp ,pf. tXpyaafuu ;

tTT-dvw, adv., or as prep, with gen., pass., (1) abs., to work, to labor,
nhove, iii. 31. v. 17 (2) to accomplish, do, vi.
;
28 ;

€ir-dpaT09, -Of, accursed, vii. 49.* (3) to acquire by labor, vi. 27.
€7r-avpiov, adv., on the morrow, rp 2pYov, -ov, t6, a work, a deed ; a mii'

{rj/xepa) t-wavpiov, on the next day. acle, vii. 3, 21.

£ir-avTo-({>tdpb). See avT6-(piM>pos. cpcvvdbt,- uJ. See ipawdw.


lireC, conj., since, because, xiii. 29, ^pT)}ios, -ov, deserteil, desolate ; used in
xix. 31. the fern, as a subst., desert, wilder-
^Tr-€iTa, adv., thereupon, then, xi. 7. ness,
— 7} (pTjiiios, tlie desert in which
tir-€v-8vTTjs, -ov, 6, an upper (jarment, tlie Israelites wandered.
xxi. 7.* ip\ir\vevo>, to interpret, translate, 1.

eTr-cptoxdu, -w, to question, ask, xviii. 7. 42, ix. 7.

tirl, a prep, governing gen., dat., or ^pxo^iai (


Gr. § 124, 78), to come, to go ;

ace. General signification, upon, to come, after, before, to, against,


on. etc., as determined by the preposi-

liri-pdXXw, to lay upon, as a hand, tion which follows.


vii. 30. (pbirdo), -a>, to ask, to request, to be-

€iri-Y£ios, earthly.
-ov, to iiriyna, seech.

earthly things, iii. 12. i<r\a.ros, -t), -ov, the last, the e7id of whsLt
€iTi-8€xo|iai, to receive kindly,
3 John is spoken of, e.g. the feast, vii. 37 ;

9, 10.* the last (day), i.e. the day of judg-


€iri-9v|iCd, -dy, j;, desire, generally in ment.
a bad sense, hist. 'icroi,
adv. of place, within, xx. 26.
to xi.
eTr£-K€ijiai, lie upon (dat.), 38, ^T€poSi -epd, -epov, distrib. pron., other,
xxi. 9. another, xix. 37.
tiri-Xe'-yu),
in pass., to he named or €Ti, adv., yet, still, even.

adli'd, V. 2. (TOifjid^b), -daw, topref)are, make ready,


€tri-(x^vo), continue, to be persevering in, xiv. 2, 3.

viii. 7. ^Toi|i09, -1) or -OS, -ov, ready, prepared,


€iri-irCirTw, to fall back upon, xiii. 25 vii. 0.

(T). ^Tos, -our, TO, ((


year.
€Trt-o-Tp^<}>«, <o
turn about, xxi. 20. ev9^(i>;, adv., immediately, straightway.
€iri-Ti6T)n,i,
to put, place, or /a// upon, See (vdvs.
ix. G, 15, xix. 2. (Gr. § 120 ; (vBvvot, to make straight, i. 23.
§ 122, 1.) evOvs, adv. of time, straight, i.e. im-
^

ciri-rp^iro), to (dtow, permit, xix. 38. mediately, as eufleoiy.

«ri-xpi<^, I aor. firf'xpiffa, «/i(ij/(?, smear cv-XoY^ci), -cJ, -7\iT<t), to bless ; hence
upon {Sni, ace), ix. 6, 11.* pass. pf. part. ev\oyr]fj.fvos, blessed,
Iir-oupdvios, -ov, adj., //frtfcn/(/ ; neut. favored of God, xii. 13.

plur., TO iirovpavia, heavenly things, €u-o8dci), -M, pass, only, to >>< made
iu. 12. prosperous, 3 John 2.
tvpLa-Kut 339 6cpur)i6s

(iipCvKot, euprffTu), tvpriKa, (vpov, evpe- H.


er)v (Gr. § 124, 8!», (1) to find, to

discover, to liglil upon ; (2) to ascer- V\,


a particle, — disjunctive, or; in-

tain, to find hy examination, as a terrogative, preceded b3' Trdrfpoi',


judge. ittrum an, whether
. . . . . .
or, vii.

ti-y^apicrriiii, -u,
to thank, (jive thanks. 17; or comparative, than, iii. 19;
eii\o\i.a\.,
to /iraif, 3 John 2. ^Trep, than at all, xii. 43.

'E4>patji., u, K]ihiaini, a place, xi. 54.* fjSr], adv. of time, now, already.
tX.Ot's, adv., yesterdafi, iv. 52. f^Kw, -^u>, to be come, to be present. (Gr.
'i\u>, 'i^iAi, iinjif. eixov, 2 aor. etrxov, §124,93)
(Gr. § 124, 89), tn have or jiossess. 'HXtias or 'HX£as, -ov, d, Elijah.
'^«s,adv., (1) of time, ^7/, until, used T)XiK(d, -ds, age, full age ; TjAiKiav
7),

as conj also as prep, with gen.


, eX". he is of age, ix. 21, 23.
eus ou or ews Utov, until when ;
TJXos, -ov, 6, a nail, xx. 25.*
(2) aslonij as, while, ix. 4 ; (3) wilii fi|X€is, gen. rinuv, dat. vfi7v, ace. ^/uos,

particles,
— tuts Upri, until now ; plur. of tyu.
teas iroTf ; how loni/ / X. 24; ews f|)ji€pd, -as, ri, a day.
ivu, up to the brim, ii. 7. T||i6Tepos, -d, -ov, our, our own.
i/\'irtp,
than at all, xii. 43.

'Ho-a(as or 'Ho-atas, -ov, i, Isaiah.

t,6M, -to, Cfis, (^, fut. C'firrw or -oftai, 0.


(Gr. § 124, r«J), to live, as (1) ^o /x-

alive 6 (i^v, the 9dXa(r<ra, the sea.


; jjurt. Livimj One, -tjj, ?;,

a descrijjtion of God, vi.67 (2) to ; Bdvaros, -ov, 6, death.


receive li/i-, iv. 50; (.3) to live, in tlie Qapcrlu, -u, to be of good cheer. Only
highe.st sense, to possess spiritual in iniper., Odpati, Oapaelre, take
and eternal life, v. 25; (4) met, courage, xvi. 33.
as of water, livlni/ or fresh, opposed Oavfid^u, -(Tu), to wonder.
to stagnant, iv. 10. Oaujiao-TOs, -Ti, -iv, niarvellons, ix. ^lO.

Z(p(8aios, -ou, (i, Zihidee, xxi. 2. 6cdo|xai, -wfxai, (li']i.,


1 aor. iOeaaa.fir)v,

I^^Xos, -on, ft, u-al, in a good sense, pf. TfO^Ufiai, to behold, to conleni-
ii. 17. jtlate.

Xv^rim, -u>, i)rTut, {\) to seek, absolutely, 0^T)|ia, -Toy, t6, wilt, desire.
as vi. 24; (2) to seek for (ace.), Oikut, impf. ^OeAoi/, 1 aor. ^OtKricra,
V. 30; (.>) to desire, to wish for, to wish, d<'li(/ht in, to will.

V. 18. 0€6s, -oC, li, (1) God, —A Sf6s, the


l^f|TT)(ris, -€<ijs, ri, question, dehati ,
revealed (Jod, i. 1 ; (2) a g(Hl, generi-
iii. 25. eally, x. 31
l^u»^, -7)1, 71, lift , literal, spiritual, eter 0«o-<rtpf|s, -fs, (iod-worshipping, di-
mil. (lA)^ ai'ui'io;, eternal life. runt, ix. Iii.*

\il)v\ry>y.\.
or -vvuu (Gr. § 123, 7), '"
Bcpaircvu, fvaui, to heal, v. 10.

<l>ril, xxi. IK. Ocpll^u, law, to ntip iir i/ather, iv. .'Ui-38.

|uo-TroUui, -u), -f](Tit), to niiiLt nhri to ,


OcpKriids, -oij, 6, harvest, the gathering-
cause to live, to quicken, v. 21, vi. 03. time, iv. 36.
Ocpfiatvo) 340 KaOapt^A)

Qtpiialvtii, only mid. in N. T., to warm IXao'p.ds, -ov, S, a propitiation, atoning


one's self, xviii. 18, 25. John
sacrifice, 1 ii. 2, iv. 10.*
6€(i)pcb>, -w, to Ik'/ioI(I, to see. \-\Ld.<i, -dvros, 6, thonr;, latchet of a shoe,
OtJKt), -1)5, y {riOrj/iii), u receptacle, as a i. 27.
shcatli, xviil. 11.-* IfidTiov, -iov, t6, (1) clothing; {2) the
6\li|/iS, -foos, f), affliction, tribulation, outer garment.
xvi. 21, 38 Tr accents flArifis. i|iaTi(r|ids, -ov, 6, clothes, raiment,
0VT|crKa), in N.T. only pf. TtByrjKa, xix. 24.
til lie (had. to the end that Hva
"iva, conj., that, ;

Op€[i,|j,a, -Tos, TO (rpecpco), the youmj fj.ri,


that not, lest.
of nittk, iv. 12.* the Jordan.
'lopSdvTjs, -ov, 6,
9pT)V€u), -o), abs., to wail, lament, 'lovSaCd, -as, t) (really adj., fern.,
-xvi. 20. sc. yrj), iii. Judaa.
22,
^P^ii Tpixt^J. 'lat. plur. 0p«|/, 7], a hair, 'lovSaioSi -Old, -aiov, helonginq to Ju-
xi. 2, xii. 3.
dah, Jewish. Often in plur. with
fluYCtTTjp, -Tpo's, -^, a daughter, xii. 15. subst. understood, ul the
'lovSa7oi,
9upa, -as, 1}, a door. Jews.
6vpo)pds, -oil, 6, 7),
a door-keeper, porter, 'louSas, -d, 6, dat. a, ace. -av, {\)Jude,
X. 3, xviii. 16, 17. the apostle, xiv. 22; (2) Judas Is-
9u(i>, -aw, to slufi, x. 10. cariot.
Gupds, -a (from Heb. =:
hihvuos), 'Ia-KapiuTt)s, -ov, 6, Iscariot, i.e. a man
Thomas. of Kerioth.
ia-0%, -ri, -ov (or laos), like, equal to

(dat.), V. 18.
'Io-paT|X, 6 (Heb.), Israel.
'I<rpaT)\£Ti]s, -ov, d, an Israelite.
'laKiip, 6 ( Hob. ),./aco6. ((Jr. § 122, 4), trans, in
\;<rTT]pi
ldo|xai, -uiyutti, Idaofiai, dep., mid., 1 aor., to place, viii. 3 ;
intrans. in
it) //pr//.
pf., plupf., and 2 aor., to stand,
i:8€ (flSop), imper. act. as interj., to stand firm, to endure.
behold ! 1 John
iayypos, -o, -6f, strong, ii.

l8ios, -la, -oy, one'x own, x. 12; hence 14.


TO one'a oum things ; oi fSioi,
IfSio, -vffw, to be to be able
l<r\va), strong,
one'sown people, friends, companions, (inf.).
neut. ami masc. contrasted in i. 11. ^
a
Ix8«s, -i5os, &, fish.
ISov (comp. f5e), imper. mid. as in-
'Ia)dv»lS, -ov, 6, John.
terj., /o behold !
'Iwa-f\^, 6 (Heb.), Joseph.
.'

Upcus, -/ois, 6, a priest.


i€pdv, -ou, r6, a place consecrated to
( iikI, the temple. K.
'I«po(r6X.U|jia (WH 'I.), -wv, rd, Je-
rusalem. Kd'yw (Ka^it), contr. for koI iyd) (kci
'lepoo-oXxjp^TTjs, -ov, 6, one of .Terusa- ffi/), and I, I also, even I,
lem, vii. 25.* See critical texts. KoA-aipoi, -apu>, to cleanse, to clear by

'Itjo-ovs, -ou (see Gr. § 37, 6), Jesds, pruning, xv. 2.


the Saviour. KaOapi^W; to cleanse, 1 John, i. 7, 9.
KoOapurfios 341 K^jiros

Ka9api(r|x6s, -ov, 6, cleansing, purifyinij, Kari^r]v, to ijo or come down, descend.


ii. 6, iii. 25. (See Gr. §124, 12.)
Kadapos, a, -6v, clean, pure. Kara-PoXri, -^s, ^, a founding, ,xvii. 24.

KaOt'Jontti, to stl down ; eV or ini, rlat. Kara-'yi'Vwo-Kw, to condemn, gen. of


KaO-eis, adv., one by one, viii. 9 l)ers., John 1 iii. 20, 21. (Gr.
(WH, Ka.e' ds). §124,45.)
Kd0-T|(xai (Gr. § 122, 17), to be seated, KaT-d-yvujii, fut. Kared^w, to break, to
to sit down, to sit. break in pieces, xix. 31-33.

Ka0l]^(o, -i<rw, intrans.,


to seat one's self; KaTa-'Ypd<j)«o, write, draw, mark.*
lo sit doirii. KaTd-K€i(iai, to lie down, as the sick,
KaS-iis, adv., according as, even as, as. V. 3, G. (Gr. §122, 15.)
to
Kat, coiij., and, <dso, even. KaTa-Kp(va>, -vu, give judgment
-a. b, ai/ainst, to condemn, viii. 10, 11.
Kaid<j>as, i'aiophas.
Ka(v, (Heb.), Cain
<J (Gr. §124, 121.)
Kaivds, ->), 6v, new. KaTa-\a|i|Bdv(o, -Ari/jL^ofxai, to gra.sp, to

Kaipds, -ov, 6, time, season. overtake, to comprehend, to apprehend.

Kaio-op, -pos, &, Casar. (Gr. § 124, 125.


KaC-Toi, conj., nevertheless, thougii in- Kara-XtCirw, -rpw, to leave remaining,
deed ;
SI)
KaiToiyt, iv. 2. viii. 9. (Gr. §124, 120.)
Ktti'w, to burn, v. :j5 ;
xv. 6. (Gr. § 124, KaTa-4>d'Yb>. See KaTtaOiw.
W.i). KaT-ta-Qlfj), fut. KaTaipdyofjLai (ii. 17),
KoiKei (koJ iKfl), and there. to eat up, to devour entirely. (Gr.
KOLKcivos, -17, -0 (koI ^K(7i>os), and he, §124,80.)
she, it. KttT-iTYopfw, -w, -(jaw, to accuse, to
KUKO-iroiecu, -w, to do evil, 3 Joliii 11. speak against.
KaKO-iroios, -6y, as siiljst., a« evil-doer, KaT-T]-yop£a, -ds, v, an accusation, a
mull factor, xviii. 30. charge, xviii. 2'.).

KUKos, -i}, 6v, evil, wicked ; rh kukov, KaT-TJ7opos, -ov, d, an accuser, viii. 10.

wickedui'ss. Kdrw, adv., downwards, down, beneath,


KaKus, adv , wiongly, xviii. 23. viii. G, 8, 23.

KdXa|xos, -ov, d, a pen, 3 John 13. Ka(]>apvaoii|i., i), (Ileb.), Capernunm.


KoX^u, -<2), -((Tw, ]<f. K(K\r)Ka, 1 aor. Kt'Spos, -ov, r],
II
cedar, xviii. 1, j>rol)-

pass. iKhT\tir)v, lo cull; litiicf, to ably a niisluken reading for fol-


name, i. 43 ;
to invite, ii. 2. lowing.*
KuXds, -i}, -6v, good. KiSpwv, 6 (Ileb., dark or turbid), Ce-
KaXuis, atlv., "•'-//, rightly. dron, xviii. 1.*
Ka.|U. Sl'i- Kuyw. K€lp.ai. {('>r. § 122, 15) ;
to lie, to recline,

Kdv (ku! f6.v), and if.


to lie laid.

Kttvd, j) (Heb ), Cana. K€ip(a, -as, V, a bund of linen, xi. 44.*


KopBCa, -as, i),
ihi- heart. Ktpjxa, -To$, T({, '/ small piece ofmonei/,
ii. 15.*
Kopirds, ov, 6, frnit.

Kurd, prep., Kov. tbo gen. and accus. Ktpn.arnTT'fis, -oi), 6, a money-changer,
cases, down ; licncc, f^en., doicn ii. II.*

acc, according to, K((|>uX'^, -^i, the head.


from, against ; 7;,

(See Gr. § 125, 2, d). Kfjiros, -ov, 6, u garden, xviii. 1, 26;


against.
xix. 41.
KT]irovp6s 342 XtVTlOV

Ki^ir-ovpds, -ov, 6, a gardener, xx. 15.* KpaT€(i>, -w, to lay


-4\ffit), strong hold on ;

Ki]((>dsi -a, 6 (Aramaic, a rock or to retain, of sins, xx. 23.


siDtw), Cephas, i.e. Peter, i. 42. Kpavyd^w, -o-co, to cri/ out, xi. 43.

K\a(b>, -avaai, to wail, to lament, weep. KpCBivos, -7j, -ov, made of barley ;
dproi
(Gr. §124, 114.) KpiOivoi, barley loaves, vi. 9, 13.*
K\d(r|j.a, -Tos, to, a piece broken oJf\ a Kp£|Aa, -TOS, TO, a judgment, condem-
fragment, vi. VI, 13. nation, ix. 39.
kXcio), -ffo), to shut, close, xx. 19, 20. Kp(v(i>, -vw, KiKpiKa, to Judge, to sit in

(Gr. §124, 116.) judgment on. (Gr. § 124, 121.)


KXtiTTtjs, -OV, 6, a thief. Kpio-iSi -eeos, 7), judgment, condemnation.
kX^ittw, -ij/o),
to steal, x. 10.
KpviTTds, -7), -ov, verbal adj. (Kpvirrw),
K\f)p.a, -TOS, TO
a branch, a (fcAoo)), hidden, secret.
shoot, of a vine, xv. 2, 4, 5, 6.* KpuTFTO), -i|/w, 2 aor., pass., inpi^rfv, to
K^t^pos, -ov, 6, a lot, xix. 24. hide, conceal. (Gr. §124, 122.)
Kkivia, -vi, to bow, in death, xix. oO; kvkXow, -w, to encircle, surround, x. 24.
to incline. (Gr. § 124, 117.) KVTTTw, to bend, to sloop down, viii.
-(((CO,

KXtoirds, -a, 6, Clopas, xix. 25.* 0, 8.


KoiXtd, as, r). (1) the womb, iii. 4 ; (2) KvpCd, -d$, ri, a lady, 2 John i. 5 ;
or
fig., the inner man, vii. 38. Kvpla, Cyria, a proper name.*
Koi(j.dw, w, pass., to be asleep in death, Kvpios, -too, 6, (1) rt lord, sir, title of
xi. 11, 12.
respect (2) the Lord.
;

KoC)i.i]o-is, -fws, v, sleep, repose, xi. 13.* KwXvw, -aw, to restrain, forbid, 3 John
KoivwvEu, -w, to have common share in, 10.
to juirtalce in, 2 John 11.
Kwp.T|, -7JS, 7), a village.
KOLvuvCd, -as, >), communion fellowship , ,

1 Jolm i. 3, 6, 7.
KOKKos, -OV, 6, n kernel, a grain, xii. 24.

KoXacris, -iois, r), punishment, 1 John Xayxdvo), abs., to cast lots, to draw lots,
iv. 18.
n(pi, gen., xix. 24. (Gr. § 124, 123.)
KoWxiPio-T^S, -OV, 6, a money-changer, Ad^apos, -ov, 6, Lazarus, of Bethany.
ii. 15.
Xd9pa (WH \depa), secrctb/, xi. 28.
koXttos, -OV, 6, tile bosom. XaXtw. -w, -riffu, {I) to speak, declare.
KoXufi.P'^Opa, -as, ri, a pool.* XaXid, -as, ^, (1) speech, viii. 43; (2)
KO|j.x|/6Tcpov (conip. of K'ojUL\pos), bitter, report, iv. 42.
of convalescence, adverbially with Xap.pdvu, ATjyuiJ/o/xat, f'(\r]<pa, eAajSoc,
fXo, iv. 52.* (Gr. § 124, 125), to take, receive, ob-

Koiridctf, -i, to be fatigued, iv. 6 ;


to tain.

labor, iv. 38. Xa|i.Trds. -aSos, v, " lamp, a torch,


Koiros, -OV, d, labor, iv. 38. xviii. 3.

K6<r|j.os, -OV, d, the world. Xaos, -oii, 6, a people.


Ko'<{)ivos, -OV, 6, (I
basket, vi. 13. XarptCd, -ds, v, worship, xvi. 2.
Kpdparros, -on, o, a roiich, a liqht bed, Xt'-yw, only pros, and impf. in N. T.,
v. 8-12. to
speak, saij, tell, call. (Gr. § 124,
Kpdjw, -4ft), locrif out. (Gr. § 124, 120) 128.)
KpavCov, -ov, r6, a skull ; Kpauiuv Xt'vTiov, -ov, t6, a napkin or tinvel, xiii.

T^TTos, Greek for FoAyued, xix. 17. 4,5.*


Acvc(Tr|s 343 |iC(ros

A«v€(T-r]s, -ov, 6, a Levile, i. 19. l^aCvo^ai, dep., to be mad, to rave, x.


XevKos, -Tj, -oV, uhite, iv. 35 ;
xx. 12. 20.

XD<rT^Si -ov, 6, (I
robber, x. 1,8; xviii. |j.aKdptos, -id, -lof, happij, blessed, xiii.
40. 17 XX. 29.
;

Xtav, adv., veri/ much. |jiaKpdv, adv., afar, afar off] xxi. 8.

Xi0d{(i>, -ace, to stone, to execute by p.dXXov, adv., more, rather.


stonini], MdX\os, -ov, 6, Malchus, xviii. 10.*
XCOivoSi -17, -ov, made of stone, ii. U. |iav0dv(tf, nadT](Totxai, 2 aor. e^uaWoc,
Xl9os, -ov, 6, (t stone. perf .
fiffxadriKa, to learn, to undt r-

Ai0o'-o-TpwTov, -ov, TO (prop, adj., stand, to know. (Gr. §124, 134.)


strewed with slums), the Pavement, p.dvva, TO, manna.
part of a Koman court of justice, MapOd, -^s, 77, Martha.

xix. 13.* Mopld, -as, or Maptdfi (iiidecl., Heb.,


XCrpd, -as, r), a pound weight, xii. 3 ; Miriam), ri, Mary.
xix. ;J9.* ppaprupcu), -cD, -Tjfrw, to be a witness, abs.,

Xo-yC^o^ai, -crofiai, dep. with mid. and to testify (irepi, gen.), to give testi-

pass, aor., to reckon, to thinic, xi. 50. mony {to, dat. of pers. or thing).

§124, IxapTvpCd, -as, stiuiioiy, witness.


I<
(Gr. 130). tj,

Xo'yos, -ov, 6, (1) II word ; whether (2) liao-ri-You, -w, -uxrw, to scourge, x\\. 1.
n comnum sdi/in;/, iv. 37 ;
or com- (iidxaipa, -as, rj, a sword, xviii. 10,
mand, viii. 55. A6yos is used by 11.

John as a name of Christ, tiie fi.dxo|xai, to contend, dispute, vi. 52.


woKD of God, i. 1, etc. (i^Yas. ixtydXt], fiiya, comp. fxii^Mv,

^*>"YX^) '''' ^' ^ lance, a spear, xix. sup. fXfyicrros, great : (ityaKr) it/nipa,
34* a high day, xix. 31.
-&, to revile, to rail at, to re- to transbtte, to interpret,
XoiSop^w, |ieO-ep)ji.T]V€vco,

firofich, ix. 28. pass, oidy, i. 38, 41.


Xovw, -rro). to Imthe, to toush, xiii. 10. |i.(6vo-K<>), drunk, ii. 10.
to r/el

(Gr. §124, 131.) Hit^tov, comp. of ntyas, which see. It

XtiKOS, -ov, d, <l


UH)I/, X. 12. has itself a comparative, fiei^iirfpos,
'

Xvir^w, -w, to pass., to be tjrirrrd,


t/riein-;
3 John 4 (see Gr. §52, 4).
to be .sorrowful, xvi. 20; xxi. 17. p.€Xav, -avos, t6 {fifKas), ink, 2 John
12 3 John 13.
Xwij, -T)y, 7), grief, sorrow. ;

Xvxvos, ov, 6, n biniji used of Jolm ;


|ji€Xas, -aiva, -av,
blaik.

the IJaplist, v. :]b (jtcXti, iini)ers., it ronnrns, x. 13; .\ii. 0.

Xvo), (Tw, to loosen, as (1) lit., to un- (jicXXfti, -170-ai,


to be about to do. (Gr.
bind, I. 27 ; (2) /" nnnnl, vii. 23 ;
x. §124, 137.)
3;'); (.')) to dislrof/, e.g. ijif temple, (WV, antillietic imrticle, truly, indnd.
ii in. \i.fV-oiiv,conj., mmrover, therefore, but.
^v-Toi, conj., y<t truly, nerrrthi less.
M. \Uv<it, fiffw, ffidva,
to remain, to abide.

(Gr. 124, 138.)


a
Ma-ySaX-qvfj, rj^, f), Mugdalent , i. <,. a p.^pos, -ous, r6, part, fillowship,
woin.'lli of M;i(;d;ilti. •xiii S.

(laOrjT'^S)-oil, f> { navOiivw) n disi iph ; .


y.lvo'i, -71, ov, middle, in the midst of
n't na(lr}Tal, s|iei.ially ,
'/« twelve. (gen.), i. 20 ; xix. 18.
ixecrow 344 V€KpOS

|ji,e(r6b>, w, to be In the middle or midtit, pii.p.to|xai., -ov/xai, dep. mid., <o imitate,

vii. 14.* to follow the example of 3 John 11.*


Mttraias, -ov (i'roin Heb., anointed), |j.i|jLVTicrKw (fxva-), mid., with fut. in

Messiah, tlie same as Gr. Xpiaros, pass, form fxvriffOr^aoiJiai, 1 aor.


i. 41, iv. 25* iixvt](r07]v, to call to mind, to remem-
|i£<rT6s, T], -6v, full, filled with, gen. ber, ii. 17, 22 ;
xii. 16. (Gr. § 124,
|A€Td, prep., gov. tlie gen. and aecus. :
139.)
gen;, with, amony ; acc, a/lcr (Gr. |j,i(r€ttf, -w, -rjaoi, to hale, to abhor. Used
§ 25, 2, d). in antitli. with aya-rrdoa, to love less,

[i6Ta-Pa(.vw, to (JO or fiass over, v. 24 ;


to slight, xii. 25.

to dipiirt, vii. 3; xiii. 1. (Gr. §124, |i.i(r06s, -ov, 6, wti(/es, recompense, iv.

12.) 36.

ptera-^u, {avv or ^vv), adv. of time, (iicrGwTOs, -ov, 6, a hired servant, one
nu.iiiurhik, iv. 31. who serves for wages, x. 12, 13.
|j.€Tpi]TT|s, -OV, 6, "a measurer," a |i,vdo|j.ai. See fjiifiviitTKu.
liquid measure (72 sextarii) con- |i.VT]|X6iov, -ov, TO,
(t
tomb, a grave.
taining nearly eight and a halt'Eng- |xvi]|J.ovev(o, to remember, recollect, call to
lish gallons, firkin, ii. 6.* mind.
(AtTpov, -ou. TO, « measure ; iidv. phrase, \i.oi.\tCd, -as, 7j, aditlleri/, viii. 3.
tK ^irpovhij measure,sparinijlij iii.o4. ,
p.oi.x<v(o, -ffw, to commit adultery, viii. 4.
(tTJ,
a negative particle, not, lest. In- |i0VT|, -rjs, y, a place of abode, a dwell-
terrogatively it is used when a neg- "
ing-place, xiv. 2, 23.*
ative answer is expected, as iii. 4, p.ovo--Y£VTis, -«s, gen. ovs, only beqotten,
oil fX7\, not at all, by no means. 18 John
etc. ;
i. 14, ;
iii. 16, 18 ;
1 iv. 9.

IXTjSe, compare ouSe, generally used |idvov, adv., only.


after a preceding fi.{],
and not, p.6vos, -Jj, -ov, only, alone, forsaken.
neither, nor yet, iv. 15 ;
xiv. 27. [ivpov, -uu, t6, a perfumed ointment.
|xi]8cis, ftTjSeftio, fx-t]^4v (efs), differing Mwvo-fjs, -fois (§ 42, 3), 6, Moses.
from ovOiis as jur; from oy ;
no< orte,
no one, nothiiuj.
|*T]K€Ti,adv. (e-ri), no 7«o)e, ho longer,
V. 14 ;
viii. 11. N.
'" show, declare, xi. 57.
(ji,T|vva),

|j.T|-TroTe, conj., tuhether indeed, vii. 20. Na^aper, t), Nazareth.


(j.T)TT]p, -rpos, rj, a mother. Na^topatos, -ov, 6, a Nazarene.
adv., interrogatively used, is it ? Nathaniel.
\t.r\ri, Na6avaT|X, 6,
whtd/ii r (it nil ? vttt, adv., affirming, yes, xi. 27 ;
xxi.
fi.TJTis ii-i-v 'tis), pron. interrog., has or 15, 16.
;s am/ cne ? whether any one ? iv. 33 ; vadSf -ov, 6, the temple, ii. 20 ; used of
vii. 48. Jesus Christ, ii. 19, 20.
|ji(a,
fern, of efj, one. vdpSos, -ov, 7j, nard, spikenard, a costly
(iiaCvw, -avS>, to stain, pollute, defile, ointment, xii. 3.
xviii. 28. VEavCo-KOS, -ov, 6, a young man, 1 John
|xi-Y|J.o, -Tos, TO, a mixture, xix. 39.* ii. 13, 14.
|j.iKp6s, -a, -Of, little, small, time, vii. 33 ;
vcKpos, -a, -6v, dead ; oi vtKpol, the
xii. 3v>. dead.
VEOS 345 opaci)

vt'os, -a, -Of, noHwj ; compar., vtumpos,


opYTi 346 irapa-'y(vo)iat

6p-yT|i -f;5, 7it onfjer, wrath. oCtos, avrrj, tovto, demonstr. pron.,
6p0pos, -ov, iiiasc, vioiniiif/ twilnilil. this (near).
(uiii/ dawn, viii. 2. otiTios (and before a consonant some-
6poS; -ovs, TO, (( miiinitdin. times ouToi), adv., thus, in this wise,
bdtaved, "orphan," so.
6p<|>avus, -7), -ui>,

xiv. 18. ov\l, adv., (1) an intensive form of


fis, t), '6,
relative jtronoun, ivlw, wkuli oi), xiii. 10, by no means, no; (2)

(see Gr. § 64, 1). mostly interrog as xi. 9, expect- ,

6crp.T|, -TJs, ri, an wlur, savor, xii. 3. ing an affirmative answer.


8o-os, Vy -ov, relat. prou., how much, 6<)>e{\a), to be under obliyation, oiir/ht,

how many, as manij as. xiii. 14; xix. 7.

6<rTtov, coutr. oarovv, -ov, to, a bona, 64>0a\p.6s, -ov, 6, an eye.


xix. ?jQ. 6^lS, -eojs, o, a serjicnt, iii. 14.

<Jo--Ti.s, 'i-ris, on, compound relat., oxXos, -ov, 6, a crowd, the multitude,

irhusocvi'r, whichsoever, whatsoever plur. crowds.


(see Gr. § 66, 2). 6i|>d.piov, -ov, ri, a little fish, vi. 9, 11,
OTov {(ire, &v), rel. adv., when, when- xxi. 9, 10, 13.*
soever ; always with subj. (Sil'ios, fa, -lov, late ; as subst., r) dij/ia,
wlieii.
oT(, rel. adv., evening.
OTi, conj., (1) that, after verbs of de- 8\j/iS, -etos, 7), the aspect, the countenance,

claring, etc. ; (2) because.


xi. 44 J
external appearance, vii. 24.*
OTOV (gen. of oVtis), eus Urov, until,
ix. 18.

ov {ovK before a vowel, ovx if the


vowel is aspirated), no, not. n.
ov-8e, conj., disj. neg., but not, neither,
nor, not even. 7rai8a,piov, -iov, rS (dim. of iraTs), a boy,

ov8-tCs, ouSe-fxia, ov5-ev {ovSe e?s), neg.


a lad, vi. 9.

adj., )iot one, no one, now, nothin;/. irai8iov, -iov, r6 (dim. of 7ra?s), a little

ov8e-TroT€, adv., not ever, never, vii. child, an infitnt.


40. iraiSierKT), -r/s, i) (fem. dim. of iraTs), a

ov8e-irw, adv., 7tot ever i/ef,


not j/rf, yoxmy yirl, a female slave, xviii. 17.
never. •trais, -rraiSoi, 6, a child, a boy, iv. 51.

ovK-€Ti, adv HO more, no longer.


, iraCci), -(Tw, to strike, to smile, with a
ovK-ovv I .adv., not so then ? an affirm- sword, xviii. 10.

ative adverb, therefore; interroga- iraXaios, -d, -ov, old, former.


> *
tive,xvii. art thou then ao7, kin;/ TrdXiv, adv., aya.in, back, anew.
ov p.^,
an emphatic negative, see jutj. TrdvTOTt, adv., always, at all times,
then. ever.
ovv, conj., therefore,
oii-iro), adv., not yet. •TTttpd, prep. gov. the gen., the dat.,
ovpav6<s, -ov, 6, heaven, (1) the visible and accus., beside. With a gen
heavens; (2) the .spiritual heavens, (of person), it indicates source or
the abode of God and holy beings. oriyin ; with a dat., it denotes pres-
oii-n, conj., and not ; neither, nor, with ence with.

a negative preced. ;
oCt6 . . .
otjrt, •7Tapa-'y£vo(Aai., to come near, come, iii.

neither . . . nor. 23.


irap-a-yw 347 irCvw

irop-d-yw, to jmns by, ix. 1 ;


to puss Treipd^w, (TCD, to make trial of, to

away, iiiiil., only 1 Jolin ii. 8, 17. prove.


Trapa-6C8b)|xi, ace.
and dat., to cUlivtr ii€|j,-iro), -1^01,
to send.

over, as prison, judgnitnt to ;


'"
iTEvOtpds, -ov, o, a father-in-law, i. e. a
of the betrayal by wife's father, xviii. 13.*
betiai/, spec,
Judas (§122, 3). TrevTaKto--x£\ioi, -ai, -o, uuai. Jive thou-
irapd-KXiiTos, -ov, 6, (1) an advocate, sand, vi. 10.

iulerccssor, 1 John ii. 1 ; (2) a coti- vivTi, num., indccl.^ye.


solcr, comforter, hel/nr, John xiv. irevrfiKovTa, num., iiidecl.,^/>y.
"
IG, 26 XV. 26 ; xvi. 7
; para- ; ntp, an enclitic particle, only found
clete."* joined to pronouns or particles fur
irapa-KViTTw, -t^oi,
to stoop down, xx. 5, intensity of meaning, as ^^f^, than
11. at all, xii. 43.

Trapa-Xofipdvw, -\i]^).^ofxai, 2 aor. irop- irtpav, adv., over, on the other side, be-

(Ka^ov, to nrtivc, to uckiioa:led</e, to yond.


take cufilive. iTtp(,a prep., governing the gen. and

irapa-|iv6^op.ai, -oD/ioi, dep. mid., to aecus. With gen., about, i.e. con-
speak kitidli/ In, "
to cheer, to cow/ort, cerning or respecting a thing; with
xi. 19, ;ji. aei'iis , about, around.

irapa-o-Kfv^ -^s, v, ^ preparation, i.e. irtpi-pdWo), -$a\w, -0(0\riKa., cost


,
to

the time immediately before a Sab- around, to clothe, xix. 2.

bath or other festival, the eve, the TTtpi-Stu), to bind round about, pass,

Preparation (R V), xix. 14, 31, pliip., xi. 44.*


42. •7r€pi-t(rTT|p,i (Gr. §122, 4), to stand
''^ ^^ "«^'' ''^ ^^ around, xi. 42.
•irdp-dpi (ti/uO. ''.'/>

]iri si-nt,
to have come. •!r€pi-iraT£'to, -w, -iiaoi, to walk, to conduct
(Gr. §122, 1), infran.s., one's self, to live accordin;/ to.
irap-((rTT]p.i
perf., 2 aor., to stand hy, xviii. 22 ;
ir<pi<r<r€vw, to be left over, vi. 12, 13.
xix. 26. iTfpicro-rfs", -<J, oV, abundant, x. 10.
-irop-oiixCd, -d;, rj, a jirorcrli,
an cuh/ma. •ntpitrrtpa., -as, fj, <i dore.
xvi. 2.'"), 2'.( ;
a parahle, x. (i.
iT€pi-Ttp.vu), to rircu incise, vii. 22.

TTttp-oucrfa, -dj, 7/ {ti/ii), a comiiii/, ail- TVipi-TLOT\\i.\.,


to jilace, xix. 2!'.

vent, of the second coming of TTipi-To\i.{\, -^y, t), cirrunirision, vii. 22,
Clirist, 1 John ii. 28. 23.

•rrappTurCd, d$, ij, freedom, openness; IltTpos, -OV, 6, I\t<r (Cliald. Krjcfiua,

wapprjiria. if irapprfffla, Imldti/, /ri ly.


i
rock), i. 42.

irds, TTuira. rruv, all, the whole, enri/. vr\y(\, -ris, r\, a fountain, well.

TTtto-xa, r6 (
I lei) , ill (/liahl form), ihi •irtiXos, -ov. clay, mire, ix. 0-15.
It,

paschal lamh, the pnssorer fast •irfjxus, ews, 6, a cubit, xxi. 8.


irariip, rpAs, 6, a father. TTid^w, (Tw, to take, as in fishing, xxi.
irarpCs, -(5m, i), one's na/in plun^ ."'.
;
to take, arrest, vii. 30.

fatherland, iv. 44. FluXdros, -ov, (5, I'lluli'.

iTtiiu, wdaai, to persuade, to rendi r TrCp.TrXi](ii (ttAi ). See irKr^Dw.

trnnrpiil, 1 John iii. VJ. irlvoi, flit, niiifxat, -ttrai, -fTO( ; perf.
ircivdw, -w, -drra, to he hiin<ir>/, vi. irfwwKa: 2 nor. tirioi/ (inf. ttcFc),
3G. to drink (§124, 157).
iriirpacrKw 348 1TOT7]piOV

arni-pdo-Kw (irpa-), perf. iriirpaKa;


1 irvc'w, -ivaw, to blow, as the wind.
aor. pass. itrpaei]v ; perf. pass, ttc- iro6€v, adv., interrog., whence 'f how?
be sold, (1) to make, i.e. to
npa/xai, to mil; pass, to iroUu), -ui, -Tjcrw,

xii. 5. form, to bring about ; to declare to be,

irtiTTw (Gr. §124, 159), to fall, to fall viii. 53 ; (2) <o do, generally ;
to do,

i. e. habitually, to perform, to execute,


prostrate.
TTio-TtvcD, to believe, hace confidence ni, to exercise, to practise.

trust. -avi), to be shepherd of, to


iroi|xaCv<o,

TTioTTiKOs, v, -oV, genuine, pure, of ioid, to feed, xxi. 16.

ointnu'iit, xii. 3. •iroi.p.T|V, -evos, 6, a shepherd.

TTio-Tis, -ews, 1), faith, 1 Jolin v. 4. •iroip.vT), -TJX, 7/,


a flock, of Christ's fol-

iTi(rr6s, -V, -o", filtlful, believing, xx. lowers, X. 10.


•iroios, TToid, irolov, an interrog. pron.,
irXavctoj, -ui, -tJcto), <o /eac/ astray, to de- of what kind, sort, species'/ what?
ceive, vii. 12. irdXis, -6«s, 7], a city.

irXdvi), -7)s, ^, deceit, error, 1 Jolm •jToXXdKis, adv., many times, often,
iv. G. xviii. 2.

irXdvos, -01', deceitful; as subst., an iroXvs, TToWri, iroXv (see Gr. § 49),

impostor, deceiver, '2 John 7. many ; iroWd, much, very much.


irXetwv, -iiov, compar. of iroXis, more, iroXv-Tl(Jios, -Of, of great value, very

greater; ir\uov, as adv., mo7-e, xxi. costly, xii. 3.


15. •jrovT)pds, -a, ^v, evil, bad, of things

irX.tKw, -|to, ^0 weave together, to plait,


or persons. 6 Trocrjpos, the Wicked
xix. 2. One, i. e. Satan ; rh ttovt}p6v, evd,
irXfupa, -OS, ^, </ie side of the human xvii. 15.

hodi/, xix. 34. jTopevofiai, -trofiai, dep., with pass.

irX^w. See irXiidw. aor. 4iropiv07]v, to go, to go atvay, to

irXiiOos, -ous, T($, a multitude, crowd, depart, to


journey.
V. 3; xxi. 6. nopvila., -as, tj, fornication, viii. 41.

irXfiOo) (ur TTiij.Tr\7]ixi), ir\-f)(Ta), to fll, irop4>vp€os, -ovs, -a, -ovv, purple or
xix. 2!). crimson, xix. 2, 5.

itXtjv, ailv., but, except, viii. 10. TTOcris, -ews, i], drink, vi. 55.
TrXT|pT]s, -is,full, i. 14. iroTaixds, -ov, b, a river.

irXtjpow, -(i, -corro), <o _/i7/, _/?// h;!, com- iroTttirds, -i], -ov, adj., interrog., o/"

plete ; pass., to be fulfilled, made full, what kind ? how great ? 1 John iii. 1.

complete, or perfect. •n-oTe, adv., interrog., ivhen ? till when ?

•TrXT|pw|Aa, -oTos, t6, fulness, i. 16. how long ? vi. 25, x. 24.
•7TXT](rtov,adv., 7iear, near 6y, with Tfori, enclitic, at some time, at onetime,
ix. 13.
gen., iv. 5.
which oftht
irXoidpiov, -iov, t6 (dim. of ir\o7ov), ir6T€pos, pron., interrog.,
a small boat. tivo ? N. T. only neut. as adv.,
irXotov, -ou, t6, a ship, a vessel. ivhether, correlating with fj, or,

•n-vev|xa, -aros, t6, (1)


the wind, iii. 8; vii. 17.*
hence, (2) the human spirit ; (3) spir- rroTTJpiov, -iov, r6, n drinking-cup,
the

it, God, the immaterial One, iv. 24 ;


contents of the cup ; fig., the portion

(4) THE Holy Spibit, i. 33. which God allots, xviii. 11.
vov 349 'Pappovvt

irov, adv., interrog., where ? whither ? Trpo-«})0(ris, -ecus, t}, a pretext, an ex-
TTOus, iroSos, b, the foot. cuse, XV. 22.

irpaiTcipiov, -iov, to (from Lat. prittor), Trpo-4>'riTtvw, -ffw, to prophesy, xi. 51.
thf pdlace at Jerusak'iii, xviii. ^b,oii, rrpo-(f)'i^TT]s, -ou, o,
a piophil.
xix. 9. irpwi, adv., early in ihr
monnmj, at

irpd(r<ra>, -|o>, to do, perform, accom- dawn, xviii. 28, xx. 1.

plish, iii. 20, V. 2!>. -irpwios, -I'a, -ov, of tlie morning ; fem.
irpso-puTcpoSi -Tfpa. -rtpov (used as (sc. o6po), mornini], xxi. 4.

subst.), ddcr, in age, viii. \).


irpwTOS, -7?, -ov (superl. of irpo), first,

irplv,adv. of time, before; as conj. in place, time,or order, like np6-


in N. T., sootier than ; generally repos with following gen., be/ore,
with ace. and inf., iv. 4'J, viii. 5S, only i. 15, 30 ;
with gen., biforr,
xiv. 29. XV. 18; rh wpwrov, at the first, x. 40.
TTpo, prep., gov. the gen., before, i.e. TTTtpva, -7JS, T], the heel, xiii. 18.*
of [)hice, time, or superiority. irTvcrp.a, -tox, to, spittle, salira, ix. 0.*
irpo-aYu), iutrans., to go before, to lead TTTvo*, -aw, to spit, ix. 6.
the ifdi/, 2 John 9. TrToi\6s, -"ft, -ov, poor, distitute.
irpoPaTiKos, -TJ, -Of, /lertaitiiiiij to sheep, iTuv9dvo|iai, 2 aor. iirvtiofniv, to ask,
v. 2.* ask from [irapa., gen.), to im/uire,
irpopdriov, -ov, rS, dim. of irp6^aTov, iv. 52.

<i
shctp, x.xi. 10, 17.* iTup, irvpos. r6,frc, xv. 6.
7rp6(3aTOV, -ov, to, a sheep ; fig., a fol- iruptTOS, -ov, d, a fever, iv. 52.
loinr of ( 'hrist. TTii,an enclitic particle, even, yet, used
TTpo-irtixirw, to send forward, to briiiij only in composition. See oiiirw,
one on his wai/, ?> .John G. ov8tir«.

irpos (see (ir. § 125), prep., governing •rruXtw, -S), -ijffoii, to sell, to trade,
gen., dat., and aecus. eases, general ii. 14, 16.
signifieation tomtrds. afonl or colt, xii. 15.
•rrwXoSi -ou, 6,

irpotr-aiTt'w, -u, to bn/, to ask eanieslh/, irw-TTOTt, adv., atany time, used only
ix. 8.* after a negative, 7iot at any time,
TTpo(r-aCTT)s, -ov. 6, <i
l»</<iar, i.\. 8. never.

irpo<r-cpxo|iai. (Or. ?} 124, 78), to come TTwpdw, -u>, -aw, to harden, xii. 40.
or to (JO to, xli. 21. irciSi adv., interrog., how h\ what '>

•irpocr-KoirTw, to strike iha foot arjainst , niannirY by irhal means f Also in


to stHinlilc, xi. 9, 10. exclamations, as xi. liti.
vpo<r-Kvv^(», to how down, to worship.
irpotr-KUvtjT'f|s, -ou, h, a worshipper,
iv. 2;^.*

•frpoo--(^u"ytov, -ou, td. iiv\fthiiuj enl<n P.


iiiih lii'iid, as fisli, iiirat, xxi. f>.*
"
irpo(r-(^pii>, to liriiii/
to (<lat.), xvi. 2, 'Pappd (Hell), Kuhhi," my mastn;
xix. 29, a title of respect in Jewish Hchuuls
TTpdrcpov or tJ» Trp^rtpov, an adv., of learning.
'" /"'"'', form'
rhj .

'PaPPowC or 'PuPPovvtf (FIeb.),like


irpo-rp^X"! -^ !""• TrpotSpafioy, to run 'PaPPi, hut of higher honor, my
Ijifoii-, XX. '1. great master, xx. IG.
pairio-iia 350 (TVKTl

pdiricrixa, -tos, to,


a blow with the open o-kXt^pos, -a, -oV, /(art/, stein, severe,
vi. Go.
hand, xviii. 22, xix. 3.
pew, pevcrw, tojhnv, vii.
38.* (TKopirfJw, -(TO), ?o disperse, to scatter

pew (see <t>i1(<-^, tlirov). From tliis abroad, as frightened sheep, x. 12.
obs. root, to sui/, are iliTiveil.
— crKOT(d, -as, rj, darkness.
act. pf. dpj}Ka, pass, etprjfxai. crKdros, -ovs, to. darkness, iii. 19.

pfj|i.a, -TOS,
a thing spoken, a word
TO, cr|Jivpva, -7IS, 7), myrrh,
xix. 39.

or sayinij of any kind. SoXo(j.wv, -i»vos, Solomon.


6, a Ixomitn, xi. 48. o-os, ai), aov, a poss. pron., thy.,
'Pwpiaios, ov,
'Ptojiaio-rC, ail v., in the Roman or thine.

Latin tongue, xix. 10.* crovSupiov, -t'ou, t6, (Lat.),


a napkin,
handkerchief, xi. 44; xx. 7.
(Tirtipa, -as, v,
a banel of soldiers,
2. a military guard, xviii. 3, 12.
<o sow or scatter as seed,
(TireCpw,
to the iv. 30, 37.
<rdppaTov, ov, (from Heb.),
sabbath. o-irtpjJia, -Tos, TO, a seed, offspring,

Salim, iii. 23.* posterity, vii. 42,


viii. 33, 37.
'Zo.\(l\i, 7),

Samaria. <nti]Kaiov,-ov, to, a cave, xi. 38.


Sa|J.dptia, -aj, ^,
-ou, 6, a Samaritan. o-TrXd-yx^tt. <"*', Tct, bowels, the affec-
2a|i.ap£CTT]s,
-i5oj, ^, a Samaritan tions, co?npassion, 1 John iii. 17.
SafiapeiTis,
o-iro-y-yos, -ov, d.
a sponge, xix. 29.
troman, iv. 9.*
(rdp|, aapKos, ii, flesh. (rrdSiov, -ov, to, plur. (ttcCSioi, ot, a sta-

2aTavds,-a, the Adversaria, Satan, the dium, the eighth part of a Roman
Heb. proper name for the Devil, mile, xi. 18.
Std0o\os, xiii. 27. (TTttvpds, -ov, 6, a cross.
masc. in N.T.), to the cross,
o-tavroC, -^s, -oD (only o-xavpow, &, -(i<Tai, to fix
a reflex, of thi/self dat. to crucify.
pron., ;

accus. fftavTov, (TTt'Aavos, -ov, 6, a crown, a garland.


creouTip, ^0 thyself;
the breast.
thyself. o-TTjOos, -ovs, TO,
-apw, to signify, intimate. (rr-f]Kw, to stand.
ari]]ia(.v»»,
17, a portico,
TO, a sign, that by which (TTod, -as, a porch.
<rr]|i€tov, -ov,
a known hence especially the mouth, xix. 29.
thing is ; a-Td|AO, -tos, to,
a miracle. a soldier.
(TTpttTiwTTjs, -OV, 6,
Siloam, ix. 7, 11. (rTp«(j)w, -^f/w,
2 aor. pass. f(TTpa<pr]i',
Zi\wd(J., b,
turn mostly in pass., to turn
S, Simon.
to ;
SCpiWV, -wvos,
<riTOS, -ov, 6, wheat, corn, xii. 24. ojws self XX. 14.
6 or TO, Zion, xii. 15. o-v, <Tov, (Toi, Of, plur. vfifTs, thou, ye,
Siwv,
o-KavSaX-C^w, -iVeo, ^o cause ?o stumble, the pers. pron. of 2d person.
vi. Gl, xvi. 1. o-vyy-. In some words commeming

o-K^Xos, -ovs, TO, the leg, xix. 31-33.* thus, the critical editors prefer the

JTMVOS, -ovs, r6, a vessel, xix. 29.


unassimilated form (xvvy-.

(rvy--y€vijs, -«'s, akin ; as subst., a kins-


(TKiivo-iriry^d, -dj, ri (lit. tent-fixing),
the feast vii. 2.* man, xviii. 26.
of tabernacles,
from a
o-Kiiv<5w, -«e, -dxru, to spread a tent ; OTfKfj, -vs, T) (contr. -to), Jig-

to dwell, i. 14. tree.


met.,
croXX- 351 T€(r(rapcs

aT)X.\-. Ill some words coniniencing <r<|>pa'YC|i(i>, -icrw, to seal, to set a seal
tlius, criticaleditors prefer the un- upon, iii. 33, vi. 27.

assiiiiilated form avv\-. (T^iju), -Icrco, to rend, to divide asunder,

(TvX-XapPdvcD, 2 aor. awiKa^ov, to xix. 24, xxi. 11.

seize, to take, xviii. 12. <rxlcr(j.a, -tos, ro, a division, a dissen-


"
(ru|i-PovX£V(u, to udvise (dat.), xviii. sion, schism."
14. <r\oiviov, -ov, TO, a cord, a rope, ii. 15.

irv\L-^piii,generally intrans., and (Tto^w, (Tw<Ta>, to save; to heal, xi. 12.

often iinpers., to conduce In, to be


(Tw^a, -TOS, TO, a body.
pnijituble to, xi. 50; xvi. 7; xviii. crcoTTip, -fipos, 6, a saviour, deliverer,
14. iv. 42.

<niv, a prep, governing dat., with. cwTTipioi, -dj, -^j deliverance, salvation,
a-vv-ayut, to brimj lorjether, to gather ; iv. 22.

pas8., tu be assembled, to come to-

ijtlhcr.

«r\ivaYwyf|, -^s, rj, a syrnKjoijue.


(Tvv-t'Spiov, ov, TO, a council, xi. 47 ;

specially '/« K>au/iednn. Tapdcr(ru>, -|aj,


to agitate, as water in
(ruv-€io--€pxo(Jiai, to go in or come in a pool, V. 7 ; to stir up, to disturb in

with anij one (dat.), xviii 15; to em- mind.


hiirk with, vi. 22.* Tavra. See oiros.
<rvv-€f>Yo's» -^fj co-workinij ; as a Tox^ws, adv. (Taxi's), hastily, xi. 31.
subst., a joint-helper, a co-v!orker, 3 Taxvs> -*'". -o, quick, swift rax^, .•

.lolm 8. i/uickly, xi. 29; comp. raxftov or

<rvv-ipxo\Mi (Gr. § 124, 78), to come rdx'ov, swiftly, quickly, xiii. 27.
or 'I" ii'illi ; to come tugtthir, xi. 88. ri, conj. of nimexation, and, both

o-uvf|9«ia, -as, t?, custom, xviii. .'3!*. T€Kv£ov, -OV, ro (dim. of TiKvuv), a little

<rvv-pLaOT|Tf|s, -ov, 6, a fellow-disciple, child, xiii. 33.


xi. in.* TCKvov, -OV, TO (t(«t&i), tj chdd, a de-
<rvv-<rTavp6(«>, -w. to cnicifi/ toijether scindant.
with, xix. 32. TtXeios, -ila, -fiov, perfect, 1 John iv.

<ruv-TCO-ri(j.i, in mid. to set or place lo- IK.

<liih<r, UH in agreement between TcXtiooj, -ei,


-w<ra>, (1) to complete, to
two or more persons, to agree, Jinish (2) to accomplish, as time
;

xi. 22. or prediction, xix. 28.


(Tuv-Tptpw, y\iw,
to break by crtishing, TtXcvrdw, -a>, to end, to finish, e.g. life ;

xix. '-'A').
so, to die, xi. 3'.l.

to TtTfAfXa, TfTtAfrr^ai,
(rvv-)(pdopLai, -cli^ioi, havejillowship TiX^Ctf, -u, -fcro),

or with (dat.), iv. 9.*


il,,iliiii/s iTtKi(T0T)v, (1) til end, to Jinish ;

(Tvpu, /" draw, to drag, xxi. H. (2) In I'lil III,


to accomplish.
trvtr-. In some words conimencing T^\o9, -ov^, tA, an end.
tliUH, critical editors i)refer tlie un- ripa.%, -aros, to,
a ironder ; in N. T.
(f)nfractfii form rrvvrr-.
only in pliir., and joined with
Hvxdp, 7), Si/rhar, iv. 5* rrriixtla, sii/ns and wonilirs, iv 4H.
20.
-{«, to kill by violence, to slag,
ii.
<T^la, T«<ro-apdKOVTO, forty,
1 John iii. 12. T^<ro-ap«s, T^airapa, gen., -wv, four.
TfTapraios 352 v(r<rwiros

TCTapraios, -aia, -a7ov, of the fourth rpUos, -v, -Of, ord. num., third, ii. 1 ;

(day) nrapToids
; tarty, he hath rb rpirov, the third time, xxi. 17.
been dead four dai/s, xi. 39.* Tpo(|>'f|, -TJj, 7}, food, iv. 8.
T€Tpd-|i7)vos, -ou, of four months ; sc. Tpw-yw, to eat, vi.54-58, xiii. 18.
Xp^fos, a period of four months, Tviros, -ov, 6, a mark, an impression,
iv. 35* XX. 25.
TijpCd), -tD, -Vj(ra», to guard ; to keep or TV(|>X6s, --f), -ov, blind.
reserve ; to observe,
keep. TV(|>X6(o, -w, -tia-w, fig., to make blind
TiPepids, -aSos, v, Tiberias, vi. 1, 23, or dull of apprehension, xii. 40.
xxi. 1.*

T(0tjp,i (see Gr. § 121), to place, set,


lay ; mid., to put for one's self,

appoint. r.

T^KTtu, to bear, to ; to be in
bring forth
travail, xvi. 21. vYiatvw, to be in health, 3 John 2.

Tip,d<i>, -w, -iiffai, to honor, to reve- VYt^s, -4s, sound, whole, in health.
7), a
rence. vSpCa, -OS, icater-pot, ii. 6, 7 ;
iv.

Tip.^, -Tis, 7), honor, iv. 44. 28.*


tIs, tI, gen. riv6s (enclitic), indef. iiSwp, vharos, t6. 'cater; tiSaip (wu,
pron., any one, some one. living or running water; fig., of
tCs ; rl ; gen. rlvos an ; interrog. spiritual truth, iv. 14.
pron., who ? which ? ivhat ? wtos, -ov, (5,
a son.
t£tXos, -ov, 6, (Lat.), title, superscrip- v(i(is, plur. of (TV, which see.
tion, xix. 19, 20.* vfiercpos, -d, -ov, possess, pron., your.
To£, an enclitic part-, truly, indeed. vtz-aym, to go away, to take one's self
See Kairotyf, fiivTOt. away.
Tot-Y«i althouijh (in KafTot76), iv. 2. viT-avrdw, -«, -i)<T(D, to meet (dat.).
TOiovTOS, Toiavrri, toiovto, denionst. inr-dvTT)0-is, -e«s, a meeting, xii. 13.
rj,

denoting quality, of .such a kind, virep, prep., gov. gen. and accus. :
suck, so,used either with or with- with gen., over, for, on behalf of.
out a noun. {nr-T)p^TT)$, -ov, 6, a servant, attendant,

ToX|xd<<>, -w, -itcra), to dare, tu have specially an officer.


courage, xxi. 12. iSirvos, -ov, 6, sleep, xi. 13.
Toiros, -ov, 6, a place. {fird, prep., gov. gen. and accus.,
Too"OVTOs, TocravTTi, roffovro, demonst. under with gen., 6^, generally sig-
;

pron. denoting quantity, so great, nifying the agent, x. 14; xiv. 21 ;

so much, so long ; plur., so many. with accus., under, beneath, i. 48.


TOTt, demonst. adv., then. vird-Sci'Yp.a, -ros, to, an example for
TowTo, neut. of ovros, which see. imitation, xiii. 15.

Tpdirtja, -7JS, ^, a table, ii. 15. {iir6-8T||Jia, -ros, r6, a .tandal, shoe.

Tptis, rpia, three. VTro-Kdrw, adv., underneath (as prep.


Tpt'xw, to run, xx. 2, 4 (§ 124, 192). with gen.), i. 50.

TpidKOvra, indecl., thirty. {rrro-Xa|xpdvb>, to receive, welcome, 3


Tpia-Kocrioi, -01, -o, three hundred, John 8 (§ 124, 125).
xii. 5. to remind.
viro-piip.v'ilWKw, {nrop.v(]aiii,

TpCs, num. adv., thrice. itrtruiros, -ov, tj, hyssop, xix. 29,
VOTTCpCW obo )^i\£apxos

voTtpiu, -w, -riffiD, to be lackinrj, to full 4)6^09, -ov. u, fear, terror.


short, ii. o. ^oLvii,, tKos, 6, a palm-tree, a palm
xii. 13.
(ioTtpov, adv., afterwards, xiii. 36. branch,
v<J)ovt6s, -ov, icoan, xi.x. -o.*
-7j, 4>opc(D, -w, -((Toi), to urar, xix. 5.

-waw, to raise on hujh, to ele-


\n)>oii>, -(i, <|)pa-y€XXiov, -iov, r6, a scourge, a whip,
vate, as the brazen serpent, and it. 15.*
Jesus on the cross. (j)p<ap, <Ppi(nos, r6, a well, iv. 11, 12.

4>v\aKf|, -^s, Tj,


a prison, iii. 24.

i|)v\dtr(ru>, -|a), (
1
)
lo kcf p in safety ;

(2) to obserre, as a jirecept.


(JKuvt'w, -w, -7)110), (1)
to sound, lo utter a
only used in fut., (pdyofxat, svunil or cry ; espec. of cocks, to
()>d-Y(>>,

ami 'J aor., ^(payov. See iadl'j^. crow, xiii. 38; (2) to call to, to in-
(Jjaivw, intrans.,
to shine, to yive li<jlit,
vite (ace.) ; {2) to name, to call, ace.
i. 5 ;
V. oJ. (noni. of title), xiii. 13.

-a, -6v, ajipareiit, manifest, <j>a>VTJ, -^s, T),


a r(uri a cry.
<j)av€pds, ,

1 Jolin iii. 10. <|>u>s, (}>un6s, TO, contr. from <pd.os {(pa.-,

<|>avcpo(ti, -t5, -(jiffai, to make apparent, to show, whence (paivui, (pij/J-i), lit-,

to to he manifested, lirjht ; li>r., litjht, i. 4, 5.


mnnifist ; pass.,
mad'' manifest. 4>ujt(|^ui,
tu tnliijhtcn, to shed light upon,
«j>avtpu>s, adv., puhlicly, vii. 10. i. [).

<(>av6s, -ov, 6, fi torili, a lantern, x viii. 3.*

4>api(ratoSi -ov, 6 (froin the Ikb. X.


verb, to sejiarate), a Pharisee.
(^avXos, -t;, -ov, vile, wicked, base, iii.
Xatpu), x'^P'TI'^ofiat, 2 aor., 6xop')*'> ''^

'2u, V. ;in. rejoice, to be joyful, to be glad ; imp.,


4)tpa>, utatt), ijvfyKP., T]i'('xOri'' (§ 124, Xaipt, hail !

I'JG), lo bear, as (I) ^' prodwe X.a|xa{, adv., on or lo the ground, ix. 6,

fruit; (2) to carry, as a burden; xviii. 6.*

(',j)
to hrin'f ; to brin;/ forward, as Xapd, -as, rj, joy, gladness.
charges, xviii. 20. Xdpis, -iTos, ai!C. grace ; ^o-
X'*/'"'' Vy

^fvyo},-^ofxai,
to flee, to escape, X. 5, 12. piv, adverbially used, with K'^n.,
<J)tj(i(, iinpf fc^Tji/ (fi)r other tenses, si <
for the sake of, on aceounl of, 1 .John
tlirov), lo say, i, 2:{, ix. 38. iii. 12.

<j)iX€u», -«, -(jaw,


lo lore. xdpTT]s, -on, 6 (F>at. chaita), paper,
'tCXnriros, -ou. 6, Philip. 2 Jr.lm 12.*
«j)i\o-TrpwTtuiu,
to tore the first plar.i ,
Xc^pioippos, -ov, 6, a slinni-brook, a n-in-

3 John 9 * try lorrenl, xviii. 1 *

-t;, -oc, «'ither aet. loritirj, or XCijxuv, -(M)vn<i, &, winlir, the rainif
<|>(Xos,

pass. '/pa» ,-
in N.T. as subst., a Si asnv, x. 22

friend, a loved r.omjianion. X«tp, (Jv, 7], a lianil.

<{>\uap^u, -S), to firale, to tidk idli/ Xc^ptov, ov, cnmjiar of Kaxi^t (which
against any one (ace.), 3 Jdhii 10. * .see), worst, v. 14.
til make n/rnid : in XiXt-opxos, '10, d, " einnmander of a
<J)oP^<i>, -ii, iitjui,

N. T. (inly passive, to br afraid. In thnusiiiiit men. a initilari/ trdntne,


he terrified. xviii. 12.

^
XlTO)V 354 w<)>e\c<o

XiTwv, -uvos, 6, a vest, an inner <jar- t|/€v8o-irpo<j)'<iTT|s, -ov, 6, a false prophet,


mrnt, xix. 23. 1 John iv. 1.

)^o\dw, -», to he
angrji, to he incensed \}>ev5os> -ovs, t6, falsehood, a lie, viii.
at (dat.), vii. 23* 44.

Xoprd^w, to feed, to satisfy, vi. 20. i)/€v8to. See \f/ivSofiai.

\6pT0S, -ov, 6, fjrass, herha(je, vi. 10. x|/ev(rTT)S, -ov, d, a deceiver, liar.

)(pc(a, -ax, r), use, necessity, need; fx^ «j/T]\a({>d(i>, -w, to touch, to feel, to handle,
Xp^iav, to need. 1 John i. 1.

)^pi<r\ia,, Tos, r6, an anointinij, an 'I'vXTii -vs, V, soul.


unction, 1 John ii. 20, 27.* ^v\os, -ovs, r6, cold, xviii. 18.

Xpio-Tos, -of', 6 (prop, verbal adj. t{;bip.Cov, -lov, a bit, a morsel, xiii. 26-
from XP'"")) '''t"
Anointed, the Mes- 30.*
siah, THE Christ.
Xpdvos, -ov, 0, time.

\i))X6s, -17, -Sy, lame, v. 3.

Xwpd, -as, T], the


country, dist. from a
town ; ^iXmy., fields, iv. 35.

Xwpco, -w, lit. to make room ; to receive,


w8€, adv., of filace, hither, here.
xxi. 26; to have free
oipd, -as, )), an hour.
contain, ii. 6,

course, viii. 37 (see K. V. and (OS, an adv. of comparison, as, like as,
niarg.). about; as particle of time, when,
\o}plov, -ov, TO, a place, afield, iv. 5. as soon as.
XwpCs, adv., separately, by itself, only 'flo-avvd, intcrj., Uosanna! (Heb.,
XX. 7 as prep. gov. gen., apart
; Ps. cxviii. 25) Save now! a word
from, without, i. 3, xv. 5. of joyful acclamation, xii. 13.
(iicr-irep, adv., just as, as, v. 21, 26.
dj(r-T€, conj., .so that, iii. 16.
*. tirdpiov, -lov, r6, an ear, xviii. 10.

wtCov, -lov, t6, an car, xviii. 26.


i]/€v8o(j,ai., 1 aor. i\\>i:v(Taixr]v, dep., to co<j>eX€b>, -ft), fiacD, to profit, to benefit,
lie, to speak falsely, 1 Jolni i. G. vi. 63, xii. 19.
LISTS OF WORDS.

LIST 1.

Verbs occurring more than fifty times.

1.
356 LISTS OF WOKDS.

5(3.
LIST II. 357

]]2. dva-irCirTu), sit down. 150. 8ia-Kp(v(o, discern, doubt.


113. dva-o-Tp^iJMo, uvcrthrow, return, 151. 8ia-X^Y°K'''') '"'Cison, dispute.
beluivc one's self. 152. 8ia-koyC'[^o\Lai., reason.
114. 6iva-\<t)pii», depart. 153. 8ia-ji,apTvipop.at, testify.
11.0.
dv-txop.ai, bear with, endure. 154. 8ia-(i€pi5aj, divide, part.
lit;.
dv6-i(rTT]jii, re.sist, vntJistecnd. 155. 8ia-Td<r(rta, command.
117. dir-a-y-ytXXu), tell, declare. 156. &ia-4>^p(i>, be of more value, differ
lis. a.iT-6.y(ji, lead, lead away. from, carry.
iiy. dTT-apvcopAi, (kny. 157. 8i-cpxop.ai, pass throuyh, go
d-TTdOtu, disiihry, he disobedient.
i-jii. over.
121. dir-^X."i have, receive, abstain. SiKaidb), justify.
122. airo-SCSufn,, recompense, render. 159. 8nj/do), thirst.
12::!.
dTTo-KaXu-irTu, reveal. If.O. 8itiK«D, persecute, follow after.
124. diro-Xa^iPdvu, receive. 161. 8oKi(id5«, prove, approve.
125. 6.1TTU, touch. 162. 8ovX€Ub>, serve.
I2t;. dpto-Kw, please. 163. cdu, suffer, leave.
127. dpvtop.ai, deny, refuse, 164. iy^i\<j), draw near, be at hand.
12.S.
dp-n-d^w, snatch, take by force. 165. €lo--d'y«, briny in.
12'J.
do-Ocvcw, be sick. 166. ci(r--iropEvo|jiai, go in.
1 :',(!.
acriTaX^o^tai, salute. 167. iK-K6-nr<it, hew doion, cut off.
l;jl. artviXti), look steadfastly, fasten 168. iK-\iyo^a.\., choose.
on. 16!). i.K-itlirT<a, fall.
r.2. au^dvu, (jrow, increase. 17'i. «K-irXT|cr<rw, astonish.
!:;',. uJ^ i(rTT)p,i, di'jiart, fill away. 171. ^K-iroptviop.ai, go out, })roceed.
i;t. Pacrav(I(», torment. 172. ^K-T((vb>, stretch forth.

PacriXcvbi, reign. 173. iK-x^fn, ]>our out, spill.

PatTTd^w, tiritr, carry. 174. ^K-xvivop.ai., he shed, he poured.


]:;7. pXaa-(^T]p^<i>, hlasplmnc, rail. 175. tXt'YX") reprove, convict.
l:'.s.
PouXoixai, vdsh, vrill, desire. 176. ikdta, have vierey, have compas-
\:v.>.
-yap^itf, marry. sion.
1)0. Y^jiu, lie
full. 177. tKirCX^o), hofic.
II. -ycuoixai, taste. 17.S. i\L-^alvut, niter (a sliiji).
1

) 12. -yvupll^u, make known. 179. ()i-pX^irb>, behold, look upon.


1 i:;.
ypT|-yop/(»>, inifch. 180. iy.-Tra.lX}!>, mock.
II). 8ui(iov(^o|xai, //(
possessed with a 181. {v-8t(Kvu(ii, show.
d.ril. 182. lv-tpyl<i>, work.
1 \r,
8((KvtJ|ii, shoii\ 183. ^v-T^XXo^ai, charge, command.
1 )<;.
8/op.ai, pray, heseech. 184. i(^-6.y(ii,
li (III nut, hring out.
117. 8/phi, liraf. 185. i^-ano-<rrl\\iit, sntil away, send
1 \^. 8/<j»,
III ml. forth.
1 )'.•
SiQKov^u, minister, serve. 186. <{«aTi, he lawful.
358 LISTS OF WORDS.

187. he amazed, he beside 224. Ovirjo-K<i>,


die.
i|-(o-Tt)|ii,
one's self. 225. 9v(i>, kill, sacrifice.

133. €|-op.oXo-yc(i>, confess. 226. Idojxai, heal.

189. t^-ovQtvi()>, set at naught, despise. 227. lo-x,v<»,


he ahle, prevail, he strong.

190. tTr-a-yytX-Xcjiai, jiromisc. 228. KaOapC^w, make clean, cleanse.


191. cTT-a^pu, lift up. 229. Ka9-tti8(i>, be asleep, sleep.

192. eTr-aitrxvvo|iai, he ashamed. 230. KaOt^w, sit down.


193. €iri-pdXX&), put OH, lay on. 231. Ka8-£<rTT)|ii, set, appoint.

194. ^-rri-'yivwo-Kw, kvow, perceive. 232. Katw, hum.


195. ciri-8(8(«|ii., give,
deliver. 233. KttT-a-yytXXw, proclaim.
196. ivi-Xryrlia, seek after. 234. Kar-dYOj, liring doum.

197. tiri-6\)|Ji^w, desire, lust, covet. 235. KaT-ai<rxvv<i), put to shame, dis-
198. {iri-KoX^w, call upon, appeal to. honor.

199. ciri-XaiJiPdvcd, take hold of. 236. Kara-Kaita, hum up.


continue. 237. Kard-KCifiai, lie down, sit at
200. iiTi.-\Liv<»,

201. iwi-TTlirTtaifall upon, press upon. meat.

202. €ir£-o-Ta|iai, understand, know. 238. KUTa-Kpfvo), condemn.

203. liri-<rrpt^(i), turn, return, con- 239. Kara-XaiiPdvco, take, perceive,

vert. apirrchcnd.
204. Itti-tCOtiiii, lay upon, put upon, 240. Kara-XtCirw, leave.
241. Kora-Xvo), destroy, throw doum.
20f.. (iri-Tipdw, rchuke, charge.
200. firi-Tpfirw, permit. 242. Kara-vo^w, consider, behold.
sniffer,
243. Kar-avrdw, came attain.
207. tpYdl^op.ai,, ivork. to,

208. iroi^a-Xta, make ready, prepare. 244. KaT-apY^d), make of none effect,

209. cv-8oK^w, he have abolish .

well-pleased,

pleasure.
245. Kar-aprf^w, mend, restore, per-

210. tv-\o-^lu>, hless. fect.

211. (v-^paiva, he merry, rejoice. 246. KaTa-erK€vdtci), jwepare, build.

212. tv-\a.pia-ri(ji, give thanks. 247. KaT-€p7dto(iai, tvork, do.

213. €(J>-(<rTTjfii,
stand by, come upon. 248. KaT-^pxo|iai, come down.
214. desire earnestly, he jeal- 249. KaT-ex<«, ^'t^"*", ^"'^'^ /"^^ ^"S-
'i;t\K6u>,
scss.
ous.
made alive. 250. KttT-Ti7op^, accuse.
^wo-iroUo), quicken,
216. he chief, think, count. 251. KaT-oiK€w, dwell.
T|7^o|iai,
252. Kavxdop.ai, gloi-y.
217. {JKw, come.
to death, mortify. 253. K«i|iai, lie, be laid.
218. Gavardu, put
219.
254. KtXevw, command.
GdiTTw, hury.
wonder. 255. K€p8alv«, gain.
220, Oaujid^o), marvel,
hehold. 256. KXa(o>, vjeejh
221, Ocdofiai, see,
222, heal, cure. 257. KXdw, break (bread).
6tpaiT€v(i),
258. KXeCw, shut.
223 0(p((w, reap.
LIST II. 359

KX«''7rTw, steal. 298. frop-aiT^oiiai, make excuse, re-

260. kXt]povo|jl.c(ii, inlurit, fuse.


261 Koi.fidop.ai, sleep, fall asleep. 299. irapa-Tiftr^ni, set before, commit.
262, Koiv6ia, dcjile, make common. 300. irdp-cifii, be present, have come.
263. KoXXdo|Mi, cleave to, join note's 301. irap-^p\op.ai, pass airay, }mss by.

self. 302. iTap-i\(i>, give, bring, show.


264. Ko^iit^dt, receive. 303. irap-fo-TTijii, stand by, prrsent.
265. Koiridw, toil, labor. 304. irdo-xu), suffer.
266. Kparco), lay hold on, take. 305. -iravopiai, Icwvc off, cease.
267. KpviTTtoi, hide. 306. ircivdw, be hungry.
268. ktIX,ii), create. 307. TTcipd^w, tempt, prove, try.
26!*. KiiiXxita, forbid. 308. ircpi-pdXXw, cast around, clothe,
270. XaTptuo), serve. array.
271. Xo-yi^oiiai, reckon, account, 309. irepio-o-cvw, exceed, abound.
272. X\nr«u>, he sorry, grieve. 310. ircpi-T^pivw, circumcise.
273. Xvu, loose. 311. irid^b), take.
274. p,av6dv(i>, learn. 312. TrXavdb), lead astray, err, be de-
275. fi€p£^w, divide. ceived.
276. |i(pip.vd<o, he anxious. 31 3. itXtjOvIvw, multiply.
277. |iCTa-Pa(vw, dijiart, pass otit. 314. Tr\-(]eu,fill, be fulfilled.
278. |i(Ta-vo^b>, repent. 315. irXouT^w, be rich, become rich.
279. liifiv-^o-Kw, remind, rememler. 316. "iroipiafvw, /ecc?, be shepherd, rule.
280. ^\.<rlii>, hdle. 317. iroT^l^w, give to drink, water.
281. p,VT]|iov(v(a, remember. 318. Trpdo-oro), do, ]>ractise, commit.
282. |M>ixcv<i>, commit adultery. 319. irpo-d-yw, go before, bring forth.
283. vt\irT(i(it,f(ist. 320. •irpoo--8^x°H'**'» look for, receive.
284. viKdw, overcome. 321. irpoo--8oKd<i>, look for, wait for.
285. vliTTw, wash. 322. irpocr-^x.**! '"^'^ heed, give heed,
286. voldt, perceive, understand. beware.
287. vop.(i^u, think, suppose. 323. irpo(r-KaX^o)iai, rail to one's self.
288. |«v(l^(j), lodyc, cntirtain. 324. •jrpoo--Xap.pdvop.at, take, receive.
289. |r]pa(vw, wither, dry up. 325. irpo<r-T£6T]p.i, tidtl, increase.
290. olKo-8op^w, build, edify. 326. irpo4>T]T«i(u, prophesy.
291. dp.vv(ii, sircar. 327. iruvBdvopiai, inquire.
292. op.oi6w, he like, liken. 328. TTuX^u, sell.

293. b\Lo-\oy{u, confess, profess. 329. ^vo|iai, deliver.


29 ».
6(\>t(.\iii, owe. 330. o-aXcuw, shake.
295. irai8(vw, cluislisc, cluisten, in- 331. oraXirfl^u, sdund a trumpet.
tlnirt. 332. triunaitt, hold one's peace.
296. irop-ayy^Xw, charge, command. 333. o-Kav8aX£jco, crtx.w <(j
stumble,
297. irapa-'Y^vofiai, come. offend.
360 LISTS OP" WORDS.

334.
362 LISTS OF WORDS.

464.
LIST III. 863

336.
364 LISTS OF WOKDS.

608. irpo-"ytV(io-Kai, foreknow. 643. a-vy-xa'pW) rejoice with.


609, Trpo-c'pxojiau, go before, go for- 644. a-My-\\ivf>> , confound.
ward. 645. (Tv^TjT^to, question, dispute.
610. irpo-to-Ttiiii, rule, -maintain, 646. cruX-XaXe'w, talk, speak with.
611. irp(i-K€ip,ai., set hefore. 647. gather.
o-vX-Xt'-yto,
612. "irpo-KoiTTfti, increase, proceed 648. iTvp.-^a.ivia, happen.

farther. 649. (rvp,-pdXX<i), jiondcr, confer, en-


613. irpo-opC^ci), foreordain. counter.
614. irpo-irt'iiiro), bring on the way. 650. (rv|i.-Pipd^<i), knit together, prove,
615. 7rpo(r-KapT€p^u), continue stead- conclude.

fastly, wait on. 651. OTjfi-PovXevo), take counsel to-

616. irpo(r-K6'jrT(i), stumble. gether.


617. jrpoo--|A£vft), continue with, tarry. 652. <rup,-irv£'Y<o, choke.
618. irpo<r-Tr£irTw, fall down before. 653. (rup,-(fi(i>v<(d, agree with.
619. 'irpo(r-Ta<r(r(i), command. 654. o-vv-avd-K€i}tai, sit at meat, re-
620. irpoo--<j>(dvefa>,
call unto, speak cline.

tmto. 655. o-uv-avrdw, meet.


621. "TTTalw, stumble. 656. o-Dv-tpY^w, work together.
622. rrup6op,ai, burn, be on fire. 657. <ruv-€o-9£a), cat ivith.
623. TTupdd), harden. 658. o-uv-€i)-8oK^(a, consent to.

624. pT|Yvv(ii, rend, burst. 659. a-vv-Tfkiu, end, finish.


625. plirria, cast down, cast out, 660. (rvv-rpl^<a, break in pieces,
scatter. bruise.

626. o-pevvvp.1, quench. 661. trvpu, dracf, draw.


627. ccpoixai, worship. 662. o-u-tTTa-updw, crucify with.
623. <r(Cu>, quake, make tremble. 663. o-<})d5a), slay.
629. crT|p,a(v<>>, signify. 664. (r(d(f>po v4ci>, be of right, sober mind.
630. (Ti-yao),
hold one's peace, keep 665. Tdo-o-o), appoint, ordain.
silence. (^(i&.
Tpcifici), feed, nourish.
631. irKi]v6oi, dwell. G67. TptoYw, cai.
632. tTKXTjpuvo), harden. 668. vPpt^o), cfiitreat shamefully.
633. o-Koirib), look, mark. 669. {nravrdoi, JM.ee^.

634. a-KOpiritfi), scatter. 670. {nrtp-pdXXa), surpass.


635. tTKOT^^ofiai, be darkened, 671. viro-BefKVVfii, warn, shoto.
636. o-ircv8(i>, make haste. 672. v7ro-|ii(ivTJ(rKw, ^«^ in remem-
637. crrtvatfit, sigh, groan. brance.
638. o-TTJKO), stand, standfast. 673. 4><(So|iai., spare.
639. «rToi)(/a), walk. 674. <J>0dvci), co?/ic, attain, precede.
640. OTparevonai, war. 675. <j)9€£pa), destroy, corrtipt.
641. trrpbtvvio), spread, furnish. 676. <j)i(i($u>, ;)K< <o sileyice, muzzle.
64?.. o-jY-KaXto), call together. 677. <})op^a), ?i'(;«r.
LIST IV. 365

678. «|>^o-i6co, puff up. 683. xp°*''l"'> '"''y*


679. x°-^°,"> ^^t doion. 684. x^P*'", receive, contain.
680. XPTJl'*'! fi^f^^ need. 685. t|/d\Xa», sing.
681. xP^K-^tC^Wi warn (by God). 686. i|»tv8o-p,apTvp€«o, bear false wit-
682. XP^''' aiioiiU. ness.

LIST IV.

Nouns, Adjectives, and Adverbs, occurring more than


fifty times.

1. dYttWs, (pod. 26. y% T|, land, earth, ground.


2. aYaiTT), t|,
love. 27. •yXwao-a, f|, tongue.
3. d'yairr^Tds, beloved. 28. Ypa|j.|iaT€VS, 6, scribe.
4. <xyytKo%, 6, aiuiel, messenger. 29. -ypa^)^, t|, ivriting. Scriptures.
5. fi-Yios, hd/i/. 30. yuvTi, T|, woman, wife.
6. d8cX<(>6s, 6, brotlver. 31. 8aip.6viov, t<J, devil, demon.
7. alfia, TO, blood. 32. 8€|ids, rigr/i/! (haml).
8 alwv, 6, inirld, age. 33. 8i8do-KaXos, 6, master, teacher.
9. aluvios, rfniial. 34. 8CKaios, ./'^•'•/, righteous.
10. dXT)6(ia, T|, triUh. 35. 8iKaio(rvvT], f|, righteousness.
11. dXXd, but. 36. 86^a, T|, gl'iri/.

12. dXX-<i\&iv, o«r ov'ifher. 37. 8ovXos, o, servant.

13. dXXos, another, other. 38. 8vva(iis, t|, power, mighty work.
1 I.
d|JiapTCa, T|,
.9171. 39. 8vo, <MW.
l.*). amen.
dp.f|v, verily, 40. 8w8cKa, twelve.
16. dv^p, man, husband.
6, 41. tauTov, (f one's self.

17. dvOponros, o, man, one of the 42. tYw, /.

human race. 43. Wvos, T<5, ?i((/?0M; ])lural, Gentiles


18. diroo-ToXos, 6, apostle, messenger. 44. tlp^ivTi, T|, pi ace.

19. dpTos, 6, braid, loaf. 45. tls, fi(a, ilv, ojic.

20. dpx^, T|, beginning, rule, ruler. 46. (^Ktto-Tos, crtc/t one.

21. dpxicpcvs, o, chiif priest, high 47. 4Kti, tlicre, thither.

priest. 48. «Ktivos, //(('^ thai one.


22. auTos, he, self, the same. 49. ^KKXT)tr(a, t|,
church.
23. avTov, 'f himself, lierself, itself. 50. ^XirCs, T|, /k(;;(;.

21. Pao-iXtfa, r\,


kill 'ji lorn. 51. ifios, mine.
25. PaaiX«vs, o, king. 52. ?p.Trpo(r9€V, before.
366 LISTS OF WORDS,

53. evToXr), f|, commandment. 93. }ia6TiTT|s, 6, disciple.


64. cvuiriov, in siijht of, in presence of. 94. p.dXXov, ?hh?y;, rather.
55. t^oucrCa, f|, authority, power. 95. fttYtts, fifydXi], (itYa, great.
56. without, out. 96.
^|ft), (».€V, truly, indeed.
57. €ir-a-yy<^'«» 2^rc»?nwe. 97. midst, among.
tJi p.€o-os,
58. tirrd, scve7i. 98. p.cTd, iti7A, o/Ker.
59. ?pYov, TO, i<;or^. 99. not, lest.
fiTJ,

GO. ?<r)^aTOS, last. 100. 7io?-


|ii]8e', yet, neither.
61. ^Tcpos, other, another. 101. one.
|iT]8€{s, 5(0
62. ?Ti, ?/('<, any more. ,102, |i.T)8tv, nothing.
63. 2tos, to, year. 103. mother.
(XTJTi^p, f|,

64. €v-tt7-y€\iov, to, gospel, good tid- 104. (idvov, o«^y.


ings. 105. vcKpds, (^tY«^.

65. «v0ta)s, straightway. 106. vd|j.os, 6, law.


66. ^ws, <jW, until. 107. vCv, notu.
67. tw^, T|, Zi/c.
108. vv^, f|, ',i,ryA<

68. ^ii\, noiv, already. 109. 6, i\, t6, the.


69. T||j.^pa, t), A/y. 110. 68ds, p, iy«7/.
70. 6d\ao-o-a, t|, sea. 111. oUCa, T|, house.
71. GavaTos, 6, f^ea^A.. 112. oIkos, 6, house.
72. Of\'i]|j,a, TO, will. 113. 8Xos, ft^/, ?f/io^e.

73. Beds, 6, God. 114. ovofxa, Td, name.


74. Opdvos, 6, throne. 115. oirov, v^hcrc, whither.
75. tSios, ojic'.9 oww. 116. Situs, so <A-a<.

76. l8ov, behold! 117. cipos, TO, mountain.


77. itpdv, TO, temple. 118. 8s, <i, 8, irho, lohich.
78. i|j.dTiov, T(5, garment. 119. 8o-os, how much, hoiv great,
79. I'va, <7i«/, <o </ie end tha,t. whatsoever.
80. Ka0-ws, according as, even as. 120. 8o-Tis, ^JTis, 8ti, i/;Ao — which
81. Ka£, and, also, even.
— u'Jmtsocvcr.
82. Kaipds, 6, tifne. 121. 8Tav, whc7i, lohcnsoever.
83. KaXds, f/ow^. 122. 8t€, when.
81. KapSla, T|,
heart. 123. 8ti, //irt/, because,
85. Kapirds, 6, fruit. 121. ov, ovK, ovX( wo, not.
86. KaTa, down, against, according to. 125. ov8€, neither, nor.
87. Kt^aKi), f|, Aijffic?. 126. ov86(s, »io o?ie, nothing.
88. Kdcr(xos, 6, irorld. 127. ovK-^Tt., ?(,o ?>?o?r, no longer.
89. Kvpios, 6, Lord. 128. o£v, therefore, then.
90. Xads, 6, people. 129. ovpavds, heaven.
6,
91. X(0os, 6, s<K?tc. 130. oi!-T€, neither, nor.
92. XoYos, 6, word. 131. OVPTOS, aUTT), TOVTO, <Aw.
LIST IV. 307

132. ovTo), ovTws, thus, so. 63. o-o4>{a, T|,


u-isdom.
133. ovx', not. 64. o-TofAa, TO, mouth.
134. 6<^6aXfi6s, o, eye. 65. o-v, <AoM.
135. 8x^°s, 6, multitude. 66. o-vv, (/.'(Y^.

136. iraiBCov, to, youinj child. 67. o-vvo'y<i)Y''i) i) synagogue.


137. irdXiv, aijain. 68. awfia, to, 6orfj/.

138. irapa,, froui , vnlh, against. 6'.t. Tt, "«(/, both.


139. irds, irdaa, -n-dv, all, every, the 70. TtKVOV, TO, f^iVo?.

whole. 71. Tip.f|, T|,


honor.
140. irax^p, o, father. 72. t\s, Ti, any one, some one.
141. irtpf, about, concerning. 73. tCs, t£, !'.'Ao.?

142. ttCo-tis, TJ, /rtzYA. 74. TOIOVTOS, swA.


143. tixfrroi, faithful. 75. ToiroS) o, place.

144. irXffwv, Hfor**, greater. 76. TOTC, //(C?(.

145. irXoiov, to, 6oa/. 77. Tptis, Tp(a, three.


146. irv(v)ux, T<5, spirit. Spirit, 78. Tp^Tos, third.
wind. 79. Tv(}>Xds, blind.
147. iroXis, T), ci'^y. 80. vSwp, TO, irater.

148. iroXws, iroXX^, TroXti, many, 81. vios, 6, ion.

great, much. 82. 1)^.(15, )/(/M.

149. irovTipos, evil. 83. vir€p, above, for, over.


150. -n-ovs, ii, foot. 84. viro, by, under.
151. irpta-pvTtpos, 6, cW-cr. 85. 4>6pos, 6, fear.
152. irpiis, 'o, unto, with. 86. <t>wvf|, T|,
voice.

153. rrp6wmov,r6, face, presence. 87. 4*u»s, TO, /)V/A<.

154. irpo-«j)T|rT)s, o, ^>ro7>»Ac<. 88. xapd, T|, joy.


155. irpufTOS, f rst . 8'.».
x°4*^5, T|, rpacc, favor.
156. irp&Tov, first. 90. x*'p> 'Hi
l>"nd.

157. irvp, T<}, y?rc. 91. xpo**©?, o, //?«c.


158. TTjisi /""'-'.' 92. \|/vx^, T|,
soul.

159. p^H-^, TO, /wrrf. 93. sJSt, /j(»r, hitfier.

160. o-dppaTov, TO, Sabbath day. 94. tipa, T|, /<«/n-.

161. <rdp^, r\, Jli.sh. 95. (is, f'.9, about, when.


162. «rt)(Miov, TO, s(V/?i. 96. wOT€, .«"
//t<»/, wherefore.
368 LISTS OF WORDS.

LIST V.

Nouns, Adjectives, and Adverbs, occurring ten to fifty times.

197. a-yiao-fios, 6, snnctijication. 229. diricTTOs, faithless, unbelieving.


198. aYopd, T|, market-place. 230. dTro-KdXv\|fis, T|, revelation.
199. d-ypds, 6, field, country. 231. dirwXda, T|, destruction, perdi-
200. d8€\<f>TJ, T|, sister. tion, ivaste.
"
201. AiST\s,o,Hccdcs, the lower world. dpYvpiov, TO, money, piece of
202. dSiK^a, f|, iniquiti/, unrighteous- silver.
ness. 233. dpi6p,6s, 6, mimber.
203. &-81KOS, unjust, unrighteous. 234. ojpvLov, TO, lamb.
204. dSuvaros, impossible. 235. dpxaios, old.
20rj. alrCa, t), eause, accusation. 236. dpxwv, 6, ruler, prince.
206. dKa6apo-ia, t|, uncleanness. 237. do-Ge'vtio, T|, infirmity, weakiuss.
207. dKaOapTos, unclean. 238. dcrOeviiSi sick.
208. dKavOa, f|,
tliorn. 239. do-Kos, 6, wine-skin, bottle.

209. dKOT|, T|, report, hearing. 240. do-TT|p, 6, star.


210. dKpopixTTia, T|, imcircumcision. 241. avXr), T), court, fold.

211. dXeKTwp, 6, cock. 242. aOpiov, to-murrow, the morrow.


212. d\T|0TJs, true. 243. d,<{>Eo-is, T|, remission, forgiveness,
213. d\t]6iv6s, true. 244. d({>p(i>v, foolish.
211. dXT]6cos, truly. 245. PdirTKrua, to, baptism.
215. dWoTpios, stranger, another. 246. PairTioT-/|s, o, the baptist.
216. d|j.apTbiXos, 6, sinner. 247. judgment-seat, throne.
pf)p.a, TO,
217. d|i.u€\wv, 6, vineyard. 248. PipXCov, TO, book.
218. d|j.4)dT€poi, both. 249. pcpXos, 6, book.
219. dyd^KT], necessity, need. 250.
T|, pCos, 6, life, living.
220. dvd-o-Tao-is, resurrection, ris- 251. blasjihcjny, rail-
T|, pXa(r()>T]p(a, f|,

in,<i up. wig.


221. dvtt-crrpocj)^ , t|, manner of life, 252. povX'^, T|,
counsel.
lirhariiir. 253. PpovTT|, T|,
thunder.
222. dvaToXri, f|,
east. 254. Ppw^a, TO, food, meat.
223. dvepios, o, vHnd. 255. Pp(oo-is, TJ, eating, meat, rust.
224. dvo|iia, Tj, iniquity. 256. "ydfJios, 6, marriage feast, mar-
22.''..
d^ios, irorthy. riage.
226. diro^, once. 257. Y€'«vva, T|, hell, Gehenna.
227. diras, all. 258. yevtd, T|, (jeneratiori.
228. dirio-rfa, t|, unbelief. 259. •ytVos, TO, kind, race.
LIST V. 369

260.
370 LISTS OF WORDS.

334.
LIST V. 371

412.
372 LISTS OF WORDS.

48r.
LIST VI. 373

567.
374 LISTS OF WORDS.

632.
LIST VI. 375

705.
376 LISTS OF WORDS.

781.
378 LISTS OF WORDS.

038. irepnTTcpa, f|,


dove. 975. a-\.hr]povs, of iro7i.

93'J. Ktp(.\wpos, T|, region round 976. o-(va'!ri, to, mustard-seed.


about. 977. o-iv8wv, T|,
liiien cloth.

940. nr]\6%, 6, clay. 978. o-Kid, i\,


shadow.
941. n-^pa, tj, wallet. 979. (tkXtjpos, hard.
942. ir£va|, 6, charger, platter. 980. wKopirtos, 6, scorpion.
943. •irXdvT), T|,
error. 981. (Tireipa, t|, band, cohort.
944. irXdvos, o, deceiver. 982. o-ir^Xttiov, to, den.

945. irXarcia, f|,


street. 983. o-iropos, o, seed.
946. irX€0V€|(a, covetousncss. 984. trirvpts, r\,
basket,
TJ,

947. irXivpd, T|, side (of human body). 985. o-TdSiov, TO, furlong.

948. irXoidpiov, Tc, little boat. 986. o-Tdo-is, T|, insurrection, dissen-
949. noii\rr\%, 6, doer, poet. sion.

950. rroiiLVf], v\, flock. 987. o-Tdx^s, 6, ear of corn.


951. iro(|jivi.ov, TO, flocTc, little flock.
988. o-Tii9os, T<J, breast.

952. irovTipCa, f|, ivickedness. 989. «rToix*io, ^d, rudiments.


953. ir6pvos, 6, fornicator. 990. o-ToX^, T|,
robe.

954. 'irop(|>vpa, f|, jmrjile. 991. <rTpdTtv|i.a, Td, arwy.


955. iroTtt'irds, rvhat manner? 992. o-TpoTTiYos, 6, captain, magis-
956. trpaiTMpiov, r6, palace, Prwto- trate.

rium. 993. «rv|i,-PovXiov, t<5, counsel.


957. irpa|is, 'i\, deed,, doing. 994. <rvv-8owXos, h, fellow-servant.

958. irp<j.<5TTjs, i\,


meekness. 995. <rvv€0-is, t|, understanding.
959. irpavTTis, T|, meekness. 996. o-vv-WXtia, t|, end, consumma-
960. irpo-Ov^la, 'i\, readiness of mind. tion.

961. !rp6<r-Kaipos, /or.a while, tem- 997. <r\lvp.a., to, rent, division,

poral. schism.
962. irp6<r-Ko^|j.a, to, stumbling- 998. Td|is, T|, order.

block, offence. 999. Taircivds, loivly, humble.


963. irpo(r-i)>opd, offering. 1000. Taireivo-cjjpocrvvT), t|,
lowliness
f|,

964. •jrp6-«{>aa'is, t|, pretence, excuse. of mind, humility.


965. irpwTo-KXio-ta, t|, chief seat. 1001. Td<})OS, 6, sepulchre.
966. irpwTo-TOKos, first-horn. 1002. Tttxc'cos, quickly, shortly.
967. iTT€pv|, f|, wing. 1003. Tdxos, TO, quickness, speed.
968. TtrSi^o., TO, carcase, dead body. 1004. Ttixos, TO, wfflW.
969. irvptTOS, o, fever. 1005. TfKvCov, Td, little child.
970. •n-w-iroTc, at any time. 1006. T^Xos, TO, end, custom.

971. pop.<t>a(a, T|,


sword. 1007. TiTapTOs, fourth.
972. o-airpos, corrupt.
1008. TtTpaKio-x^Xioi, fotir thousand.

973. (TopKiK^s, carnal. 1009. r pa\y\\o%, 6, ncek.


974. (rt\i\vr], T|, moon. 1010. Tpdp.os, o, trembling.
LIST VI. 379

1011. iitTos, 6, rai7i. 1031. <j)ovevs, 6, ?>iit?rferer.


1012. vio-9e(r(a, r\, adoption. 1032. «J)opTCov, TO, burden.
1013. vptTtpos, yoicr. 1033. <|>pc'ap, TO, ercZ/, /Ji,<.
1014. virtp-PoX^, T|, exceeding great- 1034. 4>"XX.ov, TO, leaf.
ness. 1035. ({>vpa|ia, to, lump.
1015. wirvos, 6, slccj}. 1036. <})toTeiv6s, bright, full of light.
1016. {nrd-8ti-y|i.a, to, exajnple, copy. 1037. x^Xkos, 6, brass, money.
1017. vm-o-8T)na, to, shoe. 1038. x°^0'7l''S '<'> fnark.
1018. viro-KttT«, under. 1039. X'^-P'''')
because of, on account
1019. inro-Kpio-is, rj, hijpucrisy. of
1020. viro-iroSiov, to, fiio/MooL 1040. x<^Xos, TO, ^?7;.
1021. viro-o-Tao-is, tj, confidence, sub- 1041. x<*'H'-"^> ^> winter, foul weather.
stance. 1042. x*''Po-''''O^Tos, made with
1022. ha7ids.
v(rripr]\ia, to, wan-^.
1023. v4>os, TO, height. 1043. XP1F^**» '^°i riches, money.
1021. <{>avXo$, ?//, cvtV. 1044. xP1<'"''ds, ki7i,d, gracious.
102.0. 4)9apT6s, corruptible. 1045. xPT'"''<>TTis, T|, goodness, kind-
102t). ({>06vos, 6, cjjtjy. ness.

1027. <t>6opd, i], corruption. 1046. x"P'ov, TO, 2^lnce, field, land.
1028. (|>i\a8(X<(>Ca, f|, love of the breth- 1047. \|/a\|i.6s, 6, psalm.
ren. 1048. «|/vxiKds, natural, sensual.
1029. i|>(Xti|i.a, TO, kiss. 1049. w8^, T|, song.
1030. «i»Xdt y\,fia,me. 1050. «t(ov, to, car.
380 LISTS OF WORDS.

LIST Vll. — Table of Correlative Pronouns,


LIST X. 381

LIST IX. — Table of Correlative Adverbs.


ELEMENTS
OF

NEW TESTAMENT GREEK GRAMMAR.


PREFATORY NOTE.

In the " Elements of Testament Greek Grammar " an


New
attempt is made simple and concise form all the
to present in a

important facts and principles necessary to an understanding of


the Orthograiihy and Et3'mology of the language of tlu; Greek
Testament. The work is intended to be a sufficient guide for
those who have not studied classical Greek, and at the same
time to be of service to those who have made some progress in
classical studies, but who desire to pay special attention to the
study of New 'i'estament Greek.
In Orthograjjli}' the spelling of the critical texts has been

followed; and all who are interesteil in this subject arc referred
for further information to Thayer's "Greek Lexicon," and espe-
cially to valuable "Notes on Orthogi*aphy " a]i])('ii(l((l to
tlir

the second volumt- of AVestcott and Hort's " Greek Testauieiit "

ri)p. 143-1 7:J).


In Etymology, Hadley-Allen's treatment of the substantive
and verli (which is sidistiintially the same as that of (Joodu in)
h:is been followed; ;iiid on arcouiit ot the concise forms of ex-

pression employed holb of tlicse widely used L;ranim;irs, if h;is


in

been decme(l best, in many cases to adopt their \( i\ Imnis of ex-


pression. Tlie list of Irregular Verbs occurring in tlie New
Testament li:is I n drawn up with great care; ami I'oi' Ibe I'mII
listof compodiids given under each verb the authors are
ni:iinly
indebted to 'JMi;iyer's "(Jreek Lexicon," a work wbii-h every
stnrjent III till' Greek Testament ongbt to procure.
and part, tlie Syntax of New Testa-
'I'be lliird niosi im|iorl:inl

ment (Jreck, is in (oiirsi- ot


jprepiiration, and will appear in a
separate vobnne.
26
PART I.

ORTHOGRAPHY.
1. The Alphabet.
388 ORTHOGRAPHY.

1. The Greek Alphabet has twenty-four letters. The word


alpliahet is formed from the names of the first two letters.

2. Sigma at the end of a word has the form ?, elsewhere the


form (T. Thus, o-(j?, thy ; o-kotos, darkness ; koV/xos, world.

3. a. When letters are used as numerals, the mark (


'
)
is

placed over them beneath,


;
it denotes thousands. Thus, a' 1,

^a
1000 ;
f' 5, e 5000.
h. Three obsolete letters [F or <;, Vau, equal to V, C; 9,
Koppa, the same as Q, 90; 'It), San, S, 900) are also
used as numerals. Thus, ip 12, p/iS' 144, x^g 6GG (Rev.
xiii. 18, T. R.).
All manuscripts of the Greek Testament before the tenth
4.

century are written with capital letters. The small letters then
came into use.

5. Two or more letters are often united, except in recent


editions of the Greek Testament, into one character, called a
ligature (tie).
The most common are a for ov, and g for a-r.

'
2. The Vowels.
b. Short vowels.
DIPHTHONGS. 389

2. Open and close vowels.

Least open.

Least open.

The vowels are open or close.


mi f a, tt (the most open).
Ihe open vowels 1
are \
( e, -q, o, w
;
(less open).
^^

The close vowels arc i, I, v, v.

3. Diphthongs.
ttl
390 ORTHOGRAPHY.

4. Breathings.

1. d-et a-ei, always ; h, in ; 6-Sos ho-dos, way / o, 17 ho, he, the.



2. ai-on, aye
isXiliv
alfxa hai-ma, blood ; a8>;s, Ha-dC'S.
3.
vSwp hy-dor, ivater y uto's hwi-os, so?t

vno hy-po, by.
4. 'Pw/at; RhO-me, i^owe ; pT^/xa rhe-ma, word y dpprjTO'i ar-rhetos,
uyispeakable.

1. There are two breathings, the


soft, spiritus lenis ('), and
the roufjh, sjilritus asper ('). The first has no practical vahie,
the second denotes a strong emission of the breath, like the

English h.

2. One
of the breathings is placed over every initial vowel.
In diphthongs (except the improper a, j/, w, in which t never
takes the breathing, even when it stands upon the line) the

breathings are written over the second vowel.


3. An initial v always has the rough breathing.

4. An initial p is generally written with the rough breathing.

When p is doubled, in the middle of a word, the first p often has


the smooth breathing, and the second the rough.

5. Interchange of Vowels.

Tp4(f)(i),
I notirish ; Tpoi/)r/, nourishment ; Tc^^a/x/xeVos, hamng
been nourished.
TreiOw, I persuade, Gal. i. 10 ; TreVoi^tt, / trust, Phil. ii. 24.
(TTreuSo), / hasten y a-7roii8r/, haste.

The open short vowels («, c, o) are often interchanged in the


formation and inflection of words. So sometimes 7; and w, but a
closeand open vowel are rardy interchanged. See § 2, 2. Such
interchange extends to diphthongs, as €t and 01 in root-syllables,
and €u and ov.

N
CONTRACTION OF VOWELS. 391

6. Lengthening of Vowels.

1. Tifidw, I honor ; n/x^a-w, I shall honor.

2. ix€Xa{v)^, /xiXas, black ; \v6i{vT)%,Xv6i.i%, dismissed ; Si8o(vt)?,

SiSov's, giving.

1. A short vowel is sometimes lengthened in the inflection


and formation of words. This may be vAiWuA formative lengthen-
ing. The long vowel is regarded as the short vowel doubled.
By this, a, c, I, o, V, Become rj, >/, i, w, v.

2. A short vowel sometimes lengthened


is to make up for

the omission of a following consonant. This is comjiensative


lengthening.
By this, a, £, I, o, V, Become d, «, I, ov, v.

7. Contraction of Vowels.

a
392 ORTHOGRAPHY.

8. Diaeresis.

TTpwi, early ; AaviS, David ; Mwuo-^s, Moses.

Diaeresis (separation) is a double dot ("), sometimes written


over the second of two vowels, to show that they do not form .a

diphthong.

9. Crasis and Elision.

Kciyoj for Ktti iyw, and I ; kuv, koI idv, and if


1. •
kolku, koX iKei,
and there y KUKeWev, koI iK^lOev, and thence y KuKctt'os, koI ckcivos,
and he y Ktifxe, koL e^e, and me y tovvuvtiov, to Ivavriov, the con-
trary y once rowo/xa, for to ovo/xa, the name, Matt, xxvii. 57.
2. a. TovT co-Ti, that is, Rom. ix. 8 ;
x. 6, 7, 8 ;
etc.

b. OLTT
from
dpxtj'i, the berj'mining, John xv. 27 ;
St' aWov,
by him, John i. 3 John i. 8.
;
dAA.' iVa, hut that,
c. ufO' ow, because (instead of which), Luke i. 20j 2 Thess.
ii. 10 etc.
J d<^' kavTuv, from himself, John vii. 18.
;

1. a. Crasis
(mingling) is the contraction of a vowel or diph-
thong at the end of a word with one at the beginning of the
next word. The two words are written as one, with a coronis (')
over the contracted syllable, unless the first vowel has the rough
breathing, which is then retained. The first of the two words
is generally an article, a relative
pronoun, or Kai.
h. Crasis generally follows the rules of contraction.

Note. In N. T. crasis occurs on the whole but seldom, and only in par-
ticular forms of frequent occurrence.

2. a. Elision is the cutting off of a short final vowel when the


next word begins with a vowel. An apostrophe (
'

) marks the
omission.

Note. Elision is of much rarer occurrence in the N. T. than in classical

Greek.
ADDITIONAL VOWEL CHANGES. 393

b. Only the prepositions Sltto, 8id, iwi, -n-apd, /xtra, and the
conjunction tlAAu, regularly suffer elision ;
iIvtl only
before wv.
Note. The ItSS. and editions vary iu many cases.

c. When the vowel of the second word has the rough


breatJihirj, a smooth mute (tt, t) changes into its cog-
nate rough mute (c/), 0).

10. Movable Consonants.


1. t)
yeyoi'tv, that hath been made, John i. 3 ;
oh KareXa^ey, it

aj)prt!hended not, John i. 5 ;


e8(DK€i' airots, Ac gave to them, John
i. 12 ; axrnq cVtiV, this is, John i. 19.

2. oiItws e'o-Ti TTu-, .""'o /s every one, John iii. 8; ouk l^ at/xaTwv,
7ioi of blood, John i. 13.
NoTK. fj-ixp'-^ °^i until, Mark xiii. 30; /nifxp' 'Iwdwu, until John, Luke
\'vi. 10 ; dx/Ji ^s riiiipas, until the dny, IMatt. xxiv. 38 ; otx/^'s ou T Tr, itnt/il,
'

lloin. xi. 25 ;
irKirtvaioaiv Si ayroP, .John i. 7.

1. Most words ending in <n, all verbs of the third person

singular en<ling in f, and eVjTi is, annex v when the next word

begins with a vowel. This is called v movcdjle, which may also

be abided at the end of a sentence.


'1. When the next word begins with a vowel, ovru), fJ^ixP^^ '^"'^

d)(j)i,
as a rule add s, ov becomes uvk, and ck becomes t^.
NniE. In tlie Itust MSS., Imwcver, wu have /ii*'xp' '""1 '^XP' invariaMy,
even before vowels ;
but ix/"* o6 prejiondcratcs. The N. T. text is by no
iniMiis nnilniiii. WU
inviiri;ilply umiI 6.xi>i- oii, except in Ilib. iii. 13; Gal.
iii. ]'J. VVc often lind v muvable even before consonants.

11. Additional Vowel Changes.


1. (7i'(K(i', because, Luke iv. 18; bi/ reason of, - Cor. iii. 10.

So critical editions.

2.
ixOt^i x^''*^) i/es/crd(iij, .J(din iv. 52.
3. TraTi']i), TTuT^ios" (for irnjif)<>%), nf till'
father, John i. 18 ; uko?/
for oKuvrf, hearing (report), John xii. 38.
394 ORTHOGRAPHY.

1. Instead of we have twice the Ionic form civckcv.


eveKcv,
2. A vowel appears at the beginning of some words
2^1'othetic
wliich furmerly began with two consonants.
3. A short vowel between two
consonants, or even a close
vowel between two vowels, is sometimes dropped (syncojjc).

12. The Consonants.


1. a. Observe that k sounds like c in coo,
y like (/
in go, a like
s in so, T like t in to.

h.
uyy€Ao9, ang-gelos, angel, viessenger, John i. 52 ; tyy^'^,

eng-gus, near; t^idpay^, pha-ranx, valley; iyxp^w, eng-


chri-o, / anoint.
c. ^^apTos, phthar-tos, corruptible.
2. a. Semivowels, a-
(sibilant), A, /n, v, p (liquids) /a, v, y-nasal
(nasals).
Smooth. Middle. Rough.
h. Mutes: Labials . . . . tt /? <^

Palatals . . . k y ;(

Linguals . . . t S 6
c. Double consonants . . .
^ ^ \f/

1. a. The consonants
are sounded, for the most part, as we
sound the English letters used to represent them. See Alpha-
bet, § 1.
b. Gamma (y) before k, y, ^, and £, has the sound of n in
ink, anger; <f>, 0, x, as in graj^Aic, thin, and the German
Buc/i.
c.
Every consonant is sounded.
2. Among consonants we
distinguish (1) semivowels, (2)
mutes, and (3) double consonants.
a. The semivowels are A, /u., v, p, cr, and y-nasal.

b. The mutes are of three classes, (1) labial or tt mutes, (2)


palatal or k mutes, (.3) lingual or t mutes.
c. The double consonants are ^ (^o-), ^ (ko; ycr, xo"),
and {p

(ttct, (i(T, 0cr).


THE EUPHONY OF CONSONANTS. 395

13. The Euphony of Consonants.

1.
yiypatrrai for ytypat^rai, it is written, John viii. 17 ;
SeScK-
Ttti for 8€8e;(-Tai, he had received, Acts viii. 14.

2. lo-Tc for tS-rc, ye know, Heb. xii. 17.

3.
yeypa/x/xevos for yiypa<f>-fj.tvo^, lurittCJl, John ii. 17 ;
TrcVctcr-

/xut for iTiiTu6-iiai, I am persuaded, Rom. viii. 38.


4.
lypai/fcv for (ypaff)-a-€r, he ivrote, John v. 46 ; </)A,d^ for <^Aoy9,
Jiame, Rev. i. 14 ; cAttis for cAttiSs, Ao/je.

5. a.
ifj.(3X({l/as for cv-/?Aei/'as, having looked, John i. 36.
6.
o-vyyevT/s for o-vv-yei'?/?, tt kinsman, John xviii. 26.
c. o-vAAuAovi/T£s- for o-uiz-AuAoui/re?, talkinr/ with, Matt. xvii. 3.
d. fiiXds for /x€'Au(i')s, black ; ttus for 7ra(j'T)s, aZA
e. a-vaa-rj/jLov for a-vvarjfJLov, a token, Mark xiv. 44 ; (TVfjjpo<^i)
for o-ui/-o-Tpo0^, concourse, Acts xix. 40.

Many of the changes which the consonants undergo are of the


nature of assimilation, i. e., of making one consonant like the one
next to it. This assimihition may be total or jmrtial.
All these changes, for convenience, may be summed up under
the following rules :

1. A labial (v, (i, 4>) or palatal mute («, y, i() before a lingual
(t, h, 6) must \n; ui the same order.
2. A lingual mute (t, 8, 6) before another lingual is changed
to (T.

3. Before /x,
a labial mute (tt, (i, <f)) becomes p.,
a [)alatal mute (k, y, )() becomes y,
a lingual mute (t, 8, 6) becomes a.
4. Before «t, a labial mute (tt, ft, (ft) forms ip (= mr),

a palatal mute («, y, ^) forms ^ (= f t),


a lingual mut(! (t, 8, 6) is drf)pped.
5. a. V before a labial (tt, fi, (f>, p., ip)
becomes // ;

b. I bf^forc a palatal (k,


y, ;(, ^) becomes y nasal ;

c. »' before A, p, is assimilated ;


396 ORTHOGRAPHY.

d. V (also VT, \\ vQ) before cr is dropped, and the preceding


vowel is lengthened.
e. In composition :

Iv before p, o-, is not changed ;

avv (1) before cr with a vowel, becomes uvtr- ;

o- with a consonant or before 4, becomes err-.


(2) before
Note 1. The rule with reference to avv (,2) is ofteu disregarded in the

N. T.
Nunc 2. The oldest MSS. often omit the assimilation of v in the two jirep'

ositions aiiv and eV before labials and palatals, sometimes also before A and <r.

6. (SdX.Xu), least; ijiki]0>f, he is cast, John xv. 6.

7. rl(/)' of (from) himself, John v. 19.


kavTov for (iTTo eauToiJ,

8. Tt^j?/At for
Ot-Oii-fii, lay down, John x. 15 ddirTw, I bury,
I ;

he was buried, Luke xvi. 22 6',)i^', plural Tpi'xes;


Aair. ;
€Ta</)i/,

9. for Xveaai in the ending of 2d pers. sing., pass, and


Aur/
mid. The contraction -eo-at, -eut, -€i is very rare in N. T. But
we have €i for y in /SouAct, Luke xxii. 42.

10. 7??a/i.
av»;/3, gen. drepos, dvSpos, o/o-
11. Ma^^aios, Matthew, Mtt6'6^uT, Matthat.
12. Exceptions. ipd-n-Lcrav,

Matt. xxvi. 67 ipa/B^ia-Orjv, 2 Cor. ;

xi. 25 ipva-aro, 2 Tim. iii. 11. (So all critical editors.)


13.
;

Exceptions.
— eK, froin ; ovk, not.

6. A vowel and a liquid are often transposed by metathesis.


7. A smooth mute (tp, k, t) before a vowel with the rough
breathing is changed into its corresponding aspirate. (See § 9,

2, c).
8. When two consecutive syllables of the same word begin
with an aspirate, the first often loses its aspiration. But pre-
fixes and suffixes generally lose their aspiration in preference to
the stem.
9. Any consonants which make a harsh sound may be dropped
in the formation or inflection of words. This often occurs in the
case of <r in the inflection of the verb, and of the third declension

of nouns.
SYLLABLES. 397

10. Sometimes a consonant is inserted in inflection {ej^enthe-

sis) to assist the sound.


11. A rough mute (0, x> ^) is never doubled.
IS'uTE. But the critical tiliturs (Lacliiniiiiii, Tisth. Treg. WH.), fuUowiug
the older M8S., write 09 instead of rO, in several proper names.

12. Initial p is doubled when by inflection or composition


a vowel is brought before it. After a diphthong, however, it
remains single.
NuiE. But this rule has sometimes been neglected in the MSS. ul the
N. T.

13. The only consonants which can stand at the end of a


Greek word v, p, o-, f, ij/, the last two being compounds of
are cr.

Other consonants at the end of a word are droj^ped.

14. Syllables.

1. e-TO ,
2. Ka-re-Xa-fiev ;
3. a. A<J-yos ; b. a.-Tr€-aTa\'fi€-vo% ;
t-ye'-i

C. //.ap-rr-pt-av d. i$-ov-cri-av.
av-6pw-Tr(j)v ; ,

4. Trposj Ad-yos ; C^^Vt aKo-ri-a.

1. A Greek word has as many syllables as it has separate


vowels or diphth<tiigs.
2. The lust syllable is calltd tlic tiJ/lni'itr, the one next to the
last the /)e?ndf, tlic out; before the p(Miult, the antepenult.

3. Uules in dividing a word into syllables:


a. A single consonant is connected with the following vowel ;

b. Combinations of consonants which cau begin a word are

a.ssigiie(l
to llie following vowel ;

c. Other coiiiliinalions of consonants an; divided ;

d. ConipouiKln fornietl without clis!o?i. are divided into thc^ir

original parts.
4. A
vowel preceded by a consonant stands in an imjmre
it forms a jmre
syllable; preceded by a vowel or diphthong
syllable.
398 ORTHOGRAPHY.

15. Quantity of Syllables.

1. aU-ToC, Kttl, ^v, C^-TJ-

2. ap-xfj} av-0i)(j}-7ro<i.

3. Tt-Kva, ru-</)Ads.

4. a. c^ws, ov, t,w-rj.


h. Ad-yos, aKo-rt-a, ira-pd.
c. viKO';, victory, irvp, fire, Kav for koL iav, John viii. 14.

1. A syllable is long by nature when it has a long vowel or a

diphthong.
2. It is long by position when a short vowel is followed by

two consonants or by a double consonant.


3. When a vowel, short hy nature, is followed by a mute and a

common, may be used as lon^ or


liquid, the syllable is
i. e., it

short, at pleasure.
4. The quantity most syllables can be seen at once.
of

a. r)
and w, and all diphthongs are long by nature.
b. € and o, before a vowel or single consonant, are short by
nature.
c. The vowels i, v, may
a, be known to be long :

(1) When they have the circumflex accent;

(2) When they arise from contraction.

16. The Accents.

1. 6 Xdyos Trpos toi/


Oeov.
rjv

2. ovTOS rjXOev. 'AtSr/?, a8r)s.

3. KariXafSfV, aKoria, t,wi] ; ckcii/os, apxi) ; V ^w^ V^-

4. Oeos, Adyos, eyeVcTO.

5. iv avTta ; outos r/XOfv.

6. dv^pwTTOs, TTuvra, Kocrfios.


GENERAL RULES OF ACCENT. 399

1. There are three accents, the acute {'), the grave ("), and
the circumflex (~).
2. These marks stand over the vowel of the accented syllable.
In a diphthong tlie accent stands over the second vowel. But
the iini>roper diphthongs (a, r;, and w) take it upon the first

vowel, even when the i is written in the line.


3. The acute can stand only on one of the last three syllables
of a word, the circumflex on one of the last two, and the grave
only on the last.

4. A word which has the acute


on the ultima is called oxytone (s harp-toned) y
on thii 2je7iult
"
^^aroa-ytoJic; (Trapa, wear),
on the antepe7iult " ^^roj^a/'oa-ytowe {-n-po, before).
5. A word which has the circumflex (^)
on the ultimate
is called 2>crispomenon (draum arotind),

on the penult "


2^?'o/y(;r/.s/>o???,eMow (Trpo, before^.

6. A word which has no accent on the ultima is called bary-


tone (fiapv<;, heavy).

17. General Rules of Accent.

1. a. iy(.vtro ; b. rtKva, Xoyos ; C. ovtos ^X^ei' ; d. 6f.ov, xoipCs ;

e. avOpioiruiV, pjipTVprj(rr) ;
f. apXV^ deov, ^wt;.
2. TT^OS TOI/ 6(6l/.
3. 01 rStoi ; Bviuarrai., Luke i. 9.

\. A word with a short^ vltimo, if accented


a. the antepenult, has the acute;
'Ill

h. on a short penult, has the acute ;


c. on a long penult, has the circumflex ;
(I. on th(! ultima, has the acute.

A word with a long ultima, if Mccented


e. the penult, has th(! acute ;
f»n

f. on the ultiytia.,
has either the acute or the circumflex.
2. An oxytone changeH its acute to the gravf hnfon; other words,
1 In these rulfs the wonb hmi/ and shurt ih'iidtc (he nnhinil (|iiantity of vowels.
400 ORTHOGRAPHY.

3. Final at and ol (except in the optative) bave the eifect of

short vowels on the accent of the penult and antepenult.

Note 1. Rules for accent, so far as it is connected with inflection, will be


given in the Grammar.
Note 2. The accent of words must be learned, mainly from the lexicons,
and by observation in reading.
Note 3. In the majority of words the accent is thrown back as far as the
rules permit, and a word is then said to have the recessive accent. This is
especially the case with verbs.

18. Accent as affected by Contraction, Crasis,


and Elision.

1. Tifjidw(Ti, TtfjiwcTL, John V. 23.

2. ecTTaws, ccttws ', Tifxam, rifiS), John viii. 49 J ^tAe'ci, <^iAe?,


John V. 20.

3. Kayw for koI lyw ; kolv for Kat idv.

4. dir ifxov ; aXK 6.

1. For a contracted ^7e?i?«?^ or antepenult, the accent is regular.


2. A
contracted ultima receives the acute, if the ultima had it

before contraction, otherwise it takes the circumflex.


3. In crasis, the accent of the first word is lost and that of
the second remains.
4. In elision, oxytone vrepositions and conjunctions lose their
accent. (See § 9, 2.)

19. Proclitics.

1. a. o Aoyo9, 1^ Cw>7> 01 iSioi.


b. iv a.p)(rj, (Is fiapTvpiav, €k Oeov.
c. el ravra Troiei?, John vii. 4 ws fiovoycvovs, John
;
i. 14 ;

cjpa rjv 0)5 SfKOLTrj, John i. 39.


aireKpiOrf Ov, John i. 21.
d. ovK ctfu, KOL

2. €1 Tts Oikei.
ENCLITICS. 401

A i^rocUtic {leaning forivard) is a word which has no accent,


and ispronounced as if it were part of the following word.
1. The proclitics are:
a. The forms of the article o, t), ol, al.
b. The prepositions ci's {k), into ; e'l, in; i$ {Ik), from.
c. The conjunctions el, if ; ws, as, that.
d. The adverb ov (ovk, oi'x), not, which at the end of a
sentence takes the acute accent.
2. A proclitic takes an accent, when followed by an enclitic.

20. Enclitics.

1. a. o oTTt'croj /Aou, John i.


15; e^tii'ds /aoi ciTrev, i.
33; 6 7rc'/y.«//a<j

/At (iaTTTi^fw, i. 33 ;
tou oIkuv troti, ii. 17 ;
on elTroi' o-oi, i. 50 ;

elBov (T€, i. 50.


6. SwuTUt Ti aya6'oi' cii/at; John i. 4G ;
Tai'Ttt TIV€S ^tc, 1 Cor.
V. 11; Toi' TTfrre tu</>Ao»', ix. 13; ei ttws 7roTe, Eoin.
t/St;

i. 10.
c.
c'yoi ci/Ai,
John iv. 2G ;
vi. 20, 35, 41, 48, 51; Kai 4,7j(tiv i

evvovxu<i. Acts viii. 36.


d. KuiToi. ye Ir/rrous, iv. 2; tix t£ irpoftaTa Koi tovs /Sous', ii.
15;
/u,aAAoi/ ^ TTc^j T^i/ So^ui/ ToO ^coO, xii. 43.

2. a. €yw ci/u.1.

b. Tov iri/xij/aPTus /xe, iv. 34 ; kukcivo? /;i€ uTrco-TtiAci', vii. 20.


C. tl
yc tVt/xeVcTc t^ ttutth, Col. i.
23; ei rts <?cAn, Matt,
xvi. 21.

3. Tl Kill xvii. ovk


Kayoj tV 6
ii.
c'/Aot iriii, 4; f/oi', 21; e'yw ti/xi

;(/UfrTds,
1. 20.

4. OVK ci/xi, I am, not, i. 21 ; uju, f r/n. n's; t!.s.

All enclitic (/cjuhln;/ on) is a woni wlii( li Iohcs i(s own accent,
and iH pronounced as if it wctc part of (he preceding' word.
1. The enclitics are :

a. The prMiiMiins of tli.' lir.st


person, fim; /xot, /At, of the
second, a-ov, vol, iri.
402 ORTHOGRAPHY.

b. The indefinite pronoun tis, rt, in all its forms. Also the
indefinite adverbs, ttov, ttotc, ttw, ttojs-
c. The present indicative of ci/ai, be, and of f^rffii, say, except
the second person singular, e?, <^rf<;.

d. The particles yi, ri, toi, nip.


2. The word before an enclitic,
a. preserves its proper accent, and does not
change an acute
to grave ;

b. if
projmroxytoue or properispomenon, adds an acute on
the ultima ;

c. if proclitic, takes an acute.


3. The enclitics in some cases retain their accent, especially
in the case of em2?hasis, and after elision.
4. Some particles are distinguished by the accent.
Note. The laws with reference to the enclitics have been carried out con-

Bisteutly in the N. T.

21. Punctuation.

Kai iiTTav awToJ Mt; Kai r]fxei<; Tvi^Xot i<Tfx€v ; cittcv avTOis (6) 'lyycovs
Et Ti)0Aoi T/T€, ovK av et;^€T€ oLfJLapTLav

vvv 8c Aeyere 6ti BActto/xcv '

r] afiapTia vfiojv fxivn, ix. 40, 41.

The comma and the period are the same as in English.


The Greek has a colon (•), a point above the line, which is
equivalent to the English colon and semicolon. The mark of
interrogation (,) is the same as the English semicolon.

Note. Jolin ix. 40, 41, exhibits all the marks of punctuation, of breath-
ings, and illustrations of all kinds of accent, with examples of proclitics and
enclitics.

22. Transference of Greek Words into English.

1. "Avi/as, Annas ; ©w/Ltas, Thomas.


2. 'lo-aaK, Isaac ; Nt»co87//«,os, Nicodemus.
TRANSFERENCE OF GREEK WORDS. 403

3. a. Kai'a, Cana } Krjfftas, Cephas; Kalaap, Ccesar.


h. 'Fafxa, Mama ; 'Pa;(?/A, Rachel.
Exce2)tions.
— 'Po8»7, Rhoda ; 'Po'Sos, Rhodes.
C. KoLcrap, Ccesar ; AlyvrrTus, Egypt.
d. ^oL/3rj, Phcebe ; $oi'vi^, Phoenix.
e. AaoSiKfia, Laodicea; ©vdrtipa, ThyatJra ; ScXcv/ceta, Se-
leucia.

f. 'Idcriov, Jason ; 'Iepet;^oj, Jericho.

1. Most proper names, and a few other words, are literally

transcribed into English.


2. For the most part the Greek letters are rej^resented by the

equivalents given under the alphabet (§ 1).


3. A few explanations must be made, and some exceptions
noted :

a. K is always c. Where c would be soft in English pro-


nunciation it is generalli/ so in Greek names.
h. The P, always aspirated in Greek (§4, 4), is
initial geTir

eralljj without the aspirate in English.


r. The (liplithoiig in becomes fe ; sometimes simply e.
d. The diplithoug m becomes on.
e. The diphthong ct becomes e or ^; sometimes, although
i.
incorrectly,
f. The iuitial I before a vowel becomes J.
PART II.

ETYMOLOGY.
I. mTEODUCTIOK
23. Definition of Etymology.
1. Xoyos, 9(.6<i, Oeov, iv, 6, tov, rrj, eAa/3ov, KariXafiiv, irapiXa^ov.

2. (jiws, t,*^rj, KOfTfios, ovofia, (rape ; eytVero, (^aiVct, yjXOiv ; TravTa,


d\y9iv6v; 6, rj, to; ovTOSf avroi), avTW.
3. a. (TKOTi-a, (TKOTi-a, <f>aiv-ei, iyiv-ero.
b. Oco-s, av6pu)iro-<;, ^lo-i^, Xdyo-Sj v6fio-s ; aapK-os, ;^a'ptT-os, OeX^
fiaT-os, dv8p-6<; (ave/j), Trarp-os (iraTip).
C. 6i6<i, 6f.6v ; TTavra, ttuvtcs ; avTOv, avrw ; Trpwros ; iyivcTO, 7/v.

4. dXrjOcLa, i. 14 ; dXr;^?;?, iii. 33 ; uXt^^ii/o's, i. 9 ; dXrjOws, i. 47 ;

^XafSoVf KaTeXajSifj Trap4Xa/3ov.

1. Etymology treats of the classification, infiection, and


formation of words.
2. Words are classified into parts of speech. These are the
same in Greek
as in other languageSc More important than
the other parts of speech are the Noun and the Verb. Closely
connected with the Noun are the Adjective, the Article, and the
P7'0}l0U7l.

3. o. Inflection is a change in the form of a word to express

its different relations to other words. word which is inflected A


has two parts; (1) the fundamental part called the stem, and
(2) the inflective part calltMl endings, whicli are added to the
stem to form cases, tenses, persons, and numbers.
NUMBER AND GENDER. 405

b. The last letter of the stem, as marking its character, is

called the stem-characteristic. A stem ending in a


vowel is called ^Jwre, in a consonant, imjmre. Impure
are
stems if they end in a mute (labial, lingual, palatal)
called mute (labial, lingual, palatal) stems,
if
they end
in a liquid, are called liquid stems.
c. Inflection includes declension (nouns, adjectives, and

pronouns), comparison (adjectives and adverbs), and


conjugation (verbs).
4. The formation of words includes their derivation and their
composition.

24. Number and Gender.


1. avBpiiyiTO<;, avOpiimoiv ; irdvTa avOpunrov, TravTf? ; aurw, auTOts.

2. a. o A.oyo?, o KofT/xos ; rj ^w?;, 7;


rrKoria ; to cfiu><;,
to ovofjia.

h. Trat?, iv. 51 ; r) Trat?, Luke viii. 54; >} dX^Tn}^, Luke xiii.

32.
c. TO ^ois ; 7) tpr]fio<;,
i. 23 ; y oSo?, i. 23.
d. (1) 6 uvOpujnro^, 6 ttutt/p,
o uvyp }
o dvf/io?, VI. 18 ;
6 Trora-

fi()<;^
o IopS(Ivvj<; ; o /jh^c.

(2) 17 fJiyT'ip,
ii. 1 ; 1} ywr;, iv. 9 ; /; ctuk^, i. 48 ; 1) yrj,
iii.

22, 31 ; 17 TToAt?, i. 44 ; r) i/iyo-o?,


Acts xxviii. 1 ; y ^W7/,

rj c'^owfria, i^ ctkotih, y (i\yO(Ui.


(3) to crufcov ;
TO Trat^ioi', to "Ayap.

The Greek distinguishes in its usage,

1. Three nuinhers : tin; singular (referring to one object), the


plural (to more than one), and the dual (to two only).
NfiTE. As tli<: Ihia! is not found in tin' r!n'<k Tcsbimcnt, wo will not

notice it in the dcclon.sion ot nouns, nor in the conjugation of vcirbs.

'J. Three r/enders : masculine, feminine, and neuter.


a. To indicate the gend<T of nouns, forms of tlie article are

used; o, ior masculine; y, U)r feminine; to, l<>r nrufer.


406 ETYMOLOGY.

h. Nouns wliich may be either masculine or feminine are


said to be of the common gender. Names of animals
which include both sexes, but have only one grammati-
cal gender, are called epicene.
'

c. The gender may often be known from the form of the

word, but must generally be learned bj^ observation.


d. The following rules, however, are of general application :

(1) Masculine are names of males, and of winds, rivers,


and months.
(2) Feminine are names of females, and of trees, lands,
towns, and islands; also most nouns denoting
qtiality or condition.
(3) Neuter are names of fruits, and most diminutives,
even when designating males or females also ;

verbal nouns, with indeclinable nouns generally.


e. Other rules are given under the declensionso

25. Cases.

1. 6 Xoyos, Taiv avOptoTrwv, ev t^ CTKOTia, Trpos Tov ^eov, SiSatrKaXc,


i. 39.

2. TO <f>u)<;
Twv dvOpuyTTiDv, the light of men; eSwKcv airois, he

gave to them.
3. a. S6$a, a glory (nom.) ; So^a, glory (voc). avOpwiroi, men
(nom.) ; avOpoiiroi, men (voc).
b.
Sing.: nom., ace, voc, o-vkov ; plur. a-vKa. But yevrj for
yeVfa in 1 Cor. xii. 10, 28; xiv. 10; ra ru^r) for Tet;^£a
in Heb. xi. 30.

C. auTw, CTKOTia, v^tari, irvevfiaTi.


ap)(fj,

d. Twv avOpioiriiiV, ai/xuTwv, Tajf <i>apLcraiO)V, twv fiadrjTU)V.

1. There are five cases : the nominative (the case of the sub-

ject), the genitive (possessive, implying motion from,


the whence

case), the dative (implying rest in, or connection with, the where
THE NOUN OR SUBSTANTIVE. 407

case), the accusative (objective, implying motion totvards, the

case), and the vocatioe (employed


whither in direct address).

2. A
convenient English rendering of the genitive is by the
preposition o/, and of the dative by to. This rendering is used
merely for the sake of distinction, and is not always the most
correct or even the usual translation of these cases.
All the cases, except the nominative and vocative, are called

oblique cases.
3. Several particulars, applicable to all nouns, adjectives, and
pronouns, it is important to remember:
a. The vocative, in the singular, is often like the nomina-
tive ;
in the plural it is always so.

b. In neuter words, the nominative, accusative, and vocative


are always alike; and in the plural end in a, except
when contracted.
c. The dative singular alwaj's ends in which t,
is subscript
when a long vowel precedes.
d. The genitive plural always ends in wv.

II. THE NOUN OK SUBSTANTIVE.


26. Stems of Nouns.

1. 0(0-':, Bio-V ; av6punro-<;, avOpunro-v. alfiaT-oiV, O(.\r]fiar-o<;.

2. (TKOTia, fiapTvpia-v ; Xoyo-s, Koaiiu-v ; uiTOKpuri-v, lx6v-uiv ; ^wt-


o<r, crapK-o?, )(ii.pi-T-o^-

1. Changes in the form of nouns are made by adding different


rase-endinr/s to a common stem.
2. The stems of Greek nouns end in

a. The open vowels d and o,

b. The close vowels and v, i

c. Conaonanta.
408 ETYMOLOGY.

27. Declension and Case-endings.

1. u\7j6€La<;, B6ia-v ^eo-s, dvSp-09,


] A.oyo-s ; <f>oyr-6^, TrvevfiaT-i,
TToXl-V.

2. a. Vowel Declension.

Singular.
FIRST DECLENSION. — FEMININES. 409

4. Under tlie three declensions of nouns will be given the

principles which are common to adjectives, participles, and


substantives.

28. Accent of Nouns.

1. 8u$a, 86^uv ; u\i^6eia, aXrjOeia^.

2. TLflT^, TLfirj^, '^'H-Vt Tt/Aai?.

3. a.
^wpaJv, oo^itiv, irpocfyqriov.
b.
aXqdeia, aX-qOf.ia<i.

1. The
accent of a noun, as far as the general laws of accent
allow (§ 17), remains on the same syllable as in the nominative

singular.
2. An accented ultima, in general, takes the acute, but in
genitive and dative of both numbers, a long ultima, if accented,
takes the circumflex.
3. a. The genitive plural of first declension is always perispo-

menon, because an/ is contracted from u-wi/.


b. The nouns in a
always have recessive accent (§ 17, note .3).
c. AtfTTTOTa, vocative of Sco-ttott^?, master, has irregular
accent.

29 First Declension. — Feminines.


1, 2. (TKOTlii, OIKiU, i^OlKTUl OOQO.,
ij Tj Ty ] Yj llpX^'l, t} 4''^'/ J 17 Ij
410 ETYMOLOGY.

Plur. N. V. TLfxai
G. TlfJiWV
D. Ti/xais
A. Ti/ids dA,7y^€ius

4. CTKia.
^ (TKOTid, 7] fxapTvpid, T] rjfiepd, rj

1. Stems end originally in d this is often


of this declension ;

moditied into rj
and sometimes shortened into a
in the singular,
in the nominative, accusative, and vocative singular.
2. Nouns of this declension are mostly feminine, and end in

a, a, or 7). The masculines end in ds or t^s.


3. Femi nines are divided two classes
into :

a. Those which have a lonr/ vowel (d or ij) in the final syl-


lable throughout the singular, and are then declined
like x^P^9 land, and tI/a>J, honor ;
b. Those which have short a in the nominative, accusative,
and vocative singular, and are then declined like aXrjOeia,
truth, and 8o^a, glory.
4. Long d becomes tj throughout the singular, unless preceded
by €, I,
or p.

30 Masculines.
CONTRACT NOUNS OF FIRST DECLENSION. 411

31. Terminations of the First Declension.

Singular.
1. Fern. Masc.
N.
412 ETYMOLOGY.

]. Most nouus in aa and ea are contracted, and are declined


like (/x,ma) /xva, mmci, and (avKea) (TVKTj, jig-tree.
a. The syllables contracted have the circumflex in all the
cases.
b. Irregular contraction. In contracts of the first declen-
sion (also second), a short vowel followed by a, or by

any long vowel sound, is absorbed. But in the singu-


lar, ea, after any consonant but p, is contracted to q.

33. New Testament Usage.

1. a"7r€Lprj<;,
Acts x. 1, etc.; 7rp<jpr;s,
Acts xxvii. 30; /laxaipT/s,

-7/,
Heb. xi. 34, Acts xii. 2, etc. ; SaTrr^cipjj,
Acts v. 1.
2. Kava, fBrjOfftayrj, Vokynda, 'Pafia.
3. 'Iwva, Matt. xii. 39 ; KXwTra, xix. 25 ; K-qcfia, 1 Cor. i. 12 ;

Saravu, Mark i. 13. But 'AvSpe'ov, John i. 45 ; 'Ho-aiov, Matt,


iii. 3.

4. -a5, -a, -a, -av, -a ; -rjq, -q, -rj, -qv, -rj.

5. TroXiTupxq^, idvdpxq'i, do-iap^^r;?.


TraTpLiipx'q'i, Terpdpx'q'i,

1. The rule that after p the genitive ends in a? (§ 29, 4) is

sometimes disregarded.
2. Many Proper Names that might have been declined ac-

cording to the first declension are indeclinable.


3. Masculine proper names in a? form the genitive in a, ex-

cepting when preceded by a vowel.

Note. But the MSS. and critical editions vary in the usage of particular
words.

4. The terminations of the cases of many foreign names and


words may therefore be arranged under two classes, a and rj.

5. Greek word.s in apxo?, in the Greek Testament, generally


are of the first declension, and end in apxr)?.
TERMINATIONS OF SECOND DECLENSION. 413

34. Second Declension.


1.
A.dyo-s, Koafio-s j
AttoXAo)? \ ^py^-
2. 6 aStXcfjo'if 6 vojio^, 6 i^6p6<;, 6 u(f>0a\fji,6s f
to Swpov, to tpyov,
TO irpojiaTOV \ rj vrjao';, r) oStis.

3. Sing.
414 ETYMOLOGY.

1. The terminations of the cases of the second declension


consist of the final o of the stem united with the case-endings

(§ 27. 2, a).

a. The genitive singular ended in o-io, thence comes o-o


(§ 31, 1, a), and by contraction, ov.

b. In the dative singular the stem vowel o appears as w.

c. In the vocative singular of masculines and feminines o of

the stem becomes e.

d. In the genitive plural o of the stem is


dropped before
the case-ending wv ;
o is also dropped before a of the
neuter plural.

e. The older ending of the dative plural was ouri.

f. In the accusative plural ous is for o-vs.

36. Contract Nouns of the Second Declension.


NEW TESTAMENT USAGE. 415

37. New Testament Usage.


1. Tj Ai/xos,Luke XV. 14, Acts. xi. 28; o At/xrk, Luke iv. 25;
if ySttTos, Luke xx. 37, Acts vii. 35 ;
6 /^aros, Mark xii. 20 to ;

(TKOTO<i ',
TO cAeos ;
TO itXovto';, 6 ttAoitos.
2. 1)
8ecr/u,ds, ot 8£o-/Ltot, only Phil. i.
13, to. ^ecrfui, Luke viii.

29 ; (Ta/SfSoLTOV, -o), Toi a-df3(3aTa, cra/?/3ar(r)r, (idfSjSaaLV.


3. Kvpie, SiSacTKaAc, '^aptcrali ; vto?, ^eck.
4.
Sing. : N.
'AttoAAws, G. 'AttoAAw, D. 'ATroAAoi, A. 'AnuWwv
or 'AttoAAw (irreg.), V. 'AttoAAoj.
5. Tou voos /U.OU,
Rom. vii. 23; rw /x€v voi, Rom. vii. 25. So
also jtAoos (gen. of ttAoCs), Acts xxvii. 9 ; oo-TtW, Matt, xxiii. 27 ;

ofTTea, Luke xxiv. 39.


6. x^. '\i]<T<)v<;, G. 'It^ctov, D. Itjaov, A. 'l7^o"ovi', V. 'Ir/crov.

1. Gender. Several substantives in o? occur in the N. T., now


as masculine, now nfi
feminijie ; some words which are masculine
in Attic Greek are used in the neuter, or both as masculine and
neuter.
2. There are several cases of metaplasms, i. e. we have forma-
tions of nouns from nominatives which do not exist.
3. The vocative in e of words in os is very common in N. T.
(§ 34, 3, note). The form in os, however, is not rare. In con-
trast with Attic usage, we have Oet in Matt, xxvii. 46, as also in
the LXX.
4. The Attic dfcli-nsion in oj scarcely ever occurs in the N. 'V

To it, however, we may refer some nouns in w?, like the proper

names, 'AttoAAojs, KcTk;.


6. Contracts. The regular forms (if flic genitive and dative
of fops (I'oJ), yw) (\'> not occur in the N. T., nml llif lictcroclitic

(irregular in declension) forms of the third declension (toC vciU,


TO) vol) are the only ones in use, ()i ('xttdw (John xix. .')(»), in the

plural only the unconlraclcMl forms utTTta, nirrttDv occur (j 36, 1).
6. 'Ii/frofN, Jesus, is the only Proper Noun of the second de-

clension ending in ovs.


416 ETYMOLOGY.

38. Third Declension.

2. 6 6 i€pcv5, 6 aVT^py 6 TraTrjp adp^,


al<j')v, ; r/ tj X'^P'-^t V Si^Va/xis ;

TO ovofxa, TO uikrjfxa, to (^cu?.

1. Stems of this declension end in a co7isonant or a cZose voivel

(t, v). The stem may generally be found by dropping the end-
ing OS (or a>s) of the genitive singular.
2. Nouns of this declension are masculine, feminine, or neuter,
and the gender must be learned mainly by observation.

39. Formation of Cases.

1.
PARADIGMS OF THE THIRD DECLENSION. 417

a. In neuters, the nominative, accusative, and vocative sin-

gular are generally the same as the stem. Final t is

dropped (§ 13, lo).

Note. A few neuter .stems in t chanrje t to <r in the nominative,


and a few to p. vbarp (u5ot-), water, ha.s irregularly w for a in nomina-
tive, accusative, and vocative singular.

h. The nominative singular of masculines and feminines adds


o- to tlie stem, and makes the needful euphonic changes
(§13, 4). But stems in v, p, a, out, reject the ending s

and lengthen a preceding c to r}, and o to w.


c. The accusative singular of masculines and feminines adds
a to consonant stems, and v to vowel stems.

d. The vocative singular of masculines and feminines is

generally the same as the nominative. But in many


cases it is the same as the stem.

40. Paradigms of the Third Declension.

1. Stems ending in a Labial or Palatal Mute.

1.
418 ETYMOLOGY.

2. Stems ending in a Lingual Mute.

2. Sing.
PARADIGMS OF THE THIRD DECLENSION. 41!)

Stems ending in a liquid


3. (A, v, p) ; as, 6 iroifxrfv, the shep-
herd, and 6 //ye/Ltwr, the governor.
Note. A few words iu ep are syncopated, i. e. they drop e of the stem in
the genitive and dative siiiguliir, and accent tlie
case-ending. In the otlier
eases tliey retain e atid accent it. They are declined like d TrarTjp, father.
6 avfip, man, follows the analogy of irar^p, but inserts 5 between c and p.

4. Stems ending in a (ecr and a<r).

4. Si7ig. Plur. Sing. Plur.


N.A.V. ytvos (ycVe-u) yeVvy Kpcas (Kpe'a-a) Kpia
G. (yeVe-os) yeVous (ye»'€-aji/) yevwv (Kpea-os) Kp^o)<; (Kpea-wf) Kpiwv
I).
(yeVe-i) ycVet yeVecrt (Kpta-i) Kpc'at Kpiaat

So TO eiSos, TO opos, TO Itos.

Note. ai8o(o-)os, ai8o-os, aiSows-

4. Before all
case-endings a- of the stem falls away, and con-
traction then takes place. The neuter stems in ccr have o? in

the nominative, accusative, and vocative singular. Words end-


ing in these stems are declined like to yeVos, i'ace, and t6 Kpeas,
flesh.

Note. There is one stem in ocr-, fi alS<is, sluime, which has no plural, and
it is found in N. T. only in the genitive singular.

5. Stems ending in / and v.

5. Plur. yHhig. f'/iir.

(ttoAc-e?) TroAets i)(Ov<i i^Ov-e';


TroAc-'Di/ i)(Oi!-o^ i^6v-Mv
TToAt-rri l)(dv-l l)(0\l-(TI.

TToAets lx9v i\Ov-t<;

So Tj 8i;V«//.is, t) (TTwis, <>


T^VX^"^'
'" ""'VaTrt (only »ing.), o o<^is.

Note. 7roA(t)i-<»s, Trokt-us, 7roA€-ti>s; 7roA(c)i-£s, TToAc-ts, TToAcisj


420 ETYMOLOGY.

5. Stems ending in a simple close vowel (i


or t-) ;
as 17 ttoAis,

city, and 6 i)^6v<i,fish.

Note. The final « or u of the stem always appears in the nominative, accu-
sative, and vocative singular. In other cases most t stems and sonn' v stems
insert an e before the t or u, and then the latter drops out. In the dative sin-

gular and the nominative plural contraction then takes place. The accusative
plural of stems in 1; has vs (for wfv), in N. T. mainlj' v-as. After e the genitive
singular has ws instead of oj, hut the accent is not affected by the long vowel
CO in genitive singular and plural.

6. Steins ending in a Diphthong.

6.
Si7i(j. PLur. Sing.
N. jSaaiXiv-'i /SacriAeis
Gr. /JacriXc-ojs paaiX^-wv
D. /JacrtAet (SacnXcv-crt
A. ^aaiXi-d ^acriXcts
V. jSao-tAev ^acrt\cts

So 6 yovevs, 6 icptvs.

6. Stems ending in a diphthong (tw, av, ov) ; as, 6 /SawiXcus,

king, r/ va9s, ship (only Acts xxvii. 41), 6 ^ /Sous, ox, cow.
NEW TESTAMENT USAGE. 421

42. New Testament Usage.

1. ^fxicrv, r)fJA(rov? (for T//xicreos) ;


A. [ilur. roi's apxif^p€L<;, tovs
ypaitfjMTU.'i, Toi's- yoi'ers, tov^ Upeis, tovs iTrn-ci-, ;
G. plur. twv opimv.
Rev. vi. 15; Kapvov ;^€tAtwf, Heb. xiii. 15.

2. TTjv KAeir, Rev. iii. 7 ; rijv (cAtida, Luke xi. 52 ; ras kAcis,
Rev. i. ] 8 ; ras kAciSu?, Matt. xvi. 19.

3. N. Mwvfrrj<;, G. Mwuo-c'ws, D. MwufTfi or Mwvcttj, Acts vii. 44 ;

A. Miava-r/v or Mwucrea, Luke xvi. 29; 'lepoaoXvfia, neut. plur.


'
2(1 declen. UpoaoXviJia (fern. sing, only in Matt.
19) ii.
(i. ;
o) ;

'lepova-aKy/x indeclinable.

1. Rare forms occur in declension.

Singular. In ]\Iark vi. 23, we have the genitive ^/xtVous, half,


from the neuter, ypMrv.

Plural. In the accusative of contracts in cvs we always have


CIS instead of cus (§ 40, 6) ;
tlio genitive of the neuter nouns to
npn<i mountain, and to x"^os, lip, remains uncontracted (§ 40, 4).

Anomalous nouns.
2.

Of kXci's, ke^, we have two forms


r;
in the accusative singular
and plural.
?>. In the declension of Proper Names of this declension much
irregularity exists. The word o Mow(rrj<;, Moses, is decilined in
two w;tys. The name of Jcrusiilrm, is found in a threefold form.
Many llr-brew I'roper Names which might have been inllected

according to the third declension are used in the LXX, and in


the N. T. as indeclinable.
422 ETYMOLOGY.

III. ADJECTIVES.

43. Declension of Adjectives.

dya^os, -r;,
-6v ; dSiKOs, -os, -ov ; aXrjOrj'i, -t;?, -e's } awtfypwv, -wv, -ov ;

yAuKus, -eta, -i'


) ttSs, Trucra, ttSv.

Adjectives are inflected as substantives. In respect to form,

adjectives are divided into three classes :

1. Those of the^rs^ and second declensions ;

2. Those of the third declension ;

3. Those of the^;'s^ and thi7'd declensions.

The first class comprises adjectives of the Vowel-Declension


(§ 27, 2, a), and classes two and three comprise adjectives of the
Consonant-Declension (§ 27, 2, b).

44. Adjectives of the First and Second Declensions.


1. 2.
Sing. Sing.
N.
ADJECTIVES OF THE THIRD DECLENSION. 423

of the first. Thus the nominative singular ends in -os, -rj,


-ov ;

as, (ro(f>6s, (TO(f)ri, (Toffiov, wise.

2. Stems eiading in a vowel or p have the feminine nom. in


-d; as, SiKatos, SiKaia, Si'icaioj/, just.
3. All participles in -os are declined like cro^os.
4. adjectives in -os, especially compounds, have
Some the same

ending in the feminine as in the masculine. They have only


two endings, -OS and -w, and are declined like (ro(/)ds, omitting the
feminine.

45. Contracts of the First and Second Declensions.

Sinff.
Plur.
N. ;^ucr-ovs -rj
-ovv ^va-OL
G. ^jvcr-oO -^s -ov

D. yj)V<T-iO -j]
-iO

A. ;(pucr-orii' -TJv
-ovv

So (dpyt'peos) dpyvpovs ; (aTrXdos) (iTrXovs ;


hut (rrep-cos -ect -cov.

1. Adjectives in -tos and -oos are contracted, hut they occur


very seldom in the N. T. They are declined like (xpvcnos) xp"-
o-ous, (^)V<T€u) )(f)varj, ()(pv(Ttoi') xpvaovv, (joldeil.

No IE 1. Tlie final syllalilo of these adjectives, when contracted, is cir-

cuniflcxed throughout.
NoTK 2. In Kev. i. 13, we have in the accusative singular XP*"^^" ^^^

Xpvtrfiv.

46. Adjectives of the Third Declension.


424 ETYMOLOGY.

Plur. Plur.
N. V. dXrjO(4(s)€h -(ca)^ (T<i)<f)pov€s -ova
G. dXrj6(^iwv)wv -wv au}tf}pov(j)v -ovtav

D. aXr^uiiTi -ecrt (r(j)<f)poaL -otri

ao)(f>povas -ova

1. These aretwo endings, the feminine being the same as


of
the masculine. Most
of these end in -ri<; and -e<s, or in -wv and -ov.

Thej are declined like oAt/^j/s, aXrjOts, true, and criixftptuv, (rwfftpov,
sober-minded.

47. Adjectives of the First and Third Declensions.

1.
DFXLENSION OF PARTICIPLES. 425

48. Declension of Participles.

Sing. Flur.

N.
42G ETYMOLOGY.

1.
Participles in -oji/, -ovaa, -ov, are declined like Xvujv, loosing.
2. Participles in -ovs, -ovcra, -ov, are declined like StSoi's, giving.
3. Participles in -tis, -tiaa, -ev, are declined like Av^et's, loosed.
4. Participles in -us, -ucra, -vv, are declined like 8eiKi/us, showing.
6. Participles in -ws, -uia, -os, are declined like AcAvkws, having
loosed.
6. Participles in -awi', -eW, and -doji/, are contracted into u)v, as

(rifidwv) Tifjiwi'i honor i7ig, (cfuXiwv) (^tAwi', loving, (^8rjX6wv) St/Awv,


shoiving. The u7icontracted forms are declined like Ikwv (§ 48, 1) ;

the contract form St^Awi/ is declined exactly like (fnXwv.


7. The participle co-tws (from laTrjjjn), having stood, is irregular.

49. Irregular Adjectives.

1.
COMPAEISON OP ADJECTIVES. 427

1. Adjectives of three terminations, particularly those in -to?,

are used as adjectives of only two terminations.


2. Aiwi/ios has usually but two terminations, the
exceptions
are 2 Thess. ii. 16, and Heb. ix. 12.
3. Contrary to general Attic usage, /Se/Satos has three endings,
while ipijixos has but two €toi/u,os fluctuates between three end-
;

ings and two there is also one example of


; oo-tos and of o/ioios,
with two terminations.

51 Comparison of Adjectives.
1. TTICTTOS TTLCTTO-TaTO'i
faithful, TrtfTTO-rfpOS -T€pa -TepOV, •TaTrj
-rarov ; oXtjOt]^ (a\r]Oi(T-) true, a\r]6^<T-T€pos -ripa -rtpovy a\r]6^<;-
TaT09 -TOLTr] -TaTOV.

2. fro«^os Wise, rro^oj-repos -repa -rcpov, crot^w-raTO? -rarr; -rarov ;

a$ios worthy, d^toWcpos -repa -rcpof, afioVrarDS -TUTr) -rarov.


3. Ta;^»'5, Ta;^toji', Ta;^io-Tos } p,£yas, p.ct^wi' (for /atyiwi/), fiiyiaros ;

aitrypos, a•XT)^L(DV, alayiaro^.

a. Sing. Plur.
Masc. & Fciii. Neut. Masc. & Fein. Nciit.

N. fLu'Cfjiv fJ-f^C^v N.V. iiei^oves or /xti^ou? /xii^ova or /xu^u)


A. jJiuCpva or /xct'^oj fi^l^ov A. /xct^oi'a? Of /(acinous fi€i^ova or /u.€i^w

1. Most adjectives form the comparative degree by adding


-T£pos, -T£pf7, -Tepoi/ to the s^em, and the superlative by adding

-TttTos, -TdTT], -rarov.


2. Adjectives in -09, wiV/t short penult, lengthen o to w.
(X. These forms are declined exactly like adjectives of the
first and s(!con<l declensions (§ 44, 1,2).

3. A much less fr('(|uent ending of the comparative is -Iwv, -lov


(stem -loi/); of the su ptirlat ve, i
-trrro?, -tfrT?;, -uTTOf. Thoue endings
are added to the root of the word, not to the stem.
a. Comjjaratives in -unv an- (Iccliticd like adjectives of the

third declension (§ 46). Hut the terminations -nva, -ovcs;

-ovas, may drop r, and be contracted into o» and ou?.


428 ETYMOLOGY.

52. Irregular Comparison.


1. 2.

Posit. Comp. Super. From Comp. Super.


d-ya^ds /ScAtiwi/ (^cAticttos) avoj, up df<0Tepos (avwraTOs)
dya^d? Kpeiaawv Kpa.TKTTO'i ta-(ii, within €crwTepos (ecrwraTos)
KttKOS \Up(aV (^ilpUTTO'i) KUTW, down /CaTWTtpOS (KaTWTaTOs)
KaKOS tJ(7(TWV (ifKltTTOs) TTpd, before irp6T€po<i Trpwros
lUKpo^ eAucrcroji/ eAa^^icTTOs v(rT€f}Oi (varaTO's)
TToAvs TrAeiwt' or TrAetcrTos €<r\aTOS
TrAewi/

KaAds KaAAtwi/ ((cdAAtcTTos)

3. KaXov avTw /xaWov, Mark


i(TTtv ix. 42 ; p,aKdptdv ccrrtv fxaXXov
StSdvat ^ Xafx/3dv£iv, Acts XX. 35; p,dAtO"Ta yv(i)(TTr]v (?), Acts
xxvi. 3.
4. /xei^oTtpos, 3 John 4 ; eAa;^tcrTdT€pos, Eph. iii. 8.

1. Some adjectives are irregular in their comparison. The


more important are dya^ds, (/ood, Kaxds, bad, fjuKpo^, small, KaAds,
beautiful, and ttoAus, much, many.
2. There are a few adjectives that are defective in their com-

parison, being without the positive.


3. For the comparative and superlative may be used fxaXkov,

more, p-dAto-ra, most, with the positive. For participles this is


the only mode of comparison.
4. Two examples of double comparison occur in the N. T.
CARDINAL NUMBERS. 429
430 ETYMOLOGY.

and all the ordinals, are declined like the plural of adjectives of
the first and second declensions (§ 44, 1).
Note 1. Like th arc dficlined its compounds oi/Sels, no one (absolutely),
and yur/Sf/j, no mie (liyiKjtlu'tic;illy).
Note 2. Sio is maiidy used without inflection. The dative Sual occurs
nine times in N. T.
Note 3. Both is expressed by antpirepoi, -a», -a, always plural in N. T.

55. Compound Numbers.


1.
Bpovoi UKOCTL Terrora/ic?, Rev. iv. 4 ; rerrn-cpaKovra Kal t^ eTCanv,
John ii. 20 ; eKUTov TrevrryKOVTa rptuJi/,
John xxi. 11 ;
St/ca Kal

oKToj eTT],
Luke xiii. 16.

1. In compound numhers like 24, 46, the larger is placed


Arst, and the smaller follows, with or without the conjunction
Kai and.

6. Distributives and Multiplicatives.

1. Swo Svct, Mark vi. 7 ;


dva Swo, Luke j. 1 ;
Kara Si'o, 1 Cor.
xiv. 27 ;
CIS Kara els, Mark xiv. 19.
2. dirXov^, simjyle

SittXoIjs, double ; /capirov tKaTovTa-TrXao-iova,

fruit a hundredfold, Luke viii. 8, TroXXairXaa-iova, manifold,


Luke xviii. 30 ;
koI icfteptv eU rpiaKOVTa Kal iv k^rjKovTa koI iv
tKarov, Mark iv. 8 ;
koL ttoiu o fxev ckotov o St i^TjKOVTa o Se rpici-

KovTa, Matt. xiii. 23.


Note, rfj
Be fiiS. twv cra/3^uT(uv, John xx. 1 ; ry fiia o-ay3/3aTwv,
John XX. 19.

From the numeral stems are formed several other classes of


numeral words :

1. In the N. T. the repetition of a number is


Distributives.

variously expi*essed, (1) sometimes by repeating the cardinal


number, (2) sometimes by adverbial constructions.
2. Multijilicatives. These end in (a) -ttXoDs and (h) -n-Xao-iW,
or (c) are expressed by circumlocution with a preposition, after
PERSONAL PRONOUNS. 431

the manner of distributives, and (d) even sometimes by the sim-


ple cardinal.
Note. In expressing the day of the week, th is always used for the ordinal
numeral, irpwTos. This use is borrowed from the Hebrew, and is common in
the LXX.

IV. PRONOUNS.
57. Personal Pronouns.
1. Singular.
N.
432 ETYMOLOGY.

58. The Intensive Pronoun.

1. Tov avTov Xoyov etVoV, Matt. xxvi. 44 iv T^j


; x^^a
T-jj x*^ Tfj a^T^,
Luke ii. 8 ;
on iv t<2 avrti) Kpifiari el, Luke xxiii 40,
Note, on ravTa iirdOeTe, 1 Thess. ii. 14.
1. The intensive
pronoun airo?, self, preceded by the article
means the same, and can then be regarded as a demonstrative
pronoun.
Note. In some editions of the G. T. (non -critical), we find the neuter
phiral TouTa, a contraction for to avrd, which must not be confounded with
TaCro, these.

59. Reflexive Pronouns.

1.
THE ARTICLE. 433

which it can he distinguished only by the aspirate. Westcott


and Hort have introduced the aspirated form al>out twenty times.
3. The reflexive of the third person {kavrov) sometimes takes
the place of the reflexive of i\\fi
first and second persons.

60. Reciprocal Pronouns.


1. cAeyov ow ot fiaurjTai Trpos aXA7/Aoi(?, iv. 33 ; So^av Trap' <iA./\»/-

Awv XdfjifidvovTi'i^ V. 44; €av aya.irqv ^XV"^ *''


''A.\7)A.oi?, xiii. 35.

1. Of the recijyroeal pronoun, meaning each other, used only


in the olili(pie cases of the plural, the forms dWryXoiv (genitive),

uA\r;Xot9 (dative), and dXXv/Aou? (accusative), are found in the


N. T.
61. Possessive Pronouns.
1. £/i,o?, e/i^, ifjLOv ; rjfi€Tfpn<; -a -nv ; fro?, aiQ, crov \ v/iercpos -a -ov.
2. 14; (u fiaOrfral
Tryv' So^ai/ aurov,
i.
avTOV, ii. 2; avTOv,
ry fiijTrjp
ii.5; eavToiv tu, Ifidria, Matt. xxi. 8; to.? kafiirdSwi iavTm', Matt.
XXV. 1 TO rt£ tpyov fttVToi', Gal. vi. 4.
;

The possessive pronouns are formed from the stems of the

personal pronouns; t/if-, ifjAx;, my ; ere-, (xiU, thy.


1. Tliese arc di'cliiied like
adjectives of the first and second
declensions (§ 44, 1, 2).
2. The possessive pronouns of the first person are «/i,os, my,
and yfi.tT€fKK;,
our ; of the second person, (nis, /////. and vfi€Tepn<;,

your. There is no possessive pronoun in tlic N. T. of flic fliird

person, the genitive case of aurrk or of tuwTou being used instead.

1.
434 ETYMOLOGY.

63. Demonstrative Pronouns.

OVTOt
INDEFINITE PRONOUNS. 435

1. Tlie relative pronoun is os, rj, o, who, which.


2. The derivative relative pronouns of quality, oloq, such as,
of quantity, oo-o?, so great as, of number, (plural of otroi;), .so
oo-oi

many as, of degree, ryXiVo?, of what a size, are declined like ad-

jectives of the first and second declensions (§ 44, 1, 2).


430 ETYMOLOGY.

2.
COKRELATION OF PRONOUNS. 437

68. Correlation of Pronouns.


438 ETYMOLOGY.

V. THE VERB.
69. The Voices.

1. Act. Xvti>, I loosen; mid. Xvo/Aat, I loosen myself; pass.


Xvofxai, I am loosened.
2. Middle dejjonents :
avuKeifjcai, to recline at table; Be^oixaL,

to receive, 1 aor. litiiavro, iv. 45. Passive dej^netits : ftov\ofj.ai,


to wish, 1 aor. i(3ov\rj0r], Matt. i. 19 ; SiW/xai, to be able, 1 aor.
))8vvr]dr](rav. Matt.
xvii. 16.

1. The Greek verb has three voices, active, middle, and passive.
2. Many verbs are used only in one voice. Those verbs
that have no active voice are called dejjonent, and they may be
either middle or passive in form. If the aorist (sometimes fu-

ture) is of the middle form, they are called middle deponents j

if of the passive form, passive deponents.

70. The Moods.


1. Ind. : Koi TO <^(US Iv Tjj (TKOTLO. C^ttlVci, i. 5 ;
OVTOS rfXBiV eis

fiapTVf)ia.v, i. 7.

Sicbj. : TTod^v dyopacrw/ACf aprous iva (fidywaiv ovtol , vi. 5 ;


cdv tis

4>oyr) Ik tovtov
toi) apTOV t,rjaf.L eis
tov auava, yi. 51 |
iva fiapTvprjarj

TOV </)WTOS, iva TTOIVTCS Tn(TT€VaW(TLV 8t 7.


avTOV, 1.
TTCpi

Op<. : Koi SteXoyi^cTo TroraTros ct?; 6 Sairacrfxos ovtos, Luke i. 29 ;

TO Ti ai/ OiXoi Ka\f.i(T6aL avro, Luke i. 62.

Imper. :
tyw ci/xi, /x^ tfioftelade, vi. 20 ; TraTcp, o-wo-ov p-t e/c t^s

wpas TauTT/?, xii. 27.


2. /n/l :
TTpo Tou (re ^iA-ittttov (fioyvrjrraL, i. 48.
Part. :
av^pwTros aTrco-TaXp-cVos Trapa ^cor), i. 6 ;
o <^toTt^£i iravra

avOpuyirov Ip^^pixtvov tts Tof KO(rp.ov, i. 9.

There are five moods, the indicative, subjunctive, optative, im-


perative, and infiyiitive. To the moods must be
added ^aj'^icj'p^es
of all the principal tenses.
THE TENSES. 439

1. The first moods are called finite moods. The Indica-


four
tive asserts simply or absolutely, the Subjunctive asserts condi-
tionally, the Optative is a more vague and less distinct form of
expression than the Subjunctive (it is in fact the Subjunctive of
the historical tenses), the Imperative commands.
Note. Iu their inllection, the finite moods in the N. T. distinguish two
numbers, singular and plural, and three persons, first, second, and third.

2. The Infinitive and Participle partake of the nature of

nouns, the infinitive being an indeclinable substantive, and the


participle an adjective of three endings.

71. The Tenses.


440 ETYMOLOGY.

as simply brought to pass), as continued or imperfect (i. e. as

going ou), or as completed or perfect {i.e. finished). Of the


nine possible tenses the Greek language has seven as indicated
in the table.

72 General View of the Tenses.

Active.
INFLECTION AND THE VERB-STEM. 441

1. The general meaning and use of each tense is shown in the

table.

2. Of the seven tenses, the iynperfect ^\\A i^luperfect are found


only in the indicative, and the future perfect belongs regularly
to the passive voice.

3. The meaning of the various forms of the subjunctive and


optative are not given because they cannot be fully understood
until the constructions are explained in the Syntax.

4. The future and future perfect are wanting in the subjunc-


tive and imperative.
5. Those tenses of the indicative {present, future, perfect, and

future perfect) which oxjiress present and future time, are called
jjrimari/ or princijial tenses; the tenses {Imperfect, aorist,
and
pluperfect) which express past time are called secondary
or his-
torical tenses.

G. No Greek verb has all these tenses. Many verbs have


tenses known as the second aorist (all voices), the second jjcrfect
and pluperfect (active), and the second, future (passive) but very ;

few verbs have both the first and second form of the same tense.

73. Inflection, the Root, and the Verb-Stem.

1. From the root n- we have riw, rtVw, rifxaw, Tifir), ri/xtos,


rt-

2. Pros. \i'-fii, I loosen ; imp. l-\v-or, I was looseninrj ; fut. Xi'-fro^,

I shall loosen ; aor. t-Xw-rra, I loosened; pi-rf. At-Ai-K.i.


I have loos-

ened; pliipcrf. l-\i-\v-K(.iv, I had loosened ; fut. perf. Xt-Xv-a-ofxai,

I shall have been loosened.

3. 4>aiv-u., i.
5; i-t^av-i]. Matt. i.
20; K<ii).pav-ui\ iii. 27;
l-\a(i-„v, i. 12.

4. Au-o), Ti'-o), TriTTCu'-ir), ftnvXtv-u), SouAfu-o», flxon-oi, iriiu'lirjTa-ij),

rifJ.d-o>, 0iAc-o>, I'lyand-w, ulrt-ui, Otn-<iiiai, TTfue'-w ; fiXiv-u), KpuTTT-oi,


442 ETYMOLOGY.

Tp€<fi-ui ; ay-w, €x-o), Aey-co ; itu6-w, i/'evS-oyu.ai ; dyycW-co, fidXX-w,


Kf)Lv-(o, (fiaiv-w.

In the inflection of verbs we distinguish between (1) the root,


(2) the vtrh-stem, (3) the aurjment, (4) tlie rediqdication, (5) the
tense-stem, (6) the mood suffixes, and (7) the endings which mark
the persons and numbers.

1. A root is the fundamental (primitive) part of a word.

2. The verb-stem is often identical with the root, but generally


consists of a root with a suffix added.

The stem which is the basis of the present and imperfect


3.

isoften not the same as the stem which appears in some of the
other tenses. In such cases the simpler and most primitive stem
is called the simple stem.

4. Verbs are called vowel-verbs {pure), mute-verbs (including


labial., 2)alatal, and Ungual verbs), or liquid-verbs, according as
their stems end in a vowel, a mute, or a liquid.

74. The Augment.


1.
cycvero \ ifxaprvprjcTcv ] (rvv-tTedcivTo, ix. 22.

2. tXa/Sov, e/JaTrrt^cv iii. 16, ^Koucrev, iii.


l(TKr)Via<Tf.v, ; rfyaTrrjaev,

32, ^yayev, 1. 42.

3. ipva-aro, 2 Tim. iii. 11, ipvaOrji', 2 Tim. iv. 17.

4.
^/AcXXcv, iv. 47, tjxeXXfi', vi. 71. rj^ivvam, ix. 33, cSwVaTO, xi.
37. e/?ovXcTO, Acts XV. 37, iftovXrjd-qv, 2 John 12.
5. SeStoKCKrav, xi. 57, TrtTroiT/Kcicrav, Mark xv. 7, 7r£7ri(rTcuKCt(rav,
Acts xiv. 23.
6. dyaTrao), rjyairria-iv,
iii. 16. cyeipci, V. 21, iqyupiv, xii. 1.

6/AOiow, wfJiOL<j)dr]v. av^dvfir, iii. 30, rjv^avev, Acts vi. 7.

7.
KardyvvfJii, 1 aor. Karta^ar, xix. 32, 33. dvoiyw, 1 aor. dv€wia,
ix. 14, also rjveio^fv (WH), ix. 17, 32. taw, 1 aor. eiao-a. Matt.
Xxiv. 43. exo), impf. €t;(or.
THE AUGMENT. 443

8. (vBoKYjo-a and yjvSuKrjcra, 1 Cor. X. 5. ev)^apicrTr](Ta and


r]v)(api(TTr](ru, Rom. i. 21. €VKaipovv (impf.), Mark vi. 31; and
rjvKaipovv, Acts xvii. 21.

9. avafjuivu), 2 HOT, dvifSrjv ; eicrcp^o/xut, 2 aoi". cicrrjkuov. tirpo-

«/)7/TCTj(ra ; Kadi^w, 1 aor. tKaOura ; Ka0ev8o), impf. iKuOevSuv. ui/oiyw,


1 aor. TjuoL^a, also dfcoj^a, ix. 14, also ^i/ecu^u, ix. 17, 32. dTro-

Ka6-L(jTr}fjii, 2 aor. a-mKaTfo-Trjv, Mark viii. 25 ;


1 aor. pass. dirtKa-

Tto-Tu^T/i', Mark iii. 5.

10. £7rato-;(iVo/xat, 1 aor. iTnjrr)(vv6r)v, also eTrato-^^ui'^r/i/,


2 Tim.
i. 16. dnY'^ow, 1 aor. avoipOuiira, 1 aor. pass. arwpOwOrjv, also

avopdw6r]v, Luke xiii. 13 (iu critical editions, but not WH).


1. The augment is the sign of past time. It belongs, there-

fore, to the historical tenses (imperf., aor., pluperf.), in the ind.


2. There are two kinds of augment, the syllabic, made by
prefixing c- to verbs beginning with a consonant, and the tempo-
ral, made by lengthening the first syllable of verbs beginning
with a vowel or a diphthong.
3. The doubling of p after the augment, which is so common
in classical Greek, has sometimes been neglected in the N. T.
4. With fj.iWisi intC7id, and 8i''va/^.ai am able, botli kinds of aug-
ment are used. But ftovX-ofiaL wish (in critical texts) always
uses the simple augment.
5. For the most part the syllabic augment is dropped in the
pluperfect.
6. The temporal augment lengthens the initial vowels a and c

into r/,
and t, o, v become i, w, v, while the diphthongs lengthen
their ^rs^ vowel.
7. A few verbs beginning with a vowel take the .•syllabic aug-
ment. Tliis with c is contracted into ci.
Verbs beginning with tw have sometimes tv and at times r/v.
8.

In compound verbs, the augment follows the pr('i)osition.


9.

Tn a few verbs the augment, however, is placed before, and some


have both augments.
10. A ff)w virbs onjit the temporal augment.
444 ETYMOLOGY.

75. Reduplication.
1. XvM, Ac-AuKa, ypdffxa, y4-ypa<fia. Oeiio/iai, perf. reOeafxai, i. 32.

(f)av€p6w, pass. perf. rrifjiapepoyfxaL, Rom. ill. 21. ^api^ofxaL, mid.


perf. K()(^iipL(rfxai,
2 Cor. ii. 10.
2. aTrjpi^o}, pass. perf. la-Ty)piyp.ai, Luke xvi. 26. ^rfpaivta, pass,
perf. 3 pers. sing, l^ripavrai, Mark xi. 21 ; piiTTw, pass. perf. 3 pers.
sing. IppiTTTai, Luke xvii. 2, pass. perf. part. cpi/Ae'io?, Matt. ix.
36 ;
but pass. perf. part. pepavTia-fxevoL, Heb. x. 22.
3. eA.7rt^oj, perf. ^\7rtKa, V. 45. alpu), perf. -^pKo, Col. ii.
14, pass,
perf. part, rjp/ievo'i,
xx. 1.

4. cLKovo}, perf. aKrJKoa, iv. 42 ; iXavvio, perf. part. iXrjXaKw'i, vi.


19 ; aTT-oAAu/ixi, 2 perf. act. part. dTroAwAw?, Matt. x. 6.

5. XaixfSiiiw, perf. uXr](f)a, part. (iX7]<f)w<;, pass. perf. 3 pers. sing.


£t\j;7rTai, viii. 4 (margin) ; perf. uprjKa, I have said, vi. 65 ; plu-
perf. dprjKf.iv, xi. 13.
6. fxifivrjaKd), perf. fiifjLvrjfiai.

The rechqdicationis the sign of


completed action. It belongs
therefore to the perfect, pluperfect, and future perfect, in all the
moods (see § 72), in which these tenses are found.
1. Verbs beginning with a consonant repeat that consonant
with e,
but a rough mute becomes smooth in reduplication.
2. Verbs beginning with two consonants (except a mute and
a liquid), a double consonant {t,, $, ij/), or with p, in reduplication
omit the consonant and simply add the syllabic augment e.
3. In verbs beginning with a vowel, the reduplication has
the same form as the temporal augment, i. e. it lengthens the
vowel.
4. A few verbs beginning with a, €, or o, in reduplication pre-
fix their first two letters to the common temporal augment. This
is called the Attic redup>lication.
5. In a few verbs the reduplication has the form of ei.
6. The irregular forms which a few verbs take are given in
the Catalogue of Verbs.
THE TENSE SYSTEMS. 445

76. The Tense-Systems.


1. Present System.
446 ETYMOLOGY.

In the Greek verb we distinguish nine tense-systems :



1. The present system, including the present and imperfect of

all voices.

2. The future system, including the future active and middle.


3. The first aorist system, including the first aorist active and
middle.
4. Tlie second aorist system, including the second aorist active
and middle.
5. The first perfect system, including the first perfect and
first phqjerfect active.
6. The second perfect system, including the second perfect and
second ^jluperfect active.
7. The perfect middle system, including the perfect, pluper-
fect , ax\^ future perfect middle.
8. T\\Q first passive system, including ihe first aorist ^ndi first

future passive.
9. The second passive system, including the second aorist and

second future passive.

Notes.
GENERAL VIEW OF PRESENT STEM. 447

77. The Tense-Stem.

1. \v-u> XtiV-o) ^aiv-tu 2 Xv-o-ix€v Xu-o>-/<,cv

\v<x-iiy (pav-lj) A.U-€-T€ \v-rj-Ti


Xeiip-ij}

l-Avo--a e-AtTT-ov l-i^i-qv-a

1. The tense-stem is generally formed from the simple stem


of the verb, when this differs from the present stem.
2. The final vowel uf a tense-stem is said to be variable when
it is o or w in some of the forms and e or in others. The sign
?/

of the variable vowel is °|e


in the indicative, and "I,,
in the sub-

junctive. Thus Xv°\t is to be read " \vo or Aut."

78. General View of the Present Stem.

1. Verbs
448 ETYMOLOGY.

79. First Class. {Stem unchanged^

Simple stem, Xcy- ypa(fi-

Present stem, Aey-^ ypa(f)-"\f 0t\c-°|e


Present Ind. Xe'y-o yf)a<j)-<D <^iA.e-(j)

1. In the first class, the present


is formed directly from the
simple stem by adding the variable vowel "le-
The first sing,

pres. ind. act. lengthens the suffix vowel o to


w.

80. Second Class.


FOURTH CLASS. 44l»

1. Simple stems ending in a labial mute (tt, /?, (/>)


add -T°|e- and
thus form the present. The simple stem cannot be determined
from the jjresent, but only from the second aorist, or from some
other word from the same sim[)le root.

82. Fourth Class. {Iota Class.)

Luk e xxiii .15.


1. a. Simple stem, (fjvXaK-, xii. 25. Trpay-,
John V. 29.
Present stem, ff}v\aK-i°\t- irpay-
becomes, «/)i;Aao-o--°|e 3rpacra-°|e-
Present Ind. <j>v\d<Ta-(D irpdcraw, iii. 20.

uavfiia.?)- crwo- C.
ayyeA- /^aA-, vii. 44.

dyyt\-L%- ^uA-i^lt-

<rw^-%- dyycAA-"!,- f3aXX-°\,-

crcM^oj, dyyeAAw, f3uW(o,


vii. 21. fut. in xii. 47. xx. 18. xiii. 5.

d. <f>av- dp- e. Kuu-, Hcb. xii. 18. kAuw-, xi. 31.

dp-i°|,- Kaw-i''|t- kAuij-i''|(-

ULf)-%- KaL-°\(- KAat-"!,-

<f)aivw, i. 5. alpw, i. 29. Kaiti), XV. 6. KAatw, XX. 13.

1. To form the present stem, -i"]*- is added, but this always


causes important euphonic changes.
a. Sinij)lr stems in k, ;(, t, 0, and sometimes y, unite with i

rind l>('(f)me rrtr.

b. ?t,
and sometimes y,
unitfs witli i to form ^.

r. Sinijtie stoniK ir) A with inMiil i liccome AA.

d. Siiiiplf stems in y and p, \vIii;h -i"|e-


is added, triiMsptisc t

to llic preceding syllable where it unites witii tlie vowel


of tbe stem.

e. Two verbs with stems in nv drop the v before the suf-


fix -r|,-.
450 ETYMOLOGY.

83. Fifth Class. {Nasal Class.)

1. a. <f)6a- b. dfjiapr- c.
fiaO-, vi. 45. Aa)8-, i. 12.

<f>6a-v''\f- afxapT-av°\f- fj.avO-av°\f- Aa/u,/S-av°|f-

(fiOdvw dixaprdvo), V. 14. /lavOdvw Xafxfidvo), iii. 27.

1. To some simple stems a suffix containing v is added.


a. -i/°|c-.

b. -av
c.
-ayole- with an inserted nasal, if the last vowel of the

simple stem is short.

84. Sixth Class. ( Verbs in o-kw.)

1. ii. 14. a. yy)pa.-, xxi. 18. b. p.va-


apt- €vp-,

dpc-o-K°|e- ivp-i(TK%- yr]pa-(TK''\^ iinivrj-<TK\-


t I

dp€(TK(ti, £vpto-K(o, yr)pa(TK(o ixifivr]a-K(j),

Rom. XV. 1. i. 42. Heb. ii. 6.

1. In this class, the suffix -(tk^Ic-, after a consonant, -utk'']^, is

added to the stem, but the vowel before (tkw is usually made
long.
a. This class is sometimes called inceptive, because a few
verbs belonging to it have the sense of beginning or

becoming.
h. Several presents have the reduplication,
and often

lengthen the vowel of the stem.

85. Seventh Class. (E Class.)

1. 80K- ya/x-

SoKCO), V. 39. ya/u-tw


TENTH CLASS. 451

1. In a few verbs, to form the present, -€°|t-


is added to the

simple stem.
a. Most verbs in -ew belong to the first class with stem
unchanged.

86. Eighth Class. {Mixed Class.)

1. iadiu), ttu-
aipc'd), yivofj.ai, Idoi, ctSov, ilirov, ep;^o/xat, tx*^> opato,

O^O), TTtVo), TriTTTO), Tpi)(<Ji, (jiefXi).

1. This class includes the few irregular verbs, whose tense-


stems are so peculiar in formation, tliat they cannot be brought

under the preceding classes. The full forms of these verbs will
be given in the Catalogue, of Verbs.

87. Ninth Class. {First Class in //.t.)

1. <^a- crra- So- 6'c-

i. 23. for ?)i-()(,)-fii Ti-Ort-fii for


«^i;-/xi, l-iTTypfii
viii. 3. i.
17;iii. 34. 6t-0r}-fx.i,
ii. 10.
o-i-crT»7-/At,

1. Some verbs ending in -rjiu.


and
reduplicate the simple
-o)p.i

stem in the present and its initial conso-


iinj)erfect by jiretixing
nant with I. These simjile steins end in «, e, and o, which are

lengthened before the suffix /ai.

88. Tenth Class, {fiecond Class in /u.)

SeiK-i/v/xi,
V. 20. (Tftc-vi^f-iu

(T/Sivvvfii, Marlv ix. 48.

So ('fivvfjn, Trriyvviu,
Heb. viii. 2, (t^yvvin, fiiyvv/n.

1. Some stomH add -n» (aftf-r a vowtd, -vuv). By tlu-ir formation


to tlu' fiff/i r/ass (nasal class) of verbs in
thf'y also belong «>,

aiKi !^ome of them use tlie present in wut.


452 ETYMOLOGY.

89. The Future Stem.


1. TLfid-o), TLixrj-ao),
xii. 26 ; nou-u), ttoitJ-ctw, iv.
34.

But veAato, ycAdcrw ; kuAcoj, KaXecrto.

2. ypdcfio), ypai/'o) } ttAckoj, TrAe'cW J ntiOu), ttcictw.

3. KptVw, Kpivc'co, Kpivw, xii. 48 ; /?aX-, /3dX\w, /3aAea), (3aXw.


4. 1 Pet. V. 4.
KOjxiCiji, KOfiL-tofxai, KOfJuovfiai,

eXTTi^w, cATTi-ca), cAttuu, Matt. xii. 21.

The Future Stem is the stem of the future acitve and middle,
and isformed by adding -o-''|e- to the simple stem.
1. In vowel stems a short vowel is generally lengthened.
2. In mute stems, a labial {n, (i, (ft) with a forms a palatal ij/ ;

(k, y, x) ^^^^^ "


^; a lingual (t, 5, 6) before o- is dropped.
foJ^J^s

3. Liquid stems (ending in A, /u,, v, p) add e in place of o- to

form the future stem.


4. Verbs in -i^w (stem i8-) usually drop the o- and insert t,
and
contract. This form is called the Attic Future.

90. The First Aorist Stem.

1. Ti/Attoj,
1 aor. act. i-rifirj-aa,
1 aor. mid. i-ri/jirj-crdfiriv } ttoicw,

i-iroLrf-aa, i-Trotrj-crdfxrjv ; ypd(fn>}, t-ypa^pa ; ir€i6w, e-Trcicra.

2. /xcF-, £-/A€ti/-a ; crTrcp- £-cr7rctp-a ; dp-, (i-dp-a) rjp-a.

3. 0(- {TL-dr]-fjii), t-6r)-Ka; So- (8t-8w-/xi), £-8a>-Ka ;


i- (irjiu), dtjt-irjfii,

d(fi-fj-Ka.

The i^iVsi Jori's^ AS^e/w- is the stem of the first aorist active and
middle, and is formed by adding -(ra- to the simple stem.

1. The rules for the future of voivel and mute verbs (§ 89)

apply also to the first aorist. All verbs of the second


class (§ 80)

have the strong form of the simple stem in the first aorist, as
well as in the future.

Liquid verbs reject rr in the first aorist, and lengthen


2. the
vowel of the stem in compensation for it.

3. Three first aorists have the suffix -Ka-.


THE FIRST PERFECT STEM. 453

91. The Second Aorist Stem.

1. XtTT-, pres. ActTT-w, 2 aor. act. €-\nr-ov, 2 aor. raid. i-\nr-6fir)v ;

\a)8-, Xa/x/Jdi/w, e-\a(3-ov.


2. (TTa-, i(TTi]fJLi,
2 aor. act. i-a-rrj-v.

The Second Aorist Stem is the stem of the second aorist active
and middle.
1. In the eight classes of verbs in w, the second aorist is

formed by adding -"le-


to the simple stem.

2. In verbs in -/ai the second aorist has for its stem the simple
theme, but the linal vowel of the stem is made long iu the active
before a single consonant.

92. The First Perfect Stem.

1. TTLfTTevW, Tre-TTKTTfV-Ka.
2. Kf)u^u), K€-Kfjaya,
i. 15.
3. TTOie'w, Tre-iroirf-KU.

4. aTTO-rTTcXXaj, <lTri-rrTa\-Ka, Acts xvi. 36 ; Kpivoy, Kc-Kpi-ica ;

(dii.K\to, fii-jiX-q-Ka.
5. KpiVUi, Kf-Kfil-K€lV ; TTlfTTEVW, TTf-TTtO'Tfl'-KCtl'.

The J^irst Perfect Stem is the stem of the first perfect, and

first pluperfect active.


1. The lirst perfect is formed )>y ;id<liiig -ku- to the rt'.du|ili-

cat«'d Himple stem.


2. A lingn;d mute (t, r^, 0) is
dniiijird In-fore -Kn-.
3. Vowel-verhs usiiall}' Icii^thiii tlic vowel liefore -kh-.

4. Liquid stems of one syllalile change c to a, reject v in some


verbs, and in some cases
suffer transposition.

5. The first pluprrfert is tlie same as the first perfect, with

Krf- (or -K<i-)


sulistituted for -»ca-.
454 ETYMOLOGY.

93. The Second Perfect Stem.

1. ypdcfiii), y£-ypa(f>-a.
2. ire-irnvO-a TreiOu) Tri-iroiO-a Kpd^n)
TTaa)^(j) {ircvB-), ; (tti^-), ]

(«^)ay-), K€-Kpdy-a, i. 15.


3. i-irt-TToiO-eiv, Luke xi. 22.

The Second Perfect Stem is the stem of the second perfect and
second pluperfect active.
1. The second
perfect is formed by adding -a- to the redupli-
cated simple stem.
2. An € in the simple stem becomes o, and lengthens other

short vowels (a to t;,


but after p to «, t to ot, v to «;).

3. The second pluperfect is the same as the second perfect


with -nif-
or -ct- substituted for -a.

94. The Perfect Middle Stem.

1.
ypd(ft(D, (y€-ypa<^-/xai) yeypafifiat ; Tria-Tev-u), ire-Tria-Te-v-fiai.
2. TreiOd), ttoicw,
(Tre-TreiO-afJiai), TrtTr€i(Tp.ai ; rifidui, t£-ti/x?j-/a£vo? ;

Trc-7roi7j-fjLeuo<;,

3. aTTo-CTTeXXw, oiTre-crTaX-fiai | Kpivu), K€-Kpi.-fiai.


4. ^a\Xw, y3£-/?Ary-/xai, l-^i-(iXr)-p.'qv.
5.
KeKpd^ofiai, Luke xix. 40.

The Perfect Middle Stern is the stem of the perfect, pluper-

fect, and future-perfect middle.


1. The stem of the perfect and
pluperfect middle and passive
consists of the simple stem with the required reduplication or

augment prefixed. There is no suffix, but that of the personal


ending.
2. Some vowel stems add a, and a short final vowel is gener-
ally lengthened.
3. Some liquid stems change £ to a, and a few in v drop v, and
others change v to o- or to /ji before -jxai.
THE SECOND PASSIVE STEM. 455

4. Transposition of letters also sometimes occurs.


5. The future perfect stem adds -a^\ - to the tense stem of the
perfect middle. There is but one instance of the future perfect
iu N. T., and that is not accepted by the critical editors.

95. The First Passive Stem.

1. TTicrTevw, i-TTKTTeu-dqv ; TiBqfJLL {Oe-), i-Te-6r)v ; Kpivu), i-KpC-Oi]p.

2. /5uAA.(u, l-ftki'j-Bi]v ; ireiBut, i-Treia-Oip'.

3. J3dX.X.w, (^krj-Oya-ofiaL ; ivuOu>, 7reto'-6'r;o--o/i,ai ; Kpivio, Kpt-Oya-

ofiai.

The First Passive Stem is the stem of the first aorist ami first

future passive.
1. of the first aorist is formed by adding -Be- to the
The stem
simple stem, which becomes -dr}- before a single consonant.
2. The same changes, in general, occur in the simple stem, as

in the formation of tht; perfect middle stem (§ 94, 2, 3, 4).


3. The stem of the first future is formed by adding -(t%- to

the first aorist passive stem.

96. The Second Passive Stem.

1. ypd<fiu), i-ypi'Kfir-rji' ; (/>aiVai, c-<^uv-7/V.

2. (rTpi<fni), i-<TT ptu^-qv


.

3. <\nuv<ii, (l>av-ii(T-i)p.(u.

The Second Passive Stem is the stem of the second aorist and
seen ml future pas^ivf.
1. 'I\» form this .stciii -«- is added to tbi' theme, which becomes
-If-
before a single ((insonant.
2. In the second aorist, an c ot tbe stem becomes a.
3. The second future passive iidils ,t to the stem of the second
aorist passive.
456 ETYMOLOGY.

97. The Mood Suffixes.

1. Indicative. — Present system, °|e


or none ; future, °|e ;
first

aorist, a; second aorist, "je


or none; first perfect, a, ry, or a; sec-
ond perfect, a, -q, or ci ; perfect middle, none or "l^ ; first passive,
none or °|f second passive, none or
; "je.

a. Present Indicative.— Xw-erc Au-o/xcv,

b. Present —
Suhjicnctive. Xv-iniiev, Xv-rp-e.
First Aorist Suhj. — A.i;o--ai/xEv, A.iJcr-7jTc.

c. Present Optative. — kv-onnv, Xv-oue.


First Aorist Opt. — A-Jcr-ai/Aev, Xva-avre.

d. ora-, larrjfii) lorat'jjv ; Be-, TiOr/fju, TiOci-qv \ So, SiSwfiif StSotiji'.

1. Tlie Mood Suffixes, or the original connecting


vowels be-
tween the tense-stems and the personal endings, are, properly
considered, a part of the tense stem, and have been so presented
in the foregoing sections, as the variable vowel in the indicative.

a. In these suffixes of the indicative, the variable vowel -°|e-

appears as o before /x
or v, otherwise as e.

in the
b. The subjunctive puts the long variable vowel -"|,-
place of the final vowel of the tense-suffix, or adds it to

the tense-stem.
c. In the optative the mood-suffix -(-, or -ly)-, is added to the
variable vowel of the tense-stem of the indicative (but

-°|e- always appears as o).

d. The form in the optative is used only before active


-L-q-

endings, and in the singular of tenses which


have the

-/Ai
inflection.
USE OP THE ENDINGS. 457

98. Personal Endings of the Indicative, Subjunctive,


and Optative.

1. Active.

Priu. Tenses. Hist. Tenses.

Sluf/. 1. -fii

2.
458
THE INFINITIVE ENDINGS. 459

2. Present.
460 ETYMOLOGY.

102. The Participle.

1.

2.
INFLECTION OF THE PRESENT ACTIVE. 461

103. The Synopsis of the Present Tense.

2. Act.
462 ETYMOLOGY.

P. 1. Xu-0/X€V Xu-W/X,€V All-Ot/LtCV

2. Au-€TC A.i5-r;r£ Av-OtTC Au'-CTC

3. \v-OV<TL Au-wcri Ai^-eTctxrav or


Av-ovTcov

PariJ.

Av-(ov Xv-ov(Ta Aij-oi'

G. Av-OVTOS AlMJllcr>79 Au-OVTOS


etc. (§48.)
Note. Av-eVa), Au-€Te.

The inflection of the personal endings of the present tense,


active, with the proper contractions and euphonic changes, is
as given in the tables.

Note. As a general rule, the accent stands as far as possible from the
end of the word (recessive accent, §17, note .3): on the penult, when the
ultima is long by nature ; otherwise, on the antepenult.

105. Inflection of the Present, Middle and Passive.

Mid. and Pass.


SYNOPSIS OF FIRST AORIST. 463

106. Inflection of the Imperfect.

Imp. Act. Imp. Mid. and Pass.


Sing. Plnr. Sing. riur.

1. £Ai;-ov cAu-o/Mcv 1. lkv-6fir]v i\v-(Jix(.6a

2. (Xv-€<; €/\.l;-€T€ 2. ikv-ov eAi'-eo-^c

6. lAu-€ iXv-ov 3. i\v-iTO t'Au-OVTO

The imperfect is found only in the indicative, and takes the


augment.

107. The Synopsis of the Future Tense, and its

Inflection,
464
SYNOPSIS OF THE PERFECT. 465

109. The Synopsis and Inflection of the Perfect.

Act. Mid. & Pass. Ind. Mkl. & Pass.


Ind. AeAu-Ka X(.\v-f.taL S. 1. AcAi)-/t/,ai

Subj. AcAu-KO) AcAu-ju-cVos w 2. AeAu-erai

Opt. AeAu-Koi/z-i AtAw-ymcvos tirjv 3. AeAv-Tai

Imp. AeAi;-K€ AeAu-o"o P. 1 .


XcXv-fjiiOa

Inf. AeAw-K£i'ai AtAu'-cTPat 2. AtAu-cr^c

PaH. AeAv-Kcos XtXv-fX€Vo<; 3. XiXv-vrai

Subj. Mid. & Pass. Opt. Mid. & Pass. Imp. Mid. & Pass.
S. 1. XtXv-fJiivo<; ui
el-qv

2. XiXv-fx^i/us 7JS ciT^s AcAv-cro

3. XcXv-fj.ivo<; y eir; AcAu-cr^w

^. 1. AcAu-/[X€Voi W/XCf
— eirjufv or ci/xcv

2. AeAv-zxcVoi ^TC
— eiT^TC or ClTf AeAt«r^€
3. XiXv-fJL€VOL W(Tl — €ir]aav or eici/ AtAu-c^orrai/

or XiXvtrOwv

1. The perfect lias the reduplication in all the moods.

2. The iiillcctioii of Ae'AuK-a is the same at* that of the 1 aor.


lXv(T-(t, save that in the [lerfect 3d pcrs. plur. the ending is -d(ri

instead of -uv.

'.i. The other inood.s in the active are inflected like the forms
in the prestait.

4. Thf! i)articipleH are inflectcfl :is


adjectives (§ 48, 5; 44, 3).

5. Thi- subjiinctivf iiiid


optative in the niii/. ami fxiss. ;irc

expressed by the perfect partici])!)' with a form of tifii, urn

(§ 122. 16).
30
466 ETYMOLOGY.

110. The Inflection of the Pluperfect.

Act. Mid. and Pass.


S. 1. eAeAu-Ktiv iXeXv-fJirfv

2. cAeAu-KCis eAc'Au-cro

3. cAeAv-KCi cAeAu-TO

P. 1. eAeAu-Kci/xtv iXcXv-fxcOa

2. cAcAv-KciTt eAe'Aw-o-^c

3. iXeXv-Kicrav or -Kcicrav eAcAv-VTO

1. The pluperfect has the reduplication and the augment,


which latter, however, is mainly omitted in the N. T.
2. The pluperfect is found only in the indicative.
Note. As there is no example of the future-perfect in a critical text, wo
need not give the inflection. (See § 94, 5. )

111. Synopsis and Inflection of the Second Aorist.


Act. Mid.
Ind. IXiTT-ov iXnr-o/xrjv

Subj. XlTT-W AtTT-W/Attl

Opt. XiTT-oLfjii Xnr-oifji.r)v

Imp. Ai7r-€ Xnr-ov

XiTT-eiv XiTT-ia-Oai
Inf.
Part. XiTT-wv Xnr-6fievo<;

Some verbs have tenses known as the second aorist, the second

perfect, and the second pluperfect. (For eAiTroi/ see § 124, 129.)
1. The inflection of the 2 aor. in the act. ind. is like the im-

perfect active in the other moods it is like the present


active.
;

2. The inflection of the 2 aor. middle in the indie, is like that

of the imperfect middle in the other moods it is like the present


;

middle.
SYNOPSIS OF 2 AOR. AND 2 FUT. PASS. 467

112. Synopsis and Inflection of 2 Perfect and 2


Pluperfect Active.
468 ETYMOLOGY.

114. Contract Verbs.

Active.
'
CONTRACT VERBS. 469

Middle and Passive.


Pres. Ind. Pres. Subj.

(jiixdofxai) ((pt\€Ofj.ai) {SyXoo/xai) {Tiixdcj/xai) ((pi\euiiiai) (5j/\6a'yuat)


-o/xai Ti/i-wfUii <pi\-oi'fiai. dr)\-ovfxat -(j}fiai Tifx-wfiai (piX-wfiai oijX-w/xai
-TJ or -ei -q. -y or et -oi V -? -V -<"

-erai -arat -(Irai -ovTai -rjTat -drai -fJTat -QraL


-ofxtda -<^fj.(6a -ov/j.f6a -ovfifOa -wfifda -wfxeOa -w fie 6a -u'fjxtla
-€<r0e -dcrt'e -elade -ovcde -Tjade -dade -rjcOe -Qcrth
-ovrai -CivraL -ovvrai -ovvTat -wirrai. -Givrai -Qprai -wfrai

Pres. Opt.

(TtfjLaoifiTjv) ((f>i\(oin.rii>) {5r]XooltJLr]i')

-oiiJLrjv Tin-(ffj,r]V (piX-oi/xriv 8r]\-olfirfv


010
470 ETYMOLOGY.

115. Synoptical Table of Verbs in

Active Voice.
SYNOPTICAL TABLE OF VERBS IN w. 471

Middle Voice.
472 ETYMOLOGY.

Passive Voicb.^
VERliS IN iJ-i. 473

2. TOiovTos yap ifjjlv koX tirpiTrcv dp\up€ts, Hel>. vii. 2G.

1. Impersonal verbs art- used ouly in tln' third j'erson simju-


lar, and are generally rendered into English with tlie ijronoiin
it. The chief impersonal verity are Set, it is necessary, xry, it is

fitting, James iii. 10, wpeTrei, it becomes, Sokci, it seems, /xe'Aci, it is

a care, e^eo-rt, it is lawful.


2. Some of these impersonal verhs are also found personally.

117. Defective Verbs in oj.

ip)(6fi€yo<i,
1.
15, rjhOtv, i. 7 5 (fyeptre, i^veyKav,
ii. 8.
i

There are a large number of verbs in the N. T. that are defec-


tive or anomalous, i. e. some of the tenses are not used, or their

forms are taken fnini different roots. All such verbs will be

given in the Catalogue of Verbs (§ 124).

118. Verbs in /u.i.

(o-ra-) (0,-) (80-) (8«K-)


T<rrr}iLi TiOijpL ?\i?i(nfn ^tLKw/xi
set put give shoio

1, Vcrlis in ari' of tlir nintli mikI fciitli cla.sses (if vrrbs


-pi.

(§87,08).
2. Verbs an- cithir inllcrti'd according fn fbe (» furni, or mc-

cording to the pi. form.


?t. Tt is called (he pi f..riii, Imc.misc tlie
]>resent indicative act-

ive, 1
perw. sing, ends in //'.
4. The peculiar inflection of verl>s in pi affects oidy tin (eiise.s

forirn<l from the resent jiri'l 2 -.u^r. stems, and in .1 few verhs,
j.

those formed from tlie 2 stiin. Otlierwise (liey follow the


jierfect
inflection of verbs in m.
5. Vr-rbs of the tenth cbiss (§8H) in -ir/;( or -ivvpi sijcloni

occur in the N. T., with the exception of SciKi'iy/ii, s/imr, and


dTToWvfxi, destroy.
474 ETYMOLOGY.

119. Synopsis of Present and Second Aorist Systems.


Active.
INFLECTION OF VERBS IN fJui. 475

For the sake of comparison, we herewith give a synopsis of


four verbs in fxi (representing the two classes) in the present and
second aorist systems.

120 Inflection of Verbs in /mi.

Active.

Present Indicative.

S.I.
476 ETYMOLOGY.

Present Imperative.

s.
INFLECTION OF VERBS IN /At. 4hrrT

Passive and Middle.

Present Indicative.

SI.
478 ETYMOLOGY.

Present Imperative.

^.2. KTTOXJO or Ti$€(To or 8i'8ocro or ciKvvcro


8ct<

TiOoV
i(rTacr6'a) Si8oo"^(o htiKVVudia

KTTaaae
Oi 8iSo(r^€

3. laTilaOuiaav OX TiOecrdwcrav or 8i86a6(j)(rav or S€iKVi!o-6'(Dcrav

lO-Tcio-^wi' TiOea-OiDV SiSoaBiov oxSeiKvwOtDV

2 Aor. Mid. Ind.

S.l.
SYNOPSIS 0F» VERBS IN /it. 479

121. Synopsis of Verbs in yui


480 ETYiMOLOGY.

122. List of Verbs of the First Class in /xt {Ninth


Class, §87) occurring in N. T.

I. With Reduplication.
1. TiOrjfjLi (^e-), put. dva-, Trpoa-ava-, d/ro-, 8(u-, uvTi-Sia-, ck-,
fTTi-, (Tur-fTri-, Kara-, aw Kara-, /lera-, irapa-, Trcpi-, Trpo-, irpocr-, aw-,
iTroTiOrifii (17). (See § 120.)
2. (-tVj/xi []c-] send.) di'-, d<^-, Ka^-, Trap-, crw-irjfiL (5).

^c^. /wcZ. Pres.


VERBS OF FIRST CLASS IN fii IN N. T. 481

II. Without Reduplication.


a. Themes in -a-.

9. (fyrjfii (<^a-), say. crJ/w,-</>i;/xt.

F)'es ind. Imperf. hid.

<^Tjs (pari €(})i](TOa or £<^7;s ttfiare

({>-i]ai cfiucrC €(f>i] e<f>aaav

10. XPV (XP"')' *^ behooves. Imitersonal. Only in James


iii. 10.

11. ovyafjiui (?>wu-), can, he able. {Deponent, inflected like


the middle of uttt/^i.)
and Fut. 1 aor. r]8v-
Imperf. iSvi'dfirjv i]8vpdfir)i: Bvvi^a-oixai.

vrf6y]v and rjBvpdaOrjV.

12. iiTLcrTafiai (ara-),


know. (Inflected as Bvvafiai.)
13. Kftifiafiai (Kpcfia-), hang. Middle of Kf)ifi<xvvvfu,
which see
(§ 123, 2). th-Kfti^a^ui.

Iiuperf. (ieKpefjLdfxrjv, Luke xix. 48, where, however, T and


Wri I'ead l^eKfiifi-fTo instead of -aro.

b. Themes in -i-.

14. (-(tfj-i [i-], yo.). dir-, eitr- i^-, ctt-, (rvv-eLfii (5).

Pres. Ind. Inij>f. Ind. Fres. SubJ. Pres. Opt.

loirjf or loifu
etfU
V

reg.
482 ETYMOLOGY.

15. Keifiai. (k£1-),


lie. dvd-, (fvv-avd-, uvtl-, utto-, iirc-, Kara-, Trafid-,

Trepi-, TTpo-Keifjiai (9).


Pres. Ind. Imperf. hid.
Kclfiat KeifieOa €K(.t.^-qv iKcifxeOa

Kelrai KelvTac ckcito tKevro

c. Themes in -a--.

16. elfii (eo--),


avi. dir-, ep-, (e^-eari), irdp-, crvfi-irdp-, <rvv-eifiL (6).

Pres. Ind. Imperf. Ind.


eifii
VERBS OF SECOND CLASS IN ^ll IN N. T. 483

3.
iK-TreTavvv/JLi (^vera-), expand.
1 aor. t$eireTa(Ta, Horn. x. 21.

b. Themes in -c-.

4 'ifi(^i-€vwfii (f-), clothe.


Pass. pert'. i)fi(fiieafxai.

5. Kop€Pvvfii (ko^>€-), satisfy.


Pass. 1 aor. part. Kopecr6ei<;, Acts xxvii. 38. Perf. part, kc-

Kopeafievo'i, 1 Cor. iv. 8.

6. rrfth'vvfii (ar/3e-), extinguish.


Fut. rrfifcro). 1 aor. urftaTa. Pass. pros. n-fiii'wixaL. 1 fut.

rrpaTOi'icrnixai.

c. Themes in -o>-.

7. ^(jjvi'u/i.t (^<ii-), (//^'t/. dva-, Sia-, irtpi-, vTro-t,'!)yi'vpi (4).


Fut. ^(j'ltrw. Mill. fut. Trepi-l^uxrofiui. 1 aor. imp. ^(Lcrai.

8. pwvwp.1 (/(CJ-), strenfjthen.


Pass. perf. tpp^fiui. Perf. iniji. tppuxrOe, fare ye ivell, Acts
XV. 29.

9. (TTpiovvufii (iTTpu)-), spread. Kara-, vird-a-Tpm'i^fii (2).


Act. imperf. ia-Tputvvvov. 1 aor. lo-TpuHra. Pass. 1 aor.

-ffrT/noOiju.

d. Themes cndiiifj in a consonant.


10. Kin-iiypvfii (ay-); break.
Fut. KaTfii.$<i>. 1 aor. KdTtn^a. Pass. 1 aor. KUTtii^Oiji- ;
2
aor. KaTd'tyijv.

11. ^KiKwiLi (^(iK ), shoUK Ill/a-, uvd-, €1-, (Vi-, vTr(>-?)(iKvvfii (H)
(S<:c § 120.)

12. piyvDiu (piy-), mix. rrvi'-di'n-fiiyi'Vfii.


1 ;u»r.
tiLitii.
Pass. perf. part. /yr/ziy/yeVov.

1.'}. I(ts<'.
(/TT-'jAXij/it ('lA-), distniif, irvv-airoWvpt.
Fut. (IttoAcVo) aiitl uTToAo). 1 ;i(tr. rl7r«i)A*(Ta. 2 pfpf. j>art.
«7roA<»A(i»<;. Mill. pros. fiTroAAu/ini fut. 2 .aor.
; fiTroAor/iai j

aTTOjAo/xr^i'.
484 ETYMOLOGY.

14. ofivvfii (o/x-), swear.


Pros. inf. ofivvvai, Mark xiv. 71. Forms its tenses fi»om
ofxuu). 1 aor. u)fjin(Ta.

15. IT
(rray-)., fasten, fix.
t'lyvvfjii Trpoa-Trr'jyvvfiL.
1 aor. hriqt,a.

IC).
f),'iyvvfj.i (t>ay-), rend, break. 8ia-, -n-epi-, irpoa-pT^yvifiL (3).
Fut. pr/^o).
1 aor. tpprj^a ; Trpoa-ip-q^a.

124. A List of the Irregular Verbs occurring in


New Testament.
The following list exhibits the principal parts, in use in the
N. T., of all verhs occurring in it, save those of the first and
fourth classes, which are entirely regular. Although in alpha-
betical order, their classification in eight classes
(according to
the formation of the present, § 78) is indicated. All the verbs
of the ninth and tenth classes have alread}^ been given (§ 122,
123). All compounds are given under the simple stem.

1.
dyyeXXtx) (IV.), announce. av-, «7r-, 8i-, i^-, iir-, Trpo-€ir-, kut-,

TTpo-KaT-, irap-ayyeWix) (9). Inflected like (jtaivut.

Imperf. yjyyeWoi' ;dyyeXw; 2 aor. 7]yyeL\a.


fut. Mid. perf.
-r/yyeXpiu ;
1 aor. -yyye LXdfirjv. Pass. 2 aor. -rjyytXtjv.
2. ay(o (I.), lead. nv-, iir-av-, ciTr-, avv-uTr-, ^i-, ha-, -rrap-eio--,

i.c,-, eTT-, KdT-, /ifT-, Trap-, Trtpi-, tt/jo-, irpoa-, aw-, (Tri-avv-, vTr-dyw

(18).
Imperf. 'yyoi/; fut. a$o) ;
1 aor. y^a ;
2 aor. ^yaym', inf. dya-

yeli'.
Pass. pres. dynfiat ; imperf. yyop-qv ;
1 aor. yxO^jv ;

1 fut. d)^Or'janfiai.

3. alveo), -ut (I.), Jjraise. eV-, TTup-atveo) (2).

Imperf. 3 pers. sing, -n-aprfvu ;


fut. -aiveVw ;
aor. -^veo-a.

4. arp€(i), -(?)
(VIII.), take, mid. choose. Av-, u(f)-, St-, e^-, »ca^-,

Trepi-, Trpo-aipew (7).


Fut. -aiprjau) and -eXo^ ;
2 aor. -aXor. Mid. pres. -aipovfxai ;

fut. <upqaop.aL ;
2 aor. ttX('ifjL)ji'
and elXdfirjv.
IRREGULAK VERBS OCCURRING IN N. T. 485

6. aifjM ( IV.), b'ft up, raise. air-, i^-, in-, /ACT-, (TVV-, VTTtp-

atpii) (6).
Flit. 1 aor. imp, iuf. apai ; perf.
dfiCu ; juja ; apov ; rjpKu.
Pass. 1 aor. rjpOrjy ; perf. 7/^j/xai ;
1 fut. dpOrjaopui.

G. airOdvoixai (V.), perceive. Deponent mid.


2 aor. yjcrOo/JLrjy.

7. atT£w, -cij
(I.), ask. (ITT-, i^-, iir-, Trap-(^-fiai) , Trpotr-uiTeo) (
')).

Fut. aiTr'nTij) ;
1 aor. j/rr/tru ; perf. rirrjKu. Mid. pres. ahovfiai ;

iniperf. t/toi'/at/i/ ;
fut. airr/tro/xut ;
1 aor. rJTTiirdp.rjv.

8. aKoiw (I.), hear, hi-, ela-, eV-, 7ra/i-, vrpo-, vn-aKovw (6).
Imperf. ^kouoi' ;
fut. aKouo-o/iai and cIkovo-w ;
1 aor. t^kovctu j

perf. aKrjKou. Pass. 1 aor. -fjKOVcrOrjv.

9. dXXunT(TO) (IV.), exchange. dn-, St-, Kar-, diro-Kar-, /XCT-,


crw-aAAao'crw (6).
Fut. dWdiw ;
I aor. r]XXa$a. Pass. 2 fut. dWay^o-ofxai ;

perf. inf. -rfWuxOuL ;


2 aor. -r;AXay»;i/.

10. dAAo/[Aui (IV.), spiring up. i^-, e<^-uAXo/xat (2).

Imperf. r]W<'>fiijv ;
aor. rjKd/irjv and r]\6p.r]v.

11. i'ifji.apT<iv(i> (V.), err. Trpo-afxafiTdvo).


Fut. dp.apTr'i<r(j) ;
1 aor. r/ixdpTrja-a ;
2 aor. r)p.ap7ov ; ptrf.
rifj.ufmjKa.

12. uva-(iaLVw, (IV.), yo W^ (fttiLiw, go). npoa-ava-, avv-ava-,


UTTO-, OlU-, tV-, €//-, KUTU-, /liTa-, TTitpn-, TTpi)-, (TVp-filUVU) (11).
Imperf. -ifiuaov ;
fut. -^r/o-o/xai ; perf. -(•ji(h]ha ;
2 aor. c/Sr/r,

/y<Ti, (iiuqv, jiijOi, (iijviu, /?ds.

l.'j. fU-fxAttTKO) (VI.), ron.fume. kut-, Trptxr-avaKiaKO).


1' ut. rli/uXoWoj 5
1 aur. di'ryAdxra aud i/i'dAoHra. Pasa. 1 aor.
rli'7jA(i')6'r;j'.

14. <tc-oiy'i) (I.), ojii'U. fii-iivitiyiii.

Fut. dcfu'^oi ;
1 aor. i^coi^a aud di't'io^d, ix. 14, also rjiiw^n, ix.
17, 32 ;
ii
J)(?rf. dccwya. I'aSH. 1 at»r.
dytw^Oyji', »)i'€<j»y'y»;i',

and yjvoi^^Orjy ;
2 aor. ijvoiyrjv ;
1 fut.
dt'oi^fhiini/iiii -^
2 flit.

dv()Lyi'](ri>p.iii ; pf-rf. p.'irt. rli'ciijy^icVos an<l ijvtwypu'os (r/voiy-

/btcVos Acts ix. .S.


'i').
486 ETYMOLOGY.

15. di/-op66(o, -to


(I.) set tqj.
Fut. avopOwaw ;
1 aor. avwpOwaa. Pass. 1 aor. dvo}p6(ji)0rjv
and dvopOwdip', Luko xiii. 13, T Tr.

16. dnu-KTiivoi (IV.) also -mivvw (T Tr), kill.

Fut. (ATToKTei/oj ;
1 aor. airiKTuva. Pass. pres. inf. diroKrivvt-

aOai, Rev. vi. 11 ;


1 aor. aTrtKTuvdrjv.

17. aTTTio (111.), faste)l, mid. touch, dv-, KaO-, Trepi-diTTw (3).
1 aoi". rjxl/a.
Mid. imperf. yTTTOfxrjv ;
1 aor. rjij/ufLriv.
Pass.
1 aor. T](fi67]v.

18. uTT-to^cw, -w (VII.), tltrust away. ii-wOeo}.


1 aor. i^-waa. Mid. pres. dn-uidiojxai (-oGyLtat) j
1 aor. aTr-uxra-

19. dpiiTKU) (VI.), please.


Imperf. rjp^a-Kov ;
fut. dpio-oj ;
1 aor. ^ptaa.

20. dpK^w, -ix)


(I.), suffice. iir-apKeiji.

1 aor. T]pKi(Ta, Pass. pres. apKOv/xai ;


1 fut. apK^aOrjaofxai.

21. dpviop.ai, -ovjxai (1.), dent/. Pass, deponent, dir-apviopai.

Imperf. {jpvovfjirjv ;
1 aor. ypvyjcrd/xriv ; perf. rjpvrjfiai. Pass.
1 fut. -apvridrjcrofJiai.

22. dpTTu^oj (IV.), seize. 8i-, aw-apTrd^w.


Fut. tlpTracroj ;
1 aor. rjpTTacra. Pass. 1 aor. rjpirda6r]v ;
2 aor.

ripndyrjv j
2 fut. dpTrayycrofxai.

23. apx<^ (^Oj ^i*^<^) mid. beyin. cv-(-/xai), 7rpo-cv-(-/tx.at) vtt-,

Trpo-UTT-ap^to (4).

Imperf. ^px"'''
Mid. pres. dp^^ofxai; fut. dp^ofxat', 1 aor.

24. auAt'^opttt (IV.), Zo(/<7e. Deponent.


Imperf. rjiiXi^npr^v ;
1 aor. rfvXladqv.

25. au^ui'oj (V.), increase, aw-, virep-av^duM. Written also

21, Col. ii. 19.


av^w, Eph. ii.

fut. av^rja-w 1 aor. rjv^qaa. Pass. 1 aor.


Imperf. 7/i!^avoi ; ;
IRREGULAR VERBS OCCURRING IX N. T. 487

26. oLffj-iKViofjiai, -oifiaL (V.), arrive at. 6i-j €</)-tKieo/xui.

2 aor. affjiKofjLYjv.

27. (3aaw, for compounds of, see di a-^aiVw.

28. /3d\\w (IV.), throw. u/u.<^i-, ui'a-, avn-, diro-, 8ta-, eV-, ifx-,

TTUfj-ffX-, CTTl-, KttTU-, /i,€TU-, TTUfja-, TTipl , TTpO-f (TVfl-, VTTtft-, Vn(J-l3u.W(Ji

(17).
^
Fut. /5uAw ; pluperf. -fSffiXyjKttv
perf. fte/SXrjKu ; ;
2 aor. efta-
\(n' (3 pers. plur. IjiaXov in Luke xxiii. 34 ;
once t/iaXdv
in Acts xvi. 37). Mid. 2 aor. -tfSaXofj.rjv. Pass. 1 aor.

(^\y]6r}i' ; 1 fut. (S\r]Or]<T<>iJ.uL ; pcrf. (iiftXrffiai ; plupt'lf.

29. ftaTTTi^u) (IV.), baptize (wash, Mark vii, 4 ; Luke xi. 38).

Inipcrf. fftd-TTTLCov ;
fut. /iaTrruroj ;
1 aor. ifSdima-a. Mid. 1
aor. ifSaimadfirjv. Pass, imperf. i/SaTTTiCdf/.tjv ; perf. part.
/ScySaTTTtcr/xeVos ;
1 aor. i(SairTi<T6r)v J
1 f ut. fSanTurOrjirDfjiai..

30. ftdiTTM (ill), rfi}>,


immerse. ifj-l^dnTw.
Fut. ftd[po>, John xiii. 2G ;
1 aor. ifia^a. Pass. ]»erf. part.
(Stfiafjifiti'U'i-

3L (iaftiui, -o> (I.), weigh down. Simple verb only in passive.

eVi-, KOTa-fiiifttw (2).


Act. 1 aor. KiiTifidfirjaa, inf. iiriftaprfrrai. Pass. pres. part.

ftapovfuiui ; iiiiper. ftapiurOo) ;


1 aor. iftapr'jOiji' ; 2)erf. part.
(i((iapijp.iv(><;.

32. fSatTKaivii) (V.), slander.


1 aor. iftdiTKiiva.

33. [iaardiiti (IV.), carry.


Fut. ftiKTrdtTti) ;
1 ;i<)r.
tfiiurracra.

34. (hfipdurK,., (VI.). eat.


Perf. /yc7V.)K,«, vi. 13,

35. /;^(.r;(r),
-.',. ( I ), ///•«.

1 ;u»r. inf. fiuninn, 1 I'ct. iv. 2.

30. jiXdiTTw (III ). //^/r/:.

Fut. /iA.i'i//f,. ;
I -inr. «ft\aij/n.
488 ETYMOLOGY.

37. ftXaa-rdvu) (V.), sprout.


Pres. subj. 3 pers. sing. /JAacrra (from /JAatrTuw), Mark iv.

27 ;
1 aor. ifiXda-T-qa-a.

38. /?Ac7rw (I.), see. dva-, d-rro-, 8ia-, ifi-, ivi-, irepi-, Trpo-^AcVw (7).
Imperf .
«/3Ac7rov ;
fut. jSKiipw ;
1 aor. e/^Aci/^a.

39. (3ov\ofJLai (I.), wi7^, wisA.


Pres. 2 pers. sing. f3ov\ei for /SouAr/, Luke xxii. 42 imperf. ;

i/SovXoixrjv ; 1 aor. c/SovAt^^t/v, Matt. i. 19 ; 2 John 12.

40. Ppf^x^ (I')) *^^^' Impers. /3p€x", i^ rains.


1 aor. e/3p€^a.

41. yafxiw, -w (VII.), ^eac? tn marriage.


Imperf iydfxowf Luke xvii. 27 1 aor. tyi/pu, Matt. xxii. 25, ;

and iydfxriaa perf. ytydfirjKa. Pass. 1 aor. cya/Ji-qSrjv.


;

42. ycAaw, -w(I. ), laugh. Kara-ycAaw.


Imperf. 3 pers. plur. KarcycAwv j fut. yeAao-w.

43. yi]f)d<TKij) (VI.) , grow old.

1 aor. iyrjpaaa.

44. yivofxai (I.), become, diro-, Sia-, cTTt-, irapa-f crvfi-irapa-,

wpo-yivofxat (6).
Fut. yevi]aofxai ;
2 aor. eyer'd/xt^v. Pass. 1 aor. iyivrfiyjv ; perf.

ytyei^rjfxai
and ye'yova ; pluperf 3 .
pers. sing. c'yeyovei, vi. 17.

45. ytiojcTKw (VI.), know, dva-, 8ia-, iiTL-, Kara-, Trpo-yivojo-Kw (5).

Imperf. tyiVwo-Kov ;
fut. yvwo-o/Aoi ;
2 aor. eyvwv, subj. yvw (3
pers. sing, yrot for yiw, Mark v. 43, ix. 30 ;
Luke xix. 15),

imper. yno^i, inf. ypwrai, part, yvovs; perf. cyvwKo, xvii. 7,


3 pers. plur. tyvwKav for tyi/okam ; pluperf. cyvwKtiv. Pass,
perf. lyvMCTfiai ;
1 aor. iyi'wcrdrjv ;
fut. yvoxrOrjaofiai.

4(>. ypu</)w (I.), write. aTro-, cy-, c'tti-, Kara-, Trpo-ypd<f)w (5).

Imperf. eypa^ov fut. ypdxf/o) ; 1 aor. iypaijm


; perf. ytypa^a. ;

Pass. perf. yeypapp.u.L 2 aor. iypd(f)riv pluperf. 3 pers. sing.


; ;

eV-eycypaTTTO.
IRKEGULAK VEKliS OCCURRING IX N. T. 489

47. SeiKVvo) and Scikiv^i (-X-)' (^^^ § 123, 11), show, dva-, aTro-,

iv; €7rt-, irTTU-BfLKVVfXL (5).


Fut. B(.L$(jj ; 1 aor. ISet^a. Pass. 1 aor. part. BuxOu^, Heb.
viii. 5.

48. Stomal (I.), ivant, ask. irpocr-Siofxai.

Imporf. 3 pers. sing. e'Se'cro or c'Seiro, Luke viii. 38 ;


1 aor.

i6er]0r]V.

40. ^tpu) (I.), flaij, beat.


1 aor. trteipa. Pass. 2 fut. SapT^a-oixui.

50. S4)^()[ji.ai (I.), take, receive, di'a-, (Itto-, 8ta-, tto--, £k-, aTr-CK-,

ev-, €7rt-, 7ra/)u-, Trpija-, vTro-rtt'^^o^ui (11).


Imperf. iSix,')pw >
^'^'t-
oi^ofxat ;
1 aor. iSi^afxrjv ; perf. ^e-

8ey/xai, Acts viii. 14. Pass. 1 aor. -jrapihix^rjv, Acts xv. 4.

51. Seoj (I.), bind. Kara-, Trtpt-, rrui'-, v7ro-8e(o (4).

Fut. rtr/rrw; 1 aor. tSj^o-a ; perf. part. StScKok, Acts xxii. 29.

Mid. 1 aor. vTreSr/rrd/u,?;!'.


I'as.s. perf. 8c8c/xat ;
1 aor. inf.

Se^jji/at, Acts xxi. 33 ; pliiperf. 3 pers. sing. TrepicSt'Stro.

52. hiaKoviui, -w (I.), minister.

Imporf. hirjKovovv ;
fut. SiuKoi'i/froi ;
1 aor. ^trjKovrja-a. Pass,

part. SiaKuvui'iJiivos 1 aor- iuf- SLaKovr]$rjvai, part.


pros. ;

53. S161JUTKO) (VI.), teach.


Imperf. ioLOturKov ;
fut. 8i6afo) ;
1 aor. i^iSa^a. Pass. 1 aor.

€Oiod;(6'»;i'.

54. 6iOcjfi.i (IX.), (/twe. u^a.-, oltto-, avT-aTTO-, Sia-, £«-, eVi-, fitra-,

irafta-, npo-^ifxniii
See 122, 3.
(*').

Pres. ind. .sing, oner


1 oift',> (as if fmni rtirtjioi), R.ev. ill. 0; 3
per.s. plur. ^i^dnfn, Kev. xvii. l.'J ; imperf. .'»
pers. sing. t8t-
•Sor, 3 prr.s. plur. l?>i?>avv (Ijut t^trtiwrai', xix. 3); fut. hiltcTM)

1 aor. crtdiKit ; jM-rf. rt€rto)Ka ; jduperf. fMfti'oKiiv and St^f/jKeif,

.'5
piTs. |)liir. <Sc8(.')Kci<rai', xi. 57. I'asH. perf. 8to«/zai ;
I

aor. fOnOip' ;
1 fut. ?)<>()Tf<r<>ii.ai.
490 ETYMOLOGY.

55. hif/du), -oj (I.), thirst.


Fut. Snj/rjav) ;
1 aor. tSiiprjo-a ; pres. subj. 3 pers. sing. 8ti//a,

John vii. 37, for 8itf/fj.

56. SoKCW, -Ol (Vll.), thhlk. £11-, CTDlz-er-SoKCW.

Iniperf. cSokouv ;
1 aor. eSo^a, cuSoKr/cra, and rjvdoKrjcra.

57. 8uVw and 8t;aj


(I), enter. Ik-, d7r-£K-(-ju,at), eV-, iiT-iv-, nap-w;-,
€7rt-8ww (6).
2 aor. tSui'; 1 aor. tSvrra. Mid. 1 aor. -eSvcrdfi-qv.

58. idw, -S)


(1.), permit. Trpucr-taw.

Imperf. €to)i' ;
fut. eao-w ;
1 aor. eiaa-a.

59. iyyi^M (IV.), approach. TrptxT-eyyiCo).

Imjjerf. r^yyt^nv ;
fut. eyyi'o-oj (lyyvui T Tr in James iv. 8) ;
1

aor. ^yyicra ; perf. -r^yyiKa.


60. (IV.), awake, raise up.
e'yeifjoj 8i-, e'^-, ctt-, aw-eyeLpw (4).
Fut. cyepw ;
1 aor. -^yeipa. Pass. pres. iytipofxai, imper. 2

pers. sing, iyupov, Mark ii. 9, and cyetpe ; perf. iyrjycpfiaL ;

1 aor, r)y€p6r]v ;
1 fut. iy^pOijaofxai.

61. eSa</>t^w (IV.), ra«e.


Fut. i8a(fiiw, Luke xix. 44.
62. €6'i4oj (IV.), accustom.
Perf. part. dOia-p.ivo'i, Luke ii. 27.

63. e^w (VIII.), 6e accustomed.


Pres. obsolete. Perf. ctw^a pluperf. as imperf. ddyOtiv. ;

64. €i8(ij (VIII.), an obsolete present, supplied by opdw, which


see.

I. 2 aor. etSoi/, see. dtr-, in-, irpo-, (tvv-, virep-eiSov (5). Also
€i8a, Rev. xvii. 3, T Tr ; d8up.€v, Acts iv. 20, etc. ;
3 pers.
plur. £i8ai', i.
39, etc. Also t8oi/, T in xix. 6, etc. Subj. i'8oj
;

imp. ;!8e,
2 pers. plur. i8cTe; inf. l?)uv ; part. iSo'yv.

II. 2 perf. <Hi)a, know, ol8a<;, xxi. 15, ot8€(i'), oiSafXtv, ot8aT£

(to-T£ a few times), oi8acri (once icracrt, Acts xxvi. 4) ; i)lu-

perf. ^Stiv, ^Scts, '^8ci, 3 pers. plur. ^Setcrai' ;


ftit. eiSr/o-to,

Heb. viii. 11. The perf. has the signif. of a pres., the

pluperf. of an imperfect.
IRREGULAR VERBS OCCURRING IN N. T. 491

65. eiKw (VIII.), obsolete.


2 perf. toiKa with the force of a present, he like.

66. d[x.i See § 122, 16.


67. eT/mi.
See § 122, 14.
68. ctTTOV, 2 aor. (VIII.), say. air-, an-, irpo-^lirou (3).

Subj. ciTroj ; opt. eiTToifiL imp. ctTre ; inf. ciTreii/ ; part, eittom'.
;

1 aor. tiTTM, X. 34, etc., 3 pers. phir. cZttuv (often), iinj).


elirov for Attic eiTroi/, but some regard dirov as imp. of 2

aor. ;
fut. tpoj (from Epic pres. tifiwi) ; perf. dprjKa (from
pew), 3 per.s. j)hir. ei^ryKao-ti/, Acts xvii. 28, and etprjHav,
Kev. xix. 3, inf. dpr^Kivai, Ileb. x. 15. Pa.ss. perf. 3 pers.
sing, dprjraif part, upr^fxivov pluperf. (.ijnjKf.iv 1 aor. ippi- ; ;

difv and Attic iiifn'iOrjv, part. prjOd's.


69. iK-Tuvu) (IV.), stretcJi out. tV-, vntp-^K-ruvw (2).

Iinperf. e^eVcu'oi' ;
fut. eVrei/oJ j
1 aor. i^iruva.
70. (K-TptTTo) (I-), ^wm aside. cV-, eTrt-TpcVw (2).

1 aor. trpcipii. Pass. 2 aor. i^fTpdirrjv ;


2 fut. iKTpain^(rop.ai.

71. iK-^to) an<l ck;^iVo)


or ck^^im'I'oj (II.), pmtr out. ctti-, ciry-,

VTrtp-eK-;^?'!"*).

Pres. imp. plur. iK\Urf., Kev. xvi. 1, wliich some would have
2 aor. imperf. 3 per.s. sing, avii^wcv or awixy^'vtv, Acts
;

X. 22, 3 pers. plur. a-vvix,'^i>v (l)ut some 2 aor.) ;


fut. cVp^eiT,,

Acts ii. 17 ;
1 anr. ($(xca, 3 pers. sing, cut'x*'' '"f- «'*^X*'*''

Rom. iii. 15. I'ass. perf. iKKi^^ypai ;


1 aor. f^ex*'}V>iv ;
1 fut.

tKYwr/iropai.
72. cXarwi) (V.), (Irirr. air-, (Tvv-<.\a\'<ro) (2).

1 aor. -i'i\(i(ja ; pi'rf. })art. l\r)Xii.Ki'i)s.


Pass. pres. cAatVo/xat ;

imj)erf. i^Xavvxpyp'.
73. cAf'yx'" (I-)) ''onrirt. i^-, Sia-K(iT-(-/x(u) (2).

Fut. fXtyv'ii ;
1 .KT. inf. c\ty(ui, imj». cAey^oi'. Pass, jtres.

(K(y\fipiiiy imperf. -ti\f.y\(')p.rjv.

74. cAk(i) (I.), (fnno. c^-cAk«i).

Imp»'rf. tlAKor, Acts xxi. 30; fut. cAkiVw ;


1 aor. eiAKuau, inf.

tAKvcTH', XX i. ).
492 ETYMOLOGY.

75. iX-rrL^io (IV.), hope, air-, irpo-tXirL^u} (2).

Imperf. r/A7rt^or ;
Attic fut. e'ATrioi, Matt. xii. 21; 1 aor. ^A-
TTLfTa ; perf. yXmKa.
76. eV-Te'AAw (IV.), order. Deponent mid.
Pres. cvTeAAo/Aut ;
fut. ci/TcAofjyutat ;
1 aor. cvcreiAa/xT^i' ; perf.
3 pars. sing. eVTCTaArai, Acts xiii. 47.

77. ipydloixai (I.), work. Kar-, Trept-, 7rpocr-epya^o/u,at (3).

Imperf, etpya^o/xr/i', also rfpyai^ofirji' ;


1 aor. elpyaa-dix-qv, also

Tjpyaa. ; perf. a.pyaap.ai in a pass, sense, iii. 21.

78. €p)(op.ai (VIII.), come. dv-, iTr-av, otTr-, 8i-, ttcr-, cTr-eicr-,

TTttp-cicr-, (Tuv-eKr-, ei-, ^t-e^"? t^") xar-, nap-, avTi-nap-, ntpi-, irpo-,
npocr-, <rvi'-ip^ofxai (18).
Pres. imp. f.pxov, ip^^ca-Oe ; imperf. Yip^ofirjv ;
fut. iXeva-ofiai ;

perf. iXi]Xv6a ; pluperf .


iXrjXvOuv ;
2 aor. ^X6ov and 7/A^u,
i. 39, iii. 26 ;
iv. 27, xii. 9, etc.

i9. epondw, -w (I.), ask. 8i-, eV-cpwraoj (2).

Pres. inf. ipondv or ipwrav ; imperf. 3 pers. plur. rjpuyTwv,


Matt. XV. 23, and ijpwTuw ; fut. ipwryrrw ; 1 aor. r/pwrrja-a.

80. i(r6io) and tcr^w (VIII.), eat. Kar-, a-vv-€cr6i(i} (2).

Imperf. ^cr^iov ;
2 aor. £</>ayoi' ;
fut. ^dyofiai.

81. evap€(rT€w, -w (I.), a/M tv ell-pleasing.


1 aor. inf. cuapeo-r^aut ; perf. inf. cui^pctrTTy/ccVat and cuaptaTT/-
Kaai, Heb. xi. 5.

82. eu-ooKew, -w (VII.), am well-pleased. auv-cu8oKew (see also

OOKt'w).
1 aor. evSoKT^cra and r^vhoKiqaa, 1 Cor. X. 5, etc.

83. (VKoxpfw, -u)


(I.), Artwe ojjportunity.

Imperf. iwaipovv, Mark


vi. 31, and rivKaipow, Acts xvii. 21 ;

1 aor. subj. txiKaipriaw.

84. evAoycw, -to (!•)> blsss. cv-, KOT-euAoycw (2).

Imperf. evAdyow and rjvXoyow ; 1 aor. eiXoyrjcra ; perf. €vA<>-

y^Kn.
IRREGULAR VERBS OCCURRING IN N. T. 493

85. iVpUTKli) (VI.), find. aV-€Vf)l<TKIJ}.

Imperf. nptaKov and »;v^ko-koi' fut. evp^]a-w ; ; perf. tvprjKa']


1 aor. (vpijaa 2 aor. tvpur, 1 pers. plur.
; ^vpafxei; Luke
xxiii. 2, 3 pers. plur. u'pap, Luke viii. 35. Pass. pres.

(i'pLcrKofiai ; imperf. 3 pers. sing. T^vpio-Ktro ;


1 aor. ivptOt/i ;

fut. ii'p(.6i]iT0fxai ; 2 aor. mid. cvpoixr/v and ^vpdfjirjv,


Heb.
ix. 12.

tS6.
ev0p;.iVoj (IV.), pass, rejoice.
Pass. pres. ivfjipaiyofiai , imperf. €v(^patvo/x7;v 1 aor. ev<f}pdv- ;

drfv and r)v<f>pii.vdi]\' ,


Acts ii. 26 1 fut. eu^pav^r/o-o/Ltai.
;

87. iV)(<ipia-rf.u>, -w (I. ), arn grateful,.


1 aor. €v\apia-rr](ra, Acts xxvii. 35, and ip-^apicrrTja-a, Rom. i.
21. Pass. 1 aor. subj. 3 pers. sing. ev)^apia-TT](Jjj, 2 Cor.
i. 11.

88. f.v\i>p.ai (\.), Jiray. irpo<T-€V)(pp.ai.

Imperf. ijvx<'>py\'
and er;(o/u,7/v.
]Mid. 1 aor. opt. eviaifxrjv, Acts
XX vi. 29, but T has d'^dfj.qv (ind.).

89. f.)(i» (I.), have, dv-, Trpoa-av-, dm-, dir-, iv-, tV-, Kar-, fitr-,

Traf)-, TTipi-, TTfio-, Trpotr-, tjvv-, vir(f)-, vir-€)^i<t (15).


Fut. e^oj ; imperf. ct;(w, 1 pers. plur. eixn/xci', 2 John 5; 3
pers. plur. ei\<i.v,
Mark viii. 7, Itev. ix. 8, and (.Ixoaay, xv.

22, 24 ;
2 aor. Itr^ov ; perf. la^\r]Kii.

90. ^<tw, -<ji


(!•)> live, dva-, av-^do) (2).
Pros. t,o), ^^?, ^t;, inf. ^r/i' and (rjv, part, ^loi' ; imperf. i(,ow,
fut. ^»/(r(i),
V. 25, vi. 51, 57, 58, etc., and t^ytTofxai ;
1 aor.

((,r]<ra.

'.'L ^T/Tc'<»,
-iTj
(I), .s';c/(/'.
dia-, tK-, tVi-, itu-^t/tcw (4).

Imperf. .3
yurs. sing. (.(.i)tii, plur. t^j/rout' ;
fut. t^ifTijiTM ;
1 aor.

it,ilTi}(Tii.
I'a.sH.
prcH. Oirovfini.; imperf. 3 pers. sing, i^rf-

TiiTii, Heb. viii. 7 ;


1 fut. t^rjrjjO-q'TnfXdi.

92. I'lytofxai, -oZ'ixai (I.), lead. Si-, cV-St-, «^-, irpo-rjyloixai (4).
Fut. -rjyi'funfiai \ iuipcrf. ijyiix'iLrfv \
1 a<;r.
jiyrjiTdfirfv ; porf.
494 ETYMOLOGY.

93. ^K(o (I.), have come, av-, KaO-rfKw (2).


Iniperf. ifKov ;
fut. ijho ;
1 aor. r/^a ; perf .
?/»ca,
Mark viii. 3
(but not WH).
94. Od-JVTM (IJI), bury. aw-OaTrTw.
1 aor. Waipa. Pass. 2 aor. irdfjiriv.

95. didufxai, -w/xat (I.), behold. Deponent verb.


1 aor. Wiaa-dfjirjv ; perf. rtOiafxai, Pass. 1 aor. iOedOrjv.

96. 0ekoj (I.), will.

Imperf. ^O^Xov ;
fut. OeXrjaw ;
1 aor. i^Oikr^cra.

97. OifjiiXioo) {\.), found.


Fut. Oe/xcXiwrro)1 aor. WeficXtotaa.
;
Pass. perf. part. TtOe/xe-

Atoj/AcVospluperf. 3 pers. sing. TeOifxtKiwrv, without aug-


;

ment, Matt. vii. 25.


98. Oiyydvfji (V.), touch.
2 aor. Wiyov.

99. 9Xlf3o, (1.), press, d-n-o-, aw-exiftm (2).


Imperf. -WXiftov ; perf. part. Te^At/x,/<.eVos.

100. 6vr)(rK(ti (VI.), die. dTro-, (Tvv-aTro-OvrjcrKijj (2).

Perf. rWvrjKa, inf. Ti6vdvai and TeOvrjKtvai, Acts xiv. 19, part.

T€Ovr]Kw<; j
2 aor. uTre^avov ;
fut. d7ry6*ai/oi}/i*ai, viii. 21, 24.

101. ^vw (I.), sacrifice.

Imperf. Wvov 1 aor. Wvaa.;


Pass. pres. inf. Oviadai ; perf.

]iart. T€Ovfitvos ;
1 aor. irvOtjv.

102. idojxai, -w/xat (I.), Aea^. Deponent verb.

Imperf. io)fir)v ;
fut. Ida-ofiai ;
1 aor. mid. iarrd/irjv ;
1 aor.

pass. td^T^v ; perf. pass, ta/^ai ;


1 fut. laOi'jaofiai.

103. lo-TTj/At (IX.), 2>/ace, se^ i*p. See 122, 4.

104. icr;(vw (I.), be strong. Iv-, e'i-, eV-, KaT-KTXVW (4).


Imperf. ro-;^uoi/ ;
fut. lo-^wVoj ;
1 aor. io-;(vtra.

105. KaOaifjij) (IV.), cleanse. 8iu-, iK-KaOalpn) (2).

1 aor. -iKaOapa, inf. -KaOdpai. Pass. perf. part. KfKaOapfi^vos-


IRKEGULAR VERBS OCCURRING IN N. T. 495

106. KaOapi^ij) (IV.), cleanse. hia-Kadapt^i».


Attic fut. KUL^apiw, Heb. ix. 14 ;
1 aor. iKaddpicra. Pass. 1
aor. iKaHupitrOyv {iKaOtpidOq T \VH in JVIatt. viii. 3; Mark
i.
415) ; porf. passs. part. K^KaOapio p.ivo'i, Heb. x. 2.

107. Ka6y]fjLai (IX. ), sit down. See 122, 17.

108. KaOL^w (IV.), set, sit down, dva-, eVt-, napa-, irepi-, crvy-

KaOi'Qiii (5).
Fut. Kaduno ;
1 aor. iKaOiaa ; perf KiKaOiKa.
.

10'.). K(U(o (IV.), l)Ur7l. €«-, Kara-Kaiio (2).

Fut. Kura-Kavcro} 1 aor. inf. Kara-Kaiio-ai.


;
Pass. 2 aor. Kixre-

Kurju ;
1 aur. -iKuvOrji' ;
1 fut. KaraKuvdy^aop-ai ;
2 fut. KttTa-

Karjtrop.aL,

110. KuTopdop.iu, -wpML (I.), CMrse.


Pass. perf. part. KaTr]pap.ivo^.

111. KiiT-rixiio,
-'<>
(I.), instruct.
1 aor. KaT?/;^Tyo-u.
Puss pros. KaTrf)(ovp.ai ; perf. KaTT^xrjpai )

1 aor. KHTr]^r'j6r]v.

112. Kiphaivtrt (IV.), ^ai'ra.

Fut. K(pdy'i(r«i,
JaTiK'S iv. l.'i ;
1 aor. iKepFirjrra, subj. xep^ai'w

(1 Cor. ix. 21 ;
but Wll fut. Kipbavw). Pass. 1 fut. Kiphrf

Oryrofxai.

113. Kii't'w, -w (I.), move. p.tTa-, rrvy-Kii'td) (2).


Fut. KtfT/froj ;
1 aor. inf. KLurjirai.
Pass. i)res. Ktiov/xai ;
1 aor.

iKit'TjOrji'.

114. kA(u'(ii
(IV.), werp.
Iinpfif. cKAutui ;
fut. KAar<r(,i, .lobii xvi. 20, etc.; 1 aor.

€KA(ii'(r(z.

115. xArto) (\.), hreii/c. tV , />fiT(t-KAi/(ii


(2).
I ;iiir. «*A(/<r((. I'm.-'S. 1 ;i<ir.
ixXmruTji'.

1 |(). h,\n'lit ( I.), s/ntt. IITT'-, cV-, Klirn-, ITiry-KXlUlt (4).


Kilt. KAcuro), Jviv. iii, 7; 1 ;inr. 'hXtinn. Pass. piif. ^tKAtc

trpm, {>art. K<KAtur^ti'«'s j


1 aor. iKKuiTOqv.
496 ETYMOLOGY.

117. kXlpw (IV.), incline, dva-, ck-, Kara-, Trpoa-KXivta (4).


Fut. kAivw ; 1 aor. IkXivu ; perf. KCKAt/ca. Pass. 1 aor.

iKXidrjv.

118. KOfjii^M (IV.), receive, c'k-, avy-KOfjii^u) (2).


Mid. 1 fut. Ko/Mio-o/xai, Eph. vi. 8, and Attic Ko/xiovixai, Col.
iii. 25 (but not WH), 1 Pet. v. 4 ;
1 aor. iKo/xicrdfjirjv.

119. KOTTTw (III.), cut. dva-, aTTO-, EK-, e'v-, Kara-, Trpo-, irpoa-
KOTTTW (7).

Imperf. 3 pers. plur. Ikotttov ;


1 aor. -tKoij/a.
Mid. fut. koi/^o-

yu,at
1 aor. iKoil/dfXTjv.
j

120. »fpd^u) (IV.), cry out. dva-Kpa^ou


Pres. part. Kpdi^ov imperf. tKpa^oy fut. Kpd^w, Luke xix. 40 ;
; ;

1 aor. (.Kpa^a (once cKe/cpa^'a, Acts xxiv. 21) ; perf. Ke/cpaya.

121. KpiVai {IV.), judge, dva-, diro-, dvT-airo-{fJiai) , 8ia-, cv-, tin-,

Kara-, (tdi/-, viro-{-fxai) , crw-UTro- (-/xai) (10).


Fut. Kpii/w ;
1 aor. eKptva ; perf. KtKpiKa ; pluperf. 3 pers.
sing. KtKpiKtt, Acts XX. 16, without augment. Pass. pres.

Kpivop,ai ; imperf. iKpivdp,fjv ; perf. KCKpifiai ;


1 aor. cKpi^i/v ;

1 fut. Kpidrforopai.

122. Wpr'TTTO) (III.), AtWe. aTTO-, ev-, ITipt-KpVITTUi (3).


1 aor. iKpv\f/a.
Pass. perf. 3 pers. sing. KeKpuTrrai, part. k€-

Kpvp.fJi€vos ;
2 aor. iKpvfirjv.

123. Xayxttvw (V.), obtain by lot.

2 aor. lAa^ov.

124. AaAco), -w (I.) speak. 8ia-, «-, Kara-, TTpocr-, cruX-AaXeoj (5).
,

Imperf. 3 pers. sing. iXdka., plur. eXciAow fut. \akrjij<x> 1 ; ;

aor. iXdXrjrra ; perf. AcAdAr/Ka. Pass. pres. \aXovp.ai ; perf.

XtXdkrjfjiai ;
1 aor. iXaXyOrfv ;
1 fut. XaXrjOyjaofiai.

125. Aap,/3dvw (V.), toA;e. dva-, dvTi-, crvv-avTi-(-/>tai), aTro-, eVi-,

Kara-, fxera-, irapa-, avv-irapa-, Trpo-, npoa-, aw-, (rw-irepi-, irrro-Xa/j.-

/Sdvo> (14).

Imperf. iXdfjifSai'ov ;
fut. Xi)ix\\iop.aL ;
2 aor. tAa/Sov, imp. Ad^t ;

perf (.lXr}({>a,
2 pers. (.lXr]<lia^
and iiXr](f)t^, Rev. xi. 17 WH,
IRREGULAR VERBS OCCURRING IN N. T. 497

Mid. 2 aor. iXulSu/x-qv. Pass. 1 aor. cXyii-


part. €i/\ry</»ojs.

4 kut-
perf 3
viii. part,
<ft67}v ;
.
pers. sing. KUT-tiAT/Trrai, ;

iiXrjixfjievus.

126. Aai'^ai'oj (V.), be hidden. Ik-, e7ri-(-/xai) (2).


2 aor. l\u.6uv. Mid. pcif. ih-XiXifcr /xat ;
2 aor. iw-(.Xa66fj.y)u.

127. AiuTKw (VI.), Intrst asunder.


1 aor. ikaKTjaa, Act8 i. 18.

128. Ac'yo; (I.), speak. di'TL-, 8iu-(-/xtti), ek-, eVt-, Kara-, irapa-

(-yxai), 7r/j(j-, crvA-Aeyo) (H).

Imperf. -e'Atyoi/ (3 pers. plur. tAeyav T in xi. 56. Mid. im-


1 aor. 3 por.s. sing. 8i-eAe'tWo, Acts xvii.
perf. Si-eAeyo^T/r ;
2. Pass. 1 aor. Si-eXixOrjv ; perf. part. cK-AtAcy/AeVos,
Luke
ix. 35.

129. AtiVw (II.), leave, diro-, 8ia-, ck-, int-, Kara-, iv-Kara-, -Jrepi-,

xrwo-XuTTM (8).
2 aor. -cAittoi/.
Imperf. -t'ActTrov fut. -Att'i/zoj; 1 aor. -tXaipa
; ;

Pass. perf. part. -AeAti/z/xtVos (or AeAi/x/xtVos) 1 aor. -eAti- ;

130. Aoyi'^o/xai (IV.), reckon. dvu-, Sia-, -n-apa-, (ruA-Aoyi^o/xai

(4).
1 aor. Pass. 1 aor. tAoyi-
Imperf. cAf^yt^ri/xT/i/ ; eAoytcra/xr/i'.

(T6'r;i' ;
1 fut. XoyiaOr'iaiifJ-aL.

131. Aww (I.), wash. dmi-Xovo).

1 aor. €A(*i;aa. Mid. 1 aor. Pass. i)erf.


part. Xov(rdfx.fV(><;

yiart. AfAov/Ac'cos and AeAoufr/AcVos, Hen. x. 23.

1.'»2. Ai'i.) (I.), loosen. <im-, uTrrj-, Sia-, in-, Ittl-, kutu-, ttu/ju-Aiw

(7). K<gul;ir.

133. iiiiKiifnOo (IV.), jironounce blessed.


Attic fut. fLnKiipitit.

V.W. fiaiOdi'io (V.), learn. KaTn-fiinOdfi,).


2 aor. ifinOnv ; perf. part. ini>aOrjKMs.

y,\r>. ii<ifui!r«\ (\'.),


ii'iisir away.
PaHH. 1 fut. iiiifxivOr'iaofiai.
S2
498 ETYMOLOGY.

136. fJiapTvpefo, -w (I.), give testimony. eVt-, (rw-vni-, Kara-,

avix-fiapTvpiw (4). Regular.

137. fiiXXw (I.), be about.


Imperf. e/u.eAAov and ^/neAXov ;
fut. /AeXXi/o-w.

138. fJi€V(D (I.), remain, ava-, 8ia-, iv-, iin-, Kara-, Trapa-, avv-

TTapa-, TTfpt-, TTpocr- viro-fxevw (10).

Imperf. lp.ivov ;
fut. p.i}M ;
1 aor. €/xtiva ; perf. -fjLf/xivrjKa ;

pluperf. fxefxevrjKitv (without augment).

139. fJiip,vrj(TK(ji (VI.), reinind. di'u-, lir-ava-, VTTo-fxtixvi^a-Kw (3).


Fut. -/tAfT/o-oj.
Pass, and mid. pros. /xt/xi'i^o-Ko/xat ;
1 aor.

ifjiVT]cr$r]v ; perf. fxifjivrjixai ;


1 fut. ixvj)(T6r)(rop.aL.

140. fjLuypaivoi (IV.), make foolish.


1 aor. ifxwpava. Pass. 1 aor. ifxo)pdv6rjv.

141. I'ucro-a)
(IV.), fierce. Kara-i/uVo-to.

1 aor. evu^a. Pass. 2 aor. KaT-(vvyr]v.

142. ir^paivw (IV.), make dry.


1 aor. e^T/pava, Janies i. 11. Pass. 1 aor. l^pdvOrjv \ perf.
3 pers. sing, iirpavrai, Mark xi. 21 ; part. c^T/pa/M/xtVos.

143. fvpdoj, -uj


(I.), shave.
Mid. pres. inf. ^vpda-Bai. Pass. perf. part. f.^vprjfxivo<;.

144. otKc'w (I.), dwell, i7lhabit. iv-, Kar-, iv-Kar-, nap-, vepL-,
(rvv-oiK€<D (6).

r ut. oiKrjtro) |
1 aor. -(oKrjrra.

145. oiKoSoftew, -a>


(I-), build, dv-, iir-, a-vv-oiKohop.iw (3).

Imperf. wKoSdp.oui' ;
fut. otKo8op,T;froj ;
1 aor. wKo86fjLrjrra (also

otK-, Acts vii. 47). Pass. perf. inf. olKnhop.rjcrOai, Luke vi.

48 pluperf. 3 pers. sing.


; (jIkoSo/at^to ;
1 aor. wKoSo/xj/^r/v

(also OtK- in ii. 20) 1 fut. ; oiKoSofjirjO^crofiai.

146. 6p.oid<i), -w (I.), make like. (i<^o/u,oiow.


Fut. bfxouj}a(x). Pass. 1 aor. wp.oiwdrjv and ofjLoiwOrjv ;
1 fut.

6)u,oiw^7;(ro/Aai.
IRREGULAR VERBS OCCURRING IN N. T. 499

147. opdw, -oi


(VIII.), see. d<^, kuO-, -rrpo-opdoi (3).

Imperf. 3 pers. plur. iMpwv (T in vi. 2) perf. ewpa/ca and ;

iopaKa, 3 pers. plur. kwpdKaaiv and -Kav pluperf. 3 pers. ;

sing. ewpaKci, Acts vii. 44 fut. o\pofiai.


Mid. imperf. Trpo-
;

(upoS/ijjv
and irpo-upwfjiyjv. Pass. 1 aor. ux^drju fut. o^urj- ;

(TOfiai.
148. Trapapp€(j) {\\.^ , flow poSt.
Pass. 2 aor. subj. irapupywixev.
149. 7rd(r)((D (VI.), suffer, trpo-, crv/u,-7racrxw (2).
2 aor. iiradov ; perf. irlirovOa.
150. Traracrcrcj (IV.), strike.
Fut. Traravw ;
1 aor. cTrdra^a.

151. TTttTCO), -to (I.), tread down. Kara-, vepi-, ifM-nepi-iraTew (3)-
F"ut. 7raT?/frw. Pass. pres. part. Traror/Acvo? ;
1 aor. iiraTrjOrjv.

152. TTttuto (I.), aiu-j eV-ai/a-, cru»'-tti'a-(-/xai) ,


Kara-Trauw (4).
Fut. Trai'o-oj ;
1 aor. liruvaa. IVlid. imperf. iTravdp-rjv ;
fut.

n-axjcrofjiai (but di/u-Tra^o-o/xai, Kev. xiv. 13, and €7rai'U-7ra»;(ro-

/xat, Luke X. G) ; [»erf. irinavftai ;


1 aor. iiravcrdfx-qv.

153. TTtiSd) {II.), persuoAle. ava-ir(f.6i3).

ImjM'rf. tTTitOov ;
fut. ttciVoj ;
1 aor. lirtiaa ;
2 perf. viiroiOa ;

pluperf. iimToiOtLi', Luke xi. 22. Pass. perf. irtTrdtrfiuL ;


1
aor. iirtiaOrjv ; 1 fut. Tr(LaOr'i<Ti>p.(u. (See § 115.)
154. 7re//,Troj (I.), .sencZ. dj^a-, ck-, //era-, Ti^o-, avp.-irifin(i) (o).
Fut. TTifxxl/M ; 1 aor. iirfp.{pa.
Pass. pres. 7re'/x7ro/xoi ;
1 ;ii>r.

iiript^Or^v.
155. iripi-rifivo) (V,), cirr.uwcise.
2 aor. 7rcpi-rrc//oi'. Pass. p<rf. ]»art. 7r€pi-T€T/XT7//,cVo? ;
1 .aor.

7rf/'(i-tT/xr/6'T;i'.

inO. TTiKpiuvo} (IV.), make hitter. irtipii-iriKpiuvu).

Kut. TTLKfKivut ;
1 aor. irup-fTriKpavii.. Pass. 1 aor. ctriKpdudrji'.

157. TTiVo) (V.), drink, kutu-, <nip--rri\'i>t (2).

Imperf. fTrii-oi' ;
fut. kIoihu ; p<rf.
''»
piTH. sinR. TreVwKf ami
some plur. TrcVjoxai', Kev. xviii. 3; 2 aor. tTrioc, imp. ttic,

Luke xii. 11) ;


inf. Trieli' and Tretc, iv. 7, 9, etc.
500 ETYMOLOGY.

158. TnirpdaKdi (VI.), sell.

linperf. iiriTrpaa-Kov ; perf. iriirpaKa. Pass. perf. part, ircirpa-

fxevo'i ;
1 aor. iTrpdOrjv.

159. TTLTTTU) (I.), Jull. dva-, dvTi-, aTTo-, €/c-, iv, int-f Kara-,
jrapa-, vepL-, Trpotr-, crvfi-irtTTTw (11).
Imperf. ^imrTOv ;
fut. ireaov/jLai ;
2 aor. hrtaov and cTrecra ;

perf. TrcTTTWKa, 2 pers. sing. TreVrtoKcs, Kev. ii.


5, 3 pers.
plur. TreTTTtoKav, Rev. xviii. 3.

160. TrAamw, -w (I.), ^ectt^ astray. dTro-irXavdw.


Fut. 7rA.ai/?/o-(u ;
1 aor. cTrA.ai'i^cra. Pass. perf. Tr^irXdvrjfiai j
1
aor. iirXavijdrjv.

161. -rrXeo)
(II.), Sail. dtro; 8ta-, Ik-, Kara-, Trapa-, viro-irXew (6).
Imperf. -inXtov ;
1 aor. -tVAeucru, inf. -TrAeDcrai.

162. nXrjpow, -tu


(I.), y^/^. d^a-, dvT-ava-, vpoa-ava-f ck-, (tu/a-

7rAr;po(o (5).

Imperf. 3 pers. sing. i-n-XT^pov ;


fut. nX-qpwcrw ;
1 aor. lirXrjpwaa ;

perf. TvtirXrjpwKa. Pass. pres. TrXrfpovfxaL ; imj)orf. tirXrjpov-

/xrjv ; perf. 7r€7rAr^|)u)yu,ai ; 1 aor. iirXTjpdidrjv j 1 fut. nX-qpoiOrj-


aop.ai.

163. ttXvvu} (IV.), wash. diro-irXvvw.

Imperf. eirXwov ;
1 aor. eVAui/a.

164. TTi €0)


(II.), blow. Ik-, iv-, vno-irvio) (3).
1 "Xor. cTTi/cutra.

165. TTviyiji (1,), vhoke. Atto-, iin-, cru/x-TTviyw (3).


Imperf. tTri/iyov ;
1 aor. iirvi^a. Pass. 2 aor. d-rr-eTrvLyriv.

166. TToie'oi, -w (I.), makef do, nepL-, -irpoa-TroUo) (2).


Fut. TToi^croj ;
1 aor. iiroirjcra, opt. 3 pers. plur. iroLrjcniav and
TToi^rraicv ; perf. ir^iroi-qKa \ plliperf. TreTrotjJ/ceii/ (without
augment). Mid. pres. Trotov/xat, imperf. tVotoi'/ixT^v ;
fut,

TvolTjcrop.aL ',
1 aor. iTroirjcrdfirjv.

167. TTopevo) (I.), depart. 8ia-, el(T-(-p.ai), €K-(-/xat), iv-(-/iaL),

i7n-{-fiai), Trapa-(^fiai), Trpo-, 7rpoo--(-/Aai), crui/-(-/xat) (9). Regular.


IRREGULAR VERBS OCCURRING IN N. T. 501

168. irpdaa-o) (IV.), praetise.


Fut. 1 aor. lirpa^a; perf. veirpaxa- Pass. perf. part
Trpci^o);

imrpayfievoi;.

169. TTvvOdvofLai (V.), inquire.

Imperf. tTruvOavopi-qv ;
2 aor. iTrvOojxrjv.

170. pa/SSi^o) (IV.),


heat with rods.
Pass. 1 aor. ippafiBiaOrjv and tpafihiarO-qv.

171. pavriiiu (IV.), cleanse by sprinkling.


1 aor. ippuvTiaa and ipdvTiaa. Pass. perf. part. ippavTia-ixivo^

(T pcpav-, WH pepav-)-

172. pew (II.),y?OM;. Trapappeu).


Flit. ptVCTW.

173. piTTTcu (III), throw, airo-, l-m-pLTTTM (2).

1 aor. tppti/'a (T WH lpL\pa). Pass. perf. 3 pers. sing. Ippi-

jTTat, part. ipip.iJi€yo<;.

174. pvofiai (I.), deliver. Deponent mid. veil).

Fut. pvaopai 1 aor. ipvauprjv.


;
Pass. 1 aor. ippvaOrjv and

IpvtrBqv, 2 Tim.
iv. 17.

175. <r£tw (I.), shake, tlva-, Sia-, Kara-a-euo (3).

Fut. aiiau) ;
1 aor. -ia-eiaa. Pass. 1 aor. ia-ua-drjv.

176. rrrifuuvui (IV.), </^W rt


.s/r/w.

Imperf. an'ifiaivov :,
1 aor. icrr'ifiava.

177. fnrdij), -ui (T.), draw. rlva-, (Itto-, 8ia-, eTTi-, 7rfpi-o-7r(i<i) (5).

Fut -irWuru). Mid. 1 aor. fcnruiTiifjujt'. Pa.ss. imperf. .S


pcis
1 ;ior.
sing. -trrTTuTo; -arTnurfhiy.

178. frTTflpd) (IV.), «rtW. 8m-, tITI-ITTTlipM (2).

1 aor. iinrtiftn. I^ass. perf. part, urvapfitvix; ; 2 aor. itrTrdpijv.

179. frrcAAo) (IV.), place, arraVf/e. nno-. i$-<nr<)-. ,rvi-<nr,>-.

Sia-, (TTi-, Kma-, frw(r)-, I'tro-o-TcXAoi (8).

Fut. -frrcA.!?) ;
1 aor. -firrftAd ;
perf. -orTaAKd. .'i
pers. pliir.

nTre'frTaAKfij', Aets xvi. Mid. imjterf. -firrtAAd/ty/i'


.')<». ;
1

aor. -co-TctAa^Tji'. Pass. perf. -c'o-tuA/xui 2 aor. -ccrroAT/i'.


;
i02 ETYMOLOGY.

180. (TT-qpi^u) (IV.), strengthen. fTri-crTT^pi^o).

Fut. <TTr)pi$ii) and a-Trjpiao) ;


1 aor. icrrrifn^a and la-Ti'ipian.

Pass. pert, etrnypty/iai ;


1 aor. l(JT'qpi)(Bqv.

181. a-Tpiffnii (1), turn, ttva-, ttTTo-, 8ta-, ck-, ctti-, Kara-, /xera-,

(n;(i)-, vTro-arpeifiw (9).


Fut. -a-Tpeif/w ;
1 aor. £crTpc»/'a.
Pass. perf. -ea-Tpafifiai, part.

-eaTpap.p.evo<; ;
2 aor. iarpdfftrjv.

182. cr^d^w (IV.), S^ay. KaTa-(r(fiii^(t).

Fut. o-cfia$(D, Rev. vi. 4 1 aor. trrtfia^a. ;


Pass. perf. part.

e<T(fiayix€vo<; ;
2 aor. kacfidyrjv.

183. crw^w (IV.), sa?;e. Sia-, iK-aM^M (2).

Fut. crworoj 1 aor. eo-wo-a ; perf. creatoKa.


;
Pass. pres. o-w^o-

/xai ; imperf. f.(niii,up.i]v ; jierf. 3 pers. sing. o-ccrwo-Tat, Acts


iv. 9 (but T (Tto-wTai) ;
1 aor. lailyBiijv ;
1 fut. o-w^rycro/iat.

184. Tupucraoi (IV.), trouble. 8ia-, €K-Tapdaa(D (2).


Imperf. erdpaa-crov ;
1 aor. erdpa^u. Pass, imperf. eVapacro-o-

/LiT^v ; perf. rcrupay/Aai ;


1 aor. iTapd^Orjv.

185. Tao-o-w (IV.), arrange. dva-{-pai) , avri-, (Itto-, 8ia-, £7ri-8ia-

(-yuai), CTTi-, TTpo-, TTpoa-, (ri;v-, iiTro-Tutro-d) (10).


1 aor. €Ta^a ; perf. inf. TtTa;!^£Vat.
Mid. 1 aor. eVa^a/iy;!'
Pass. perf. 3 pers. sing. TcVaKToi, part. Teruyp-e'vo? ;
1 aor.

part. -Ta;)^6£is ; 2 aor. part, -rayei;.

186. TcAt'co, -uj (1.), finish. avro-, Ota-, CK-, eVi-, crvv-TcAew (5).

Fut. -TfAeo-w ;
1 aor. tTtXcaa ; perf. reTfXeKa. 2 Tim. iv. 7.

Pass. pres. 3 pers. sing. TeXurai, 2 Cor. xii. 9 ; perf.

TeTtkeafiaL ;
1 aor. iTeXeaOqr ;
1 fut. TeXco-^ryo-o/iai.

187. Tc'AAw (IV.), only in dva-rcWw, aWse.


1 aor. dv£T€tAa ; perf. avareTakKa.

188. T-qpcoij
-w (I.), A:eep, observe. Sia-, irapa-, (Tvv-Tfjpeui (3).

Imperf. irypovr fut. T-qp-qau) 1 aor. iTijprjcra perf. TeTy'iprjKa,


; ; ;

3 pers. plur. nrrjpqKav. Pass. pres. Tr}povp.aL imperf. eV)j- ;

povfiJiv ; perf. rcTr;p'»y/x.ai ;


1 aor. IrqprjOqv.
IRREGULAR VERBS OCCURRING IN N. T. 503

189. TiKTw (I.), bear.


Fut. TtiofiuL ;
2 aor. Itckov. Pass. 1 aor. (ri)(6riv.

190. ToXfiuo}, -w (I.), dare. aTro-roX/Auw.


Iniperf, 3 pers. sing. iroXfia, plur. iTuXfio)v ;
fut. ToXfirjaw 5

1 aor. iTu\fi.i](Ta.

191. Tpt<f>w (I.), nourish, ava-, eV-, cv-rpc^w (3).


1 aor. iOpfipa. Mid. 1 aor. -eOptil/ufirjv. Pass. pres. Tp€</)o/xai ;

pert", part. riOpap.p(.vo<; ;


2 aor. -(Tpu<f>r]v.

192. Tf)t^w (VIII.), J'WJi. etff-, Kara-, irtpi-, npo-, Trpoa-, aw-,
iiTL-avv-, iTr(j-Tp(\w (8).

Imperf. cTp€;^oj' 2 aor. tSpap-ov. ;

193. Tvy;(dv(i> (V.), ha/ijjen, ohtairi. eV-, virtp-ev-, eVi-, irapa-,

(TW-Tvy^dvii) (6).
2 aor. £Ti;;(oi' ; perf. TeT£v;^a or riTv^a, Heb. viii. G,
possibly
also TCTiJ^TjKa.

194. </iatV(u (IV.), shine. ava-cfxiivo).


1 aor. di'-£«/»ai'a, Acts xxi. 3, subj. 3 pers. sing, (fxivrj, Rev.
viii. 12. Pass. pres. ifiuivopuL ;
2 aor. cffnivrjv ;
2 fut. ^a-
Vfl<r<)p.ui and 1 P(!t. iv. 18, (pavovfiai,

19.'>.
(fiei^opai (II.), spare, abstain.
Fut. <f>ti(T<}p(ii ;
1 aor. i<fi(uraniiy.

19G. (^cpG> (VIII.), carry, bear, uj/a-, utto-, Sia-, ctcr-, Trap-eia-,

CK-, tVt-, Kara-, irapa-, "rrtpi-, irpit-, irpoa-, rrvi>-, vTro-(f)ipw (14).
Imperf. 'if^tpov ;
fut. oirro), xxi. 18; 1 aor. 'iviyHn, part, ci'c'y-

Kns ;
2 aor.
-r'jViyKov,
inf. eVtyKcrj/, Matt. vii. 18. Pass,

prfs. r\>ipitp(ii ; imperf. if^cpuprp' ;


1 aor. yye^Oiji, 2 Tct. i.

17, 21, inf. -(Vf^^Oriyai.


197. ffttvyui (II.), //rr. (I7rf>-, 8ia-, eK-, KnTn-(fi(i'yo> (1).

Fut. <f)(v^<ipai ; Jtcrf. fV-TTtf/jfiiya ;


2 aor. If^iryov.
198. (fihi'iyu) (\.), jtreretle. irpiftfjOi'n'O).

1 aor. if^Oatra ; perf. iff>OaKa.


199. (fiOfipui (IV.), rnmi/>t. ^la; KuTn-ff>0(i'p<i> (2).
F'ut. rf.Otpdi ;
1 aor. ((ftOapa. I'asH. pres. tfiOfipopm ; 2 aor
iffiddpr/v ;
2 flit
<fiOuf)ii(rf>pui ; pert. Jiart. -((P0(ippii'u<;.
504 ETYMOLOGY.

200. ^pdacro) (IV.), dose up.


1 aor. ecfipa$u. Pass. 2 aor. subj. 3 pers. sing. <ftpayfj;
2 fut.

3 pers. sing. (^payrjtrtTai,


2 Cor. xi. 10.

201. ijivtii (I.), beget^ spring up. Ik-, avfi-cfivu) (2).

Pass. 2 aor. itjivrjv, part. <^i)eV.

202. </.aiTi^<o (IV.), shine.


Fut. «/)a)Ti(ra),
Rev. xxii. 5 WH, but T Tr Attic (jmmil) ;
1 aor.

i(fi(!}TL(Ta.
Pass. perf. part, -mf^unia-p^ivo^ ;
1 aor. iffnnriadriv.

203. x'^k'^ (IV-)> "rejoice, a-w-xaipu).

Imperf. txaipnv ;
fut. ^ap^^o-o/xai, xvi. 20, 22. Pass. 2 aor. ixa-

pqv (as active).


204. x«^P*ToM"' (IV.), give freely. Depon. mid.
Fut. xapio-0/i.ai,
Rom. viii. 32; peri". Kt)(api(Tp.ai\ 1 aor. c^""

pi(rdfiy]v.
Pass. 1 aor. e^upicr6'7ji' ;
fut. xP'pKTOrjaop.aL.

205. ;)(pao/[Aai, )(pw{jiat (I.),


borrow.

Imperf. 3 pers. plur. ixpotvTo ;


1 aor. tyjpW^l^W '> perf- k^xPV'
/x,ai,
1 Cor. ix. 15.

VI. PREPOSITIONS.

125. The Use of Prepositions.


1.

rt.
KarcAa^cv, i. 5 ; iraptXajinv, i. 11 ; aTrt'o-TeiXav, i. 19.

6. €V dpXji, TTpOS TO|/ ^eov, i. 2 ; TTtpi ToC ^WTOS, ot avTov, 1. 7.

2.

a. With the genit'we only.


1 .
di'Ti, over again.'^t, instead of. In comp., against, instead.
2. diro, from, away from (exterior). In comp., from, aivay

from.
3. f\-,c'f, /rom,
ow^ of (interior). In comp., out of
4. TTpu, before (time
and place). In comp., before.
THE USE OF PREPOSITIONS. 505

h. With the dative only.


1. Iv, in (time and place). In comp., in.
2. tjvv, ivith (co-operation). In comp., viith, together.

e. With the aeeusative only.


1. nvd, up among (rare in N. T.). In comp., tip, hack.,

again.
2. €t?, into, to. In comp., into.

d. With the genitive and. accusative.


1. 8ia, through. Gen., through, hy means of. Ace, hy
reason of, on account of In com}*., through.
2. Kard, down. Gen., down, against. Ace, according to,
during. In comp., doum, against.
3. fi€T(i, with. Gen., together with, among. Ace, after.
In comp., with (.sharing, chanp^o).
4. Trefji, around (on all .siflos). (rcn., about, concerning,
on account of. Ave,., about, concerning. In comp.,
round about, beyond.
5. {rn-if),
over. Gen. for, instead of on account of. Ace,
beyond. In comp., above, beyond.
G. vTTo, under. Gen., by (of tlie efficient cause). Ace, un-
der, in thr power of. In com]>., under.

«. With the genitive, dative, and accusative.


1. eVi', upon. Gen., upon, over, before, at the time of
upon, upon the ground (f. in addition to.
I)at., Ace,
upon, unto, over, in Comp., w^>ow, toward, up),
against.
2. TTdfin, near ( cldsc proximity). Gcu., from, beside (used
of persons). l>:ii., near, with (•>) ptr.son, cxti pt .\i.\.

2.'>). Ace, beside, beyond, on account of In comp.,


beside, over, aside.
3. TTpoc;, at, ton-iirds. Gen., in favor (f (.'^o
once in Acts
xxvii. 'M). Dat, at, near, on (six times in N. T.)
Ace, towards, in reference to. In comp., towards,
besides.
506 ETYMOLOGY.

3.

a/xa, together with. Matt. xiii. 29. /xcVov, in the midst of, Phil. ii. 15
aviv, without (3 times). /xera^', between.

arep, without, Luke xxii. 6, 35. /J-txph until.


until. 07na6ev, )
^XPh ^^^ .^^^ ^^^^^^
eyyJs, near. ottictw, )

tiJLirpocrOev, before. 6\^i, late, Matt, xxviii. L


€i/avTiov, before. TrapairXija-iov, very near, Phil. ii.

lv(.Kcv, ) TrXrjv, excejjt.

IvMTTLov, before, m the sight of. TrX-qa-iov, near, iv. 5.

€^w, without. v7rc/j£K£tva, beyond, 2 Cor. x. 16.


cTravw, a^owe. X'^/^'*'»
^™ account of, for the sake

€(Tw, within, Mark xv. 16. of.

€(!«, as far as. x^p^^, without, apart from.

L The prepositions were originally adverbs, and have a


twofold use :

a. In composition with verbs.


b. As separate words, to connect nouns and show the rela-

tion of words in a sentence.


2. As separate words prepositions are connected with particu-
lar cases. The signification of prepositions in composition can
only be satisfactorily ascertained from the lexicon, but it will be

useful to know meanings when so used.


their loading

3. There are certain adverbs used as prepositions, which are

not compounded with verbs. These are sometimes called im-


Matt.
proper prepositions. All govern the genitive except a/xa,
xiii. 29, and TrapaTrXr/cnov, Phil. ii. 27 (but WH
gen.), which take
the dative, as also eyyvs sometimes.
THE FORMATION OF ADVERBS. 507

VII. ADVERBS.
126. The Formation of Adverbs.

1. StKttio?, just, 8t/caiw5, justly ; aXr]Or}<;, true, d\r]6u)<^, tt'uiy J

ra)(y<; (-co?), quick, Ta)^iio<;, quickly.


2. From TToAi!?, many, ttoXv and ttoXXo., much ; from Xotiro?,

the rest, to Aoittov, moreover, ?ie?iceforth ; from x'lp'?? f/racC;, favor,


;^dpiv, for the sake of, on account of ; from dx/xr/, point, uk/xt/jv^
eveii now, Matt. xv. IG.
3. ovpavoOev, from heaven, Acts xiv. 17, xxvi. 13 7rat8io^fi', ;

from childhood, Mark ix. 21 ; ire'pvo-i (-o-t for -^t), last year, 2 Cor.
A'iii. 10, ix. 2 ; ivOd-hf, here, hither.
4. Si'?,
twice y rpt?, thrice ; iTrra/cis, seven times ; ttoXXuki?,

many times ; ifiBofirjKovTOLKi';, seventy times. But uTraf, o?icc.


5. a. Sfvpo, hither, Stvre (jjlur.),
come here. 'EAA-#;vio-ti, in

Greek, xix. 20; Acts xxi. 37. 'E/SpauTTi, in Hebrew, v. 2; xix.


13, 17, 20; XX. 16, etc. (but WII 'E/Spaiort ) .

b. From 'wd, dvu), iqnnards, whence aviaOiv, from ahove ; from


Kara, KOTii), (loumvmrds. So lo-w, within; t$w, without, whence
l^tiiOcv, from without.

1. Most adverbs are formed from adjectives, and end in -<,)?.


2. The accu.sative of an adjectiv(! (m'uti'r) or noun may be
used as an adverb.
3. Adverbs ma}' also be formed by adding the suffixes -Otv, -Oi,

and -8c.

4 Numeral adverbs frenerally end in -is-, -m?, <»r -a/ici<;.

.'). Some adverbs arc formed (n) tniru verbs, others [/>)
from
prepositions.
T). Other forms of adverbs with vari«)us terminations will be
leiirned l>y prat^tice.

127. The Comparison of Adverbs.


1. 2. Positive, Tn\v or TayedK, qniikly ; rom])arative, Tn-)^iov

(WII rd^tiov), more quickly ; superlative, Taxio-ra, most quickly.


508 ETYMOLOGY.

Positive, ri8i(o<;, gladly ; superlative, rjkarTa, most gladly.


3. TTcpto-croTepws, more exceedingly.

4. (fidXa), fxaXXov, more ; /AaAio-ra, most.

1. For the comparative of adverbs the neuter sing. ace. of the

corresponding adjective is used,


commonly
2. For the superlative, the neuter plural is used.
3. Some comparatives end in -rcpcu or -rcpws.
4. There are a few irregular comparatives and superlatives.
THE PARTICLES. 509

128. The Pronominal Adverbs.


1. Some adverbs
are formed directly or indirectly from pro-

nouns, and correspond to each other in form and meaning.


2. The table on page 508 gives the chief pronominal adverbs

found in the N. T.
3. The indefinite adverbs are all enclitic.

129. Improper Prepositions used as Adverbs.


For a list of the adverbs which may sometimes be used like

prepositions to govern nouns, on account of which they are also


called " improper prepositions," see § 125, 3.

130. Negative Adverbs.

ov, not ; ovSa/iiws, by no means ; ovScVoTf, 7iot ever ; ovSi-rrw, not

yet ; owiri, no lonyer ; ovkow, not therefore.

ixtj,
not ; by no means ; firjStiroTe, never ; fj.rjSiiro), not
fjir)<)iLixo)<;,

yet ; ixrjKtTi, 7tu lonyer ; /xt/ttotc, never ; fxrjirw, not yet.


The negative adverbs are ov and ^irj
and tlieir compounds.

VIII. CONJUNCTIONS AND OTHER PARTICLES.


131. The Particles.

1-3. a. Conjunctions connectiny co-ordinate sentences :

Copulative.
610 ETYMOLOGY.

NEGATIVE. NEOATIVE.

oKiTf. . . .
ovT€, neither . nor. oi8i . . .
ovSe, not even . . . nor yet.

firjTi . . .
fjiT]T(,
neither . nor. fxrjSe . . .
f^rj^^, not even . . . nor yet.

Adversative. Inferential.

St, but, and. apa, accordingly,


/xev . . .
^6, on the one hand ovv, therefore,
on the other. roivvv, therefore.

dAAa, hut, yet. Sid,wherefore.


fxiVTuL, but yet. Toiyapow, wherefore then.
KaiTUL, a7id yet. S)(TT€, wherefore, so then.
o)u.u9) y6t.

b.
Conjunctions connecting a sitbordinate with the principal
sentence :

Causal. Final. Comparative.


on, because. Iva, in order that. ws, as,

€7rei, since. d)9, so that. SxTTrep, just as.


StoTi, because. oTTco?, So that, KaOw, just as.

yap, for. (juiq,


that not, lest.

wcTTt, .so that.

Conditional. Temporal.

d, if eVet, when.
ciye, if at least. cTTttSr/, when now, Luke vii. 1.

fXTTtp, if at all. /lAcxpt, till, Eph. iv. 13.

iav, if (possibly). d)(pL<;,


until.
€1 Kttt, although. irpiv, before that.
KoX (I, even if. These aremostly relative
d fxij,
unless. adverbs of time.
ei irtin, if jwssihly.
THE PARTICLES. )!!

4. The Intensive Particles.

ye'/ at least, even. drj-rrov, probahhj. fjLty,'^


indeed.
-7re)j/ very, indeed. ^ /at^v, assuredly. vat, yes, even so.

8r],^ verily, in truth. toI,^ surely. V7J, surely.

5. The Interrogative Particles.

a. Direct 'piestions, b. Indirect. c. Altertiative.

apa, €1 £t TTOTC/ioi/ . . .
r;

ov apa ctTC . . . cire

M
6. The Interjections.

la, ah .' Luke iv. 34.


ova, ah ! Mark xv. 29. Z,, O!
1. The term jj>«7^icZ<i6'
includes the conjunctions; and otlicr in-
declinabh' words (sometimes even certain adverbs) which serve
to connect and show the relation of words.

2. This is not the place to discuss in full tlie use and jiower
of the particles in a sentence; so we will simply classify tlimi
and indicate their general iiieaiiing.
'Wxki^Ki yartlcles may he divided into (1) Ccmjunctive ])artioles,

(2) Intensive particles, (3) Interrogative particles, and (I) In-


terjections.
3. The conjunctions are partic^les used to loiniect sentences
or words. They are divided into classes, according fn tlnir
meaning. Sonic conjunctions Itclong to seviTal classes.
4. The
intensive particles add cniph.'isis litlicr tn particular
words or to the whole sentence.
5. Interrogative partiili- ,iii' ii.-,cd to iiitrndiirc <|Uestions.

(i.
Interjections an' ;^cn(r:illy Inil llic> I
r.in-iTipt of a natural
instinctiv*; .sound, and c.in scar< <Iy l>r rankcij n--
Kelonging to

the "parts of si)ei'cli."

>
l'oHt(Mi.sitiv<; Hinl
tnclitic.
^
I'iMtiMi.sitivc, (.<. iilwiiyx I'lit
.iftiT oiiu nr irmn wonl; in :i si'iitimr.
512 ETYMOLOGY.

IX. FORMATION OF WOEDS.

132. Simple and Compound Words.

te/jcu's ((ipx^/' 'f^C'^s).

A word is either simple, i. e.


containing a single stem, or corn-
pound, i. e.
containing two or more stems.

133. Primitives and Denominatives.

rimitive.
FORMATION OF NOUNS. 513

2.
]U ETYMOLOGY.

Nouns are formed by means of adding certain elements called


suffixes to the root. These suffixes or terminations generally
have some definite meaning.

135. Formation of Adjectives and Adverbs.


a. Primitives.
1.
Quality:
-us -£ta -V
fiapvs, heavy.
-OS -iiV
/cttKos, bad.
->;s -77s -€S i}/€vSrj<i, false.
2. Inclination
-<DV
iXcrjfjiwi', merciful.
3.
Possibility (verbal) :

-TOS -T7J -TOV TttKTos, fixed.


4. Obligation (verbal) :

-Tcos -Tea -T^OV (3\r)Teo<;, must be put,


Luke V. 38.
5. All participles
COMPOUNDS. 516

4. All comparatives and superlatives :

-repos -repa -repov


-TttTos -Tarr} -rarov

1. Adjectives are also formed in the same way as nouns, by


adding suffixes to the root. These suffixes as a rule have
special meanings, and, like nouns, adjectives may he primitive
or denominative.
2. For the formation of adverbs, see § 126.

136. Formation of Verbs.

-aw
516 ETYMOLOGY.

138. First Part of a Compound Word.


1. :
(ifjxj^, begin7iin(/ upxT/*^?) author; apx-i.€p^v>i, high priest ;

chief shepherd ; o.pyi-nwaytsyyo'i, ruler of a syna-


aj))(L-voniriv,

gogue; dpxL-TiKTU)v, master-builder ; apxi--T(Xu}vy]s, chief publioan.


2. clothe at table ;
dp.(j)L-€vvvpi, ; uvd-KeLp.ai, recline dvTi-TriirTWf

fall against ; tt7ro-8tS<uyu,t, give back; hia-Kpivw, discern; eia-epxo-


p.ai, come in ; (k-Svu), unclothe ; iv-dvvw, clothe with ; £7rt-8t8(o/xt,
give up ; /cara-AeiTrw, depart from ; /xcTu-ySatVw, piass over ; irapa-
(3aivw, go aside ; Tre/jt-ySAcVw, look around ; TTpo-f.pxoiJ.a-i, go before ;

'7rpo(T-€pxopai, come to ; (Tvv-La-Trjfx.if Stand with ; virep-ix^, excel ;


vTro-^wj/i/u/At, undergird.
3. a-7ras, all together; dpTi-yevvrjTos, newly-born ; cu-ayycAtov,
good tidings ; TraXty-yei/ecrta, regeneration ; irav-ovpyia, skill ;

TrjX-avym, clearly, Mark viii. 25.

4. d-irciOcM, disobedience ; dv-vBpo<;, without ivater ; 8va-cpp,r}-

vEirros, ha7'd to be exp>lained ; 8v(T-v6r)To<;, hard to be understood ;


y]p.i-Bavri<i, half dead, Luke x. 30.

1. When a noun stands as thej^rs^ part of a compound word,


only its stem is used. .it

2. Verbs cannot be compounded with nouns, nor with


any-
thing but prepositions. Verbs, however, may be formed from
compound nouns, and then are called denominatives. In addi-
tion to the prepositions given in § 125, d/A^t-, round about, is used
in composition with verbs in the N. T.

3. Certain separable particles are also used in composition,


such as a- (from dp-a, together) dpri-, lately ; ev-, well ; vaXiv-,
;

again ; irav-, all ; rr/Xe-, afar off.

4. Certain inseparaMe particles are also used as prefixes, such


as d- or dv- (called alpha 2)rivative) , Svs-, ill (opposed to ev, well),
and rj/u; half
MEANING OF COMPOUND WORDS. 517

139. Last Part of a Compound Word.


1.
<ipx-rjy6(;,
author ; vw-yJKoo^, obedient ; i/^cw^-oivu/xos, falsely-
named.
2. (fiLX()-(f)pu)v, friendly^ninded y 7roXv-Ti/i,os, very costly.

3. cv-ycviys, well-horn ; ev-Xa/3»;?, devout ; €v-nei6-^<;, easily en-


treated ; cv-(Te(iii]<;, religious.

1. The beginning of the last part of a compound noun or

is to o to w).
adjective generally lengthened (a, c, ?; ;

2. When a noun .stands as the last part of a compound, its

final syllable is generally changed.


3. Many compound adjectives end in -r;s.

140. Meaning of Compound Words.


1. a. u7ro-^t8<ij/Ai, give back ; iiri-hi^M^i, give up. b. upxi-iroi/i»;i',

chief shepherd i apXi-^eXwi'V^, chief piihlican.


2. av-i(TTrjfii, stand up ; avd-Ln-rrjfji, withstand ; atji-ifTT-qfiL, stand

off; h-uTTYjiii, stand apart ; (v-ia-Trjfii, stand near.


3. (,tKo-?itairf)Tr)<;, householder; otVo-So/i?/, building; f.?Ko-So/iui,
edification ; otVo-So/xo?, builder ; oiVo-vo/io?, house manager.

1. ^^'hen we discu.''.'* the meaning of compound words, we dis-

tinguish between parathetir and synthetic compounds.


2. In jiarathetic (compounds botli words retain llnir meaning,
and their form is only affected l»y the laws of eiijilioiiy.
The
words are men.l}' placed side by sidr. In tlie N. 'i\, the iirst
is ahnnst always a preposition or
I)art of a //arathetir (compound
an adverh, —
never a vctrb.
;». Ill
synthetic compounds, tlie first part, wliidi is always a
noun or verb, loses .all inflection, iind generally mfxlilies or de-
fines the latter part of the conipoiinij. which geiier;illy lia.s the

leading significance.
518 ETYMOLOGY.

141. Synthetic Compounds.

1.
x€Lpo-7roir]To<;, made with hands KaKo-Troid?, doer of evil ;

KOK-oSpyo?, worker of evil ; vav-KXrjpo^, master of a ship.


2. if/€v8o-8t()dcrKa\o<;, false teacher ; )//€t;8o-Aoyos, false speaking ;

{j/cv^o-fidpTvp, false witness; ijjfv^o-fjLaprvpia, false testimony;


false projihet
if/ev8o-7rpo(l)i'jTr]<;, ; \j/(v86-^i(tto^, false Ch7Hst ; \J/ev8-
oivvfio^, falsely named.
3.
ixaKpo-xpovuy;, long-lived; fJL€ya\o-7rpf7r't]<;, excellent; /xovo-
yev>/s, only-begotten ; p.ov-6cf>$aX/xo<;, having but one eye.

Synthetic compounds are of three classes :

1. Objective, in which the first part defines the second part


in a sense which could be separately exj^ressed b}- an oblique case
of the noun.
2. Determinative, in which the first part of synthetic nouns
or adjectives qualifies the second part,
generall}^ as adjective or
adverb.
3. Possessive compounds, which are adjectives, in which the
first part qualifies the second, but the whole compound denotes a
quality or attribute belonging to some person or thing.

142. Foreign Words in New Testament Greek.


Prom Hebrew :

'A(3a88uiv
NEW TESTAMENT PROPER NAMES. 519

From Latin :
520 ETYMOLOGY.

3. When two names are applied to the same person, one is


often the Hebrew (Aramaic) form, and the other its Greek
translation.
4. Latin names are always Grecized, and occur chiefly in
letters written to or from Rome.
5. For the meaning of these various names a lexicon must be
consulted.
University of California
SOUTHERN REGIONAL LIBRARY FACILITY
305 De Neve Drive -
Parking Lot 17 • Box 951388
LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA 90095-1388
Return this material to the library from which it was borrowed.

UNIVERSITY OF CAUI
AT .

LOS ANGELES
r.TRR APV
3 1158 00187
8502

^ i;:
l]l_ ,'_:H,u.'
UITY

AA 000 410 072

'^'
'••

\
u

You might also like